RCA Victor Service Notes 1936 PDF
RCA Victor Service Notes 1936 PDF
RCA Victor Service Notes 1936 PDF
For
1936
Broadcast Radio Receivers
- !nstrument.s
Service Division
www.americanradiohistory.com
RCA Victor
SERVICE NOTES
for
1936
Broadcast Radio Receivers
Service Division
www.americanradiohistory.com
INTRODUCTION
The Instruction Books and Service Notes contained herein
are for the radio receiver and phonograph combination
models sold by the RCA Manufacturing Co., Inc., during the
year 1936. This information has been compiled by the Service
Division for RCA Victor Distributors and Dealers for use by
their personnel in conjunction with the servicing and replacing
of parts in the instruments listed.
First Edition
Copyright 1936 and 1937
(Individual Sections)
RCA Manufacturing Co., Inc.
Camden, N. J., U. S. A.
Printed in U. S. A.
www.americanradiohistory.com
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3
www.americanradiohistory.com
You are interested in servicing every kind of radio apparatus; RCA makes
all kinds of radio apparatus and is interested in having it properly serviced.
_You are interested in the stabilization of the radio service business. So
is RCA. Everything that benefits radio in any of its branches benefits RCA.
_Between you and RCA there is a natural partnership. You can depend
on RCA to see things from your point of view -You can depend on RCA,
as your partner, to support you in anything that benefits the radio service
business in particular and the radio industry and the public in general.
_You can depend on RCA to produce accurate Test Instruments
designed for your needs and priced for your pocketbook._ You can
depend on RCA for Replacement Parts for RCA Victor sets that are
built with the same precision as the original parts._You can de-
pend on RCA to furnish you with complete technical information
on its products._You can depend on the RCA trademark making it
easier for you to obtain customers and easier to keep them satisfied.
RCA PARTS
RCA MANUFACTURING CO.. INC.
el
Ne»k
DIVISION
CAMDEN, NEW JERSEY
4
CONTENTS
1923-28
RCA Radiola 20 Battery RCA Radiola 30-A Victor Model 7-2 (Alhambra
INSTRUCTIONS AND "Model AA -1520 Radio Fre- II) and 9-1 (Florets...)
quency Amplifier Connections RCA Radiolas 30-A D. C., 32
CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS RCA Radiola 24 Battery D. C. and 104 D. C. Victor Model 7-3 and 7-30
RCA Radiola II Victor Model 7-10
RCA Radiola AR (Radio -RCA Radiola III Connections RCA Radiola 32
Frequency Amptifier) RCA Radiola 25 Battery RCA Radiola 41 Victor Model 7-11 and 7.26
RCA Radiola III -A Victor Model VE -8-60
RCA Radiola RT (Antenna RCA Radiola Balanced Am- Connections RCA Radiola 41 D. C.
Coupler) plifier RCA Radiola 26 Battery RCA Loudspeaker 100 Victor Model 9-2 (Borgia II)
RCA Radiola RC Schematic Radiolari III, III -A and Bal- Connections RCA Loudspeaker 100-A Victor Model 9.3 (Borgia I)
Diagram and Battery Con anced Amplifier Using RCA Radiola 28 Battery RCA Loudspeaker 103 Victor Model 9.15
nections Radiotrone UX-199 and Connections Victor Model 9-16
RCA Loudspeaker 104
RCA Aeriola, Sr., Schematic UX-120 RCA Loudspeaker 105 Victor Model 9.18
Diagram RCA Radiola IV RCA RADIOLA RCA Loudspeaker 106 Victor Model 9-25
RCA Radiola RS (Regener- RCA Radiola V AND LOUDSPEAKER RCA Power Amplifier ÁP- Victor Model 9-40 (Borgia)
ative Receiver and Ampli- RCA Radiola VI 935 Victor Models 9-54 end 9-56
fier) RCA Radiola VII SERVICE NOTES Victor Model 9.55
RCA"B" B Eliminator
RCA Radiola AC (2 -Stage RCA Radiola VII -B RCA Radiola 16 AP -937 Victor Model 10.51
Audio Amplifier) RCA Radiola Speer -VIII RCA Radiola 17 Use of "B" Eliminator with Victor Model 10.69
RCA Radiola, Sr., and Type Use of UR -556 Adaptor RCA Radiola 18 Super VIII Victor Model 10-70
AC Amplifier Schematic RCA Radiola IX RCA Radiolas 18 D. C and RCA "B" Eliminator AP- Victor Model 12.1 (Cromwell)
Diagram and Battery RCA Radiola X 51 D. C. 1080
Connections Victor Model 12.2 (Tuscan))
RCA Radiola Regenoflex RCA Radiola 20 RCA Short -Wave Receiver Victor Model 12-15
RCA Radiola RS and Bal- RCA Radiola Grand RCA Radiola 25 AR -1145
anced Amplifier Sche- Victor Model 12-25
RCA Radiola. 25 and 28 A. C. Victor Model 15-1 (Hyperion)
matic Diagram and Bat-
tery Connections BATTERY RCA Radiolas 26, 24 Super. VICTOR RADIO Victor Model 10-35
Model AR -1300 Radio Re- CONNECTIONS Heterodyne and Super RECEIVER AND ELEC- Victor Model E-35
VIII
ceiver RCA Radiola Super-Hetero- TROLA SERVICE NOTES
Model AA -1400 Detector dyne (Semi -Portable) Bat- RCA Radiola 23
Amplifier tery Connections RCA Radiola 30 Victor Mode17.1 (Alhambra I)
1929-30
Radiola 60 RCA Radiolas 82 and 86 RCA Magnetic Pickup AZ.
RCA RADIOLAS RCA Radiola 42 (also Victor RCA 1604
AND LOUDSPEAKERS Radio R-14) RCA Radiola 62 (Remote Control)
RCA Radicles 44 and 46 RCA Radiola Short -Wave VICTOR RECEIVERS
RCA Radiolau 21 and 22 RCA Radiola 64 Adaptor
RCA Radiola 33 RCA Radiola 46 D. C. (110 Radiola 66 Models R-32, RE -45. R-52
Volt) RCA RCA Theremin
RCA Radiola 33 D. C. (110 RCA Radiola 67 RCA Loudspeaker 100-B and RE -75
Volt) RCA Radiola 47 Model. R-35. R-39, RE -57
RCA Radiola 48 (aleo Victor RCA Radiola. 80 and 82 RCA Power Amplifier AZ -
RCA Radiola 33 D. C. (220 RCA Radiola 86 774 -B Model RE -17
Volt) Radio R-15)
1931-32
RCA World -Wide Antenna MB -1, MB -2, and MB -3 R -7A RE -18 PT -33
System (Replacement Motor R-7 L. W. RE -18A R-43
RCA Victor Shield Kits Boards) R-7 D. C. and R-9 D. C. RE -19 R-50 and R55
Frequency, Impedance, In- 2-25 SK -7 RE -20 RAE -59
ce and Capacity 2-65 R-8 and R-12 R RAE -68
Chart SWA-2 R-8 D. C. (220 -volt) R-70
RO -23
RCA Full -Range Test Oscil- R-4 and R-6 R-10 RE -73
lator R-5 RAE -26
R-10 D. C. R-74. R-76, and R-77
RCA Toole and Accessories R.5X R-11 CE -29
M30 RAE -79
Radiotron Data Sheet. R -S D. C. R-11 Supplement Automatic Record Changim
T-5 RE -16 P-31 Mechanism
SR -1, SR -2, and SR -3 M-32 Special Service Informa tion
(Two -Sneed Turntables) R-7 (Superette) RE -16A
1933
Radiotron Data R-28 BW R-75 (lie, fixed 121 and 122 -
All Wave Reception
R-28 BWC R-78 140, 141, 141-E, 240 and
Reception Chart Station Lint AVE -1
Antenna Length Chart R -3B R -28-P RE -80 140 Volume Control Replace.
Predicting Reception R -3C M-34 RE -81 ment
Magnetic Activity Chart SW -3 R-37 and R-38 RAE -84 142B and 241-B
RCA World Wide Antenna CRD-9 D.C. R -37-P and R -38-P R-90 220 and 222
System CRD-9 A.C. RE -40 R -90-P 260
RCA Victor Shield Kite R -17-M RE -40P TMV-97-A 280
Frequency, Impedance, In R -18-W R -51-B and R -53-B 100 and 101 300
ductance and Capacity R-22 R-71 and R-72 100 and 101 (Revised)
Chart 310
RCA Test Oscillator R-25 D.C. R -71-B 110, 111 and 115 330
RCA Tools R-27 R-73 112 331
Replacement Vibrator R-27 (Revised) R-73 (Revised) 114
Dealers Kits R-28 R-75 120
1934
RCA Laboratory Equipment RCA Auto Radio Accessories RCA Victor Model M-107 RCA Victor Models 140, 141, RCA Victor Models 340 and
RCA Standard Signal Gen. RCA Victor Model 112-A 141-E and 240 (with ex 340-E (with external I. F
RCA Replacement Trans- ternal I. F. transformer.) transformers)
erator Type TMV-18D formers RCA Victor Model M-116
RCA Universal Curve Re- RCA Victor Models 118 and RCA Victor Model 221 RCA Victor Model 341
corder Type TMV-36-B RCA Pickup Kits RCA Victor Model 380
211 RCA Victor Model 223
RCA Beat Frequency Oscil- RCA Phonograph Oscillator RCA Victor Model 380 -HR
RCA Victor Bound Volume RCA Victor Model M-123 RCA Victor Model 261
lator Type TMV-52-E RCA Victor Model 124 RCA Victor Model 381
RCA Field Intensity Meter Service Notes RCA Victor Model 262
Type TMV-75-B RCA Cabinet Refinishing Kit RCA Victor Model 126-B Nine -Tube General Purpose
RCA Victor Model 127 RCA Victor Model 281 All -Wave Receiver (AVR-
RCA Regulated S.P.U. Type RCA Radiotron Date Sheets SA)
TM V -118-B RCA Victor Models 128 and RCA Victor Model 301
RCA Victor Model R -91-B 224 RCA Victor Model 320 RCA Full Range Test Oscil-
RCA Tools and Accessories RCA Victor Model R-92 lator Type TMV-97-B
RCA Full Range Test Oscil- RCA Victor Models 135-B RCA Victor Model 321
RCA Victor Model R-93 and 235-B Instructions
lator Type TMV-97B RCA Victor Model 322 RCA World Wide Antenna
RCA Output Indicator Type RCA Victor Model 102 R CA Victor M"dcle 143 and
RCA Victor Model M-105 242 RCA Victor Model 327 Installation Instructions
TMV-121-A
1935
Model 214 Model BT 6-3 Model D 9-19 Model T 9-9
Model M-101 BT 6$ Model D 11.2 Model T 10-1
Model 103 Model 224-E Model
Model 225 Model BT 6-10 Model D 22-1 Model T 10-3
Model M-104 T 4-8 Model T 11-8
Model M-108 Model 226 Model BT 73 Model
Model 236-B Model C 6-2 Model T 4-8A Model 2-19
Model M109 Model T 4-9 Model R-93
Model 117 Model 242 Model C 7-6
Model 243 Model C 8-15 Model T 4-9A Model R-95
Model 118 (Supplement) Model T 4.10 Model RK -24
Model 119 Model 262 Model C 8-17
Model 263 Model C 9-4 Model T 5-2 Model TMV 97-C
Model 125 Model T 6-1 Model TMV118-B
Model 128 Model 322-E Model C 9-6
Model 342 Model C 11-1 Model T 6-9 Model TMV-122-B
Model I28 -E Model T 7-5 Model TMV-128-A
Model ACR-136 Model BC 6.4 Model C 13-2
Model BC 6-6 Model C 15-3 Model T 8-14 Model TMV-131-A
Model 143 Model T 8.16 Model TMV-132-A
Model 211 (Supplement) Model BC 7-9 Model D 7-7
5
www.americanradiohistory.com
11 E RCA TEST EQVIF411EI1T
AT PRICES EVERY SERVICE eiNINEER CAN AFFORD
CATHODE RAY
OSCILLOCRAPH
Stock No. 9545
NET PRICE
50
8 With RCA Tubes, Including
RCA -906 Cathode Ray Tube
Complete . .
The RCA Cathode Ray Oscillograph, Type TMV-122-B,
is complete in every essential requirement for immediate use.
It includes two power supplies (one for the Cathode Rav For Service Engineers
Tube and one for the amplifier), vertical and horizontal am-
Visual alignment of tuned circuits, "flat -
plifiers, saw -tooth frequency generator and six tubes, includ - topping" I. F. circuits, measuring hum and
ing the RCA -906 Cathode Ray Tube (3 -inch). checking distortion in audio amplifiers are but
few of the problema which are easily solved
through the use of the RCA Cathode Ray
.7 Volts (RMS) per Inch .. . Oscillograph. A visual presentation of prac-
tically all alternating current circuit functions
may be quickly and easily made.
Through the use of two wide -frequency -range high -gain
amplifiers, the sensitivity is guaranteed at 0.7 volts A. C. For Amateurs and Experimenters
(RMS) per inch for both vertical and horizontal deflection. The RCA Cathode Ray Oscillograph enables
the amateur to monitor percentage modula-
The amplifiers have flat frequency characteristics between tion, tu cheek modulated waveform for distor-
10 and 90,000 cycles ± 10 per cent. The amplifier gain is tion and examine the phase shift in audio
amplifier.. Through its use the experimenter
approximately 40. may easily and quickly arrive at the solution
of the most difficult problem.
Beam Centering . . a
For Manufacturers
The RCA Cathode Ray Oscillograph is a
Two screwdriver adjustments are provided for centering valuable instrument either for receiver develop-
ment or production testing. Better engineering
the beam on the fluorescent screen. This may be required and quicker and better tests are a direct result
of its use in the manufacturing field.
because of changes in geographical location or variations in
tubes and circuit constants.
LOW PRICE
SMALL SIZE
LIGHT WEIGHT
NEW$34." A
d.f,/.,l;ti .
eb
R
e
:
..
Laboratory
Instrument Type TMV-97-C
9
www.americanradiohistory.com
Again...RCA LEADS
WITH THE NEW ...
,tn13lIgs3inAb A, CC, Lg.31M)1=
**40:10.
s
__.:....
,
;.!
.
.s..
,,: í
.=...
_
549s5
COMPLETE
With All Tubes and Standards
can make accurate measurements (at 1,000 CPS) of the three basic
properties of all electrical devices -inductance, capacity and resist-
ance -quickly and easily. Has built-in precision standards.
10
iIItIIUtIILY
`i HI OSCILLATOR
RANGE 30 - 15,000 CYCLES
NET PRICE
1450
COMPLETE WITH ALL TUBES AND
POWER SUPPLY. STOCK No. 9633
11
OUTPUT INDICATOR
Stock No. 4317
bakelite case.
12
Regulated Power Unit
TMV-1 18-B
F. O. B. CAMDEN, N. J.
VIBRATION PICKUP
By means of the new RCA Vibration Pickup, any mechani-
cal vibration or motion may be converted into electrical
currents of identical characteristics. If this motion is recur-
rent in character, the resulting electrical currents may be
presented visually on a Cathode Ray Oscillograph for study
and analysis. The RCA Vibration Pickup, which functions
through the piezo-electrical properties of a Rochelle Salt
Crystal, is an instrument of great value to all physical,
mechanical and sound laboratories. While the following list
shows a few applications, many others will undoubtedly pre-
sent themselves to all users.
14
neck your ttequeney
PIEZO-ELECTRIC
CALIBRATOR
STOCK No. 9572
Give precision to your work by calibrating receivers, test oscil-
lators and laboratory apparatus with the RCA Crystal Calibrator.
It enables you to do a better job, guarantee the accuracy of your
calibration and command a higher price for your work... A crystal
oscillator, properly ground and accurately calibrated, maintains a
more constant frequency than any other device known. The RCA
Piezo-Electric Crystal Calibrator, which is a special crystal oscilla-
tor with two frequency modes, each having prolific harmonics, is an
ideal standard for all accurate calibration work. Use it for better work.
15
www.americanradiohistory.com
I I 51i.4s I I
with this
RCA BEAT
OSCILLATOR
AND YOUR PRESENT
SHORT WAVE RECEIVER
With this
heterodyne
continuous
instrument attached to a short wave super-
home receiver, anyone can listen to the many
wave code signals that would otherwise be
NET
PRICE $7.50 STOCK
No. 9606
J()
www.americanradiohistory.com
in miniature ilieea41 s/W*
receiver... profits for Service Engineers!
for every
HOW YOUR customers
how to broadcast records
to themselves with the RCA
Phonograph Oscillator. Pos-
sessing all the appeal of a
distinct novelty, but with
RCA practicability and du-
rability built in, the RCA
Phonograph Oscillator will
prove popular with Service En-
gineers and receiver owners.
65 .95
Stock No. 9685
Combining its experience in
transoceanic communications work
with its knowledge of home re-
ceiver requirements, RCA has pro-
duced a remarkable new antenna
system. This antenna, which is
known as the RCA Spider -Web
Antenna, consists of a series of
doublet antennas and an improved
transmission line to the receiver.
It is so constructed that additional
doublets may be added to increase
the frequency range to 70,000 K.C.
(4 meters). More stations, less
noise on the short-wave bands and
an extremely wide frequency range
are built-in characteristics of this
remarkable new antenna.
The RCA Di -Pole Auto Antenna is an entirely new The Inlantenna is a high quality, double running
development in automobile antenna design. It's easily board type auto antenna, especially desirable for install-
and quickly installed on any car, gives efficient pickup ing in metal top cars at locations where broadcast sig-
nals are generally weak. It is easily installed, comes
from stations, and eliminates all ignition -noise pickup complete with all fittings and is furnished in two types
by the antenna. It giyes excellent results on the new as listed. The Inlantenna is an ideal accessory to sell
metal top cars and older cars not having roof antennas. with all auto radio installations. Build up your volume
Recommend it to your customers. with this accessory.
19
www.americanradiohistory.com
AUTO ANTENNAS
AN' ACCESSORIES
RCA RCA
AUTO-TOPTENNA AUTO-RODTEN NA
LIST
PRICE
$500 LIST
PRICE
$350
Stock No. 9792 Stock No. 9793
FEATURES FEATURES
1. Fits all cars (coupes, coaches, sedans) 1. Quick installation-usually less than 5 minutes.
2. Simple installation-no drilling in steel top No drilling required
3. Streamline design adds beauty to any automobile 2. Attaches to hinge pin of any car
4. Triple -chromium plated. Molded bakelite 3. Triple -chromium plated with molded all-weather
insulators rubber insulation. Attractive in appearance
5. Can be removed without mutilating car. (Chrom- 4. Extremely efficient for maximum signal pickup
ium button furnished to restore cowl if antenna 5. Eliminates wheel static and motor noise
is removed from car).
6. One model fits all cars
6. Eliminates wheel static and motor noise 7. Extremely flexible-guaranteed not to break
7. Special cement furnished for suction cups
8. Installations not affected by climatic conditions EASE OF INSTALLATION
A special shielded fitting included to cover the inside ter-
is It is merely necessary to remove the hinge bolt on either side
minal of the RCA Toptenna. This insures perfect shielding and of the car, attach the RCA Rodtenna, and return the bolt
prevents the possibility of noises being picked up by the for a complete installation. No drilling or cementing to top
antenna terminal inside of the cowl. necessary. Lead-in goes through door opening.
$260
i-T
RCA DI -POLE AUTO ANTENNA LIST PRICE
Stock No. 9605
The RCA Di -Pole Auto Antenna is an entirely new development in automobile antenna
design. It's easily and quickly installed on any car,gives efficient pickup from stations,and
.omiu eliminates all ignition -noise pickup by the antenna. It gives excellent results on the new
Fr .10 R ;d.:o,o.a.
.üus*:.ï metal top cars and older cars not having roof antennas. Recommend it to your customers.
20
DEMONSTRATE THESE AIDS . ..
to your #aed-ot-#eatin9 Ptoipeet$
RCA Sonotone Air Conduction RCA Sonotone Lorgnette Han- RCA Sonotone Headband-An
Unit-A diaphragm type unit, held dle-A beautiful black and gold- inconspicuous headband for holding
to the ear by means of a lorgnette plated unit of adjustable length from the Bone Conduction Unit. Enables
handle. For those who can use or 41/4 inches to 678 inches. For holding one to have both hands free for other
prefer the air conduction type of hear- the RCA Sonotone Bone Conduction activities.
ing aid. Complete with handle. Unit. List Price
List Price
$2500 List Price
$400
t
Otd¢t team
STOCK NO. 9715
STOCK NO. 9751 YOUR RCA Earphone Adapter -A
RCA Sonotone Bone Conduc- special unit complete with 36 -inch
tion Unit-A scientific unit which, cable and terminal block for attach-
when held against the bone behind
or in front of the ear, transmits the
RCA PARTS ing to the voice coil of any radio set.
Matches the impedance of the Sono -
program by means of vibration direct tone units (40 ohms) to that of the
to the auditory nerve, thereby ena- voice coil. Has three positions-one
bling those with defective ear drums to DISTRIBUTOR for radio alone, one for both Sono -
hear satisfactorily. Complete with Slid- tone and radio, and one for Sonotone
ing Type Volume Control. alone.
List Price List Price
5350
52100
21
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNIVERSAL AUDIO TRANSFORMER
for interstage audio transformer replacements
in all radio sets and power amplifiers
22
UNIVERSAL POWER TRANSFORMERS
FOR SETS USING BOTH 6.3 -VOLT AND 2.5 -VOLT TUBES
105lV+ SOAWi. 1.5NO53. NIM. MANI, OC Heavy core, high voltage est number of receivers. A TSA.3
FIL
S PS
IL3 ,ILFLAYS
ODIAS ºn11LMASº.L
6 115 MY,
IIp
ºooººooººoººº00000 )
opºqDoºººg öaóböl ¡o6òdLoºoo
{
Tésál
II I I
j°,1 lt
.IISADL `itaI 3. I,.
FOR 4 -TUBE SETS
125AY,L `GAM AM 113-11.121,.
HLR L FAA L MATE
FOR CLASS B SETS iMBS
ilL.E
IMPo
FL el
Ara .nC.
PLATS
23
www.americanradiohistory.com
You can save Zee and /,,Za7271
RCA Cabinet
Refinishing Kit 16lwlma
tor
Rubb1 i.y
-
AnalinC Stan
for color 1,,1 shellac
won't call in the cabinet refinisher nearly
yOUso often after you get the RC A Cabinet
Refinishing Kit. Of course you can't do every
refinishing job with it, but you can do most of
them-saving time and money on every job. It's
The RCA Cabinet Refinishing Kit
the little touch-up jobs that occur most often any-
does not contain all the material you
how. Someone in the
will need for every job. For example,
1 Can Relco Oil shop lays a hammer on
it does not contain lacquer, or a lamp
1 Can Valvoline the cabinet; a button on
1 Can Tripoli
for heating the spatula. But things
the truck driver's coat
1 Assortment Sand like that are obtainable anywhere.
scratches it in delivery;
Paper Only the hard -to -obtain things have
Assortment Stick or perhaps it has been
1
been included; the items you would
Shellac
marred in home demon- have to run all over town to get, if
2 Pkgs. Aniline Stain
Powders strations or while on dis- obtainable at all.
1 Touch-up Brush play in the dealer's store.
Packed in a durable leatherette
Spatula
1
1 Rubbing Block
But whatever the cause, case, measuring 912"x 412" x 2/", it
you have the remedy at opens like a purse. Stock No. 9546.
1 Instruction Sheet
hand for use. Net to Service Engineers $2.90.
tOt au z¢caiv¢zs
List Price
$300
STOCK no. ssae
Contents of Hit Now you can install a genuine RCA Cathode Ray Tuning
Indicator, just like the famous RCA Magic Eye, in almost
1 RCA 6E5 Electron -Ray Tube
any receiver having an automatic volume control. By
1 Socket complete with 24 -inch cable
means of this complete kit of parts, installation work is
1 Tube mounting clamp and bracketassembly
but a matter of moments-just drill one hole, install
1 Eye -Type escutcheon
three screws and make a few connections.
2 Mounting bushings
Always carry an RCA Cathode Ray Tuning Kit to show
2 Mounting screws complete with nuts and
washers to your customers. You'll make a sale almost every time
1 Clamp screw complete with nut and lock because everybody wants one. Ask your RCA Parts
washer Distributor for details of this and other RCA money-
1 Rubber gasket making accessories.
DET
AVC.
DET.-A.V.C. ,r
RCA
(a) 616 (b)
A.V.C.
A.V C- <
12t
Ra R2 < R3
MEG.
C ci
105 MFD.i3
RED
,...,=....,,.Á.ÿ;;j!- G REEK GREEN
250V.< 250V.
(C)
A.V.C.
VOL.
CONT.
GREEN
7
TABLE MODELS
te et
MODEL 4X4 MODEL 5BT MODEL 5T
26
TABLE MODELS
MODEL 5X2 MODELS 5X3 & 5XA3 MODELS 5X4 & 5XA4
27
TABLE MODELS
MODEL 10T11
28
CONSOLE MODELS
29
CONSOLE MODELS
30
CONSOLE MODELS
MODEL 15K
31
www.americanradiohistory.com
RADIO -PHONOGRAPH COMBINATIONS
MODEL 9U
32
RADIO -PHONOGRAPH COMBINATIONS
AUTOMOBILE RECEIVERS AND AMATEUR RECEIVER
33
www.americanradiohistory.com
NOTICE
34
INST RUCTION BOOK
for the
ACR-175
PART I -INTRODUCTION
1. General affording a means of giving accurate signal strength
reports. An AVC Switch allows one to dispense
This new Amateur Receiver covers a range of with the use of the Automatic Volume Control
500 to 60,000 kilocycles and is adapted for c -w re- when desired. The Tuning Control operates on
ception. It embodies the latest features of design reduction ratios of 20:1 and 100:1, enabling one
and construction including: the most reliable and to make either rapid or unusually fine adjustments
stable circuits; new metal tubes; calibrated beat - for precise tuning. The Crystal Filter in the first
frequency oscillator; crystal filter; and sensitivity i -f stage provides single -signal reception with an
control, with calibrated indication of signal input unusually high degree of selectivity. The adjust-
when used in connection with the electron -ray -tube able Selectivity Control is a means of obtaining
tuning indicator. The sensitivity and selectivity of various degrees of selectivity with or without a
this instrument, together with its frequency sta- rejection dip. The Electron -Ray-Tube Indicator
bility and reliability, open to the listener an actual fulfills the dual function of measuring signal input
field of reception covering practically all communi- and aiding in precise tuning.
cations available on the air. The Beat Oscillator is equipped with two con-
This book should be studied carefully, so that trols, an "on-off" switch and a calibrated Hetero-
you may learn how to make full use of this in- dyne Control with induction tuning, which effec-
strument and keep it in its optimum operating tively governs the pitch. The shield enclosing the
condition. entire beat -oscillator circuit enables the listener to
operate the set with freedom from undesirable
2. Special Features beat notes due to harmonics. Code messages and
other continuous wave transmissions, as well as
The use of the most recent dependable electrical modulated signals of very low strength and those
developments in receiver design are evident from with the carrier not modulated continuously, are
an inspection of the schematic circuit diagram all clearly brought through by proper manipula-
(Fig. 3,) and the chassis wiring diagram tion of the beat oscillator controls.
(Fig. 6 ). The new metal tubes provide Each instrument is carefully tested and cali-
particularly effective shielding as well as minimum brated before leaving the factory.
terminal spacing and short connecting circuits. The Loudspeaker is a separate unit attached to
Nine controls on the front of the instrument give the chassis by means of a cable with a six -prong
complete front panel adjustment. The Calibrated plug-in connection. It is mounted on a small baffle
Sensitivity Control or Signal Input Control pro- with easel supports. Holes are provided for mount-
vides for direct measurement of input signals in ing on a larger baffle when high -quality reproduc-
terms of an absolute value, the microvolt, thus tion is required.
4. Circuit Data
resonator) -460 kilocycles.
-
Intermediate Frequency. (includes crystal
Circuit.-Superheterodyne with beat-frequency Power Output. -2 watts (undistorted); 41 watts
oscillator for c-w reception, crystal filter, automatic
volume control, electron -ray indicator with cali-
brated signal input (sensitivity) control, and class
maximum.
Loudspeaker. - (separate unit) -Electro-
dynamic 8 -inch (voice-coil impedance 2* ohms at
A pentode output system. 400 cycles).
35
,1 ,
Oeb \V
§t\=Wó
Ir a
eel Zu
g` .16j
`__.L_
II
m
ti T E'11-111,
-- r 2`?
á°O úáF
°së!, HI
m
I IU qq<1
°Fq,
rv
me g°Sa
n
;red ,rno
(II
r*.-nn--\
o
e! ae
º AFIgIN< mm,o.
_
a mó(
S°m
HII
II
11h /
z
\..^
ám<
sb =f
g<
o
f °
Ó°I
N
N ImF
II
üF 9 LL
II. :JRa
14a
o
a$f
rv ZZ N
uu
4s
41 oQO
NN(
'' Ì
tl 1
7% 1-u
ir>
- é
I
$ íi7
1
II
034 t
is ......
°
.
Wr Ni I4
-A'''s''
-1-A'''s'
-1
ID *ám H
rf
v
m-ö-lIIMn14-,,4,
°$ ' N
oF
IHII
m 111,
ti -í1,,19} _.<
ool
I-II o
m
Pm óa
-°° ?F
/
Z
UIu-
a-ú J\m
° Y sf
r ó,Gmmm,á q AF
há J t
$
Dñ
III
o m F5-k-
Ì f
oáDo sd
ÌI.1 Ili
36
Tubes ments for good reception. A special system or one
1 RCA-6K7-Radio-Frequency Amplifier. of multiple antennas of the single-wire or doublet
1 RCA-6L7-First Detector. type is therefore necessary. The RCA Double -
1 RCA -6J 7-Oscillator. Doublet antenna system consists of two doublet
2 RCA-6K7-Intermediate -Frequency Ampli- antennas having different lengths and therefore
fiers. different resonance characteristics. They are inter-
1 RCA-6H6-Second Detector and A.V.C. connected so that one will compensate for the
1 RCA -6J 7-Beat-Frequency Oscillator.
weak points of the other throughout the inter-
1 RCA-6F5-Audio-Frequency Amplifier.
vening frequency range. A Triple -Doublet system
1 RCA-6F6-Power-Output Amplifier.
of lengths cut to suit individual requirements will
give still better results. Be sure to obtain the latest
1 RCA-5Z4-Full-Wave Rectifier.
1 RCA-6E5-Tuning Indicator.
information on RCA Antennae. Dipole lengths, as
See diagram on label inside cabinet for locations
listed in the following table, connected with the
of tubes and grid leads.
coupling transformers specified, are recommended
for the respective amateur bande.
Power -Supply Ratings.-See rating symbol on
chassis. Length
Frequency
Symbol Voltages (cycles) Band each side Coupling Transformer
B 105-125 25-60 Meters Feet Type Stock No.
C 100-130; 140-160; 195-250 40-60
160 130 Aircraft Doublet M.I. 5782
As shipped from the factory, rating "C" instru- 80 65 Aircraft Doublet MI. 5782
ments are connected for 225-250 volts unless promi- 40 33 Standard Doublet 4743
nently specified otherwise on instrument. Any of 20 161,4 Standard Doublet 4743
10 8 Standard Doublet 4743
these, however, can be converted for operation at 5 4 Standard Doublet 4743
100-117, 117-130 or 195.225 volts when required.
Three taps are provided on the primary of the The triple- or double -doublets are most easily
power transformer, a diagram of which is given in applied to those bands for which the same coupling
Figure 8. All taps are brought out to a terminal transformer can be used. For example, a double -
board on the top of the transformer and conver- doublet with an aircraft type coupling transformer
sion can be made without removing chassis. would be best for 160 and 80 meters, or with a
Power Consumption. -110 watts. standard transformer on 40 and 20 meters, but not
with either transformer on 80 and 40 meters.
5. Antenna Proper cross connections must be made on all
A most important factor in good reception is the dipole systems as illustrated in Figure 4.
antenna. Both "noise reducing" and "directional" Standard RCA Transmission Line should be
properties as well as a definite "length" to suit the used. Lengths are not critical -for the above res-
signal frequency are essential antenna require - onant antenna conditions.
33 FT. 33 FT. 130 PT. 130 PT.
eP3RT 30°(APPROX.)
""-TRANSMISSION
LINE
`TRANSMISSION
nLINE
TO TO
STANDARD DOUBLET TRANSFORMER AIRCRAFT DOUBLET TRANSFORMER
(cl) Single Doublet Antenna for 40 Meier Band (C) Double Doublet Antenna for160 and 80 Meter Bands
`TRANSMISSION
LINE TRANSMISSION 30°(APPROX)
LINE
TO TO
STANDARD DOUBLET TRANSFORMER STANDARD DOUBLET TRANSFORMER
(b) Double Doublet Antenna for 40 and 20 Meter Bands (d) Triple Doublet Antenna for40,20& I0 Meter Bands
Figure .1-Dipole Antenna Crossover Connections.
37
a
( e
e
V
e e e CO h m0 N R 8 N n t m CO 01
n Zr 3$ gee e
3Qf1111dV4V 3A11V131:1 34f1111dW<Y A11V13FJ
CO
Z
u)}
in
coo
Lnc
c FL_
v
e
v
JuJ v
(f)
N N
I
mr38g1. d' N n1. rehmCAe n I M 33..385 v
3O11111d 4V 3AI1V13Li 34f1111dW d 3AI1V13d
38
PART III OPERATION
6. Controls Control to measure signal input. Tune sig-
nal to exact resonance, as just described.
All controls are located upon the front panel Rotate the Signal Input Control counter-
and are identified by adjacent markings. clockwise to reduce the voltage on the elec-
(a) Power Switch and Tone Control. The tron -ray tube. The point at which a slight
first control on the left is a five -position deflection (1/64 -inch) of the dark sector in
knob operating the a -c line power switch, the electron-ray tube occurs is the value in
high-frequency tone control ("Bass"), full microvolts of the signal input to the re-
tone range contact ("Music"), low-frequency ceiver. For code reception the correct set-
tone control ("Speech"), and "Stand-by" ting of the Signal Input Control to measure
switch, in the sequence given as the knob is signal input is that at which the light green
turned in a clockwise direction. Power is area just commences to flicker.
"off" with this knob in its fully counter- When measuring signal strength in micro-
clockwise position. The "Bass" position volts it is immaterial whbther AVC control
eliminates "highs" and therefore emphasizes switch is "on" or "off."
low tones. It reduces static interference due The calibrated signal input scale reads
to restriction of the audio response range. microvolts direct for the 160, 80, 40 and 20
The "Music" position gives full tone range meter amateur bands. For the 10 and 5
reproduction. The "Speech" position re- meter bands, multiply the reading by 10 to
duces the "lows" and emphasizes the high obtain microvolts.
tones, thus clarifying "boomy" voice recep- The absolute accuracy of signal input
tion. The "Stand-by" position disconnects values depends upon the sensitivity of the
all plate and screen grid tube -supply volt- receiver. This is determined by accuracy of
ages but leaves the filament supply turned alignment, condition of tubes, value of line
on to keep the receiver "warmed up" and voltage and similar factors. Relative read-
ready for instant operation. It also illumi- ings between two or more stations of dif-
nates the "Stand-by" lamp on the left-hand ferent signal strengths always give depend-
side of the dial. The "Stand-by" is of spe- able results for comparison. Signal input
cial use for eliminating the clicks or thumps measurements are also useful for making
of the telegraph transmitter, for preventing tests on different types of antennas, for re-
acoustical feed-back from a phone trans- porting improvements to transmitters at
mitter, or an adjacent transmitter from distant amateur stations, and for making
blocking the receiver. charts of signal strength variations.
(b) Signal Input Control.-The second con- (d) The Selectivity Control introduces the crys-
trol from the left rotates on a scale cali- tal filter into the i -f circuit for single -signal
brated from 1 to 10,000 and its setting indi- reception of c -w telegraph or telephone
cates the strength in microvolts of any sig- transmission. Crystal phasing is performed
nal delivered to the receiver, when its ad- by means of an air -trimmer capacitor. In its
justment is made in conjunction with the midway position marked "Max." the crystal
electron -ray tube [see next paragraph (c)). circuit is balanced and maximum selectivity
This control is calibrated on a logarithmic is obtained. This setting is characterized by
scale by means of a series of dots. The minimum background noise. In the extreme
markings are labelled for the major settings clockwise position the crystal is short cir-
only, and the points between these major cuited by means of the crystal switch. Other
markings represent respectively two and five positions broaden the crystal selectivity
times the lower indicated value as the knob curve on one side of resonance and cause a
-Tube.-The
is turned in a counter -clockwise direction
(1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100
(e) Electron -Ray -Tuning
--).
green
rejection dip on the other side. They are
useful for phone reception through severe
interference.
illuminated Electron -Ray -Indicator Tub e NOTE-The Tone Control should always
(RCA -6E5) at the right-hand side of the be turned to "Speech" when the Crystal
dial near the top of the front panel is a Selectivity Control is in use. This reduces
visible guide to precise tuning. The deflec- the "lows" which cause instability and flut-
tion of the electron stream by the signal ter under conditions of extreme selectivity.
voltage causes a narrowing of the darker Four curves are given herewith which
sector. Maximum deflection, (i. e., when the illustrate the effect of the Crystal Selectivity
area of the light sector is at a maximum) Control. (See Figure 5.)
indicates that the receiver is tuned to exact (e) The Automatic Volume Control Switch
resonance. eliminates automatic -volume -control action
Since the electron-ray tube gives a reading in order to obtain best reception of slow-
of signal strength (at the 2nd detector) it is s p e e d code transmission and to avoid
used in conjunction with the Signal Input thumping.
39
40
(f) The Tuning Control is a double knob. The trol in an intermediate position, adjustment
section for rapid tuning is adjacent to the and tuning may be made to place in the
receiver panel and has a speed reduction "rejection dip" an interfering station within
ratio of 20:1. The second section, in front a few hundred cycles of the desired one.
of the latter and on the inside shaft, is for The required beat -note is then obtained by
precise adjustment and has a speed reduc- adjustment of the Heterodyne Control. The
tion ratio of 100:1. The combination of the higher the beat-frequency used the greater
high ratio tuning drive and the vernier - is the audio image.
index dial make precise and easy tuning (k) The Phone Jack is on the left end of the
readily attainable. cabinet. When a phone plug is inserted in
of the this jack, it simultaneously connects a re-
(g) The Range Selector selects any one limits sistance load across the secondary of the
four scales of which the frequency
are tabulated under "Electrical Specifica- output transformer in place of the voice coil
tions -Tuning Range" (Section 3). The let- of the electrodynamic loudspeaker. It also
tered dial scales correspond to the lettered connects the phones across the plate circuit
Range Switch positions. of the output tube, a blocking condenser
being used to isolate the d-c voltage. The
(h) The Volume Control is connected in the loudspeaker field which is employed as a
audio-frequency circuit and increases the filter for the rectifier stage, still forms an
output level with clockwise rotation as indi- active part of the circuit when using head-
cated. It alone is used to regulate volume phones. By inserting the phone plug part
when the Automatic Volume Control is way in the jack both headphone and loud-
switched "on." However, with the AVC speaker signals may be obtained. The loud-
switch "off," the Signal Input Control must speaker is connected to the chassis by means
be used as well, in order to prevent over- of a cable and plug.
loading of the Second Detector.
(i) The Beat Oscillator Switch serves to inter- 7. Dial
rupt screen and plate -supply voltage to the
beat -frequency oscillator tube. The beat - The Tuning Dial is of the airplane type, semi-
oscillator stage can be rendered inoperative transparent, illuminated, and clearly marked. It
at any time, but, since the filament remains incorporates a mechanical band -spread system with
heated continuously, is ready for instan- two vernier scales (outside and central), particu-
taneous operation. larly suited to amateur or other work where pre-
beat - cise logging is required. The four main scales are
(i) The Heterodyne Control governsathe limited plainly marked with their respective letters-A, B,
oscillator output frequency over
a-f range by means of an iron -core solenoid C, D-and are calibrated directly in megacycles.
adjustment (induction tuning) within the The amateur bands are shown by solid arcs on the
beat -oscillator tuning coil. It is calibrated B, C and D scales, together with meter markings
in kilocycles on either side of the normal in heavy type. The standard and short-wave broad-
resonant position (zero beat). In order to cast bands are indicated by an additional shading
obtain a beat note of a desired frequency line.
it is first necessary to tune the receiver to The two vernier scales mentioned above are
zero beat with the Heterodyne Control set known as the vernier and vernier -index scales, the
at "0," and then to rotate the Heterodyne former being fully circular and the latter semi-
Control to the desired a -f setting. circular.
NOTE-It is important that the "0" posi- It will be observed that the vernier scale is
tion on the Heterodyne Control scale corre- graduated from "0" to "100" and traversed by the
spond exactly with the crystal frequency. long single -ended red pointer, and that the vernier-
The proper method of setting is given under index scale is graduated from "0" to "9" and tra-
Service, Section 12. versed by the short double-ended black pointer
For c-w reception this control should be used for the main frequency scales. The red
set at the desired beat frequency which may pointer makes one complete revolution for each
be on either side of the "0" position. The unit of travel of the short black pointer on the
human ear is most sensitive at frequencies vernier-index scale. Thus, any station may be
between 500 and 1500 cycles and settings of logged accurately with three digits; for example,
this order should therefore be made. The if the vernier -index reading is between "3" and
Selectivity Control then turned to "Max." "4" and the vernier reading is "72," then the log
has the effect of almost completely sup- number is "372." The index number is always the
pressing any audio-image which may be lower of the two numbers between which the
produced by a station at a frequency a pointer is located. (It may occasionally happen
few kilocycles removed from that of the de- that with the vernier -index pointer on or just
sired station, causing a beat of nearly equal beyond a digit, the vernier pointer may read above
pitch. The curves (Figure 5) make this 95; the next lower digit is then used as the first of
apparent. With the Crystal Selectivity Con - the three figures in the reading.)
41
www.americanradiohistory.com
In logging stations by this method, the band (h) Decrease volume as necessary and set Tone
letter also should be named. For the above ex- Control to "Bass," "Music" or "Speech" for pre-
ample, therefore, the full log number would be ferred quality of reproduction. Full tone range
"A-372," `B-372," "C-372," or "D-372" depending reproduction is obtained with the knob set to
upon the setting of the range switch. "Music."
Band -Spread.- The Mechanical Band-Spread (i) Silent Tuning may be obtained by reduc-
incorporated in this instrument is combined with ing the volume until no signals are heard, and then
circuit design in such a manner as to render avail- tuning by means of the visual indications of the
able to the operator the following advantages electron -ray tube.
1. Single -control tuning. (j) Weak Modulated Signals.-The beat-oscil-
2. Precise logging. lator may be used to advantage in locating weak,
3. Ability to reset to a definite frequency with- modulated signals. For this purpose it should be
out use of reference points. tuned exactly to the intermediate frequency of the
To assist in operation, a table is given of the receiver by turning the Heterodyne Control to "0,"
tuning knob rotation when tuning through the so that an audio -frequency note of ascending pitch
various amateur bands. will be obtained on each side of resonance of the
Band Band -Spread incoming signal when the Beat -Oscillator Switch
is turned "on." Any other carrier will be tuned to
Pointer Coverage Slow Speed Knob exact resonance when the gang or tuning capacitor
Meters Kilocycles Dial Divisions Angle of Rotation is adjusted for "zero beat" and weak signals will
160 1715-2000 366 3590° 10 Rev. be located almost as well as those of greater
80 3500.4000 141 1380° 33/4 " strength because of the heterodyne "whistle" pro-
40 7000-7300 96 940° 21/Z "
20 14000-14400 55 540° 1% "
duced while passing through resonance. After
10 28000-30000 74 725° 2 " proper adjustment has been made, turn Beat -Oscil-
5 56000.60000 74 725° 2 " lator Switch "off."
(k) C -W Signals.-For c-w (code) reception,
8. Tuning the tuning procedure is the same as for modulated
The r -f amplifier, oscillator and first detector signals except that the Beat -Oscillator performs a
circuits of this superheterodyne receiver are tuned definite rather than incidental function. It is set,
by a three -gang variable capacitor and thus con- not at the intermediate frequency, but slightly
trolled from a single knob. Extremely precise and above or below so as to provide an audio -frequency
rapid tuning is attained by means of the dual -ratio beat note when the receiver is tuned to resonance
vernier -drive system used in conjunction with the with any carrier. Adjust the pitch with the Hetero-
gang capacitor as mentioned under "Controls." dyne Control knob. Turn A.Y.C. Switch "off"
To tune the instrument for desired reception, pro- when receiving slow speed a -w transmission.
ceed as follows: (1) Selectivity.-The value of the Crystal Selec-
(a) Turn Power Switch "on." tivity Control is most evident on c-w reception.
(b) Select position of Range Switch at which Its importance should not be forgotten in phone
the band letter corresponds to that frequency scale reception and for identification of distant stations
which includes the desired station or channel. which are normally lost in the background noise.
(c) Set A.V.C. Switch "on" and Beat Oscillator The curves (Figure 5) should be studied carefully
Switch "off." before operating the Selectivity Control. The fol-
(d) Turn Crystal Selectivity Control fully clock- lowing suggestions also may be of value:
wise to "Crystal off" position. 1. Tuning is extremely critical with control
(e) Advance Signal Input Control fully clock- in
the "Max." position and in consequence the
wise for maximum sensitivity. movement of the slow speed Tuning knob
(f) Advance Volume Control clockwise until should be very slow and deliberate.
background noise is heard. 2. First locate the desired band or station with
(g) With rear part of tuning knob, rotate black control at "Crystal off," i. e. in its position
pointer to approximate frequency of desired sta- of minimum selectivity.
tion, then with the front part make slow adjust- 3. Remember to set Tone Control at "Speech"
ment to the exact center of the carrier, as indicated for stable operation of Crystal Selectivity
by the Electron -Ray Indicator. Control.
PART IV SERVICE
9. General less than one ohm are generally omitted. Identifi-
The various diagrams of this booklet contain cation titles such as R-3, L-2, C-1, etc., are pro-
such information as will be needed for servicing vided for reference between the illustrations and
the receiver. The ratings of all resistors, capaci- replacement parts.
tors, coils, etc., are indicated adjacent to the sym-
bols signifying these parts on the diagrams. The 10. Circuit Arrangement
coils, reactors, and transformer windings are rated A schematic diagram of the complete circuit is
in terms of their d-c resistances only. Ratings of shown in Figure 3, a wiring diagram illustrating the
42
www.americanradiohistory.com
wiring layout of the radio chassis, and the wiring Similar caution should be observed when exchang-
and connections between radio chassis and front ing by-pass capacitors in these same circuits, since
panel controls, is detailed in Figure 6. The loud- their values, physical positions, length of leads,
speaker wiring diagram and connections to chassis quality of dielectric and other features are critical,
are shown in Figure 7. and variations will definitely affect operation of
BLACK VOICE
COIL
the receiver. The small heater by-pass capacitors
and ground terminals installed at the tube sockets
OUTPUT
are very important in this respect.
TRANS. NEUT. (c) Oscillator Stage.-The heterodyne oscillator
0.3,.
COIL
circuit used in this receiver is an improved type,
having exceptional frequency stability and uni-
formity of output over its various tuning ranges.
FIELD
COIL
It operates on fundamental frequencies which are
fed to the first detector hexode tube (RCA 6L7)
on an auxiliary mixing grid. The oscillator gen-
erates a signal which is at all times above the fre-
BROWN
TO
quency of the incoming signal by 460 kilocycles. As
CHASSIS shown by the schematic diagram, the cathode of
BROWN the oscillator tube is above ground potential for
-BLUE r-f while the plate is effectively at ground poten-
CREEN
tial. This particular arrangement, together with
the plate and screen series resistors, makes the cir-
cuit independent of supply voltage variations in
BLACK regard to stability and uniformity of output. Sep-
YELLOW
(BLACK
arate coils are used for each of the tuning ranges.
BROWN
The switching of the different bands is such as to
Figure 7-Loudspeaker Wiring and Connection short circuit certain idle coils which would absorb
Diagram energy from the circuits used.
The circuit is based on the superheterodyne (d) Intermediate Amplifier.-Two stages of i -f
principle. The radio frequency and audio fre- amplification comprising three inductively tuned
quency amplification are balanced in such a man- transformers and two RCA 6K7 tubes are arranged
ner that the maximum of performance is obtained. in cascade to operate at 460 kilocycles. The trans-
The main circuit features are as follows: formers have their primaries as well as their
(a) Tuned Circuits.-A three -section variable secondaries tuned by adjustable iron cores. Litz
condenser tunes the secondary of the antenna wire is used for the windings of all three trans-
transformer, the secondary of the detector input formers in order to provide the proper selectivity
transformer, and the oscillator coil on the A, and gain. The crystal filter is introduced in the
B and C bands. The D band has only its detector first i -f circuit by means of the crystal switch S-11
and oscillator tuned. Each tuning range has its (Figure 3). A variable air -dielectric capacitor
own group of r -f and oscillator coils which are C-36 is operated by the selectivity control.
selected as desired by operation of the band - (e) Detection and AVC.-The modulated sig-
change switch. Six adjustable inductance (iron - nal as obtained from the output of the i -f system
core) tuned circuits are used in the i -f system, is detected by an RCA 6H6 double diode tube.
each resonating at 460 kilocycles. The audio frequency secured by this process is
(b) Band D Tuning.- The r -f stage is idle passed to the a -f system for amplification and final
when the range switch is turned to its band D posi- reproduction. The d -c voltage which results from
tion and the signal is fed from the antenna directly detection of the signal is used for automatic volume
to the first detector input circuit. The inductance control. This voltage which develops across re-
of this circuit consists of a short length of bus wire sistor R-19 is applied as automatic control grid
to which the antenna lead is tapped at a definite bias to the r -f, first detector and i -f tubes through
predetermined point. The total length of this in- suitable resistance capacitance filters. A portion of
ductive wire from the stator of the tuning capaci- the audio voltage is passed to the volume control
tor to ground represents the secondary of a high through capacitor C-49. The variable resistor
frequency auto transformer, while the inductive (R-27), a manually controlled acoustically tapered
section, included between the antenna lead tap and potentiometer, selects the amount fed to the first
ground, forms the primary. Alteration of the di- a-f stage.
mensions and position of this wiring will change The frequency generated by the beat -oscillator
the tuning alignment of the circuit resulting in (457 to 463 k.c.) for c-w reception is applied to
total lack of operation or seriously poor operation. the diode plate of the RCA-6H6 second detector
It is therefore necessary when servicing to avoid tube through the capacitor C-52. This frequency
changes in the wiring which includes band D de- mixes with the incoming intermediate frequency .
tector and oscillator r-f circuits, unless the arrange- to produce an audio -frequency note which can be
ment is restored to its exact original condition. heard readily in the loudspeaker or phones. The
43
BLACK
e-- RED l /-BLUE
RED
BLUE
GREEN 18sr.
"LACK
Le2LLREc-YELtDW
GREEN ese
BROWN
1
} t
RESÌSTOR I 1
UNIT I I
1.4V.dv -15 v I 1 I
L J_J J 2"I.F.
1R I.F.
OSC.
PRI. ADJ.- 7,40-
TRANS. __ LIº
4V. 460 K.C.I..
L
i I
18I.F. TRANil
^
1
6 -
j
Olv I+eV.I
I 60óó îüK +
-:I810V.I
(
'P11.40.1.
-1 I o V. Igov. 4L6'oKa
ItOV. v
3.15V.
qr v
I
1.6v ' 1
11}ov l I CNASSIS
1 i 1 i t i {
44rt 4 t 4 4 A 4 1, I
lr
II
I
i 3RV.' 8TVI V i
I
II
ÓV. OIV r___,
OV ¡ .eSV CATHODE 1210V. 245VI I
6levI
I
I I I
e5v'J
r I I dv. i 1 1
,i eDr.
C12
LQc+ .,.
I
I
//
ISHIELDI
IExT.
`..
Lk
5000 K.C.
DU. COIL
I I
o _Je.4v1--
I I
5V - _ñD
v n_J
0
I
V. I
A'td'G- PTDE.w____J RECT.'
'CABLE TO L -335V.--+-
ÓSCT
'TUNING
1J ITUBE L 1
L_
r
®
81.4V.
....
I
yI
L
250 V.
C3
5000 K.C.
-1-
8.4V. R.F. L---18V.----- I
L__-_
I
44
www.americanradiohistory.com
movable iron core, adjusted by the heterodyne 11. Alignment
control provides a variable inductance which acts This receiver was aligned at the factory but
as a vernier control for adjustment of the oscillator should be checked regularly (preferably once
output frequency over the required a-f range on every six months) to insure best possible results.
either side of the signal intermediate frequency. Adjustments, when necessary, can be performed
(f) Tuning.- The electron -ray tuning tube easily since all trimmers and core screws are
(RCA -6E5) functions as amplifier and indicator. accessible through openings in the external case
The indicator section comprises a luminescent as shown in Figure 9. If desired, the chassis can
screen, cathode and control electrode. The de- be withdrawn upon removal of the front panel and
tected signal from the receiver is applied through four mounting screws.
the amplifier section to the control electrode of The extensive frequency range of this receiver
the indicator section. This control electrode affects necessitates a more or less involved method of
the electron stream emitted from the cathode so alignment. However, if the following directions
that the size of the triangular "shadow" on the are carefully applied, the normal performance of
luminescent screen is determined by the strength the instrument will be obtained.
of the incoming signal. The actual strength of the
incoming signal may be measured by means of the Equipment.-The equipment required for plac-
signal input sensitivity control, which adjusts the ing this receiver in proper alignment consists of
variable resistor R-5 (8,000 ohms maximum), from an RCA Cathode Ray Oscillograph, Stock No.
ground to the cathode circuits of r-f and i -f tubes. 9545, or RCA Output Indicator, Stock No. 4317,
an RCA Full Range Oscillator, Stock No. 9595, a
(g) Audio Stage.- The a -f component selected Tuning Wand and a Non-metallic screw driver or
by the arm of the volume control is amplified in equivalent equipment. The necessity for align-
the first audio-frequency tube (RCA -6F5). It is ment of the r -f circuits and the direction of re-
then fed to the output tube (RCA -6F6) by means quired change may be tested with a Tuning
of a resistance -capacitance coupling. This tube is Wand. Its use is as follows:
connected as a pentode for best reception and
sensitivity. The plate circuit of same is matched The Tuning Wand, which consists of a bakelite rod
having a small brass cylinder installed at one end, and a
to the voice coil of the electrodynamic loudspeaker core of finely divided iron at the other, may be inserted
through a step-down (output) transformer. Audio into a tuned coil to obtain an indication of the tuning. With
tone control is effected by means of a three-posi- a signal being supplied to the receiver at the alignment
tion switch: (1) In the "bass" position the capaci- frequency of the circuit concerned, each end of the Wand
should be placed through the center of the coil. Holes are
tor C-58 (in the RCA -6F6 control grid circuit) is provided in the r-f coil shields for this test. A change in
shorted out, and the capacitor C-62 (across the tuning will be produced by the presence of the brass cylin-
plate circuit) is grounded. This allows full "lows" der or iron core and consequent change of receiver output
and reduces the high -frequency response. (2) In occurs. If there is a decrease of output when either of the
two ends is inserted, the tuning is correct and will require
the "music" position capacitor C-58 is still shorted no adjustment. However, should there be an increase of out-
out, maintaining the low -frequency response, but put due to the iron core and decrease with the brass cylin-
C-62 is not grounded and thus also allows full der, an increase in inductance or capacitance is indicated as
"highs," and (3) In the "speech" position C-58 is necessary to bring the circuit into line. The trimmer in-
volved should therefore be increased accordingly. If the
introduced into the circuit reducing "lows" and brass cylinder end causes an increase in output, while the
C-62 still allows full "highs." iron end causes a decrease, reduction of inductance or capa-
The phone jack is connected between the high citance will be necessary to bring the circuit into align-
side of the primary winding and ground of the ment. This will be equivalent to decreasing the trimmer
concerned.
output transformer.
NOTE.-I-F adjustments cannot be made by this method
(h) Power.- All power voltages are obtained on this receiver.
from a full -wave rectifier and filter system con-
nected to the a-c line. The loudspeaker field coil END OF CHANGE OF
SIGNAL OUTPUT
CHANGE REQ'D. OF
TRIMMER CAPACITY
is excited from this system and serves as a filter WAND USED
45
transformer should be adjusted first, the one pre- (b) Shift the Oscillator to 540 kc. and tune the
ceding it next, and the first transformer last. For receiver to pick up this signal, disregarding
such adjustments, proceed as follows: the dial reading at which it is best received.
(a) Connect the "Ant." terminal of the Test Then adjust trimmer C-26, simultaneously
Oscillator to the RCA 6L7 1st Detector con- rocking the tuning control backward and
trol grid through a .001 mfd. capacitor, and forward through the signal, until maximum
the "Gnd." terminal to chassis ground. Con- output is obtained from the combined
nect the Output Indicator or Cathode-Ray operations. Repeat the alignment of C-27,
Oscillograph across the loudspeaker voice C-15, and C-4 as in (a) to correct for any
coil. Adjust the frequency of the Test Oscil- change caused by the adjustment of C-26.
lator to 460 kilocycles.
(b) Turn AVC "off" and crystal filter "off" then
advance the sensitivity control (clockwise) TNS-IF. CTS-LF. TRANS. 2^4.I.F.
31Ñ.F. TRANS.
OUTPUT
(d) Tune the receiver to Band "A", setting the DEI COILS
station selector at a point where no inter- A -TOP
C-BOTTO1
BEAT OSC.
46
12. Heterodyne Control Setting (d) Tighten set -screw -stop with pliers to grip
core stud, then swing stop to vertical and
Connect a source of unmodulated carrier of the tighten securely with screw driver.
i -f frequency from the grid of the RCA -6L7 first (e) Proceed as first described for setting knob
detector to ground. Turn AVC "off," tone control accurately to zero position at zero beat.
to "speech" position, crystal filter to maximum
selectivity, sensitivity control to maximum, audio NOTE.-Do not pull control shaft loose from
volume control- partially "on," and beat -oscillator bearing bracket when adjusting core stud.
"on."
Rotate the heterodyne control knob to left or 13. Radiotron Socket Voltages
right until the heterodyne beat is heard. The voltage values indicated from the Radio-
Change the frequency of the unmodulated car- tron socket contacts to ground on Figure 9 will
rier from the Test Oscillator very carefully for serve to assist in locating causes for faulty opera-
maximum deflection on the Electron-Ray -Tube tion, when existent. Grid cap voltages to ground
indicator. Reduce the signal input if necessary so are zero, except in the cases of the two oscillators
that the Electron-Ray-Tube does not completely the readings of which are not dependent upon
close. The test oscillator is now adjusted to the power supply but upon the oscillatory condition.
same frequency as the crystal filter. Each value as specified should hold within ±20%
Set the heterodyne control knob at its zero posi- when the receiver is normally operative at the
tion and note whether the heterodyne beat is at rated supply voltage. Variations in excess of this
zero frequency. If not, proceed as follows: will usually be indicative of trouble in the basic
(a) Rotate the heterodyne control knob to ob- circuits. The voltages given on the diagram are
tain zero beat. actual operating values and do not allow for inac-
curacies which may be caused by the loading
(b) Loosen the knob set screw and turn loosened effect of a voltmeter's internal resistance. This re-
knob on shaft to its "0" or vertical position. sistance should be duly considered for all readings.
(c) Tighten up set screw. The amount of circuit resistance shunting the
The heterodyne control is now adjusted to zero meter during measurement will determine the ac-
beat at the frequency of the crystal filter. curacy to be obtained, the error increasing as the
In the event that the frequency drift is such meter resistance is comparable to or less than the
that the zero beat position of the knob is at or circuit resistance. For the majority of readings, a
beyond the figure "2" on either side, or outside meter having an internal resistance of 1,000 ohms
field of rotation, the following adjustment is per volt will be satisfactory when the range used
necessary: for each check is chosen as high as possible con-
sistent with good readability.
(a) Turn knob until the set -screw-stop on the
knob control shaft, behind the front panel,
is approximately vertical, then loosen stop 14. Wave Trap Adjustment
with screw driver. With the receiver in operation using its normal
(b) Turn core stud to obtain zero beat. Use a antenna, tune station selector to the point at which
pair of padded long-nose pliers to rotate the the intermediate frequency interference is most in-
core stud in order to avoid injuring thread. tense. Then adjust the wave trap trimmer to the
(c) Turn set -screw-stop over to left (facing front point which causes maximum suppression of the
panel) to its horizontal mid -position, and interference. This trimmer is adjusted to 460 kc.
adjust knob control shaft to allow 1/32 to during manufacture; however, local conditions may
1/16 in. clearance between front panel and require a readjustment, depending upon the inter-
adjacent surface of knob. fering frequency.
SERVICE HINTS
(1) Beat -frequency oscillator instability may occasionally be due
to a broken or damaged magnetite core, in which case the
Stock No. 12084 coil of improved design with compression
spring behind core, should be used.
(2) Image response, or appearance of same station at two points
should be corrected by careful alignment in accordance with
instructions.
47
PART V -REPLACEMENT
STOCK FIST STOCK LIST
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
No. PRICE No. PRICE
5237 B u shi n g -
Variable tuning condensor
mounting bushing assembly-Package of
12108
11246
Stock No. 12089 phasing control
Crystal-Crystal filter and ease
Foot-Chassis foot and bracket-Package
oypfiuliou
14.00
3 .43 of 2. .76
12115 Cable -6 -conductor b r a i d e d reproducer 8041 Plate-I.F. or R.F. coil shield locking plate
cable approximately 75 -in. long -Corn- -Package of 2 .12
plate with 6 -contact female connector, 11244 Resistor-Voltage divider resistor, compris
Stock No. 11934 L55 ing one 7,500 -ohm and one 9,200 -ohm sec -
11350 Cap-Grid contact cap-Package of 5 .20 tion (R32, R33) 1.08
11223 Capacitor-Adjustable capacitor (C26)..... .46 12102 Resistor-Voltage divider resistor, compris -
12077 Capacitor-5 Mmfd. (C52) .42 ing one section of 160-ohm and one sec -
11941 Capacitor-22 Mmfd. (C19) .22 tion 110 -ohm (R34. R35) .44
11321 Capacitor-33 Mmfd. (C9) .26 11937 Resistor -2.5 ohms-wire wound (R37).... L12
11289 Capacitor-SO Mmfd. (C13, C28) .26 12432 Resistor -45 ohms-Flexible ty p e (R40,
11291 Capacitor-115 Mmfd. (C29, C30, C32) .24 R41)-For use only in models with 110-
8076 Capacitor-115 Mmfd. (located in beat-oscil- 220 -volt power transformer-Package of 5 .60
lator coil, Stock No. 12084) (C54) .20 11932 Resistor-330 ohms-carbon type, 1/10 -watt
11998 Capacitor-115 Mmfd. (C41, C42, C46, C47) .28 (R14, R15)-Package of 5 .75
5116 Capacitor-175 Mmfd. (C59) .18 11296 Resistor--330 ohms-carbon type, I/4 -watt
11500 Capacitor-175 Mmfd. (C48) .18 (R2)-Package of 5 1.00
11290 Capacitor-400 Mmfd. (C20, C57, C68).... .25 5165 Resistor-820 ohms-carbon type, 1/4 watt
12086
12104
Capacitor-400 Mmfd. Located in beat-oscil-
lator coil Stock No. 12084 (C55)
Capacitor-560 Mmfd. (C33)
.25
.24
11935
(R6)-Paokage of 5
-
Resistor-1,000 ohms carbon type, 1/10-
watt (R10)-Package of 5
1.00
.75
11633 Capacitor-900 Mmfd. (C58) .32 5112 Resistor-1,000 ohms-carbon type, I/4 -watt
11939 Capacitor-1200 Mmfd. (C34, C35) .42 (R3, R16)-Package of 5 1.00
12571 Capacitor-1225 Mmfd. (C24) .20 3381 Resistor -10,000 ohms-carbon type, I/4 -watt
11287 Capacitor-4500 Mmfd. (C21, C73) .30 (R21, R26)-Package of 5 1.00
4838 Capacitor-.005 Mfd. (C69) .20 8070 Resistor -22,000 ohms-carbon type, I/2 -watt
4868 Capacitor-.005 Mfd. (C63) .20 (R11)-Package of 5 1.00
11938 Capacitor-.006 Mfd. (C72) .32 11300 Resistor -33,000 ohms-carbon type, 1/10-
4858 Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C38, C51, C53, C56, watt (R8)-Package of 5 .75
C61) .25 8067 Resistor -39,000 ohms-carbon type, 1/2 -watt
4624 Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C49) .54 (R9)-Package of 5 1.00
11451 Capacitor-.017 Mfd. (C62) .18 11646 Resistor -47,000 ohms-carbon type, t/ -watt
4836 Capacitor-.05 Mfd. (C6, C7, C16, C50) .30 (R25)-Package of 5 LOO
4886 Capacitor-.05 Mfd. (C14, C37, C44) .20 11282 Resistor-56,000 ohms-carbon type, 1/10-
5170 Capacitor-0.25 Mfd. (C60, C64) .25 watt (R7, R18)-Package of 5 .75
4841 Capacitor-0.1 Mfd. (C18, C39, C43) .22 5029 Resistor -56,000 ohms-carbon type, I/; -watt
4839 Capacitor -0.1 Mfd. (C8, C45) 28 (R30)-Package of 5 1.00
11248 Capacitor-4 Mfd. (C65) 1.06 8064 Resistor -82,000 ohms-carbon type, I/2 -watt
11203
5212
12092
Capacitor-10 Mfd. (C67)
Capacitor -18 Mfd. (C66)
Coil-Antenna coil-"A" and "C" bands
1.18
1.16 3118
(R36)-Paokage of 5
-
Resistor -100,000 ohms carbon type, I/.
watt (R1, R4, R12, R13, R17)-Package
1.00
1.70
11323
watt (R24)-Package of 5
watt (R29)-Package of 5
-
Resistor-270,000 ohms carbon type, I/4
.75
1.00
12093 Coil-Detector coil-"A" and "C" bands 11172 Resistor-470,000 ohms-carbon type, I/4 -
(L7, L8, L11, L12, C10, C11, C15) 2.34 watt (R31)-Package of 5 1.00
12099 Coil-Detector coil-"B" band (L9, L10, 11452 Resistor-470,000 ohms-carbon type, 1/10
12094
C12)
Coil-Oscillator coil-"A" and "C" bands
(L14, L16, C22, C23, C27)
gg
12013 -
watt (R19)-Package of 5
Resistor -1 Megohm carbon type, 1/ 10-
watt (R38)-Package of 5
.75
75
2.14 3033 Resistor-1 Megohm-carbon type, I/4 -watt
12100 Coil-Oscillator coil-"B" band (L15, C25) .82 (R20)-Package of 5 1.00
5221 Coil-Oscillator coil-"D" band (L13).... .64 11626 Resistor-2.2 Megohm-carbon type, 1/4 -watt
11214 Condenser -3 -gang variable tuning con- (R22)-Package of 5 1.00
denser (C5, C17, C31) 4.20 11936 Resistor -4.7 Megohm-carbon type -14.
12089 Condenser-Crystal switch a n d phasing
control condenser-Less extension shaft 12090
watt (R23)-Package of 5
Sensitivity Control (R5)
/ 1.00
1.22
(S11, C36). 1.25 4669 Screw-8.32 x 5/32 -in. set screw for exten-
11934 Connector -6 -contact female connector for sion shaft, Stock No. 12105-Package of
reproducer cable, Stock No. 12115 .38 10 . .25
12006 Core-Adjustable core for I.F. transformer, 12103 Shaft-Extension shaft for phasing control,
Stock Nos. 12095, 12096 or 12097 .22 Stock No. 12089 .15
12085 Core-Adjustable core and stud assembly- 12105 Shaft-Extension shaft for beat -oscillator
For beat -oscillator coil, Stock No. 12084. .16 coil adjustment .15
48
PART V --Continued
LIST STOCK LIST
STOCK DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
No. PRICE No, PRICE
5249 Shield -Antenna, detector or oscillator coil 12577 Screw -8-32 x 11/4 in. slotted set screw for
shield .20 drive assembly -Package of 10 .15
12112
12111
12110
Shield -First or third I.F. transformer shield
Shield-Second I.F. transformer shield....
Shield-Top cap shield for Radiotron 6J7
.28
.28
12117
condenser drive assembly -
Shaft-Dual speed drive shaft for variable
-
Comprising
shaft, drive, spool, spring and washer
beat-oscillator .14 assembled .36
11195 Socket -5 -contact 5Z4 Radiotron socket... .15 11222 Socket -Dial lamp socket .18
11313 Socket -5 -contact 6F5 Radiotron socket.... .18
11198 Socket -7 -contact 6L7, 6F6, 6H6 second I.F. MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
or R.F. 6K7 Radiotron socket .15
12113 Socket -7 -contact 6J7 beat-oscillator Radio- 11192 Clamp -Tuning tube mounting clamp .12
tron socket .16 12122 Escutcheon-Station selector escutcheon... .60
12114 Socket-7 -contact 6J7 oscillator Radiotron 12130 Foot-Rubber foot assembly-Package of 4. .25
socket 16 6614 Glass-Station selector dial glass .30
11196 Socket -8 -contact first I.F. 6K7 Radiotron 12128 Jack-Telephone jack (Jl) 1.02
socket 15 12124 Knob-Heterodyne adjustment or selectivity
11381 Socket -Tuning tube socket and cover. ... .45 control knob-Package of 5 .70
12106 Spring-Retaining spring for beat -oscillator 12123 Knob -Power (Tone), signal input, AVC,
shaft, Stock No. 12105 -Package of 5.... .15 range, volume or beat -oscillator control
12374
12109
Switch-Beat -frequency oscillator s w i t c h
(S14) .
Switch-Automatic volume control switch
55 12129
knob -Package of 5
Knob -Station selector knob assembly
Comprising 1 main and 1 vernier tuning
- .70
12095
12101
Transformer -First intermediate frequency
transformer (L17, L18, C33)
Transformer-Power transformer, 105-125
1.50 12126
Package of 4
Screw-6.32 x %-in. fillister head screw
Used to hold front panel -Package of 10.
- .18
.42
volts, 25-60 cycle (T1) 5.20 12125 Screw-8.32 x 5/16 -in. c u p p e d point set
12331 Transformer -Power transformer, 105.130, screw for knob, Stock No. 12124-Pack -
140 -160, 195.250 volts, 50-60 cycle 5.15 age of 10 .20
12096 Transformer-Second intermediate frequency 4982 Spring -Retaining spring for main tuning
transformer (L19, L20, C41, C42) 1.85 knob in Stock No. 12129-Package of 10. .26
12097 Transformer -Third intermediate frequency 11349 Spring-Retaining spring for knob, Stock
transformer (L21, L22, C46, C47, C48, No. 12123 -Package of 5 .15
R18, R19) 2.52 11222 Socket -Pilot lamp socket .18
11649 Trap -Wave -trap (L27, C70, R39) 1.15
12087 Volume Control (R27) 1.84 REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
11954 Board-Terminal board assembly, with eye -
lets and lead wire clips .14
DRIVE ASSEMBLIES 11231 Bolt-Yoke and core assembly bolt and nut .16
8060 t
Bracket-O u t p u transformer mounting
11952 Dial -Station selector dial scale .78 bracket .14
12116 Drive -Variable tuning condenser drive 11257 Clamp -Cone center suspension clamping
assembly -Comprising reflector, bracket, nut and screw assembly -Package of 5 .25
drive, hub and gear assembled 1.35 11254 Coil -Field coil (L26) 2.00
11982 Fastener-Station selector dial scale fastener 11233 Coil-Neutralizing coil (L24) .30
-Package of 25 .42 11235 Cone -Reproducer cone (L25) -Package of
4827 Gear -Spring gear assembly for vernier 5 3.50
pointers 1.25 11953 Connector -6-contact male connector for
11228 Gear -Vernier pointer drive gear .42 reproducer . .28
11303 Indicator Station selector vernier indicator 9658 Reproducer complete -Less baffle assembly 6.16
pointer .22 11253 Transformer-Output transformer (T2).... 1.56
4520 Indicator -Station selector indicator pointer .18 11886 Washer -Spring washer-Used to hold field
4340 Lamp -Dial lamp -Package of 5 .60 coil securely -Package of 5 .20
IB25099-2
49
www.americanradiohistory.com
50
RCA VICTOR MODELS T 6-7 and C 6-8
Six -Tube, Three -Band, A -C, D -C, Superheterodyne Receivers
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT
(1) RCA -6A8 First Detector -Oscillator (4) RCA-6J7 Audio Voltage Amplifier
(2) RCA -6K7 Intermediate Amplifier (5) RCA-25A6 Audio Power Amplifier
(3) RCA -6H6 Second Detector-A.V.C. (6) RCA -25Z6 Half -Wave Rectifier
Mechanical Specifications
Chassis Base Dimensions 12 inches x 7 inches x 21/2 inches
Tuning Drive Ratio 10 -to -1 and 50 -to -1
MODEL T 6-7 MODEL C 6-8
Height 191/8 inches Height 371/4inches
Width 135/8 inches Width 231/2inches
Depth 81/2 inches Depth 11 inches
Weight (Net) 17 pounds Weight (Net) 391/2 pounds
Weight (Shipping) 22 pounds Weight (Shipping) 54 pounds
General Features
These two models each employ the same six-tube console model (C 6-8) uses an improved 12 -inch
chassis. They have the new metallic tubes. The dynamic speaker. The tuning dial is an illuminated
tuning range is from 540 to 18,000 kc. The cover- semi -airplane type. Positions òf the range selector
age includes domestic broadcast, police, aircraft and knob are marked on the control panel to show which
amateur services, and also the important foreign tuning band is in use. The tuning control -is of the
short-wave broadcast bands at 49, 31, 25, 19 and 16
dual -ratio type, which permits rough tuning through
meters. Chassis features include automatic volume
control, high -frequency tone control, antenna wave a 10.1 drive ratio and vernier tuning through a 50-1
trap and audio tone compensation. The table model drive ratio. The latter is especially advantageous for
(T 6-7) uses an 8 -inch dynamic speaker, and the accurate tuning of the short-wave stations.
51
^.o
óË
.
ti a
{
jn ea
at, uió
ú -
s'
°
m é
9Me
Lre
aVSZ
AT-
ezsz
á$<
u F ó i
J {
m
¡
ICQQOi-''-'.rf >
géti-o
o ªf 1 ``w
sp<,s"F
w
..
II l '-efi
QF
",
F
Qö
I SË
C nF
`v>t
`D4IIII
t{
USIAA.J
J
N
`
h 4s
°
o
ag
î
1
¢
IF
52
53
www.americanradiohistory.com
Circuit Arrangement
The conventional superheterodyne type of circuit, the rectified signal current develops sufficient voltage
consisting of a combined first detector -oscillator stage, across resistor R-8, in opposition to that across re-
a single i -f stage, a diode detector -automatic volume sistors R-20 and R-21, current ceases to flow in the
control stage, an audio voltage amplifier stage, an auxiliary diode circuit and the signal A.V.C. diode
audio power output stage and a half -wave rectifier takes over the biasing function.
power supply stage, is used.
Audio System
Tuned Circuits The manual volume control consists of an acous-
The antenna coil system consists of a single pri- tically tapered potentiometer in the audio circuit be-
mary and three series -connected secondary windings tween the output of the detector diode and the input
to provide the three ranges of tuning. The oscillator grid of the audio voltage amplifier tube. This con-
coil system is similarly wound on a single form. A trol has a tone compensating filter connected to it, so
range selector switch (S-1) is used for connecting that the correct aural balance will be obtained at dif-
the various sections of these two coil systems into the ferent volume settings.
circuit to provide operation on the band desired. Resistance -capacitance coupling is used between the
The coils are tuned by a variable two -section gang first audio stage and the nover output stage. The
condenser having trimmer capacitors in shunt with output of the power amplifier is transformer -coupled
each section. There are additional trimmer capac- into the dynamic loudspeaker. High -frequency tone
itors across the section of each coil used for Band control is effected by a capacitor across the plate cir-
"A." A series trimmer is also associated with the cuit of the output tube. This capacitor may be cut
Band "A" oscillator coil. in or out of the circuit as desired by means of a
The intermediate frequency amplifier system con- switch (S-3).
sists of an RCA -6K7 in a transformer -coupled cir-
cuit. This stage operates at a basic frequency of Rectifier
460 kc. Each winding of both i -f transformers (in- The plate, grid, and cathode voltages required for
put and output) is tuned by an adjustable trimmer. the operation of this receiver are supplied by the
RCA -25Z6 rectifier (plates and cathodes connected
Detector and A.V.C. in parallel respectively) in series with the supply line
The modulated signal as obtained from the output operating as a half -wave rectifier. The field of the
of the i -f stage is detected by an RCA -6H6 twin - loudspeaker is connected across the input to the filter.
diode tube. The audio frequency secured by this The filter circuit consists of reactor L-19 and capac-
process is transferred to the a -f system for amplifi- itors C-37 and C-38. An additional capacitance C-36
cation and final reproduction. The d -c voltage which
is connected in parallel with C-37 in models designed
results from detection of the signal is used for auto-
matic volume control. This voltage, which develops for 25 -cycle operation.
across resistor R-8, is applied as automatic control The filaments of all six tubes are connected in
grid bias to the first detector and i -f tubes through a series and are fed direct from the supply line, the
suitable resistance filter circuit. The second (auxil- voltage being dropped-to the required value by re-
iary) diode of the RCA -6H6 is used to supply re- sistors R-18 and R-19. The correct operating voltage
sidual bias for the controlled tubes under conditions for the pilot lamp is developed across resistor R-19.
of little or no signal. This diode, under such condi- This voltage across the pilot lamp will be slightly high
tions, draws current which flows through resistors when the set is first turned on, but will quickly drop
R-8, R-9 and R-10, thereby maintaining the desired to a normal value as soon as the tube filaments reach
minimum operating bias on such tubes. As soon as their operating temperature.
SERVICE DATA
CAUTION: Grid caps, tuning condenser, and by the fact that the numerical titles increase from
resistor on top of chassis may be hot with re- left to right on the diagram. The coils, reactors, and
spect to external ground and should be avoided transformer windings are rated in terms of their d -c
when servicing, unless due precautions are taken. resistances only.
The various diagrams of this bulletin contain such
information as will be needed to isolate causes for Alignment Procedure
defective operation when such a condition develops. Precise alignment is vital to the proper functioning
Ratings of the resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are in- of this receiver. There are four trimming adjust-
dicated adjacent to the symbols signifying these parts ments provided in the i -f system, three in the oscil-
on the diagrams. Identification titles, such as R-3, lator coil system and two in the antenna coil system.
L-2, C-1, etc., are provided for reference between These trimmers have been accurately adjusted during
the diagrams and the replacement parts list. Locat- manufacture and should remain properly aligned un-
ing of the parts in the schematic circuit is facilitated less affected by abnormal conditions of climate, or
54
have been altered for service purposes. Incorrect Calibrate the dial by rotating the tuning control
alignment ìs usually evidenced by loss of sensitivity, until the variable condenser plates are in their full
improper tone quality and poor selectivity. These in- mesh (maximum capacity) position and adjusting the
dications will generally be present together. dial pointer so that its end points to the horizontal
The correct performance of the receiver can only graduation (approximately 530 kc.) at the low -fre-
he obtained when the alignment is performed with quency end of the Band A scale.
adequate and reliable test apparatus. The manufac- Proceed further as follows:
turer of this instrument has a complete assortment of (a) Adjust the test oscillator to 18,000 kc. and set
such service equipment available. This equipment the receiver tuning control to a dial reading of
may be purchased from authorized distributors and 18,000 kc.
dealers. (b) Regulate the output of the test oscillator until
An oscillator (signal generator) is required as a
a slight indication is perceptible at the receiver
source of the specified alignment frequencies. Visual
indication of receiver output during the adjustment output. Then adjust the trimmer C-13 on the
is necessary to enable the serviceman to obtain an oscillator section of the variable condenser to
accuracy of alignment which is not possible by listen- the point at which it produces maximum indi-
ing to the signal. The RCA Victor Stock No. 9595 cated receiver output. Two points may be
Full Range Oscillator and the RCA Victor Stock No. found, each of which produces such a maxi-
4317 Neon Output Indicator are especially suitable mum. The one of maximum trimmer capac-
and fulfill the above requirements. itance is correct and should be used. (The os-
The following procedure should be followed in ad- cillator will be 460 kc. below the signal fre-
justing the various trimmer capacitors: quency at this adjustment point.)
I -F Trimmer Adjustments
The four trimmers of the two i -f transformers are
located as shown by Figure 4. Each must be aligned
to a basic frequency of 460 kc. To do this, attach
the output indicator across the voice coil circuit or
across the output transformer primary. Connect the
output of the test oscillator through a .05 mfd. con-
denser to the RCA -6A8 control grid. Tune the os-
cillator to 460 kc. Advance the receiver volume
control to its full -on position and adjust the receiver
tuning control to a point within its range where no
interference is encountered either from local broad-
cast stations or the heterodyne oscillator. Increase
the output of the test oscillator until a slight indica-
tion is apparent on the output indicator. Then ad- Figure 3-Radiotron, Coil and Trimmer Locations
just the two trimmers, C-23 and C-24, of the second -R. F. Trimmer Adjustment
i -f transformer to produce maximum (peak) indi-
cated receiver output. Then, adjust the two trim-
mers, C-20 and C-21, of the first i -f transformer for (c) Adjust the trimmer C-5 of the antenna section
maximum (peak) receiver output as shown by the of the variable condenser, simultaneously rock-
indicating device. During these adjustments, regu- ing the receiver tuning control backward and
late the test oscillator output so that the indication forward through the 18,000 kc. input signal,
is always as low as possible. By doing so, broadness until maximum receiver output results from
of tuning due to A.V.C. action will be avoided. It
these combined operations. Rocking of the
is advisable to repeat the adjustment of all i -f trim-
mers a second time to assure that the interaction be- variable condenser will prevent inaccurate ad-
tween them has not disturbed the original adjustment. justment, which would otherwise be caused by
the interaction between the heterodyne oscil-
R -F Trimmer Adjustments lator circuit and the antenna tuned circuit.
The two trimmers, which are at all times directly (d) Change the receiver range selector to its Band
in shunt with the variable tuning condenser, necessi- A position and set the receiver tuning control
tate that the high -frequency range (Band C) be to a dial reading of 1400 kc. Tune the test
aligned first. The range selector switch should, oscillator to this same frequency and regulate
therefore, be turned to its Band C position for the its output to produce a slight indication on the
initial adjustment. The output indicator should be receiver output indicating device.
left connected to the output system and the volume (e) Adjust the high -frequency trimmers of the Band
control kept at maximum. Attach the output ter- A oscillator and antenna coils, C-14 and C-7
minals of the test oscillator to the antenna and ground respectively, to the points at which each pro-
terminals of the receiver input. duces maximum indicated receiver output.
55
(f) Shift the test oscillator frequency to 600 kc. and ative at its rated line voltage. Variations in excess
tune the receiver to pick up this signal, disre- of this limit will usually be indicative of trouble in
garding the dial reading at which it is best re- the basic circuits. These voltages were measured
ceived. with set tuned to approximately 900 kc. (Band A) ;
(g) Tune the low -frequency trimmer C-16 of the no signal being received and volume control at mini-
oscillator Band A coil, simultaneously rocking
mum. To duplicate the conditions under which the
the tuning control of the receiver backward and
forward through the signal, until maximum in- voltages were measured requires a 1000 -ohm -per -volt
dicated receiver output results from these com- d -c meter, having ranges of 10, 50 and 250 volts.
bined operations. The adjustment of C-14 and Voltages below 10 read on 10 -volt scale, between 10
C-7 should be corrected at 1400 kc. to com- and 50 on 50 -volt scale, and between 50 and 250 on
pensate for any changes caused by the adjust- 250 -volt scale. A -C voltages were measured with a
ment of the low -frequency oscillator coil trim- corresponding a-c meter.
mer.
TOME CONTROL.
d. POWER 5W
.4v.
e;
ANT. COIL
E7
\
s5v.
0111PUT
CI O
105v.
-.6v
C6°)
TRIMMER
.. 0
C co, 600 Kc. ; OSC. COIL Yl
.¿S
1
0v.
AO010 AMPI. .
0O 6.3v
L115v-AC
r` p0 O 25v. 6.3v. v_
0 0 p® .4v
iklulET.
CI Or
Nlv* 0 v. ©® \
105v.
4v
eo
93v
-0,2e.!\-iq'/
N
o,
0 v. we
105v.
>'<. I.P.
LT CANNOT BE MEASURED WILD TRAN$F. 460 Kc.
ORDINARY VOLTMETER
-B GROUND BRACKET
0v. 1V.*
O v.
-3Av. i-.3v.. 92v. (3
-28v \"---105v.
74v.-AC
4V. WAVE
A
80v.AC
GT
Ry 7 oo
D[[¡¡
115v. AC MA.v.0
460 Kc.
ss-5es
56
BLACK
OUTPUT
'W"
TRANS. VOICE
BLACK
0.2 n COIL
0
o 350'-
BROWN- FIELD
ác
1875' - COIL
BROWN
BROWN
BLACK
BLACK
PLUG CONNECTOR
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily dentified and may be purchased from authorized dealers
1.00
11291 Capacitor -115 Mmfd.-(C11) .24
5116 Capacitor-175 Mmfd.-(C30) .18 11372 Resistor-47 ohms-Carbon type-1/4
11290 Capacitor -400 Mmfd.-(C3, C9) .25 watt-(R20)-Package of 5 1.00
11449 Capacitor-1350 Mmfd.-(C4) .26 5159 Resistor-2,200 ohms-Carbon type-%
11622 Capacitor -3000 Mmfd.-(C10, C15) .36 watt-(R6)-Package of 5 1.00
11287 Capacitor -4500 Mmfd.-(C17) .30 3998 Resistor-15,000 ohms-Carbon type-%
5196 Capacitor-.035 Mfd.-(C33) .18 watt-(R5)-Package of 5 1.00
4858 Capacitor-.01 Mfd.-(C2, C27, C31, 11400 Resistor-27,000 ohms-Carbon type-%
11395
C34)
Capacitor-.01 Mfd.-(C26)
.25
.18 3118
watt-(R12)-Package of 5
Resistor-100,000 ohms-Carbon type - 1.00
4886
4840
Capacitor-.05 Mfd.-(C35)
Capacitor-0.25 Mfd.-(C28)
.20
.30 11323
% watt-(R4, R17)-Package of 5
Resistor-270,000 ohms-Carbon type - 1.00
5170
4839
Capacitor -0.25 Mfd.-(C8, C35)
Capacitor-0.1 Mfd.-(C18)
.25
.28 11847
% watt-(R15)-Package of 5
Resistor-390,000 ohms-Carbon type - 1.00
4841
5212
11821
Capacitor-0.1 Mfd.-(C22, C29)
Capacitor-18 Mfd.-(C19)
Capacitor Pack-Comprising one 24
.22
1.16 11811
% watt-(R16)-Package of 5
Resistor-680,000 ohms-Carbon type
% watt-(R10)-Package of 5
- 1.00
1.00
Mfd., one 16 Mfd., and one 10 Mfd. 11980 Resistor-680,000 ohms-Carbon type-
sections-(C32, C37, C38) 3.60 1/10 watt-(R3, R13)-Package of 5.. .75
11617 Coil-Antenna coil-(L2, L3, L4, L5, 11981 Resistor-1.5 megohms-Carbon type-
C7, Rl) 1.68 1/10 watt-(R14)-Package of 5 .... .75
11618 Coil-Oscillator coil-(L6, L7, L8, L9, 11626 Resistor-2.2 megohms-Carbon type-
L10, L11, C14) 2.22 % watt-(R9)-Package of 5 1.00
11612 Condenser -2 -gang variable tuning con- 11603 Shield-Antenna or oscillator coil shield .26
denser-(C5, C6, C12, C13) 3.80 11390 Shield-Intermediate frequency trans -
11979 Connector-2 -contact male connection former shield 25
20 3529 Socket-Dial lamp socket .32
plug 11198 Socket-7 -contact 6J7, 25Z6 or 25A6
11974 Dial-Station selector dial scale .65 Radiotron socket .15
11613
11893
Drive-Variable tuning condenser drive.
Indicator-Station selector indicator
1.00 11196 -8
Socket -contact 6H6, 6K7 or 6A8
Radiotron socket .15
pointer .28 11614 Spring-Coil spring for large gears on
4340 Lamp-Dial lamp-Package of 5 .60 variable tuning condenser-Package of
11818 Reactor-Filter reactor-(L19) 1.85 10 .70
57
www.americanradiohistory.com
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
Stock DESCRIPTION List Stock List
No. Price No. DESCRIPTION Price
11975 Switch-Range switch -(SI) $0.95
11460 Switch-Tone control and power switch REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
-(S2, S3) .95 TABLE MODEL
5238 Terminal-Antenna terminal board with 11827 Coil -Field coil-(L18) $1.92
clip insulating strip and rivets .14 11235 Cone -Reproducer cone-(L16) -Pack -
11976 Terminal-Ground terminal clip assem- age of 5 3.50
bly .15 5118 Connector-Three -contact male con -
11388 Transformer -First intermediate fre- nector for reproducer .25
quency transformer -(L12, L13, C20, 5119 Connector-Three -contact female con -
C21) 1.90 nector for reproducer cable .25
11389 Transformer -Second intermediate fre- 11826 Reproducer complete 6.50
quency transformer-(LI4, L15, C23, 11828 Transformer -Output transformer-(T1) 1.46
C24, C25, R7, R8) 3.02
11391 Trap -Wave trap -(L1, Cl) 1.22 MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
11237 Volume control -(R11) 1.20
11823 Cord-Power cord and connector assem-
REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES bly .65
CONSOLE MODEL 11376 Escutcheon-Station selector escutcheon
11232 Board -Terminal board assembly .18 and crystal .70
11231
8060
Bolt -Yoke and core assembly bolt and
nut
Bracket-Output transformer mounting
.16
11609
11973
Knob -Range switch knob-Package of 5
Knob -Station selector knob assembly
comprising one large and one small
- .52
11828
Connector-Three-contact female con-
nector for reproducer cable
Transformer -Output transformer-(T1)
.25
1.46
11349
No. 11973-Package of 10
Spring -Retaining spring for knobs
Stock No. 11455 and No. 11609 -Pack-
- .32
NOTES
(1) Beat notes or heterodyning (whistles) may be encountered in some instances on these receivers due to
excessive antenna capacitance. This condition may be corrected by reducing the size of the antenna or
by inserting a 150 mmfd. capacitor in series with the antenna lead at the antenna terminal. Interference
in the form of "beats" from a combination of local stations may frequently be remedied by tuning the
wave trap to one of the interfering stations.
(2) In the event that unsatisfactory service is obtained from the standard rectifier, an RCA type 25Z6 -G may
be used for replacement.
(3) Failures of capacitors C-37 or C-38 may produce hum. The rectifier tube should be replaced along with
the capacitors.
58
RCA VICTOR MODELS T6-11 and C6-12
Six -Tube, Two -Band, A -C, Superheterodyne Receivers
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
Broadcast Band (A) 540-1,850 kc. Band (A) 600 kc. (osc.), 1,720 kc. (osc., ant.)
Short-wave Band (B) 1,850-6,900 kc. Band (B) No Adjustments Required
Intermediate Frequency 460 kc.
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT
(1) RCA -6A8 First Detector -Oscillator (4) RCA -6F5 Audio Voltage Amplifier
(2) RCA -6K7 Intermediate Amplifier (5) RCA -6F6 Audio Power Amplifier
(3) RCA -6H6 Second Detector-A.V.C. (6) RCA-5Z4 Full -wave Rectifier
POWER SUPPLY RATINGS
Rating A 105-125 Volts, 50-60 Cycles, 75 Watts
Rating B 105-125 Volts, 25-60 Cycles, 75 Watts
Rating C 100-130/140-160/195-250 Volts, 40-60 Cycles, 75 Watts
POWER OUTPUT RATINGS LOUDSPEAKER
Undistorted 2 0 Watts Type Electrodynamic
Maximum 4 5 Watts Voice Coil Impedance 2 75 Ohms at 400 Cycles
Mechanical Specifications
Model T6-11 Model C6-12
Height 17% inches 361/4 inches
Width 131/4 inches 221/2 inches
Depth 81/4 inches 9% inches
Weight (Net) 21 pounds 37 pounds
Weight (Shipping) 25 pounds 48 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 12 inches x 7 inches x 21/2 inches
Controls (1) Power Switch -Volume, (2) Tuning, (3) Tone, (4) Range Selector
Tuning Drive Ratio 6 -to -1
General Features
These receivers each employ the same chassis and valuable for short-wave reception. The dial is clearly
have many distinctive features. Model T6-11 em- graduated and uniformily illuminated.
ploys an 8 -inch dynamic loudspeaker and Model Automatic volume control is incorporated in the
C6-12 employs a 12 -inch dynamic loudspeaker. The circuit to compensate for fluctuations of signal
new RCA All -Metal Radiotrons are employed in a strength due to fading and variations of signal
superheterodyne circuit. The tuning ranges cover strength from station to station.
the standard broadcast band and extend above it to High -frequency tone control enables the listener
include the 49 -meter short-wave broadcast band. The to reduce high -frequency response as well as certain
short-wave portion of this extensive range also in- noises and static.
cludes the channels assigned for police, amateur, and An adjustable wave trap, in parallel with the an-
aviation communication. tenna input, serves to suppress code interference
A high -ratio gang condenser drive is provided to which may be encountered in certain localities from
facilitate accurate tuning. This feature is especially intermediate frequency radio telegraph signals.
Circuit Arrangement
The first detector and oscillator functions are ac- a tuned transformer. A shunt (permeability tuned)
complished in a single tube, an RCA -6A8. The in- wave trap is connected across the primary of this
put of this tube is coupled to the antenna through transformer to prevent signals of intermediate fre-
59
www.americanradiohistory.com
zf U
2
ó
T .F
óLL
(II
rrg<
n
ú
F N
V
¡'I'
1 pFmÓp
N Y
fON
QN Kº
4.1
II LL
mNf
O
¢O< d>
00Q0" F
m NN
QN
1O'
J -F N
m
Nmo
r
UF
UÓf
4,2
502 N¢
{ '
ó<
ON
m
NJ
^ O:
- 040000
e ó"
h oF
LL,O
F
m
ENY
JQ£
^< ^f .,
----r-- .4.4.0Q. 9
00_9000,
N N< I.;
L.
J v of
E ¢N<
O
d..0.10.11/-17'Ii
60
U1 V1
W U p
2 H á n
ru
4
N
Z
Q
U
Z
Z
o
,. r
-i__'
n
z
_
o
J ---fea
rc .
á~
m
'..1. J J
I(o
a o ó
2 2
Ñ Ñ 4 J
Z
NMON9
o
I
OZ
11
II
II
II
o
V
2f
b
z (,
LL=
MQ m
g Ñ
tl N a
O
MOT13A
RF
61
www.americanradiohistory.com
quency (460 kc.) from being introduced into the matic volume control. This voltage, which develops
first stage as interference. The two -section gang con- across the volume control resistor R-7, is applied as
denser, which tunes the antenna transformer second- automatic control grid bias to the first detector and
ary and the heterodyne oscillator coil, has adjustable i -f tubes through a suitable resistance filter. The
trimmers for obtaining exact alignment. Each of second diode of the RCA -6H6 is used to supply re-
these coils is tapped so that the range switch increases sidual bias for the controlled tubes under conditions
the range of tuning by decreasing the amount of in- of little or no signal. This auxiliary diode, under
ductance. such conditions, draws current which flows through
resistors R-5 and R-7, thereby maintaining the de-
28236 /OUTPUT
sired minimum operating bias on such tubes. On ap-
ANT.
plication of signal energy above a certain level, how-
C
í5 i
(
ever, the auxiliary bias diode ceases to draw current
C
9 and the a.v.c. diode takes over the biasing function.
6A8 L.F.OSC. F,
Manual volume control is effected by means of an
TRIMMER s; C. F5 6
60050 é? 4 `RECT. acoustically tapered potentiometer connected as a
DSG.
:oIL DRIVER-" variable coupling element between the output of the
2'w DET. 8I A.V.C. second detector and the first audio control grid. After
F.1 6K1
amplification by the RCA -6F5, the audio signal is
tr AMP. 2 TRANSI 3
60-607 transmitted by resistance -capacitance coupling to the
tt v7 co, c.
input of the RCA -6F6 power output stage, which, in
DJ -
SERVICE DATA
The various diagrams of this booklet contain such this receiver has available, for sale through its dis-
information as will be needed to isolate causes for tributors and dealers, a complete assortment of such
defective operation when such develops. The rat- service equipment as may be needed for the align-
ings of the resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are indi- ment operation.
cated adjacent to the symbols signifying these parts An oscillator (signal generator), such as the RCA
on the diagrams. Identification titles, such as R-3, Stock No. 9595, is required as a source of the speci-
L-2, C-1, etc., are provided for reference between fied alignment frequencies. Visual indication of re-
the illustrations and the Replacement Parts List. The ceiver output during the adjustment is necessary and
coils, reactors, and transformer windings are rated in should be accomplished by the use of an indicator
terms of their d -c resistances only. Ratings of less
than one ohm are generally omitted.
© RCA MFG.CO., INC.
Alignment Procedure SN.,9
62
such as the RCA Stock No. 4317 Neon Output In- kc. and set the receiver tuning control to a dial read-
dicator. ing of 1,720 kc. Leave the volume control of the
The following method of procedure should be fol- receiver at -its maximum position. Make sure that the
lowed in adjusting the various trimmer capacitors range selector is at its broadcast position. Regulate
and molded cores: the output of the test oscillator until a slight indi-
cation is perceptible at the receiver output. Then
I -F Core Adjustments
adjust the two trimmers, C-6 and C-4, of the oscil-
The four adjustment screws (attached to molded lator and antenna transformer coils (mounted on the
cores) of the two i -f transformers (one on top and variable condenser) so that each produces maximum
one on bottom of each i -f transformer) are located (peak) receiver output. After this maximum has
as shown by Figures 3 and 6. Each circuit must be been accurately obtained, shift the test oscillator to
aligned to a basic frequency of 460 kc. To do this, 600 kc. Tune the receiver to pick up this signal, dis-
attach the output indicator across the loudspeaker regarding the dial reading at which it is best received.
Then, adjust the receiver oscillator series trimmer,
C-9, simultaneously rocking the tuning control back-
ward and forward through the signal until maximum
I 0 V.
receiver output results from these combined opera-
IOv SLACK
tions. The adjustment at 1,720 kc. should then be
150V. repeated to correct for any change which may have
o--RED-YELLOW %50
210V.
been caused by the oscillator series trimmer adjust-
0-GREEN ment.
2¢V.
C.--BLACK-RED TR.
Radiotron Socket Voltages
Voltage values indicated at the Radiotron socket
ER- RED TR. contacts on Figure 6 form a reference basis for test
-RED -BLACK ko
RECTIFIER
of the receiver. It is to be noted that all voltages
FILAMENT are given with respect to chassis ground, excepting
those appearing across the heaters (H -H). The
CI RCA MrG.CO.,INC S VOLTS
5N-451
Primary R s's ance-24.5 ohms, Total values shown are obtainable when the receiver is in
Secondary Resi tance -670 ohms, Total
normal operating condition, with all tubes intact.
Figure 5-Universal Transformer They do not take into account inaccuracy caused by
voice coil or across the output transformer primary. 2Sr p ®--, 255V. -I6V. 1st -DEL
Connect the output of the test oscillator between the RECT. 4OOTPUT
600v....
control grid of the RCA -6A8 and chassis ground.
Tune the oscillator to 460 kc. Advance the receiver
A.G. '
4JlJ
AUDIO
OV
u p'
Ò
25511.
volume control to its full -on position and adjust the
receiver tuning control to a point, within its range, 30ÓV.
9s,r 336v,
óv.
OV
12611iF 160V. I-i2101Y.
Ist.
+ t i
I.F.
local broadcast stations or from the heterodyne oscil- ONO.
TRANSE
lator. Increase the output of the test oscillator until 2P' PET. 224-I.F.
PRI. ADJ.
d AVG I.F.
a slight indication is present on the output indicator. TRANSF
these adjustments, regulate the test oscillator output Measured at 115 volts, 60 cycle supply
so that the indication is always as low as possible.
By doing so, broadness of tuning due to a.v.c. action Figure 6-Radiotron Socket Voltages
will be avoided. It is advisable to repeat the adjust- the resistance of the voltmeter used for the tests, the
ment of all i -f screws to assure that the interaction lower the voltmeter resistance the lower the degree
between them has not disturbed the original adjust- of accuracy. Allowance must, therefore, be made,
ment. dependent upon the type of test instrument used, for
R -F Trimmer Adjustments the loading effect of the voltmeter on the circuit.
Calibrate the tuning dial by setting pointer to hori-
zontal line at low -frequency end of broadcast band Wave -Trap Adjustment
scale while variable condenser is at maximum ca- With the receiver in operation using its normal an-
pacity. tenna, tune station selector to the point at which the
The output indicator should be left connected to intermediate frequency interference is most intense.
the output system. Attach the output of the test Then adjust the wave trap screw (core) to the point
oscillator between the antenna and ground terminals which causes maximum suppression of the interfer-
of the receiver input. Adjust the oscillator to 1,720 ence.
63
www.americanradiohistory.com
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers
.35
11455 Knob -Station selector, volume control,
tone control or power switch knob
Package of 5
- .48
11467 Indicator-Station selector indicator 11456 Screw -Chassis mounting screw assem-
pointer .10 bly-for Model T6 -11 -Package of 2. . .12
5226 Lamp -Dial lamp -Package of 5 .70 11586 Screw-Chassis mounting screw assem-
12004 Resistor-Voltage divider resistor-com- bly-for Model C6-12-Package of 10. .22
prising one 216 -ohm, one 27 -ohm, and 11349 Spring-Retaining spring for knob stock
one 22 -ohm sections -(R13, R14, R15) .45 No. 11455-Package of 5 .15
11174 Resistor-220 ohms -carbon type-1/4
watt-(R1) -Package of 5 1.00
REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
8070 Resistor-22.000 ohms -carbon type-% 11232 Board-Terminal board assembly with
watt-(R4) -Package of 5 1.00 two lead wire clips .18
12011 Resistor-27.000 ohms-carbon type -1 11231 Bolt -Yoke and core assembly bolt and
watt-(R3) -Package of 5 1.10 nut .16
5029 Resistor-56.000 ohms-carbon type-1/4 8060 Bracket-Output transformer mounting
watt -(R2) -Package of 5 1.00 bracket .14
12009 Resistor-68.000 ohms -carbon type-% 11257 Clamp-Cone center suspension clamp-
watt-(R121 -Package of 5
12010 Resistor-68,000 ohms-carbon type
1/10 watt-(R6) -Package of 5
- 1.00
.75 12012
ing nut and screw assembly -Package
of 5
Coil-Field coil -(L12)
.25
1.85
3118 Resistor-100.000 ohms -carbon type-% 11469 Coil-Neutralizing coil -(L10) .20
watt-(R9) -Package of 5 Cone -Reproducer cone -(L
11)-Pack-
11297 Resistor-330,000 ohms -carbon type
1/10 watt -(R10) -Package of 5 ....
- 1.00 11235
11258
age of 5 -(Table Model)
Cone -Reproducer cone -(L11)-Pack-
3.50
.75
5118
age of 5 -(Console Model)
-3
Connector -contact male connector for
reproducer
3.85
First Edition.
64
RCA VICTOR MODELS T7-12 and C7-14
Seven -Tube, Three -Band, A -C, Superheterodyne Receivers
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT
(1) RCA-6A8 First Detector -Oscillator (5) RCA -6F6 .Audio Power Amplifier
(2) RCA-6K7 Intermediate Amplifier (6) RCA-5Z4. Full Wave Rectifier
(3) RCA-6H6 Second Detector-A.V.C. (7) RCA-6E5 .Tuning Indicator
(4) RCA -6F5 Audio Voltage Amplifier
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
Band A 540- 1,625 kc. Band A 600 kc. (osc.), 1,400 kc. (osc., ant.)
Band B 1 625- 5,700 kc. Band B .None required
Band C 5 700-18,000 kc. Band C 18,000 kc. (osc., ant.)
Intermediate Frequency .460 kc.
POWER SUPPLY RATINGS
Rating A 105--125 volts, 50-60 cycles, 90 watts
Rating B 105-125 volts, 25-60 cycles, 90 watts
Rating C ..100-130/140-160/195-250 volts, 40-60 cycles, 90 watts
POWER OUTPUT LOUDSPEAKER
Undistorted 2 0 watts Type Electrodynamic
Maximum 4 5 watts Voice Coil Impedance 2 25 ohms at 400 cycles
Mechanical Specifications
Chassis Base Dimensions 12 inches x 7 inches x 21/2 inches
Tuning Drive Ratio 10 to 1 and 50 to 1
MODEL 17-12 MODEL C7-14
Height 245/8 inches Height 407/8 inches
Width .147/8 inches Width. 261/2 inches
Depth 11 inches Depth 133/8 inches
Weight (Net) 24 pounds Weight (Net) 43 pounds
Weight (Shipping). 28 pounds Weight (Shipping) .551/2 pounds
General Description
These two models are similar to RCA Victor Models T6-1 Tuning Tube Cable voltages: Yellow, 0 v.; Brown, 6.4 v. a -c;
and C6-2 respectively. The changes consist of (1) the addi- Red, 263 v.; and Green, 0 v.
tion of an RCA -6E5 Tuning Indicator, (2) an RCA -5Z4 The following parts listed for Models T6.1 and C6.2 are
all -metal rectifier used in place of the RCA -80, and (3) new not required: Stock Nos. 4841 (C23), 11615, 11376, 11396,
cabinet design. All service data for Models T6-1 and C6.2 11283, 5158, 11383, 11458, 11585, 11584, and 11230.
are directly applicable to these instruments except as follows:
Secondary resistance of Universal Transformer, 355 ohms The parts listed below are required in addition to the re-
total. maining parts for Models T6.1 and C6-2 :
11996 Bracket -Tuning tube mounting bracket 11377 Screw -Chassis mounting screw assembly
and clamp assembly .22 -Table model -Package of 4 .12
11888 Cable -Tuning tube cable, complete with 11199 Socket -Dial lamp socket .14
socket . 1.06 11381 Socket -Tuning tube socket and cover .45
4836 Capacitor-.05 Mfd. (C35) .30 11195 Socket -5 -contact rectifier Radiotron socket .15
11894 Dial-Station selector dial scale .65 11198 Socket -7 -contact Radiotron socket .15
11276 Escutcheon -Tuning tube escutcheon.... .40 11196 Socket -8 -contact Radiotron socket .15
11893 Indicator -Station selector indicator pointer .28 11349 Spring -Retaining Spring for knob, Stock
11455 Knob -Volume control or power switch Nos. 11455 and 11609, and small knob
knob -Package of 5 .48 in Stock No. 11610-Package of 5 .15
11609 Knob -Range switch knob -Package of 5 .52 4982 Spring -Retaining spring for large knob
11610 Knob -Station selector knob assembly, in Stock No. 11610-Package of 10 .26
comprising one large and one small 11848 Transformer -Power transformer-105425
knob-Package of 5 1.00 volts-50-60 cycles (T1) 4.40
11382 Resistor -1 megohm-carbon type -1/10- 11849 Transformer -Power transformer-105.125
11626 Resistor -2.2 megohms -
watt (R22) -Package of 5
carbon type
1/4 -watt (R20, R21) -Package of 5....
- 1.00
.75
11850
volts -25.50 cycles.
Transformer -Power transformer-100430
-140.160-195.250 volts-40-60 cycles
5.70
8.00
11210 Screw-Chassis mounting screw assembly 11886 Washer -Spring washer used to hold field
-Console model -Package of 4 .28 coil securely -Package of 5 .20
65
www.americanradiohistory.com
co%wNF RB
I31.DET6.056.
666 13n 13n
LR L13
LFRMPI.
6K7 13.. 13n
2w.0ET
6146
AVC. AUDIO
605
OU2PUT
E.06
17:
-.AnwAL
-
1
.Jr ceo
ce
1iméR l `
5 HUM NEUTRALIZING
L1
.J
COIL
22,
33.201
_9:
1211 s
1} í5 TOTAL
ti
TONINO TUBE
21
6E5
T1 FIELD
.3113.20
)
C15 L1fi -On WA
OW
..- OMcO. --s-.1816G0bD
2Wt.. 6.6.. c51
A - 51 '-T
RANGE TO FILTS S
SWRCN
DIAL LAMP
ANTENNA
GROUND
(I
IBA TOTAL
"
6.1 AL
w Ov. bO1.. 110 60,
RESISTOR A55EMHLT 11.6A 60 A TOTAL
T: M `1k110v. 25,I 110V. 25r..
044 R 5 R.I. R17 WI716'`',
RED 12 -Ou Ri6CJ YE N T
RrBI Ñ IB UR.,) j.-6 RED BROWN
I.ICIAMP. TEL 0
BLACK
BLUF
BROWN-
BLACK BLALK BROWN
2NºI. F.' "-BLUE
--
OREEN
2 TRANSF.- -YELLOW
-BU5
--
Bob
low
IrELYELLOW
eP5 2 ANA-R, -BUS 0ROWN
TUNING TUBE SOCKET
BLACK `-GREEN 2BºDET. RED -YELLOW (GAP YIEW)
0.19 T
YELLOW 4 A.V.C. ELEC.
CAP
BLACK
C-311861.00.
RED
BLAG
POWER
TRANSE.
GREEN
1T1
00, RECT.
DRIVER ---
13 5
6. BROWN,
-32 AY
0.2511,0 UNES. BLACK
GANG PET-05C. COIL CONNECTIONS
CONO. GREEN
R12
2B{
KNOT
20
FR
1 i0É MFG G
.017
ELEC.
CAR J
4002.1107
\\ - E4T.L0I
5
616 .1V2259
IOLED. MFO.
GREEN ANTENNA L
COIL GREEN
.01 OUTPUT TL
416
OIL
CAPACITOR
SMIELO LEC,
EXT. CAP
C-30 1014013.
TERM
RANGE SWITCH GREEN
VOLUME-CONTROL
R-10
270003L 371
F OIAL LAMP
I
66
RCA VICTOR MODELS T8-18, C8-19, and C8-20
Eight -Tube, Three -Band, A -C, Superheterodyne Receivers
SERVICE NOTES
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
Band A 540- 1,625 kc. Band A...600 kc. (osc.), 1,400 kc. (osc., det., ant.)
Band B 1,625- 5,700 kc. Band B None required
Band C 5,700-18,000 kc. Band C 18,000 kc. (osc., det., ant.)
460 kc.
Intermediate Frequency
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT
(1) RCA -6K7 Radio -Frequency Amplifier (5) RCA -6F5 Audio Voltage Amplifier
(2) RCA -6A8 First Detector -Oscillator (6) RCA -6F6 Audio Power Amplifier
(3) RCA-6K7 Intermediate Amplifier (7) RCA -5Z4 Full -Wave Rectifier
(4) RCA -6H6 Second Detector-A.V.C. (8) RCA-6E5 Tuning Indicator
Mechanical Specifications
10 -to -1 and 50 -to -1
Tuning Drive Ratios
Chassis Base Dimensions 137/8 inches x 75/8 inches x 21/2 inches
Model T8-18 Model C8-19 Model C8-20
Height 211/4 inches 39 inches 39 inches
153/4 inches 251/4 inches 26 inches
Width 123/4 inches
Depth 91/8 inches 121/4 inches
Weight (Net) 271/2 pounds 48 pounds 47 pounds
Weight (Shipping) 331/2 pounds 63 pounds 62 pounds
Operating Controls (1) Volume. (2) Tuning, (3) Range Selector, (4) Power Switch -Tone
General Description
These three models are similar to RCA Victor RCA Victor Models' T7-5 and C7-6 is directly ap-
Models T7-5 and C7-6, except for the addition of an plicable to these instruments except the Schematic
RCA -6E5 Tuning Indicator; and an RCA-5Z4 All - Diagram, Wiring Diagram, and Replacement Parts.
Metal Rectifier used in place of the RCA -80. An Other differences are as follows:
8 -inch dynamic speaker is used in the Table Model Secondary resistance of universal transformer, 265
(T8-18), while the two Console Models (C8-19 and ohms total.
C8-20) each use a 12 -inch dynamic speaker. The two
Console Models differ only in cabinet design. Tuning tube cable voltages:
Yellow Brown Red Green
Service Data 0 v.
0 v. 6.3 v. a -c 258 v.
All information contained in the Service Notes for
67
www.americanradiohistory.com
\\ --/
\ / p
/ 8
{o
7tp
'
O
ó, 10
<
- 1111 Yg{
{º
-W
OS º ,AA99RA.AJ J19 0
N-t.
_
uóF tz2 N
N< u F
ÿ¿ Ñ '
Jó
1 ºoJ
3{
< m ,,9
04 etc
gF íNicZ
_<
-.o
.-4-1I
..--1.0.211-4-1.
2
e .F
ry ñF
68
á
Ljj
11 31T1G
¡
v
69
t
r,
.
i
1
"3\
www.americanradiohistory.com
e
00
m
I
ls
=
uw
.
4
Rr
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers
11625
11350
plete with socket
Cap-Contact cap-Package of 5
1.26
.20
11626
1
%
10
Resistor-2.2 megohms-Carbon
watt-(R9, R32)-Package
R31,
- of
type
5
of
.75
70
REPLACEMENT PARTS - Continued
SERVICE HINTS
-
(1) Excessive heating of the 6E5 tube may be due to high
cathode current in excess of 7 ma. The tube should he
replaced and the condition of the 5Z4 rectifier checked.
71
www.americanradiohistory.com
72
RCA VICTOR MODELS C9-4 and T9-10
Nine -Tube, Three -Band, A -C, Superheterodyne Receivers
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
Band A 540-1,800 kc. Band A...600 kc. (osc.), 1,720 kc. (osc., det., ant.)
Band B 1,800-6,000 kc. Band B 6,132 kc. (osc., det., ant.)
Band C 6,000-18,000 kc. Band C 1 8,000 kc. (osc., det., ant.)
Intermediate Frequency 460 kc.
Mechanical Specifications
Model C9-4 Model T9-10
Height 40 inches 22% inches
Width 26 inches 161/2 inches
Depth 121/2 inches 113/4 inches
Weight (Net) 57 pounds 34 pounds
Weight (Shipping) 72 pounds 39 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 141/2 inches x 9 inches x 31/2 inches
General Description
These two models each employ the same type of Service Data
chassis and are similar to the original RCA Victor All Service Data contained in the Service Notes
Model C9-4. The main changes consist of the follow- for RCA Victor Model C9-4 are directly applicable
ing: (1) An RCA-5Z4 metal rectifier is used in place to these instruments except the Schematic Diagram,
of the RCA -5Z3 glass rectifier, and (2) a Speech - Wiring Diagram, and Replacement Parts. Other
Music Control is added to the compensated volume differences not illustrated are as follows:
control circuit and is actuated by the same knob as
the power switch. The Console Model (C9-4) em- Universal Transformer d -c resistance (Figure 7 of
ploys a 12 -inch dynamic loudspeaker and the Table C9-4 Service Note).
Model (T9-10) employs an 8 -inch dynamic loud- Primary Winding 17.3 ohms total.
speaker. Secondary Winding 400 ohms total.
73
www.americanradiohistory.com
a
_
uú; Ì ofs
Pgf
C
f J
'
0 -dal
a^ PI'1
7,71
m
y:
.n 000 sgi iá
y
d$
OM.
Ws -fftl
d .U.
g
d V t Ì
8": ; 00000á0000000001r
y$ m 1
uó ey
74
_
75
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers.
STOCK LIST STOCK LIST
DENo.SCRIPTION
PRICE No. DESCRIPTION
PRICE
4427
RECEIVER ASSEMBLIES
Bracket-Volume control or high fre-
11151 Resistor -2.2 megohms-Carbon Type
1/4 watt-(R9, R52, R53)-Package of
-
quency tone control mounting bracket. $0.18 5 1.00
5237 Bushing-Variable t u n i n g condenser 5249 Shield-Antenna, detector or oscillator coil
mounting bushing assembly-Package shield .20
of 3 .43 5250 Shield-Intermediate frequency transfor-
11350 Cap-Contact cap-Package of 5 .20 mer shield .22
11223 Capacitor-Adjustable capacitor (C19) .. .46 11222 Socket-Dial lamp socket A8
11292 Capacitor-22 MMfd. (C7) .24 11195 Socket -5 -contact rectifier radiotron socket .15
11321 Capacitor-33 MMfd. (C33)
Capacitor-50 MMfd. (C11)
.26 11313 Socket -5 -contact radiotron socket .18
11289
11291 Capacitor-115 MMfd. (C21)
.26
.24
11198 Socket -7 -contact radiotron socket .15
11236 Switch-Band switch (Si, S2, S3, S4, S5,
11623 Capacitor-175 MMfd. (C31) .18 S6, S7, S8, S9, S10, S11) 2.44
5116 Capacitor-175 MMfd. (C35) .18 5224 Switch-Tone control and power switch
4409 Capacitor-1120 MMfd. (C38) .35 (S12, S14) 1.00
11288 Capacitor-1225 MMfd. (C17) .30 5238 Terminal-Antenna terminal clip assembly .14
11287 Capacitor -4500 MMfd. (C15) , .30 11238 Tone Control-High frequency tone con -
4868 Capacitor-0.005 Mfd. (C34,C44) .20 trol (R20) .96
4624 Capacitor -0.01 Mfd. (C32) .54 11216 . Transformer-First intermediate frequency
4858 Capacitor -0.01 Mfd. (C37) .25 transformer (L16, L17, C24, C25).... 2.15
5196 Capacitor -0.035 Mfd. (C43) .18 11239 Transformer-Second Intermediate fre-
4836 Capacitor -0.05 Mfd. (C4, C13, C26) .30 quency transformer (L18, L19, C29,
4886 Capacitor-0.05 Mfd. (C51) .20 C30, C31, R7, R8) 2.72
4885 Capacitor-0.1 Mfd. (C6, C12, C27)... .28 11803 Transformer-Power transformer- 105-
5170 Capacitor-0.25 Mfd. (C23, C28, C36, 125 volts-50-60 cycles (T1) 4.38
C50) .25 11804 Transformer-Power transformer- 105-
11240 Capacitor-10 Mfd. (C39) 1.08 125 volts -25-60 cycles 6.02
5212 Capacitor-18 Mfd. (C40) 1.16 11805 Transformer-Power transformer- 100-
11272 Clamp-Antenna cable clamp-Located 130, 140-160, 195-250 volts-40-60
near antenna terminal .10 cycles 7.95
5215 Coil-Antenna coil (A and C Bands)- 11237 Volume Control-(R11) 1.20
(LI, L2, LS, L6, CI, C3) 2.32
5245 Coil-Antenna coil (B Band)-(L3, L4, DRIVE ASSEMBLIES
C2) 1.58
5216 Coil-Detector coil (A and C Bands)- 4362 Arm-Band indicator operating arm .28
(L7, L8, LI I, L12, C8, C10) 2.34 10194 Ball-Steel ball-Package of 20 .25
5246 Coil-Detector coil (B Band)-(L9, L10, 4422 Clutch-Tuning condenser drive clutch as -
C9) 1.62 sembly-comprising drive shaft, balls,
5217 Coil-Oscillator coil (A and C Bands)- ring, spring and washers-assembled.. 1.00
(L13, L15, C16, C20) .2.20 11328 Dial-Dial scale .68
5247 Coil-Oscillator coil (B Band)-(L14, 11252 Drive-Variable tuning condenser drive
C18) 1.44 assembly 1.88
11214 Condenser -3-gang variable tuning con- 4520 Indicator-S tat i on selector indicator
denser (CS, C14, C22) 4.20 pointer .18
4340 Lamp-Dial lamp-Package of 5 .60 11226 Indicator-Band indicator pointer as -
8041 Plate-R.F. or I.F. coil shield locking plate sembly-comprising indicator pointer,
-Package of 2 .12 arm, link and stud .20
11244 Resistor-Voltage divider resistor, compris- 3993 Screw-No. 6.32.5/32 -in. square head set
ing one 7500 ohm and one 9200 ohm screw for band indicator operating arm
section-(R18, R19) 1.08 -Package of 10 .25
11329 Resistor-Voltage divider resistor, compris-
ing one 148 ohm, one 32 ohm and one
85 ohm section-(R15, R16, R17). .52
4669 Screw-No. 8.32.5/32 -in.
variable condenser
Package of 10
drive assembly -
set screw for
.25
5112 Resistor-1000 ohm-Carbon Type-I/4 4377 Spring-Band indicator operating arm
watt-(R2)-Package of 5 1.00 spring-Package of 5 .25
5114 Resistor-15,000 ohm-Carbon Type -1 4378 Stud-Band indicator operating arm stud
11300
watt-(R5)
Resistor -33,000 ohm-Carbon Type
1/10 watt-(R4)-Package of 5
- .22
.75
and nut assembly-Package of 5
REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
.25
76
REPLACEMENT PARTS Continued
STOCK LIST STOCK LIST
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION PRICE
N0. PRICE No.
leadPackage
REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES .75
Console Models 5
11347 Knob-Volume control, tone control,
11232 Board -Terminal board assembly with two range switch or power switch knob-
lead wire clips .18 of 5 .75
11231 Bolt -Yoke and core assembly bolt and 11246 Foot-Chassis mounting foot and bracket
.16
8060
11257
nut
Bracket -Output
bracket
transformer
Clamp -Cone center suspension clamping
mounting
.14 11382
assembly-Package of 2
-I
Resistor megohm-Carbon Type
1/10 watt (R54) -Package of 5
- .76
.75
nut and screw assembly -Package of 5 .25 4678 Ring -Spring retaining ring for dial glass
11254 Coil -Field coil (L20) 2.00 -Package of 5 .34
11233 Coil-Hum neutralizing coil (L21) .30 5210 Screw-Chassis mounting screw assembly
11258 Cone-Reproducer cone -(L22) -Pack, -for console model -Package of 4... .16
age of 5 3.85 11210 Screw -Chassis mounting screw assembly
5118 Connector-3contact male connector for -for table model -Package of 4 .28
reproducer 25 11348 Screw -No. 8.32.7/16 -in. headless cup -
5119 Connector -3
-contact female connector ped point set screw for knob, Stock No.
plug for reproducercable .25 11346-Package of 10 .32
9619 Reproducer-Complete 6.05
Socket -Tuning lamp socket and cover.. .45
"
SERVICE HINTS
(1) Excessive heating of the 6E5 tube may be due to high
cathode current -in excess of 7 ma. The tube should be
replaced and the condition of the 5Z4 rectifier checked.
77
www.americanradiohistory.com
RCA VICTOR MODELS C11-3, C13-3, AND C15-4
AND SUPPLEMENT TO
RCA VICTOR MODELS C11-1, C13-2, AND C15-3
TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND SERVICE DATA
With the exception of the cabinets, Models C11.3, C13.3, and C15.4 are respectively
identical to Models C11.1, C13.2, and C15.3 (with metal rectifiers). Schematic and
Wiring Diagrams for metal rectifier socket are shown by Figures 1 and 2. Other in-
formation is as follows:
Models C11-1 and C11-3 (with metal rectifier).
Service Data for Model C11.1 are directly applicable to these instruments, except
the parts listed below as Substitute and Additional Replacement Parts. Replacement
Part changes applying"to all Models C11.1 and C11.3 are:
(1) Change description of Stock No. 8053 to read:
Indicator-Station selector vernier indicator pointer.
(2) Capacitor C24 should be replaced with Stock No. 4886 instead of Stock No.
4858.
(3) Add Stock Nos. 4886, 11710, and 11793 as listed below.
Figure 1
Models C13-2 and C13-3 (with metal rectifier).
Service Data for Model C13.2 are directly applicable to these instruments, except
the parts listed below as Substitute and Additional Replacement Parts. Replacement POWER TRA NSF. LEADS
Part changes applying to all Models C13.2 and C13-3 are:
(1) Change description of Stock No. 8053 to read:
Indicator-Station selector vernier indicator pointer.
(2) Capacitor C60 should be replaced with Stock No. 4886 instead of Stock No.
4883.
(3) Add Stock Nos. 4886, 11710, and 11793 as listed below.
Models C15-3 and C15-4 (with metal rectifier).
Service Data for Model C15-3 are directly applicable to these instruments, except
the parts listed below as Substitute and Additional Replacement Parts. Replacement
Part changes applying to all Models C15.3 and C15-4 are:
(1) Change description of Stock No. 8053 to read:
Indicator-Station selector vernier indicator pointer.
(2) Capacitor C47 should be replaced with Stock No. 4870 instead of Stock No.
4858.
Figure 2
(3) Add Stock Nos. 4870, 11710, and 11793 as listed below.
SUBSTITUTE AND ADDITIONAL REPLACEMENT PART
STOCK LIST
NO. DESCRIPTION
PRICE
MODELS 4886 Capacitor-.05 Mfd. (C24) .20
C11.1 11710 Lead-Shielded antenna lead .40
C11.3 11195 Socket-5 -contact rectifier Radiotron socket .15
(with metal 11793 Indicator-Station selector indicator pointer .15
rectifier) Stock Nos. 4858, 11273, and 4794 are not used in chassis having metal
rectifier.
MODELS 4886 Capacitor-.05 Mfd. (C60) .20
C13.2 11710 Lead-Shielded antenna lead .40
C13.3 11195 Socket-S-contact rectifier Radiotron socket .15
(with metal 11880 Transformer-Power transformer-105.125 volts 50.60 cycles (T1).... 5.80
rectifier) 11887 Transformer-Power transformer-105.125 volts 25.50 cycles 6.95
11251 Transformer-Power transformer -105/125/150/210/250
volts 40.60 cycles 11.35
11793 Indicator-Station selector indicator pointer .15
Stock Nos. 4883 (C60), 11273, 4794, 8061, 8062, and 11194 are not
used in chassis having metal rectifier.
MODELS 4870 Capacitor-.025 Mfd. (C47) .20
C15.3 11710 Lead-Shielded antenna lead .40
C15.4 11195 Socket-S-contact rectifier Radiotron socket .15
(with metal 11880 Transformer-Power transformer -105-125 volts 50-60 cycles (T1).... 5.80
rectifier) 11887 Transformer-Power transformer -105-125 volts 25.50 cycles 6.95
11251 Transformer-Power transformer -105/125/150/210/250
volts 40.60 cycles 11.35
11793 Indicator-Station selector indicator pointer .15
Stock Nos. 4858 (C47), 11273, 4794, 8061, 8062, and 11194 are not
used in chassis having metal rectifier.
e prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
78
RCA VICTOR MODEL D 8-28
Eight -Tube, Three -Band, A -C, Radio -Phonograph
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
Band A 540- 1,625 kc. Band A....600 kc. (osc.), 1,400 kc. (osc., det., ant.)
Band B 1,625- 5,700 kc. Band B .None required
Band C 5,700-18,000 kc. Band C 18,000 kc. (osc., det., ant.)
Intermediate Frequency 460 kc
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT
(1) RCA-6K7 Radio -Frequency Amplifier (5) RCA-6F5 Audio Voltage Amplifier
(2) RCA -6A8. First Detector -Oscillator (6) RCA -6F6 Audio Power Amplifier
(3) RCA -6K7 .Intermediate Amplifier (7) RCA- 5Z4 Full-Wave Rectifier
(4) RCA -6H6 Second Detector-A.V.C. (8) RCA-6E5 Tuning Indicator
PHONOGRAPH
Type Manual Type of Pickup.. Improved Low -Impedance Magnetic
Turntable Speed 78 R.P.M. Pickup Impedance 7 Ohms at 1,000 Cycles
Mechanical Specifications
Height 42%8 inches
Width . 22%8 inches
Depth 14%8 inches
Weight (Net) 82 pounds
Weight (Shipping) 144 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 13%8 inches x 7%8 inches x 21/2 inches
General Description
The RCA Victor Model D8-28 combination instru- Magic Brain
ment consists of an eight tube radio receiver and a
manually operated phonograph combined in the one The radio receiver incorporates the Junior "Magic
cabinet. An improved 12 -inch dynamic loudspeaker Brain" which is a scientifically correct co-ordination
provides excellent reproduction and readily handles of all the parts of the r-f, oscillator, and first detector
the high level of sound energy obtainable from the functions of a Superheterodyne Receiver. This
output of this instrument. arrangement provides greater efficiency, especially in
79
www.americanradiohistory.com
the short-wave ranges, as all lead lengths are kept as efficient shielding and their favorable internal charac-
short as possible and all sockets and other parts are teristics.
located for best possible operation. Phonograph Mechanism
Magic Eye An improved manually operated phonograph mech-
A cathode-ray tube whose fluorescent screen has anism is used in this model. The 12 -inch turntable
the appearance of a human eye, is used for visually will accommodate either the 10 -inch or the 12 -inch
indicating when the receiver is accurately tuned to phonograph records. The turntable rotates at a speed
the incoming signal. This tube is of new design. It of 78 r.p.m. A speed regulator is provided for accu-
contains two groups of elements; one group operates rate adjustment of this speed. The instrument may
as an amplifier and the other group operates as a be purchased with any one of three ratings as speci-
cathode-ray tube. fied under Electrical Specifications. It is important
The cathode-ray section consists of a conically that a machine of any particular rating be .operated
shaped luminescent screen, a cathode, and a control at the frequency and voltage for which it is rated.
electrode. The detected signal from the receiver is Attempts to operate at ratings other than specified
applied through the amplifier section of the tuning for the particular instrument may result in damage
tube to the control electrode of the cathode-ray sec- to both the phonograph motor and the radio re-
tion. This control electrode, in turn, affects the elec- ceiver. An automatic switch is provided to turn
tron stream emitted by the cathode in such a manner "off" the phonograph motor at the completion of
as to cause a triangular shadow on the luminescent record play when the eccentric-type inside groove
screen. The size of the shadow caused by the control record is used.
electrode is determined by the strength of the incom- Tuning Dial
ing signal, so that a change -of -tuning is readily ex-
hibited on the cathode-ray screen, and therefore, tun- The tuning dial is an illuminated semi -airplane
ing to exact resonance can be definitely obtained. type. Each band is distinctively marked with a sepa-
rate color for each band. Positions of the range
RCA All -Metal Tubes selector knob are plainly marked on the control panel
The new metal tubes are used in the radio receiver with letters indicating each band position placed over
for amplifying and detecting purposes. These tubes color strips corresponding to the band colors on the
make possible a greater range of stable amplification dial. The tuning control is of the dual -ratio type
not previously attainable with corresponding glass which permits fast tuning through a 10 -to-1 drive
types. Their metal envelopes form a perfect electro- ratio and vernier tuning through a 50 -to-1 drive ratio.
static and electromagnetic shield, precluding the for- The latter is especially advantageous for accurate tun-
mer necessity for elaborate shielding by means of cans. ing of the short-wave stations. The new shock -proof
The metal tubes are especially adaptable to the condenser mounting reduces microphonic tendencies
modern, extended -range receivers because of their to a minimum.
Circuit Arrangement
The conventional Superheterodyne type of circuit, Detector and A.V.C.
consisting of an r -f stage, a combined first-detector- The modulated signal as obtained from the output
oscillator stage, a single i -f stage, a diode -detector of the i-f stage is detected by an RCA -6H6 twin -
-automatic -volume -control stage, an audio voltage diode tube. The audio frequency secured by this
amplifier stage, an audio power output stage and a process is transferred to the a-f system for amplifica-
high-voltage rectifier power-supply stage, is used. tion and final reproduction. The d -c voltage which
Tuned Circuits results from detection of the signal is used for auto-
The antenna coil system and the detector coil sys- matic volume control. This voltage, which develops
tem each consist of a single primary and three series - across resistor R-8, is applied as automatic control-grid
connected secondary windings to provide the three bias to the r -f, first-detector, and i -f tubes through a
ranges of tuning. The oscillator coil system is simi- suitable resistance filter circuit. The second (auxiliary)
larly wound on a single form. A range selector switch diode of the RCA -6H6 is used to supply residual bias
(S-1) is used for connecting the various sections of for the controlled tubes under conditions of little or
these three coil systems into the circuit to provide no signal. This diode, under such conditions, draws
operation on the band desired. The coils are tuned current which flows through resistors R-8 and R-9,
by a variable three-section gang condenser having thereby maintaining the desired minimum operating
trimmer capacitors in shunt with each section. There bias on such tubes. On application of signal energy
are additional trimmer capacitors across the section above a certain level, however, the auxiliary bias -
of each coil used for Band "A." A series trimmer is diode ceases to draw current and the a.v.c. diode
also associated with the Band "A" oscillator coil. takes over the biasing function.
The intermediate frequency amplifier system con- Audio System
sists of an RCA -6K7 in a transformer -coupled circuit. The manual volume control consists of an acous-
This stage operates at a basic frequency of 460 kc. tically tapered potentiometer in the audio circuit be-
Each winding of both i -f transformers (input and out- tween the output of the detector diode and the input
put) is tuned by an adjustable trimmer. grid of the audio -voltage-amplifier tube. This control
80
has a tone compensating filter connected to it so that is supplied through transformer T-1. This transformer
the correct aural balance will be obtained at different has an efficient electrostatic shield between its primary
volume settings. and secondary windings. This shield prevents inter-
Resistance -capacitance coupling is used between the ference which is on the power-supply circuit from
first audio stage and the power output stage. The entering the receiver and conversely reduces the ten-
output of the power amplifier is transformer -coupled dency of the receiver to re-radiate into the power cir-
into the dynamic loudspeaker. High -frequency tone cuit. An RCA-5Z4 furnishes the d -c voltages neces-
control is effected by a capacitor across the plate cir- sary for plate, screen, cathode, and grid potentials.
cuit of the output tube. Speech -music control is The field winding of the loudspeaker is used as a re-
effected by a resistor connected to the compensated actor in the filter circuit from which it simultaneously
volume control circuit. Control of tone is obtained receives its magnetizing current. The heaters of all
by means of the switch (S-2). Radiotrons are supplied from a low voltage (6.3 volt)
Rectifier winding on the power transformer. One side of this
The power required for operation of this receiver winding is at ground potential.
SERVICE DATA
The various diagrams of this bulletin contain such I -F Trimmer Adjustments
information as will be needed to isolate causes for The four trimmers of the two i -f transformers are
defective operation when such a condition develops. located as shown by Figure 6. Each must be aligned
Values of the resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are indi- to a basic frequency of 460 kc. To do this, attach
cated adjacent to the symbols signifying these parts the Output Indicator across the voice coil circuit or
on the diagrams. Identification titles, such as R-3, across the output transformer primary. Connect the
L-2, C-1, etc., are provided for reference between the output of the test oscillator between the control-grid
diagrams and the replacement parts list. Locating of of the RCA -6A8 first detector tube and chassis -
the parts in the schematic circuit is facilitated by the ground. Tune the oscillator to 460 kc. Advance the
fact that the numerical titles increase from left to receiver volume control to its full -on position and
right on the diagram. The coils, reactors, and trans- adjust the receiver tuning control to a point within
former windings are rated in terms of their d -c re- its range where no interference is encountered either
sistances only. Resistances of less than one ohm are from local broadcast stations or the heterodyne oscil-
generally omitted. lator. Increase the output of the test oscillator until a
Alignment Procedure slight indication is apparent on the output indicator.
Then adjust the two trimmers, C-25 and C-26, of the
Precise alignment is vital to the proper functioning second i -f transformer to produce maximum (peak)
of this receiver. There are four trimming adjustments
provided in the i -f system, three in the oscillator coil
system, two in the detector coil system, and two in TUNING
the antenna coil system. Each of these trimmers has INDICATOR
81
www.americanradiohistory.com
NN
eÓ
9
-I
ySï
Q=" F-
<
N
=-
000 0
g=
D
I- le.
0
o
I LI li
IH
t f.:
ir
e
I1/4aOº9.
$i ^Ñî Ñ
g= ._
N QJIA 0 r ^ aQ O,
"3L
r
12P'., <
l
á==
<ei
2 ,aaºº, 0000
rrá"
I ° à
0
82
83
www.americanradiohistory.com
R -F Trimmer Adjustments adjustment which would otherwise be caused
The seven trimmers associated with the r -f, first by the inter -action between the heterodyne
detector, and oscillator tuned circuits have their loca- oscillator circuit and the detector tuned circuit.
tions shown by Figure 1. The three trimmers which (d) With the receiver tuning control set to 18,000
are at all times directly in shunt with the variable tun- kc. adjust the trimmer, C-6, on the antenna
ing condenser necessitate that the high -frequency section of the variable condenser to the point
range (Band C) be aligned first. The range selector which produces maximum (peak) indicated re-
switch should, therefore, be turned to its Band C posi- ceiver output.
tion for the first adjustment. The Output Indicator (e) Change the receiver range selector to its Band
should be left connected to the output system. Attach A position and set the receiver tuning control
the output terminals of the test oscillator to the an- to a dial reading of 1,400 kc. Tune the test
tenna and ground terminals of the receiver. oscillator to 1,400 kc. and regulate its output
Calibrate the dial by rotating the tuning control to produce a slight indication on the receiver
until the variable condenser plates are in their full output indicating device.
mesh (maximum capacity) position and adjusting the (f) Adjust the high frequency trimmers of the
dial pointer so that its end points to the horizontal Band A oscillator, detector, and antenna coils,
graduation (530 kc.) at the low frequency end of the C-15, C-9, and C-4 respectively, to the points
Band A scale. at which each produces maximum indicated re-
Proceed further as follows: ceiver output.
(a) Adjust the test oscillator to 18,000 kc. and (g) Shift the test oscillator frequency to 600 kc.
set the receiver tuning control to a dial read- and tune the receiver to pick up this signal,
ing of 18,000 kc. disregarding the dial reading at which it is
best received.
(b) Regulate the output of the test oscillator until (h) Tune the low frequency trimmer, C-18, of the
a slight indication is perceptible at the receiver oscillator Band A coil, simultaneously rocking
output. Then adjust the trimmer, C-20, on the the tuning control of the receiver backward
and forward through the signal, until maxi-
mum indicated receiver output results from
these combined operations. The adjustment of
5N-491 C-20, C-12, and C-6 should be corrected at
BLACK 18,000 kc. as in (b), (c), and (d); also C-15,
OUTPUT C-9, and C-4 should be corrected at 1,400 kc.
TRANS. VOICE
BLACK as in (f) to compensate for any changes caused
COIL
O.5.Ss. by the adjustment of the low frequency oscil-
NEUTR. lator coil trimmer.
COIL
Radiotron Socket Voltages
BROWN FIELD
The voltage values indicated from the Radiotron
84512 COIL
socket contacts to chassis on Figure 6 will assist in
BROWN
the location of causes for faulty operation. Each
BROWN
value as specified should hold within ± 20% when
BLACK
the receiver is normally operative at its rated supply
-BROWN- voltage. Variations in excess of this limit will usually
BLACK be indicative of trouble in the basic circuits. The
PLUG CONNECTOR
voltages given are actual operating values and do not
allow for inaccuracies which may be caused by the
Figure 4-Loudspeaker Wiring loading effect of a voltmeter's internal resistance. This
resistance should be duly considered for all readings.
oscillator section of the variable condenser to The amount of circuit resistance shunting the meter
the point at which it produces maximum indi- during measurement will determine the accuracy to
cated receiver output. Two points may be be obtained, the error increasing as the meter re-
found, each of which produces such a maxi- sistance becomes comparable to or less than the cir-
mum. The one of maximum trimmer capaci- cuit resistance. For the majority of readings, a meter
tance is correct and should be used. (The having an internal resistance of 1000 ohms per volt
oscillator will be 460 kc. below the signal fre- will be satisfactory when the range used for each
quency at this adjustment point.) reading is chosen as high as possible consistent with
(c) Adjust the trimmer, C-12, of the detector sec- good readability.
tion of the variable condenser, simultaneously Standard Transformer
rocking the receiver tuning control backward The transformer used on some models of this in-
and forward through the 18,000 kc. input sig- strument is adaptable for voltages and frequencies as
nal, until maximum receiver output results given under Ratings A and B of Electrical Specifi-
from these combined operations. Rocking of cations. Its schematic and wiring are shown by Fig-
the variable condenser will prevent inaccurate ure 5.
84
Wave -Trap Adjustment BLACK
With the receiver in operation using its normal an- ,-RED BLUE
tenna, tune station selector to the point at which the
intermediate frequency interference is most intense. BLUE
YELLOW
Then adjust the wave trap trimmer to the point which
causes maximum suppression of the interference. This YELLOW
trimmer is adjusted to 460 kc. during manufacture, BROWN
however, local conditions may require a readjustment, BLACK -BROWN
depending upon the interfering frequency. ,-RED
BROWN
Phonograph Mechanism
J
The phonograph motor is of the governor induc- FILAMENT
tion type and designed to be simple and foolproof. 5 VOLTS
Under normal operating conditions, service difficulties r1RECTIFIER
should be negligible. Occasionally, however, certain
adjustments may be required. These adjustments are 110 VOLT-60 CYCLE 110 VOLT -25 CYCLE
illustrated and explained in Figure 9. Application of Pri. Res. 5.34 ohms, total Pri. Res. 7.37 ohms, total
oil to the felt pad which rubs against the governor Sec. Res. 330 ohms, total Sec. Res. 430 ohms, total
disc will insure smooth operation. Figure 5-Standard Power Transformer Connections
Magnetic Pickup tering spring attached to the armature to maintain
The pickup used in the phonograph unit is of an proper adjustment and provides a damping effect on
improved design, having several variations from the the movement of the armature. The frequency re-
usual type of pickup. The magnetic assembly is one sponse is uniform over a wide range.
rigid piece. The horseshoe magnet is solidly welded Service operations which may be necessary on the
to the pole pieces and is irremovable. There is a cen- pickup are as follows:
,-ti6.3V.
r * -CANNOT BE MEASURED WITH
0 V.
+IOOV. * R.E
'u-
ORDINARY VOLTMETER.
INDICATES A-C VOLTAGE.
CHASSIS
+80V. +258V.
+258V. - I7V. le
-e
OV. i ,
+242V1
0V.1 )
®
-18I
I
co i
Oy.
I
2 DE T. I
j
#B Tl1N1NQ A.V.C. DRIVER
INOIÇATOIi ÇA$LE Iti6. 2,11V. I TDET.
,-
33 & GRFFN, O5C.
C-26
o .-
ARGET
A op
\TRIODE et, 6.3V. '
rn <<0 GRID IST I. E.
v TRANS. ^-620v.
Q460K6. !. F.
RECT.
C26
o C-23 r-- -
2U' I. F Ii-
ti6.3V 460KC.
I
TRANS.1
(+80V.
I
(
C-24 3Ì Ov.
258v. +25g Ótij ,-3i10v.
r i-2
5N-588
Figure 6-Radiotron Socket Voltages
Measured at 115 volts, 60 cycles-No signal input
85
www.americanradiohistory.com
`SOLDER
L-23
PICK-UP
MOTOR
M-1
SHIELD
BROWN ,
BUS 1
'S5 »
..%
%
, S4
`
'- AUTOMATIC
STOP SWITCH
MOTOK
BOARD
\
INTERNAL CONNECTIONS OF BUE BOTTOM VIEW
PHONOGRAPH VOLUME CONTROL VOLUME RED\
CONTROL.
GREEN
,,,,,>,. PICK-UP
SHIELD CABLE
BLACK
TUNING
TUBE
GREEN
AUDIO TUBE
ors
CHASSIS
INPUT
70
SPEAKER
CASE -- -I TRANS.
R-33 BLACK SHIELD
T-3 33,0001.
POWER 3 2 O1
CORD 65
QwBUS Bu5
R-26
q6 a5 4 10001
Ilu 7/ 6 5 4
4\ 4
.01 MFD. 1
86
CENTERING ARMATURE nail to each side of the vertical axis of the magnet
and coil assembly. The screws A and B should then
Refer to Figure 8 showing the pickup inner be secured, observing care not to disturb the adjust-
structure. The armature is shown in its proper re- ment of the armature clamp. Then place the pickup
lation to the magnet pole pieces, i. e., exactly cen- in a vise and secure the centering spring-clamp by
tered. Whenever this centering adjustment has been means of the screw C, allowing the centering spring
disturbed, the screws A, B, and C should be loosened to remain in the position at which the armature is
ALIGN
B
CENTRALLY
ESN POLE 1,77
: exactly centered between the pole pieces. With a little
practice, the correct adjustment of the armature may
be readily obtained. The air gap between the pole
PIEÇES
pieces and the armature should be kept free from
dust, filings, and other such foreign materials which
CENTERING
would obstruct the movement of the pickup armature.
WELD
spreING
POLE CLAMP ' 4 MOUNTING
PIECES_
:/.i
¡::;l11XG 1 IY.
SOLD[R
SCREWS
DAMPING BLOCK
-__ 'I bn.ffi:
\\ \i1-MATURE CLAMP
I Vr 9COL010
DAMPING BLOCK
The viscoloid block which is attached to the back
RMATURE
end of the armature shank serves as a mechanical
I
S RUBBER
WITH POINTER
IN EXTREME CLOCKWISE POSITION & FELT
ALL THE WAY IN,ADJUST
GOVERNOR SO AS TO LEAVE
¡6 BETWEEN FELT (Sr DISC,THEN OIL
SECURE BY MEANS OF SCREW tß CORRECT POSITION
IN FOURTH HOLE
lir CLOCKWISE FROM
`]>, CENTER OF ARM
Ny;`
IS FREE TO ROTATE WITHOUT
MAINTAIN
ENO PLAY lb" ALL- DO NOT
AROUND CHANGE
THIS ADJUSTMENT
REMOVE TO ------'
TAKE OFF GOVERNOR
OIL WICK RETAINING SCREWS
87
www.americanradiohistory.com
D and the cover support bracket should then be re- that the magnet and pole pieces are one unit and the
placed. Heat should be applied to the armature magnetic circuit remains closed at all times. When the
(viscoloid side) so that the viscoloid block will fuse pickup has been mishandled, subjected to a strong a -c
at the point of contact and become rigidly attached to field, jolted, or dropped, there may be an appreciable
the armature. A special -tip soldering iron constructed loss of magnetic strength, in which case it will be
as shown in Figure 10 will be found very useful in necessary to re -magnetize the entire structure. This
performing this operation. The iron should be applied should be done by first removing the pickup cover
only long enough to slightly melt the block and cause and then placing the pickup assembly on the poles of
a small bulge on both sides.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from
authorized
STOCK LIST STOCK
No. DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
LIST
PRICE No, PRICE
RECEIVER ASSEMBLIES 11601 Coil-Detector coil-(L6, L7, L8, L9,
C9, R3) 1.78
5237 Bushing-Variable tuning condenser 11602 Coil-Oscillator coil-(L10, LII, L12,
L13, L14, L15, C15, C16
mounting bushing assembly-Package 2.15
of 3 $0.43 11385 Condenser-Three-gang variable tuning
11625 Cable-Radiotron tuning tube cable corn- condenser-(C5, C6, Cil, C12, C19,
plete with socket 1.26 C20) 5.02
11759 Cable-Phonograph input cable complete 4153 Connector -4 -contact female connector for
with 4 -contact female connector stock cable stock 11759 .48
4153-connects chassis to cable stock 11892 Dial-Station selector dial scale .78
11350
11465
11948
Cap-Contact cap-Package of 5
Capacitor-Adjustable capacitor-(C18) .
92
20
.48
11613
11394 Foot-Chassis foot assembly Package
of 2
-
Drive-Variable tuning condenser drive 1.00
.70
11289 Capacitor -50 MMfd.-(C37) 26 11893 Indicator-Station selector indicator
5116 Capacitor -175 MMfd.-(C31) .18 pointer .28
11290 Capacitor -400 MMfd.-(C2, C7, C13, 5226 Lamp-Dial lamp-Package of 5 .70
C38) 25 11393 Resistor-Voltage divider resistor-com
11401 Capacitor -4000 MMfd.-(C3) .38 prising one 3,500 ohm and one 13,000
4868 Capacitor-.005 Mfd.-(C29, C34) .20 ohm sections-(R15, R20) .74
4906 Capacitor-.017 Mfd.-(C33) .25 11329 Resistor-Voltage divider resistor-com-
11395 Capacitor --.01 Mfd.-(C28) .18 prising one 148 ohm, one 32 ohm and
4858 Capacitor-.01 Mfd.-(C32) .25 one 85 ohm sections-(R16, R17, R18) .52
4886 Capacitor-.05 Mfd.-(C51) .20 11369 Resistor-12 ohms-Flexible type com
4839 Capacitor -0.1 Mfd.-(C14) .28 plete with contact cap-(R22) .22
4841 Capacitor-0.1 Mfd.-(C21) .22 11324 Resistor-560 ohms-Carbon type -1/4
11414 Capacitor -0.1 Mfd.-(C42) .20 watt-(R24)-Package of 5 1.00
5170 Capacitor -0.25 Mfd.-(C8) .25 8073 Resistor -33,000 ohms-Carbon type-I/2
11240 Capacitor -10 Mfd.-(C36) 1.08 watt-(R5)-Package of 5
11387 Capacitor -10 Mfd.-(C22) 1.00
5212 Capacitor -18 Mfd.-(C35) .86 11322 Resistor-39,000 ohms-Carbon type-I/4
1.16 watt-(R10)-Package of 5 1.00
5238 Clip-Antenna terminal board with clip,
insulating strip and rivets 11365 Resistor-82,000 ohms-Carbon type-I/4
.14 watt-(R23)-Package of 5 1.00
11600 Coil-Antenna coil-(L2, L3, L4, L5,
C4, R1) 1.78 3118 Resistor -100,000 ohms-Carbon type-
I/4 watt-(R19)-Package of 5 1.00
e prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
88
REPLACEMENT PARTS-Continued
K LIST STOCK LIST
`w ,,. DESCRIPTION
PRICE No.
DESCRIPTION
PRICE
11323 Resistor-270,000 ohms -Carbon type- 6896 Switch-Eccentric automatic brake and
1/4 watt -(R13) -Package of 5 1.00 switch assembly -less switch cover.... 2.50
11172 Resistor-470,000 ohms -Carbon type- 3322 Switch-Eccentric automatic switch only
11397
1/4 watt -(R14) -Package of 5
Resistor -560,000 ohms -Carbon type - 1.00 -less cover-(S4) .75
11626
1/10 watt-(R2, R4) -Package of 5..
Resistor-2.2 megohms-Carbon type
1/4 watt-(R9, R31, R32) -Package of
- .75
11944
PICKUP AND ARM ASSEMBLIES
Arm -Pickup arm complete -less es,
1.00 cutcheon and pickup unit 4.50
11603 Shield -Antenna or detector coil shield. 26 11724 Armature -Pickup armature .38
11604
11390 Shield-
Shield -Oscillator coil shield
Intermediate frequency trans-
former shield
.24
.25
6346
11946
3521
Back-Pickup housing back
Coil -Pickup coil --(L23)
Cover -Pickup back cover
.45
.65
.18
11199 Socket -Dial lamp socket .14 11708 Cover-Pickup front cover .15
11195 Socket-5 -contact rectifier Radiotron 3737 Damper -Pickup damper-Package of 5. .65
socket .15 3390 Escutcheon -Pickup arm escutcheon.... .46
11198 Socket-7 -contact 6K7 -6F5 -or 6H6 11945 Pickup Unit-Complete 4.80
Radiotron socket .15 3389 Rod -Eccentric automatic brake trip rod
-8
11196
11386
Socket
socket
-contact 6A8 or 6F6 Radiotron
Switch-Range switch -(S1)
.15
1.16
3387
-Package of 5
Screw Assembly -Pickup mounting
screw assembly -comprising one screw,
.40
11392 Switch -Tone control and power switch one lockwasher and one nut -Package
11388 Transformer -
assembly -(S2, S3)
First intermediate fre
1.14
11549
of 10
Screw -Pickup front cover screw -Pack,
.40
11389
quency transformer-(L16, L17, C23,
C24)
Transformer-Second intermediate fre-
1.90 11547
age of 10
Screw -Pickup needle holding screw
Package of 10
- .42
.42
quency transformer -(L18, L19, C25,
C26, C27, R7, R8) 3.02 REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
11803 Transformer -Power transformer-105
125 volts -50.60 cycles 4.38
Transformer-Power transformer -105- 11232 Board -Terminal board assembly with
11804 two lead wire clips .18
125 volts -25.50 cycles 6.02
11805 Transformer -Power transformer-105 11231 Bolt-Yoke and core assembly bolt and
130, 140-160, 195-250, volts-40-60 nut .16
cycles-(T1) 7.95 8060 Bracket-Output transformer mounting
bracket .14
11391 Trap -Wave trap- (L1, Cl) 1.22
Clamp -Cone center suspension clamping
11237 Volume control -(R11) 1.20 11257
nut and screw assembly -Package of 5 .25
MOTOR ASSEMBLIES 11254 Coil --Field coil -(L20) 2.00
11233 Coil-Hum neutralizing coil-(L21) .30
11703 Governor -Governor complete for phono 11258 Cone -Reproducer cone-(L22) -Pack-
age of 5 3.85
graph motor-Stock No. 11701 or No. -3 -contact male connector for
11701
11702
Motor -Phonograph turntable motor - 3.05 5118 Connector
reproducer
Connector-3contact connector
25
11702
110 volts-50 to 60 cycles-(M1)...
Motor -Phonograph turntable motor
110 volts -25 cycles
- 21.20
33.35
5119
9619
11253
Reproducer-Complete
female
plug for reproducer cable
Transformer-Output transformer-(T2)
25
6.05
1.56
MOTOR BOARD ASSEMBLIES 11886 Washer -Spring washer used to hold
field coil securely -Package of 5 .20
4594 Box-Used needle box (cup) .30
'7084 Cover -Turntable cover .40 MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
11704 Damper -Turntable rubber damper and
damper plate. .24 12038 Band -Rubber band used with tuning
4596 Escutcheon -Speed regulator escutcheon tube-Package of 10 .25
plate .36 11996 Bracket -Tuning tube mounting bracket
4597 Screw-Motor mounting screw assembly and clamp assembly .22
-comprising four screws, four lock- 11947 Cable -Two-conductor shielded cable
washers, four spacers, and four nuts.. .22 approx. 35 -in. long -connects volume
11696 Turntable -Complete 2.48 control to input transformer .85
11695 Volume Control-Phonograph volume 11948 Cable -Three -conductor shielded cable
control-(R27, S5) 1.60 approx. 24 -in. long -complete with
male connector stock 6123 and grid cap
ECCENTRIC AUTOMATIC BRAKE -connects volume control to chassis
SWITCH ASSEMBLIES cable stock 11759 1.50
6123 Connector -4 -contact male connector for
.30
3994 Cover-Eccentric automatic switch cover cable stock 11948
and screw .26 11276 Escutcheon -Tuning tube escutcheon.... .40
10174 Springs -Automatic brake springs-com- 11376 Escutcheon -Station selector escutcheon
prising one each of four springs-Pack- and crystal .70
age of 2 .50 11582 Knob -Range switch knob -Package of 5 .50
89
www.americanradiohistory.com
REPLACEMENT PARTS-Continued
STOCK LIST STOCK
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION LIST
No. PRICE O. PRICE
11610 Knob-Station selector knob assembly- 4982 Spring-Retaining spring for large knob
comprising one small and one large
knob-Package of 5 in Stock No. 11610-Package of 10... .26
1.00
11347 Knob-Volume control or tone control
knob-Package of 5 .75
3391 Spring-Motor board mounting spring
11382 Resistor-1 megohm-Carbon
watt-(R33)-Package of
type-1/10assembly-comprisingone bolt, oneg
5 .75 "C" washer, two cup washers, one
11210 Screw-Chassis mounting screw assem- bottom spring, one lockwasher,
bly-Package of 4 and
.28
11381 Socket-Tuning tube socket and cover .45 one cap nut 50
11349 Spring-Retaining spring for knobs,
Stock No. 11347, No. 11582 and small 11949 Transformer-Phonograph input trans -
knob in Stock No. 11610-Package of former-(T3, R26, R33, C40, C41,
5 .15 C52) 7.05
The prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
SERVICE HINTS
(1) Excessive heating of the 6E5 tube may be due to high
cathode current-in excess of 7 ma. The tube should be
replaced and the condition of the 6Z4 rectifier checked.
(2) It is essential to maintain proper lubrication of phonograph
motor to prevent irregular speed.
90
RCA VICTOR MODEL D22 -1A
AND SUPPLEMENTS TO
RCA VICTOR MODELS T6-1, C6-2, D9-19, D11-2, and T11-8
TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND SERVICE DATA
Models T6-1 and C6-2 (with metal rectifier) (5) Change price of Stock No. 11541 Arm-Eject
arm from $0.82 to $8.15.
Service Data for Models T6.1 and C6-2 are directly
(6) Change description of Stock No. 9620 to read:
applicable to these instruments except as follows: Reproducer, complete (without cloth screen)
(1) The schematic and wiring diagrams for metal $16.32.
rectifier socket are shown by figures 1 and 2. (7) Refer to Substitute and Additional Replace-
(2) Washer Stock No. 11886 should be used for
ment Parts contained herein for other parts
replacement instead of Stock No. 11230 in all
changes.
Models T6-1 and C6-2. See parts list herein for
description and price.
(3) Refer to Substitute and Additional Replace- Model T11-8 (with metal rectifier)
ment Parts contained herein for other parts Service Data for Model T11.8 are directly appli-
changes. cable to these instruments except as follows:
Model D9-19 (with low -frequency tone control (1) The schematic and wiring diagrams for metal
rectifier socket are shown by figures 1 and 2.
and metal Rectifier) (2) Refer to Substitute and Additional Replace-
Service Data for Model D9-19 are directly appli- ment Parts contained herein for other parts
cable to these instruments except as follows: changes.
(1) The schematic and wiring diagrams for Model
D9-19 (with low -frequency tone control and Model D22-1 A
metal rectifier), are shown by figures 6 and 7.
(2) Washer Stock No. 11886 should be used for Service Data for Model D22-1 are directly appli-
replacement instead of Stock No. 11230 in all cable to these instruments except as follows:
Models D9-19. See parts list herein for de- (1) The schematic circuit diagram for Model D22-
scription and price. 1 A is shown by figure 5.
(3) Bracket Stock No. 13615 should be used for (2) The metal rectifier socket wiring for tube No.
replacement instead of Stock Nos. 11191 and 14 is shown by figure 2.
11192 in all Models D9-19. See parts list here- (3) Figure 3 shows the Pickup details.
in for description and price. (4) The phonograph motor is of the capacitor type.
(4) Refer to Substitute and Additional Replace- Light machine oil should be used to lubricate
ments Parts contained herein for other parts the motor bearings. The motor is wired in this
changes. instrument as follows: One power-supply lead
connects to one terminal of switch S201. The
Model D11-2 (with metal rectifier and capaci- other terminal of S201 connects to one ter-
tor phonograph motor) minal of the brake switch S202. The other
Service Data for Model D11.2 are directly appli- terminal of S202 connects to the yellow motor
cable to these instruments except as follows: lead. The green motor lead connects to one
(1) The schematic and wiring diagrams for metal lead of the motor capacitor. The red motor
rectifier socket are shown by figures 1 and 2. lead connects to the other capacitor lead and
(2) The phonograph motor is of the capacitor type. also to the remaining power -supply lead.
Light machine oil should be used to lubricate (5) The Radiotron socket voltages (figure 4 here-
the motor bearings. The motor is wired in this. in) apply to all Models D22-1 or D22 -1A and
instrument as follows: One power-supply lead should be used in place of figure 4 of the D22-1
connects to one terminal of switch S-14. The Service Data.
other terminal of S-14 connects to one terminal (6) The resistor assembly R44 and R45 is mounted
of the brake switch S-15. The other terminal on the front chassis apron instead of the rear
of S-15 connects to the yellow motor lead. The chassis apron.
green motor lead connects to one lead of the Change price on Stock No. 11879 Transformer
motor capacitor. The red motor lead connects from $3.50 to $8.15.
to the other capacitor lead and also to the re- Change price on Stock No. 11541 Arm from
maining power -supply lead. $0.82 to $8.15.
(3) Change description of Stock No. 8053 to read: Change price on Stock No. 11480 Microphone
Indicator-Station selector vernier indicator from $7.05 to $7.50.
pointer-$0.12. Refer to Substitute and Additional Replace-
(4) Stock No. 11793 applies to all Models D11.2. ment Parts contained herein for other parts
See parts list herein for description and price. changes.
91
POWER TRANSE. LEADS SN -S13 C
WELD
POLE
PIECES
V.
i ALIGN SLOT
WITH
ARMATURE
CENTERING
SPRING
CLAMP
NEUTR.
COIL'
in
ere
e'
,
MOUNTING
SCREWS
-p
11.
-c SOLD
VISCÓIOID
R5B4T. ARMATURE RMATURE CLAMP DAMPING BLOCK
SOLDERS
)
\sA
`CENTERING SPRING --- NEEDLE SCREW
STOCK
DESCRIPTION
LIST STOCK LIST
No. DESCRIPTION
PRICE No. PRICE
Models T6-1 and C6-2 (with 12051 Capacitor-2-mfd. motor capacitor, corn -
metal rectifier) cable and 2 -contact male con-
8072 Resistor -33,000 ohms-Carbon type- plewith
nector 4.18
9650 Motor -105.125 volts -60 cycles ( M1 ) . 35.35
I/2 watt-(R4)-Package of 5 $1.00 9651 Motor -105-125 pa vo
Y
cycles (M1 35.35
3118 Resistor-100,000 ohms-Carbon type- 12037 iomeodek
Filter-Filter for phonograph50 (used
11848 Transformer
125 volts
-
IA watt-(R3)-Package of 5
Power transformer
-50.60 cycles-(T1)
- 105-
1.00
4.40
9652
12050
in some models)
Reproducer complete (with cloth screen) .
Suspension spring-Motor m o u n t i n g
1.72
16.32
11849 Transformer-P o w e r transformer -105- spring, washer, and stud assembly-corn-
125 volts-25-50 cycles 5.70 prising six springs, six cup washers, three
11850 Transformer-Power transformer -100- spring washers and three studs .60
130/140.160/195.250 volts -40.60 cy- Stock Nos. 4858, 11273, 4794, 9012,
cles 8.00 9014, 9011 and 4562 are not used in
11886 Washer-Spring washer--Used to hold chassis having metal rectifier.
securely-Package of 5
field coil .20
Stock Nos. 4841 (C23), 11283, 3066, Model T11-8 (with metal rectifier)
5029, 5158,. 113830 11458, 11585, and 11195 Socket-Five-contact rectifier Radiotron
11584 are not used in chassis having metal socket
rectifier. .15
Stock No. 4794 is not used in chassis
Model D9-19 (with metal rectifier) having metal rectifier.
5170 Capacitor -0.25 mfd. (C51) .25 Model D22 -1A (use replacement
11329 Resistor-Voltage divider resistor, corn- parts from D22-1 except as
prising one 148 -ohm, one 32 -ohm, and
one 85 -ohm section (RIS, R16, R17) .52 listed below)
5033 Resistor-33,000 ohms-Carbon type
watt-(R51)-Package of 5
-1 13405 Armature-Pickup armature .95
1.10 4870 Capacitor-.025 mfd. (C47) .20
5029 Resistor -56,000 ohms-Carbon type-I/4 11195 Socket-Five-contact Rectifier Radiotron
watt-(R68)-Package of 5 1.00 socket for tube No. 14 .15
3118 Resistor-100,000 ohms-Carbon type- 11887 Transformer-P o w e r transformer-105-
I/4 watt-(R50)-Package of 5 1.00 125 volts -25-50 cycles 6.95
11195 Socket-Five-contact rectifier Radiotron 11880 Transformer-P o w e r transformer-105 -
socket .15 125 volts -50.60 cycles-(T1) 5.80
5224 Switch-Low-frequency tone control and 12051 Capacitor-2-mfd. complete with 2 -con -
power switch (S12, S15) 1.00 tact male connector for use with motor
11804 Transformer- Power transformer-105- Stock Nos. 9650 or 9651-(C217) ... 4.18
125 volts -25-60 cycles 6.02 13101 Capacitor-4-mfd. complete with 2 -contact
11805 Transformer-P o w e r transformer-100- male connector for use with motor
130/140-160/195-250 volts -40-60 cy- Stock No. 9735-(C217) 5.05
11886
cles-(T1)
Washer-Spring washer used
7.95 4674 Connector -2
-contact male connector for
to hold capacitor Stock No. 12051 or 13101.. .25
securely-Package of 5
field coil .20 9735 Motor -105-125 volts cycles-(M1)-25 49.50
13615 Bracket-Tuning tube mounting bracket 9651 Motor -105-125 volts cycles-(M1)-50 35.35
and clamp assembly .25 9650 Motor -105-125 volts cycles-(M1)-60 35.35
Stock Nos. 4858 (C50*), 11248, 4748, 12050 Suspension Spring-Motor mounting
11245, 11273, 4794, 11133, 11242, 11243, spring, washer, and stud assembly-corn-
11230, 11191, and 11192 are not used in prising six springs, six cup washers, three
chassis having metal rectifier. spring washers and three studs .60
11997 Capacitor -75 mmfd.-(C216) .14
Model D11-2 (with metalrectifier)
f ) 12352 Filter-Microphone and pickup input filter
11195 Socket-Five-contact rectifier Radiotron pack-(L307, C218, R223) 1.85
socket .15 Stock Nos. 4858 (C47), 11273, 4794
11793 Indicator-Station s e 1 e c t or indicator (tube 14), 8062, 8061, 9479, 9478, 9477,
pointer .15 and 4562, are not used in Model D22 -IA.
The prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
92
cie1
4 _-
ANT. COIL TUBI IGN AT IO NS.
AAG,--,.
r - 1.-. )(AB,--,.ANT.coa
el'
-DER.FS
P-16 DETECTOR
.'-
I
w/ \4(91
iOv. I I
1\ .F.TDR
a5-DGTLLA
5-2ºLF.
-
n.=A.G.VOLTAGE ....6.4v. e - AMC. -i.c
---
J
c, O[T.CML
AAC
DET.COIL--
X&!
Gai -
7- A.V.G.
5-2NPDETECTOR
e-1t*A.F.
c,
i
/ 1 I I
cue Lr- 10DRI
'1..
I
I 1- DRIVVER[R
ÓV. IpQy
/1 id4t1V'
GROUND:-
t45 L SA-R[CTIFKR
G
CHA5515
.
1 4 N I l ox cay.' } }
¡
i MA XA9, c76®` I
142v.1
Ì I Ì
N3!s5v Ow Ov.
: .N
¡
...3, \
I 1
6
¡
i 1 Ì
\ ...xi_¡
I
j4Cü11.. IcOs51 í
i
Ov. 240K
(.4.4.------,
'1/4-
¡
o ff}o ..6.4vr N6.v: 6?
sIA I
'
Ov.
I
.
Ov.
PI
ov.
-,U-
" P
1
No
! ; -c,--7;
® ,
; c27
®
1
;
+ TRANSEy +
t t J.-CHASSIS GROUND i
i r-- -6.4v
r-1
120v,
7.
P
0o
v.
M
OK
1
G®
Cyr P
® `-
I
ti0H
r6.4v: -.._
6
/a`"
V P
i -
serl.F
TP AIIs
® ®
4.1`-
Ì
Ov.
MP
sM
4v.
I
I
Ov.
L.
'L= A.C.VOLTAGE
,-CHASSIS GROUND
4
25y. ¡ 155 K
Ov. ¡
9v. !
i,
\ I
I i I I
I i
I
I I I
166v. ¡
i
21v. I
Ov. ¡ Ov. ! ¡
!
i
6.3v.,
i
i Ì OK i i
i ¡
6.3Kn, ¡ i ¡
I
t t t
I
t t t t t t t t t i ISN-528
Dynamic Amplifier
4
Óv.
OV
-2AvNm
DRIVER VOLTAGE
ONLY WITH
PHONOGRAPH ON
,-2Av.N,I r 2.4KN-)
DRIVER AMPL. ¡ AMPL. AMPL. RECT.
i
i
í
j ¡ j
J '325 v.
v A.C. VOLTAGE
5v. -55v.
-CHASSIS GROUND r-------
---- I r /------
----------
I I
!
\
f:
I 1 I I
I-----)
I j ¡ I
I
i I
J I
\
--
I
I
I `
i
------I ISN-527
Power Amplifier
93
R.F.K7 t
16L7 DET. Z"6-KF 3RD. 1 F.
o+Rp
6K7 I.F. 6H6ET.
2.23 L26 1-n L2e
LI L2 TiT s^ u- D Y[ oirmaLas
1..1- 44s
éyO
*-42"yp
T é n .r'M11
Myl pp
O
eF
Ce
8
L3 L4
MIT
IH poe
IÑIÇ
52 MMI.
NO R17
M FD 1000
0_1_ti, RIG R18
C50
100000 5000s
Rµ MFD.
R o R19
33 .000
7 <3
MG.
220000
320
I
MMI C
o4
MFD.
-I
. 025
MFG
L7 L8
1370
Cbb
^ 265 AVC.-I.F.
4000 ÿmF. 6K7 4T"I.F. AVG.
1-31 L32 (H6
L306
START WINDING
294n L305
42
50...-294 G. 4.2,L
35601. ,RUNNING
,
WINDING'kM'e-
60...- 79.31
TOGE E 51e, E. j5..5500 -
T94.34A1
3
R 14
ma» L.c. 0204 6L7
i1<202
ro 7
R2ol
MF0
L
-ZZ
1.0
MEG.
<212 R218
033 ail 075000 C209
.oN.0 C211
013- 11
MFD TS 4414E, 0. p21
i
1 L.C. ißOU
8
CASE R204
1.1426. RECT. R 211
INPUT TRANSE.' 6C5 (oC5 3900 n
PACK
0220
204 000
AMPO.. V. R210
C.C.
R206 3200
445,400
ROTATION
00 R209
OF tOP CORTROL 20 R207 3650
TO TRANS 220,000.0 00
T104 C208 R2a 50000
R205
s.o0o^ lo 42ns
0205 Mv C210
EO.
fD. Cal MIO
DYNAMIC AMP
94
DRIVER
6C5
R7,
IMEO
20
RI06
220,e9e \ RDO
;00,000..
Rw9
C79
220,000..
VOICE -MUSIC M 0.25 LI04 7A5
SWITCH Mio
FIELv
519
17RO
L1Ó2
TUNING TUBE
6E5 ,\ OUTPUT 2A3
5 2A3
ZI 175
L112
TTTMMF
19
2A3
óI
w ù 05
17
105
MOD,
R104
00,000
5107
145..
TO OIL
4C5
41.7
TO FIL
POWER
TUBES
POWER AMPLIFIER
P IR RR
721
52,2 5213 J RECORDING
LIGHTS
CONTROL SW.
5 203
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT
JiJ
RADIO
LIGHTS
DIAL P HR
INDICATOR LIGHTS
RR R
®ncR MAO. CO.,lwc.
SR -503-I
95
www.americanradiohistory.com
ti
'ÿ3
I E-io
zá
q 8
1
IM
li
V
riá
i4
,J(
_
/P
v
`^
1
o
a
y
=
x
- i
900
000
°g
ua
e
-hi
"
1^
I17.4.
"é G
1
ir
x
I
1;-11'
_J
97
www.americanradiohistory.com
RCA VICTOR PORTABLE VICTROLA
MODEL 0-1
SERVICE DATA
Motor..-The drive motor is of simple design and sub- accurately aligned with each other. The minimum of
stantial construction. It should require little or no spindle end -play which permits smooth operation should
service if properly maintained. Attention to lubrication be used.
of the moving parts and occasional cleaning of the Speed Regulator Lever.-Af ter assembly, adjust the
mechanism will go far to prevent faulty operation. speed regulator until the turntable rotates at 78 r. p. m.;
Should it become necessary to repair the motor, the fol- loosen the speed regulator screw and set pointer to
lowing procedure should be applied: CAUTION.- center of speed indicator scale; tighten screw and re-
Allow the motor mechanism to run down completely check turntable speed.
before attempting adjustment, repairs, or replacements.
Removing Motor from Cabinet.-Remove the winding
key. To dismount the motor, unscrew the spindle cap GOVERNOR WORM
with a screwdriver and remove turntable, slightly tap-
ping the spindle while exerting an upward lift on the
turntable. Remove the five screws holding the motor
board and the two screws holding lid support to cabinet
Kewi, FIBRE GEAR
and lift motor board assembly from case. Loosen the
screw holding the speed -regulating lever and remove the GOVERNOR WINDING
latter. The three screws holding motor to motor board BRAKE LEVER SHAFT SPRING )
should then be loosened to permit removal of motor
assembly.
Replacing Main Spring Barrel.-In case of main
spring failure, the entire spring barrel and gear should
be replaced. Remove the spring -barrel spindle screw
by unscrewing to right. Remove the C washer and two II
pillar screws holding bottom plate. Remove bottom
plate, intermediate spindle shaft, and spring barrel. ECCENTRIC fN-690 . MAIN SPRING BARREL
Reassemble parts in reverse sequence. BEARING, C RCA Mn. CO,INC
Winding Shaft Spring.-This spring functions as a
friction ratchet. It may he removed as follows: remove Lubrication.-All moving parts of the motor should
pin holding winding worm on shaft; remove winding be thoroughly cleaned and lubricated every six months
shaft; then remove screw holding spring. Replace in to prevent excess wear and to assure proper operation.
reverse sequence. A small amount of grease should be applied to the worm
Governor Adjustments.-The mesh of the worm and gear of the governor, the gear of the winding shaft, and
fiber gears is adjusted by rotation of the eccentric on the small pinion gear. All other points, including
spindle bearings. The adjustments should be made so regulator friction pad, should be lubricated with light
that the worm meshes properly with the fiber gear and oil. All motor parts should be covered with a light film
rotates freely without binding. The bearings should he of oil to prevent rusting.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
.STOCK No. DESCRIPTION LIST PRICE STOCK No. DESCRIPTION LIST PRICE
13849 Arm-Tone arm less sound box $3.75 13874 Horn-Tone arm horn
13877 Board-Motor mounting board only (black) .. * 13846 Indicator-Speed regulator arm and pointer.. .35
13878 Board-Motor mounting board only (brown) .. 13861 Key-Winding key .50
13850 Brake-Turntable brake complete .50 13854 Motor-Spring motor complete 10.00
13845 Cap--Turntable spindle cap .30 13865 Screw-Needle holding screw-Pkg. of 5 .25
13875 Case-Carrying case only (black) u 13860 Shaft--Winding key shaft and socket-Less
13876 Case-Carrying case only (brown) winding gear .55
M
13848 Sound box 2.25
13853 Cover-Needle cup hinged cover .35
13852 Cup-Needle cup 20 13856 Spindle-Motor spindle and two gears as -
sembled 1.50
13847 Escutcheon-Speed regulator escutcheon .S0
13851 Spring--Turntable brake spring-Pkg. of 5... .30
13855 Gear-Intermediate drive gear and shaft .95 13$35 Spring-Mainspring, spring barrel and drive
13858 Gear-Winding worm gear-Located on wind- gear 2.50
ing key shaft .50 13873 Turntable-Complete with black cover 3.00
13859 Gear-Winding gear-Located on spring barrel 13844 Turntable-Complete with brown cover 3.00
shaft .50 14181 Turntable-Complete with blue cover 3.00
13857 Governor-Governor assembly complete 3.65 13862 Weight-Governor weight and spring-Pkg
of 3 .90
"Prices up m application.
Prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
SERVICE DIVISION
98
RCA VICTOR MODEL R-99
High -Fidelity Electrola
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
(4) RCA -2A3 Power Output
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT
Audio Volume Expander (5) RCA -6C5 Expander Amplifier
(1) RCA -6L7 Expander Rectifier
(2) RCA -6C5 Audio Driver (6) RCA-6H6
(3) RCA -2A3 Power Output (7) RCA -5Z3 Full -Wave Rectifier
Audio Frequency Range Approximately 30 to 8,000 cycles
POWER OUTPUT LOUDSPEAKER
12 watts Type Super 12 -inch Electrodynamic
Undistorted.
15 watts Impedance (V.C) 111/4 ohms at 400 cycles
Maximum
PICKUP PHONOGRAPH ( MANUAL OPERATED)
Type Low Impedance Magnetic Motor Synchronous Type
100 ohms at 1,000 cycles Speed (at rated frequency) 78 r.p.m.
Impedance
POWER -SUPPLY RATINGS
Voltage. .105.125 volts
50 or 60 cycles
Frequency (two types)
180 watts
Power Consumption
Mechanical Specifications
34' inches
Height
Width 25/8 inches
inches
14%s
Depth
pounds112
Weight (net) 156 pounds
Weight (shipping)
Amplifier Base Dimensions 161/4 inches x 71/2 inches x 23/4 inches
7%8 inches
Over-all Amplifier Height
Operating Controls (1) Power Switch-Tone, (2) Dynamic Expander, (3) Volume
General Description
The RCA Victor Model R-99 High -Fidelity Elec- the record -cutting stylus makes an impression of the
trola comprises the ultimate in present-day record re- original sound. The amplitude of the lateral cutting
production. It consists of the revolutionary dynamic is, therefore, regulated so that the stylus will not break
expander; a high -quality, high -power output, power over into the adjacent groove. It is because of these
amplifier; a 12 -inch, aluminum voice -coil, electro- upper and lower limits that the volume range of
dynamic loudspeaker with a high -frequency tone sound reproduction cannot be identical to the original
diffuser; a light weight, high-fidelity pickup; an sound which is produced in the recording studio. In
acoustically tapered volume control; a spring -balanced order to keep the recorded sound within the limits
tone arm; a powerful synchronous motor; and a high of the record, the recording control engineer regulates
audio -frequency tone control. The instrument will the recording amplifiers accordingly.
play either 10- or 12 -inch records. The dynamic amplifier of this reproducing instru-
ment is designed to compensate for the above -men-
Dynamic Amplifier tioned recording limitations of volume range. It serves
Limitations imposed by present methods of disc to restore the original intensity relations of the record-
recording necessitate a constricted range of sound ed sound by varying the amplification of the repro-
intensity which may be recorded. The minimum ducing amplifier in direct accordance with the average
intensity of sound which may be recorded is deter- intensity value of the sound. Thus, when there is a
mined by unavoidable record surface-noise which prevailing rise in the intensity of the recorded sound,
masks the recorded sound when such sound ap- the dynamic amplifier increases in gain accordingly,
proaches the intensity of the noise. The maximum producing a further increase in volume, and con-
sound intensity which may be recorded is determined versely when there is a prevailing tendency toward
by the thickness of the record groove-wall into which a decrease of the recorded sound, the dynamic ampli -
99
a
r°15157,.'
tM
o
o
Nuf
f
-H g ó
uuN
II
T
d
0050.6,-^
NO
ó
Ñb
a n eNc á
- ó
I O_
N
"
<
r-----
c ) ----
s
4
?
..QQQ, .00Qg49QQSi9
'Oovvnöò6aÓÒl8a
S
b
100
Ñ
L9Q
Ñ
r¡d000oon
I {
n T,
. g <m
r
z
e I
101
www.americanradiohistory.com
+ y
Electrical Circuits
The circuits consist of a phonograph pickup with means of the reactance L5 and blocking capacitor C11.
compensating filters, dynamic expander stage, ex- This arrangement prevents the plate current of the
pander amplifier stage, expander diode -rectifier stage, RCA -6C5 from flowing through the primary of T3,
audio driver stage, push-pull power output stage, and permitting increased fidelity.
a full -wave rectifier.
The electrical impulses, generated in the pickup Power Amplifier
coil L1, are boosted in the input transformer T2 be-
fore they are fed to the dynamic amplifier. A com- The audio signal developed across the secondary
pensation filter is placed in shunt with the output of of T3 is applied to the control grids (push-pull) of
T2 to correct the frequency response of the repro- the RCA -2A3 tubes for final power amplification.
ducing system so as to compensate for the recording The bias for these control grids is developed across
characteristic.
Dynamic Amplifier
The signal from the input transformer T2 is
supplied to control grid No. 1 of the RCA -6L7
(expander) through the acoustically tapered volume AUDIO VOLUME
control R4, and is simultaneously applied through the EXPANDER
expander control R14 to the control grid of the first 3 EXPANDER EXPANDER OUTPUT OUTPUT
DRIVER RMPL. PEET
RCA -6C5 (expander amplifier). The signal applied
6L7 6C5
to this latter tube is first amplified and then fed to
the RCA -6H6 (expander diode-rectifier) tube where 5
TOP BACK Or CHASSIS
it is rectified. The output of the RCA-6H6 is of the
nature of a pulsating direct current, the amount vary- Figure 3-Radiotron Locations
ing in direct relation with the average value of
intensity of the audio signal. This pulsating voltage the loudspeaker field winding L8 and is applied
appears across resistor R18 and is applied to the through a suitable resistance -capacitance filter. The
second control grid of the RCA -6L7 (expander) output of the power -amplifier stage is transformer -
through a delay filter (R7 and C7). The value of the coupled to the voice coil of the electrodynamic loud-
bias on this control grid determines the amplification speaker.
of the RCA -6L7 expander stage. The gain of the
dynamic amplifier is, therefore, automatically regu- Power Supply
lated by the average intensity of the audio signal.
The power-supply system consists of an RCA-5Z3
Audio Driver rectifier tube, which is supplied from an efficiently
designed power transformer, and which works into a
The audio output of the RCA -6L7 is resistance - suitable filter. The potentials required for the plate,
capacitance coupled to the control grid of RCA -6C5 screen, control grid, and cathode circuits are obtained
audio driver. The output of this tube is shunt fed from this filter. The electrodynamic loudspeaker field
to the primary of the interstage transformer T3 by coil is used as a filter reactor.
102
SERVICE DATA
The various diagrams in the booklet contain such power -output tubes. Connections to the tube
information as will be needed to locate causes for prongs may be made by stripping approxi-
defective operation if such develops. The values of mately %2 inch of insulation from the ends of
various resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are indicated two short leads of rubber -covered wire, wrap-
adjacent to the symbols signifying these parts on the ping one bare end around each plate prong
diagrams. Identification titles, such as L1, C2, R1, (being careful not to allow the bare ends to
etc., are provided for reference between the illustra- short on the chassis when the tubes are placed
tions, and the Replacement Parts List. The coils, re- in their sockets), and connecting the volt-
actors, and transformer windings are rated in terms meter to these leads. CAUTION: Do not
of their d -c resistance only. Resistance values of less touch these plate connections after the power
than one ohm are generally omitted. is turned on since the potential at these points
is rather high and carelessness might result in
Dynamic Amplifier Adjustments a serious shock.
Set the expander "Dynamic" control (cen-
It is essential that correct voltages and currents
ter front) to its extreme counter -clockwise po-
exist at the RCA -6L7 audio expander stage in order
sition. Set the phonograph volume control
that the expanding function may take place in the (right front) to its extreme clockwise position.
proper manner. A screw-driver adjustment is accord-
ingly provided to regulate the RCA -6L7 control grid Turn on power switch (left front) and rotate
this control to its extreme clockwise position,
No. 2 bias to the correct operating value. Two
methods of adjustment are applicable. Either method allowing it to remain in this position for all
adjustments. Allow a few minutes for the
requires a normal voltage of 300 volts across the filter instrument to become stabilized. Adjust the
output (resistor R22, see figure 7). The one to be
preferred (a) requires the use of the RCA Stock No. expander bias control R20, on rear apron of
amplifier (see figure 9), until the voltmeter
9633 Beat Frequency Oscillator or the equivalent, a
reads 195 volts. Turn phonograph volume con-
100 -ohm resistor, a 200 -ohm resistor, and a 1,000 -
trol to extreme counter -clockwise position.
ohm -per -volt a -c voltmeter (rectifier-type) having a
"low" range of 1.0 volt and a "high" range of 250 Transfer lead from the junction of the 200 -
volts or greater. The less accurate method (b) re-
ohm and the 100 -ohm resistors to the beat -
quires the use of the RCA Stock No. 12353 Split frequency oscillator (upper "250") terminal
Plate Adapter (supplied with instrument), and a suit- without disturbing any of the oscillator adjust-
ments. Adjust phonograph volume control
able d -c milliammeter. Both of these procedures are
outlined below. CAUTION: Before using either (right front) until the voltmeter reads 50 volts.
method, be sure that power -supply fuse is in proper Turn the expander "Dynamic" control (center
position for the line voltage. front) to its extreme clockwise position allow-
ing maximum expansion to take place. The
(a) Preferred Method. voltmeter reading should now read not less
Turn power switch (left front) off. Connect than 150 volts if the expander circuit is oper-
the 200-ohm and the 100 -ohm resistors in ating correctly. Failure to do so indicates a
series between the beat -frequency oscillator defect in the system and the usual service pro-
terminals (upper "250" and "CT") with the cedure should be followed.
100 -ohm resistor connected to "CT." Cali- (b) Alternate Method.
brate the beat -frequency oscillator, adjust it Turn power switch (left front) off. Place RCA
to 1,000 cycles, and reduce its output. Con- Stock No. 12353 Split Plate Adapter under
nect the 1,000-ohm -per -volt a -c voltmeter the RCA -6L7. Connect a suitable d -c milli -
(1 -volt range) to the beat -frequency oscillator ammeter to the adapter. Turn both the phono-
terminals (upper "250" and "CT"). Remove graph volume control (right front) and the
the "M" plug from the "F" receptacle on the expander "Dynamic" control (center front) to
shielded cable running between the input their extreme counter -clockwise positions. Turn
transformer T2 and the compensator pack on power switch (left front) and allow a few
"Comp." (see figure 9). Connect beat -fre- minutes for the instrument to become stabil-
quency oscillator terminal "CT" to the large ized. Adjust expander bias control R20, on
pin on the "M" plug. Connect the junction rear apron of amplifier (see figure 9), to give
of the 200 -ohm and the 100 -ohm resistors to 1.0 milliampere of plate current with no signal
the small pin on the "M" plug. input to the dynamic amplifier.
Adjust beat -frequency oscillator output until
the voltmeter reads exactly 1.0 volt. Remove Magnetic Pickup
the voltmeter leads from beat -frequency oscil-
lator terminals without disturbing any of the The pickup used in the phonograph unit is of an
oscillator adjustments. Place the voltmeter to improved design. The horseshoe magnet is rigidly
its 250-voIt or greater range and connect it be- welded to the pole pieces and is irremovable. There
tween the plate prongs of the two RCA -2A3 is a centering spring attached to the armature to
103
maintain proper adjustment and to provide a limiting_ This centering operation may be facilitated by insert-
effect on the movement of the armature. The fre- ing a small rod or nail into the armature needle hole,
quency response is substantially uniform over a wide using it as a lever to test the angular movement of
range. Service operations which may be necessary on the armature. The limitations of the movement in
the pickup are as follows: each direction will be caused by the armature striking
the pole pieces. The proper adjustment is obtained
Centering Armature when there is equal angular displacement of the
Refer to figure 4 showing the pickup inner struc- armature and adjustment rod or nail to each side of
ture. The armature is shown in its proper relation to the vertical axis of the magnet and coil assembly. The
the magnet pole pieces, i.e., exactly centered. When- screws A and B should then be secured, observing
ever this centering adjustment has been disturbed, the care not to disturb the adjustment of the armature
clamp. Then place the pickup in a vise and secure
,
ALIGN ARMATURE
CENTRALLY BETWEEN
POLE PIECES
-.-POLE PIECES
COVER
i
;.é
.
/'
,,,,/..r,,C
-
!/
OCIIOEICCC :AOC:.
,D
the centering spring -clamp by means of the screw C,
allowing the centering spring to remain in the posi-
tion at which the armature is exactly centered be-
tween the pole pieces. With a little practice, the
correct adjustment of the armature may be readily
\
CENTERING
SPRIN
CLAMP obtained. The air gap between the pole pieces and
?Arm the armature should be kept free from dust, filings,
CENTERING
MOUNTING
_SCREWS and other such foreign materials which would ob-
SPRING
MI:gl -B
struct the movement of the pickup armature.
A ARMATURE ."-ARMATURE CLAMP Ruin SCREW 'BKK COVER
Damping Block
Figure 4- Details of Pickup The viscoloid block which is attached to the back
end of the armature shank serves as a mechanical
screws A, B, and C should be loosened and the arm- filter to eliminate undesirable resonances and to cause
ature clamp adjusted to the point where the vertical the frequency response to be uniform. Should it be
axis of the armature is at right anges to the horizontal necessary to replace this damping block, it may be
axis of the pole pieces, and centered between them. done by removing screw D and the cover support
/ EXPANDER
6L7
t
Ì 6C5
IVER 4 4
I
-4
158,00044.
4
158,000n 440.n.
(
440n\
OUTPUT RECT.
R..22004.
I
2200 570,0004. 200,00
2A3 5Z3
7- 5800 /
.-227044.-7-.0
I
®c® +
L- O CC
0
¡- L
!
j
1.1MEß
I1
I--'
I
2A3
i
CONTROL'
1
332,0 00.n.-.:',
I H6 I
I
16Ón
AMPL.
I
110n
I
33,0R0 '
1104.
i
I
1
6C5 I
C24
-, I
C23
4800.4. II
Ì 980n
o RCA ARCO. CO., 'Ne. BOTTOM FRONT OF CHASSIS P-72882-1
104
bracket from the mechanism and taking off the old only long enough to slightly melt the block and cause
viscoloid block. The surface of the armature which a small bulge on both sides.
is in contact with the viscoloid should be thoroughly
Replacing Coil
VISCO LO ID SPACER Whenever there
DAMPING BLOCK CUSHIONS
is defective operation due to an
open or shorted pickup coil, this coil should be re-
placed. The method of replacement will be obvious
upon inspection of the pickup assembly and by study
4222
TIP OF SOLDERING
IRON ARMATURE
of the cut -a -way illustrations. Make sure that the new
coil is properly centered with the hole in the support
m'Aw
strip and glued securely in that position. It is impor-
Figure 6-Special Soldering -Iron Tip tant to re -adjust the armature as previously explained
cleaned with fine emery cloth. Then insert the new Radiotron Cathode Current Readings
block so that it occupies the same position as it did Measured with Milliammeter Connected at Tube Socket
originally. Make certain that the block is in correct Cathode Terminal under Conditions Similar
vertical alignment with the armature. The hole in the to Those of Voltage Measurements
new viscoloid block is somewhat smaller than the di- (1) RCA-6L7-Expander 7.6 ma.
ameter of the armature in order to permit a snug fit. (2) RCA-6C5-Audio Driver 4.4 ma.
With the viscoloid aligned on the armature, screw (3) RCA-2A3-Power Output 41 ma.
(4) RCA-2A3-Power Output 41 ma.
D and the cover support bracket should then be re- (5) RCA-6C5-Expander Amplifier 1.9 ma.
placed. Heat should be applied to the armature (vis- (6) RCA-6H6-Expander Rectifier 0 ma.
coloid side) so that the viscoloid block will fuse at (7) RCA -5Z 3 --Rectifier. 165 ma.*
the point of contact and become rigidly attached to (* Cannot be measured at socket)
the armature. A special -tip soldering iron constructed
as shown in figure 6 will be found very useful in after re-assembly of the mechanism. Only rosin core
performing this operation. The iron should be applied solder should be used for soldering the coil leads in
/t EXPANDER
6L7 \\
DRIVERS
6C5
t DIODE
6H6 `
} }
1
r
L _k.-
6.5V. _I
A.C. Ij
/I
-i
r
I
I
6.5V.
A.C. -1
-
IÌ
Ì
6.5V.
A.C.
- LI
6.5V. 2.5V.
!
A.C.
i r A.C. 11 OUTPUT
1
2A3
A1C.
I
(1
r
2 5V
A.C.-1
5.1V.
r`A.\C.\
I
1
I II
N
I
rr`FJ (E)'
-r
CONTROL` RECT.
9.7V.
V. I
ái
O IV.
0 1
110V.6c5
AMPL.
I
I
I
(T.3V.*)
(_eá*) I
OÚTPUT
2A3
C-6ev')
v I
325V.
370v.
A.C.
I
370V.
5Z3
I
0.35V. I Y9'5V. 295V. I
A.C.
; i} e
I
i
I
i t
3Ó0V.
I
L
I
L___ ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITORS
r RESISTOR UNIT
R22
3C0 V. 325 V.
r r
105
a
C.>
N..
2
106
the pickup. This same type of solder should be used ments may be required. These adjustments are illus-
when necessary for soldering the centering spring to trated and explained in figure 8.
the armature.
Magnetizing Loudspeaker
Loss of magnetization will not usually occur when Centering of the loudspeaker voice coil is made in
the pickup has received normal care because the mag- the usual manner with three narrow paper feelers
net and pole pieces are one unit and the magnetic after first removing the front paper dust cover. This
circuit remains practically closed at all times. When may be removed by softening its cement with a very
the pickup has been mishandled, subjected to a strong BLACK
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased From authorized dealers.
STOCK LIST STOCK MST
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION PRICE
No, PRICE islo,
AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLIES 11332 Resistor -22,000 ohms, carbon type, 1
watt (R9) -Package of 5 1.10
11350 Cap -Grid contact cap -Package of 5... $0.20 12487 Resistor -33,000 ohms, carbon type, 2
12110 Cap -Top shield cap for 6L7 Radiotron. .14 watt (R8). .25
12488 Capacitor-270 Mmfd. (C12, C13) .20 12286 Resistor -56,000 ohms, insulated, I/4 watt
5107 Capacitor-.0025 Mfd. (C14, C26) .16 (R23) -Package of 5 1.00
4838 Capacitor -.005 Mfd. (C16, C17) .20 12263 Resistor-100,000 ohms, insulated, I/4
5196 Capacitor-.035 Mfd. (C19) .18 watt (R13, R16, R17, R19) -Package
4886 Capacitor -.05 Mfd. (C9) .20 of 5. 1.00
4518 Capacitor -.05 Mfd. (C5) .52 12452 Resistor-330,000 ohms, insulated, I/4
5170 Capacitor -.25 Mfd. (C11) .25 watt (R5) -Package of 5 1.00
4840 Capacitor -.25 Mfd. (C15, C21) .30 12285 Resistor-470,000 ohms, insulated, I/4
11240 Capacitor-10 Mfd. (C24). 1.08 watt (R18) -Package of 5 1.00
12472 Capacitor-10 Mfd. (CIO). 1.00 12486 Resistor -560,000 ohms, insulated, I/4
5212 Capacitor-18 Mfd. (C8, C22) 1.16 watt (R7, R10) -Package of 5 1.00
11496
12470
Capacitor-18 Mfd. (C25).
Capacitor -20 Mfd. (C6).
1.15
1.10
4794 Socket -4
-contact 5Z3 or 2A3 Radiotron
.15
socket
12467 Capacitor-30 Mfd. (C23). 1.40 11197 Socket -6
contact 6C5 Radiotron socket. .14
12465 Capacitor-Capacitor pack, comprising 3
sections, each 0.5 Mfd. (C7, C18, C20) 1.50
11198 Socket -7
-contact 6H6 or 6L7 Radiotron
socket . .15
11272 Clamp -Volume control or speaker cable 12464 Transformer-Interstage transformer (T3,
clamp . .10 L5) 5.95
5240 Cover-Fuse cover .24 12463 Transformer-Power transformer, 110-120
12468 Expander-Control (R20) 1.00 volt, 50-60 cycle (T1) 8.58
10907 Fuse-3 -ampere fuse (F1) -Package of 5. .40
MISCELLANEOUS CABLES AND
5239 Mounting-Fuse mounting .36
12471 Plate -6L7 socket mounting plate assem- PLUGS
12466
bly, less socket
Reactor -Filter reactor (L7)
.15 12547 Cable -2
-conductor shielded pickup cable,
2.35 25 inches long, complete less female
12206 Resistor -270 ohms, insulated, 1/4 watt connector, Stock No. 11488 .44
(R6) -Package of 5 1.00 12489 Cable -Power cable, approximately 30
12195 Resistor-2,200 ohms, insulated, I/4 watt inches long, complete with two female
(R11, R15) -Package of 5 1.00 connectors . .58
12469 Resistor-4,600 ohms, wire wound (R22) 1.25 12563 Cable-Shielded i n put cable, approxi-
11298 Resistor-5,600 ohms, carbon type, 1 watt mately 9 inches long, complete with 4-
(R21) .22 contact male connector .26
The prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
107
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued
STOCK LIST STOCK
DESCRIPTION LIST
No. PRICE NO, DESCRIPTION
PRICE
12564 Cable -Shielded tone control cable, ap- 6122 Clamp -Brake switch cable clamp -Pack -
proximately 201/4 inches long, with 4 age of 15 .30
contact male connector .34 MOTOR ASSEMBLIES
12490 Cable -Shielded tone control cable, ap 9693 Motor -105-125 volts, 50 cycles (M1)... 40.85
proximately 14 inches long, complete 9692 Motor -105-125 volts, 60 cycles (M1) ... 40.85
with female connector.
12562 Cable-Shielded volume control cable, ap
proximately 28 inches long, complete
with 2 male connectors
.58
.38
12551 Suspension
p Spring
p g M of o r mounting
spring, washer and stud assembly -
comprising 6 springs, 6 cup washers, 3
spring washers and 3 studs 45
12491 Cable-Shielded volume control cable, ap-
proximately 17 inches long, complete AUTOMATIC SWITCH ASSEMBLIES
with 2 female connectors .68 3994 Cover-Automatic switch cover and screw .28
12492 Cable -Speaker cable, approximately 40 10184 Plate-Automatic brake trip latch plate
inches long, complete with female con- with mounting screws-Package of 5.. .40
nectors .44 12550 Springs-Automatic brake springs-Pack -
-2
.
108
RCA VICTOR MODEL T9-7
Nine -Tube, Three -Band, A -C, D -C, Superheterodyne Receiver
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
Band A 540- 1,600 kc. Band A....600 kc. (osc.), 1,400 kc. (osc., det., ant.)
Band B i 600- 5,500 kc. Band B None required
Band C 5,500.18,000 kc. Band C 18,000 kc. (osc., det., ant.)
Rating (As shipped from Factory) 200-250 Volts, 40-100 Cycles, also D -C, 110 Watts
Rating (See note in text) 140-160 Volts, 40.100 Cycles, also D -C, 50 Watts
POWER OUTPUT (250 -Volt Line) POWER OUTPUT (160 -Volt Line)
Undistorted ....2.25 Watts A -C, 1.75 Watts D -C Undistorted ....0.90 Watts A -C, 0.75 Watts D -C
Maximum 3 00 Watts A -C, 2.30 Watts D -C Maximum 1 25 Watts A -C, 0.95 Watts D -C
LOUDSPEAKER
Type Electrodynamic Voice Coil Impedance 2 25 Ohms at 400 Cycles
Mechanical Specifications
Height 21-1 inches
Width 153/4 inches
Depth 91/2 inches
Weight (Net) 271/2 pounds
Weight (Shipping) 33 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 13% inches x 7% inches x 21/2 inches
Tuning Drive Ratios 10 -to -1 and 50 -to -1
Operating Controls (1) Volume, (2) Tuning, (3) Range Selector, (4) Power Switch -Tone
General Features
This instrument comprises a nine -tube chassis, dynamic speaker. The tuning dial is an illuminated
mounted in a table type of cabinet. It uses the new semi -airplane type. Each dial scale is distinctly
metal tubes. The tuning range is from 540 to 18,000 marked with a separate color. Positions of the range
kc. This coverage includes the important short-wave selector knob are correspondingly indexed on the con-
broadcast bands at 49, 31, 25, 19, and 16 meters, as trol panel with sections of similar colors. The tuning
well as the American broadcast band (540-1600 kc.)
control is a dual -ratio type, which permits fast tuning
.
109
www.americanradiohistory.com
//A
L
00000 ó4
f0
r
uw
Za
Z
D
r
00000 *te---
ï,ri0
ñiFFód< ^ no
¢ ol
4 úF
Q O 4
P
u4 wl
II LJ
QO
>W
oZj
CJ
3Ñ
Ñ
año
Ññb od
UfFiJ6 Jfi
Q'-
ÑÁ
6m
tD
F
IÌt IÚtií _¢
o 13I1'g13I1'
°i
u LVYII.IL F z
o
---n^i-r
NiÁ; J4 eN JtS
r J Qól O
0000 U Ñ
-2á ó:
Z
ZQ;
-oOW-
o JÑ
f^ -Iníuf
Urf
u00
Z
110
111
www.americanradiohistory.com
Circuit Arrangement
The conventional superheterodyne type of circuit power output stage. The output of the power ampli-
is used. It consists of an r -f stage, a combined first fier is transformer -coupled into the dynamic loud-
detector -oscillator stage, a single i -f stage, a diode de- speaker. High -frequency tone control is effected by
tector -automatic volume control stage, an audio volt- a capacitor across the plate circuit of one of the out-
age amplifier stage, a push-pull audio power output put tubes. Speech -music control is effected by a re-
stage, a tuning indicator, and a half -wave rectifier sistor connected to the compensated volume control
power supply stage. circuit. Control of tone is obtained by means of the
switch (S-2).
Tuned Circuits
Tuning Indicator
The antenna coil system and the detector coil sys-
tem each consist of a single primary and three series - A cathode-ray tube is used as a means of visually
connected secondary windings to provide the three indicating when the receiver is accurately tuned to
ranges of tuning. The oscillator coil system is sim- the incoming signal.
ilarly wound on a single form. A range selector
switch (S-1) is used for connecting the various sec- NOTE: On a -c and d -c circuits of 160 volts or
tions of these three coil systems into the circuit to less, the action of the "Magic Eye" will be limited.
provide operation on the band desired. The coils are This tube is of new design and comprises an ampli-
tuned by a variable three -section gang condenser fier section and a cathode-ray section built in the
having trimmer capacitors in shunt with each section. same glass envelope. The cathode-ray section con-
There are additional trimmer capacitors across the sists of a conically shaped luminescent screen, upon
section of each coil used for Band "A." A series
trimmer is also associated with the Band "A" oscil-
lator coil.
The intermediate frequency amplifier system con-
,,,,,, ,.,,,.,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,.,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
,,, r1;.{.\\\/./,,,,,
5N-595
sists of an RCA -6K7 in a transformer -coupled cir- 28226 TUNING TU=E RE-560 00
n
cuit. This stage operates at a basic frequency of
460 kc. Each winding of both i-f transformers (in-
OUTPUT
T n 1400 K.C.
ANT
` DIVER
C1t
put and output) is tuned by an adjustable trimmer I-
z»-DE
capacitor.
C14 R2
CO MMII
Detector and A.V.C. 6 )R4
62A
I.F.
660,000 14000 K.C. T.F.
The modulated signal as obtained from the output OUTPUT TRANS.
D ET.
AMP.
of the i-f stage is detected by an RCA -6H6 twin - WAVE TRAP osc. 1" I.F.
diode tube. The audio frequency secured by this ECT. TRANS.
process is transferred to the a -f system for amplifica-
tion and final reproduction. The d -c voltage which 1400 K.C. OSC. (C-20) ADJ. CENTER REAR
CT' OF CHASSIS .
112
voltage being dropped to the required value by re-
sistors R-19 and R-20. The correct operating voltage NOTE: (Power Supply Rating) As shipped
for the pilot lamp is developed across resistor R-20. from the factory, all instruments are connected for
This voltage across the pilot lamp will be slightly operation on a 200 -250 -volt supply line.They may
high when the receiver is first turned on, but will be converted for operation at 140-160 volts by con-
quickly drop to a normal value as soon as the tube necting a jumper between points shown by dotted
filaments reach their operating temperature. line on resistor R-19, Figures 2 and 3.
SERVICE DATA
CAUTION: Grid caps, tuning condenser, and I -F Trimmer Adjustments
resistor on top of chassis may be "hot" with respect The four trimmers of the two i -f transformers are
to external ground, and should be avoided when located as shown by Figure 4. Each must be aligned
servicing, unless due precautions are taken. to a basic frequency of 460 kc. To do this, attach
The various diagrams of this bulletin contain such the output indicator across the voice coil circuit or
information as will be needed to isolate causes for across the output transformer primary. Connect the
defective operation when such a condition develops. output of the test oscillator through a .05 mfd. con-
Values of the resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are in- denser to the RCA -6A8 control grid, the ground of
dicated adjacent to the symbols signifying these parts the test oscillator being connected to the receiver
on the diagrams. Identification titles, such as R-3, ground terminal. Tune the oscillator to 460 kc. Ad-
L-2, C-1, etc., are provided for reference between vance the receiver volume control to its full -on posi-
the diagrams and the replacement parts list. Locat- tion and adjust the receiver tuning control to a point
ing of the parts in the schematic circuit is facilitated within its range where no interference is encountered
by the fact that the numerical titles increase from either from local broadcast stations or the heterodyne
left to right on the diagram. The coils, reactors, and oscillator. Increase the output of the test oscillator
transformer windings are rated in terms of their d -c until a slight indication is apparent on the output in-
resistances only. Resistances of less than one ohm dicator. Then adjust the two trimmers, C-27 and
are generally omitted. C-28, of the second i -f transformer to produce maxi-
mum (peak) indicated receiver output. Then, adjust
the two trimmers, C-24 and C-26, of the first i -f
Alignment Procedure transformer for maximum (peak) receiver output as
Precise alignment is vital to the proper functioning shown by the indicating device. During these ad-
of this receiver. There are four trimming adjust- justments, regulate the test oscillator output so that
ments provided in the i -f system, three in the oscil- the indication is always as low as possible. By doing
lator coil system, two in the detector coil system, and so, broadness of tuning due to a.v.c. action will be
two in the antenna coil system. Each of these trim- avoided. It is advisable to repeat the adjustment of
mers has been accurately adjusted during manufac- all i -f trimmers a second time to assure that the inter-
ture and should remain properly aligned unless af- action between them has not disturbed the original
fected by abnormal conditions of climate, or have adjustment.
been altered for service purposes. Incorrect align-
ment is usually evidenced by loss of sensitivity, im- R -F Trimmer Adjustments
proper tone quality, and poor selectivity. These in- The seven trimmers associated with the r -f, first
dications will generally be present together. detector, and oscillator tuned circuits have their loca-
The correct performance of the receiver can only tions shown by Figures 3 and 4. The three trimmers
be obtained when the alignment is performed with which are at all tithes directly in shunt with the
adequate and reliable test apparatus. The manufac- variable tuning condenser necessitates that the high -
turer of this instrument has a complete assortment of frequency range (Band C) be aligned first. The
such service equipment available. This equipment, range selector switch should, therefore, be turned to
illustrated and described on a separate page of this its Band C position for the first adjustment. The
booklet, may be purchased from authorized distrib- output indicator should be left connected to the out-
utors and dealers. put system as for i -f alignment. Attach the output
An oscillator (signal generator) is required as a terminals of the test oscillator to the antenna and
source of the specified alignment frequencies. Visual ground terminals of the receiver.
indication of the receiver output during the adjust- Calibrate the dial by rotating the tuning control
ments is necessary to enable the serviceman to obtain until the variable condenser plates are in their full
an accuracy of alignment which is not possible by mesh (maximum capacity) position and adjusting the
listening to the signal. The RCA Stock No. 9595 dial pointer so that its end points to the horizontal
Full -Range Oscillator and the RCA Stock No. 4317 graduation (approximately 530 kc.) at the low -fre-
Neon Output Indicator are especially suitable and ful- quency end of the Band A scale.
fill the above requirements.
The following procedure should be followed in ad- Proceed further as follows:
justing the various trimmer capacitors: (a) Adjust the test oscillator to 18,000 kc. and set
113
www.americanradiohistory.com
the receiver tuning control to a dial reading the interaction between the heterodyne oscil-
of 18,000 kc. lator circuit and the detector tuned circuit.
(d) With the receiver tuning control set to 18,000
(b) Regulate the output of the test oscillator until kc. adjust the trimmer, C-8, on the antenna
a slight indication is perceptible at the receiver
section of the variable condenser to the point
output. Then adjust the trimmer, C-19, on the which produces maximum (peak) indicated re-
oscillator section of the variable condenser to ceiver output.
the point at which it produces maximum indi-
cated receiver output. Two points may be (e) Change the receiver range selector to its Band
found, each of which produces such a maxi- A position and set the receiver tuning control
mum The one of maximum trimmer ca- to a dial reading of 1,400 kc. Tune the test
pacitance is correct and should be used. (The oscillator to 1,400 kc. and regulate its output
oscillator will he 460 kc. below the signal fre- to produce a slight indication on the receiver
quency at this adjustment point.) output indicating device.
(f) Adjust the high -frequency trimmers of the
(c) Adjust the trimmer, C-15, of the detector sec- Band A oscillator, detector, and antenna coils,
tion of the variable condenser, simultaneously C-20, C-12, and C-6 respectively, to the points
rocking the receiver tuning control backward at which each produces maximum indicated
and forward through the 18,000 kc. input sig- receiver output.
nal, until maximum receiver output results from (g) Shift the test oscillator frequency to 600 kc.
these combined operations. Rocking of the and tune the receiver to pick up this signal,
variable condenser will prevent inaccurate ad- disregarding the dial reading at which it is best
justment, which would otherwise be caused by received.
)ºai
TONE CONTROL POWER SW. --230v. AC.
-230v.AC.
-,
Ov. -- 1--Ov.
TERM.
- - -23ov.AC.--1
---:---- I20v. AC.. --1
r-------
L
0
---i r =l-zsvx
I I
-*---J
-' AUDIO
-155v.---«90v.J
i I
'TQ©e
O'+'0
-175v.-J I
R.F.AMP.
I
0LL
-bv. AC.- - t- t
ANT. COIL
oaj
-=0.3v.A-J
----- J
I
pUTPU
JJ
I
---1.25v.---
I
-----
J------2Bv
---------
i
1-----5---
I
Ov-175v. I
-171v.
r6.3v. AC. 1-
K.C.
BROWN
0120
z3v.-- °I-
-* -----I-1---
rI
6.3v. AC
L_ -Ov---+ DET. COIL ."----/600 I
11'6'0E7. AVC.
--- _0.3v -----28v.----tT-- 1
OUTPUT
- -
1-- GREEN
----90v.
175v.
I
r ,
- ------173v.----r1-+--J
1
GAOLE TO TUNING TU
F0v..
155v. ¡ i I
-
OC" +- 1- -J I
YELLOW I r -90v.--
I--0v.-/'
I po
I
OC>.-A21
O
L I
L
I
I.F.AMP.
_
J
\ \ 6.3v. AC.
r oñ9Q,o¡J
J O.
RECT.
WAVE
WAVE
TRAP
460 K.C.
OSC. L_J
COIL
4=P
L
L
© RCA MFG. CO. INC.
(C-20) ADJ. CENTER REAR OF CHASSIS.
IN -664
*-CAN NOT BE MEASURED WITH ORDINARY VOLTMETER. 1400 K.C. OSC.
114
(h) Tune the low -frequency trimmer, C-22, of the
oscillator Band A coil, simultaneously rocking Phonograph Attachment
the tuning control of the receiver backward A terminal board is provided for connecting a
and forward through the signal, until maximum phonograph into the audio amplifying circuit. A
indicated receiver output results from these typical method of connection is shown on the
combined operations. The adjustment of C-19, schematic diagram (Figure 1). Correct procedure to
C-15, and C-8 should be corrected at 18,000 be observed for adjustment of attachment to secure
kc. as in (b), (c), and (d); also C-20, C-12 proper aural compensation is indicated.
and C-6 should be corrected at 1,400 kc. as in
BLACK
(f) to compensate for any changes caused by
the adjustment of the low -frequency oscillator
OUTPUT TRANSF.
coil trimmer. VOICE
0.22n COIL
BLACK
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers
115
www.americanradiohistory.com
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
Stock List Stock DESCRIPTION List
No.DESCRIPTION Price No. Price
3529
11198
No. 11602
Socket -Dial lamp socket
Socket -7 -contact Radiotron socket
.24
.32
.15
11582
11610
Knob -Range switch knob -Package of 5
Knob -Station selector knob assembly
Comprising 1 large and 1 small knob
- .50
11196 -8
Socket -contact 6A8 Radiotron socket .15 -Package of 5 1.00
12054 Switch -Range switch (S1) 1.16 11347 Knob -Volume control or power switch
Switch-Tone control and power switch
11392
5238
assembly (S2, S3)
Terminal -Antenna terminal board with
1.14
11382
knob -Package of 5
Resistor-1 megohm-carbon resistor
1/10 watt-(R18) -Package of 5
- .75
.75
clip insulating strip and rivets .14
11976 Terminal-Ground terminal clip assem- 11377 Screw-Chassis mounting screw assem-
bly .15 bly-Package of 4 .12
11388 Transformer -First intermediate fre- 11381 Socket-Tuning tube socket and cover .45
quency transformer -(L16, L17, C24, 11349 Spring-Retaining spring for knob Stock
C26) 1.90 Nos. 11347 and 11582 and small knob
11389 Transformer -Second intermediate fre- in No. 11610-Package of 5 .15
quency transformer -(L18, L19, C27, 4982 Spring-Retaining spring for large knobs
C28, C29, R7, R8) 3.02 -for Stock No. 11610 -Package of 10 .26
SERVICE HINTS
(1) Beat notes or heterodyning (whistles) may be encountered in some instances on these receivers due to
excessive antenna capacitance. This condition may be corrected by reducing the size of the antenna or
by inserting a 150 mmfd. capacitor in series with the antenna lead at the antenna terminal. Interfer-
ence in the form of "beats" from a combination of local stations may frequently be remedied by tuning
the wave trap to one of the interfering stations. The wave trap will tune from approximately 375 kc.
to 700 kc.
(2) In the event that unsatisfactory service is obtained from the standard rectifier, an RCA type 25Z6 -G may
be used for replacement.
(3) Low sensitivity and reduced signal pickup may be due to poor alignment. Note that heterodyne oscillator
tracks below signal on "C" band.
116
RCA VICTOR MODEL 19-8
Nine -Tube, Three -Band, A -C, D -C, Superheterodyne Receiver
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
Band X 155- 320 kc. Band X....180 kc. (osc.), 300 kc. (osc., det., ant.)
Band A 530- 1,500 kc. Band A....600 kc. (osc.), 1,400 kc. (osc., det., ant.)
Band C 5,400.18,000 kc. Band C 18,000 kc. (osc., det., ant.)
Rating (As shipped from Factory) 200-250 Volts, 40-100 Cycles, also D -C, 110 Watts
Rating (See note in text) 140-160 Volts, 40-100 Cycles, also D -C, 50 Watts
POWER OUTPUT (250 -Volt Line) POWER OUTPUT (160 -Volt Line)
Undistorted ....2.25 Watts A-C, 1.75 Watts D -C Undistorted ... .0.90 Watts A -C, 0.75 Watts D -C
Maximum 3 00 Watts A -C, 2.30 Watts D -C Maximum 1 25 Watts A -C, 0.95 Watts D -C
LOUDSPEAKER
Type Electrodynamic Voice Coil Impedance 2 25 Ohms at 400 Cycles
Mechanical Specifications
Height 21 inches
Width 153/4 inches
Depth 91/2 inches
Weight (Net) 271/2 pounds
Weight (Shipping) 33 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 13/8 inches x 7% inches x 21/2 inches
Tuning Drive Ratios 10 -to -1 and 50 -to -1
Operating Controls (1) Volume, (2) Tuning, (3) Range Selector, (4) Power Switch-Tone
General Features
This instrument comprises a nine -tube chassis, level of output is available from the receiver for repro-
mounted in a table type of cabinet. It uses the new duction by the 8 -inch electrodynamic speaker. The
metal tubes. The tuning range is from 155 to 320 tuning dial is an illuminated semi -airplane type. Each
kc.; from 530 to 1,500 kc.; and from 5,400 to 18,000 dial scale is distinctly marked with a separate color.
kc. This coverage includes the important short-wave Positions of the range selector knob are correspond-
bands at 49, 31, 25, 19 and 16 meters, the European ingly indexed on the control panel with sections of
long -wave band (150-320 kc.) and the American similar colors. The tuning control is a dual -ratio
broadcast band (530-1,500 kc.). Chassis features in- type, which permits fast tuning through a 10 -to -1
clude automatic volume control, cathode-ray tuning drive ratio and vernier tuning through a 50 -to -1 drive
indicator ("Magic Eye"), 3 -point tone control, an- ratio. The latter is especially advantageous for accu-
tenna wave trap, and audio compensation. A high rate tuning of the short-wave stations.
117
www.americanradiohistory.com
âpL
T"d
LJ
204
¢ñ0r
o
7nu6
u4î
m
t-
o
N
J
a{ No
á
sC
L ú«Fif
4
?
O
N O N
pó
mo
s.2,24 u
u
mN mrv
Jm JN en
U
0000
,x \
d d --4I
,00d
1 F Q Ó
7{/
-°
.ï N
LL
N
Tuo 2",
ó 0f I= O1
;r3 WÑ
o Úºff
N
I _-
ymf
:. á.
.
N
I
X°- ºs
ueF °
F
13
3 w N
¢oÓ
m .
c ó{
kF'tixwuc ú
°
3
óº
Y
Y
u
u8
i 000 0000X ((gg
ó
ñ
- T Nr
J^i
í°70
¢Ó
Q
X
V
U
e
aN
U
O
Tá
I
F vZ
NZ
I/:
ax N U
=I W; W3
VFF`1ná, O
u
U
;
rQ rQ
6
r
J
X
W
8 m
LL áLL
r
118
119
Circuit Arrangement
The conventional superheterodyne type of circuit used between the first audio stage and the push-pull
is used. It consists of an r -f stage, a combined first power output stage. The output of the power ampli-
detector-oscillator stage, a single i -f stage, a diode de- fier is transformer -coupled into the dynamic loud-
tector -automatic volume control stage, an audio volt- speaker. High -frequency tone control is effected by
age amplifier stage, a push-pull audio power output a capacitor across the plate circuit of one of the out-
stage, a tuning indicator, and a half -wave rectifier put tubes. Speech -music control is effected by a re-
power supply stage. sistor connected to the compensated volume control
circuit. Control of tone is obtained by means of the
Tuned Circuits switch (S-2).
The antenna coil system and the detector coil sys-
tem each consist of two series -connected primary Tuning Indicator
windings and three series -connected secondary wind- A cathode-ray tube is used as a means of visually
ings to provide the three ranges of tuning. The os- indicating when the receiver is accurately tuned to
cillator coil system is similarly wound on a single the incoming signal.
form. A range selector switch (S-1) is used for con-
necting the various sections of these three coil sys- NOTE: On a -c and d -c circuits of 160 volts or
tems into the circuit to provide operation on the less, the action of the "Magic Eye" will be limited.
band desired. The coils are tuned by a variable
three -section gang condenser having trimming capac- This tube is of new design and comprises an ampli-
itors in shunt with each section. There are addi- fier section and a cathode-ray section built in the
tional trimming capacitors across the section of each same glass envelope. The cathode-ray section con-
Band "A" coil and each Band "X" coil. Series sists of a conically shaped luminescent screen, upon
trimming capacitors are also associated with the Band
"A" and Band "X" oscillator coils.
-596
The intermediate frequency amplifier system con-
sists of an RCA -6K7 in a transformer -coupled cir-
my/ vaoiaiiiiiiaiiiiviiiiinmfeeinoiiiui.r
28226
,t= SN
results from detection of the signal is used for auto- 1400 K.C. OSC. (C -ZO) ADJ. CENTER REAR OF CHASSIS
matic volume control. This voltage, which develops
across resistor R-8, is applied as automatic control -
grid bias to the r -f, first -detector, and i -f tubes through Figure 3-Radiotron, Coil and Trimmer Locations
a suitable resistance filter circuit. The second (auxil-
iary) diode of the RCA -6H6 is used to supply
residual bias for the controlled tubes under condi- which a pattern is formed by an effect of the de-
tions of little or no signal. This diode, under such tected signal after said effect has been amplified by
conditions, draws current which flows through re- the amplifier section, which is fed from the detector
sistors R-8 and R-10, thereby maintaining the de- diode circuit. The size of the pattern is determined
sired minimum operating bias on such tubes. On ap- by the strength of the signal voltage, so that any
plication of signal energy above a certain level, how- change of tuning may be readily observed in order
ever, the auxiliary bias -diode ceases to draw current to facilitate tuning to exact resonance.
and the a.v.c.-diode takes over the biasing function.
Rectifier
Audio System The plate, grid, and cathode voltages required for
The manual volume control consists of an acous- the operation of this receiver are supplied by the
tically tapered potentiometer in the audio circuit be- RCA -25Z6 rectifier operating as a half -wave rectifier.
tween the output of the detector diode and the input The field winding of the loudspeaker is used as a re-
grid of the audio -voltage-amplifier tube. This con- actor in the filter circuit from which it simultaneously
trol has a tone -compensating filter connected to it, receives its magnetizing current.
so that the correct aural balance will be obtained at The filaments of all nine tubes are connected in
different volume settings. Transformer coupling is series and are fed direct from the supply line, the
120
voltage being dropped to the required value by re- NOTE: (Power Supply Rating) As shipped
sistors R-19 and R-20. The correct operating voltage from the factory, all instruments are connected for
for the pilot lamp is developed across resistor R-20. operation on a 200-250 -volt supply line. They may
This voltage across the pilot lamp will be slightly be converted for operation at 140-160 volts by con-
high when the receiver is first turned on, but will necting a jumper between points shown by dotted
quickly drop to a normal value as soon as the tube
filaments reach their operating temperature. line on resistor R-19, Figures 2 and 3.
SERVICE DATA
CAUTION: Grid caps, tuning condenser, and I -F Trimmer Adjustments
resistor on top of chassis may be "hot" with respect The four trimmers of the two i -f transformers are
to external ground, and should be avoided when located as shown by Figure 4. Each must be aligned
servicing, unless due precautions are taken. to a basic frequency of 460 kc. To do this, attach
the output indicator across the voice coil circuit or
The various diagrams of this bulletin contain such across the output transformer primary. Connect the
information as will be needed to isolate causes for output of the test oscillator through a .05 mfd. con-
defective operation when such a condition develops. denser to the RCA -6A8 control grid, the ground of
Values of the resistors, capacitors, coils, etc,,, are in- the test oscillator being connected to the receiver
dicated adjacent to the symbols signifying these parts ground terminal. Tune the oscillator to 460 kc. Ad-
on the diagrams. Identification titles, such as R-3, vance the receiver volume control to its full -on posi-
L-2, C-1, etc., are provided for reference between tion and adjust the receiver tuning control to a point
the diagrams and the replacement parts list. Locat- within its range where no interference is encountered
ing of the parts in the schematic circuit is facilitated either from local broadcast stations or the heterodyne
by the fact that the numerical titles increase from oscillator. Increase the output of the test oscillator
left to right on the diagram. The coils, reactors, and until a slight indication is apparent on the output in-
transformer windings are rated in terms of their d -c dicator. Then adjust the two trimmers, C-27 and
resistances only. Resistances of less than one ohm C-28, of the second i -f transformer to produce maxi-
are generally omitted. mum (peak) indicated receiver output. Then, adjust
the two trimmers, C-24 and C-26, of the first i -f
Alignment Procedure transformer for maximum (peak) receiver output as
shown by the indicating device. During these ad-
Precise alignment is vital to the proper functioning justments, regulate the test oscillator output so that
of this receiver. There are four trimming adjust- the indication is always as low as possible. By doing
ments provided in the i -f system, five in the oscil- so, broadness of tuning due to a.v.c. action will be
lator coil system, three in the detector coil system, and avoided. It is advisable to repeat the adjustment of
three in the antenna coil system. Each of these trim- all i -f trimmers a second time to assure that the inter-
mers has been accurately adjusted during manufac- action between them has not disturbed the original
ture and should remain properly aligned unless af- adjustment.
fected by abnormal conditions of climate, or have
been altered for service purposes. Incorrect align, R -F Trimmer Adjustments
ment is usually evidenced by loss of sensitivity, im-
proper tone quality, and poor selectivity. These in- The eleven trimmers associated with the r -f, first
dications will generally be present together. detector, and oscillator tuned circuits have their loca-
tions shown by Figures 3 and 4. The three trimmers
The correct performance of the receiver can only which are at all times directly in shunt with the
be obtained when the alignment is performed with variable tuning condenser necessitate that the high -
adequate and reliable test apparatus. The manufac- frequency range (Band C) be aligned first. The
turer of this instrument has a complete assortment of range selector switch should, therefore, be turned to
such service equipment available. This equipment its Band C position for the first adjustment. The
may be purchased from authorized distributors and output indicator should be left connected to the out-
dealers. put system as for i -f alignment. Attach the output
An oscillator (signal generator) is required as a terminals of the test oscillator to the antenna and
source of the specified alignment frequencies. Visual ground terminals of the receiver.
indication of the receiver, output during the adjust- Calibrate the dial by rotating the tuning control
ments is necessary to enable the serviceman to obtain until the variable condenser plates are in their full
an accuracy of alignment which is not possible by mesh (maximum capacity) position and adjusting the
listening to the signal. The RCA Stock No. 9595 dial pointer so that its end points to the horizontal
Full -Range Oscillator and the RCA Stock No. 4317 graduation (approximately 530 kc.) at the low-fre-
Neon Output Indicator are especially suitable and ful- quency end of the Band A scale.
fill the above requirements.
The following procedure should be followed in ad- Proceed further as follows:
justing the various trimmer capacitors: (a) Adjust the test oscillator to 18,000 kc. and set
121
www.americanradiohistory.com
the receiver tuning control to a dial reading the interaction between the heterodyne oscil-
of 18,000 kc. lator circuit and the detector tuned circuit.
(b) Regulate the output of the test oscillator until (d) With the receiver tuning control set to 18,000
a slight indication is perceptible at the receiver kc. adjust the trimmer, C-8, on the antenna
output. Then adjust the trimmer, C-19, on the section of the variable condenser to the point
oscillator section of the variable condenser to which produces maximum (peak) indicated re-
the point at which it produces maximum indi- ceiver output.
cated receiver output. Two points may be (e) Change the receiver range selector to its Band
found, each of which produces such a maxi- A position and set the receiver tuning control
mum. The one of maximum trimmer ca- to a dial reading of 1,400 kc. Tune the test
pacitance is correct and should be used. (The oscillator to 1,400 kc. and regulate its output
oscillator will be 460 kc. below the signal fre- to produce a slight indication on the receiver
quency at this adjustment point.) output indicating device.
(f) Adjust the high -frequency trimmers of the
(c) Adjust the trimmer, C-15, of the detector sec-
Band A oscillator, detector, and antenna coils,
tion of the variable condenser, simultaneously C-20, C-49, and C-6 respectively, to the points
rocking the receiver tuning control backward at which each produces maximum indicated
and forward through the 18,000 kc. input sig- receiver output.
nal, until maximum receiver output results from
(g) Shift the test oscillator frequency to 600 kc.
these combined operations. Rocking of the and tune the receiver to pick up this signal,
variable condenser will prevent inaccurate ad- disregarding the dial reading at which it is best
justment, which would otherwise be caused by received.
__-230v. AC.
TONE CONTROL 3 POWER 5W.
-
._. - - -- Ov.
r -0v. ' ,^ TERM. BD.
-J
l 120v. AC. -1
-1
----*----
I
--230v.AC.
I
'(_r;- \le.3v.AC.
i> II:
1
1pSa
(1 i--, ' R.F.AMP.
I....
I I I
I
/
1 1
[_25vAC- I
n
4.3v.AG c
J 3 -o -155v.- - qpv, Y'
*-}.2..
n su,v,
ya
..
L-4v. AC. --t--r+,U
- `, ----J I¡j
- -175v.-J
I I
L
- ANT.
AUDIO I I
', COIL I
o7,®®Y
L----1.25x---_-+-=0.3v.*-J
I
.F - - -- J 500 K.C.
*
puTPU7 .F' I
I I
1-6.3v. A6.
¡----*---e
r -I D ROWN
,------
C4.1
F------Ov28v.-----J
-------175v_iTl
*o
..J 1
JJ
I
i
I
I
I
-
I
de>.DET. AVG.
- ----_0.3v*
- - -173v.
,OUTPUT
- - 90v.
GREEN
LADLE TO TUNING TUBE
rOv*«
155v.
--_---17Sv._---r1-+---J
I 1
i
RED
£'
TERM. SD.
1_
L f.xJ
1-------*
l'--? DET. a OSC.
Ov.
---171v. J
L -25v. AC.-
I
J
-8
-r- -175v.--
46D K.C. GROUND BRACKET.
17Sv-- `c,
-g0v.- - --
-
YELLOW
I I
. r- -0v.- o
7
L
L
pQ -00+11'1
sA\ -
I
L 260
0- Ji_1 WAVE
TRAP
I.F. AMP.
\ 6.3v. %
AC.
460 K.C. I
RECT.
J
05C.
COIL
122
(h) Tune the low-frequency trimmer, C-22, of the dicative of trouble in the basic circuits. These volt-
oscillator Band A coil, simultaneously rocking ages were measured with set tuned to approximately
the tuning control of the receiver backward 900 kc. (Band A); no signal being received, and
and forward through the signal, until maximum volume control setting optional. To duplicate the
indicated receiver output results from these conditions under which the voltages were measured
combined operations. requires a 1,000 -ohm -per -volt d -c meter, having
(i) Change the receiver range selector to its Band ranges of 10, 50, and 250 volts. Voltages below 10
"X" position and set the receiver tuning con- read on 10 -volt scale, between 10 and 50 on 50 -volt
trol to a dial reading of 300 kc., set the test scale, and between 50 and 250 on 250 -volt scale.
oscillator to 300 kc. and regulate its output to A -C voltages were measured with a corresponding
produce a slight indication on the receiver out- a -c meter.
put indicating device.
()) Adjust the high -frequency trimmers of the Phonograph Attachment
Band "X" oscillator, detector and antenna coils, A terminal hoard is provided for connecting a
C-50, C-48, and C-55 respectively, to the points phonograph into the audio amplifying circuit. A
at which each produces maximum indicated re- typical method of connection is shown on the
ceiver output. schematic diagram (Figure 1) Correct procedure to
.
(k) Shift the test oscillator to 180 kc. and tune the be observed for adjustment of attachment to secure
receiver to pick up this signal, disregarding the proper aural compensation is indicated.
dial reading at which it is best received.
(1) Tune the low -frequency trimmer C-51 of the
oscillator Band "X" coil, simultaneously rock- BLACK
BROWN
(d).
(n) The adjustment of C-20, C-49 and C-6 should 1060a FIELD
COIL
be corrected at 1,400 kc. as in (f) to compen-
sate for any change caused by adjustment of BROWN
BROWN
the low -frequency oscillator coil trimmer. AÌ3 BLACK
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers
Stock List Stock List
DESCRIPTION Price No, DESCRIPTION Price
No.
123
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
Stock DESCRIPTION List Stock List
No. Price No. DESCRIPTION Price
4841 Capacitor -0.1 Mfd.-(C31) $0.22 11196 Socket-8 -contact 6A8 Radiotron socket $0.15
12055 Capacitor Pack-Comprising 2 sections 12060 Switch-Range switch 1.00
Mfd.-(C39, C40)
of 16 3.75 11392 Switch-Tone control and power switch
12056 Capacitor Pack-Comprising 1 section of assembly (S2, S3) 1.14
16Mfd. and one section of 10 Mfd.- 5238 Terminal-Antenna terminal board with
(C36, C41) 2.95 clip insulation strip and rivets .14
12061 Coil-Antenna coil-(L2, L3, L4, L5, 11976 Terminal-Ground terminal clip assem-
C26)1.90
L23, C6, C55) 1.90 bly .15
12062 Coil-Detector coil-(L6, L7, L8, L9, 11388 Transformer-First intermediate fre-
L15, C48, C49) 1.94 quency transformer-(L16, L17, C24,
12063 Coil-Oscillator coil (L10, Lil, L12,
L13, L14, C20) 2.62 11389 Transformer-Second intermediate fre-
12067 -3
Condenser -gang variable tuning con- quency transformer-(L18, L19, C27,
denser-(C7, C8, C14, C15, C18, C19)
12131
11394
Dial-Station selector dial scale
Foot-Chassis foot and bracket assem-
. 4.85
.75 12081
C28, C29, R7, R8)
Transformer-Interstage transformer - 3.02
4.52
bly-Package of 2 .70 11667 Trap) Wave trap-(L1, C45) 1.22
11893 Indicator-Station selector indicator 11237 Volume Control-(R13) 1.20
pointer .286
4340 Lamp-Dial lamp-Package of 5 .60 REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
12053 Resistor-Line resistor-Comprising one 11232 Board-Terminal board with two lead
265 -ohm and one 105 -ohm sections- wire clips .18
(R19) .58 11231 Bolt-Yoke and core assembly bolt and
12058 Resistor-Comprising 2 sections of 100 nut .16
ohms and one section of 490 ohms- 8060 Bracket-Output transformer mounting
(R17, R23, R24) .90 bracket .14
11956 Resistor-39 ohms-carbon type -1/2 watt 11257 Clamp-Cone center suspension clamp-
-(R22)-Package of 5 1.00 ing nut and screw assembly-Package
12074 Resistor-40 ohms-flexible type-(R20) .30 of 5 .18
12075 Resistor-56 ohms-flexible type, com- 12079 Coil-Field coil-(L22) 1.88
plete with contact cap-(R32) 28 11233 Coil-Neutralizing coil-(L20) .30
12071 Resistor -120 ohms-carbon type-1/4 11235 Cone-Reproducer cone-(L21)-Pack-
watt-(R33)-Package of 5 1.00 age of 5 3.50
11296 Resistor-330 ohms-carbon type -1/4 5040 Connector -4 -contact female connector
watt-(R14)-Package of 5 1.00 for reproducer cable .25
3047 Resistor -1,500 ohms-carbon type-% 5039 Connector-4 -contact male connector for
watt-(R21)-Package of 5 1.00 reproducer .25
3219 Resistor-18,000 ohms-carbon type-1/2 9643 Reproducer-Complete 6.50
watt-(R6)-Package of 5 1.00 12080 Transformer-Output transformer-(T2) 1.70
12070 Resistor -18,000 ohms-carbon type- 11886 Washer-Spring washer-used to hold
1/10 watt-(R30, R31)-Package of 5 .75 field coil assembly-Package of 5 .. .20
11400 Resistor-27,000 ohms-carbon type -1/4 MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
watt-(R12)-Package of 5 1.00 11996 Clamp-Tuning tube mounting bracket
12073 Resistor-47,000 ohms-carbon type-1 and clamp assembly .22
watt-(R15)-Package of 5 1.10 11276 Escutcheon-Tuning tube escutcheon .. .40
11281 Resistor -100,000 ohms-carbon type- 11376 Escutcheon-Station selector escutcheon
1/10 watt-(R5)-Package of 5 .75 and crystal
12355 Resistor-120,000 ohms-carbon type- .70
11397
1/10 watt-(R16)-Package of 5
Resistor-560,000 ohms-carbon type-
1/10 watt-(R2, R4)-Package of 5...
.75
11582
11610
Knob-Range switch knob-Package of
Knob-Station selector knob assembly
Comprising 1 large and 1 small knob
-
5 .50
SERVICE HINTS
(1) Beat notes or heterodyning (whistles) may be encountered in some instances on these receivers due to excessive antenna
capacitance. This condition may be corrected by reducing the size of the antenna or by inserting a 150 mmfd. capacitor
in series with the antenna lead at the antenna terminal. Interference in the form of "beats" from a combination of local
stations may frequently be remedied by tuning the wave trap to one of the interfering. stations.
(2) In the event that unsatisfactory service is obtained from the standard rectifier, an RCA type 25Z6G may be used for
replacement.
(3) Low sensitivity and reduced signal pickup may be due to poor alignment. Note that heterodyne oscillator tracks below
signal on "C" band.
124
RCA VICTOR MODEL 4T
Four -Tube, Single -Band, A -C, Superheterodyne -Reflex Receiver
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT
(1) RCA-6A7 First Detector-Oscillator (3) RCA -41 Power Output
(2) RCA-6B7. ...I-F., 2nd Det., Audio, and A.V.C. (4) RCA-1V Half -Wave Rectifier
Frequency Range 540-1,720 kc.
Intermediate Frequency .460 kc.
Alignment Frequencies. 460 kc. (I.F.), 1,500 kc. (antenna and oscillator)
Mechanical Specifications
CABINET DIMENSIONS
Height 143/4 inches Width 111/4 inches Depth 63/4 inches
Weight (Net) 13 pounds Weight (Shipping). 16 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 93/4 inches x 51/2 inches x 2 inches
Over-all Height of Chassis 6%2 inches
Operating Controls. (1) Tuning, (2) Power Switch-Volume
General Features
This model contains a four -tube chassis mounted in electrodynamic speaker, and improved antenna wave -
a table -type cabinet. The superheterodyne circuit is trap. The frequency range extends from 540 to 1,720
used, incorporating such features of design as auto- kc. which covers the regular broadcast band and in-
matic volume control, magnetite core adjusted i -f cludes police calls in the 1,600 to 1,720 kc. portion
transformers, diode detection, reflexed audio system, of the range.
Circuit Description
Four Radiotrons are associated in combination with Half-wave rectification is used in the power -supply
a superheterodyne circuit. Two of the Radiotrons are stage. The speaker field winding serves as a reactor
applied so as to obtain plural functions. The first in the filter circuit.
tube, an RCA-6A7 pentagrid converter tube, is em- The radio-frequency and intermediate -frequency
ployed as a combination first detector and oscillator.
The second tube, an RCA-6B7, performs the func- stages are intercoupled by means of transformers.
tions of i -f amplification, diode detection, audio ampli- The antenna transformer couples directly into the
fication, and automatic volume control. A power - first detector, having its secondary tuned by one sec-
amplifier pentode, RCA -41, is used in the output tion (front) of the two -gang tuning condenser. The
stage. oscillator system is tuned by the second (rear) section
125
www.americanradiohistory.com
v
1eDET.05C. I.F.13,2"-aDET.
Ll lp .L CI
-rum C2 6A71 6B7
4.6h O 19-407 OUTPUT
. 1 MMF. MMF. I
411
LZ L3
ple
b ..L L5
9.85
L6 gq IOLTI
r
13.75 12- i 72
='6.2A a 24
ßC 1
CS L8 L
1, O 2 2A./ C12
4100
0.5A L71 %
C6
T MMF. 56
O 47 2.^18^.. rr/ I
7.5n
- -
MMF
CT
pC6l
20
MMF
C10
R3
I MEG.
Cli
MMF.
C14
0025
r DD5
C1N
=L
MFD.
oQ9-' 0.2A
HUM NEUT.
\X>L I1 I
TI SECT. LIZ/
n 222A IV lYYY.
13.1
60..,
18.25,L
p
Cz,
10
80 . FIELD
1875^ Cté
' 9
18,000.1
25, p
O 3004-
4 18
MFD
CIT
SI 251 C19 .0025
O 10 MFD.
AA A
MFD.
R10 RB
330 tL 470,0004
P-72666-4
1
= cos
0.1
ou
pwc. KKK en., wc.
ANT.
TO POWER
SUPPLY
ONO.
EL. CAP.
SUY eCT.
rc 3 4
-OUTPUT
It` I.F. TRANSE. CONNECTIONS
Mc
RED
M
R1- fOÖÓÌIº
C4
RT4 0.DDD V1E I.F. TRANSE. CONNECTIONS
CONNECT CATHODE
RAYTR BETWEEN TNIS
AL 1. GROUND.
ELCAP.
MELLOW `-Ae
C1°aa000,.l---
L16Mrc
° á L__ ___J -neo
2TrLE.
TRANBE.
`BucnT- WAÁP D., 6016.
15
-YEW)
-RE
uACN-RERrn. POWER TRAN SF
Cl BRIO Y. TRANSF. ONLY)
1 -OReeN-.-- u IMO
ANr.caL2 co1L BROWN
PILOT
LAMP
REO '-BLACK
V.0
R
Lit 2
BLACK T2
-Tv
7-1047 1-0
TO SPEAKER
126
of the condenser. Adjustable magnetite -core trim- resistor R-6 from whence it is transferred to the con-
mers are provided for adjusting the inductance of the trol grid of the Radiòtron 6B7 through winding L-7;
windings of the input i-f transformer (primary and L-7 and capacitor C-10 offering low and high react-
secondary) and the output transformer (primary) so ance respectively to audio frequencies. The amplified
as to resonate at 460 kc. with the fixed capacitors audio signal, in the plate circuit of the RCA -6B7, de-
shunting these respective coils. The i -f signal orig- veloped across resistor R-5 is coupled to the control
inating in the first -detector circuit is transferred to grid of the power -output tube for final amplification.
the control grid of the RCA -6B7, amplified in the The output of this stage is coupled to the loudspeaker
pentode section, coupled back to the diode section of through the output transformer T-4. The d -c signal
this same tube where it is rectified before passing component, of the diode rectified current, developed
through resistor R-4. A fraction of the audio com- across resistor R-4, increases the bias of the RCA -6B7,
ponent developed across resistor R-4 appears across thereby reducing its gain and giving A.V.C. action.
SERVICE DATA
NOTE: Oscillation may occur in receiver if 'ex- causes the impairment of sensitivity, selectivity, and
ternal ground connection is not used. tone quality. Such conditions will usually exist
simultaneously.
The various diagrams of this booklet contain such
information as will be needed to locate causes for In re -adjusting the tuned circuits, it is important
defective operation if such develops. The values of to apply a definite procedure, and to use adequate and
resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are indicated adjacent reliable test equipment.. A standard test oscillator
to the symbols signifying these parts on the diagrams. such as the RCA Stock No. 9595 will be required as
the source of the signal at the specified alignment fre-
quencies. Visual indication of the receiver output
28264 during alignment is also necessary to accurately show
when the correct point of adjustment is reached. The
RCA Stock No. 4317 Neon Output Indicator is
especially suitable for this use.
The following procedure should be observed in ad-
justing the various trimming capacitors and molded
magnetite cores:
I -F Core Adjustments
460 The three adjustment screws (one on top and one
SPI 64{
O RCA MFG. CO.,INC.
K.
¿.F., 2fteDET.
on bottom of first i-f transformer and one on bottom
AUDIO A.V.C. OUTPUT RECTIFIER of second i -f transformer) are located as shown by
Figures 3 and 7. Each circuit must be aligned to a
Figure 3-Radiotron, Coil, and Trimmer Locations basic frequency of 460 kc. To do this, attach the out-
put indicator across the loudspeaker voice coil or
Identification titles, such as R-3, L-2, C-1, etc., are across the output transformer primary. Connect the
provided for reference between the illustrations and output of the test oscillator to the RCA -6A7 control
the Replacement Parts List. The coils, reactors, and grid, the ground of the test oscillator being con-
transformer windings are rated in terms of their d -c nected to the receiver ground terminal. Adjust the
resistance only. Ratings of less than one ohm are test oscillator to 460 kc. Advance the receiver tuning
generally omitted. control to a point within its range where no inter-
ference is encountered either from local broadcast
stations or local oscillator. Set the volume control to
Alignment Procedure its maximum position. Increase the output of the
There are two alignment trimmers provided in the test oscillator until a slight indication is apparent on
antenna coil and oscillator coil tuned circuits. The the output indicator. Adjust the bottom screw of the
i -f transformer adjustments are made by means of second i -f transformer to produce maximum (peak)
three screws attached to molded magnetite cores. indicated receiver output. Then adjust the two screws
All of the adjustable circuits of this receiver have of the first i -f transformer for maximum (peak) re-
been properly aligned at the factory to give correct ceiver output as shown by the indicating device.
performance and their settings should remain intact During these adjustments, regulate the test oscil-
indefinitely when the receiver is used under ordinary lator output so the indication is always as low as pos-
conditions. However, necessity for re -adjustment may sible. By doing so, broadness of tuning, due to
occasionally occur from continued extremes of tem- A.V.C. action, will be avoided. It is advisable to
perature, climate, tampering or purported alteration repeat the adjustment of all i -f screws to assure that
for services, or after repairs have been made to the the interaction between them has not disturbed the
r -f or i -f tuned circuits. Improper alignment usually original adjustment.
127
www.americanradiohistory.com
Wave -Trap Adjustment with the dial shadow-indicator while the two-gang
Attach the output of the test oscillator to the black tuning condenser plates are in full mesh. Re -tighten
antenna lead through a 300 -ohm resistor, the ground set screw.
connection of the test oscillator remaining the same. The output meter should be left connected to the
Leave the test oscillator adjusted to 460 kc. as before. output system. The connections for the test oscillator
Turn the rotor plates of the two -gang tuning con- remain the same as for "Wave -trap adjustment."
denser completely out of mesh. Then adjust the wave - Adjust the test oscillator to 1,500 kc. and set the
trap trimmer to the point which causes maximum sup- receiver tuning control to a dial reading of 1,500 kc.
pression of the 460 kc. signal. Leave the volume control at its maximum position.
Regulate the output of the test oscillator until a slight
R -F Trimmer Adjustments indication is perceptible at the receiver output. Then
Calibrate the tuning dial by first loosening its set adjust the two trimming capacitors C-6 and C-3 of
screw and then rotating dial until the extreme end the oscillator and antenna coils, Figure 3, so that each
calibration mark (beyond 55 on dial) is in alignment produces maximum (peak) receiver output.
} I
EL. CAP. On 7 -OUTPUT RECT.
440,000
I
C19
41 IV.
r-~D CD NI.
I
,L
9.811 eso-J 1MEG. 4
QAT13.8,j IF.$. 7
330st 1STI.FTRANS. CG?r
-I 2NO-DET.
6B7
' I
°J
IL
r -333000n-------
I
I
3IE I
410n.-1
91U,000
I
I
1630nCa>25v
I
t ' t
ó
I
t
4
4 t 195,000, y
r----
*1
L-,.,_
¡
e
r.7380o
3óó''O'ºÓ-
O
I
I
470,000.n.
© I
(C'' ELBC.G. 0 y
*
__ L2"o.LF...J
`;
1
6A7
( i I
-.---1.5.n.---'WAVEQO ¡
1____- I
,
_
I
1 ----
I
i
2sti L_ -93n- J
TRAP I L_ ;
`e31
-----56,300st-
I
i
6.2.n. I
OSC. 7.5n
rJ v C. 8
COI L POWER 5W.
I
Resistance Measurement
The resistance values shown between Radiotron socket circuit under test. Resistance values were measured with
contacts, grid caps, resistors, terminals, and receiver the Radiotrons in sockets; tuning condenser in full mesh,
chassis ground, on Figure 4, have been carefully selected and volume control set at maximum except where other-
so as to facilitate a rapid continuity check of the circuits. wise noted. In all cases of measuring the resistance be-
The use of this diagram in conjunction with the Sche- tween points of the circuit and ground, it will be neces-
matic Circuit Diagram, Figure 1, and Chassis Wiring Dia- sary to connect the negative terminal of the resistance
gram, Figure 2, will permit the location of certain troubles meter to chassis -ground. If the polarity of the resistance
which might otherwise be difficult to ascertain. Each value meter is not known, it may be readily ascertained by con-
as specified should hold within +20%. Variations in ex- necting a d -c voltmeter of indicated polarity across the
cess of this limit will usually be indicative of trouble in terminals of the device.
128
FIELD COIL
-I2
L.
%LACK
RED
FILAMENTS
RED -SLACK
SLUE
YELLOW
RECT.
FIL.
-YELIAW
TERM. WARD YELLow SPEAKER
PRIMARY SROWN PLU a
DRUM
SLACK SRDWN
SLACK -RED TR.
CK-RED TR. .-VARIAS.L LEAD BROWN
SLACK
a INCA MOO . ,
BROWN
Primary Resistance 23.6 ohms Total
BLACK
Secondary Resistance 180 ohms Total
EL. CAP. I
OV
16.3V.-1 pV ----i
r r6.3V.-A4
A.C. I I 6.3V. -A.
C19
,_,.
L6 ,- L-- oO © L Q J_ ©
0 J
I
PRI. ADJ m O IF
\ -116 V
460 .0.
I.F. TRANS.
e 2'40.DET
?r
8y
O I 0
RECT.
1230v. OUTPUT'
I
31 o V. 1ST
C.G.'' 1
6B7 1
IV
1 I
11 41 310v.
I I
180V.1 I
1
90 V. 3 V.-A.C.
'
I -16V.ß+ 2r15V. I
-_ SI
0V. i %.3V.
A.C.
+
I
230 V.
t
80V.
}
' L9 ` - 1
e PRI. ADJ.
1
1
1
I
f
j ©Q 80V.1 C6 CENTER REAR
--=1
iJ
I
460
I I
c" 1ST.
WAVE
TRAP
*
i
O 1,500 K.C.
L-_L ANT.
I
J
I
í
I
230 V. I
O S C. 4 V. C.
a
I
129
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers.
RECEIVER ASSEMBLIES 12607 Shield -First I.F. transformer shield cap .30
11126 Shield -Oscillator coil shield .12
6956 Cap-Radiotron shield top for Stock No. 3942 Shield-Radiotron shield .18
15 12408 Shield -Second I.F. transformer shield .28
12118 Cap -Grid contact cap -Package of 5... .15 4794 Socket -4
-contact rectifier RCA -1V Radio -
12405 Capacitor-47 Mmfd. (C12) .26 tron socket .15
12629
12404
Capacitor -56 Mmfd. (C9)
Capacitor -120 Mmfd. (C8)
.20
.26
4786 Socket -6
-contact RCA -41 Radio t r o n
socket .15
-7
.
12634 Capacitor -120 Mmfd. (CS) .20 4787 Socket -contact RCA -6A7 or RCA -6B7
12406 Capacitor -180 Mmfd. (C10, C11) .26 Radiotron socket. .15
12536 Capacitor-820 Mmfd. (C13) .25 12625 Socket-Dial lamp socket, bracket and in -
12635 Capacitor -1,000 Mmfd. (Cl). .25 dicator .28
5107 Capacitor-.0025 Mfd. (C14, C17) .16 12007 Spring -Retaining spring for Stock No.
4838 Capacitor-.005 Mfd. (C15) .20 12006 -Package of 10 .36
4841 Capacitor-0.1 Mfd. (C16) .22 12627 Transformer -First I.F. transformer (L6,
4840 Capacitor -0.25 Mfd. (C4) .30 L7, C8, C9, C10, R6) 1.84
11240 Capacitor-10 Mfd. (C19) 1.08 11664 Transformer -Power transformer, 105-125
5212 Capacitor -18 Mfd. (C18) 1.16 volts, 50-60 cycles (T1) 3.60
11661 Coil -Antenna coil (L2, L3) .52 11665 Transformer -Power transformer, 105-125
11662 Coil -Oscillator coil (L4, L5) .56 volts, 25-60 cycles (T1)
12624 Condenser -2 -gang variable tuning con- 11666 Transformer -Pow e r transformer, 100 -
5.06
denser (C2, C3, C6, C7) 22.50 130, 140-160, 195-250 volts, 40.60
12006 Core -Core and stud assembly for Stock cycles 3.80
12632
Nos. 12627, 12630 and 12631
Dial -Indicator dial scale
.22
.45
12630 Transformer -S
e c o n d I.F. transformer
(L8, L9, C11, C12) 1.44
12626 Indicator-Tuning indicator for Stock No. 12631 Trap-Wave trap (L1) .65
12625 -Package of 10 .22 11663 Volume Control -Volume control and op -
4340 Lamp -Dial lamp -Package of 5 .60 erating switch (R1, Si) 1.20
11670 Resistor-330 ohms, carbon type, 1 watt
(R10) -Package of 5 1.10 REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
11671 Resistor-18,000 ohms, carbon type, 2 12446 Coil-Neutralizing coil (L10) .22
watt (R9). .22 12576 Coil-Reproducer field coil (L12) 1.70
11669 Resistor-33,000 ohms, carbon type, 1 12574 Cone-Reproducer cone complete (L11). 1.35
12286
watt (R5) -Package of 5
Resistor-56,000 ohms, Insulated, I/4
1.10 5118 Connector -3
-contact male connector plug
for Reproducer. .25
12264
watt (R2) -Package of 5
Resistor-220,000 ohms, Insulated, 1/4
1.00 5119 Connector -3
-contact female connector
plug for Reproducer .25
watt (R4) -Package of 5 1.00 9698 Reproducer, complete 5.70
12285 Resistor -470,000 ohms, Insulated, 1/4 12575 Transformer -Output transformer (T2) . 1.60
watt (R7, R8) -Package of 5 1.00
12200 -1
Resistor megohm, Insulated, 1/4 watt MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
(R3) -Package of 5 1.00 11347 Knob-Station selector knob -Package of
12628 Resistor -5.6 megohm, carbon type, 1/10 5 .75
watt (R6) -Package of 5 .75 12638 Knob-Volume control knob-Package of
12633 Screw -Set screw for dial, Stock No. 5 . .58
12632 -Package of 10 .18 11349 Spring -Retaining spring for knob, Stock
12008 Shield -First I.F. transformer shield .28 Nos. 11347 and 12638-Package of 5. .15
SERVICE HINTS
(1) Hum or distortion when tuned to a station may be due to
improper connection of resistor R-2.
First Edition.
130
RCA VICTOR MODELS 4X, 4X3, and 4X4
Four -Tube, Single -Band, AC -DC, Superheterodyne Receivers
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGE ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
"Standard Broadcast" (A) 540-1,720 kc "Standard Broadcast" (A) ...1,500 kc (osc. and ant.)
Intermediate Frequency 460 kc
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT
(1) RCA -6A7 First Detector-Oscillator (3) RCA-43. Power Output
(2) RCA -6F7 I. F. and Second Detector (4) RCA -25Z5. Half -wave Rectifier
Power Supply Rating (105-125 volts) 50-60 cycles -55 watts, D.C.-50 watts
POWER OUTPUT LOUDSPEAKER
Undistorted 0 3 watts A.C., 0.25 watts D.C. Type. Electrodynamic
Maximum. 0 8 watts A.C., 0.6 watts D.C. 4.5 ohms
Impedance (v.c.) /M80864-1 at 400 cycles
M80864.2, 3.0 ohms
Pilot Lamp Mazda No. 40, 6.3 volts, 0.15 ampere
Mechanical Specifications
CABINET DIMENSIONS MODEL 4X MODEL 4X3 MODr.L 4X4
Height 10% inches 12 inches 10% inches
Width 8%6 inches 7% inches 7% inches
Depth 5% inches 5% inches 5% inches
WEIGHTS
Net 9 pounds 9 pounds 8% pounds
Shipping. 11 pounds 11 pounds 10% pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 9% inches x 4% inches x 1% inches
Over-all Height of Chassis 5% inches
Operating Controls (1) Power Switch -Volume, (2) Tuning
General Features
Each model contains a four -tube chassis mounted vision dial scale, resistance -coupled audio system, and
in a table -type cabinet. The superheterodyne type of an electrodynamic loudspeaker. The tuning range
circuit is used, with such features of design as mag- covers from 540 to 1,720 kc which includes the
netite core adjusted i -f transformers, improved core standard-broadcast and one police band.
adjusted antenna wave -trap, illumination of full-
Circuit Arrangement
The conventional superheterodyne type of circuit, capacitors in shunt with each section. A wave -trap
consisting of a combined first-detector-oscillator stage, is employed and is connected in series with the an-
a combined i-f amplifier and second detector stage, tenna to reduce undesirable signals in the range of
an audio power -output stage, and a half -wave rectifier the i -f amplifier. It is tuned to 460 kc by means of
stage, is used. a screw attached to the molded magnetite core.
The intermediate -frequency amplifier system con-
Tuned Circuits
sists of the pentode section of the RCA -6F7 in a
transformer-coupled circuit. This stage operates at a
The antenna and oscillator coils are tuned by a basic frequency of 460 kc. Adjustable mangetite
variable two -section gang condenser having trimming cores are provided for adjusting the inductance of
131
www.americanradiohistory.com
i.r
CS
C9
IZO MMF.
lSt.DET. 05C.
6A7 éT. oE
CI7
OUTPUT
43
560 OIMFD.
260 MMi.
614F LO
c Cali I--
O3.5n_
RI
470,000. 16 OQ9 r
Il¡
I7
MPS
MFR T4 67 .01 111111 5 00'-
S I
MUM. NEUT .L1
30.0 ó14-434,--- Mé
LE
MMR
RS COIL
L4 À9
C6 470,000..
C
470000..
7rn T 4:41, 05 MrD. TMF
CHASSIS
GROUND
ON SI SHAFT
CN-
16MFRT fC
O
"NEID
C21
16M97.
® Mra. CgY1C.
L i 25Z5 43 6F7 6A7 RCA
T-70472-4
9 3 Y or
R14 RS
ISS.. 40.
ial MMr.
11111.F. TRANS,. CONNECTIONS
P á
tuo 1.:
u. SPEAKER
Lasisi CONNECTIONS 4.
I
REACTOR
CAD. PACK CONNECTIONS w,xrsRMxR
CONNECTIONS
ár EOII.F TRANSF. CONNECTIONS
132
the first i -f transformer primary and secondary, and output tube which, in turn, is transformer -coupled to
the second i -f transformer secondary windings to the dynamic speaker.
460 kc.
Second Detector and Audio System Rectifier
The second -detector circuit uses the triode -portion The plate, grid, cathode, and the loudspeaker field
of the RCA-6F7 in a conventional three -element voltages required for the operation of this receiver
power -detector circuit. The output of this stage is are supplied by the RCA -25Z5 tube operating as a
resistance -capacitance coupled to an RCA -43 power- half -wave rectifier.
SERVICE DATA
In re -adjusting the tuned circuits, it is important to
Alignment Procedure apply a definite procedure and to use adequate and
There are two alignment trimmers provided in the reliable test equipment. A standard test oscillator,
antenna -coil and oscillator -coil tuned circuits. The i -f such as the RCA Stock No. 9595, will be required
transformer adjustments are made by means of three as the source of the signal at the specified alignment
screws attached to molded magnetite cores. The frequencies. Visual indication of the receiver output
wave -trap is likewise adjusted by a screw attached to during alignment is also necessary to accurately show
its molded core. Re -adjustment may occasionally when the correct point of adjustment is reached. The
occur from continued extremes of climate, tampering, RCA Stock No. 4317 Neon Output Indicator is espe-
purported alteration for services, or after repairs have cially suitable for this use.
been made to the r -f or i -f tuned circuits. Improper
alignment usually causes the impairment of sensitivity, The procedure outlined below should be followed
selectivity, and tone quality. Such conditions will in adjusting the various trimming capacitors and
usually exist simultaneously. molded magnetite cores:
SEC.
ADJ.
J
lI. L7
®
460 KC.
I\1sr.I.F. TRANS.
0V
8Óv.
i
I
r 6.3V-1
¡c.G: 'j?
0.1V.
I
(-1.6V.*) (-14.5V.+)
-3.2V.
70
I. F. g, 2"D.
(225KI1
20V.
DET.
6F7_
70V.
I
I
2NO LE TRANS.
83v
I
I
L9
460 KC.
SEC.
ADJ.
OUTPUT
43
0 V.
1
I
!, -
-1.7 V.
I
)
J
r-
3
11
25V.
f
iv.
_
95V.I
I
-\
f
\
75V.
\gov-ºvºv. -óv.
115V.
r _J
2V. 6AV. ©-l' --- C.G.
/ 25V. RECT.
VOLUME 25Z5
CONTROL 1ST DET.
23..OSC.
6A7
133
I -F Core Adjustments output as shown by the indicating device.
It is advisable to repeat the adjustment of all i -f
The three adjustment screws (one on top and one core screws to assure that the inter -action between
on bottom of first i -f transformer and one on bottom them has not disturbed the original adjustment.
of second i -f transformer) are located as shown by
figures 2 and 4. Each circuit must be aligned to a Wave -Trap Adjustment
basic frequency of 460 kc. To do this, attach the
output indicator across the loudspeaker voice coil. Attach the output of the test oscillator to the
Connect the output of the test oscillator through a "Antenna terminal" (see wave -trap, top view chassis,
.05-mfd..capacitor to the RCA -6A7 control grid, the figure 2) through an 80-mmfd. capacitor, the ground
ground of the test oscillator being connected to the connection of the test oscillator and receiver chassis
receiver chassis. Set the test oscillator to 460 kc. being connected as before. Receiver "Antenna
Advance the receiver volume control to its full -on wire" should be reeled up for this and the follow-
position and adjust the receiver tuning control to a ing r -f adjustments.
point within its range where no interference is en- Leave the test oscillator adjusted to 460 kc as be-
countered either from broadcast stations or the het- fore. Then adjust the wave -trap trimmer to the point
erodyne oscillator. Increase the output of the test which causes maximum suppression of the 460 kc
oscillator until a slight indication is apparent on the signal.
output indicator.
Adjust the bottom core screw of the second i -f R -F Trimmer Adjustments
transformer to produce maximum (peak) indicated Since the dial is mounted on the cabinet, it will be
receiver output. Then adjust the two core screws of necessary to perform the operations, in sequence, as
the first i -f transformer for maximum (peak) receiver follows:
3, - \330ja. -:
O
I.F. 4 2ND.
DET.
6F7
E - OUTPUT
43
-
13.5._ =2S
-- -, \ D c
®a 1MEG. -- ©
t
> N H ¡
e 8.5. -
1
O 2 3
l\ 1-
,
-' / 280a
_
T TJ
I 1 I I
ELECT D ` I Q` DF á
On
Í 'U
CAP. I"T. I. F. On 48O,ó001 tO.5 2"DI.F.TRANS. O.
"'1 TRANS. 10000
i
517000.1
1 I
1 I.r_ I
1
I
1 WAVE1 I
I I
Ì
1
TRAP I
I
I
L_S.e,,J
DET.
8.6n
1000On
a
1
Ç-
d
a.
15T DET.i OSC.
6A7
_-
I
-3000. 7 -
I
Q1
456 n.
f+ 30n
3.5n-
i
- -`i ¡ Q
©p
1 -,
r, C. G. O
4
H
RECT.O
CONTROL L44 us 1
i
1
25Z5
1
5.5. j
330. 470000. I
- - 1 I 1 I I 1
10,0004ATMINIMUM _ `_ 1
330A AT MAXIMUM
1
1
BOTTOM FRONT OF CHASSIS
CHASSIS GROUND 1
rnInn
Figure 3-Resistance Diagram
Power supply disconnected-Radiotrons in sockets-Tuning condenser in full -mesh
Volume. control maximum
Resistance Measurements
The resistance values shown between Radiotron socket were measured with the Radiotrons in sockets, power
contacts, grid caps, resistors, terminals, and receiver chassis supply disconnected, tuning condenser in full -mesh, and
ground, on figure 3, have been carefully selected so as to volume control set at maximum except where otherwise
facilitate a rapid check of the circuit for defective parts, noted. In all cases of measuring the resistance between
bad joints, etc. The use of this diagram in conjunction points of the circuit and ground, it will be necessary to
with the Schematic Circuit Diagram, figure 1, and the -
connect the negative ( ) terminal of the resistance meter
Chassis Wiring Diagram, figure 2, will permit the location to the chassis ground. If the polarity of the resistance
of certain troubles which would otherwise be difficult to meter is not known, it may be readily ascertained by con -
ascertain. Each value as specified should hold within necting a d -c voltmeter of indicated polarity across the
+20%. Variations in excess of this limit will usually be terminals of the device.
indicative of trouble in the basic circuits. Resistance values
134
Place the receiver in its cabinet. Set the gang tun- output to produce a suitable indication on the out-
ing condenser to its maximum capacity (full -mesh) put indicator. Adjust the oscillator and antenna trim-
position and place the tuning knob on the gang tun- mers C8 and C4 for maximum (peak) output.
ing condenser shaft. Tighten the knob set screw
with the dial pointer set to the low -frequency cali- Loudspeaker
bration line beyond 550 kc (beyond "55" on the
dial). Turn the tuning knob until the dial pointer Centering of the loudspeaker voice coil is made in
indicates 1,500 kc. Remove the tuning knob from the usual manner with three narrow paper feelers
shaft and receiver from cabinet, being careful not to after first removing the front paper dust cover. This
disturb the setting of the gang condenser. may be removed either permanently by cutting it
away with a sharp knife, or by softening its cement
With the test oscillator and output indicator con- with a very light application of acetone using care not
nected as specified under "Wave -trap adjustment" to allow the acetone to flow down into the air gap.
and receiver volume control in its maximum position, The dust cover may be cemented back in place with
tune the test oscillator to 1,500 kc and regulate its ambroid upon completion of adjustment.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers.
LIST STOCK LIST
STOCK DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
No. PRICE No. PRICE
1.50
4840 Capacitor -0.25 Mfd. (C23) .30 12497 Trap-Wave trap (L1) .70
12484 Capacitor -0.25 Mfd. (C6) .24 12836 Volume Control and power switch (R4,
SI) 1.10
12844 Capacitor-Pack comprising 2 sections
each 16 Mfd. (C20, C21) 2.55 REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
12837 Coil-Antenna coil (L2, L3) 1.50 (M80864.1)
12838 Coil-Oscillator coil (L4, L5) .85
12842 Condenser -2 -gang variable tuning con- 12499 Coil-Field coil (L12) 1.60
denser (C3, C4, C7, C8) 2.30 12731 Coil -Neutralizing coil (L11) .22
12847 Cord -Power cord, 153 ohm resistance 12498 Cone -Reproducer cone and dust cap
(L10) 1.20
(R14) .95
12006 Core -Adjustable core and stud for Stock 9684 Reproducer Complete 2.2.5
No. 12497, 12839 and 12840 .22 12500 Transformer-Output transformer (T1).. 1.60
4340 Lamp -Dial lamp, 6.3 volt-Package of 5 .60 REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
12409 Lead -Antenna lead approximately 2.0 feet (M80864.2)
long .35
12843 Reactor-Iron core reactor (L13) 1.00 13149 Coil-Reproducer field and neutralizing
1.60
12848 Resistor-47 ohm -insulated -I/4 watt- coil (L11, L12)
Package of 5 (R11) 1.00 13148 Cone -Reproducer cone complete (L10) 1.25
12841 Resistor -390 ohm -carbon type -1/10 9750 Reproducer -Speaker complete 5.50
1.00
13151 Transformer -Output transformer (T1)..
MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
1.60
12412 Resistor-47,000 ohm -insulated -I/4 watt 12834 Dial -Station selector dial scale (4X and
-Package of 5 (R12) 1.00 4X3) .50
12696 Resistor-68,000 ohm -insulated -1/4 watt 12935 Dial -Station selector dial scale (Used on
-Package of 5 (R2) 1.00 4X4 only) .55
11297 Resistor -330,000 ohm -carbon type- 12833 Knob -Station selector knob -Package of
1/10 watt -Package of 5 (R6) .75 5 (4X and 4X3) .50
11452 Resistor -470,000 ohm -carbon type- 12934 Knob -Station selector knob -Package of
1.00
12933
5
5
(4X4 only)
Knob -Volume control knob -Package of
(4X4 only)
.45
.45
12013 -1
Resistor meg-carbon type -1/10 watt 12673 Knob-Volume control knob -Package of
5 (4X and 4X3) .58
--Package of 5 (R13) .75
12845 Resistor -Wire wound 40 ohms (R3)... .40 12835 Screw -Chassis mounting screw and
12008 Shield-I.F. transformer shield for Stock washers-Package of 10 .30
No. 12839 :28 4119 Screw -Set screw for knob Stock No.
12408 Shield-I.F. transformer shield for Stock 12673, 12833, 12933 and 12934--Pack-
No. 12840 .28 age of 20 .38
135
136
RCA VICTOR MODEL 5BT
Five -Tube, Single -Band, Battery -Operated, Superheterodyne Receiver
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGE 530-1,800 kc ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
600 kc (osc.), 1,500 kc (osc., ant.)
LOUDSPEAKER (Permanent -Magnet Dynamic) Impedance (V. C.) 2.2 ohms at 400 cycles
Mechanical Specifications
CABINET DIMENSIONS
Height 177/8 inches
Width 133/8 inches
Depth 8 inches
WEIGHTS
Net 19 pounds
Shipping 23 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 12 inches x 7 inches x 27/8 inches
Over-all Height of Chassis 71/4 inches
Operating Controls (1) Power Switch -Volume, (2) Tuning
Tuning Drive Ratios 5 to 1
General Features
This model contains a five -tube chassis, battery improved dust -proof permanent -magnet dynamic
operated, mounted in a table -type cabinet. The speaker, and phonograph terminal board. The fre-
superheterodyne circuit is used, incorporating such quency range extends from 530 to 1,800 kc which
features of design as automatic volume control, mag- covers the regular broadcast hand and includes police
netite core adjusted i -f transformers, diode detection, calls in the 1,600 to 1,800 kc portion of the range.
137
www.americanradiohistory.com
3 r.r E:OET., EwEol
o
AL IELADIO (. A.V.C. Ario
°O W
1FG
T
1 le 0 e 1r
-
000
.
T"°
II
-ímow
000.
ORCA MEG. CO .N
110502.5
N LIS
aA BATT.
ANT. GND. -PNONO.
®_TERM.SRO. REG LEAD
.OUTPUT
YELLOW
SRO/e
TERM!;
Aao, m
Ol6-O.1MEG
mowE
X
o.43.
_. f9 DRIVER
30 L -A
TERM.
ERO.
ºLACK-
BROWN IRºO YR.
;TERM.
000.
0^
OS C. .9 u
SATT
r7_
BREEN
ANT. COIL
ELECT. CAR
4 IRG
..
YELL
I
TRANSE.
GREEN
ó sw ó
eº-T
icoMM.
-GREEN
AUDIO
E13 -leo ram. CINxoMM.. TRANSFORMER
PACK
138
Circuit Arrangement
The first -detector and oscillator functions are com- to the control grid of this same RCA -1F6 for audio
bined in the RCA -1A6 tube. The input of this tube voltage amplification. The d -c component resulting
is coupled to the antenna through a tuned r -f trans- from the detection is fed through resistance -capacit-
former. ance filters to the control grid returns of the RCA -
The intermediate -frequency stage is coupled to the 1A6 and RCA -1A4 tubes as automatic volume con-
RCA-1A6 and to the RCA -1F6 by means of tuned trol voltage. Bias cells are connected in these grid
transformers. These transformers resonate with fixed circuits to provide minimum bias voltage under con-
capacitors and are adjusted by molded magnetite ditions of little or no signal. The output of the
cores to tune to 460 kc. RCA -1F6 is resistance -capacitance coupled to the
The modulated signal as obtained from the out-
put of the i -f system is detected by one of the diode RCA -30 driver. The driver is transformer -coupled
plates of the RCA -1F6. The audio component of this to the RCA -19 tube used in the output stage. The
rectified signal, which develops across the volume output of this push-pull stage is transformer -coupled
control R5, is fed through coupling capacitor C15 to the permanent -magnet dynamic loudspeaker.
SERVICE DATA
The various diagrams in this booklet contain such Alignment Procedure
information as will be needed to isolate causes of
defective operation if such develops. The ratings of The circuits of this receiver have been accurately
the resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are indicated adja- adjusted during manufacture and should remain prop-
cent to the symbols signifying these parts on the dia- erly aligned unless affected by abnormal conditions
grams. Identification titles, such as L1, C2, R1, etc., or altered during servicing. Loss of sensitivity, im-
proper tone quality, and poor selectivity are the usual
;a C3
oK indications of improper alignment.
IsTDFT 28299 The correct performance of this receiver can only
§OSC. F TRANS
be obtained when the aligning has been done with
IsT.I
`
1\C2 4606
/4C AVX
C
adequate and reliable apparatus. The manufacturer
of this receiver has available, for sale through its dis-
Cs -
OSC. tributors and dealers, a complete assortment of such
'"C" BAT TERY' OO
L4' \CO L service equipment as may be needed for the align-
OUTPUT, DRIVER 6006.0 ment operation.
jI ó A test oscillator, such as the RCA Stock No.
();
4K.0
2"o DET
4
1C
4,
AUDIO,
A.V.C.
FT0.ANI 9595, is required as a source of the specified align-
® HCA MFG. CO., Inc SN -SOS ment frequencies. Visual indication of receiver out-
put during the adjustments is necessary and should
Figure 3-Radiotron, Coil, and Trimmer Locations be accomplished by the use of an indicator such as
the RCA Stock No. 4317 Neon Output Indicator.
are provided for reference between the illustrations Attach the output indicator across the loudspeaker
and the Replacement Parts List. The coils and trans- voice coil. Advance the receiver volume control to
former windings are rated in terms of their d -c re- its maximum position, letting it remain in such posi-
sistance only. Ratings of less than one ohm are tion for all adjustments. For each adjusting opera-
generally omitted. tion, regulate the test -oscillator output so that the
Caution: The two bias cells are used only for the signal level is as low as possible and still be observable
purpose of supplying bias potential and should never at the receiver output. Use of such small signal will
be measured with an ordinary voltmeter or other obviate broadness of tuning which would otherwise
device which draws any current. A simple check on result from a.v.c. action on a stronger one.
these cells may be made by connecting a milliammeter I -F Adjustments
in the plate circuit of the RCA -1A4 tube and noting
the plate current reading. Then remove the two bias The four adjustment screws (attached to molded
cells, being careful that the spring contact clips do magnetite cores) of the two i -f transformers (one on
not short-circuit them during removal. Connnect a
2 -volt battery between the + and 2v. battery
to grid side) terminals of the bias cell board, and
- (-
top and one on bottom of each i -f transformer) are
located as shown by figures 3 and 6. Each circuit
must be aligned to a basic frequency of 460 kc.
again note the plate current reading. If the first Connect the "Ant." output of the test -oscillator to
reading obtained (with bias cells) is more than 40% the control grid of the RCA -1A6 through a .001 mfd.
from the latter reading (with 2 -volt battery), the bias capacitor. Connect the test oscillator "Gnd." ter-
cells should be replaced. This 40% difference is minal to the ground terminal of the receiver chassis.
equivalent to a change of approximately 25% battery Tune the test oscillator to 460 kc. Adjust the re-
voltage. ceiver tuning control to a point, within its range,
139
www.americanradiohistory.com
where no interference is encountered either from Adjust oscillator magnetite core screw L4 (top
broadcast stations or short stator of oscillator tuning of oscillator coil) so that maximum (peak) indication
condenser C5 to ground, eliminating local (hetro is shown by the output indicator.
dyne) oscillator signals. Set receiver dial pointer to 1,500 kc. Tune test
Adjust the two magnetite core screws L8 and L7 oscillator to 1,500 kc. Adjust the oscillator and
of the second i-f transformer to produce maximum antenna trimmers C6 and C3 for maximum (peak)
(peak) indicated receiver output. Then, adjust the indicated output.
two magnetite core screws L6 and L5 of the first i -f Tune test oscillator to 600 kc and adjust receiver
transformer for maximum (peak) receiver output as to pick up this signal near 600 kc. Readjust the
shown by the indicating device. It is advisable to re- oscillator magnetite core screw L4 for maximum
peat the adjustment of all i -f magnetite core screws to (peak) indicated output while rocking the receiver
assure that the interaction between them has not dis- gang tuning condenser back and forth through this
turbed the original adjustments. Remove temporary signal.
jumper, stator C5 to ground, if used. Repeat adjustments of C6 and C3 as above to cor-
rect for any changes in the oscillator tuning caused
R -F Adjustments by the adjustment of L4.
Calibrate the tuning dial by adjusting the dial
pointer to the extreme low -frequency end calibra- Loudspeaker
tion mark (530 kc) on dial scale while the gang
tuning condenser plates are in their full -mesh posi- Centering of the loudspeaker voice coil is made in
tion. Reduce output of test oscillator to minimum. the usual manner with three narrow paper feelers
Set receiver dial pointer to 600 kc. Tune the test after first removing the front paper dust cover. This
oscillator to 600 kc and increase its output until an may be removed by softening its cement with a very
indication is obtained on the output indicator. light application of acetone, using care not to allow
N JUMPER
12EE TaaT) 30 000A
630A 77-03 B.6A,e c
8.6n
_ _ _ _ 11
318- 15S, 1MEG.I
r(((vvv)
3A e0
BIAS 2TQ000-
74, ArZ - TRANSE.
OUTPUT
CELL _.
19 315A 315A I
2HP.BET.,
1
MEG*.
6.6A
-^i 13.IA
o
lODET.iOSC
IA6 IIs'
I.F.
TRANSF.
VOL CONTROL
g, POWER SW.
Resistance Measurements
"Before making any resistance measurements, remove figure 1, and Chassis Wiring Diagram, figure 2, will
the two bias cells and connect jumpers on bias -cell permit the location of certain troubles which might
board as shown. Also, remove the "C" battery and con- otherwise be difficult to ascertain. Each value as
nect the two leads (-7% v. and -3 v.) to chassis ground. specified should hold within ± 20%. Variations in
After measurements are completed, remove jumpers from
bias -cell board and then carefully insert bias cells. Next, excess of this limit will usually be indicative of trouble
insert "C" battery and restore leads to their respective in circuit under test. In all cases of measuring the
positions. resistance between points of the circuit and ground,
The resistance values shown between Radiotron it will be necessary to connect the negative terminal
socket contacts, grid caps, resistors, terminals and of the resistance meter to chassis -ground. If the
receiver chassis ground, on figure 4, have been care- polarity of the resistance meter is not known, it may
fully selected so as to facilitate a rapid continuity be readily ascertained by connecting a d -c voltmeter
check of the circuits. The use of this diagram in of indicated polarity across the terminals of the
conjunction with the Schematic Circuit Diagram, device.
140
the acetone to flow down into the air gap. The dust as shown on figure 2. When operating on a 2 -volt
cover should be cemeted back in place with ambroid storage battery, this resistor R10 should be removed.
upon completion of adjustment. Plugs are provided on the battery cable (see figure 2)
for plugging in the Air -cell and B batteries. The
A -battery plug should be removed when operating
When the Air -cell is used, the 0.43 ohm resistor R10 two bias cells are located underneath the chassis (see
must be connected in series with the A -battery lead figures 2 and 5) .
1 4
I 1 4 I
460RC
l
OU'TGEUT
i
OSC. COIL
(wI[wSUT
IX+DéRTOSC. __ _
RNT COIL
I.r F TRRNS[
-
L10
(-t4:IV.9
RÓVéOTWOR '4'1 13 5,
[(-2V.)
NOT)
R
SVR[-
OX`>izaeso '
141
www.americanradiohistory.com
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily dentified and may be purchased from authorized dealers.
Stock DESCRIPTION List Stock
DESCRIPTION List
No, Price No. Price
.35
12200 Resistor -1 meg., insulated, % watt
Package of 5 (R6, R9)
- 1.00
1.00
4286 Bushing -Bushing and ferrule assembly 11626 Resistor -2.2 meg., carbon type, % watt
for fuse holder-Package of 10 .38 -Package of 5 (R4, R7) 1.00
13217 Cable -Battery cable complete with four 13296 Shield-Coil shield for coil Stock Nos.
2 -contact male connectors, fuse holder 13293 and 13294 .30
and fuse 3.05 12008 Shield -First or second I. F. transformer
4288 Cap -Male section of fuse holder- shield ,28
Package of 10 .36 12607 Shield-First I. F. transformer shield top .30
12629 Capacitor -56 Mmfd. (C10) .20 12581 Shield-Second I. F. transformer shield
12404 Capacitor -120 Mmfd. (C9, C11, C12) .26 top .36
12724 Capacitor -120 Mmfd. (C14, C17) .28 3682 Shield -1A4, 1A6, or 1F6 Radiotron
12406 Capacitor -180 Mmfd. (C13) .26 shield .22
13297 Capacitor -415 Mmfd. (C4) .25 8098 Socket -Dial lamp socket .10
5107 Capacitor -.0025 Mfd. (C15, C19, C20) . .16
4794 Socket -4
-contact 1A4 or 30 Radiotron
5005 Capacitor -.0035 Mfd. (C18, C22) .16
socket .15
4841 Capacitor -0.1 Mfd. (Cl, C16) .22
4786 -6
Socket -contact 1A6, 1F6 or 19 Radio -
tron socket .15
4840 Capacitor -0.25 Mfd. (C7) .30
12007 Spring -Retaining spring for core, Stock
13295 Capacitor Pack -Comprising one 4 mfd. No. 12006-Package of 10
and one 8 mfd. sections (C8, C21) ... .36
1.70 4284 Spring -Spring for female section fuse
13293 Coil -Antenna coil with shield (L1, L2) 1.00 holder -Package of 10 .30
13294 Coil -Oscillator coil with shield (L3, L4) 1.00 12803 Transformer -Audio transformer pack
13212 Condenser -2 -gang variable tuning con- (T1, T2) 3.55
denser (C2, C3, C5, C6) 3.40 12801 Transformer -First I. F. transformer
12828 Connector -2 -contact male connector for (L5, L6, C9, C10) 1.70
cable, Stock No. 13217 .20 12802 Transformer-Second I. F. transformer
12827 Connector -2 -contact and guide pin male (L7, L8, C11, C12, C13, R3) 1.85
connector for cable Stock No. 13217.. .30 13214 Volume control and power switch (R5,
5119 Connector -3 -contact female connector Si, S2) 1.50
for speaker cable .25 4285 Washer -Insulating washer for female
12006 Core -Adjustable core and stud assem- section of fuse holder-Package of 10. .22
bly for Stock Nos. 12801 and 12802 .22
12681 Cell -Bias cell .30 REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
13391 Dial -Station selector dial scale .45 12642 Cone -Reproducer cone and dust cap... .94
3748 Fuse-1/2 ampere-Package of 5 (F1) .40 5118 -3
Plug -contact male connector for re -
13215 Holder -Bias cell holder .25 producer .25
13213 Indicator-Station selector 9712 Reproducer-Complete 6.60
indicator
pointer 15 MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
4290 Insulator -Insulator for female section
of fuse holders -Package of 10 .35
12638 Knob-Station selector control knob
Package of 5
- 58
4348 Lamp -Dial lamp 38 11347 Knob-Volume control knob -Package
13298 Resistor -Flexible type, 0.43 ohm- of 5
Package of 5 (R10) .75
.90 11377 Screw -Chassis mounting screw assem-
11305 Resistor -22,000 ohms, carbon type, % bly-Package of 4 .12
watt -Package of 5 (R2) 1.00 11349 Spring -Retaining spring for knob,
11282 Resistor-56,000 ohms, carbon type, 1/10 Stock Nos. 11347 and 12638-Package
watt -Package of 5 (R3) .75 of 5 .25
First Edition.
142
RCA VICTOR MODEL 5M
Five -Tube, Superheterodyne Automobile Receiver
Technical Information
Electrical Specifications
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT (3) RCA -6K7 Intermediate Amplifier
(1) RCA-6D6 Radio Frequency Amplifier (4) RCA -6B7 .. Second Det., A-F Amp., and A.V.C.
(2) RCA-6A8 First Detector-Oscillator (5) RCA -42 Power Output
Tuning Range 540 to 1,600 kc.
Mechanical Specifications
RECEIVER CASE DIMENSIONS
Height 7 Inches Width 10h- Inches Depth 71/8 Inches
OPERATING, CONTROLS (1) Power Switch-Volume, (2) Tuning, (3) High -Frequency Tone
TUNING DRIVE RATIO 12 -to -1
WEIGHT
Receiver and Accessories Complete 231/2 pounds
Complete Equipment Packed for Shipment 26 pounds
General Description
Model 5M is a single -unit receiver containing the high -voltage supply. Correct arrangement of parts,
radio chassis, power conversion system, and loud- adequate shielding, and the ingenious insertion of fil-
speaker all in one housing. A convenient three -con- ters at proper points in the circuit insure minimum
tact loudspeaker receptacle installed on the chassis disturbances from apparatus associated with the elec-
case permits the addition of a remote dynamic loud- trical circuits of the automobile and from adjacent
speaker if desired. power lines.
Engineering features incorporated in this instru- This receiver is housed in a substantial metal case.
ment are: The inclusion of ignition suppression means
within the circuits of the receiver; reduction of power Removable covers permit ready access to the under
and top sides of the chassis. Flexible shafts inter-
line modulation in antenna circuit; improved high -
gain molded core antenna coil; permeability tuned connect the operating head to the controlled devices
intermediate frequency transformers; continuously within the receiver housing. The unit is adaptable
variable high -frequency tone control; and a "plug-in for mounting on either the left-hand or the right-hand
type of synchronous rectifier -vibrator for obtaining side of the firewall as local conditions demand.
143
r
{0000000\ O
ooa
LL
ú?F
a
Q
o o
U
yy o ÑLL Ó
r
O
_m
,^LLo
L.,F
II'
â
U
> O LL {
ÑoF m$
éF ¢ W
Q_f
-..Vw-1iI.
Z
7
TÚÑ
a- ta
o
o
4 O
G
o4>
ICN
..{ W
I
rig
4000000,1HI,
# '0000000' --IF-III'
J3 S=F
II
(3dF iF
ta: o -IHII, 000
co
CC ord
Vo LL
ca92
HII
I,.
um I Jj
o co
W
N 722,1
o
1
ucî LL
II
mLL I
4400ÓÓ T"F F
I -a
00606ö (
o
J
Ó {
Ó
dJ L_-
IL /0
ci a r.
Ú
Ln
32=
.m{
0.9 Q.0 Qº "ZúôF ¡ {
142
J4
i-"
1 44
-0A
T r'
V11
145
www.americanradiohistory.com
Circuit Arrangement
The schematic and wiring layouts of the electrical the second i-f transformer. Due to the rectifying
circuit are shown in Figures 1 and 2, respectively. action of this diode, a current is developed through
From these diagrams it may be seen that five Radio- resistor R-14. The d -c voltage drop in this resistor
trons are incorporated in the basic superheterodyne is used for automatically regulating the control grid
circuit. In sequence, there is an r -f stage, a dual bias of the r -f, first detector, and i -f stages, the volt-
first-detector-oscillator stage, a single i -f stage, a sec- age being applied through a suitable filter network.
ond-detector-audio-amplifier-a.v.c. stage, and a pen- Due to the fact that the a.v.c. diode returns through
tode power output stage. The power supply system resistor R-14 to a point which is 12 volts negative
contains a mechanical interrupter and rectifier. The with respect to its cathode, the a.v.c. action is de-
following circuit features are of particular importance: layed until the input signal reaches a predetermined
Noise Filter-Reduction of ignition interference level. This gives more uniform output for widely
and similar disturbances are brought about by filter varying signal strengths into the antenna.
arrangements in the antenna input circuit and the Audio System-As mentioned under "Detection"
"A" battery input lead. This antenna filter, L-1, C-1, the audio component of the detected signal is selected
and C-2, is a "low-pass" type, having an acceptance from the manual volume control and applied to the
band below 1,600 kc. The inductance L-2 is for the
purpose of shunting out power line hum pickup.
Tuned Circuits-There are seven resonant circuits
z
in the radio frequency end of the receiver. The r-f, c'z
260 K.0
first-detector, and oscillator grid circuits are tuned 2Ne DET. OUTPUT -L.F.OSG.
A.V.C.8. AUDIO 600 KC.
by a three -gang tuning condenser. The remaining 2"°IF. TRANSF
PRIMARY ADJ 3
tuned circuits consist of the primary and secondary C13
0
windings of the i -f transformers which resonate with 6K1 isT OCT.
DSC.
- osc.
fixed condensers and are tuned by molded cores to 1sT I.F.TRANSF I. F. C9
SECONDARY ADJ.
a nominal frequency of 260 kilocycles. R.F.
SERVICE DATA
NOTE: Certain models of 1936 automobiles diagrams. Identification titles, such as R-3, L-2, C-1,
are equipped with "high -capacitance type" (400 etc., are provided for reference between the illustra-
mmfd. or greater) built-in antennas. The 1936 tions and the Replacement Parts List. The coils, re-
models of Dodge, De Soto, and Chrysler are ex- actors, and transformer windings are rated in terms of
amples of automobiles so equipped. Installation of their d -c resistances only. Ratings of less than one
receiver in automobiles with such "high -capacity" ohm are generally omitted.
antennas necessitates the following modification of
the antenna circuit of the receiver to suit the char- Alignment Procedure
acteristics of the antenna installation:
There are four alignment trimmers provided in the
Remove the tubular paper -covered capacitor C-3 antenna, coil, detector coil, and oscillator coil tuned
(.01 mfd.), Figure 2, and replace with the small circuits. The i -f transformer adjustments are made
molded type capacitor (500 mmfd.) furnished 'with by means of four screws attached to molded cores.
Escutcheon Kit for respective model of automobile.
NOTE: The antenna coil has a molded core
The various diagrams of this booklet contain such which is adjusted at the factory for the correct in-
information as will be needed to locate causes for de- ductance. This adjustment should not be disturbed.
fective operation when such develops. The ratings
of the resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are indicated All of the adjustable circuits of this receiver have
adjacent to the symbols signifying these parts on the been properly aligned at the factory to give correct
146
performance and their settings should remain intact nizing input and frequency controls to about
indefinitely when the receiver is used under ordinary their mid -positions. Turn the range switch to
conditions. However, necessity for re -adjustment may its No. 1 position.
occasionally occur from continued extremes of cli- (c) Increase the output of the oscillator until a de-
mate, tampering, purported alteration for service pur- flection is noticeable on the oscillograph screen.
poses, or after repairs have been made to the r -f or The figure obtained represents several waves of
i -f tuned circuits. Improper alignment usually causes the detected signal, the amplitude of which may
the receiver to be insensitive, non -selective, and sub- be observed as an indication of output. Cause
normal in respect to tone quality. Such indications the wave image formed (400-cycle waves) to
will usually exist simultaneously. be spread completely across the screen by ad-
In re -adjusting the tuned circuits, it is important to vancing the horizontal "B" gain control. The
apply a definite procedure and to use adequate and image should be synchronized and made to re-
reliable test equipment. A standard test oscillator, main motionless by adjustment of the synchro-
such as the RCA Stock No. 9595. will be required nizing input and frequency controls.
as the source of signal at the specified alignment fre- (d) Adjust the two screws (attached to molded
quencies. Means for indication of the receiver out- cores) of the second i -f transformer, one on
put during alignment is also necessary to accurately top and one on bottom, to produce maximum
show when the correct point of adjustment is reached. vertical deflection of the oscillographic wave
Two indication methods are applicable-one requires which is present on the screen. This adjust-
use of the cathode-ray oscillograph. and the other re- ment places the transformer in exact resonance
quires a voltmeter or glow -type indicator. The cath- with the 260 kc. signal.
ode-ray alignment method is advantageous in that (e) The sweeping operation should follow using
the indication provided is in the form of a wave the frequency modulator. Shift the oscillo -
image which represents the resonance characteristics graph synchronizing switch to "Ext.", change
of the circuits being tuned. This type of alignment its range switch to No. 2 position and set the
is possible through use of apparatus such as the RCA frequency control to its mid -position. Place the
Stock No. 9558 Frequency Modulator and the RCA
Stock No. 9545 Cathode -Ray Oscillograph. Align- TO DETECTOR-., -t%- TMV 122 B fi -
OUTPUT CATHODE RAY
ment by the output meter method should he indi- TO CHASSIS
GROUNDS OSCILLOGR A PH 43.
cated by an instrument such as the RCA Stock No. fa.DET.
4317 Neon Glow Indicator. The two procedures are SHIELD
1tt1.F.
CATHODE-RAY ALIGNMENT
110 -120 V.
e-- CHASSIS
impulse generator terminals to the oscillograph "Ext. Figure 4-Alignment Apparatus Connections
Sync." terminals, as shown by Figure 4.
frequency modulator in operation, with its
I -F Adjustments sweep range switch in the "Lo" position. In-
(a) Connect the output of the test oscillator to the terconnect the test oscillator and frequency
control grip cap of the i -f tube (RCA -6K'7) modulator with the special shielded patch cord
through a 0.25 mfd. capacitor and connect the provided. Turn the oscillator modulation
ground of the oscillator to the receiver chassis. switch to "Off."
Tune the oscillator to 260 kc., place its modu- (f) Increase the frequency of the test oscillator by
lation switch to "On" and its output range slowly turning its tuning control until two sep-
switch to "Hi." The frequency modulator arate, distinct, and similar waves appear on the
must not be connected to the oscillator for the screen. These waves will be identical in shape,
preliminary adjustments. but will be totally disconnected and appearing
(b) Set the cathode-ray oscillograph horizontal "B" in reversed positions. They will have a com-
amplifier to "Timing" and the synchronizing mon base line which is discontinuous. Adjust
switch (timing) to "Int." Place the synchro- the frequency and synchronizing input controls
147
www.americanradiohistory.com
of the oscillograph to get the proper waves and for the above i -f adjustments. Return the syn-
to make them remain motionless on the screen. chronizing switch to its "Int." position and turn
Continue increasing the oscillator frequency the range switch to its No. 1 position.
until the forward and reverse curves move to- (c) Tune the receiver to a dial reading of 1,400 kc.
gether and overlap, with their highest points Then regulate the oscillator output so as to
exactly coincident. This condition will obtain increase the amplitude of the waves on the os-
at an oscillator setting of approximately 360 kc. cillograph screen to a conveniently observable
(g) With the images established as in (f), re-adjust size. The several waves of detected signal, as
the two screws on the second i -f transformer appearing on the screen, should be synchro-
so that they cause the curves on the oscillo- nized by operation of the synchronizing and
graph screen to become exactly coincident frequency controls. Trimmers, C-13, C-9, and
throughout their lengths and have maximum C-4, of the oscillator, detector, and antenna
amplitude. coils should then be adjusted so that each causes
(h) Without altering the adjustments of the ap- maximum vertical deflection (amplitude) of the
paratus, shift the output connections of the os- images.
cillator to the input of the i -f system, i. e., be- (d) The oscillator modulation should then be
tween the first detector (RCA -6A8) control turned to "Off" and the frequency modulator
grid and ground. Regulate its output so that placed in operation, connected to the oscillator
the amplitude of the oscillographic image is ap- with the shielded patch cord. Change the os-
proximately the same as used above for ad- cillograph synchronizing switch to "Ext.", set
justment (g) of the second i -f transformer. its range switch to its No. 2 position and the
(i) The two first i -f transformer adjustment screws, frequency control slightly above its mid -posi-
one on top and one on bottom, should then be tion.
adjusted so that they cause the forward and re- (e) Increase the frequency of the test oscillator
verse curves to become coincident throughout gradually, until the point is reached where the
their lengths and have maximum amplitude. two similar, distinct, and separate wave images
The composite wave obtained in this manner appear on the screen and become coincident
represents the resonance characteristic of the at their highest points. This will occur at an
total i -f system. Lack of symmetry or irregu- oscillator setting of approximately 1,500 kc.
larity of the resultant image will indicate the These waves should be synchronized on the
presence of a defect in the i -f system. oscillograph screen by careful re -adjustment of
the synchronizing and frequency controls. Re-
R -F Adjustments adjust trimmers, C-13, C-9, and C-4, to produce
NOTE: Before making r -f adjustments, it may complete coincidence at maximum amplitude of
be advisable to replace the bottom cover to eliminate the two waves.
vibrator interference. (f) Disconnect the frequency modulator from the
(a) Adjust the dial pointer on the remote control oscillator. Place the modulation switch of the
head by the following procedure: Rotate tun- oscillator to "On" and tune the oscillator to
ing knob to its extreme clockwise position irre- 600 kc. Set the synchronizing switch of the
spective of location of pointer on dial. Now oscillograph to "Int." and turn the range switch
turn the pointer adjusting screw in the center of to No. 1 position.
the back of the control unit until the pointer is (g) Tune the receiver station selector control so as
at the end calibration mark beyond the 55 on to pick up the 600 kc. signal, disregarding the
dial scale. dial reading at which it is best received.
(b) Attach the output of the test oscillator to the (h) Change the oscillograph synchronizing switch
receiver input, i. e., between the antenna and to "Ext." and place the oscillator modulation
ground terminals, with a 175 mmfd. capacitor switch to "Off." Interconnect the frequency
in series with antenna lead. modulator and oscillator with the special
shielded patch cord. Return the range control
NOTE: For r-f alignment of receivers in of the oscillograph to its No. 2 position and
which the tubular paper condenser C-3 (.01 set the frequency control slightly above its mid -
mfd.) has been replaced by the small molded position.
condenser, 500 mmfd. (change easily identified (i) Shift the test oscillator to its 200-400 kc. range
by reference to Figure 2 and bottom of chas-
and tune it to the point at which the forward
sis), use a .001 mfd. capacitor instead of the and reverse waves show on the oscillograph
175 mmfd. capacitor in series with the antenna
screen. This condition will obtain at an oscil-
lead and test oscillator.
lator setting of approximately 230 kc. The sig-
There shouuld be a shunt capacitor of 50 or nal obtained from the oscillator for this adjust-
60 mmfd. from the antenna lead at the receiver ment will be the third harmonic of 200 kc. An
to ground. Accurately tune the oscillator to increase in the oscillator output may be neces-
1,400 kc. The oscillograph should be left con- sary. The trimmer C-12 should then be ad-
nected to the second detector output circuit as justed to the point which produces maximum
148
www.americanradiohistory.com
amplitude of the oscillographic images. It will OUTPUT METER ALIGNMENT
not be necessary to rock the tuning control for
Place the receiver in operation with its two covers
this adjustment, inasmuch as the frequency
modulator is varying the signal in an equiva- removed. Attach the output indicator across the
lent manner. loudspeaker voice coil circuit or across the output
(i) Retune trimmers C-13, C-9, and C-4 as in (c), transformer primary. Advance the receiver volume
(d), and (e) to correct for any change in high - control to its maximum position, letting it remain in
frequency alignment which may have been such position for all adjustments. For each adjusting
caused by the adjustment of C-12. operation, regulate the test oscillator output control
After the receiver has been replaced in the car, it so that the signal level is as low as possible and still
may be necessary to make a final correction of the
dial pointer by tuning in a station of known frequency observable at the receiver output. Use of such small
and adjusting the pointer by means of the slotted signal will obviate broadness of tuning which would
screw head on the rear of the control head. otherwise result from a.v.c. action on a stronger one.
,CONNECT CATHODE-RAY BETWEEN
THIS TERMINAL AND CHASSIS.
L_- __J I
.
195V. -15V.* PRIMARY
ADJ.
3-1
63V. ®Ì- _-
J
R.F.
606
--I
. 1
6A8
GAB -
1eT.I.F. TRANS F.
I---r -
63V.
'
C.G.
I
RII
195V. ell / - 275V-
I
149
www.americanradiohistory.com
I -F Adjustments (c) Tune the receiver so that the dial reading is
(a) Connect the output of the test oscillator to the 1,400 kc. Then adjust the oscillator, detector,
control grid cap of the i -f tube (RCA -6K7) and antenna coil trimmers, C-13, C-9, and C-4
through a 0.25 mfd. capacitor and connect the respectively, tuning each to the point produc-
ground of the oscillator to the receiver chassis. ing maximum indicated receiver output.
Adjust the frequency of the oscillator to 260 kc. (d) Shift the oscillator frequency to 600 kc. and
Tune the receiver to a point where no inter- tune the receiver to pick up this signal, disre-
ference is received from the heterodyne oscil- garding the dial reading at which it is best re-
lator or local stations. ceived. The oscillator series trimmer, C-12,
(b) Adjust the two screws (attached to molded should then be adjusted, simultaneously rock-
cores) of the second i -f transformer, one on ing the receiver tuning control backward and
top and one on bottom, until maximum output forward through the signal until maximum
is produced by the indicating device. (peak) receiver output results from the com-
bined operations. The adjustment of C-13, C-9,
(c) Remove the oscillator from the i -f tube input
and C-4 should be repeated as in (c) to correct
and connect it between the control grid cap of
the first detector tube (RCA-6A8) and chassis - for any change in its alignment due to the ad-
justment of C-12.
ground, using the 0.25 mfd. capacitor as pre-
viously. Allow its tuning to remain at 260 kc.
Tune the receiver to avoid interference as Final Tuning Dial Adjustment
in (a). Final adjustment of the dial pointer may be made
(d) Adjust the two screws of the first i -f trans- during operation after the receiver is installed in auto-
former for maximum (peak) receiver output. mobile. To do this tune in a station of known fre-
The indication for this adjustment will be quency (say 760 kc.-approximately 76 on dial) as
broad, due to the "flat -top" characteristic of accurately as possible. Now reset the dial pointer to
the i -f system. The two screws should, there- exactly 76 on the dial by means of the adjusting
fore, be very carefully adjusted so that the in- screw at center rear of operating head.
dicator remains fixed at maximum as the oscil-
lator is shifted through a range 2 kc. above and
DUMMY
below its normal setting of 260 kc. An irregu- TERM.
lar double -peaked indication is to be avoided.
R-F Adjustments
NOTE: Before making r -f adjustments, it may L12
GREEN VOICE COIL
be advisable to replace the bottom cover to eliminate
3.1%-
vibrator interference.
(a) Adjust the dial pointer on the remote control BLACK
head by the following procedure. Rotate tun-
ing knob to its extreme clockwise position irre- L16
spective of location of pointer on dial. Now RED FIELD COIL
turn the pointer adjusting screw in the center 4 -n-
of the back of the control unit until the pointer RCA MFfi CO, INC.
YELLOW O
is at the end calibration mark beyond the 55 SN -633
on dial scale.
(b) Connect the output of the test oscillator to the Figure 6-Loudspeaker Schematic and Wiring
antenna -ground terminals of the receiver with
a 175 mmfd. capacitor in series with the an-
tenna lead. Interrupter
The mechanical interrupter used in the power sys-
NOTE: For r-f alignment of receivers in tem is constructed with a plug-in base, so as to be
which the tubular paper condenser C-3 (.01 easily removed from the receiver. Its adjustments
mfd.) has been replaced by the small molded have been correctly set during manufacture by means
condenser, 500 mmfd. (change easily identified of special equipment. In cases of faulty operation of
by reference to Figure 2 and bottom of chas- the interrupter, a renewal should be made.
sis), use a .001 mfd. capacitor instead of the The symmetrical plug-in base on this device per-
175 mmfd. capacitor in series with the antenna mits the unit to be placed in its socket so as to give
lead and test oscillator. correct output voltage polarity on an automobile with
There should be a shunt capacitor of 50 or either a positive or negative "A" ground. For in-
60 mmfd. from the antenna lead at the receiver stallation with positive "A" ground, insert vibrator
to ground. Tune the oscillator to 1,400 kc. so positive (+) symbol is nearest label on vibrator
Allow the output indicator to remain attached compartment partition; for negative "A" ground, in-
to the receiver output. sert with negative (-) symbol nearest label.
150
Radiotrons the condenser shaft. To correct such a condition,
loosen the three screws holding the gear plate and ad-
Deterioration of tubes and their approach to just the mesh of the gears to a position which gives
failure is usually evidenced by noisy or intermittent smooth operation. Gear backlash is prevented by the
operation, loss of sensitivity and distorted tone small compression spring between the two large
quality. When suspected as faulty, the tubes should gears on the rotor shaft.
he removed from the receiver and checked with
standard tube testing apparatus. It is not feasible to Receiver Housing
test the tubes while in the receiver, due to measure- The screws holding the receiver chassis to the case
ment inaccuracies which would result from the ef- must all he in place and tightly installed, inasmuch
fects of the circuits. as they appreciably affect the ground resistance of
the assembly and will consequently have a bearing
Tuning Condenser Drive on the amount of ignition noise received.
Smooth control should he obtained over the entire Volume Control and Power Switch
tuning range of the variable condenser. If irregu-
larity is present, check the action of the gear mech- This adjustment is made by turning the small con-
anism for binding or backlash at every point within trol knob fully clockwise and then fully counter-
the tuning range. A bind may he due to improper clockwise. This places the friction clutch mechanism
mesh between the worm gear and the large gears on on the volume control in proper alignment.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
dealers
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized
List Stock List
Stock DESCRIPTION Price No.
DESCRIPTION Price
No.
28
12242
12483 Pin -Contact pin for speaker leads - .18
12725
11181
C20
Capacitor -150 Mmfd.-(C23)
Capacitor -265 Mmfd.-(C11, C46, C47)
.28
.20
.15
12485
Package of 5
Pin -Contact pin for tone control lead
Package of 5
- .15
.15
12761 Capacitor -265 Mmfd.-(C22) .22 12232 Reactor-Filter reactor-iron core-
Capacitor-400 Mmfd.-(C27)
11171
12762 Capacitor--1,000 Mmfd.-(C35, C44) .20
5034
(L13)
Resistor -56 ohm -carbon type, /
watt
1.10
12268
12269
Capacitor -1,400 Mmfd.-(C6) ..
Capacitor -2,200 Mmfd.-(C7)
.34
.42 12512
-(R21, R22) -Package of 5
Resistor-470 ohm -insulated, /q watt
(R2) -Package of 5
- 1.00
1.00
5148 Capacitor -.007 Mfd.-(C38, C40) .20
11845 Resistor -560 ohm-carbon type, 1 watt
Capacitor -.005 Mfd.-(C31) .20
4838
4858
11315
Capacitor -.01 Mfd.-(C3, C
Capacitor -.015 Mfd.-(C24)
.20 12262
-(R19) -Package of 5
Resistor-680 ohm -insulated, % watt
(R7) -Package of 5
- 1.10
1.00
5196 Capacitor -.035 Mfd.-(C32) .18
8097 Resistor-5,600 ohm -carbon type, 2 watt
4836 Capacitor -.05 Mfd.-(C18) .30
-(R11) .25
4839 Capacitor -0.1 Mfd.-(C26) .28
12288 Resistor-10,000 ohm -insulated, % watt
4841 Capacitor -0.1 Mfd.-(C10) .22
-(R12) -Package of 5 1.00
12237 Capacitor -.25 Mfd.-(C39, C42) 1.02
12484 Capacitor -.25 Mfd.-(C30) .24 12454 Resistor -33,000 ohm -insulated, % watt
5019 Capacitor -0.5 Mfd.-(C41) .42 -(R17) -Package of 5 1.00
Capacitor -8 Mfd.-(C34) 1.34 5132 Resistor-47,000 ohm -carbon type, 1/10
watt -(R8, R9) -Package of 5 .....
12234 .75
12233 Capacitor Pack -Comprising 2 sections
each, Mfd.-(C36, C37)
.01 1.02 12073 Resistor-47,000 ohm -carbon type, 1
12238 Capacitor Pack -Comprising one 8 Mfd. watt -(R5) -Package of 5 1.10
and two 10 Mfd. sections-(C25, C29, 12286 Resistor-56,000 ohm -insulated, % watt
C33) 2.30 -(R3)-Package of 5 1.00
12223 Coil-Antenna coil-(L3) .94 12455 Resistor -120,000 ohm -insulated,I/ watt
12235 Coil-Choke coil -(L14) .50 -(R15) -Package of 5 1.00
12225 Coil-Oscillator coil -(L6, L7) .80 12452 Resistor-330,000 ohm-insulated, 1/4
12224 Coil-R. F. coil-(L4, L5) 1.32 watt-(R18) -Package of 5 1.00
12220 Condenser -3 -gang variable tuning con- 11452 Resistor-470,000 ohm -carbon type, 1/10
denser -(C4, C5, C8, C9, C13, C14) 4.50 watt -(R4, R6) -Package of 5 .75
12006 Core -Adjustable core for I. F. trans- 12285 Resistor -470,000 ohm-insulated, % watt
former Stock No. 12228 and No. 12229 .22 -(R1)-Package of 5 1.00
12289 Coupling -Station selector flexible shaft 12200 Resistor-1 megohm-insulated, % watt
coupling .20 -(R16) -Package of 5 1.00
151
www.americanradiohistory.com
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
Stock List Stock List
No. DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
Price No. Price
12287 Resistor-1.5 megohm-insulated, % 12509 Button -Plug button for receiver housing $0.16
watt -(R13, R14) -Package of 5 $1.00 12444 Cable -Shielded antenna cable, approx.
3584 Ring -Retaining ring for R. F. or orcil- 8 in. long, complete with female section
lator coil -Package of 5 .40 of connector .58
5129 Ring-Radiotron shield ring -Package of 12473 Cable -Shielded antenna lead-in cable,
.10 approx. 31 in. long, complete with 2
3623 Shield-R. F. or oscillator coil shield ... .30 male sections of connector 1.12
12290 Shield-Radiotron shield .18 4288 Cap-Male connector cap for "A" lead
4786 -6
Socket -contact 6D6 or 42 Radiotron or antenna cable-Package of 10 .36
socket .15 5025 Capacitor -Generator capacitor .40
4787 Socket-7 -contact 6B7 Radiotron socket .15 4293 Capacitor -Ammeter capacitor .60
12227 -8
Socket -contact 6A8 or 6K7 Radiotron 11418 Capacitor -.5 Mfd.-(C43) .50
socket .18 4291 Clip-"A" lead ammeter clip -Package
12241 Socket -Vibrator socket .18 of 10 .70
12226 Stud-Variable tuning condenser mount- 12443 Cover -Receiver housing top cover .64
ing stud assembly-Package of 4 .... .22 12442 Cover -Receiver housing bottom cover
12228 Transformer -First I. F. transformer- assembly .60
(L8, L9, C16, C17, R4, R6) 2.24 12247 Fastener-Receiver housing top cover
12364 Transformer-Output transformer-(T2) 1.48 fastener -Package of 10 .30
12229 Transformer -Second I. F. transformer 4286 Ferrule-Antenna cable or "A" lead con-
-(L10, L11, C19, C20, C22, R9) 2.02 nector ferrule and bushing-Package
12231 Transformer -Vibrator power trans- of 10 .38
former -(T1) 3.42 5023 Fuse-"A" lead fuse -15 amp. -Package
12236 Vibrator -Vibrator complete 4.55 of 5 .40
12365 Volume Control -(R10) 1.12 12449 Grille -Speaker grille assembly
SHAFTPackage
.88
CONTROL BOX AND FLEXIBLE 12441 Housing -Receiver housing complete 4.58
ASSEMBLIES 4290 Insulator-Fuse insulator-
connector
of 10 .35
12505 Box-Control box complete -less flex- 4323 Knob -Tone control knob -Package of
ible shafts 6.35 5 .70
12578 Dial-Station selector indicator dial 12445 Lead-"A" lead (set end), approx. 8 in.
(standard) .50 long, complete with male section of
12579 Knob -Station selector (tuning) knob connector .26
12580
(standard)
Knob -Volume control knob (standard)
Lamp-Control box dial lamp-Package
.28
.28
12501
12447
Plate-Name plate and mounting screws
Screw -Speaker mounting assembly - .20
11891
12504
of 5
Shaft -Tuning control flexible shaft corn-
.65
Package of 4
-
Comprising 1 screw, 1 nut, and 1 lock -
washer to mount speaker in case
.26
12503
plete, approx. 211/2 in. long
Shaft -Volume control flexible shaft
complete, approx. 211/2 in. long
1.20
1.20
12252 Screw -No. 8 self -tapping hex. head
screw-used on receiver housing
Package of 10
- .20
12248 Socket-3 -contact socket and bracket as -
REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES sembly fix' reproducer cable .20
12482 Board -Reproducer terminal board 30
12502 Socket -Pin socket and bracket assembly
12450 Coil-Field coil-(L161 1.60 for tone control lead 30
12451 Cone -Reproducer cone complete -(L12) 1.60 4284 Spring -Antenna cable connector spring
9687 Reproducer-Reproducer complete 5.65 -Package of 10 .30
12448 Stud-Receiver mounting stud assembly
MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES -Comprising 1 stud, 1 washer, 1 lock -
washer and 1 nut .20
4287 Body -Antenna cable female connector 5024 Suppressor -Distributor suppressor .38
body -Package of 10 .40 12249 Tone Control-(R20) .88
4289 Body-"A" lead fuse connector body- 4285 Washer -Antenna cable connector insu -
Package of 10 .35 lating washer -Package of 10 .22
SERVICE HINTS
(1) Howl when tuned to, or tuning in, a station is generally
correctable by loosening the screws supporting gang tuning
condenser to provide increased flexibility.
First Edition
152
SUPPLEMENT TO
Miscellaneous Assemblies
153
www.americanradiohistory.com
154
RCA VICTOR MODEL 5T
Five -Tube, Two -Band, A -C, Superheterodyne Receiver
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
"Standard broadcast" (A) 540-1,820 kc. "Standard broadcast" (A)
600 kc. (osc.), 1,700 kc. (osc., ant.)
"Short wave" (B) 1,820-6,600 kc. "Short wave" (B) None required
Intermediate Frequency 460 kc.
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT (3) RCA -75.... Second Det., A -F Amp. and A.V.C.
(1) RCA -6A7. First Det.-Oscillator (4) RCA -42 Audio Power Amplifier
(2) RCA -6D6 .Intermediate Amplifier (5) RCA-80 Full -Wave Rectifier
Pilot Lamps (3) Mazda No. 46, 6.3 volts, 0.25 amperes
POWER SUPPLY RATINGS
Rating A 105.125 volts, 50-60 cycles, 80 watts
Rating B. 105-125 volts, 25-60 cycles, 80 watts
Rating C 100-130/140-160/195-250 volts, 40-60 cycles, 80 watts
POWER OUTPUT RATING LOUDSPEAKER
Undistorted. 2.0 watts Type. Electrodynamic
Maximum 4 5 watts Voice Coil Impedance . 2.2 ohms at 400 cycles
Mechanical Specifications
Height inches 181/2
Width. inches 131/4
Depth. inches 7%s
Weight (Net) .
21 pounds
Weight (Shipping) 26 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 12 inches x 7 inches x 21/2 inches
Over-all Chassis Height. 71/2 inches
Operating Controls (1) Power Switch-Tone, (2) Tuning, (3) Volume, (4) Range Selector
Tuning Drive Ratio 10 to 1
General Features
This receiver is of the superheterodyne type and The "Short wave" position of this extensive range
has many distinctive features. Its design includes also includes channels assigned for police, amateur,
magnetite core adjusted i -f transformers and wave and aviation communication. Trimming adjustments
trap, aural compensated volume control, tone control,
are located at accessible points. Their number is
resistance coupled audio system, phonograph terminal
board, band selective illumination of dial scales, and reduced to the least that is consistent with effi-
an 8 -inch dust -proof electrodynamic loudspeaker. cient operation. The tuning dial ratio of ten to one
Tuning is continuous through the "Standard broad- permits ease of tuning, especially in the "Short wave"
cast" and "Short wave" bands (including 49 meters). band.
Circuit Arrangement
The first detector and oscillator functions are ac - this transformer to prevent signals of intermediate fre-
complislied in a single tube, an RCA -6A7. The in- quency (460 kc.) from being introduced into the
put of this tube is coupled to the antenna through first stage as interference. The two -section gang con-
a tuned transformer. A shunt (magnetite core ad- denser, which tunes the antenna transformer second-
justed) wave trap is connected across the primary of ary and the heterodyne oscillator coil, has adjustable
155
www.americanradiohistory.com
1.1101
MONO. 064RD
51h, -
Ii.D6E^7- 05C. e I.f.
6/6
254.6E7
AÁ.V.C.
75 OUTPUT
ae anTRa
42 Tz
Rq waá
e
+EnOo 9
MUM NEUTR.
COIL
REF 120
KNEE
Were
NpÓÑ RI2.
IOQ000..
CM'
615MF0.
TO SNAKE«
58.60o
60. 8.6+.
Es... Ea
Un POWER
TRANSF.
It41.F. TRANSE. CONNECTIONS 132T -I.F. TRANSE. CONNECTIONS . COIL
CONNECTIONS
ANT. C
CONSSCNECTIONS NS
CONNECTIOOIL
-qc
BLACK
156
trimmers for obtaining exact alignment. Each of is developed across resistors R19 and R20 respectively.
these coils is tapped so that the range switch increases Manual volume control is effected by means of an
the range of tuning by decreasing the amount of in- acoustically tapered potentiometer connected as a
ductance. variable coupling element between the output of the
The intermediate frequency stage is coupled to the second detector and the first audio control grid. After
RCA -6A7 and to the RCA -75 by means of tuned amplification by the RCA -75, the audio signal is trans-
transformers. These transformers resonate with fixed mitted by resistance -capacitance coupling to the input
capacitors and are adjusted by molded magnetite cores of the RCA -42 power output stage, which, in turn, is
to tune to 460 kc. transformer -coupled to the dynamic speaker. High -
The modulated signal as obtained from the output frequency tone control is provided by means of a
of the i -f system is detected by one of the diodes of shunt capacitor across the plate circuit of the output
the RCA -75 tube. Audio frequency secured by this tube, which may be cut in or out of the circuit with
process is passed on to the control grid of this same a control switch S3.
tube for amplification before final reproduction. The The power supply system consists of an RCA -80
d -c voltage, which results from detection of the signal, rectifier tube which is supplied from an efficiently de-
is used for automatic volume control. This voltage, signed power transformer and which works into a
which develops across resistor R7, is applied as auto- suitable filter. The various potentials required for the
matic control grid bias to the first detector and i -f plate, screen, control grid, and cathode circuits are
tubes through a suitable resistance filter. Minimum obtained from the output of the filter. The electro-
operating bias for the RCA-6A7 and RCA -6D6 tubes dynamic loudspeaker field coil is used as a filter reactor.
SERVICE DATA
The various diagrams of this booklet contain such tone quality, and poor selectivity are the usual indi-
information as will be needed to isolate causes for cations of improper alignment.
defective operation if such develops. The ratings The correct performance of this receiver can only
be obtained when the aligning has been done with
adequate and reliable apparatus. The manufacturer
G-3 OUTPUT RECT. of this receiver has available, for sale through its dis-
e ANT.
tributors and dealers, a complete assortment of such
68 1700 K.C. service equipment as may be needed for the align-
ment operation.
{C-b
600KL
OSC,
OSG. . A test oscillator, such as the RCA Stock No.
1700K.C., 9595, is required as a source of the specified align-
SECONDARY 2N°DET.,A
ment frequencies. Visual indication of receiver out-
RY
ADJUSTMENT & AVC. put during the adjustment is necessary and should be
ADJ. LII accomplished by the use of an indicator such as the
460 K-C4 RCA Stock No. 4317 Neon Output Indicator.
I.F. 3 The procedure outlined below should be followed
in adjusting the various trimmer capacitors and
molded cores:
Figure 3-Radiotron, Coil, and Trimmer Locations
I -F Core Adjustments
of the resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are indicated The four adjustment screws (attached to molded
adjacent to the symbols signifying these parts on the magnetite cores) of the two i -f transformers (one on
diagrams. Identification titles, such as R3, L2, Cl, top andone on bottom of each i -f transformer) are
etc., are provided for reference between the illustra- located as shown by figures 3 and 7. Each circuit
tions and the Replacement Parts List. The coils, re- must be aligned to a basic frequency of 460 kc. To
actors, and transformer windings are rated in terms do this, attach the output indicator across the loud-
of their d -c resistances only. Ratings of less than one speaker voice coil or across the output transformer
ohm are generally omitted. primary.
Connect the output of the test oscillator to the con-
trol grid of the RCA-6A7 through a .05 mfd. ca-
Alignment Procedure pacitor. Connect the test oscillator ground terminal
to the ground terminal of the receiver chassis. Range
There are three alignment trimmers provided in selector should be in "Short wave" position. Tune
the antenna transformer and oscillator coil tuned the oscillator to 460 kc. Advance the receiver volume
circuits. The i -f transformer adjustments are made control to its full -on position and adjust the receiver
by means of screws attached to molded magnetite tuning control to a point, within its range, where no
cores. All of these circuits have been accurately ad- interference is encountered either from local broad-
justed during manufacture and should remain prop- cast stations or from the heterodyne oscillator. In-
erly aligned unless affected by abnormal conditions or crease the output of the test oscillator until a slight
altered during servicing. Loss of sensitivity, improper indication is present on the output indicator. Adjust
157
www.americanradiohistory.com
the two magnetite core screws of the second i -f scale) with the two -gang tuning condenser in full
transformer to produce maximum (peak) indicated mesh. The output indicator should be left connected
receiver output. Then, adjust the two magnetite core to the system. Connections for the test oscillator re-
screws of the first i -f transformer for maximum main the same as for "Wave-trap adjustment." Adjust
(peak) receiver output as shown by the indicating the test oscillator to 1,700 kc. and set the receiver
device. During these adjustments, regulate the test tuning control to a dial reading of 1,700 kc. Leave
oscillator output so that the indication is always as the volume control of the receiver at its maximum
low as possible. By doing so, broadness of tuning due position. Make sure that the range selector is at its
to a.v.c. action will be avoided. It is advisable to re- broadcast position. Regulate the output of the test
peat the adjustment of all i -f magnetite core screws to oscillator until a slight indication is perceptible at the
assure that the interaction between them has not dis- receiver output. Then adjust the two trimmers, C6
turbed the original adjustment. and C3, of the oscillator and antenna transformer
Wave -Trap Adjustment coils (mounted on the variable condenser) so that
Attach the output of the test oscillator to the re- each produces maximum (peak) receiver output.
ceiver "Antenna" terminal through a 200 mmfd. After this maximum has been accurately obtained,
(important) capacitor. The ground connections re- shift the test oscillator to 600 kc. Tune the receiver
main connected together. Leave the test oscillator ad- to pick up this signal, disregarding the dial reading at
justed to 460 kc. and range selector in "Short wave" which it is best received. Then, adjust the receiver
position as before. Then adjust the wave-trap screw oscillator series trimmer, C8, simultaneously rocking
to the point which causes maximum suppression of the tuning control backward and forward through the
the 460 kc. signal. signal until maximum receiver output results from
these combined operations. The adjustment at 1,700
R -F Trimmer Adjustments kc. should then be repeated to correct for any change
Calibrate the tuning dial by setting the pointer to which may have been caused by the oscillator series
a horizontal position (53 on "Standard broadcast" trimmer adjustment.
11 e On Q
.S
1 0100,000A.L
Q 275,L00A y 3 e L -_--_J
2SMEG. - \
0
O
' -\ 916n
2NO DET.4. A.V.C.
606 i i
27,000nI
37Ó,000n
---e '.C.G.
r
L I I
70 TERM OF C-29
1 \ \
27,000n.1 100, OOn I I
376.n. 1
1
ono
/ 00i
¡
eosc. Q C. C.G. I
O v
6A7 I
I I
2TOn 1
2.5WiEG.
O 0
%V
1
r-_P 1
OUTPUT On iIF
9 i 56 o00n. i
I I
640nnBOtiTRAHS
t70000n 82gw2nTRANS
I I
Poro
EL. 2iß^
CAP,
I
I I I I
I
li
I
i A=.s .+o.
BOTTOM FRONT OF CHASSIS
i i
i^- -h i
*OPEN CIRCUIT (LEAKAGE OF ELECTROLYTIC CONDENSERS ONLY) O VOLUME CONTROL AT "MINIMUM" POSITION
Figure 4-Resistance Diagram
Power supply disconnected-Radiotrons in sockets-Tuning condenser in full mesh-
Volume control maximum
Resistance Measurement
The resistance values shown between Radiotron socket cuit under test. Resistance values were measured with the
contacts, grid caps, resistors, terminals, and receiver chassis Radiotrons in sockets; tuning condenser in full mesh, and
ground, on figure 4, have been carefully selected so as volume control set at maximum except where otherwise
to facilitate a rapid continuity check of the circuits. The noted. In all cases of measuring the resistance between
use of this diagram in conjunction with the Schematic points of the circuit and ground, it will be necessary to
Circuit Diagram, figure 1, and Chassis Wiring Diagram, connect the negative terminal of the resistance meter to
figure 2, will permit the location of certain troubles which chassis -ground. If the polarity of the resistance meter is
might otherwise be difficult to ascertain. Each value as not known, it may be readily ascertained by connecting a
specified should hold within ±20%. Variations in excess d -c voltmeter of indicated polarity across the terminals of
of this limit will usually be indicative of trouble in cir- the device.
158
www.americanradiohistory.com
Phonograph Attachment Loudspeaker
A terminal board is provided for connecting a Centering of the loudspeaker voice coil is made in
phonograph into the audio amplifying circuit. Typical the usual manner with three narrow paper feelers
BLACK
RED
FILAMENTS
RED -SLACK
BLUE
YELLOW
BLACK
RECT
FIL.
i -YELLOW
TERM. BOARD YELLOW
PRIMARY BROWN
GREEN
BLACK -BROWN
BLACK -RED TR.
BLACK-RED TR. rVARIABLE LEAD -BROWN
REO -BLACK BROWN - BLACK
CO BROWN
RECTIFIER
FILAMENT BLACK
M-BI027-o 5 -VOLTS
Kwa\4OGµ..lw.
WAVE
TRAP
f
3.1 V.
I
¡Q Z Vl
i1 i
255v..I
I
I
I
f
L10 \ OIV
1
1
1
Ov
C.G.a,:;
°
1
L(t.3V.-j
0.1 v.
+
® i
PRI.
_
I I
I ADJ..: L 3 64V."AL.(140V*)
I
100 V.
T460 K.G.
\2No.I.F. l O ^ - 95v.
[.F. v))¡ --
L8 PD
6D6 L____J
0
-J TRANSF. 2ND DET., AUDIO
aJ K.C.
Ao. ,%LS
tr£2
C.G.
V.
§, A.V.C. 75
4..
C.G. osc. (- 1 r r-
---
0 0
e
BEM. -0V.
1(4 sv
1
_- C.
O
1sT.
D I I i
A.C. `O0
6Á7C. O I
W
.
1
1 L -J
L CAP. (401100v I
ANT. _1.3V. 255ví LÁv.J0v RECT.
-a0V.I1 , i COIL 80
335 V.
I
I i
j
345V.
V.
11851
V. Ov I
I 244V. I A.C.
f I
255V. I i i I I
I
I
I
e OCO BOTTOM FRONT OF C4IA5£ì15 t t t D
i t l i t 1
1
159
www.americanradiohistory.com
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers.
11591
121 8
1
bushing assembly -Package of 3
Button -Chassis plug button
Cap -Grid contact cap -Package of 5
$0.43
.10
.15
12004
watt -Package of 5 (R5)
Resistor -Voltage divider resistor -
prising one 216 ohm, one 27 ohm and
Corn -
1.00
11465 Capacitor-Adjustable capacitor (C8) .48 one 22 ohm sections (R16, R17, R18). .45
12659 Capacitor-12 Mmfd. (C5) .20 12650 Shield -Antenna coil shield .22
12661 Capacitor-56 Mmfd. (C1) .20 12735 Shield -Dial lamp shield -Package of 5.. .25
12946 Capacitor-133 Mmfd. (C11, C15, C16, 12607 Shield -First I.F. transformer shield top. .30
C17) .20 12008 Shield -First or second I.F. transformer
12406 Capacitor -180 Mmfd. (C18) .26 shield .28
12662 Capacitor -220 Mmfd. (C21) .20 12651 Shield -Oscillator coil shield .22
12660 Capacitor -1,350 Mmfd. (C10) .28 12581 Shield -Second I.F. transformer shield top .36
4868 Capacitor -.005 Mfd. (C9, C25) .20 3950 Shield -6D6 Radiotron shield .26
4858 Capacitor -.01 Mfd. (C19, C20, C22)... .25 3682 Shield -6A7 or 75 Radiotron shield .22
11451
4841
Capacitor -.017 Mfd. (C26)
Capacitor-.1 Mfd. (C4, C12, C23, C30,
.18 4794 Socket-4 -contact rectifier Radio t r o n
socket . .15
4840
C31)
Capacitor-.25 Mfd. (C13, C24)
.22
.30
4786 Socket-6 -contact 42, 75 and 6D6 Radio-
tron socket .15
5170
11240
Capacitor-.25 Mfd. (C14)
Capacitor-10 Mfd. (C28).
.25 4787 Socket-7 -contact 6A7 Radiotron socket. .15
1.08 11199 Socket-Dial lamp socket .14
5212 Capacitor -18 Mfd. (C29). 1.16 12007 Spring-Retaining spring for core, Stock
12648 Coil-Antenna coil -less shield (L2, L3, Nos. 12006 and 12664-Package of 10 .36
L4, L5). 1.35 11460 Tone Control and Switch (SI, S3) .95
12649 Coil -Oscillator coil -less shield (L6, L7) 1.20 13106 Transformer -First I.F. transformer, corn -
12643 Condenser -2 -gang variable tuning con- plete (L8, L9, C11, C15) 1.60
denser (C2, C3, C6, C7) 3.46 12644 Transformer -Power transformer, 115 volt,
5119 Connector -3 -contact female speaker cable 60 cycle (T1) 4.00
connector . .25 12645 Transformer-Power transformer, 115 volt,
12006 Core -Adjustable core and stud assembly 25 cycle (T1) 5.90
for I.F. transformer, Stock Nos. 12652 12646 Transformer-Power transformer, 240
and 12653 .22 210-150-125-110 volts, 60 cycle (Ti).. 6.88
12664 Core -Adjustable core and stud assembly 13107 Transformer-Second I. F. transformer,
for wave trap, Stock No. 12654 .22 complete (L10, L11, C16, C17, C18,
12658 Dial -Station selector dial .65 R6, R7) 2.06
12656 Drive -Variable condenser drive shaft and 12654 Trap -Wave trap (L1) .75
pinion .58 13144 Volume Control (R8) 1.00
12655 Gear-Large gear located on variable con-
denser shaft. .34 REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
12657 Indicator-Station selector indicator .20 -3
5226 Lamp -Dial lamp -Package of 5 12641 Board -contact reproducer t e r m i n a l
12663
12647
Mask -Dial light diffuser, complete with
red and green colored screen
Range Switch (S2)
.70
.30
12640
board
Bracket -
bracket
Output transformer mounting
.15
.18
12206 Resistor -270 ohm, carbon type, I/4 watt
.68 12012 Coil -Field coil (L14) 1.85
-Package of 5 (R19) 11469 Coil-Neutralizing coil (L12) .20
1.00 12642 Cone -Reproducer cone and dust cap
12261 Resistor-390 ohm, insulated, 1/4 watt- (L13) .94
8070
Package of 5 (R20)
Resistor -22,000 ohm, carbon type, I/2
1.00 5118 Connector -3-contact male speaker cable
watt-Package of 5 (R3) connector .25
1.00 9699 Reproducer, complete 6.38
11400 Resistor-27,000 ohm, carbon type, I/4 11253 Transformer -Output transformer (T2)
watt-Package of 5 (R9) 1.56
1.00 11886 Washer-Spring washer to hold field coil
12011 Resistor-27,000 ohm, carbon type, 1
watt-Package of 5 (R4) securely -Package of 5 .20
1.10
11282 Resistor -56,000 ohm, carbon type, 1/10
watt-Package of 5 (R6) MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
.75
5029 Resistor --56,000 ohm, carbon type, )/4 12639 Escutcheon -Station selector escutcheon
11454
5145
watt-Package of 5 (R1)
Resistor-6,800 ohm, carbon type, I/4
watt-Package of 5 (R2)
Resistor -100,000 ohm, carbon type, 1/4
1.00
1.00
12638
and crystal assembly
Knob -Station selector knob
of 5.
-
Package
1.02
.58
11347 Knob -Tone control, volume control or
watt-Package of 5 (R10, R12) 1.00 range switch knob -Package of 5 .75
11398 Resistor -220,000 ohm, carbon type, 1/10 11586 Screw-Chassis mounting screw No. 14x1
watt-Package of 5 (R7) .75 in. -Package of 10 .22
11323 Resistor -270,000 ohm, carbon type, I/4 11349 Spring-Retaining spring for knob, Stock
watt -Package of 5 (R11) 1.00 Nos. 11347 and 12638-Package of 5. .15
160
RCA VICTOR MODEL 51-4
Five -Tube, Three -Band, A -C, Superheterodyne Receiver
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY OR WAVE -LENGTH RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
Band "X" ... 145-350 kc (approx. 2,068-857 meters) Band "X" ....
175 kc (osc.), 350 kc (osc., det., ant.)
Band "A" .. 525.1,550 kc (approx. 571-193 meters) Band "A" .. 600 kc (osc.), 1,500 kc (osc., det., ant.)
Band "C" 5.8.22 megacycles Band "C" 20,000 kc (osc., ant.)
Intermediate Frequency 460 kc
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT (3) RCA -75 .. Second Det., A -F Amp. and A.V.C.
(1) RCA -6A7 First Det.-Oscillator (4) RCA -42 Audio Power Amplifier
(2) RCA -6D6 Intermediate Amplifier (5) RCA -80 Full -Wave Rectifier
Pilot Lamps (2) Mazda No. 46, 6.3 volts, 0.25 ampere
POWER SUPPLY RATINGS
Rating A 105.125 volts, 50-60 cycles, 75 watts
Rating B 105-125 volts, 25-50 cycles, 75 watts
Rating C 100-125/200-250 volts, 50-60 cycles, 75 watts
POWER OUTPUT RATING LOUDSPEAKER
Undistorted 2.0 watts Type Electrodynamic
Maximum 4.5 watts Voice Coil Impedance 2.2 ohms at 400 cycles
Mechanical Specifications
Height 11H inches
Width 23 -Hr inches
Depth 10-2.8 inches
Weight (Net) 29 pounds
Weight (Shipping) 34 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions .... 131/2 inches x 73/4 inches x 3 inches
Over-all Chassis Height 87/8 inches
Operating Controls (1) Volume, (2) Tuning, (3) Range Selector, (4) Power Switch-Tone
Tuning Drive Ratio 10 to 1 and 50 to 1
General Features
This receiver is of the superheterodyne type and bands. The "C" band of this extensive range in-
has many distinctive features. Its design includes cludes channels assigned for amateur, and interna-
magnetite core adjusted i-f transformers and wave - tional short-wave broadcast on 49, 31, 25, 19, 16 and
trap, pre -selector stage on "A" and "X" bands, aural 13 meters. Trimming adjustments are located at ac-
compensated volume control, tone control, resistance - cessible points. Their number is reduced to the least
coupled audio system, phonograph terminal board, that is consistent with efficient operation. The tuning
and an 8 -inch dust-proof electrodynamic loudspeaker. dial ratio of 10 to 1, with a 50 to 1 vernier, permits
Tuning range includes the "X," "A," and "C" ease of tuning, especially in the "C" band.
161
www.americanradiohistory.com
PINO. TERM. BRIO.
C47
L.1.9 Lb
ce_
Llti
z iiitTR.
'cc= ,
113_
ewe.,
COIL
C35-9,
39,000n
2.1.11E6.
VOLUME CONTR.
C3 041
Mt-
P115
09000n.
pl.
69000K
TI
FIELD rots f.e,
CASI I C99
RECT
BO
NM CON CfNINNTINN
-C
jirtA
iSC COIL CINNECTION3
ANT CORCZNIzIECNONI
102ER TRANSFORMER
CONNECTIONS
162
coils are shunted by improved plunger-type, air - matic control grid bias to the first -detector and i -f
dielectric, adjustable trimming capacitors, for obtain- tubes through a suitable resistance filter.
ing exact alignment. Manual volume control is effected by means of an
The intermediate frequency stage is coupled to the acoustically tapered potentiometer connected as a
RCA-6A7 and to the RCA -75 by means of tuned variable coupling element between the output of the
transformers. These transformers resonate- with fixed second detector and the first audio control grid. After
capacitors and are adjusted by molded magnetite cores amplification by the RCA -75, the audio signal is trans-
to tune to 460 kc. mitted by resistance -capacitance coupling to the input
The modulated signal as obtained from the output of the RCA-42 power output stage, which, in turn, is
of the i -f system is detected by one of the diodes of transformer -coupled to the dynamic speaker. High -
the RCA -75 tube. Audio frequency secured by this frequency tone control is provided by means of a
process is passed on to the control grid of this same shunt capacitor across the plate circuit of the output
tube for amplification before final reproduction. The tube, which may be cut in or out of the circuit with
d -c voltage, which results from detection of the signal, a control switch S4.
is used for automatic volume control. This voltage, The power supply system consists of an RCA -80
which develops across resistor R13, is applied as auto - rectifier tube, power transformer, and filter.
SERVICE DATA
The various diagrams of this booklet contain such of this receiver has available for sale, through its dis-
information as will be needed to isolate causes for tributors and dealers, a complete assortment of such
defective operation if such develops. The ratings service equipment as may be needed for the align-
of the resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are indicated ment operation.
adjacent to the symbols signifying these parts on the A test oscillator, such as the RCA Stock No. 9595,
diagrams. Identification titles, such as L1, C1, R1, is required as a source of the specified alignment fre-
quencies. Visual indication of receiver output during
"C'OSC.C23
20,000 K.G. --, / ,;.A'4NT.00 , 600-05C.
1000 K.C.
"A L10
K.C.
the adjustment is necessary and should he accom-
'C' DOT. C12.
20,000K.C. N
. //
i--' 15.016cC..25/ISOOEK.GC13
r/ plished by the use of an indicator such as the RCA
I( d9 ll f / ` \ / R.F.COIL
// Stock No. 4317 Neon Output Indicator.
µL
e4- h The procedure outlined below should be followed
0001 1
t\/lI\\\,,
L1\
O c
in adjusting the various trimmer capacitors and
molded cores:
5 /
RECTIFIER/'
I -F Adjustments
I
WAVE TRAP
,..m.IxC.IJ
\
COIL
'X"OSC LII
X..
y
(TDP REAR
-- - -
OF CHASSIS), /C
TRANS.
28511
DET. CIS
r top and one on bottom of each i -f transformer) are
located as shown by figures 3 and 6. Each circuit
\
O60 K.C. LI 5 K.C.
\A"X'ANT.C6
1 350 K.C.
TX" 05C. C29 must be aligned to a basic frequency of 460 kc. To
350 H.G. 350 H.C.
do this, attach the output indicator across the loud-
Figure 3-Radiotron, Coil, and Trimmer Locations speaker voice coil.
Connect the "Ant" output of the test oscillator to
etc., are provided for reference between the illustra- the control grid of the RCA -6A7 through a .001 mfd.
tions and the Replacement Parts List. The coils, re- capacitor. Connect the test oscillator "Gnd" terminal
actors, and transformer windings are rated in terms to the ground terminal of the receiver chassis. Tyne
of their d -c resistances only. Ratings of less than one the oscillator to 460 kc. Advance the receiver volume
ohm are generally omitted. control to its full-on position and adjust the receiver
tuning control to a point, within its range, where no
interference is encountered from local broadcast sta-
Alignment Procedure tions or from the local (heterodyne) oscillator. To
There are ten alignment trimmers provided in the eliminate signals from the local oscillator short stator
antenna transformer, detector, and oscillator coil of C17 to chassis -ground. Increase the output of the
tuned circuits. The i -f transformer, low -frequency test oscillator until a slight indication is present on
oscillator, and wave-trap adjustments are made by the output indicator. Adjust the two magnetite core
means of screws attached to molded magnetite cores. screws of the second i -f transformer L16 and L15 to
All of these circuits have been accurately adjusted produce maximum (peak) indicated receiver output.
during manufacture and should remain properly Then adjust the two magnetite core screws L14 and
aligned unless affected by abnormal conditions or L13 of the first i -f transformer for maximum (peak)
altered during servicing. Loss of sensitivity, improper receiver output as shown by the indicating device.
tone quality, and poor selectivity are the usual indi- During these adjustments, regulate the test oscillator
cations of improper alignment. output so that the indication is always as low as pos-
The correct performance of this receiver can only sible. By doing so, broadness of tuning due to a.v.c.
be obtained when the aligning has been done with action will be avoided. It is advisable to repeat the
adequate and reliable apparatus. The manufacturer adjustment of all i -f magnetite core screws to assure
163
www.americanradiohistory.com
that the interaction between them has not disturbed C23 to the peak with minimum capacity (plunger
the original adjustment. Remove temporary jumper, near out) for maximum indication. Tighten
stator C17 to chassis-ground if used. lock nut. Slowly pull out plunger of detector
trimmer C12 until maximum (peak) indicated
R -F Adjustments output is reached while slightly rocking the gang
Calibrate the tuning dial by adjusting the scale tuning condenser back and forth through the sig-
pointer to the extreme right-hand end calibration nal. Two peaks may be found with this circuit.
mark, on any scale, while the three -gang tuning con- The peak with maximum capacity (plunger near
denser plates are in full mesh. in) should be used. Tighten lock nut.
Wave -Trap Adjustment "A" Band
Attach the "Ant" output of the test oscillator to (c) Attach the "Ant" output of the test oscillator to
the receiver "Al" terminal through a 200 mmfd. (im- the receiver "A 1" terminal through a 200
portant) capacitor. The ground connections remain mmfd. capacitor, leaving the "Gnd" of the oscil-
connected together. Leave the test oscillator adjusted lator connected to the receiver chassis. Adjust
to 460 kc. Adjust range selector to band "A" posi- range selector to band "A" position. Reduce
tion. Then adjust the wave -trap screw to the point output of test oscillator to a minimum. Tune
which causes maximum suppression (minimum out- the test oscillator to 600 kc and set receiver dial
put) of the 460 kc signal. pointer to 600 kc (500 meters). Adjust output
Band of test oscillator until a slight indication of out-
(a) Attach the "Ant" output of the test oscillator put is visible.
to the receiver "Al" terminal through a 300 -ohm (d) Adjust the oscillator magnetite core screw L10
resistor, leaving the "Gnd" of the oscillator con- (top of oscillator coil) so that maximum (peak)
nected to the receiver chassis. indicated output results.
Adjust range selector to band "C" position. Set (e) Set receiver dial pointer to 1,500 kc (200 meters).
receiver dial pointer to 20,000 kc (20 on scale). Tune the test oscillator to 1,500 kc. Carefully
(b) Tune test oscillator to 20,000 kc. Set oscillator adjust the oscillator, detector, and antenna trim-
trimmer C23 to minimum capacity (plunger full mers C25, C13 and C4 respectively so that each
out), and detector trimmer C12 to maximum ca- brings about maximum (peak) indicated output.
pacity (plunger full in). Slowly push in oscil- (f) Tune the test oscillator to 600 kc. Adjust the
lator trimmer C23 until maximum (peak) output receiver to pick up this signal disregarding the
is reached. Two peaks may be found. Adjust dial reading at which it is best received. Adjust
R20 R21 R22
RES. nl tOSC. COI L
ASSEMBLY L.
216,. Itr L 22,. A'Q-C" EL. CAP
l'T I.F. TRANS.
C49
n
4.L-- 8.6n t>® T
05C.COIL i tETDET.
6n '2 ¡ ß.C. --
EL CAP
C48
I
2.5MEGS. 77C°
I
000
6A7OS
6D6
I. F. { L.G. i"=T25ME0ST
1290-
WAVE TRAP
L --- ;'
20,0Ó0-
° 39po0- -- -67",
- 82,0 00A-
6n
L 86n
OF CO9
745RPOWER RATING A6
NOTE FOR OTHER
RATINGS SEE
SCHEMATIC DIAS
r
4- ANT. COI L 2»0.1
TRANS.
¡Vii
ä "/
I
O.
376A 4.23n ANT. COI L
RECOIL
L.G. ;-' r r} 275,000----+
2"" OCT
OUTPUT
(4Qr ¡ 324n "K.% "X"
'Al X" h O ß.A.V C.
_;9_921
1
164
oscillator magnetite core screw L10 (top of oscil- "C" scale) and tune test oscillator to 175 kc.
lator coil) , simultaneously rocking the tuning Adjust screw L11 for maximum indicated out-
control of the receiver backward and forward put, simultaneously rocking tuning control of
through the signal, until maximum (peak) out- the receiver backward and forward through the
put results from the combined operations. After signal.
completing this adjustment, the trimmers C25, (i) The adjustment of C29, C15 and C6 should now
C13 and C4 should be re -adjusted as in (e) to be repeated at 350 kc as described in (g) to
correct for any change in the oscillator high -fre- compensate for any changes caused by the low -
quency tuning which has been caused by the frequency adjustment L11.
preceding adjustment. Loudspeaker
"X" Band Centering of the loudspeaker voice coil is made in
(g) Adjust receiver range selector to band "X" posi- the usual manner with three narrow paper feelers
tion and set receiver tuning control to a dial after first removing the front paper dust cover. This
reading of 350 kc or 857.14 meters (19.75 on may be removed by softening its cement with a very
"C" scale). Tune test oscillator to 350 kc and
Radiotron Cathode Current Readings
Measured with Milliammeter Connected at Tube
Socket Cathode Terminal under Conditions
Similar to Those of Voltage Measurements
(1) RCA -6A7 -1st Det.-Osc. 12.4 ma.
(2) RCA-6D6-I. F. Amp. 102 ma.
(3) RCA -75 -2nd Det., A.V.C. and A. F. 0.23 ma.
(4) RCA-42-Power Amp. 39 ma.
(5) RCA-80-Rectifier 64 ma.*
(*Cannot be measured at socket) Figure 5-Loudspeaker Wiring
adjust oscillator, detector, and antenna trimmers light application of acetone, using care not to allow
C29, C15 and C6, respectively, for maximum in- the acetone to flow down into the air gap. The dust
dicated receiver output. cover may be cemented back in place with ambroid
(h) Set receiver to 175 kc or 1,714.28 meters (7.4 on upon completion of adjustment.
1
RxO
L-16V. i) f'-
IQ)
'IRnI I
Y
05C 00ILI
X'
OSC. COIL
RES. ASSEMBLY 345V. 1*T I.F. TRANS.
PRI.
C49 ADJ.
- 350V.-A.C. RECT.
80
ANT. COIL
-C-
6A7 (-7 V.)
2MOLF.
TRANS.
us PRI.
ADJ.
-- 330v.-- - 6V.
A.C.
(-16V.)_ 2"' DET.
----0.4V. - ANT. COIL
'A- R.F. COIL
4.A.V.
75
C.
f x'
---- 035V. - LG. 7..13
.-/ f%-0
165
www.americanradiohistory.com
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers
20Package
11626
Capacitor -27 Mmfd. (C7) 20
-
13605
Capacitor -33 Mmfd. (C39)
-Package of 5 (Rio) 1.00
12948
20 13601 Resistor -l0 meg., insulated, 54 watt
12813 Capacitor -82 Mmfd. (C19) (Rll)
of 5 1.00
13604 Capacitor -115 Mmfd. (C28) 12004 Resistor -Voltage divider resistor, com-
12724 Capacitor -120 Mmfd. (C43) 25 prising one 216 -ohm, one 27 -ohm and
12404 Capacitor -120 Mmfd. (C21, C22, C36, one 22 -ohm sections (R20, R20, R22). .45
C37) .26 12008 Shield -First or second I. F. transformer
12725 Capacitor -150 Mmfd. (Cl) .28 shield .28
12406 Capacitor -180 Mmfd. (C38) .26 12607 Shield-First I. F. transformer shield
13602 Capacitor -220 Mmfd. (C30) .25
top .30
13603 Capacitor -470 Mmfd. (C27) 12581 Shield -Second I. F. transformer shield
13593 Capacitor -1,000 Mmfd. (C2, C3) .25
top .36
12811 Capacitor -3,600 Mmfd. (C18, C24) .... .35 4233 Shield-6D6 Radiotron shield .22
4868 Capacitor -.005 Mfd. (C31) .20 3682 Shield -6A7 or 75 Radiotron shield .22
4838 Capacitor -.005 Mfd. (C46) 20 11383 Shield-42 Radiotron shield .20
5148 Capacitor -.007 Mfd. (C40) 13591 Shield -Chassis bottom shield and
13138 Capacitor -.01 Mfd. (C42) .28
mounting foot assembly 1.30
4858 Capacitor -.01 Mfd. (C44) .28 12710 Shield-Coil shield for Stock Nos. 13587
11315 Capacitor -.015 Mfd. (C47) .20 and 13588 .28
13606 Capacitor -.025 Mfd. (C9) .20 12799 Shield-Coil shield for Stock No. 12798. .15
13607 Capacitor -.05 Mfd. (C8) .20 12883 Shield-Coil shield for Stock No. 13590. .20
4836 Capacitor -.OS Mfd. (Cll) 30 4794 Socket -4 -contact 80 Radiotron socket.. .15
4841 Capacitor -0.1 Mfd. (C20, C34, C35) .22.32
4786 Socket -6 -contact 6D6, 42 or 75 Radio -
4840 Capacitor -0.25 Mfd. (C41) tron socket 15
5170 Capacitor -0.25 Mfd. (C33) .25 4787 Socket -7 -contact 6A7 Radiotron socket .15
12741 Capacitor -0.5 Mfd. (C45) 1. 11199 Socket -Dial lamp socket .14
Capacitor-10 Mfd. (C48)
A(S3,
11240 12007 Spring -Retaining spring for core, Stock
5212 Capacitor -IS Mfd. (C32, C49) 1.16
Nos. 12006, 12800, 12882, 12664-
12807 Capacitor -Trimmer capacitor (C23) 35
Package of 10 .36
12714 Capacitor -Trimmer capacitor (C12) .38 13585 Switch -Range switch (Sl, S2) 2.15
12884 Capacitor-Trimmer capacitor (C4, C6, 13586 Switch-Tone control and power switch
C13, C15, C25, C29) S4) 1.20
13587 Coil -Antenna coil and shield, X and 12652 Transformer-First,C1,I. F. transformer
bands (L2, L3) 2.00
(L13, L14, C21, C22) 1.60
13589 Coil -Antenna coil, C band (L4, L5) 55 13392 Transformer -Power transformer, 100-
12798 Coil -Oscillator coil and shield, A and C 120 volts, 50-60 cycles (Tl) 4.95
bands (L7, L8, L9, L10) 1.65 13566 Transformer-Power transformer, 100-
13590 Coil -Oscillator coil and shield, X band 120 volts, 25-50 cycles (TI) 4.08
(Lil) .95 13393 Transformer-Power transformer, 110
13588 Coil-R. F. coil and shield, X and A and 220 volts, 50-60 cycles (Tl) 4.95
bands (L6) 1.45 12653 Transformer -Second I. F. transformer
13584 Condenser -3 -gang variable tuning con- (L15, L16, C36, C37, C38, R12, R13) .. 2.06
denser (CS, C16, C17) 5.65 13592 Trap -Wave -trap complete (Ll, C2, C3,
5119 Connector-3 -contact female speaker Rl) 1.60
cable connector .25 13144 Volume control (R16) 1.00
11979 Connector-2 -contact male connector for
power cable, mounts on back of cab- REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
inet .30 12641 Board -3 -contact reproducer terminal
12006 Core -Adjustable core and stud for board .15
I. F. transformer, Stock Nos. 12652 12640 Bracket-Output transformer mounting
and 12653 .22 bracket .18
12800 Core -Adjustable core and stud for 12012 Coil -Field coil (L12) 1.85
Stock No. 12798 .20 11469 Coil -Neutralizing coil (L17) .20
12882 Core-Adjustable core and stud for 12642 Cone -Reproducer cone and dust cap
Stock No. 13590 20 (L18) .94
12664 Core-Adjustable core and stud for 5118 Connector -3 -contact male speaker cable
wave -trap, Stock No. 13592 .22 connector .25
13595 Dial -Station selector dial and mounting 9699 Reproducer -Reproducer complete 6.38
bracket assembly 1.00 11253 Transformer -Output transformer (T2) 1.56
12702 Drive -Vernier drive and pinion gear for 11886 Washer -Spring washer to hold field
variable condenser .68 coil securely -Package of 5 .20
12712 Indicator -Station selector indicator
pointer 22 MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
5226 Lamp -Dial lamp -Package of 5 .70 11824 Connector -2 -contact female power cord
11324 Resistor-560 ohms, carbon type, 54 connector .34
watt-Package of 5 (R2) 1.00 11823 Cord -Power cord and connector assem-
3078 Resistor-10,000 ohms, carbon type, % bly .65
watt-Package of 5 (R6, R7) 1.00 12698 Escutcheon -Station selector escutcheon
13594 Resistor -15,000 ohms, carbon type, 1/10
3219
watt-Package of 5 (Rl)
Resistor-18,000 ohms, carbon type,
watt-Package of 5 (RS)
.75
1.00
12699
and crystal
Knob -Large station selector knob
Package of 5
- 1.02
.68
11364 Resistor-33,000 ohms, carbon type, % 12700 Knob-Small (vernier)station selector
watt -Package of 5 (R14) 1.00 knob -Package of 5 .58
13206 Resistor-39,000 ohms, carbon type, 2 11582 Knob -Range switch knob -Package of 5 .50
watts (R8) .30 11347 Knob -Volume control or tone control
5029 Resistor -56,000 ohms, carbon type, % and power switch knob-Package of 5 .75
watt -Package of 5 (R4) 1.00 11210 Screw -Chassis mounting screw assem-
11282 Resistor -56,000 ohms, carbon type, 1/10 bly, comprising one screw, one washer
watt -Package of 5 (R12) .75 and one lockwasher-Package of 4 .. 28
12333 Resistor -68,000 ohms, carbon type, 54 11349 Spring -Retaining spring for knob, Stock
watt-Package of 5 (R19) 1.00 Nos. 11347, 11582, 12700-Package of 5 .25
8064 Resistor -82,000 ohms, carbon type, % 4982 Spring-Retaining spring for knob, Stock
watt -Package of 5 (R9) 1.00 No. 12699 -Package of 10 .50
First Edition Prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
166
RCA VICTOR MODEL 5T5
Five -Tube, Two -Band, A -C, Superheterodyne Receiver
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
"Standard broadcast" (A) 530-1,900 kc "Standard broadcast" (A)
"Short wave" (C) 5,800-21,600 kc 600 kc (osc.), 1,700 kc (osc., ant.)
"Short wave" (C) 20,000 kc
460 kc
Intermediate Frequency
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT (3) RCA -75 . Second Det., A -F Amp. and A.V.C.
(1) RCA -6A7 First Det.-Oscillator (4) RCA -42 Audio Power Amplifier
(2) RCA -6D6 Intermediate Amplifier (5) RCA -80 Full -Wave Rectifier
Pilot Lamp (1) Mazda No. 46, 6.3 volts, 0.25 ampere
Mechanical Specifications
inches
191/2
Height
Width 13% inches
81/2 inches
Depth
24 pounds
Weight (Net)
29 pounds
Weight (Shipping)
Chassis Base Dimensions 12 inches x 7 inches x 3 inches
73/4 inches
Over-all Chassis Height
Operating Controls (1) Volume, (2) Tuning, (3) Range Selector, (4) Power Switch-Tone
Tuning Drive Ratio 10 to 1 and 50 to 1
General Features
This receiver is of the superheterodyne type and wave" (C) position of this extensive range includes
has many distinctive features. Its design includes channels assigned for amateur, and international
magnetite core adjusted i -f transformers and wave - short-wave broadcast on 49, 31, 25, 19, 16 and 13
trap, aural compensated volume control, tone control, meters. Trimming adjustments are located at acces-
resistance -coupled audio system, phonograph terminal sible points. Their number is reduced to the least
board, and an 8-inch dust -proof electrodynamic loud- that is consistent with efficient operation. The tuning
speaker. dial ratio of 10 to 1, with a 50 to 1 vernier, per-
Tuning range includes the "Standard broadcast" mits ease of tuning, especially in the "Short wave"
(A) and "Short wave" (C) bands. The "Short band.
Circuit Arrangement
The first -detector and oscillator functions are ac- this transformer to prevent signals of intermediate fre-
complished in a single tube, an RCA -6A7. The in- quency (460 kc) from being introduced into the
put of this tube is coupled to the antenna through first stage as interference. A two -section gang con-
a tuned transformer. A shunt (magnetite core ad- denser tunes the antenna transformer secondary and
justed) wave -trap is connected across the primary of the heterodyne oscillator coils. These coils are
167
www.americanradiohistory.com
IR.OlT.OX. NI
iiRR77
Y Y iOG Y d'
114,244
RR
;'r
4, le
....
`4.>.
°Y=
Y
660 ,.aa> ..a Wite
REC7. 2 r..344'.
'
Tzt
1,,r
l "IF 1,¡
".,'."RT s E+. OSC. COIL
._ -j `%. T
,~l' CONNECTIONS
:
T tl
;I
TMNSMM'RR
cññT , (i).n
.-ir-F2'>'
e-. a . ,
ie
,
M
: M
RNT. C
COMECTIONOILS
..
.:
. =,
1,,.,..,
`I_I
R J
tif,4
011-0
iÑT
.Ri..
u ,,,é
POWER TRIWS.
Lill -_ _I
elivill
,,.... /N+,
TONE
RO/ºER SWITCN
.,...,a,.>...«.
CONTROL®(
. .
168
shunted by improved plunger -type, air -dielectric, ad- matic control grid bias to the first -detector and i -f
justable trimming capacitors, for obtaining exact align- tubes through a suitable resistance filter.
ment. Manual volume control is effected by means of an
The intermediate frequency stage is coupled to the acoustically tapered potentiometer connected as a
RCA -6A7 and to the RCA -75 by means of tuned variable coupling element between the output of the
transformers. These transformers resonate with fixed second detector and the first audio control grid. After
capacitors and are adjusted by molded magnetite cores amplification by the RCA -75, the audio signal is trans-
to tune to 460 kc. mitted by resistance -capacitance coupling to the input
The modulated signal as obtained from the output of the RCA -42 power output stage, which, in turn, is
of the i -f system is detected by one of the diodes of transformer -coupled to the dynamic speaker. High -
the RCA -75 tube. Audio frequency secured by this frequency tone control is provided by means of a
process is passed on to the control grid of this same shunt capacitor across the plate circuit of the output
tube for amplification before final reproduction. The tube, which may be cut in or out of the circuit with
d -c voltage, which results from detection of the signal, a control switch S3.
is used for automatic volume control. This voltage, The power supply system consists of an RCA-80
which develops across resistor R6, is applied as auto rectifier tube, power transformer, and filter.
SERVICE DATA
The various diagrams of this booklet contain such tributors and dealers, a complete assortment of such
information as will be needed to isolate causes for service equipment as may be needed for the align-
defective operation if such develops. The ratings ment operation.
of the resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are indicated A test oscillator, such as the RCA Stock No. 9595,
adjacent to the symbols signifying these parts on the is required as a source of the specified alignment fre-
diagrams. Identification titles, such as LI, C2, RI, quencies. Visual indication of receiver output during
the adjustment is necessary and should be accom-
WRVE TARP OAC..¿
RNT. 'C BRND
CS
20,000K C.', LI
460 K C.
C2G
20000 K.C.
BAND
plished by the use of an indicator such as the RCA
le+. DE-1. K c.....4.42 nc Stock No. 4317 Neon Output Indicator.
OSC
-
. eee
I
The procedure outlined below should be followed
4GOKC.
LII
in adjusting the various trimmer capacitors and
SEC. ADJ. molded cores:
I -F Adjustments
2 F 4GOKC The four adjustment screws (attached to molded
TRANS,
®.- sea.DJ. magnetite cores) of the two i -f transformers (one on
-SEC. DEL,
top and one on bottom of each i -f transformer) are
1
A.VC.
RNT.'R" RAND OeC. "FY BAND OSC.IR' BAND AUDIO&
C4
ITOOK.C.
CBS
1700K.C.
LB
GOOK.C.
located as shown by figures 3 and 6. Each circuit
must be aligned to a basic frequency of 460 kc. To
Figure 3-Radiotron, Coil, and Trimmer Locations do this, attach the output indicator across the loud-
speaker voice coil.
etc., are provided for reference between the illustra- Connect the output of the test oscillator to the con-
tions and the Replacement Parts List. The coils, re- trol grid of the RCA -6A7 through a .001 mfd. ca-
actors, and transformer windings are rated in terms pacitor. Connect the test oscillator "Gnd" terminal
of their d -c resistances only. Ratings of less than one to the ground terminal of the receiver chassis. Tune
ohm are generally omitted. the oscillator to 460 kc. Advance the receiver volume
control to its full -on position and adjust the receiver
tuning control to a point, within its range, where no
Alignment Procedure interference is encountered from local broadcast sta-
There are five alignment trimmers provided in the tions or from the local (heterodyne) oscillator. To
antenna transformer and oscillator coil tuned circuits. eliminate signals from the local oscillator short stator
The i-f transformer and wave -trap adjustments are of C6 to chassis-ground. Increase the output of the
made by means of screws attached to molded magne- test oscillator until a slight indication is present on
tite cores. All of these circuits have been accurately the output indicator. Adjust the two magnetite core
adjusted during manufacture and should remain prop- screws of the second i -f transformer L13 and L12 to
erly aligned unless affected by abnormal conditions or produce maximum (peak) indicated receiver output.
altered during servicing. Loss of sensitivity, improper Then adjust the two magnetite core screws L11 and
tone quality, and poor selectivity are the usual indi- L10 of the first i -f transformer for maximum (peak)
cations of improper alignment. receiver output as shown by the indicating device.
The correct performance of this receiver can only During these adjustments, regulate the test oscillator
be obtained when the aligning has been done with output so that the indication is always as low as pos-
adequate and reliable apparatus. The manufacturer sible. By doing so, broadness of tuning due to a.v.c.
of this receiver has available for sale, through its dis- action will be avoided. It is advisable to repeat the
169
www.americanradiohistory.com
adjustment of all i -f magnetite core screws to assure (b) Adjust the oscillator magnetite core screw L8
that the interaction between them has not disturbed (top of oscillator coil) so that maximum (peak)
the original adjustment. indicated output results.
(c) Set receiver dial pointer to 1,700 kc. Tune the
R -F Adjustments test oscillator to 1,700 kc. Carefully adjust the
Calibrate the tuning dial by adjusting the scale oscillator and antenna trimmers C25 and C4 re-
pointer to the extreme end calibration mark (beyond spectively so that each brings about maximum
55 on dial) while the two -gang tuning condenser
(peak) indicated output.
plates are in full mesh. (d) Tune the test oscillator to 600 kc. Adjust the
receiver to pick up this signal disregarding the
Wave -Trap Adjustment dial reading at which it is best received. Adjust
Attach the output of the test oscillator to the re- oscillator magnetite core screw L8 (top of oscil-
ceiver "Antenna" terminal through a 200 mmfd. lator coil) for maximum (peak) output while
(important) capacitor. The ground connections re- rocking gang tuning condenser. After complet-
main connected together. Leave the test oscillator ing this adjustment, the trimmers C25 and C4
tuned to 460 kc. Adjust range selector to "Short should be re -adjusted as in (c) to correct for any
wave" (C) position. Then adjust the wave -trap change in the oscillator high -frequency tuning
screw to the point which causes maximum suppression which has been caused by the preceding adjust-
(minimum received) of the 460 kc signal. ment.
"Standard Broadcast" Band "Short -Wave" Band
(a) Adjust range selector to "Standard broadcast" (e) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
(A) position. Reduce output of test oscillator to the "Antenna" terminal through a 300-ohm
to a minimum. Tune the test oscillator to 600 kc resistor, leaving the "Gnd." of the oscillator con-
and set receiver dial pointer to 600 kc. Adjust nected to the receiver chassis.
output of test oscillator until a slight indication (f) Adjust range selector to its "Short wave" (C)
of output is visible. position. Set receiver dial pointer to 20,000 kc.
RESISTOR (
SOI
ws t 2"a I.
SIS
RIG
R
ASSEMBLY i
>\ 275,000n. TRANS.
F.
22°,000A
PHONO. TERM.BRD. i
- 216nRI27n
'
2s..i
RECT. -1 2"G'DEt 1-1^ '17+.1
I
75_
ELECT. 2.1MEGS. I
.1nTell
WAVE TRAP .i OSC.
2:1-..-
wZ 6D6
IO
i
COIL
14n
I
"e I
8.6
I
.
2
, C.G. A
J 0än 1e.Ó5,,
--1 L
I
I
râ
`y
2_-_T
I
Y
. 179n 27,000n
-ire I
I
' 8.6n rA
I
1 -
-T ,
'
T
4
O
' -15-,
.
:e I8n S6i000n
8y6OAS7C. tsT.LF
TRANS.
474500.n. 8.65nß
11-p
1
I
OUTPUT 51 -1
42
TONE CONTROL
POWER SWITCH ¡ VOLUME CONTROL
©RCA ,,.G.CO., INC. BOTTOM FRONT OF CHASSIS , 5-72979-o
110 V. CONNECTION ONLY.
Resistance Measurements
The resistance values shown between Radiotron ± 20%. Variations in excess of this limit will
socket contacts, grid caps, resistors, and terminals usually be indicative of trouble in circuit under test.
to receiver chassis -ground or other pertinent point When measuring the resistance between points of
on figure 4, permit a rapid continuity check of the the circuit and ground, it will be necessary to connect
circuits. The use of this diagram in conjunction with the negative terminal of the resistance meter to
the Schematic Circuit Diagram, figure 1, and Wiring chassis -ground. If the polarity of the resistance
Diagram, figure 2, will permit the location of certain meter is not known, it may be readily ascertained by
troubles which might otherwise be difficult to ascer- connecting a d -c voltmeter of indicated polarity
tain. Each value as specified should hold within across the terminals of the device.
170
Tune test oscillator to 20,000 kc. Set oscillator Loudspeaker
trimmer C26 to minimum capacity (plunger full
out), and antenna trimmer C3 to maximum ca- Centering of the loudspeaker voice coil is made in
pacity (plunger full in). Slowly push in oscil- the usual manner with three narrow paper feelers
lator trimmer C26 until maximum (peak) output after first removing the front paper dust cover. This
is reached. Two peaks may be found. Adjust may be removed by softening its cement with a very
C26 to the peak with minimum capacity (plunger BLACK
O.BA
near out) for maximum indication. Tighten
lock nut. Slowly pull out plunger of antenna
trimmer C3 until maximum (peak) indicated out
a4ok -18V.
CI RESISTORRSSEM.b 3V 75V.
T " T 2.5 DET.
4V.C.
5V.RC.-i
i
ELECCBT. CRS P.
RECTIFER
80 1
4.4V.', =
----315V. '9 1.3V.*1 R.C.
OSC. COIL ébé
---- 340V. R.C.
340V. R.C. --
í¡ K_
3V. --
` ;C _G, -
(SQO7CCET, -'' --OV.-Z.
RNT. COIL
iR55
AW.
1Lb
\ PRL
a+w o1
OUTPUT IKT I.E TRRNS.
42
3v. us íV. 240V.
TONE CONTROL
-8V I0oV.
(POWER SWITCH C -12V.]
VOLUME CONTROL
171
www.americanradiohistory.com
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily dentified and may be purchased from authorized dealers.
11364
watt -Package of 5 (R14)
Resistor-33,000 ohms, carbon type, %
1.10 12699
crystal
Knob -Large station selector knob
Package of 5
- 1.00
.68
watt -Package of 5 (R7) 1.00 12700 Knob -Small (vernier) station selector
5029 Resistor -56,000 ohms, carbon type, % knob -Package of 5 .58
watt -Package of 5 (R1) 1.00 11347 Knob -Volume control, tone control or
11282 Resistor -56,000 ohms, carbon type, 1/10 range switch knob -Package of 5 .. .75
watt -Package of 5 (R5) .75 11377 Screw-Chassis mounting screw and
11365 Resistor -82,000 ohms, carbon type, % washer assembly -Package of 4 .12
watt -Package of 5 (R12) 1.00 4982 Spring-Retaining spring for knob,
5145 Resistor -100,000 ohms, carbon type, % Stock No. 12699-Package of 10 .50
watt -Package of 5 (R9) 1.00 11349 Spring-Retaining spring for knob,
11398 Resistor -220,000 ohms, carbon type, Stock Nos. 11347 and 12700-Package
1/10 watt -Package of 5 (R6) .75 of 5 .25
First Edition. Prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
172
RCA VICTOR MODEL 5U
Five -Tube, Two -Band, A -C, Radio-Phonograph
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
"Standard broadcast" (A) 530-1,900 kc "Standard broadcast" (A)
"Short wave" (C) 5,800-21,600 kc 600 kc (osc.), 1,700 kc (osc., ant.)
"Short wave" (C) 20,000 kc
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT (3) RCA -75 .. Second Det., A-F Amp. and A.V.C.
(1) RCA -6A7 First Det.-Oscillator (4) RCA -42 Audio Power Amplifier
(2) RCA-6D6 Intermediate Amplifier (5) RCA -80 Full -Wave Rectifier
Pilot Lamp (1) Mazda No. 46, 6.3 volts, 0.25 ampere
PHONOGRAPH
Type Manual Type of Pickup Low -impedance magnetic
Turntable Speed 78 r.p.m. Pickup Impedance 96 ohms at 1,000 cycles
Mechanical Specifications
Height 21% inches
Width 16% inches
Depth 141k inches
Weight (net) 44 pounds
Weight (shipping) 56 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 12 inches x 7 inches x 3 inches
Over-all Chassis Height 73/4 inches
Operating Control .. (1) Volume, (2) Tuning, (3) Range Selector, (4) Power Switch-Tone, (5) Radio-Phono
Tuning Drive Ratios 10 to 1 and 50 to 1
General Features
The Model 5U combination instrument consists of phonograph motor, and an 8 -inch dust -proof electro-
a five -tube radio receiver and a manually -operated dynamic loudspeaker.
phonograph combined in one cabinet. Its design in- Tuning range includes the "Standard broadcast"
cludes magnetite core adjusted i-f transformers and (A) and "Short wave" (C) bands. The "Short
wave -trap, aural compensated volume control, tone wave" (C) position of this extensive range includes
control, resistance -coupled audio system, synchronous channels assigned for amateur, and international
173
www.americanradiohistory.com
L8, 4.9 ohms
L9, 2.1 ohms
POWER CORD
R. ,..,.
. '!ti- d+ú
.' . rEETP
al
fln/I
/
áwCPR
t
T J
MBCT 1
I
Il
:°rrI
CPP
EET
-
"
./'
<,s,
TPR u OSC. COIL
CONIECTIONS
r'"'41
ww.
TOM
TO
ICóli
CONTROL
( PONER SWITCN
H
L.-1
+
!WINCE SELECTOR
-Y
me[T
0,57y
¡`{i.
:
OSC
LJ..ñ,
VOLUME
CONTROL
R+IeTRiNS
Y
ü
ti
174
short-wave broadcast on 49, 31, 25, 19, 16 and 13 that is consistent with efficient operation. The tuning
meters. Trimming adjustments are located at acces- dial ratio of 10 to 1, with a 50 to 1 vernier, permits
sible points. Their number is reduced to the least ease of tuning, especially in the "Short wave" band.
Circuit Arrangement
The first -detector and oscillator functions are ac- which develops across resistor R6, is applied as auto-
complished in a single tube, an RCA -6A7. The in- matic control grid bias to the first -detector and i -f
put of this tube is coupled to the antenna through tubes through a suitable resistance filter.
a tuned transformer. A shunt (magnetite core ad- A radio -phono switch S10 is provided to connect
justed) wave -trap is connected across the primary of either the output of the second detector, or the out-
this transformer to prevent signals of intermediate fre- put of the phonograph input transformer, to the first
quency (460 kc) from being introduced into the audio control grid through the coupling capacitor C17
first stage as interference. A two -section gang con - and the acoustically-tapered potentiometer R8. Ca-
pacitor C51 is used to bypass any audio components
'd
Cb
BRAID WRVE TRRP
LI
OSC..¿ BRND
C26 in the second detector when S 10 is thrown to "Phono-
20.000K.C. 460K.C. 20,000 K.C.
graph" position. Transformer T10 serves to boost
28500 I T DET.\
SC.I
wc
.w .. the electrical impulses generated in the phonograph
RUCIO OUTPUT
SERVICE DATA
The various diagrams of this booklet contain such Alignment Procedure
information as will be needed to isolate causes for
defective operation if such develops. The ratings There are five alignment trimmers provided in the
of the resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are indicated
antenna transformer and oscillator coil tuned circuits.
The i -f transformer and wave -trap adjustments are
adjacent to the symbols signifying these parts on the made by means of screws attached to molded magne-
diagrams. Identification titles, such as Ll, C2, R1, tite cores. All of these circuits have been accurately
etc., are provided for reference between the illustra- adjusted during manufacture and should remain prop-
tions and the Replacement Parts List. The coils, re- erly aligned unless affected by abnormal conditions or
actors, and transformer windings are rated in terms altered during servicing. Loss of sensitivity, improper
of their d -c resistances only. Ratings of less than one tone quality, and poor selectivity are the usual indi-
ohm are generally omitted. cations of improper alignment.
175
www.americanradiohistory.com
The correct performance of this receiver can only must be aligned to a basic frequency of 460 kc. To
be obtained when the aligning has been done with do this, attach the output indicator across the loud-
adequate and reliable apparatus. The manufacturer speaker voice coil.
of this receiver has available for sale, through its dis- Connect the output of the test oscillator to the con-
tributors and dealers, a complete assortment of_ such trol grid of the RCA -6A7 through a .001 mfd. ca-
service equipment as may be needed for the align- pacitor. Connect the test oscillator "Gnd" terminal
ment operation.
A test oscillator, such as the RCA Stock No. 9595,
is required as a source of the specified alignment fre-
quencies. Visual indication of receiver output during
the adjustment is necessary and should be accom-
plished by the use of an indicator such as the RCA
Stock No. 4317 Neon Output Indicator.
During alignment, the Radio-Phono control should
be thrown to "Radio" position. The procedure out-
lined below should be followed in adjusting the vari-
ous trimmer capacitors and molded cores:
I -F Adjustments
The four adjustment screws (attached to molded
magnetite cores) of the two i -f transformers (one on Figure 4-Loudspeaker Wiring
top and one on. bottom of each i -f transformer) are to the ground terminal of the receiver chassis. Tune
located as shown by figures 3 and 6. Each circuit the oscillator to 460 kc. Advance the receiver volume
RESISTOR
^
Rls Rls }
116 1n Rn ASSEMBLY 2..1.F.
á*
R11
71'6 n27A- I
(
PHONO. TERM. BRD. 275000A. TRANS.. Qo00a
r-
I
;
CAP. 145.POWRAATIN6A6 5 1 1 ° 3 4.A.VC. -Tpe
C35 FOR OTHER RATINGS
1 I -+ "Q ' 75 8'n,..-0c Gll+r-- J
SEESCNEMATIC DIA6RA J L ---T G.G.
275,0o0A-
12904 285,000n
14pA r 27,OOOA--
_; I F.
r
1
WAVE TRAP
I
i
n 6D6
E.l es
ftT`
I
I
Bi64
:61.6A.
,
\\
I
L.0$-#A,.ÓSA
3..--)::1
"'C.G.
il -¡TO TERM. OF C35 1
330A
r 3T6n- 34.2,.
l
i
i
15,000,. 8.6A
ANT.
COIL
27000A !
270,.7-00"
1 I tsT.DET.L9c rpA
DR---
I
45-4 0
l
-------T-- I 1
$.OSC.
6A7
1ST.
LE
TRANS.
56,0001L
r &65.POWER- RATING A6
475,000A FOR OTHER RATINGS SEE
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
OUTPUT
42
TONE CONTROL
4, POWER SWITCH
RCA MFG. CO»INC. BOTTOM FRONT OF CHASSIS P -T2979-1
Resistance Measurements
The resistance values shown between Radiotron ± 20%. Variations in excess of this limit will
socket contacts, grid caps, resistors, and terminals usually be indicative of trouble in circuit under test.
to receiver chassis -ground or other pertinent point When measuring the resistance between points of
on figure 5, permit a rapid continuity check of the the circuit and ground, it will be necessary to connect
circuits. The use of this diagram in conjunction with the negative terminal of the resistance meter to
the Schematic Circuit Diagram, figure 1, and Wiring chassis -ground. If the polarity of the resistance
Diagram, figure 2, will permit the location of certain meter is not known, it may be readily ascertained by
troubles which might otherwise be difficult to ascer- connecting a d-c voltmeter of indicated polarity
tain. Each value as specified should hold within across the terminals of the device.
176
control to its full -on position and adjust the receiver sible. By doing so, broadness of tuning due to a.v.c.
tuning control to a point, within its range, where no action will be avoided. It is advisable to repeat the
interference is encountered from local broadcast sta- adjustment of all i -f magnetite core screws to assure
tions or from the local (heterodyne) oscillator. To that the interaction between them has not disturbed
eliminate signals from the local oscillator short stator the original adjustment. Remove temporary chassis -
of C6 to chassis -ground. Increase the output of the ground jumper from stator of C6.
test oscillator until a slight indication is present on
the output indicator. Adjust the two magnetite core Adjustments R -F
screws of the second i -f transformer L13 and L12 to Calibrate the tuning dial by adjusting the scale
produce maximum (peak) indicated receiver output. pointer to the extreme end calibration mark (beyond
55 on dial) while the two -gang tuning condenser
Radiotron Plate Current Readings plates are in full mesh.
Measured with Milliammeter Connected at Tube Wave -Trap Adjustment
Socket Plate Terminals Under Conditions Similar Attach the output of the test oscillator to the re-
to Those of Voltage Measurements
(1) RCA -6A7 -1st Det.-Osc. 11 ma. ceiver "Antenna" terminal through a 200 mmfd.
(2) RCA -6D6-í. F. Amp. 10 ma. (important) capacitor. The ground connections re-
(3) RCA -75 -2nd Det., A.V.C. and A. F. 0.22 ma. main connected together. Leave the test oscillator
(4) RCA-42-Power Amp. 42 ma. tuned to 460 kc. Adjust range selector to "Short
(5) RCA-80-Rectifier 63 ma.*
wave" (C) position. Then adjust the wave -trap
(*Cannot be measured at socket.) screw to the point which causes maximum suppression
(minimum received) of the 460 kc signal.
Then adjust the two magnetite core screws L11 and
L10 of the first i -f transformer for maximum (peak) "Standard Broadcast" Band
receiver output as shown by the indicating device. (a) Adjust range selector to "Standard broadcast"
During these adjustments, regulate the test oscillator (A) position. Reduce output of test oscillator
output so that the indication is always as low as pos- to a minimum. Tune the test oscillator to 600 kc
1 1
RSSéM. i.3V.
240V. -16V. VRéSIfiTOR
1 T T s---- ;
75V.
[Iov.] 24. DET. 2.eLF. TERNS.
EIéáT6CRP.////1\\\\
a\\yJUJ
I_
r o o--
©
fV.RC
RECTIFER
80
.-1
r o -
45,e
o o
LI!
°.Or
Adl.
,-.3v.j L6.4V.¡-y
y I
O
315V.
L1.3V.*] F.C. - - 240V.-
OSC. COIL 4bé
315V.--- --- 340J R.C.
- 100V.--.-
6.4K_
340V. FCC.
I!T OET
RT
I
1
1
y r I Or
AO)
-8V.
C -MY*
177
www.americanradiohistory.com
CHECK FOR CLEARANCE BETWEEN TO REMOVE TURNTABLE ASSEMBLY:. LOOSEN
ROTOR AND MOTOR BOARD NUT, PUSH STOP UP OUT OF SLOT AND
ROTATE ¡RM'
Oi TURNTABLE
------ CORRECT POSITION
WHEN ASSEMBLED.
STOP
'
RUBBER
C WASHER SPACERS
rl
RUBBER INSERT A PIN IN HOLE AND
O fl
VISCOLOID SLEEVE UNSCREW CLAMPING NUT TO
REMOVE FLANGE TURNTABLE
STEEL
\
USHER
ill IÍ.d/R
9 q
LEATHER
WASHER
r RUBBER
SPACER
`.
NOGY 11
TURNTABLE SMAPT
AND BEARING MOTOR SUPPORT SCREW
BOCA MM.CR.IND SM
/ r. SHIELD ELT.
PICK-UP
is L50
:1+401
BLUE L
1
TERMINRL
BORRD
BLRCK a B O
MI
RADIO MOTOR
PHONO
SWITCH
CND
MOTOR
BORRD
BOTTOM VIEW
PICK-UP
MOTOR WIRING CONNECTIONS GABLE
M 1001-5
251-
E E
MOTOR
CORD
0.,50
525E25
3251-25
RED
TO IIOVOLT5-50 CYCLES IIOVOLTS-6OCYCLE5
Itt/S-PERKER 110 VOLTS- 25 CYCLES
RECEIVER PHONOCRRPH
TERMINRL BORRD
Li 2L` 3 I
JL.-SHIELD EXT.
- :B.B-e
CRC ñMFG.
Cp INC. INPUT TRANS. CONNECTIONS
REEN-0 C50 4
-T p .005MFD. ÿ 1
REDT m
AG52
05MFD. Ú
SHIELD
A. Ó4000t 56,R50Ó03 q50
E XT.
'BLU 56,00011
rTh ELL BZ INPUT
R52 3 TRRNS. PACK
CORDPOWEFT
82,000/L BLUE_J
Figure 8-Assembly Wiring
If hum occurs during phonograph reproduction, a Stock No. 12037 should be connected between terminals 3 and 4 of input transformer.
178
www.americanradiohistory.com
and set receiver dial pointer to 600 kc. Adjust Centering Armature
output of test oscillator until a slight indication Refer to figure 9 showing the pickup inner struc-
of output is visible. ture. The armature is shown in its proper relation to
(b) Adjust the oscillator magnetite core screw L8 the magnet pole pieces, i. e., exactly centered. When-
(top of oscillator coil) so that maximum (peak) ever this centering adjustment has been disturbed it
indicated output results. will be necessary to remove the pickup mechanism
(c) Set receiver dial pointer to 1,700 kc. Tune the from the tone arm by removing the needle holding
test oscillator to 1,700 kc. Carefully adjust the screw and the two mounting screws from the front
oscillator and antenna trimmers C25 and C4 re- of the tone arm, holding the pickup assembly to keep
spectively so that each brings about maximum it from dropping. Unsolder the two leads from the
,i
(peak) indicated output. hugs on the terminal board at the rear of the pickup.
(d) Tune the test oscillator to 600 kc. Adjust the Insert a small rod or nail into the armature needle
receiver to pick up this signal disregarding the hole and replace the needle holding screw, tightening
dial reading at which it is best received. Adjust
oscillator magnetite core screw L8 (top of oscil- PICK UP, ARM ALIGN ARMATURE
lator coil) for maximum (peak) output while MOUNTING CENTRALLY BETWEEN
POLE PIECES,
SCREWS
,) ,P
rocking gang tuning condenser. After complet- ------,
ing this adjustment, the trimmers C25 and C4 'I.\
I
,-.,
ARMATURE
should be re -adjusted as in (c) to correct for any
WEDED
,r,' .
,
change in the oscillator high -frequency tuning d
kc,c3a`.,,ó / 1WEIJDED
©Vr,Z<
which has been caused by the preceding adjust-
%
a- r ir o
__ a=1......:: 1_ l'
rlla
ment.
"Short -Wave" Band
(e) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
VISCOL010
DAMPING BLOCK
' i
(SOLDER
A
CENTERING
SPRING-
'
SOLDER
REAR VIEW
POLEPIECES
se. co
B
sa
ti
-m
m .CA
179
damping block properly aligned on the armature, board. This same type of solder should be used when
screw D with its washer should then be replaced. necessary for soldering the centering spring to the
Heat should be applied to the armature (viscoloid armature.
side) so that the damping block will fuse at the Magnetizing
point of contact and become rigidly attached to the
Loss of magnetization will not usually occur when
VISCOLOID SPACER the pickup has received normal care because the mag-
DAMPING 6LOCK\ CUSHIONS
ljr, net and pole pieces are one unit and the magnetic
circuit remains practically closed at all times. When
the pickup has been mishandled, subjected to a strong
a -c field, jolted, or dropped, there may be an appreci-
TIP OF SOLDERING) able loss of magnetic strength, in which case it will
IRON ARMATURE erre,
be necessary to remagnetize the entire structure. To
Figure 10-Special Soldering -Iron Tip do this, it will be necessary to first remove the pickup
mechanism from the tone arm, and then remove the
armature. A special -tip soldering iron, constructed magnet assembly. Place the magnet assembly on the
as shown in figure 10, will be found very useful in poles of a standard pickup magnetizer such as the
performing this operation. The iron should be RCA Stock No. 9549 Pickup Magnetizer and charg-
applied only long enough to slightly melt the block, ing the magnet in accordance with the instructions
causing a small bulge on both sides. accompanying the magnetizer. It is preferable to
Replacing Coil check the polarity of the pickup magnet and to re -
magnetize it so that the same polarity is maintained.
Whenever there is defective operation due to an
open or shorted pickup coil, this coil should be re-
placed. Remove the pickup mechanism and terminal Loudspeaker
board as described above. Remove screws A and B Centering of the loudspeaker voice coil is made in
and the magnet assembly. Remove the bakelite coil the usual manner with three narrow paper feelers
support (with coil attached) and insert the new coil after first removing the front paper dust cover. This
support assembly in its place, after which replace the may be removed by softening its cement with a very
magnet assembly and center the armature as described light application of acetone, using care not to allow
above, then re -assemble the remainder of the unit. the acetone to flow down into the air gap. The dust
Only rosin core solder should be used for soldering cover may be cemented back in place with ambroid
the coil leads and pickup leads to the pickup terminal upon completion of adjustment.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers.
Stock DESCRIPTION List Stock DESCRIPTION List
No. Price No. Price
RECEIVER ASSEMBLIES 12797 Coil-Antenna coil and shield (L2, L3,
13216 Board-Antenna and ground terminal L4, L5) $1.30
board $0.25 12798 Coil-Oscillator coil and shield (L6, L7,
12717 Board-Phonograph terminal board L8, L9) 1.65
5237 Bushing-Variable condenser mounting
.22
12701 Condenser -2 -gang variable tuning con -
bushing assembly-Package of 3 .. denser (C6, C8) 4.00
12118 Cap-Grid contact cap-Package of 5 ..
.43
.15
5119 Connector -3 -contact female connector
12714 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer (C3, C4, for speaker cable 25
C25) .38
12006 Core-Adjustable core and stud for
12807 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer (C26) .35 Stock Nos. 12653 and 12801 .22
12973 Capacitor -5.6 Mmfd. (C24) .20 12664 Core-Adjustable core and stud for
12723 Capacitor-56 Mmfd. (C2) .20 Stock No. 12654 .22
12629 Capacitor-56 Mmfd. (C11) .20 13313 Dial-Station selector dial .45
13394 Capacitor-82 Mmfd. (C7) 20
12702 Drive-Vernier drive for variable con-
12724 Capacitor-120 Mmfd. (C19) 28 denser .68
12404 Capacitor -120 Mmfd. (C10. C13, C14) .26
13314 Indicator-Station selector indicator
12406 Capacitor-180 Mmfd. (C15) .26 pointer .15
12812 Capacitor-450 Mmfd. (C28) .25
5226 Lamp-Dial lamp, 6.3 volts-Package of
12811 Capacitor-3.600 Mmfd. (C27, C29) 5 .70
.35
4868 Capacitor-.005 Mfd. (C23) .20 13310 Resistor-Voltage divider2-hndcomprisingone
5148 Capacitor-.007 Mfd. (C16) .20 one 216-ohm, one R16,hm and 22-
11315 Capacitor-.015 Mfd. (C22) .20 ohm sections (R15, Rte, .55
4858 Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C17, C20, C30) ... .25
6135 Resistor-270-Packa ohms,carbon type, /watt
4840 Capacitor-0.25 Mfd. (C18)
-Package of 5 (R2) 1.00
.30 11296 Resistor -330 ohms, carbon type, % watt
5170 Capacitor-0.25 Mfd. (C32) .25 -Package of 5 (R4) 1.00
4841 Capacitor-0.1 Mfd. (C5, C9, C12, C21, 12759 Resistor -15,000 ohms, carbon type, IA
C33) .22 watt-Package of 5 (R13) 1.00
11240 Capacitor-10 Mfd. (C34) 1.08 12011 Resistor-27.000 ohms, carbon type, 1
5212 Capacitor -18 Mfd. (C31, C35) 1.16 watt-Package of 5 (R14) 1.10
The prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
180
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
Stock List Stock DESCRIPTION List
No. DESCRIPTION Price No. Price
11364 Resistor-33,000 ohms, carbon type, % 12083 Motor-105 -125 -volt, 50 -cycle motor
watt -Package of 5 (R7) $1.00 (M1) $11.10
5029 Resistor-56,000 ohms, carbon type, 1/4 9733 Motor-105 -125 -volt, 25 -cycle motor
watt-Package of 5 (Rl) 1.00 (M1) 11.00
11282 Resistor-56,000 ohms, carbon type, 1/10 9734 Motor -200-250 -volt, 50 -cycle motor
watt -Package of 5 (R5) .75 (M1) 10.50
11365 Resistor-82,000 ohms, carbon type, % 4456 Motor accessories-Comprising three
watt -Package of 5 (R12) ........ 1.00 nuts, one shield and one screw .10
5145 Resistor-100,000 ohms, carbon type, % 12048 Turntable -Turntable assembly complete
watt-Package of 5 (R9) 1.00 with rotor laminations, 60 -cycle opera-
11398 Resistor-220,000 ohms, carbon type, tion 4.80
1/10 watt-Package of 5 (R6) .75 13084 Turntable -Turntable assembly complete
11323 Resistor-270,000 ohms, carbon type, % with rotor laminations-25 -cycle opera-
watt-Package of 5 (R10) 1.00 tion 5.45
11847 Resistor-390,000 ohms, carbon type, % 12049 Turntable -Turntable assembly compelte
watt -Package of 5 (R11) 1.00 with rotor laminations, 50-cycle opera -
11626 Resistor-2.2 meg., carbon type, % watt tion 4.80
-Package of 5 (R3) 1.00 4083 Washer -Leather washer -Package of 10 .20
12651 Shield-Antenna coil shield .22 4084 Washer-Metal washer-Package of 10. .26
13311 Shield-Chassis end shield and rubber PICKUP AND ARM ASSEMBLIES
mounting foot assembly -Package of 2 .80 3812 Armature -Pickup armature (L50) .... .32
12607 Shield -First I. F. transformer shield top .30 Coil -Pickup coil .60
12008 Shield-I. F. transformer shield .28
13568
4543 Damper-Damper block complete with
12799 Shield -Oscillator coil shield .15 damper clamp, washer .10
12581 Shield-Second I. F. transformer shield 13567 Pickup and arm assembly complete 7.10
top .36 3811 Screw-Needle holding screw -Package
3682 Shield-6A7 or 75 Radiotron shield .22 of 10 .46
3950 Shield -6D6 Radiotron shield .26
4794 -4
Socket -contact 80 Radiotron socket .15 REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
4786 -6
Socket -contact 6D6, 42 or 75 Radio- 12641 Board -3 -contact reproducer terminal
tron socket .15 board .15
4787 Socket-7 -contact 6A7 Radiotron socket .15 12640 Bracket-Output transformer mounting
11199 Socket -Dial lamp socket .14 bracket .18
12007 Spring -Retaining spring for Stock Nos. 12012 Coil-Field coil (L16) 1.85
12006 and 12664 -Package of 10 .36 11469 Coil -Neutralizing coil (L14) .20
12796 Switch-Range switch (S2) 1.00 12642 Cone -Reproducer cone and dust cap
13309 Switch-Tone control and power switch (L15) .94
(Si, S3) .55 5118 Connector-3 -contact male speaker
12801 Transformer -First I. F. transformer cable connector .25
complete (L10, L11, C10, C11) 1.70 9699 Reproducer-Complete 6.38
12653 Transformer -Second I. F. transformer 11253 Transformer -Output transformer (T2) 1.56
complete (L12, L13, C13, C14, C15, 11886 Washer -Spring washer to hold field coil
R5, R6) 2.06 securely -Package of 5 .20
13392 Transformer -Power transformer, 105- MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
125 volts, 50-60 cycles (T1) 4.95 13564 Cable -3 -conductor shielded input cable,
13566 Transfo -mer-Power transformer, 105- approximately 3214 inches long, con -
125 volts, 25-50 cycles (T1) 4.80 nects receiver to radio -record switch.. .50
13393 Transformer -Power transformer, 110 4840 Capacitor -0.25 Mfd. (C51) .30
and 220 volts, 50-60 cycles (T1) 4.95 12785 Crystal-Station selector escutcheon and
Trap -Wave -trap complete (L1)
12654
13144 Volume control (R8)
MOTOR ASSEMBLIES
.75
1.00 12699
crystal
Knob -Large station selector knob
Package of 5
- 1.00
.68
12700 Knob-Small (vernier) station selector
10194 Ball-Steel ball bearing-Package of 20 .25 knob -Package of 5 .58
11740 Base -Motor base and bearing assembly 1.45 11347 Knob -Volume control, tone control,
11733 Coil-Stator assembly, comprising coil range switch or radio-record switch
and laminations, 105 -125-volt, 60-cycle knob-Package of 5 .75
operation 2.96 11377 Screw-Chassis mounting screw assem-
11734 Coil-Stator assembly, comprising coil bly, comprising one screw, one washer
and laminations, 105 -125 -volt, 50 -cycle and one lockwasher-Package of 4 .. .12
operation 3.08 11869 Screw-Motor mounting screw assem-
11735 Coil -Stator assembly, comprising coil bly, comprising one screw, three metal
13081
and laminations, 105 -125 -volt, 25 -cycle
operation
Coil -Stator coil assembly, comprising
3.08
washers, two rubber washers, one lock -
washer, two spacers and one nut
Package of 3
- .32
coil and laminations, 200 -250 -volt, 50- 11349 Spring -Retaining spring for knob,
cycle operation 4.60 Stock Nos. 11347 and 12700 -Package
11748 Damper-Motor damper assembly, corn- of 5 .25
prising one damper, one damper plate, Spring -Retaining spring for knob,
4982
one screw, two rubber washers and Stock No. 12699-Package of 10 .50
one "C" washer .20 13563 Switch-Radio -record switch (S10) .... 1.05
12082 Motor-105 -125 -volt, 60 -cycle motor 13565 Transformer-Phonograph input trans -
(M1) 11.10 former (T10, C50, C52, R50, R51, R52) 2.95
Prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
181
SUPPLEMENT TO
Stock Nos. 12537, 4835, 12398, 12410, 12411, 12399, 3404, 12402,
12395, 12497, 12499, 12731, 12498, 9684, 12500, 13150, 13071, 12936, and
12937 are not used in Model 5X with fixed wave -trap.
182
RCA VICTOR MODELS 5X, 5X3, and 5X4
Five -Tube, Two -Band, AC -DC, Superheterodyne Receivers
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
"Standard Broadcast" (A) 540-1,800 kc. "Standard Broadcast" (A)
"Short Wave" (B) 1,800-6,500 kc. 600 kc. (osc.); 1,700 kc. (osc. and ant.)
"Short Wave" (B) None required
Intermediate Frequency 460 kc.
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT (3) RCA -75 Second Detector, A -F, and A.V.C.
(1) RCA -6A7 First Detector-Oscillator (4) RCA -43 .Power Output
(2) RCA -78 Intermediate Amplifier (5) RCA -25Z5 Rectifier
Power Supply Rating (105-125 volts) 50-60 cycles -60 watts, D -C-50 watts
POWER OUTPUT LOUDSPEAKER
Undistorted 0 4 watts AC, 0.3 watts DC Type. Electrodynamic
Maximum. 0 9 watts AC, 0.8 watts DC M80864. i 4.5 ohms at 400 cycles
Impedance (v.c.) M80864.2, 3.0 ohms
Pilot Lamps (2) Mazda No. 40, 6.3 volts, 0.15 amperes
Mechanical Specifications
CABINET DIMENSIONS MODEL 5X MODEL 5X3 MODEL 5X4
Height 9% inches. 9% inches 7% inches
Width . 12%6 inches. 10% inches 10% inches
Depth 6 inches. 6 inches 6 inches
WEIGHTS
Net 11 pounds 10% pounds 9% pounds
Shipping. 13% pounds. 13% pounds 12% pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 9% inches x 4% inches x 1% inches
Over-all Height of Chassis 6% inches
Tuning Drive Ratio 5 to 1
Operating Controls (1) Power Switch-Volume, (2) Tuning, (3) Range Selector
General Features
Each model contains a five -tube chassis mounted in cluding 49 meters). The short-wave portion of this
a table -type cabinet. The superheterodyne type of cir- extensive range also includes channels assigned for
cuit is used, with such features of design as: automatic police, amateur and aviation communication. Trim-
volume control, diode detection, magnetite core ad- mer adjustments are located at accessible points. Their
justed i -f transformers, improved core adjusted an- number is reduced to the least that is consistent with
tenna wave -trap, band -selective illumination of full efficient operation. A mechanical interlock switch, in
vision dial scales, five to one tuning ratio, resistance the power supply circuit, is provided on some models
coupled audio system and an electrodynamic loud- to prevent accidental shocks and damage to equip-
speaker. The tuning range is continuous through the ment from operating the receiver with the rear cover
"Standard broadcast" and "Short wave" bands (in - removed.
Circuit Arrangement
The conventional superheterodyne type of circuit, Tuned Circuits
consisting of a combined first-detector-oscillator stage,
a single i -f stage, a diode-detector-automatic-volume-
The antenna coil system consists of two series -
control stage, an audio voltage amplifier stage, an connected primary and two series -connected secondary
audio power output stage, and a half -wave rectifier windings to provide the two ranges of tuning. The
power supply stage, is used. oscillator coil is similarly wound on a single form.
183
www.americanradiohistory.com
75 Gt
2IRDETAU010fl OUTPUT
AYC
fL
-er
7.7-17
SJ
ói II
óNNR
;it
SóéSD
A Ct
SácbDn
05X5
RECK
INTERLOCK
RLCT
POWER 1
WOO POWER
!1
SUPPLY
HIE= LIS
G{t I Z4,
INTERLOCK
7 0.
lSMII11I
IO. rn
NNY
l
RIE RIX+
550.
Num. ce.,fXc.
T-,use< SI
CESIIO.
ZSM
RAP
COIL MANNINO
1 ANTENNA TERM,
CORD
- --- i
T
TPo
; i I
F 0001001 NANs,.
!
1 u
.RT SPEAKER CONNECTIONS
L.
L
f
YH CNSTRO
L
CAPACITOR PAIX
184
A range selector switch, consisting of S2, S3, S4, power amplifier is transformer coupled into the dy-
and SS, is used to connect the various sections of namic loudspeaker.
these coil systems and to illuminate the proper dial Rectifier
scale for the band in operation. The coils are tuned The plate, grid, cathode and the loudspeaker field
by a variable two -section gang condenser having trim- voltages required for the operation of this receiver are
ming capacitors in shunt with each section. A series supplied by the RCA.-25Z5 tube operating as a half -
trimming capacitor is also associated with the "Stand- wave rectifier.
ard broadcast" oscillator coil.
The intermediate frequency amplifier system con-
DIAL INDICATOR
sists of an RCA-78 in a transformer coupled circuit.
This stage operates at a basic frequency of 460 kc.
PULLEY '
Adjustable magnetite cores are provided for adjusting
inductance of the input i -f transformer (primary and
secondary) and the output transformer (primary)
windings.
Detector and A. V. C.
The modulated signal, as obtained from the output 4 2'KTURNS
of the i -f stage is detected by one of the diodes in the 'FI ISM
RCA -75 tube. The audio frequency component, se- Figure 3-Tuning Drive Cord Mechanism
cured by this process, is transferred from the movable
arm of the volume control R6 through coupling ca- Rear view of drive assembly showing threading of drive
pacitor C17 to the control grid of the RCA -75 for cord with variable condenser plates in full mesh. To per-
form this operation, unsolder the four leads (connected
voltage amplification. The d -c voltage which results between antenna coil and range selector switch) from the
from detection of the signal is used for automatic range selector switch, unsolder antenna lead-in wire from
volume control. This voltage which develops across wave -trap terminal, unsolder lead from rear section of
resistor R6 is applied as automatic control grid bias gang tuning condenser, and remove the four screws which
secure the tuning drive frame to the chassis proper. This
to the first -detector and i-f tube through a suitable frame with gang tuning condenser still attached may now
resistance filter circuit. he easily removed for the threading operation. The rela-
Audio System tive position of the parts and method of threading are
shown on the above diagram. In case the cord is too long
The audio frequency component, mentioned under for proper tension, it may be effectively shortened by first
"Detection and a.v.c.," transferred to the control releasing finish end of cord, inserting a match or other
grid of the RCA-75, is amplified in the tube and then shim under the cord at point "A" and then re -hooking
the end of the cord to the tension spring. Replace drive
coupled to the control grid of the power output tube assembly and re -solder leads.
RCA -43 through capacitor C20. The output of the
SERVICE DATA
Caution: Certain tests (e. g. alignment and voltage In re -adjusting the tuned circuits, it is important to
measurement) require operation of receiver with the apply a definite procedure and to use adequate and
chassis removed from the cabinet. To permit such oper- reliable test equipment. A standard test oscillator,
ation on models using interlock switch, it will be necessary such as the RCA Stock No. 9595 will be required as
to hold the interlock switch (see figure 5) closed either by the source of the signal at the specified alignment fre-
inserting a screwdriver, rod, or pencil through the small quencies. Visual indication of the receiver output dur-
interlock hole at rear of chassis, or by temporarily un- ing alignment is also necessary to accurately show
hooking the interlock tension spring and pushing the inter- when the correct point of adjustment is reached. The
lock bar towards the front of the chassis. Avoid ex- RCA Stock No. 4317 Neon Output Indicator is espe-
ternal grounding of receiver or associated equip- cially suitable for this use.
ment since the power supply is connected to the receiver The procedure outlined below should be followed
chassis. Carelessness may cause serious damage to equip- in adjusting the various trimming capacitors and
ment. Replace interlock tension spring upon com- molded magnetite cores:
pletion of test. I -F Core Adjustments
The three adjustment screws (one on top and one
Alignment Procedure on bottom of first i -f transformer and one on bottom
There are three alignment trimmers provided in the of second i -f transformer) are located as shown by
antenna coil and oscillator coil tuned circuits. The i -f figures 2 and 5. Each circuit must be aligned to a
transformer adjustments are made by means of three basic frequency of 460 kc. To do this attach the out-
screws attached to molded magnetite cores. Re -adjust- put indicator across the loudspeaker voice coil or
ment may occasionally occur from continued extremes across the output transformer primary. Connect the
of climate, tampering, purported alteration for ser- output of the test oscillator through a .05 mfd. ca-
vices, or after repairs have been made to the r -f or i -f pacitor to the RCA -6A7 control grid, the ground of
tuned circuits. Improper alignment usually causes the the test oscillator being connected to the receiver
impairment of sensitivity, selectivity, and tone quality. chassis through a .05 mfd. capacitor. Set the test
Such conditions will usually exist simultaneously. oscillator to 460 kc. Set the range selector to "Short -
185
www.americanradiohistory.com
wave" position. Advance the receiver volume con- action between them has not disturbed the original
trol to its full -on position and adjust the receiver tun- adjustment.
ing control to a point within its range where no inter- Wave -Trap Adjustment
ference is encountered either from local broadcast sta- Attach the output of the test oscillator to the
tions or heterodyne oscillator. Increase the output of "Antenna Terminal" (see wave -trap, top view chassis,
the test oscillator until a slight indication is apparent figure 2) through an 80 mmfd. capacitor, the ground
on the output indicator.
connection of the test oscillator and receiver chassis
Adjust the bottom core screw of the second i -f being connected through capacitor as before. Receiver
transformer to produce maximum (peak) indicated "Antenna Wire" should be reeled up for this and the
receiver output. Then adjust the two core screws of following r -f adjustments.
the first i -f transformer for maximum (peak) receiver Leave the test oscillator adjusted to 460 kc. and
output as shown by the indicating device. range selector in "Short wave" position as before.
During these adjustments regulate the test oscillator Then adjust the wave -trap trimmer to the point which
output so the indication is always as low as possible. causes maximum suppression of the 460 kc. signal.
By doing so, broadness of tuning due to a.v.c. ac- R -F Trimmer Adjustments
tion will be avoided. It is advisable to repeat the ad- Roughly calibrate the tuning dial by setting the
justment of all i -f core screws to assure that the inter- pointer to the bottom horizontal line at the low fre-
263x. ---
I
,i-k,.. --22MEG.
C.G.
I
r300n1 I I
575000
' J3OOnL S -On
1 0020
680;00 0
RECT. OUTPUT I AUDIO
25Z5
I
43 I A.V.C. I 1
36004, I 75
680On 625x.
i
00O 10
I
21n..n
1
'r
I
4 I
SóñOO
Sr I.oF. TRAN SF.
661.
I.F. AMPL. 2°'I.F.TRANSF.
,
=T
I
C\
I I
\ tOOO I r -- 1364%.6n L
8.6n. O
cp.
L- ^ 0Q T8 33OOn r-=00
B.Sn O
Bp OE
,res
I
"
r1
r -5.5n--- 1-1 L
r --2.-1,-F-1,4-
i I ' -
© ó DET.
-
ñ "J
I
\\ 18,300..
sa B
II
1
Resistance Measurements
The resistance values shown between Radiotron socket were measured with the Radiotrons in sockets, power
contacts, grid caps, resistors, terminals, and receiver chassis supply disconnected, tuning condenser in full mesh, and
ground, on figure 4 have been carefully selected so as to volume control set at maximum except where otherwise
facilitate a rapid check of the circuit for defective parts, noted. In all cases of measuring the resistance between
bad joints, etc. The use of this diagram in conjunction
with the Schematic Circuit Diagram, figure 1, and the points of the circuit and ground, it will be necessary to
Chassis Wiring Diagram, figure 2, will permit the location connect the negative ( - ) terminal of the resistance meter
of certain troubles which would otherwise be difficult to to the chassis ground. If the polarity of the resistance
ascertain. Each value as specified should hold within meter is not known, it may be readily ascertained by con-
+ 20%. Variations in excess of this limit will usually be necting a d -c voltmeter of indicated polarity across the
indicative of trouble in the basic circuits. Resistance values terminals of the device.
186
quency end of the broadcast scale with the two -gang Shift the test oscillator to 600 kc. Tune the receiver
tuning condenser at its maximum capacity. The out- to receive the signal disregarding the dial reading at
put indicator should be left connected to the output which it is best received. Then adjust the oscillator
system. The connections for the test oscillator remain series capacitor, C8, simultaneously rocking the tun-
the same as for "Wave -trap" adjustment. Volume ing control backward and forward through the signal
control should be in maximum position. Make sure until maximum receiver output results from these
range selector is set to "Standard broadcast." combined operations. The adjustment at 1,700 kc.
Set oscillator and antenna trimming capacitors C11 should then be repeated to correct for any change
and C5, respectively, to a position near minimum ca- which may have been caused by the oscillator series
pacitance (plates near out). Adjust the test oscillator trimming capacitor adjustment.
to 1,700 kc.
Tune the receiver to pick up this signal (near Loudspeaker
1,700 kc. on dial) for maximum response disregarding Centering of the loudspeaker voice coil is made in
dial reading. Always keep test oscillator output as low the usual manner with three narrow paper feelers
as is possible and still obtain visual indication. Adjust after first removing the front paper dust cover. This
trimming capacitors C11 and C5 so that each pro- may be removed either permanently by cutting it
duces maximum (peak) receiver output, re -adjusting away with a sharp knife, or by softening its cement
receiver tuning slightly if necessary, but using the with a very light application of acetone using care not
minimum trimming capacitance possible to obtain to allow the acetone to flow down into the air gap.
peaks. Adjust the dial pointer (without disturbing The dust cover may be cemented back in place with
gang tuning condenser) to a dial reading of 1,700 kc. ambroid upon completion of adjustment.
t
SPEAKER 95V. t Ov. (5x,19 i
122x. 36
r-_-
1 I
107V.I r -) I
0v.
`\
i I
0 ZJ
L___!---1f,
29x. J L A C. O O
A.C.
L-
© O
o o
I
116V.
A.C.
r-- 0 4
w
O -i
I
L_ © T
W
p OSC. COIL zsv-A.C.
I
.O)
tv
1
RECT. J OUTPUT
2"'DET.
A.F. AMP. (
_:O.IV.
25Z5 1
43 j
¢ A.V.C. I
1
INTERLOCK TENSION I
75 1
OV. 1
INTERLOCK SW. i I
+ + t t t t t t t
Jr , I 63v N1iv.*) i ¡ toa v. I
10T V.I
I I
r--1 107 2"aI.F. TRANF.
I
_1
-8V. 2.6v
1
LII
I
2.L 6 V. AGE
1
O
I
/ Ink) I 4e. I
o-- L9 pm.
ADJ.
1
1
Q © O.-
PRI.
ADJ.
0v. 0o
' --
I I I 1
-;11v. 460
1
I L 460 K.C. (1V31h)
0 V. + 0 H.C.
l'
I
I L---y O - J
L==- 1..F. TRANSF.
I.F. AMPL. TOP OF RES.
,y,qn v
I
I I I
78 .R1 íR15 R14
- Q C.G. r- - -
115V
.68wAC._A.c.-
A.C.V. 115V. 6A7OSC. DIAL AÇ.r
1
I SW. . r I . CONTROL
--
II
A.C.ISHORT
I
WAVE" L_
I 1
I ¡
I Ov.-A.C.
CHASSIS. I POSITION ONLY
I
187
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from
authori
STOCK LIST STOCK
No. DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION LIST
PRICE No. PRICE
11409 Band -Tube shield rubber band -Package 12408 Shield -Second I.F. transformer shield... .28
of 5 $0.10 12396 Shield -75 or 78 Radiotron shield .25
12118
11465
Cap -Grid contact cap -Package of 5...
Capacitor -Adjustable capacitor (C8)....
.15
.48
3404 Spring -P o w e r switch spring -Package
of 10. .50
12535 Capacitor -13 Mmfd. (C6) .18 12007 Spring -Retaining spring for core
12405 Capacitor-47 Mmfd. (C15) .26 Stock No. 12006 -Package of 10 .36
12404 Capacitor-120 Mmfd. (C13, C14). .26 12402 Switch -Interlocking switch and cover
12406 Capacitor -180 Mmfd. (C16) 1.74
.26 12395 Switch -Range switch (S2, S3, S4, S5).. .68
12537 Capacitor-560 Mmfd. (C1) .20 12403 Transformer-First intermediate frequency
12536 Capacitor-820 Mmfd. (C18) .25 transformer, complete with shield (L9,
12534 Capacitor -1,170 Mmfd. (C9). .28 L10, C13, C14) 1.62
5107
4868
Capacitor -.0025 Mfd. (C2)
Capacitor -.005 Mfd. (C7)
.16
.20
12407 Transformer -S
e c o n d intermediate fre
quency transformer, complete with shield
4858 Capacitor -.01 Mfd. (C17, C20, C21) .25 (L11, L12, C15, C16)
4836 Capacitor -.05 Mfd. (C4) 1.45
4886
4839
Capacitor -.05 Mfd. (C12)
Capacitor -.1 Mfd. (C22)
.30
.20
.28
12497
12394
Trap-Wave trap (L1).
Volume Control -
power switch (R6, Si)
Volume control a n d
.70
12397
12453 Resistor-27 ohm -
Reactor -Filter reactor (L16)
(R11) -Package of 5
insulated, 1/4 watt
1.14
1.00
12401
12420
Condenser -2-gang variable tuning con -
denser (C3, C5, 010, C11)
Cord -Variable tuning condenser drive
2.35
12415 Resistor-39 ohm -- insulated, 1/4 watt cord -Package of 5 .20
12414 Resistor-560 ohm -
(R12) -Package of 5
(R13) -Package of 5
insulated, 1/4 watt
1.00
1.00
12608
13071
Dial -Dial scale -Used on Models 5X and
5X3 only.
Dial -Dial scale -
Used on Model 5X4
.45
12265 Resistor-6,800 ohm -insulated, 1/4 watt only .45
(R4) -Package of 5 1.00 12419 Indicator-Station s e l e c t o r indicator
12410 Resistor -15,000 ohm -insulated, 1/4 watt pointer . .15
(R2) -Package of 5 1.00 12416 Pulley -Indicator pointer drive pulley and
12412 Resistor-47,000 ohm -insulated, 1/4 watt shaft . .24
(R5) -Package of 5 1.00 12417 Pulley -Variable tuning condenser shaft
12286 Resistor-56,000 ohm -insulated, 1/4 watt pulley, with set screws .24
(R1) -Package of 5 1.00 12418 Screw -8.32x3/16 in. milled head, cupped
12263 Resistor-100,000 ohm -insulated, 1/4 watt point set screw for condenser drive pul -
(R8) -Package of 5 1.00 ley Stock No. 12417-Package of 10.. .18
12285 Resistor-470,000 ohm -insulated, 1/4 watt 12422 Shaft-Variable tuning condenser drive
(R9) --Package of 5 1.00 (knob) shaft. .26
12413 Resistor-680,000 ohm -insulated, 1/4 watt 12421 Spring -Variable tuning condenser drive
(R10) -Package of 5 1.00 cord tension spring -Package of 10... .60
12411 Resistor-2.2 megohm-insulated, 1/4 watt
(R3, R7) -Package of 5 MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
1.00
12399 Resistor -Comprising one 130 ohm and 12548 Crystal -Station selector crystal and bezel
one 42 ohm sec t i o n s (R14, R15) -Used on Models SX and 5X3 only.. 1.06
(Models with interlock switch only)
12936 Crystal -Station selector crystal and bezel
12845 Resistor -40 ohm -w i r e wound
1.40 -Used on Model 5X4 only .90
(R15)
4786
(Models without interlock switch only).
Socket-6 -contact 78, 75, 43 or 25Z5
.40
12673
range switch knob -
Knob-Station selector, volume control or
Package of 5
Used on Models 5X and 5X3 only
- .58
4787
12_400
Radiotron socket
Socket-7 -contact 6A7 Radiotron socket.
Socket -Dial lamp socket
.15
.15
.22
12937
range switch knob
Used on Model 5X4 only
-
Knob-Station selector, volume control or
Package of 5 - .65
12008 Shield -First I.F. transformer shield .28 4119 Screw-Set screw for knob Stock No.
12607 Shield -First I.F. transformer shield top. .30 12673 and 12937 -Package of 20 .38
188
RCA VICTOR MODELS 5XA, 5XA3, and 5XA4
Five -Tube, Two -Band, AC -DC, Superheterodyne Receivers
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
and SERVICE DATA
RCA Victor Models 5XA, 5XA3, and 5XA4 are similar to RCA Victor Models 5X, 5X3, and 5X4 respec-
tively. Technical Information and Service Data for Models 5X, 5X3, and 5X4 is directly applicable except as
contained herein.
Ilb
11SV#G
1220
OSC COIL
liiir
NYÓB I
Lnlw.
eLTELLOCIt SV
(Iv'IliTl)
i
Sv. N 2AV.
-
pVi
10T'.
-
1..1. *w.r.
ºcc ,OSC.
C-00 R.C.
O)C .D1 R
)10{Os WNI{.
eorra marl, or
The following parts listed for Models 5X, 5X3, and 5X4 are not required: Stock Nos. 13128, 12409, 13845,
and 12403.
The following changes of, or additions to, the description of Stock Nos. of parts listed for Models 5X, 5X3,
and 5X4 should be made: To Stock No. 12608 add Models 5XA and 5XA3, to Stock No. 13071 add Model
5XA4, to Stock No. 12548 add Models 5XA and 5XA3, to Stock No. 12936 add Model 5XA4, to Stock No.
12673 add Models 5XA and 5XA3, to Stock No. 12937 add Model 5XA4, to Stock No. 12006 add Stock No.
12801.
The parts listed below are required in addition to the remaining parts for Models 5X, 5X3, and 5X4.
STOCK LIST
No. DESCRIPTION PRICE
SERVICE DIVISION
RCA Manufacturing Company, Inc.
CAMDEN, N. J., U. S. A.
189
l507
OCT- 'O
SOX. LP ANPI.
73
279ETIW7w6
AVC
TI
N`it] R..
l áe
RANGE
3ELECTCF
6664.
2525
SECT,
BIT 9
ROWER
5umr
r'-
(ON
o
n63NA T)
54
T-7050,..
cif RFD
P'LE TRANS,.
r ..II
USC. COIL CONNECTIONS
CONNECTIONS 2-' I.r ANT. COIL CONNECTIONS
TRANSE. CONNECTIONS
vas
äs.
aa -
SPEAKER
KLLORv PRIMARY OUTPUT TRANSPORMO R
OUTPUT ,OET,AVC
MpwN u010
^y T6 2^.OET. i16Aew
MaaN."
A.V.C.
AUDIO
LN lv[tsOr,
TS
RO --
SIRED .
OUTPUT
12104 taw RESISTOR OSTPO TRANS,91.9091910419
6R0 M, Als J
NOLO
HOLE A' E .I.ETMNSE
Rues
L16
c6
CORD a.
ñ0,7001 M I U5 '
I
REACTOR
211CIMIM OUTPUT
¡ERT7TRANS,.
l C2]c2, i
Nw.a
CI-9NE
CE6
l
.
6Aown SPEANE_R--CONNECTIONS--
DIAL
I uróP s.
190
RCA VICTOR MODEL 5X2
Five -Tube, Two -Band, AC -DC, Superheterodyne Receiver
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
"Standard broadcast" 540.1,800 kc. "Standard broadcast" 600 kc. (ose.); 1,700 kc.
"Short-wave" 1,800-6,500 kc. (osc. and ant.)
"Short-wave" None Required
Intermediate Frequency 460 kc.
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT (3) RCA -75 Second Detector, A -F, and A.V.C.
( RCA -6A7
1 ) First Detector-Oscillator (4) RCA -43 Power Output
(2) RCA -78.. Intermediate Amplifier (5) RCA -12Z3 Rectifier
POWER SUPPLY
200-250 volts, 50-100 cycle s 120 watts 200-250 volts, D -C 110 watts
POWER OUTPUT LOUDSPEAKER
Undistorted 0 9 watts A -C, 0.7 watts D -C Type Electrodynamic
Maximum 2 watts A -C, 1.6 watts D -C Voice Coil Impedance 22 ohms at 400 cycles
Pilot Lamps (2) Mazda No. 40, 6.3 volts, 0.15 amperes
Mechanical Specifications
CABINET DIMENSIONS
Height 91/4 inches Width 121/8 inches Depth 51/2 inches
Weight (Net) 16 pounds Weight (Shipping) 20 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 91/8 inches x 43/4 inches x 17/8 inches
Over-all Height of Chassis 6Ve inches
Tuning Drive Ratio 5 to 1
Operating Controls (1) Power Switch-Volume, (2) Tuning, (3) Range Selector
General Features
This model contains a five -tube chassis mounted in tinuous through the "Standard broadcast," and "Short
a table -type cabinet. The superheterodyne type of wave" bands (including 49 meters). The short wave
circuit is used, with such features of design as: auto- portion of this extensive range also includes chan-
matic volume control, diode detection, magnetite core nels assigned for police, amateur and aviation com-
adjusted i -f transformers, improved core adjusted an-
tenna wave -trap, hand -selective illumination of full munication. Trimmer adjustments are located at
vision dial scales, resistance coupled audio system and accessible points. Their number is reduced to the
an electrodynamic loudspeaker. Tuning range is con- least that is consistent with efficient operation.
Circuit Arrangement
The conventional superheterodyne type of circuit, ing trimming capacitors in shunt with each section. A
consisting of a combined first-detector-oscillator stage, series trimming capacitor is also associated with the
a single i -f stage, a diode -detector automatic-volume - "Standard broadcast" oscillator coil.
control stage, an audio voltage amplifier stage, an The intermediate frequency amplifier system con-
audio power output stage, and a half -wave rectifier sists of an RCA -78 in a transformer coupled circuit.
power supply stage, is used. This stage operates at a basic frequency of 460 kc.
Adjustable magnetite cores are provided for adjusting
Tuned Circuits inductance of the input i -f transformer (primary and
The antenna coil system consists of two series -con- secondary) and the output transformer (primary)
nected primary and two series -connected secondary windings.
windings to provide the two ranges of tuning. The
oscillator coil is similarly wound on a single form. A Detector and A.V.C.
multi -pole range selector switch, consisting of S2, The modulated signal, as obtained from the output
SS, S4, and Si, is used to connect the various sections of the i -f stage, is detected by one of the diodes in
of these coil systems and to illuminate the proper tun- the RCA -75 tube. The audio frequency component,
ing dial scale for the hand in operation. The coils are secured by this process, is transferred from the mov-
tuned by a variable two -section gang condenser hav- able arm of the volume control RS through coupling
191
0
0.
S c o.is
uoP
. - IKsaza
CT.
0000
riss a xr,Ioa
rj ri
JU t
IS
116
192
capacitor C20 to the control grid of the RCA -75 for voltages required for the operation of this receiver
voltage amplification. The d -c voltage which results are supplied by the RCA -12Z3 tube operating as a
from detection of the signal is used for automatic half -wave rectifier.
volume control. This voltage which develops across
BLACK
resistor R8 is applied as automatic control grid bias OUTPUT
to the first -detector and i -f tube through a suitable TRANSE o ly VOICE
resistance filter circuit. COIL
I.9..
Audio System L14
The audio frequency component, mentioned under 350.. HUM
N EUT.
"Detection and A.V.C.," transferred to the control W OH. pet
grid of the RCA -75, is amplified in the tube and then BLUE &YEELLLOOIW LIS
coupled to the control grid of the power output tube REEN
FIELD
COIL
RCA -43 through capacitor C23. The output of the SPEAKER PLUG 5CÌÓ I900n
power amplifier is transformer coupled into the dy- BLUE
TOTAL
BLACK& BROWN
BLACK
RED
M81060 -e
CABLE PLUG ® RCA MIG.eo.,zen.
Rectifier Figure 3-Loudspeaker Wiring
The plate, grid, cathode, and loudspeaker field
SERVICE DATA
CAUTION: Certain tests (e.g. alignment and ditions will usually exist simultaneously.
voltage measurement) require operation of receiver In re -adjusting the tuned circuits, it is important
with chassis removed from cabinet. Avoid external to apply a definite procedure and to use adequate
grounding of receiver chassis or associated equip- and reliable test equipment. A standard test oscillator,
ment since the power supply is now connected to such as the RCA Stock No. 9595 will be required as
receiver chassis through the speaker field. Careless- the source of the signal at the specified alignment
ness may cause serious damage to equipment. frequencies. Visual indication of the receiver output
during alignment is also necessary to accurately show
Alignment Procedure when the correct point of adjustment is reached. The
There are three alignment trimmers provided in RCA Stock No. 4317 Neon Output Indicator is
the antenna coil and oscillator coil tuned circuits. The especially suitable for this use.
i -f transformer adjustments are made by means of
The procedure outlined below should be followed
three screws attached to molded magnetite cores. in adjusting the various trimming capacitors and
Improper alignment usually causes the impairment molded magnetite cores.
of sensitivity, selectivity, and tone quality. Such con -
I -F Core Adjustments
DIAL INDICATOR
PULLEY The three adjustment screws (one on top and one
on bottom of first i -f transformer and one on bottom
4
of second i -f transformer) are located as shown by
CONDENSER figures 2 and 6. Each circuit must be aligned to a
SHAFT PULLEY basic frequency of 460 kc. To do this attach the out-
put indicator across the loudspeaker voice coil or
TUNING DRIVE across the output transformer primary. Connect the
SHAFT
4 TA ezTURNS
output of the test oscillator through a .05 mfd. capa-
citor to the RCA-6A7 control grid, the ground of
FINISH
the test oscillator being connected to the receiver
Figure 4-Tulring Drive Cord .Mechanism external yellow ground lead. Set the test oscillator to
Rear view of drive assembly showing threading of drive 460 kc. Place the range selector in "Short wave" posi-
cord with variable condenser plates in full mesh. To per- tion. Advance the receiver volume control to its full -
form this operation, unsolder the four leads (connected
between antenna coil and range selector switch) from the on position and adjust the receiver tuning control to
range selector switch, unsolder antenna lead-in wire from a point within its range where no interference is
wave -trap terminal, unsolder lead from rear section of encountered either from local broadcast stations or
gang tuning condenser, and remove the four screws which heterodyne oscillator. Increase the output of the test
secure the tuning drive frame to the chassis proper. This
frame with gang tuning condenser still attached may now oscillator until a slight indication is apparent on the
be easily removed for the threading operation. The rel- output indicator.
ative position of the parts and method of threading are Adjust the bottom magnetite core screw of the
shown on the above diagram. In case the cord is too long second i-f transformer to produce maximum (peak)
for proper tension, it may be effectively shortened by first
releasing finish end of cord, inserting a match or other indicated receiver output. Then adjust the two mag-
shim under the cord at point "A" and then re -hooking netite core screws of the first i-f transformer for maxi-
the end of the cord to the tension spring. Replace drive mum (peak) receiver output as shown by the indicat-
assembly and re -solder leads. ing device.
193
www.americanradiohistory.com
During these adjustments regulate the test oscillator Leave the test oscillator adjusted to 460 kc., and
output so the indication is always as low as possible. range selector in "Short wave" position as before.
By doing so, broadness of tuning due to A.V.C. action Then adjust the wave-trap trimmer to the point which
will be avoided. It is advisable to repeat the adjust- causes maximum suppression of the 460 kc. signal.
ment of all i -f magnetite core screws to assure that R -F Trimmer Adjustments
the interaction between them has not disturbed the
original adjustment. Roughly calibrate the tuning dial by setting the
pointer to the bottom horizontal line at the low fre-
Wave -Trap Adjustment quency end of the broadcast scale with the two -gang
tuning condenser at its maximum capacity. The out-
Attach the output of the test oscillator to the put indicator should be left connected to the out-
black antenna lead through a 200 mmfd. capacitor, put system. The connections for the test oscillator
the ground connection of the test oscillator and re- remain the same as for "Wave -trap" adjustment.
ceiver being connected as before. Volume control should be in maximum position.
-- A
0300,000
L_ r - 350n- r`
J
1
- - --
r
I
L L-- - --15,000n
1
L_-_-
L_____
1
1
I--- - -
I
1
1
vo 11 1 I. F.
78
Ir 1I t=
",
I
I 1 I I
L__-1
SO--_1 2.51%.4 EG. 68,00Ort.
I
1
IST.D ET. c%,OSC.
I
560n
2.5MEG.15610001t. 6A7 1
194
Set range selector to "Standard broadcast" position. peaks. Adjust the dial pointer (without disturbing
Set oscillator and antenna trimming capacitors C12 gang tuning condenser) to a dial reading of 1,700 kc.
and C6, respectively, to a position near minimum Shift the test oscillator to 600 kc. Tune the receiver
capacitance (plates near out). Adjust the test oscil- to receive the signal disregarding the dial reading at
lator to 1,700 kc. which it is best received. Then adjust the oscillator
Tune the receiver to pick up this signal (near 1,700 series capacitor, C8, simultaneously rocking the tuning
kc. on dial) for maximum response disregarding dial control backward and forward through the signal un-
reading. Always' keep test oscillator output as low til maximum receiver output results from these com-
as is possible and still obtain visual indication. Adjust bined operations. The adjustment at 1,700 kc. should
trimming capacitors C12 and C6 so that each pro-
duces maximum (peak) receiver output, re -adjusting
then be repeated to correct for any change which may
receiver tuning slightly if necessary, but using the have been caused by the oscillator series trimming
minimum trimming capacitance possible to obtain capacitor adjustment.
1 1
25V.112V. 134V. (94V40 oV
134V.
1
OV11- A.0 ,
30V r6.4v
I ,
IIA IÔ I
I
J (-19.5V.
Ì
J
0
RECT. OUTPUT
= L_ 25V._1
A.C.
12Z3 43 -J
j2DET.,PIUDlO5
,,, A.V. C.
'BIAS CELL" . .t 75
240 V.
CHECK
SEE TEXT
G.G.1
C.G. 2I.3V.1
1sT.
I.F. 1 I I
CS TRANSF. I I I
134V.
60ó .C. Iv Ì(1,v0¡
ADJUST FROM _8V I
80v.j ÓV.
2.6V.I
I
SIDE OF CHASSIS' I
I I
t
1
P -72776-u
© C^ tern. co., me. + ` * ; *FRONT OF CHASSIS 1 $ Y
195
Loudspeaker away with a sharp knife, or by softening its cement
Centering of the loudspeaker voice coil is made in with a very light application of acetone using care not
the usual manner with three narrow paper feelers to allow the acetone to flow down into the air gap.
after first removing the front paper dust cover. This The dust cover may be cemented back in place with
may be removed either permanently by cutting it ambroid upon completion of adjustment.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers.
STOCK LIST STOCK
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION LIST
N0. PRICE No. PRICE
RECEIVER ASSEMBLIES 4794 Socket -4 -contact 12Z3 Radiotron socket .15
11409 Band -Rubber band for first I.F. Transfor-
4786 Socket -6 -contact 43, 75, or 78 Radio-
of 5 tronmer-Package socket .15
.10 4787
12118 Cap -Grid contact cap-Package of 5... .15
6A7 Radiotron
Socket-7-contactingRn .15
11978 Capacitor -Adjustable capacitor (C8)... 12007 Sp 120 Packag for Stock No
.50 12006 -Package of 10
12535 Capacitor-13 Mmfd. (C10) .18 .36
Capacitor-47 Mmfd. (C18) 12403 Transformer -First I.F. with
12405
12404
12406
12694
Capacitor-120 Mmfd. (C15, C16)
Capacitor-180 Mmfd. (C19)
Capacitor-220 Mmfd. (C2)
.26
.26
.26
.22
12676 Transformer
Trcompr
LSe
SeC1cond
C16)tra6sformer
shnd IF. transformer
with shield (L11, L12, C18,
I.F.1.62
12537 Capacitor-560 Mmfd. (Cl) .20 Ccomplete 1.72
12536
12534
4868
Capacitor-820 Mmfd. (C21)
Capacitor -1,170 Mmfd. (C9)
Capacitor-.005 Mfd. (Cl)
.25
.28
.20
12497
12394
Trap -Wave trapo
Volume Control
switch (R8, Si)
Control - and power
.70
1.06
4858 Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C4, C20, C23, C25) .25 DRIVE ASSEMBLY
4836 Capacitor-.05 Mfd. (C3, C14, C17)....
12078 Capacitor-.05 Mfd. (C26, C27)
30
.30 12401 Condenser -2
-gang variable tuning con -
4841 Capacitor-0.1 Mfd. (C13, C22) .22 denser (C5, C6, Cll, C12) 2.35
12682 Capacitor-10 Mfd. (C24) .70 12420 Cord -Variable tuning condenser drive
12677 Capacitor -2Sections each 16 Mfd. (C28, cord -Package of 5
Dial -Station selector dial scale
.20.12
.45
)
12681 Cell -Bias
9 cell for Stock No. 12676.... 3.30 12419 Indicator-Station selector indicator pointer .15
12495 Coil-Antenna coil (L2, L3, L4, LS) ... 1.30 12416 Pulley -Indicator pointer shaft and pulley .24
12680 Coil -Coil windings and form only for 12417 Pulley -Variable tuning condenser pulley
second I.F. transformer Stock No. 12676 and set screws .24
(L11, L12). 60 12418 Screw-8.32x3/16 milled head, cupped
12496 Coil -Oscillator coil (L6, L7, L8) .80 point, set screw for pulley Stock No.
12006 Core-Adjustable core for Stock No. 12417 -Package of 10 .18
12403, 12497 and 12676 .22 12422 Shaft Variable condenser tuning knobsha
4340 Lamp -Dial lamp -6.3 volt-Package of 5 .60 .26
12409 Lead -Antenna lead -approximately 20 12421 Spring -Drive cord tension spring -Pack -
feet long .35 age of 10 .60
12395
12697
Range Switch-(S2, S3, S4, S5)
Resistor-100 ohm, flexible type (R14) - .68 REPRODUCER ASSEMBLY
12481
Package of 5
Resistor -330 ohm, insulated,
(R3) -Package of 5
/watt,
.65 12641
12640
Board -Reproducer terminal board
Bracket-Output transformer mounting
.15
12412
5
Resistor -47,000 ohm, insulated,
(R7) -Package of 5
/ watt,
1.00
12567
for reproducer cable
Connector -5
-contact male connector for
.20
1.00
12672 Resistor-Wire wound ballast and line re -
sistor comprising, two 280 ohm sections
and one 42 ohm section (R15, R16,
12008 Shield -First I.F. transformer shield .28 R17) 1.55
12607 Shield -First I.F. transformer shield top .30 11210 Screw--Chassis mounting screw assembly
12218 Shield-Radiotron shield .15 comprising 1 screw, 1 lockwasher and
12678 Shield -Second I.F. transformer shield 1 washer-Package of 4 .28
complete with bias cell holder .38 4119 Screw -Set screw for knob Stock No.
12400 Socket -Dial lamp socket .22 12673 -Package of 20 .38
First Edition. Prices quoted above are subject to change without notice. Printed in U. S. A.
196
RCA VICTOR MODELS 6BT, 6BK, 6BT6, and 6BK6
Six -Tube, Two -Band, Battery -Operated, Superheterodyne Receivers
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
"Standard Broadcast" (A)
"Standard Broadcast" (A) 530-1,900 kc 600 kc (osc ), 1,700 kc (osc., ant.)
"Short Wave" (C). 5,800-21,600 kc "Short Wave" (C) 20,000 kc (osc., ant.)
Intermediate Frequency 460 kc
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT
(1) RCA -106 First-detector-Oscillator (4) RCA -30 Audio Driver
(2) RCA -1A4. Intermediate Amplifier (5) RCA -49. Power Output
(3) RCA -1F6. Second-detector-A.F.-A.V.C. (6) RCA -49. Power Output
Pilot Lamps 6BT or 6BK (1) ; 6BT6 or 6BK6 (2) ; Mazda 2.0 volts, .06 ampere, miniature screw base
BATTERIES REQUIRED
6BT or 6BK "A," one plug-in 21/2 -volt Air-cell (Eveready A-600 or equivalent), or one 2 -volt storage
battery; "B," three 45 -volt B batteries (Burgess No. 21308, Eveready No. 486, or equiv-
alent): "C," one 7%2-volt C battery (Burgess No. 5540, Eveready No. 773, or equivalent),
and four bias cells (Stock No. 12681).
6BT6 or 6BK6 "A," one 6 -volt storage battery; "B," none required; "C," one 7%2 -volt C battery (Bur-
gess No. 5540, Eveready No. 773, or equivalent), and four bias cells (Stock No. 12681).
CURRENT CONSUMPTION 6BT or 6BK 6BT6 or 6BK6
"A" at 2 volts 0.52 amp. (pilot lamp off)
"A" at 2 volts 0 58 amp. (pilot lamp on)
"A" at 6.0 volts 1 3 5 amps.
POWER OUTPUT
Undistorted. 1 2 watts 1 0 watts
Maximum 2 2 watts 1 6 watts
Mechanical Specifications
CABINET DIMENSIONS 6BT 6BK 6BT6 6BK6
Height 21 inches 38 inches 21 inches 38 inches
Width. 1311/4 inches 23V inches 131/4 inches 231/4 inches
Depth. 111/2 inches 111/4 inches 111/2 inches 111/4 inches
WEIGH TS
Net 21 pounds 46 pounds pounds 33 57 pounds
Shipping. 26 pounds 58 pounds pounds 37 69 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 12 inches x 7 inches x 21/2 inches
Over-all Height of Chassis 71/4 inches
Operating Controls (1) Tone, (2) Tuning, (3) Volume, (4) Range Selector, (5) Power Switch (located
on right side of cabinet) .
General Features
These receivers employ the same type chassis. The dynamic loudspeaker. Models 6BT and 6BK obtain
table models 6BT and 6BT6 each employ an eight - their plate supply from "B" batteries and their fila-
inch, dust -proof, permanent -magnet, dynamic loud- ment supply from either a 21/2 -volt Air-cell or a 2 -
speaker while the console Models 6BK and 6BK6 each volt storage battery. Models 6BT6 and 6BK6 obtain
employ a twelve -inch, dust -proof, permanent -magnet, their plate supply from a compact, vibrator power -
197
www.americanradiohistory.com
N
é3
___¡__
a
ú
00
--ii
gl
el
fe+
f.
cyy^
V -I
P
a
--1I p R;
J
*x
,00
4
eJ
H -
YéY
I--.
4= -
IE--Nh
ff 311
wYQY
/////
?- N 000 J * QÓdt
A g
1
n
-ihy^u
hÉ
UèZ
19.
33
198
199
supply unit, which, in turn, is operated from a 6 - The circuit used in these receivers is of the super-
volt storage battery. One cell (2 volts) of this same
storage battery is used to supply filament voltage to heterodyne type with such design features as mag-
the Radiotrons. The vibrator is of the "plug-in" netite core adjusted i -f transformers, improved core -
type which permits ready removal or replacement. adjusted antenna wave -trap, high -frequency tone con-
Models 6BT and 6BK have a pilot -lamp switch com-
trol, automatic volume control, phonograph terminal
bined with the main power switch so that the pilot
lamp may be turned off, after the receiver is tuned board, new edge -lighted dial, plunger -type air trim-
in, to conserve battery current. ming capacitors, and built-in antenna coupler.
Circuit Arrangement
The first -detector and oscillator functions are com- amplification. The d -c component resulting from the
bined in the RCA -106 tube. The input of this tube detection process is fed thru resistance -capacitance
is coupled to the antenna through a tuned r -f trans- filters to the control grid returns of the RCA -106 and
former. A series wave-trap, tuned by means of an RCA-1A4 tubes as automatic volume control bias.
adjustable magnetite core, is connected from antenna Bias cells are connected in these grid circuits to pro-
to ground to prevent signals of intermediate fre- vide bias voltage under conditions of little or no
quency (460 kc) from being introduced into the signal. The output of the RCA -1F6 is resistance -
first stage as interference. Both the oscillator and an- capacitance coupled to the RCA -30 driver which, in
.
tenna circuits employ separate coils for each band. turn, is transformer -coupled to the two RCA -49
These coils are tuned by means of individual plunger- tubes used for push-pull class B output. The output
type air trimming capacitors. of this push-pull stage is transformer -coupled into
The intermediate -frequency stage is coupled to the the permanent -magnet dynamic loudspeaker. A two -
RCA -1 C6 and to the RCA -1 F6 by means of tuned position, high -frequency tone control, consisting of
transformers. These transformers resonate with fixed C29 and S2, is connected across- the secondary of the
capacitors and are adjusted by molded magnetite driver transformer Ti.
cores to tune to 460 kc. Models 6BT6 and 6BK6 obtain their plate supply
from a vibrator -type power unit. The vibrator to-
The modulated signal as obtained from the out- gether with the power transformer T3 combine the
put of the i -f system is detected by one of the diode functions of generating alternating current and rectifi-
plates of the RCA -1 F6. The audio component of this cation. Filter chokes and capacitors are built into
rectified signal, which develops across the volume this unit to eliminate interference (noise) which
control RS, is fed thru coupling capacitor C21 to the would otherwise be introduced into the receiver cir-
control grid of this same RCA -1F6 for audio voltage cuits.
SERVICE DATA
The various diagrams in this booklet contain such and transformer windings are rated in terms of their
information as will be needed to isolate causes for d -c resistance only. Ratings of less than one ohm are
defective operation if such develops. The ratings of generally omitted.
the resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are indicated adja-
Caution: The four bias cells are used only for the
L19 C7 C8 CS 1.7 C2 purpose of supplying bias potential and should never
WAVE TRAP 20.000 1700 )700 Epp
460 K C. K.G. K. K.C. K.C.
20.000
K C.
be measured with ap ordinary voltmeter or other
device which draws any current. A simple check on
these cells may be made by connecting a milliammeter
in the plate circuit of the RCA -106 tube and noting
the plate current reading. Then remove the two bias
cells (3 and 4), being careful that the spring contact
200
screws attached to molded magnetite cores. All of Wave -Trap Adjustment
these circuits have been accurately adjusted during Attach the "Ant." output of the test oscillator to
manufacture and should remain properly aligned un- the receiver antenna terminal "Al" through a 200-
less affected by abnormal conditions or altered during mmfd. (important) capacitor. The ground connections
servicing. Loss of sensitivity, improper tone quality, remain connected together. Leave the test oscillator
and poor selectivity are the usual indications of im- adjusted to 460 kc and range selector in "Short wave"
proper alignment. position as before. Then adjust the wave-trap screw
The correct performance of this receiver can only to the point which causes maximum suppression of
be obtained when the aligning has been done with the 460 kc signal.
adequate and reliable apparatus. The manufacturer
of this receiver has available, for sale through its dis- "Standard Broadcast" Band
tributors and dealers, a complete assortment of such Connections for the test oscillator remain the same
service equipment as may be needed for the align- as for "Wave -trap adjustment." Adjust the test os-
ment operation. cillator to 1,700 kc and set the receiver tuning control
A test oscillator, such as the RCA Stock No.
9595, is required as a source of the specified align-
ment frequencies. Visual indication of receiver out-
put during the adjustments is necessary and should
be accomplished by the use of an indicator such as
the RCA Stock No. 4317 Neon Output Indicator. INTERNAL CONNECTIONS
Attach the output indicator across the loudspeaker OF VIBRATOR
voice coil. Advance the receiver volume control to its VIBRATOR TRANSF.-
maximum position, letting it remain in such position -YELLOW
for all adjustments. For each adjusting operation, 2Y,n
0 Lie
regulate the test -oscillator output so that the signal YELLOW-
0
level is as low as possible and still be observable at REACTOR
the receiver output. Use of such small signal will CHOKE COIL
BRAIDED
Connect the "Ant." output of the test -oscillator to CABLE
the control grid of the RCA -106 through a .05 mfd.
capacitor. Connect the test oscillator "Gnd." terminal
to the ground terminal of the receiver chassis. The
receiver range selector should be in its "Short wave" FUSE
I /YELLOW
SHIELD EET
TO RECEIVER
position. Tune the test oscillator to 460 kc. Adjust 1262E -ears
12823- 66B6
the receiver tuning control to a point, within its LLD
cillator.
S..1,c 13 BLUE 000001
Adjust the two magnetite core screws L12 and L11
of the second i -f transformer to produce maximum
\L/YELLOW
BLACK YELLOW BLACK
E7Ga000®°IY.
(peak) indicated receiver output. Then, adjust the
two magnetite core screws L10 and L9 of the first i -f
transformer for maximum (peak) receiver output as Figure 1-Power Unit Wiring (6BT6 and 6BK6)
shown by the indicating device. It is advisable to re-
peat the adjustment of all i-f magnetite core screws to to a dial reading of 1,700 kc with its range selector
assure that the interaction between them has not dis- changed to "Standard broadcast" position. Leave the
turbed the original adjustments. volume control of the receiver at its maximum posi-
tion. Regulate the output of the test oscillator until a
R -F Adjustments slight indication is perceptible at the receiver output.
Calibrate the tuning dial by adjusting the scale Then adjust the two plunger -type air trimmers, C5
pointer to the extreme low -frequency end calibra- and C8, of the oscillator and antenna coils so that
tion mark (530 kc) on "Standard Broadcast" scale each produces maximum (peak) receiver output.
while the gang tuning condenser plates are in their After this maximum has been accurately obtained,
full -mesh position. Alignment should be made in shift the test oscillator frequency to 600 kc. Tune the
sequence of "Wave -trap," "Standard broadcast," and receiver to pick up this signal near 600 kc, disregard-
"Short wave" respectively. ing the dial reading at which it is best received. Then,
201
www.americanradiohistory.com
adjust the oscillator magnetite core screw L7 (top of this trimmer which produce maximum output. The
oscillator coil) simultaneously rocking the receiver position of maximum capacitance (plunger near in)
tuning control backward and forward thru the signal should be used. Tighten lock nut. Check for image
until maximum receiver output results from these signal by changing the receiver dial setting to 19,080
combined operations. The adjustments at 1,700 kc kc. If the oscillator air trimmer C2 has been correctly
should then be repeated to correct for any change adjusted, the image signal will be received at this
which may have been caused by the 600 kc oscillator position. No adjustments should be made while check-
adjustment. Tighten lock nuts on C5 and C8. ing for the image signal.
"Short Wave" Band Phonograph Attachment
Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator to
the receiver antenna terminal "Al" through a 300 - A terminal board is provided for connecting a
ohm resistor, leaving the ground connections as be- phonograph into the audio amplifying circuit. Typical
fore. Place the receiver range selector to its "Short methods of connecting a low -impedance pickup, or
wave" position and set the dial pointer to 20,000 kc. the RCA Victor Models R-93, R-93-2, and R -93-S
Adjust test oscillator to 20,000 kc. Adjust the oscil- Record Players are shown on the schematic diagram
lator air trimmer C2 to produce maximum (peak) (figure 1).
output. Two positions of this trimmer may be found
which produce maximum output. The position of Loudspeaker
minimum capacitance (plunger near out) should be
used. Tighten lock nut. Adjust the antenna air trim- Centering of the loudspeaker voice coil is made in
mer C7 to produce maximum (peak) output while the usual manner with three narrow paper feelers
slightly rocking the gang tuning condenser back and after first removing the front paper dust cover. This
forth thru the signal. Two positions may be found on may be removed by softening its cement with a very
A
CIA
4
I
+
O68.1
I
I
In
4
íM
I*1F I
2""DET.
3ObboOn1
I
1
1
f
2.2M110.
**
2no.LF.
T7-'
IS1A IS9n OA $ A.V.C. Gig
I
I
I00 0 4 r--
I
I I
1
30
I O
-1
-1 04 tMÉB.' O 3 -J i
_
i
3T4n
OUTPUT
49
L OUTS
49
UT
J
+ TO TERM. BRD. \ i
J\ 1,
i1 f C.G.!;,,_J
TO TERM. BAO.
Z -4
O
441
CO- TEMPORARY
AFTER CELLS REMOVED
JUMPER Ç
COIL
osc. `1 I
` " O
\
2í,400A
Iv
L
. O :ì , 1
L.__._. J
09
itp OOn 0.ßn I
1
I.F.
1A4
0- -oa,--
O , **
..
1 1
CG `.;rtiMn-
__I
1
O5c., íß00n C. G,
A
1
L
A
L a jilk
,
VI
SA
L4J
WAVE
TRAP
-
I
1
T
I
**
I
VS MILS.
l521
s® t
V U
i 61
---- i C`
(e,)
D
D0
T1
-912
13.1n
J
111' I. F
ANT I
TRANS
COIL' Sa,000n OA
1
I I
I I
Resistance Measurements
**Before making any resistance measurements, remove use of this diagram in conjunction with the Schematic
the four bias cells and connect jumpers on bias -cell Circuit Diagram, figure 1, and Chassis Wiring Diagram,
board as shown. Also, remove the "C" battery and con- figure 2, will permit the location of certain troubles which
nect the two leads (-77 v. and -3 v.) to chassis ground. might otherwise be difficult to ascertain. Each value as
After measurements are completed, remove jumpers from specified should hold within ±20%. Variations in excess
bias -cell board and then carefully insert bias cells. Next, of this limit will usually be indicative of trouble in cir-
insert "C" battery and restore leads to their respective cuit under test. In all cases of measuring the resistance be-
positions. tween points of the circuit and ground, it will be necessary
to connect the negative terminal of the resistance meter to
The resistance values shown between Radiotron socket chassis -ground. If the polarity of the resistance meter is
contacts, grid caps, resistors, terminals, and receiver chassis not known, it may be readily ascertained by connecting a
ground, on figure 5, have been carefully selected so as d -c voltmeter of indicated polarity across the terminals of
to facilitate a rapid continuity check of the circuits. The the device.
202
light application of acetone using care not to allow battery. When the Air -cell is used, the 0.46 -ohm re-
the acetone to flow down into the air gap. The dust sistor R14 must be connected in series with the A-
cover should be cemented back in place with ambroid battery lead as shown on figure 8. When operating on
upon completion of adjustment. a 2 -volt storage battery, this resistor R14 should be
1 ; 1
(60V')
135v.1 135V' 134v. 40V. 0V.
I I I 1
I
1
1 (60V.):
E2V--1 2V., I Ov. ¡ (-7.5v.*) zno.DET 25V 1
i.r'
1
1 Ì
O.1V. 1 I
L*-'¡\
L-, 0
1
-°
I
OV. 6 J 1
I
Ì $. A. V. C. L I Lll
5 PRI.
0 3
1
l
6 (a)r 4 6 J F6 r- '.
J AIM
1
_J
I
2V.
L___I v `YL 30 2v.
L__ --j
?:..1(-311.,
02V
2No. LF.
OUTPUT OUTPUT C.G TRANS.
49 49 OSC.
COI L --135V.--
el WAVE
TRAP - °
°
2 3 71 V.-+-
=V
O, \ L___ ° 1A4
C.O. 2 V. -7 C. G...,,.* 2v!5)'ß
DO NOTMWYw2
ANT. f ,Sts7-6i-. DETe LS RETEST)
COIL +®
1
° P
OSC.
106
PRI.
ADJ.
I I
60 K.L.
(Do NOT MEASUSEI
5ta Tt1t5.I(,2U,2j
\, 1" I.F.
(-4V ) 135V. TRANS.
-.13VI
71V. )ISV.
I I
I i I
203
renewal installed. The plug-in arrangement affords
Power Supply (Models 6BT6 and 6BK6) easy removal or replacement.
The vibrator power unit supplies the necessary A 6 -volt storage battery supplies power for the
plate, grid, and cathode voltages for proper operation vibrator and for the tube filaments. Four connections
of these receivers. It contains a plug-in type vibrator, are required to the 6 -volt battery. The + 6 -volt
step-up transformer, and an efficient filter system. (black) lead and the + 4 -volt (blue) lead supply fila-
Rectification of the high voltage is accomplished by
means of the synchronous vibrator. The complete lead and -
ment voltage to the receiver, while the + 4 -volt (red)
volt (yellow) lead supply voltage to the
vibrator power unit. The two 4 -volt leads (blue and
unit is acoustically shielded to prevent noise. The red) should make separate connections to the same
vibrator -power-unit chassis should be insulated from battery strap to avoid against vibrator buzz which
the receiver chassis, when removed for service, to might otherwise result if these two leads are joined
avoid vibrator buzz. The vibrator unit has been care- together or touch each other. The 71/2 -volt C battery
fully adjusted by means of special equipment to insure is located on the top -side of the .receiver chassis and
quiet operation over an extensive period of life. No securely held in place by a metal cover (see figure 3).
adjustments should be attempted on a vibrator The four bias cells are located underneath the re-
suspected of being in a defective condition, but a ceiver chassis (see figures 2 and 5).
I I
C.c.r.wc>,,wn BRAIDED
CABLE BLACK-
/
/ BLACK-
RED TR./
I
GREEN-
YELLOW'
BLUE
''-PLATE
FUSE ! ,
- RESISTOR
R 1
0.464-
GREEN
o ÿ BROWN
BLUE
UtU i - YELLOW
BLACK rU RED rU } U RED -BLACK K }
- RED -
TR.
BLACK
"
ósi R/ITIM e BLACK
BLACK
+ `/ \ RED RED -BLACK RED TR. BROWN BATTERY SWITCH
TO "II' BATTERIES TO "A' BATTERY SS
Figure 8-Battery Cable (6BT and 6ßK)
(Stock No. 12826)
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers.
204
REPLACEMENT PARTS-Continued
STOCK DESCRIPTION LIST STOCK LIST
DESCRIPTION
NO. PRICE No. PRICE
1.00
contact male connector -
5 -contact female connector and one 4-
less power
switch -Used in Console Model only.. 4.00
11323 Resistor -270,000 ohm, carbon type, I/4 4288 Cap -Fuse connector male cap-Package
watt -Package of 5 (R9) 1.00 of 10. .36
3033 Resistor -1 meg., carbon type, I/4 watt- 4836 Capacitor-.05 Mfd. (C36) .30
Package of 5 (R6) 1.00 4937 Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (2 used in parallel)
12200 Resistor -1 meg., insulated type, I/4 watt (C31, C32) .25
-Package of 5 (R10) 1.00 4841 Capacitor-0.1 Mfd. (C35) .22
11626 Resistor-2.2 meg., carbon type, I/4 watt 12821 Capacitor-0.1 Mfd. (C38) .40
-Package of 5 (R8) 1.00 12820 Capacitor-0.25 Mfd. (C34) .45
12679 Resistor-2.2 meg., insulated type, I/4 4840 Capacitor -0.25 Mfd. (C33) .30
watt-Package of 5 (R3) 1.00 11387 Capacitor-10 Mfd. (C37) .86
12651 Shield -Coil shield for Stock No. 12797. .22 12819 Coil-Vibrator choke coil and terminal
12799 Shield -Coil shield for Stock No. 12798. .15 board assembly (L17) .40
12008 Shield -I. F. transformer shield for Stock 12179 Coil-Vibrator choke coil (L15) .45
12581
Nos. 12801 and 12802
Shield -I. F. transformer shield top for
.28 12793 Connector -4
power cable
-contact male connector for
.25
Stock No. 12802
12607 Shield -I. F. transformer shield top for
.36 12791 Connector -5 -contact female connector
and cover for power cable .30
Stock No. 12801 .30 4286 Ferrule -Fuse connector ferrúle and bush -
3682 Shield-Radiotron shield. .22 ing-Package of 10. .38
4794 Socket -4 -contact 1A4 or 30 Radiotron 10907 Fuse-3 amp. -Package of 5 (F1)
r
.40
socket .15 4290 Insulator-Fuse connector body insulator
4814 Socket -5 -contact 49 Radiotron socket .15 -Package of 10 .35
4786 Socket -6 -contact 106 or 1F6 Radiotron 12815 Reactor -Air core reactor (L14) .80
socket .15 12818 Reactor-Iron core (L18) .95
-4
11199 Socket-Dial lamp socket
12007 Spring -Retaining spring for core, Stock
Nos. 12800, 12006 and 12664-Pack-
.14 12825
5034
Resistor
Resistor-56 ohm, carbon type, I/2 watt
Package of 5 (R11, R12)
-
ohm, flexible type (R13).... .25
1.00
age of 10
12796 Switch-Range switch (Si)
.36 4814 Socket-5 -contact vibrator socket .15
1.00 4284 Spring -Fuse connector spring-Package
12795 Switch -Tone control switch (S2) .50 of 10. .30
12803 Transformer -Audio transformer pack 12824 Switch -Power switch (S3, S4) 1.00
(T1, T2) 3.55 12816 Transformer-Vibrator transformer (T3) 3.00
12801 Transformer -1st I. F. transformer, corn- 12817 Vibrator-Complete (L16) 4.85
plete (L9, L10, C15, C16) 1.70 4285 Washer -Fuse connector insulating washer
12802 Transformer -2nd I. F. transformer, corn- -Package of 10 .22
plete (L11, L12, C18, C19, C20, R4). 2.00
12654 Trap -Wave -trap (L19)- .75 MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
11589 Volume Control (R5) . .85
4289 Body -F u s e connector female body -
12667
REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
Console Model 6BK
Cone-Reproducer
- 6BK6 12826
Package of 10 (6BT 6BK)
Cable -Power cable (set end), approxi-
mately 60 in. long, complete with four
.35
205
REPLACEMENT PARTS-Continued
STOCK LIST STUCK
DESCRIPTION
Llsr
DESCRIPTION PRICE No. PRICE
No.
12788 Connector -4 -volt battery connector for 11347 Knob-Volume control, r a n ge
tone switch or power switch
switch,
knob-
Stock No. 12786-Package of 2 (6BT6
6BK6) .20 Package of 5 .75
12790 Connector-4contact female connector 12830 Resistor -0.46 ohm, flexible type-Pack-
for cable, Stock No. 12786 .45 age of 5 (R14) (6BT 6BK only).... .80
12791 Connector-5contact connector
fe m a le 11377 Screw-Chassis mounting screw assembly
and cover for power cable (6BT 6BK) .30 for table model only-Package of 4... .12
12787 Connector -6
-volt battery connector for 11210 Screw-Chassis mounting screw assembly
for console model only-Package of 4. .28
Stock No. 12786-Package of 2 (6BT6
6BK6) .20 12789 Screw-Cone point set screw for con,
12785 Crystal-Station selector dial escutcheon nector, Stock No. 12788-Package of
and crystal 1.00 10 (6BT6. 6BK6 only) .20
4286 Ferrule-Fuse connector ferrule and bush- 4284 Spring-Fuse connector spring-Package
ing-Package of 10 (6BT 6BK) .38 of 10 (6BT 6BK only) .30
3748 Fuse -1/2 amp-Package of 5 (6BT6BK) 11349 Spring-Retaining spring. for knob, Stock
(F1) .40 Nos. 11347 and 12700-Package of 5. .25
4290 Insulator-Fuse connector body insulator 4982 Spring-Retaining spring for knob, Stock
-Package of 10 (6BT 6BK) . .35 No. 12699-Package of 10 .50
12699 Knob-Station selector knob .(large)- 12829 Switch-Power switch (6BT 6BK only)
Package of 5 .68 (S5) . 1.05
12700 Knob-Station selector v e r n i e r knob 4285 Washer-Fuse connector insulating washer
(small)-Package of 5 .58 -Package of 10 (6BT 6BK only) .... .22
i'ir,t liuu
206
RCA VICTOR MODELS 6T and 6K
Six -Tube, Two -Band, A -C, Superheterodyne Receivers
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
'Standard broadcast" (A) 540-1,820 kc. "Standard broadcast" (A)
600 kc. (osc.), 1,700 kc. (osc., ant.)
"Short wave" (B) 1,820-6,600 kc. "Short wave" (B) None required
Intermediate Frequency 460 kc.
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT
(1) RCA -6A8 First Det.-Oscillator (4) RCA-6F5 Audio Voltage Amplifier
(2) RCA -6K7 Intermediate Amplifier (5) RCA-6F6 Power Output
(3) RCA-6H6 Second Det.-A.V.C. (6) RCA -5Z4 Full-wave Rectifier
Pilot Lamps (3) Mazda No. 46, 6.3 volts, 0.25 amperes
POWER SUPPLY RATINGS
Rating A 105-125 volts, 50-60 cycles, 80 watts
Rating B. 105-125 volts, 25-60 cycles, 80 watts
Rating C 100-130/140-160/195-250 volts, 40-60 cycles, 80 watts
POWER OUTPUT RATING LOUDSPEAKER
Undistorted. 2 0 watts Type. Electrodynamic
Maximum 4 5 watts Voice Coil Impedance 2.2 ohms at 400 cycles
Mechanical Specifications
CABINET DIMENSIONS Model 6T Model 61(
Height 19 inches inches
371/2
Width 133/s inches inches
23
Depth 83/4 inches 11 inches
Weights (Net) 22 pounds 43 pounds
Weights (Shipping) 27 pounds 55 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 12 inches x 7 inches x 21/2 inches
Over-all Chassis Height. 71/2 inches
Operating Controls (1) Power Switch-Tone, (2) Tuning, (3) Volume, (4) Range Selector
Tuning Drive Ratio 10 to 1
General Features
These receivers employ the same chassis and have Tuning is continuous through the "Standard broad-
many distinctive features. Model 6T employs an 8 - cast" and "Short wave" bands (including 49 meters).
inch dynamic loudspeaker and Model 6K employs a
12 -inch dynamic loudspeaker. The superheterodyne The "Short wave" position of this extensive range
circuit is used with such features of design as: mag- also includes channels assigned for police, amateur,
netite core adjusted i -f transformers, improved and aviation communication. Trimming adjustments
core adjusted antenna wave-trap, aural compensated are located at accessible points. Their number is
volume control, continuously variable tone control
with music -voice switch, automatic volume control, reduced to the least that is consistent with effi-
resistance coupled audio system, phonograph terminal cient operation. The tuning dial ratio of ten to one
board, band selective illumination of dial scales, and permits ease of tuning, especially in the "Short wave"
a dust -proof loudspeaker. band.
Circuit Arrangement
The first detector and oscillator functions are ac- this transformer to prevent signals of intermediate fre-
complished in a single tube, an RCA -6A8. The in- quency (460 kc) from being introduced into the
put of this tube is coupled to the antenna through first stage as interference. The two -section gang con-
a tuned transformer. A shunt (magnetite core ad- denser, which tunes the antenna transformer second-
justed) wave -trap is connected across the primary of ary and the heterodyne oscillator coil, has adjustable
207
J- LINK
Ißee[ eBA`xi
2.DET
:4c. 22
1` DET.ptOSC.
SAe
Le 4 AUDIO
OFS F6F8
OUTPUT
T2
o - nJº
Ls QM io
1.3 - 4-
,
ITiF'
56 565F
O. Mio
Z
- .a ," i
1
il
l
M Rll
M°F
2T5000
RS
70,0
DOS)
0n
2MEGi
TOTAL;
Ó MS`D
sàAooD..
' SecTlon Al
TO WOO
100.000
IND LAMPS
oto -
MFO.
0.255A.3
1010000.0
FIELD
ó1r
CÓ S W 12200.
1éts5ro.
REGT
6L4
o--
oéwro'o°-o
Ó e
ten
I
i (
2iÑ 2Tn Le
(0000X020
ss'-1 TO FILS,
PILOT 1-70401_5
ORCA nee co,011
Rl
R-15 should be removed and replaced with a jumper
when servicing. This resistor omitted in some models.
YELLOW , TRANSF.
TI (i+ó Y
rnwNs.0Miv1
' 1F.
TRANS.
`LACK
BUS
24,0O06
TRIMMER '.ICT C23-o.1 MFD.
CAP.
-)1LD1 RECT.
,BLACK [0 OUTPUT 5Z4
YELLOw
SFS
C2
cá en.
12MMF.
SREE tU05MF0
NOWN-PLACK, NOwN
15 KÙREM
0
27,000n SLACK' 083.0. 0
(2011
TRAMS. ONLY)
BROWN-
TONE 5 -
R6 1 j CONTROL
4, SW. I
Ono.
'I
TaM.
CZ4-REaMF0.
VOL .CONTROL
uCK
W
BAND INC
A
LOT
LAMP
SAND IND.
LAMP
CT
TO SPEAKER
-neo I
BLUE
LAMP
BLUE
-
BROWN
60 ITOn
26, 139.0 BLACK-
BROWN
25., 1000.0
Bmown
225000.0 YL.ETLLow
In. 1F. TRANSE. CONNECTIONS 2""'I.F. TRAN SF. CONNECTIONS OSC. COIL ANT. COIL
CONNECTIONS CONNECTIONS ED uLow
iLAOK
Figure 2-Chassis Wiring Diagram
208
trimmers for obtaining exact alignment. Each of bias diode ceases to draw current and the a.v.c. diode
these coils is tapped so that the range switch increases takes over the biasing function.
the range of tuning by decreasing the amount of in- Manual volume control is effected by means of an
ductance. acoustically tapered potentiometer connected as a
The intermediate -frequency stage is coupled to the variable coupling element between the output of the
RCA -6A8 and to the RCA -6H6 by means of tuned second detector and the first audio control grid. After
transformers. These transformers resonate with fixed amplification by the RCA -6F5, the audio signal is
capacitors and are adjusted by molded magnetite cores transmitted by resistance-capacitance coupling to the
to tune to 460 kc. input of the RCA-6F6 power -output stage, which, in
The modulated signal, as obtained from the output turn, is transformer -coupled to the dynamic speaker.
of the i -f system, is detected by one of the diodes of Continuously variable tone control is effected by
the RCA -6H6 tube. Audio frequency secured by this means of capacitor C26 and variable resistor R14
process is passed on to the control grid of the RCA- shunting the plate circuit of the output tube. Extreme
6F5 for amplification before final reproduction. The clockwise rotation of this tone control disconnects the
d -c voltage, which results from detection of the signal, resistor R14 from the circuit and places an additional
is used for automatic volume control. This voltage, capacitor C27 in shunt with capacitor C20, thereby
which develops across resistor R7, is applied as auto- reducing the low -frequency response of the amplifier.
matic control grid bias to the first detector and i -f This point is known as the "Speech" position and
tubes through a suitable resistance filter. The second provides optimum intelligibility of speech.
diode of the RCA -6H6 is used to supply residual bias The power -supply system consists of an RCA -5Z4
for the controlled tubes under conditions of little or rectifier tube which is supplied from an efficiently de-
no signal. This auxiliary diode, under such conditions, signed power transformer and which works into a
draws current which flows through resistors R5 and suitable filter. The various potentials required for the
R7, thereby maintaining the desired minimum operat- plate, screen, control grid, and cathode circuits are
ing bias on such tubes. On application of signal obtained from the output of the filter. The electro-
energy above a certain level, however, the auxiliary dynamic loudspeaker field coil is used as a filter reactor.
SERVICE DATA
The various diagrams of this booklet contain such tone quality, and poor selectivity are the usual indi-
information as will be needed to isolate causes for cations of improper alignment.
defective operation if such develops. The ratings The correct performance of this receiver can only
be obtained when the aligning has been done with
C3 OUTPUT RECT.
adequate and reliable apparatus. The manufacturer
ANT.
COIL ANT.
of this receiver has available, for sale through its dis-
1lTDÉ
á C8 1100K.C. 1 1 tributors and dealers, a complete assortment of such
osc. 6 C6 AUDIO
service equipment as may be needed for the align-
1 056. ment operation.
0
OS C. 1100K. 6F5 A test oscillator, such as the RCA Stock No.
460K.0
S.F.
TRANSF.\\
\ COIL
º MNT
2uP. I.F. TRANSF.
SECONDARY ADJUSTMENT
4. 9595, is required as a source of the specified align-
ment frequencies. Visual indication of receiver out-
////LI````I
put during the adjustment is necessary and should be
6K7 460 K. 1 1
3
accomplished by the use of an indicator such as the
WAVE
I.F. AMP. 2NO DET. & AVC. 51648 RCA Stock No. 4317 Neon Output Indicator.
460 F.c. ®RCA MFG. CO, INC
The procedure outlined below should be followed
Figure 3-Radiotron, Coil, and Trimmer Locations in adjusting the various trimmer capacitors and
of the resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are indicated molded cores:
adjacent to the symbols signifying these parts on the I -F Core Adjustments
diagrams. Identification titles, such as R3, L2, Cl, The four adjustment screws (attached to molded
etc., are provided for reference between the illustra- magnetite cores) of the two i -f transformers (one on
tions and the Replacement Parts List. The coils, re- top and one on bottom of each i -f transformer) are
actors, and transformer windings are rated in terms located as shown by figures 3 and '7. Each circuit
of their d -c resistances only. Ratings of less than one must be aligned to a basic frequency of 460 kc. To
ohm are generally omitted. do this, attach the output indicator across the loud-
speaker voice coil.
Alignment Procedure Connect the output of the test oscillator to the con-
There are three alignment trimmers provided in trol grid of the RCA -6A8 through a .05 mfd. ca-
the antenna transformer and oscillator coil tuned pacitor. Connect the test oscillator ground terminal
circuits. The i -f transformer adjustments 'are made to the ground terminal of the receiver chassis. Range
by means of screws attached to molded magnetite selector should be in "Short wave" position. Tune
cores. All of these circuits have been accurately ad- the oscillator to 460 kc. Advance the receiver volume
justed during manufacture and should remain prop- control to its full -on position and adjust the receiver
erly aligned unless affected by abnormal conditions or tuning control to a point, within its range, where no
altered during servicing. Loss of sensitivity, improper interference is encountered either from local broad -
209
cast stations or from the heterodyne oscillator. In- a horizontal position (53 on "Standard broadcast"
crease the output of the test oscillator until a slight scale) with the two -gang tuning condenser in full
indication is present on the output indicitor. Adjust mesh. The output indicator should be left connected
the two magnetite core screws of the second i -f to the system. Connections for the test oscillator re-
transformer to produce maximum (peak) indicated main the same as for "Wave -trap adjustment." Adjust
receiver output. Then, adjust the two magnetite core the test oscillator to 1,700 kc and set the receiver
screws of the first i -f transformer for maximum tuning control to a dial reading of 1,700 kc. Leave
(peak) receiver output as shown by the indicating the volume control of the receiver at its maximum
device. During these adjustments, regulate the test position. Make sure that the range selector is at its
oscillator output so that the indication is always as broadcast position. Regulate the output of the test
low as possible. By doing so, broadness of tuning due oscillator until a slight indication is perceptible at the
to a.v.c. action will be avoided. It is advisable to re- receiver output. Then adjust the two trimmers, C6
peat the adjustment of all i -f magnetite core screws to and C3, of the oscillator and antenna transformer
assure that the interaction between them has not dis- coils (mounted on the variable condenser) so that
turbed the oriTinal adjustment. each produces maximum (peak) receiver output.
Wave -Trap Adjustment After this maximum has been accurately obtained,
Attach the output of the test oscillator to the re- shift the test oscillator to 600 kc. Tune the receiver
ceiver "Antenna" terminal through a 200 mmfd. to pick up this signal, disregarding the dial reading at
(important) capacitor. The ground connections re- which it is best received. Then, adjust the receiver
main connected together. Leave the test oscillator ad- oscillator series trimmer, C8, simultaneously rocking
justed to 460 kc and range selector in "Short wave" the tuning control backward and forward through the
position as before. Then adjust the wave -trap screw signal until maximum receiver output results from
to the point which causes maximum suppression of these combined operations. The adjustment at 1,700
the 460 kc signal. kc should then be repeated to correct for any change
R -F Trimmer Adjustments which may have been caused by the oscillator series
Calibrate the tuning dial by setting the pointer to trimmer adjustment.
t.SMEG. On 260,0005 Oh
I
l
L cOO
8.65.
I.F.
WAVE
I
ZN° DE
6K7
TRAP ,.-- A.V. C. L
C.G. 2T000n 6H6
37o,óoay O AUDIO
c 6F5
\®FL
p
C.G,
100,0005.
236005
t 214E0.
''..----1-- -0100,0005 ---~
29,0005
L__ -On -___--+_-_-__-.
l
I
OUTPUT i
L---
I - -r-LcV©
L ----OS 3765 -¡} I' ` \®!
0O
L C.G. I
2655
11 470,00051
I
//
EL CAP ón
60 0,000.
Q(VOLUME I
'
C29 Ì
I I TAP 765nrow25 TIR/IM6
2655
1 I
I
I
210
Phonograph Attachment Loudspeaker
A terminal board is provided for connecting a Centering of the loudspeaker voice coil is made in
phonograph into the audio amplifying circuit. Typical the usual manner with three narrow paper feelers
BLACK -BLUE
RED
FILAMENTS
RED -BLACK
SLUE
YELLOW
BLACK
RECT.
FIL.
RED -YELLOW
TERM. BOARD YELLOW
PRIMARY BROWN
OREEN
BLACK-BROWS
BLACK -RED TR.
LACK -RED TR. ,,-VARIABLE LEAD ROWN
RED -BLACK
RECTIFIER
FILAMENT
M-3102]-0 5 -VOLTS
IleirwwMi.
Primary Resistance -24.8 ohms Total Figure 6-Loudspeaker Wiring
Secondary Resistance -668 ohms Total
after first removing the front paper dust cover. This
Figure 5-Universal Transformer may be removed either permanently by cutting it
away with a sharp knife, or by softening its cement
methods of connecting a low-impedance pick-up, or with a very light application of acetone using care
the RCA Victor Models R-93, R-93-2, and R -93S not to allow the acetone to flow down into the air
Record Players are shown on the schematic diagram gap. The dust cover may be cemented back in place
(figure 1). with ambroid upon completion of adjustment.
t t t
1 102V.
LIOi- RI. ; SI/1trAS
281
I
A DJ l-1 L
460 K.C. L J
I.F.
WAVE 2"a DET. L_-3V.-J
TRAP
6K7
A.V. C.
e e o RESISTOR UNIT
CO. OHO
AUDIO
6F5
PRI. OSC.
460 K.C.
ADJ.
Fs: -J COI L
r
5.4V-A.C.
I ICG.' _J
TRANSF. -3V I
Gsiv.j('I ovI.
I
BqV. IlBv. I
2¢ov. IEL2v 1
0.4V.1 1
i 1 i , 1
}
I
s/.
_r
au OUTPUT
I"DET. 6F6 RECT.
I
OSC.
(60CN,e
-- 84K1re1v-A.G© 524
J 648
OSC.
sky.
AIGL+¡7-43e . .
ra CG. 00
r
Llsv-At,'
ELCAP
Ov
i.I
s E ANT.
COI L
I
OV.
I
1
i
315X-A.C.
32TV,I
I
C29 j
Ì
I
250v. 95v. I
I
I
211
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine Factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased From authorized dealers.
STOCK
DESCRIPTION LIST STOCK LIST
No. PRICE No. DESCRIPTION
PRICE
12004
watt-Package of 5 (R5)
Resistor -Voltage divider resistor -Com-
prising one 216 ohm, one 27 ohm and
1.00
6T).94
1.85
5226 Lamp -Dial lamp -Package of 5 .70 11469 Coil -Neutralizing coil (L12) .20
12663 Mask-Dial light diffuser, complete with 12642 Cone -Reproducer cone and dust cap
red and green colored screen .30
12647 Range Switch (S2) .68(L13)(Model
12667 Cone-Reproducercone
cone
(L13) (Model 6K)
and dust cap
1.00
11454 Resistor-6,800 ohm, carbon type, 1/4 5118 Connector -3 -contact male speaker cable
watt-Package of 5 (R2) 1.00 connector .25
8070 Resistor -22,000 ohm, carbon type, 1/2 12666 Cover -Speaker cover (Model 6K) .65
watt-Package of 5 (R3) 1.00 9696 Reproducer complete (Model 6K)
11400 Resistor -27,000 ohm, carbon type, 1/4 6.90
9699 Reproducer complete (Model 6T) 6.38
watt -Package of 5 (R9) 1.00 11253 Transformer-Output transformer (T2). 1.56
12011 Resistor-27,000 ohm, carbon type, 1 11886 Washer-Spring washer to hold field coil
watt--Package of 5 (R4) 1.10 securely-Package of 5 .20
5029 Resistor -56,000 ohm, carbon type, 1/4
watt -Package of 5 (R1) 1.00 MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
11282 Resistor-56,000 ohm, carbon type, 1/10 12639 Escutcheon -Station selector escutcheon
12263
watt-Package of 5 (R6)
Resistor-100,000 ohm, insulated, 1/4 watt
-Package of 5 (R12)
.75
1.00
12638
and crystal
Knob-Station selector knob
of 5.
-Package
1.02
.58
3118 Resistor-100,000 ohm, carbon type, 1/4 11582 Knob -Tone control knob -Package of 5 .50
watt-Package of 5 (R10) 1.00 11347 Knob-Volume control or range switch
11398 Resistor -220,000 ohm, carbon type, 1/10 knob -Package of 5 .75
watt-Package of 5 (R7) .75 11586 Screw -Receiver mounting screw No. 14x1
11453 Resistor-270,000 ohm, carbon type, 1/10 in. -Package of 10 .22
watt -Package of 5 (R11) .75 11349 Spring -Retaining spring for knob, Stock
11452 Resistor -470,000 ohm, carbon type, 1/10 Nos. 11347, 11582, and 12638-Pack,
watt-Package of 5 (R13) .75 age of 5 .25
212
RCA VICTOR MODELS 6Ki, 7X1, and 8K1
MODEL 6Ki
All Service Data for Model 6K are directly applicable to these re-
ceivers except the changes stated above and the Replacement Parts listed
below.
Stock Nos. 11315, 12670, 12658, 12669, 3118, 12668, 11999, 12132,
12133, and 11582 are not used in Model 6K1.
213
MODEL 7Xi
Stock Nos. 12996, 12718, 3529, and 9717 are not used in Model 7X1.
MODEL 8Ki
Stock Nos. 12703, 12718, and 11996 are not used in Model 8K1.
SERVICE DIVISION
RCA Manufacturing Company, Inc.
Camden, N. J., U. S. A.
214
RCA VICTOR MODELS 6T2 AND 6K2
Six -Tube, Three -Band, A -C, Superheterodyne Receivers
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
540- 1,625 kc. "Standard broadcast" (A) ...600 kc. (osc.), 1,400 kc.
"Standard broadcast" (A) (osc. and ant.)
"Medium wave" (B) 1,625- 5,700 kc. "Medium wave" (B) None required
"Short wave" (C) 5,700-18,000 kc. "Short wave" (C) 15,000 kc. (osc. and ant.)
460 kc.
Intermediate Frequency
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT
(1) RCA -6A8 First-detector-oscillator (4) RCA-6F5 Audio voltage amplifier
(2) RCA -6K7 Intermediate amplifier (5) RCA-6F6 Audio power amplifier
(3) RCA-6H6 Second-detector-a.v.c. (6) RCA -5Z4 Full-wave rectifier
Pilot Lamps (5) Mazda No. 46, 6.3 volts, 0.25 amperes
POWER SUPPLY RATINGS
Rating A 105-125 volts, 50-60 cycles, 90 watts
Rating B 105.125 volts, 25.60 cycles, 90 watts
Rating C 100-130/140-160/195-250 volts, 40-60 cycles, 90 watts
POWER OUTPUT LOUDSPEAKER
Undistorted 2.0 watts Type Electrodynamic
Maximum 4 5 watts Impedance (v.c.) 2 2 ohms at 400 cycles
Mechanical Specifications
Model 6T2 Model 6K2
inches
197/8 38 inches
Height
g 231/8 inches
Width inches
133/4
inches
81/2 111/8 inches
Depth
Weight (net) 24 pounds 46 pounds
Weight (shipping) 29 pounds 58 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 12 inches x 7 inches x 21/2 inches
8 inches
Over-all Chassis Height
Operating Controls (1) Power switch-tone, (2) Tuning, (3) Volume, (4) Range selector
Tuning Drive Ratios 10 to 1 and 50 to 1
General Features
These receivers employ the same chassis and have audio system, phonograph terminal board, and band
many distinctive features. Model 6T2 employs an 8 - selective indication of dial scales. The tuning range
inch dynamic loudspeaker and Model 6K2 employs is continuous through the "Standard broadcast" band,
a 12 -inch dynamic loudspeaker. The superheterodyne "Medium wave" band, and the "Short wave" band.
circuit is used with such features of design as: An- It includes domestic broadcast, police, aircraft and
tenna wave -trap, aural compensated volume control,
continuously variable tone control with music -voice amateur services, and also the important foreign short-
switch, automatic volume control, resistance coupled wave broadcast bands at 49, 31, 25, 19, and 16 meters.
Circuit Arrangement
The first detector and oscillator functions are ac- lator coil system is similarly wound on a single form.
complished in a single tube, an RCA -6A8. The input A range -selector switch S3 is used for connecting
of this tube is coupled to the antenna through a tuned the various sections of these two coil systems into the
transformer. This transformer consists of a single circuit to provide operation on the band desired. The
primary and three series -connected secondary wind- coils are tuned by a variable two -section gang con-
ings to provide the three ranges of tuning. .The oscil- denser having trimming capacitors in shunt with each
215
Figure 1-Schematic Circuit Diagram
R3, 56,000 ohms
R4, 22,000 ohms
POWER
TRANSF.
TI
Bo..
+
REO
BAIL
.M
T
R
eROWrv
36Tw
ELACK-
Ee'ác6ñ
KLLÓW
-_
IIlD v'uww
REC
POWER TRANSF.
AUDIO
aE'
Ewe MIEN
Ten Did
BRD RECT.
diT.BRNO ó () ß'.ñ4
eus, ANT COIL CONNECTIONS
OUTPUT
SFR
-.ELLOw-
ANT. COIL
TONE CONTRO
¡POWER SW
00,0REm
RANSI SELECTOR OSC COIL CONNECTIONS
BOT MORT 01 ..55.5
eRerMy,ACK BROW
\o
DIAL RAND
INDICATOR LqMP
wW-
BLACN
216
section. There are additional trimming capacitors Manual volume control is effected by means of an
across the section of each coil used for the "Standard acoustically tapered potentiometer connected as a vari-
broadcast" band. A series trimming capacitor is also able coupling element between the output of the sec-
associated with the "Standard broadcast" oscillator ond detector and the first -audio control grid. After
coil. amplification by the RCA -6F5, the audio signal is
The intermediate -frequency stage is coupled to the transmitted by resistance -capacitance coupling to the
RCA-6A8 and to the RCA -6H6 by means of tuned input of the RCA -6F6 power -output stage, which, in
transformers. The windings of these transformers turn, is transformer -coupled to the dynamic loud-
(both primary and secondary) are resonated with ad- speaker.
justable trimming capacitors to tune to 460 kc. Continuously variable tone control is effected by
The modulated signal as obtained from the output means of the combination of a capacitor C28 and
of the i -f system is detected by an RCA -6H6 twin - variable resistor R9 shunting the plate circuit of the
diode tube. Audio frequency secured by this process output tube. Extreme clockwise rotation of the tone
is passed on to the a -f system for amplification and control disconnects the resistor R9 from the circuit
final reproduction. The d -c voltage which results and places an additional capacitor, C33, in shunt with
from detection of the signal is used for automatic vol- capacitor C25, thereby reducing the low-frequency
ume control. This voltage which develops across re- response of the amplifier. This point is known as the
sistor R7 is applied as automatic control -grid bias to "Speech" position and provides optimum intelligi-
the first detector and i-f tubes. The second (auxili-
bility of speech.
ary) diode of the RCA -6H6 is used to supply residual
bias for the controlled tubes under conditions of The power -supply system consists of an RCA -5Z4
little or no signal. This diode, under such conditions, rectifier tube, which is supplied from an efficiently de-
draws current which flows through resistors R6 and signed power transformer, and which works into a
R7, thereby maintaining the desired operating bias on suitable filter. The various potentials required for the
such tubes. On application of signal energy above a plate, screen, control grid, and cathode circuits, are
certain level, however, the auxiliary bias -diode ceases obtained from the output of the filter. The electro-
to draw current, and the a.v.c. diode takes over the dynamic loudspeaker field coil is used as a filter
biasing function. reactor.
SERVICE DATA
Alignment Procedure and C21) of the second i -f transformer to
produce maximum (peak) output.
There are six adjustments required for the align-
(c) Adjust the two trimming capacitors (C17 and
ment of the antenna, oscillator, and wave -trap tuned
circuits. 'The i -f transformer adjustments are made C18) of the first i -f transformer, to produce
by four trimming capacitor screws. Im proper align- maximum (peak) output.
ment usually causes the impairment of sensitivity, se-
lectivity, and tone quality. Such conditions will / -C3-ANT.
1400K.C.
C5 -ANT.
15,000 K.C.
usually exist simultaneously. 28231
A standard test oscillator, such as the RCA Stock st DET.
1
e
No. 9595, will be required as a source of signal at osc.
the specified alignment frequencies. Means for indi-
cation of the receiver output during alignment is also
necessary to show when the correct point of adjust-
ment is reached. The RCA Stock No. 4317 Neon
Glow Indicator is designed for this purpose.
Attach the output indicator across the loudspeaker
voice coil. Advance the receiver volume control to its
IFAMP
maximum position, letting it remain in such position
for all adjustments. For each adjusting operation, V
© Pica revs. co..lrte.
regulate the test -oscillator output control so that the CI-WAVETRAP C10-OSC. Cl2-OSC. C8 -05C.
460 K.C. 1400 K.C. 600 K.C. 15,000 K.C.
signal level is as low as possible and still be observable
at the receiver output. Use of such small signal will
Figure 3-Radiotron, Coil, and Trimmer Locations
obviate broadness of tuning which would otherwise
result from a.v.c. action on a stronger one.
It is advisable to repeat the adjustment of all i-f
1-F Adjustments trimming capacitors a second time to assure that the
(a) Conncct the test oscillator to the grid cap of interaction between them has not disturbed the orig-
inal adjustment.
the RCA -6A8 through a .001 mfd. capacitor,
and connect the test oscillator ground to the R -F Adjustments
receiver chassis. Set test oscillator to 460 kc. Calibrate the tuning dial by adjusting the scale
(b) Adjust the two trimming capacitors (C20 pointer to the extreme end calibration mark (beyond
217
55 on dial) while the two -gang tuning condenser position. Set receiver dial pointer to 15,000
plates are in full mesh. Alignment (see figure 3 for kc. (15 on dial). Adjust the test oscillator
location of trimming adjustments) of "Wave -trap," to 15,000 kc. Adjust the oscillator trimming
"Short wave" band and "Standard broadcast" band capacitor C8 to the point which produces
should be made in the following order and sequence. maximum (peak) output. Two points may
be found, each of which produces a maximum.
"Wave-Trap" The one of maximum trimmer capacitance
(a) Connect the output of the test oscillator to (most clockwise) is correct and should be
the antenna terminal through a 200 mmfd. used.
(important) capacitor, leaving *the test oscil- (c) Adjust the antenna trimming capacitor C5
lator ground connected to the receiver chassis. of the variable condenser, simultaneously
With the range selector in its "Standard rocking the receiver tuning control backward
broadcast" position, set the receiver dial to and forward through the 15,000 kc. input
position of no extraneous signals, near 600 kc. signal, until maximum (peak) output results
(60 on dial). Set the test oscillator to 460 from these combined operations.
kc. Adjust the wave -trap trimming capacitor
Cl to a point which causes minimum am- "Standard Broadcast" Band
plitude of output. An increase of the test (a) Connect the output of the test oscillator to
oscillator output may be necessary before the the antenna terminal through a 200 mmfd.
point of minimum amplitude, obtained by ad- capacitor, leaving test oscillator ground con,
justment of wave -trap screw, becomes appar- nected as before.
ent on the output indicator.
(b) Set the range selector to its "Standard broad-
"Short Wave" Band cast" position. Set the receiver dial pointer
(a) Connect the output of the test oscillator to to 1,400 kc. (140 on dial). Adjust the test
the antenna terminal through a 300 -ohm re- oscillator to 1,400 kc. Adjust the oscillator
sistor, leaving the test oscillator ground con- and antenna trimming capacitors, C10 and C3
nected as before. respectively, to the points where each pro-
(b) Set the range selector to its "Short wave" duces maximum (peak) output.
} 1
U On 275.000n On
i
22n L 4pn I O 2.51MEG. j I
On. Ì
I
WAVE 1
1
1
I
°O TRAP` \ ©®
yp 13A. L--
i L -r8
y®Q Q" _ _J i i
I
0I
I ¡ 400AFOR 60,TRANS
85n 550nFOR25tiTRANS
--2.5MEG.-'. -.C.G`-
I I
l^
1
I.F.MP. 2"' DET.4,A.VC.
- - - - -2.5 MEG.---J
I
I ELECT. I i
6K7
1 1
I 1,
6H6 p CAP. ¡
1 1
RECT. ¡
¡
36,5 C31 I ¡ 5/ L4
.
I
1 TO TERM. OF C31-ß
I 36f500n I I: ¡273,90
L-- OV 4 J
1. 35QOn
I
(L/. I I I
1`-3500n Q O J
1
¡
1 I i
_ I ® C
----J
1
Mr. r I"
100,000n 015
On
On 1
5
-7 C.G. i
BOA
VOLUME t
I I
1 I
CONTFIL 8n
I
OUTPUT
215n- +17560A. 6F6
3MEß1.I 1
1
1 1
4111). I o0 I 4 70000 I
1
-530000n I
1
1 1
1
218
(c) Shift the test oscillator frequency to 600 kc. compensate for any changes caused by the
and tune the receiver to pick up this signal, adjustment of the low -frequency oscillator
disregarding the dial reading at which it is coil trimming capacitor.
best received.
LACK BLUE
RED
FILAMENTS
RED -BUCK
BLUE
YELLOW
BLACK
I
1 RECT
FIL.
RED -YELLOW
TERM. ROAR° - t` YELLOW
PRIMARY
GREEN
- 1 BLACK -BROWN
BLACK RED TR.
BLACK -RED TR. rvAR1ABLE LEAD BROWN
RED -BLACK
BROWN BLACK
RECTIFIER
FILAMENT Ilea.
M-/1027-0 5-v0LT5 BROWN
BLACK
Primary Resistance -17.3 ohms total M-t1.cw.1T2NC-O
® RCA wR .
'
6.3V.
A.F. C
f
V.
N
260 V.t
195V.
i
2°.1.F. TRANS.
e e
¡-0ÁV.ßI
t
-3 V L
? - Ó V. -3 V.
6.3V.
C.
I
R
OII
1 ?
1
L J C20 C21
_J
tamÌ
N
-3V. 460 K.C. L_I_ I
(11SV.) 315V.
'=
--J
c-0,1`,.., I
I¡
L_ soy. OIV. A.C.
2Ne.DET.4.A.V.C
¡
I. F. AMP.
6K7 6H6 I 1 RECT.I
0C18 175V. 5Z4
¡N t 6K1
I I
I.F
1ST osC.
460 K.C.
\C 17 TRANS. COIL 1
C,i
I
O
H
/
i
lsr. D6A8
ET OSC. C12
1- -Si5V.--
r- P
-T''''
1-
63V :
1 OSC.
.1io. AUDIO
rA.C.-1
6.4V. I
31
A.C.
'----
V.
.(c
KK '
oO K.
6F5
I
L--340 v.-__
1
O 1
A.C.
5V.
o0V__
t
I I v1T
I
1
`:óf
C.O.
I AN . 1
245V.260v.
I
¡-0.5V. 1
6F6
0V. (-3V.*) I I I
+ 1 P-Ttttlb
219
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers
12217
Board-Antenna and ground terminal
board
Board-Phonograph terminal board
$0.20
.22
11626 Resistor -2.2 megohms-Carbon type
% watt -(R6) -Package of 5
- $0.75
1.00
-I.
¡
12772 Bracket -Top dial lamp socket bracket .30 11390 Shield F. transformer shield for
5237 Bushing -Variable tuning condenser Stock Nos. 11388 and 11389 .25
mounting bushing assembly -Package 11603 Shield-Coil shield for Stock Nos. 11617
of 3 .43 and 11618 .26
11350 Cap -Grid contact cap used on resistor 12735 Shield -Dial lamp shield-Package of 5 .25
-Stock No. 11624-Package of 5 .20 12771 Socket -Dial lamp socket -Located at
12511 Cap -Grid contact cap-Package of 5 .15 top of dial scale .25
11465 Capacitor -Adjustable capacitor -(C12) .48 11199 Socket -Dial lamp socket .14
11289 Capacitor -50 Mmfd.-(C9) 26 11195 Socket -5 -contact 5Z4 Radiotron socket .15
11623 Capacitor -175 Mmfd.-(C22, C26) .18 11198 -7
Socket -contact 6F5, 6H6 Radiotron
11290 Capacitor -400 Mmfd. (C2, C6) .25 socket .15
11622 Capacitor -3000 Mmfd.-(C13) .36 11196 Socket -8
-contact 6A8, 6F6 or 6K7
11621 Capacitor -3600 Mmfd.-(C11) .38 Radiotron socket .15
11287 Capacitor -4500 Mmfd.-(C14) .30 12769 Switch -Range switch -(S2, S3) 1.25
4868 Capacitor -.005 Mfd.-(C29) .20 12668 Tone Control-Control and p o we r
11395 Capacitor -.01 Mfd.-(C24) ... .18 switch -(R9, Si) 1.22
4858 Capacitor-.01 Mfd.-(C25, C27) .25 11388 Transformer -First I. F. transformer
11315 Capacitor -.015 Mfd.-(C33) .20 less shield -(L12, L13, C17, C18) .. 1.90
12670 Capacitor -.035 Mfd.-(C28) ... .. .20 11848 Transformer-Power transformer-105-
4841 Capacitor -0.1 Mfd.-(C19) .. .. .22 125 -volt, 50 -60 -cycle -(T1) 4.40
11414 Capacitor -0.1 Mfd.-(C15) .20 11849 Transformer -Power transformer-105-
5170 Capacitor -0.25 Mfd.-(C32) .25 125 -volt, 25 -40 -cycle -(TI) 5.70
11387 Capacitor -10 Mfd.-(C16) .. .86 11850 Transformer -Power transformer-105-
11240 Capacitor -10 Mfd.-(C30) 1.08 250 -volt, 40 -60 -cycle -(T1) 8.00
5212 Capacitor -18 Mfd.-(C31) 1.16 11389 Transformer -Second I. F. transformer
11617 Coil -Antenna coil less shield -(L2, L3, less shield -(L14, L15, C20, C21, C22,
L4, L5, C3, R1) 1.68 R5, R7) 3.02
11618 Coil -Oscillator coil less shield -(L6, 11391 Trap -Wave trap-(L1, C1) 1.22
L7, L8, L9, L10, Lil, C10) 2.22 13144 Volume control-(R11) 1.00
12767 -2
Condenser -gang variable tuning con-
denser -(C4, C5, C7, C8) 4.10 REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
5119 Connector -3 -contact female connector 11232 Board-Reproducer terminal board .18
for speaker cable .25 8060 Bracket -Output transformer mounting
12792 Dial -Station selector dial .85 bracket and clamp .14
12768 Drive -Variable tuning condenser 11470 Coil-Field coil-(L16) 2.16
vernier drive 1.30 11469 Coil -Neutralizing coil-(L18) .20
11619 Foot -Chassis mounting foot and bracket 11235 Cone-Reproducer cone complete -(L17)
-Package of 2 .65 -(Model 6T2) 1.00
12770 Holder -Dial scale holder and lamp 11258 Cone -Reproducer cone complete -(L17)
bracket assembly less bracket for top -(Model 6K2) 1.00
dial lamp socket .55 5118 Connector -3 -contact male connector for
12712 Indicator-S t a t i o n selector indicator speaker cable .25
pointer .22 12666 Cover -Speaker cover (Model 6K2) ... .65
5226 Lamp -Dial lamp-6.3 volt -Package 9621 Reproducer complete (Model 6T2) .... 6.85
of 5 .70 9622 Reproducer complete (Model 6K2) .. 7.16
12718 Mask -Dial light diffuser complete with 11253 Transformer -Output transformer-(T2) 1.56
red, orange and green -colored screen .40 11886 Washer -Spring washer to hold field coil
11466 Resistor -Voltage divider resistor -corn- securely-Package of 5 .20
prising one 3,500 -ohm, one 13,000 -ohm,
one 85 -ohm, one 40 ohm and one 175- MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
ohm sections -(R14, R15, R16, R17,
R18) .95 12698 Crystal-Station selector crystal and
11624 Resistor -22 ohms-Flexible type com- escutcheon 1.02
plete with grid contact cap -(R19) ... .22 11582 Knob -Range switch knob-Package
11620 Resistor -220 ohms-Carbon type-1/10 of 5 .50
watt -(R1) -Package of 5 .75 11610 Knob -Station selector knob -includes
8070 Resistor -22,000 ohms-Carbon type -1/2 large and small knob-Package of 5 1.00
watt-(R4) -Package of 5 1.00 11347 Knob -Tone control or volume control
11400 Resistor-27,000 ohms -Carbon type-1/4 knob -Package of 5 .75
11282
watt-(R10) -Package of 5
Resistor -56,000 ohms- Carbon type - 1.00 11377 Screw -Chassis mounting screw assem-
bly used on Model 6T2 -Package of 4 .12
12286 -
1/10 watt -(R5) -Package of 5
Resistor -56,000 ohms Insulated- %
.75 11210 Screw-Chassis mounting screw assem-
bly-Used on Model 6K2 -Package
11398
watt-(R3) -Package of 5
Resistor -220,000 ohms-Carbon type-
1/10 watt-(R7) -Package of 5
1.00
.75
11349
of 4
Spring-Retaining spring for knob
Stock No. 11347, No. 11582 and small
- .28
11453 Resistor -270,000 ohms -Carbon type- knob of Stock No. 11610 -Package
1/10 watt -(R12) -Package of 5 .75 of 5 .25
11452 Resistor -470,000 ohms -Carbon type- 4982 Spring -Retaining spring for large knob
1/10 watt -(R13) -Package of 5 .... .75 of Stock No. 11610 -Package of 10 .50
First Edi fon. Prices quoted above are subect to change without notice.
220
www.americanradiohistory.com
RCA VICTOR MODEL 6K2 (Second Production)
WITH MAGNETITE CORE I -F TRANSFORMERS
28231
I sT DET.
4
OSCI
These receivers are similar to Model 6K2 (first production)
except for the -f transformers, loudspeaker, and
i a few component
1e0AUDIO
parts. Visual inspection of the i -f transformers will readily
identify these receivers. Service Data for Model 6K2 are directly
\ 5Ec. RDJ
applicable to these receivers except the information contained herein. 460..K .C.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, whi:h are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers
12930
RECEIVER ASSEMBLIES
Board-Antenna and ground terminal board. 11398
11453
Resistor-220,000 ohms-Carbon type -1/10 watt-(R7)
Resistor-270,000 ohms-Carbon type 1/10 watt - -
12717
12772
5237
Board-Phonograph terminal board.
Bracket-Top dial lamp socket bracket.
Bushing-Variable tuning condenser mounting bushing
11452
(R12).
Resistor -470,000
(R13).
ohms - Carbon type - 1/10 watt -
assembly. 11397 Resistor -560,000 ohms-Carbon type watt-(R2) -1/10
11350
12511
Cap ---Grid contact cap used on
Cap-Grid contact cap.
resistor-Stock No. 11624. 11626 Resistor -2.2 megohms-Carbon type s watt-(R6). -1
Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer-(C1).
12008 Shield-I. F. transformer shield for Stock Nos. 13106 and
11256 13107.
11465 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer-(012). 12607 Shield-First I. F. transformer shield top.
11289 Capacitor-50 Mmfd.-(C9). 12581 Shield-Second I. F. transformer shield top.
12946 Capacitor-133 Mmfd.-(017, 018, C20, 021). 11603 Shield-Coil shield for Stock Nos. 11617 and 11618.
11623 Capacitor -175 Mmfd.-(C26). 12735 Shield-Dial lamp shield.
12406 Capacitor -180 Mmfd.-(022). 12771 Socket-Dial lamp socket-Located at top of dial scale.
11290 Capacitor -400 Mmfd.-(C2, C6). 11199 Socket-Dial lamp socket.
11622
11621
Capacitor-3000
Capacitor -3600
Mmfd.-(013).
Mmfd.-(C11).
11195
11198
Socket -5
-7 -contact
5Z4 Radlotron socket.
11287
4868
Capacitor -4500 Mmfd.-(014).
Capacitor-.005 Mfd.-(C29).
11196
12007
Socket
Socket -8 -contact
6F5, 6H6 Radiotron socket.
-contact
6A8, 6F6 or 6K7 Radiotron socket.
Spring-Retaining spring for core Stock No. 12006.
11395 Capacitor-.01 Mid.-(024). 12769 Switch-Range switch-(S2, S3).
4858 Capacitor-.01 Mfd.-(C25. C27). 12668 Tone Control-Control and power switch-(R9, S1).
11315 Capacitor-.015 Mfd.-(C33). 13106 Transformer-First I. F. transformer-(L12, L13, C17,
12670 Capacitor-.035 Mfd.-(028). 018).
4841 Capacitor-0.1 Mfd.-(019). 13107 Transformer-Second I. F. transformer-(L14, L15, C20,
11414 Capacitor -0.1 Mid.-(015). C21, C22, R5, R7).
5170 Capacitor-0.25 Mfd.-(032). 11848 Transformer-Power transformer -105 -125 -volt, 50.60 -cycle
11387 Capacitor -10 Mfd.-(016). -(Ti).
11240 Capacitor -10 Mfd.-(C30). 11849 Transformer-Power transformer -105 -125 -volt, 25 -40 -cycle
5212
11617
Capacitor -1S Mfd.-(031).
Coil-Antenna coil less shield-(L2, L3, L4, L5, C3, Rl). 11850
-(n).
Transformer-Power transformer -105 -250 -volt, 40 -60 -cycle
11618 Coil-Oscillator coil less shield-(L6, L7,
L11, C10).
LS, L9, L10.
11391
-(n).
Trap-Wave trap-(Li,
13597 Condenser -2 -gang variable tuning condenser-(C4, 05. 13144 Volume control-(Rll).
C1).
C7, C8).
5119 Connector -3 -contact female connector for speaker cable.
12006 Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stock No. 13106 and REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
13107. 12641 Board-Reproducer terminal board.
12792 Dial-Station selector dial. 12640 Bracket-Output transformer mounting bracket and clamp.
13598 Drive-Variable tuning condenser vernier drive. 13600 Coll-Field coll-(L16).
13599 Foot-Chassis mounting foot and bracket. 11469 Coil-Neutralizing ooil-(L18).
12770 Holder-Dial scale holder and lamp bracket assembly less 12667 Cone-Reproducer cone complete-(L17).
bracket for top dial lamp socket. 5118 Connector -3
-contact male connector for speaker cable.
12712 Indicator-Station selector indicator pointer. 9766 Reproducer complete.
5226 Lamp-Dial lamp-6.3 volt. 11253 Transformer-Output transformer-(T2).
12718 Mask-Dial light diffuser complete with red, orange and 11886 Washer-Spring washer to hold field coil securely.
green -colored screen. MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
11466 Resistor-Voltage divider resistor--comprising one 3,500- 12666 Cover-Reproducer cover assembly.
ohm, one 13,000 -ohm, one 85 -ohm, one 40 -ohm and one 12698 Crystal-Station selector crystal and escutcheon.
175 -ohm sections-(R14, R15, R16, R17, R18). 11582 Knob-Range switch knob.
11624 Resistor -22 ohms-Flexible type complete with grid con- 12699 Knob-Large station selector knob.
Knob-Small (vernier) station selector knob.
tactcap-(R19). 12700
11620 Resistor -220 ohms-Carbon type-1/10 watt-(R1). 11347 Knob-Tone control or volume control knob.
8070 Resistor -22,000 ohms-Carbon type -1V, watt-(R4). 11210 Screw-Chassis mounting screw assembly.
11400 Resistor -27,000 ohms-Carbon type-Iá watt-(R10). 11349 Spring-Retaining spring for knob-Stock No. 11347, No.
11282 Resistor-56,000 ohms-Carbon type -1/10 watt-(R5). 11582 and No. 12700.
12286 Resister -56,000 ohms-Insulated-%4 watt-(R3). 4982 Spring-Retaining spring for knob-Stock No. 12699.
221
LFAMPL LxD. CET AAC 2NN
PANND<
AUDIO OUTPUT
SNT BN6 . TEAM. ED. 605 RFA
I.r-- ,
REUT.
COIL
V
Mud
a2
=Au1
TO NUMS á
GR
i iesñ gK
PAL LWPB (2)
A t
<J
sa l " '
MNP
-B NDEATGRS
Figure 2-Schematic Circuit Diagram
(Model 6K2, Second Production)
-RED
AN
POWER BRuwN
"-%<h TRANSF B0. B.IA , GSTn
25.,. Il.en BCM-
TI
8 25aBF5n
011DwN
YfLLOw =_
REC
vELww-
ÖLA<M
POWER TRANSF.
AUDIO
6F5
FOUND AREIEN
IW_DET.
AE1 OSC
TRIM
A Y
OSO. CAP
BAR
ANT. COIL CONNECTIONS
EXT
OUTPUT
6Fe
E
TE
TO!
LIS TO
SOWN
TONE CONTRO
,`3B,DMMF
POWER SWS
Rbn
o O, o O
BROWS
SERVICE DIVISION
RCA Manufacturing Co., Inc.
Camden, N. J., U. S. A.
222
RCA VICTOR MODELS 6T10, 6K10, 8T10, AND 9K10
These instruments are similar to Models 6T2, 6K2, 8T, and 9K2 re-
spectively except for cabinet design. The cabinets for these receivers
have chromium trimmings which include tubular -steel support rails.
Each Model is separately described below.
REPLACE= PARTS
6T10 - 6K10
STOCK
NO. DESCRIPTION
MISCELLANEOUS \SSEMBLIES
MODEL 8T10
The chassis end speaker for this instrument ere identical to Model
8T. All Service Data for Model 8T are directly applicable to these in -
struments except the Replaccment Parts for Miscellaneous Assemblies
which are listed below.
223
REPLACEMENT PARTS
8T10
STOCK
NO. DESCRIPTION
MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
MODEL 9K10
The chassis and speaker for this instrument ere identical to Model
9K2. All Service Data for Model 9K2 are directly applicable to these
instruments except the Replacement Parts for Miscellaneous Assemblies
which are listed below.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
9K10
STOCK
NO. DESCRIPTION
SERVICE DIVISION
RCA MANUFACTURING CO., INC.,
CA1 DE7, N. T., U.S.A.
224
RCA VICTOR MODELS 6M AND 6M2
Six -Tube, Superheterodyne Automobile Receivers
Technical Information
Electrical Specifications
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT
(1) RCA -6D6 Radio -Frequency Amplifier (4) RCA -85 Second Detector, A -F, and A.V.C.
(2) RCA -6A8 First Detector-Oscillator (5) RCA -6C5 Driver
(3) RCA -6K7 Intermediate Amplifier (6) RCA -6A6 Power Output Amplifier
Tuning Range 540 to 1,600 kc.
ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
I. F. Transformers 260 kc. Detector Coil 1 400 kc.
Oscillator Coil 600 kc. and 1,400 kc. Antenna Coil 1 400 kc.
Mechanical Specifications
RECEIVER CASE DIMENSIONS Model 6M Model 6M2
Height 7 Inches 7 Inches
Width 10 -rin Inches 10 Inches
Depth 71/8 Inches 71/8 Inches
General Description
These two automobile receivers represent the re- chassis and its power conversion equipment similar
sults of thorough development, design, and substantial to the Model 6M, assembled together in one case,
manufacture. Noteworthy technical improvements with its loudspeaker mounted individually in a sep -
have been applied in achieving marked advantages arate cylindrical housing.
of installation, operation, and efficiency of perform- Engineering features incorporated in these instru-
ance. ments are: The inclusion of ignition suppression
Model 6M is a single -unit receiver containing the means within the circuits of the receiver; reduction of
radio chassis, power conversion system, and loud- power line modulation in antenna circuit; improved
speaker all in one housing. A convenient three -con- high -gain molded core antenna coil; permeability
tact loudspeaker receptacle installed on the chassis tuned intermediate frequency transformers; continu-
case permits the addition of a remote dynamic loud- ously variable high -frequency tone control; and a
speaker if desired. "plug-in" type of synchronous rectifier-vibrator for
Model 6M2 is a double -unit receiver utilizing a obtaining high -voltage supply.
225
0000000000`
ag
--I
I V,.
--x.wvmv
Sn¡
r CI
21
Jo
QOOQOOOOQO
6800000600
HI yHip. ^'gÏ
l 11`'==
0---
oQ9Q9Q9Q99
óboa 00000
It=z-1
'
"-9Q9Q9Q49SLT _
;46815b00000
0.00Q111
1 É
`
7.7;
a.-
226
| WM Th.
e,
|2
/ (|% #
a
,\ª..: #
:G-_
2
(9-
227
Correct arrangement of parts, adequate shielding, metal cases. Removable covers permit ready access
and the ingenious insertion of filters at proper points to the under and top sides of the chassis. Flexible
in the circuit insure minimum disturbances from ap- shafts interconnect the operating head to the con-
trolled devices within the receiver housing. These
paratus associated with the electrical circuits of the units are adaptable for mounting on either the right-
automobile and from outside sources. hand or the left-hand side of the engine firewall as
Both receivers are compactly housed in substantial local conditions demand.
Circuit Arrangement
The schematic and wiring layouts of the electrical tuned circuits consist of the primary and secondary
circuit are shown in Figures 1 and 2 respectively. windings of the i-f transformers, which resonate with
From these diagrams it may be seen that six Radio- fixed condensers and are tuned by molded cores to a
trons are incorporated in the basic superheterodyne nominal frequency of 260 kilocycles.
circuit. In sequence, there is an r -f stage, a dual Detection-Detection takes place as a result of the
first detector-oscillator stage, a single i -f stage, a sec- rectifying action of one of the diodes of the RCA -85
ond detector-audio amplifier-a.v.c. stage, a driver tube, the current being developed through resistors
stage, and a class "B" output stage. The power sup- R-20 and R-21. The audio component of this cur-
ply system contains a mechanical interrupter and rec- rent is coupled through capacitor C-23 to the one
tifier. The following circuit features are of particular megohm volume control R-9. The arm of this vol-
importance: ume control is connected to the grid of the RCA -85
Noise Filter-Reduction of ignition interference tube, thus giving a means of continuously varying
and similar disturbances are brought about by filter the voltage input to the audio amplifier.
arrangements in the antenna input circuit and the A.V.C.-The a.v.c. diode of the RCA -85 tube
"A" battery input lead. This antenna filter, L-1, C-1, is coupled through capacitor C-25 to the primary of
the second i -f transformer. Due to the rectifying
OUTPUT`
action of this diode, a current is developed through
resistor R-13. The d -c voltage drop in this resistor
is used for automatically regulating the control grid
C15 bias of the r -f, first detector, and i -f stages, the volt-
2y^LFTRANSF.
PRIMARY ADJ.
1,E 05C.
600 KC. age being applied through a suitable filter network.
Due to the fact that the a.v.c. diode returns through
I., MT. C13
` 28258 9
© RCA MFG. CO. INC.
SN 824
ANT. varying signal strengths into the antenna.
Audio System-As mentioned under "Detection",
the audio component of the detected signal is se-
Figure 3-Radiotron, Coil, and Trimmer Locations lected from the manual volume control and applied
to the control grid of the RCA -85 tube. The plate
and C-2, is a "low-pass" type, having an acceptance circuit of this tube is connected through capacitor
band below 1,600 kc. The inductance L-2 is for the C-27 to the control grid of the driver tube, an
purpose of shunting out power line hum pickup. RCA-6C5. The plate circuit of the driver tube is
Tuned Circuits-There are seven resonant circuits coupled through the driver transformer T-1 to the
in the radio frequency end of the receiver. The r -f, control grids of the class "B" output tube, RCA -6A6.
first detector, and oscillator grid circuits are tuned This tube is coupled through the output transformer
by a three -gang tuning condenser. The remaining T-2 to the loudspeaker.
SERVIC E DATA
NOTE: Certain models of 1936 automobiles are Alignment Procedure
equipped with "high -capacitance type" (400 inmfd. There are four alignment trimmers provided in the
or greater) built-in antennas. The 1936 models of antenna coil, detector coil, and oscillator coil tuned
Dodge, De Soto, and Chrysler are examples of auto- circuits. The i -f transformer adjustments are made
mobiles so equipped. Installation of receiver in by means of four screws attached to molded cores.
automobiles with such "high -capacity" antennas
necessitates the following modification of the antenna NOTE: The antenna coil has a molded core
circuit of the receiver to suit the characteristics of which is cljusted at the factory for the correct in-
the antenna installation: ductance. This adjustment should not be dis-
Remove the tubular paper -covered capacitor C-3
turbed.
(.01 mfd.), Figure 2, and replace with the small In readjusting the tuned circuits, it is important to
molded type capacitor (500 mmfd.) furnished with apply a definite procedure and to use adequate and
Escutcheon Kit for respective model of automobile. reliable test equipment. A standard test oscillator,
228
such as the RCA Stock No. 9595, will be required cores) of the second i -f transformer, one on
as the source of signal at the specified alignment fre- top and one on bottom, to produce maximum
quencies. Means for indication of the receiver out- vertical deflection of the oscillographic wave
put during alignment is also necessary to accurately which is present on the screen. This adjust-
shown when the correct point of adjustment is ment places the transformer in exact resonance
reached. Two indication methods are applicable- with the 260 kc. signal.
one requires use of the cathode-ray oscillograph, and TO DETECTOR ---,K. TMV-Itt- fp
-
OUTPUT CATHODE
the other requires a voltmeter or glow -type indicator. TO CHASSIS
RAY
OSC ILLO GR A PH
The cathode-ray alignment method is advantageous GROUND
Ió7.DET.OR
in that the indication provided is in the form of a. tIEr.1.F.
EXT.úYrK.
RCA Stock No. 4317 Neon Glow Indicator. The (RF.) SEE TEXT
two procedures are outlined as follows: ARCA MFG. CO, INC. (LP)0.25M Y
229
tween the first detector (RCA -6A8) control (d) The oscillator modulation should then be
grid and ground. Regulate its output so that turned to "Off" and the frequency modulator
the amplitude of the oscillographic image is ap- placed in operation, connected to the oscillator
proximately the same as used above for ad- with the shielded patch cord. Change the os-
justment (g) of the second i -f transformer. cillograph synchronizing switch to "Ext.", set
(i) The two first i -f transformer adjustment screws, its range switch to its No. 2 position and the
one on top and one on bottom, should then be frequency control slightly above its mid -posi-
adjusted so that they cause the forward and re- tion.
verse curves to become coincident throughout (e) Increase the frequency of the test oscillator
their lengths and have maximum amplitude. gradually, until the point is reached where the
The composite wave obtained in this manner two similar, distinct, and separate wave images
represents the resonance characteristic of the appear on the screen and become coincident
total i -f system. Lack of symmetry or irregu- at their highest points. This will occur at an
larity of the resultant image will indicate the oscillator setting of approximately 1,500 kc.
presence of a defect in the i -f system. These waves should be synchronized on the
oscillograph screen by careful readjustment of
R -F Adjustments the synchronizing and frequency controls. Re-
NOTE: Before making r-f adjustments, it may adjust trimmers, C-13, C-8, and C-5, to produce
be advisable to replace the bottom cover to eliminate complete coincidence at maximum amplitude of
vibrator interference. the two waves.
(f) Disconnect the frequency modulator from the
(a) Adjust the dial pointer on the remote control oscillator. Place the modulation switch of the
head by the following procedure. Rotate tun- oscillator to "On" and tune the oscillator to
ing knob to its extreme clockwise position irre- 600 kc. Set the synchronizing switch of the
spective of location of pointer on dial. Now oscillograph to "Int." and turn the range switch
turn the pointer adjusting screw in the center to No. 1 position.
of the back of the control unit until the pointer
is at the end calibration mark below the 55 on (g) Tune the receiver station selector control so as
dial scale. to pick up the 600 kc. signal, disregarding the
dial reading at which it is best received.
(h) Attach the output of the test oscillator to the
receiver input, i. e., between the antenna and (h) Change the oscillograph synchronizing switch
to "Ext." and place the oscillator modulation
ground terminals, with a 175 mmfd. capacitor
in series with antenna lead.
switch to "Off." Interconnect the frequency
modulator and oscillator with the special
NOTE: For r -f alignment of receivers in shielded patch cord. Return the range control
which the tubular paper condenser C-3 (.01 of the oscillograph to its No. 2 position and
mfd.) has been replaced by the small molded set the frequency control slightly above its mid -
condenser 500 mmfd. (change easily identified position.
by reference to Figure 2 and bottom of chas- (i) Shift the test oscillator to its 200-400 kc. range
sis), use a .001 mfd. capacitor instead of the and tune it to the point at which the forward
175 mmfd. capacitor in series with the antenna and reverse waves show on the oscillograph
lead and test oscillator. screen. This condition will obtain at an oscil-
lator setting of approximately 230 kc. The sig-
There should be a shunt capacitor of 50 or nal obtained from the oscillator for this adjust-
60 mmfd. from the antenna lead at the receiver ment will be the third harmonic of 200 kc. An
to ground. Accurately tune the oscillator to increase in the oscillator output may be neces-
1,400 kc. The oscillograph should be left con- sary. The trimmer C-15 should then be ad-
nected to the second detector output circuit as justed to the point which produces maximum
for the above i -f adjustments. Return the syn- amplitude of the oscillographic images. It will
chronizing switch to its "Int." position and turn not be necessary to rock the tuning control for
the range switch to its No. 1 position. this adjustment, inasmuch as the frequency
(c) Tune the receiver to a dial reading of 1,400 kc. modulator is varying the signal in an equiva-
Then regulate the oscillator output so as to lent manner.
increase the amplitude of the waves on the os- (i) Retune trimmers C-13, C-8, and C-5 as in (c),
cillograph screen to a conveniently observable (d), and (e) to correct for any change in high -
size. The several waves of detected signal, as frequency alignment which may have been
appearing on the screen, should be synchro- caused by the adjustment of C-15.
nized by operation of the synchronizing and
frequency controls. Trimmers, C-13, C-8, and OUTPUT METER ALIGNMENT
C-5, of the oscillator, detector, and antenna Place the receiver in operation with its two covers
coils should then be adjusted so that each causes removed. Attach the output indicator across the
maximum vertical deflection (amplitude) of the loudspeaker voice coil circuit or across the output
images. transformer primary. Advance the receiver volume
230
www.americanradiohistory.com
control to its maximum position, letting it remain in top and one on bottom, until maximum output
such position for all adjustments. For each adjusting is produced by the indicating device.
operation, regulate the test oscillator output control (c) Remove the oscillator from the i -f tube input
so that the signal level is as low as possible and still and connect it between the control grid cap of
observable at the receiver output. Use of such small the first detector tube (RCA -6A8) and chassis -
signal will obviate broadness of tuning which would ground, using the 0.25 mfd. capacitor as pre-
otherwise result from a.v.c. action on a stronger one. viously. Allow its tuning to remain at 260 kc.
Tune the receiver to avoid interference as
I -F Adjustments
in (a).
(a) Connect the output of the test oscillator to the (d) Adjust the two screws of the first i -f trans-
control grid cap of the i -f tube (RCA -6K7) former for maximum (peak) receiver output.
through a 0.25 mfd. capacitor and connect the The indication for this adjustment will be
ground of the oscillator to the receiver chassis. broad due to the "flat -top" characteristic of
Adjust the frequency of the oscillator to 260 kc. the i -f system. The two screws should, there-
Tune the receiver to a point where no inter- fore, be very carefully adjusted so that the in-
ference is received from the heterodyne oscil- dicator remains fixed at maximum as the oscil-
lator or local stations. lator is shifted through a range 2 kc. above and
(b) Adjust the two screws (attached to molded below its normal setting of 260 kc. An irregu
cores) of the second i-f transformer, one on lar double -peaked indication is to be avoided.
,CONNECT CATHODE-RAY BETWEEN
/ THIS TERMINAL AND CHASSIS.
t e
1 f 5V
ov. OV. SECONDARY
-274v. ÓV. 14.5V. ADJ.
J
I
DRIVER
OUTPUT 6C5
I
LL
6V.
. n ___J
BA6 2NO DET. 81 A V.C. 2"DI.F. TRANSF.
, C.G.
85
- VIBRATOR
C15
-2.8V.-
6V.
L-- I.
SooKcl
_J
I I
274V 0V.
I
6V.r
V.
1
9V. O V. I OV.
2T0V.1
s1
Ì j
I
i t
f
V 194V. 63.5V. I
8I I L6
\ PRIMARY
_1V
V.1 ADJ.
I
260 K.C.
L_ - -
r-J
DlT. OSC.. 8r
is I.F. TRANSF.
R.F.
606 6A8 --
r r-
CG.
1 R II
I
I ELECT.
I
1194V.L I
T0V.1 CAP.
3"-626
t i Y i
¡IF THIS VALUE. MAY VARY APPRECIABLY. ©.ac.. MFG. co.o"c. BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS
231
R -F Adjustments correct for any change in its alignment due to
NOTE: Before making r-f adjustments, it may the adjustment of C-15.
be advisable to replace the bottom cover to eliminate
Final Tuning Dial Adjustment
vibrator interference.
(a) Adjust the dial pointer on the remote control Final adjustment of the dial pointer may be made
during operation after the receiver is installed in
head by the following procedure. Rotate tun-
automobile. To do this, tune in a station of known
ing knob to its extreme clockwise position irre-
frequency (say 760 kc.-approximately 76 on dial)
spective of location of pointer on dial. Now
as accurately as possible. Now reset the dial pointer
turn the pointer adjusting screw in the center
to exactly 76 on the dial by means of the adjusting
of the back of the control unit until the pointer screw at center rear of operating head.
is at the end calibration mark below the 55 on
dial scale. Volume Control and Power Switch
(b) Connect the output of the test oscillator to the This adjustment is made by turning the small con-
antenna -ground terminals of the receiver with trol knob fully clockwise and then fully counter-
a 175 mmfd. capacitor in series with the an- clockwise. This places the friction clutch mechanism
tenna lead. on the volume control in proper alignment.
NOTE: For r-f alignment of receivers in Tuning Condenser Drive
which the tubular paper condenser C-3 (.01 Smooth control should be obtained over the entire
mfd.) has been replaced by the sniall molded tuning range of the variable condenser. If irregu-
condenser 500 mmfd. (change easily identified larity is present, check the action of the gear mech-
by reference to Figure 2 and bottom of chas- anism for binding or backlash at every point within
sis), use a .001 mfd. capacitor instead of the the tuning range. A bind may be due to improper
175 mmfd. capacitor in series with the antenna
mesh between the worm gear and the large gears on
lead and test oscillator. the condenser shaft. To correct such a condition,
There should be a shunt capacitor of 50 or loosen the three screws holding the gear plate and ad-
60 mmfd. from the antenna lead at the receiver just the mesh of the gears to a position which gives
to ground. Tune the oscillator to 1,400 kc. Al - smooth operation. Gear backlash is prevented by the
small compression spring between the two large
DUMMY TERM.
ON MODEL 6M ONLY gears on the rotor shaft.
LEADS USED ON Lis Interrupter
MODEL (DM ONLY VOICE COIL
3A The mechanical interrupter used in the power sys-
tem is constructed with a plug-in base, so as to be
BLACKb
RED
L14 easily removed from the receiver. Its adjustments
4
FIELD COIL
have been correctly set during manufacture by means
I
'
\
YELLOW
correct output voltage polarity on an automobile with
either a positive or negative "A" ground. For in-
SHIELDED CABLE
BLACK
USED ON stallation with positive "A" ground, insert vibrator
MODEL Co M2 ONLY' so positive (+) symbol is nearest label on vibrator
Figure 6-Loudspeaker Schematic and Wiring compartment partition; for negative "A" ground, in-
sert with negative (-) symbol nearest label.
low the output indicator to remain attached to Radiotrons
the receiver output. Deterioration of tubes and their approach to
(c) Tune the receiver so that the dial reading is failure is usually evidenced by noisy or intermittent
1,400 kc. Then adjust the oscillator, detector,
operation, loss of sensitivity, and distorted tone
and antenna coil trimmers, C-13, C-8, and C-5 quality. When suspected as faulty, the tubes should
respectively, tuning each to the point produc- be removed from the receiver and checked with
ing maximum indicated receiver output. standard tube testing apparatus. It is not feasible to
(d) Shift the oscillator frequency to 600 kc. and test the tubes while in the receiver, due to measure-
tune the receiver to pick up this signal, disre- ment inaccuracies which would result from the ef-
garding the dial reading at which it is best re- fects of the circuits.
ceived. The oscillator series trimmer, C-15,
should then be adjusted, simultaneously rock- Receiver Housing
ing the receiver tuning control backward and The screws holding the receiver chassis to the case
forward through the signal until maximum must all be in place and tightly installed, inasmuch
(peak) receiver output results from the com- as they appreciably affect the ground resistance of
bined operations. The adjustment of C-13, the assembly and will consequently have a bearing
C-8 and C-5 should be repeated as in (c) to on the amount of ignition noise received.
232
REPLACEMENT PARTS
nsist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers
12228
Socket -Vibrator socket
Stud -Variable tuning condenser mount -
ing stud assembly -Package of 4
Transformer -First I. F. -(L6, L7, C16,
.18
.22
1.00
12580
11891
(standard)
Knob -Volume control knob (standard)
Lamp -Control box dial lamp-Package
.28
.28
233
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
Stock List Stock List
No. DESCRIPTION Price No. DESCRIPTION Price
12524
12523
plete with 3 -contact male connector.
Coil-Field coil-(L14)
Cone-Reproducer cone-(L15)
1.08
1.85
1.65
4290
on 6M2 only)
Insulator -Fuse connector insulator
Package of 10
- 4.58
.35
12527 Housing-Reproducer housing complete 2.65 4323 Knob -Tone control knob (used on 6M
9691 Reproducer -Reproducer complete 11.38 only) -Package of 5 .70
12528 Screw-Reproducer housing screw- 4132 Knob -Tone control knob (used on 6M2
Package of 5 .14 only) -Package of 5 .55
12445 Lead -"A" lead (set end), approx. 8 in.
MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES long, complete with male section of
4287
4289
Body -Antenna cable female connector
body-Package of 10
Body -"A" lead fuse connector body-
Package of 10
.40
.35
12506
12507
connector
(used in 6M only).28
Plate-Name6 plate and mounting screws
Plate-Name plate and mounting screws
(used in 6M2 only)
26
.28
12510 Button -Plug button for receiver hous- 12508 Plate-RCA monogram and rivets (used
ing (used on 6M only) .16
on 6M2 only) .28
12444 Cable -Shielded antenna cable approx. 8 12609 Ring -Rubber ring for speaker mount-
in.of long, complete with female -section
ing (used on 6M2 only) .28
connector .58 12459 Screw -Speaker mounting screw assem-
12473 Cable-Shielded
connielded antenna lead-in cable, consisting of 1 screw, 1 nut, and 1
approx. 31 in. long, complete with 2 lockwboy, to mount speaker in case
male connections of connector 1.12
rew on 6Mr ping) ghe 4 .20
Cap -Male connector cap for "A" lead or
x.of
4288
.
50254293
antenna cable -Package of 10
Capacitor -Generator capacitor
.36
.40
12533 Screw-Self -tapping slotted hex. head,
/4 in. long, used in receiver housing
Package of 10
- .16
Capacitor-Ammeter capacitor .60
4393 Screw -Set screw for tone control knob
11418 Capacitor -.5 Mfd.-(C42) 50
Stock No. 4132 (used on 6M2 only)-
4291 Clip -"A" lead ammeter clip-Package Package of 10 .25
of 10 .70 12248 Socket-3 -contact socket and bracket as -
12457 Cover -Receiver housing top cover (used sembly for reproducer cable .20
on 6M only) .65 12502 Socket-Pin socket and bracket assem-
12458 Cover-Receiver housing bottom cover for tone control lead
blyassembly .30
(used on 6M only) .60 4284 Spring-Antenna cable connector spring
12461 Cover-Receiver case bottom cover (used -Package of 10 .30
in 6M2 only)iver .60 12448 Stud -Receiver mounting stud assembly,
12462 Cover-Receiver case top cover (used in comprising 1 stud, 1 washer, 1 lock -
6M2 only) .62
washer and 1 nut .20
12532 Fastener-Receiver housing top cover 12254 Stud -Speaker mounting stud assembly,
fastener-Package of 10 .30 comprising 1 stud, 1 1 washer
4286 Ferrule-Antenna cabl eor "A" lead con- and 2 nuts (used in 6M2sp2coonly) .24
nector ferrule and bushing-Package 5024 Suppressor -Distributor suppressor .38
of 10 .38 12249 Tone Control -(R22) .88
5023 Fuse -"A" lead fuse-15 amp. -Package 4285 Washer-Antenna cable connector in -
of 5 .40 sulating washer -Package of 10 .22
First Edition.
234
RCA VICTOR MODELS 7T, 7K, 8T, and 8K
Seven -Tube and Eight -Tube, Three -Band, A-C, Superheterodyne Receivers
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
"Standard Broadcast". 530. 1,800 kc "Standard Broadcast"
600 kc (osc.), 1,500 kc (osc., ant.)
"Medium Wave". 1,800- 6,300 kc "Medium Wave" 6,000 kc (osc., ant.)
"Short Wave". 6,300.22,000 kc "Short Wave" 20,000 kc (osc., ant.)
Intermediate Frequency 460 kc
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT
(1) RCA -6L7. First Detector (5) RCA -6F5 Audio Voltage Amplifier
(2) RCA -6J7 .Oscillator (6) RCA -6F6 Power Output
(3) RCA -6K7. Intermediate Amplifier (7) RCA -5Z4 Full -Wave Rectifier
(4) RCA -6H6 Second Detector and A.V.C. (8) RCA -6E5 (Models 8T and 8K only).Tuning Tube
Pilot Lamps (3) Mazda No. 46, 6.3 volts, 0.25 amperes
POWER -SUPPLY RATINGS
Rating A 105-125 volts, 50.60 cycles, 80 watts
Rating B. 105-125 volts, 25-60 cycles, 80 watts
Rating C 100.130/140.160/195.250 volts, 40-60 cycles, 80 watts
POWER OUTPUT LOUDSPEAKER
Undistorted 2 watts Type. Electrodynamic
Maximum. 4.5 watts Impedance (V.C) 2.2 ohms at 400 cycles
Mechanical Specifications
CABINET DIMENSIONS 7T 7K 8T 8K
Height 201% inches 39 inches 217/einches 40 inches
Width . 147/e inches 24% inches 15%6 inches 25% inches
Depth . 8% inches 12 inches 8% inches 12% 8 inches
WEIGHTS
Net 24 pounds 50 pounds pounds
26 51 pounds
Shipping . 29 pounds 65 pounds pounds
33 67 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions inches x 7 inches x 2% inches
12
Over-all Height of Chassis 8% inches
Operating Controls (1) Volume, (2) Tuning, (3) Range Selector, (4) Power Switch-Tone
Tuning Drive Ratios 10 to 1 and 50 to 1
General Description
These receivers represent the result of thorough plunger -type air -dielectric adjustable trimming capaci-
development, design, and substantial manufacture. tors in the antenna and oscillator coil circuits; high -
Noteworthy technical improvements have been ap- efficiency first detector (converter) with separate os-
plied in achieving marked advantages of operation cillator; magnetite core adjusted i -f transformers, low -
and efficiency of performance. frequency oscillator tracking, and wave-trap; aural
Model 7T is a seven -tube, table -type, superhetero- compensated volume control; continuously variable
dyne receiver with an eight -inch electrodynamic loud- tone control with music -voice switch; automatic vol-
speaker. Model 7K differs from the Model 7T in that ume control; phonograph terminal board; band selec-
it is of the console type and has a twelve -inch electro- tive indication of dial scales; and a dust-proof electro-
dynamic loudspeaker. dynamic loudspeaker.
Models 8T and 8K are similar to Models 7T and The tuning range is continuous through the
7K respectively, except for the addition of a tuning "Standard broadcast," "Medium wave," and "Short
tube "Magic Eye" and different cabinet designs. wave" bands. This extensive range includes the im-
Design features incorporated in these receivers in- portant short-wave broadcast bands at 49, 31, 19, 16,
clude: built-in doublet antenna coupler; improved and 13 meters in addition to channels assigned for
235
www.americanradiohistory.com
236
014
!#
237
police, amateur, and aviation communication. Trim- arrangement permits the choice of either a ten -to -one
ming adjustments are located at accessible points. or a fifty-to -one dial ratio, the latter permits ease of
Their number is reduced to the least that is con- tuning, especially in the "Medium wave" and "Short
sistent with efficient operation. A double tuning knob wave" bands.
diode-detector -
stage, separate oscillator stage, a single i -f stage, a
automatic- volume - control stage, an
audio voltage -amplifier stage, a pentode power -output
The modulated signal as obtained from the output
of the i -f stage is detected by an RCA -6H6 twin -
diode tube. The audio frequency secured by this
stage, and a full -wave rectifier stage. Models 8T and process is transferred to the a -f system for amplifica-
8K also have a tuning indicator "Magic Eye." tion and final reproduction. The d -c voltage which
A single -wire antenna, or a doublet antenna, when results from detection of the signal is used for auto-
connected to the proper input terminals of the re- matic volume control. This voltage, which develops
ceiver, is coupled to control grid No. 1 of the RCA - across resistor R9, is applied as automatic control -
6L7 through a tuned r -f transformer. This trans- grid bias to thè first -detector and i -f tubes. The
former is tapped so that the range selector increases second (auxiliary) diode of the RCA -6H6 is used to
the range of tuning by decreasing the amount of in- supply residual bias for the controlled tubes under
ductance. A unique method of switching causes L5 conditions of little or no signal. This diode, under
to become the primary with L4, L3, and L2 as such conditions, draws current which flows through
secondary, L4 to become the primary with L3 and resistors R7 and R9, thereby maintaining the desired
L2 as secondary, and L3 to become the primary operating bias on such tubes. On application of sig-
with L2 as secondary, for range selector positions nal energy above a certain level, however, the
"Standard broadcast," "Medium wave," and "Short auxiliary bias -diode ceases to draw current and the
wave" respectively. Separate windings are employed a.v.c.-diode takes over the biasing function.
C5 C6 CT
Audio System
ANT. ANT. ANT. TUNING TUBE
20,000K.C.,8000K.C.. 1500/C. NOT USED IN MODELS TT AND 7K The manual volume control consists of an acous-
28277 C3
560MMF
2"°DET.$
A.v.C.
tically tapered potentiometer in the audio circuit be-
OUTPUT
s 1
tween the output of the detector diode and the input
grid of the audio voltage -amplifier tube. This control
1)
e
REE SEC. has a tone -compensating filter connected to it so that
ADJ. ¡ L12 the correct aural balance will be obtained at diffeaent
5
cormerE 60 K.C. volume settings. Phonograph terminals are inserted
A.F. R4
1" 56,00
V' LF BANS at this point for feeding the output of an external
3
I os phonograph pickup to the control grid of the audio
L8 amplifier. Resistance -capacity coupling is used be-
C13 ---
. i
C14 016 OSC.
TRANS.
"-WAVE TRAP
SEC.
ADJ.
SN -6B]
to the electrodynamic loudspeaker. Continuously -
variable tone control is effected by means of capacitor
OSC. OSC. 05C. 600 K.L. 460 K.C. C34 and variable resistor R16 shunting the plate cir-
20,000 K.C. 5000 K.C. 1500 K.C.
cuit of the output tube. Extreme clockwise rotation
of this tone control disconnects the resistor R16 from
Figure 3-Radiotron, Coil, and Trimmer Locations the circuit and places an additional capacitor C33 in
shunt with capacitor C27, thereby reducing the low-
frequency response of the amplifier. This point is
in the oscillator stage for each position of the range known as the "Speech" position and provides opti-
selector. All unused portions of the antenna and mum intelligibility of speech.
oscillator coils are shorted out to prevent undesirable
interaction. Air -dielectric trimming capacitors are Tuning Indicator (Models 8T and 8K only)
used for obtaining exact alignment. Proper low - An RCA-6E5 cathode-ray tuning tube is used as a
frequency tracking of the oscillator for "Standard means of visually indicating when the receiver is
broadcast" is accomplished by adjusting the induc- accurately tuned to the incoming signal. This tube
tance of the respective coil with a molded magnetite consists of an amplifier section and a cathode-ray sec-
core. tion built in the same glass envelope. Maximum sensi-
The intermediate -frequency amplifier consists of an tivity of the tuning indicator is acquired in the "Short
RCA -6K7 in a transformer -coupled circuit. The wind- wave" position of the range selector S2 by removing
ings of these transformers are resonated with fixed the ground connection from resistor R21. In this
capacitors, and are adjusted by molded magnetite position, resistors R20 and R21 no longer act as a
cores (both primary and secondary) to tune to voltage divider and maximum voltage is applied to
460 kc. the grid of the tuning tube.
238
SERVICE DATA
possible through use of apparatus such as the RCA
Alignment Procedure Stock No. 9558 Frequency Modulator and the RCA
There are eight adjustments required for the align- Stock No. 9545 Cathode -Ray Oscillograph. The out-
ment of the antenna, oscillator, and wave -trap tuned put indicator method should be performed with an
circuits. Six of these adjustments are made with instrument such as the RCA Stock No. 4317 Neon
plunger -type air trimming capacitors, and require the Glow Indicator. The two procedures are outlined as
use of an RCA Stock No. 12636 adjusting tool. The follows:
other two adjustments are screws attached to molded
magnetite cores and are used to adjust the wave -trap Cathode -Ray Alignment
and to align the oscillator at 600 kc. Before adjusting Make alignment apparatus connections shown on
the plunger -type air trimmers, they must be unlocked figure 4. Remove the plug of the frequency modu-
by loosening their hexagon lock nuts. The lock nuts lator cable from the test oscillator jack. Connect the
should be tightened upon completion of adjustments. receiver chassis to a good external ground. Connect
The i -f transformer adjustments are made by means oscillograph "Vertical" input terminals as indicated
of four screws attached to molded magnetite cores. on figure 2. Set oscillograph power switch to "On"
All of the adjustable circuits of this receiver have and adjust "Intensity" and "Focus" controls to give
been properly aligned at the factory to give correct a clearly defined spot, or line, on the screen. Set
perfórmance, and their settings should remain intact oscillograph "Ampl. A" switch to "On," "Vertical
indefinitely when the receiver is used under ordinary gain" control full -clockwise, "Ampl. B" switch to
(SEE T E XT)
TO DETECTOR-,s
OUTPUT
TMV-I L-
ettS-p "Timing," "Range" switch to No. 2 position, and
CATHODE
TO RECEIVER
RAY
OSCILLOCRAPN I r 1
"Timing" switch to "Int." Place the "Sync." control,
CHASSIS GROUND-, "Freq." control, and "Horizontal gain" control to
1yT.DET.
j5HIE LO
1pLE about their mid -positions. For each of the following
adjustments, the test oscillator output must be regu-
RECEIVER
CHASSIS lated so that the image obtained on the oscillograph
GROUNO
50-60
screen will be of the minimum size for accurate ob-
servation. The receiver volume control setting is
optional.
VERTICAL INPUT
I-F Adjustments
(a) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
to the grid cap of RCA -6K7 (with grid lead in
place) through a .001-mfd. capacitor, with
r10
50-60-
-120V. "Gnd." to receiver chassis. Tune the test oscil-
i>"", o lator to 460 kc, place its modulation switch to
"On" and its output switch to "Hi."
TMV-128-A TMV-97-C
FREQUENCY MODULATOR SH413 TEST OSCILLATOR (b) Turn on the receiver and test oscillator. Increase
the output of the test oscillator until a deflection
Figure 4-Alignment Apparatus Connections is noticeable on the oscillograph screen. The
conditions. However, necessity for re -adjustment figures obtained represent several waves of the
may occasionally occur from continued extremes of detected signal, the amplitude of which may be
temperature, climate, tampering, or purported altera- observed as an indication of output. Cause the
tion for services, or after repairs have been made to wave image formed (400 -cycle waves) to be
the r -f or i -f tuned circuits. Improper alignment spread completely across the screen by adjusting
usually causes the impairment of sensitivity, selec- the "Horizontal gain" control. The image should
tivity, and tone quality. Such conditions will gen- be synchronized and made to remain motionless
erally exist simultaneously. by adjusting the "Sync." and "Freq." controls.
In re -adjusting the tuned circuits, it is important to (c) Adjust the two magnetite core screws (see figures
apply a definite procedure and to use adequate and 3 and 7) of the second i -f transformer (one on
reliable test equipment. A standard test oscillator, top and one on bottom) to produce maximum
such as an RCA Stock No. 9595, will be required as vertical deflection of the oscillographic image.
the source of signal at the specified alignment fre- This adjustment places the transformer in exact
quencies. Means for indication of the receiver out- resonance with the 460-kc signal.
put during alignment is also necessary to accurately (d) The sweeping operation should follow using the
show when the correct point of adjustment is reached. frequency modulator. Shift the oscillograph
Two indication methods are applicable-one requires "Timing" switch to "Ext." Insert plug of fre-
use of the cathode-ray oscillograph, and the other re- quency modulator cable in test oscillator jack.
quires a voltmeter or glow -type indicator. The Turn the test oscillator modulation switch to
cathode-ray alignment method is advantageous in that "Off." Turn on the frequency modulator and
the indication provided is in the form of a wave place its sweep -range switch to "Hi."
image which represents the resonance characteristics (e) Increase the frequency of the test oscillator by
of the circuits being tuned. This type of alignment is slowly turning its tuning control until two sep -
239
www.americanradiohistory.com
arate, distinct, and similar waves appear on the capacity (plunger near out) for maximum indica-
screen. If only one wave appears, increase the tion. Tighten lock nut. Slowly pull out plunger
"Freq." control on the oscillograph to obtain two of antenna air trimmer C5 until maximum
waves. These waves will be identical in shape, (peak) amplitude of output is reached while
totally disconnected, and appear in reversed po- slightly rocking the gang tuning condenser back
sitions. They will have a common base line, and forth through the signal. Two peaks may
which is discontinuous. Adjust the "Freq." and be found with this circuit. The peak with maxi-
"Sync." controls of the oscillograph to make mum capacity (plunger near in) should be used.
them remain motionless on the screen. Continue Tighten lock nut.
increasing the test oscillator frequency until
these forward and reverse curves move together
and overlap, with their highest points exactly co-
incident. This condition will be obtained at a
test oscillator setting of approximately 575 kc.
(f) With the images established as in (e), re -adjust
the two magnetite core screws on the second i -f
transformer so that they cause the curves on the
oscillograph screen to become exactly coincident
throughout their lengths and have maximum BROWN BLACK
amplitude.
BROWN
(g) Without altering the adjustments of the appara-
tus, shift the "Ant." output of the test oscillator O RCA were co,...
BLACK w.-e1iae-o
240
(o) Set receiver dial pointer to 1,500 kc. Set the test of 200 kc is used for this adjustment. Shift os-
oscillator to 1,500 kc (1,500-3,100-kc range) cillograph "Timing" switch to "Ext." Insert the
and increase its output to produce a registration plug of the frequency modulator cable in test
on the oscillograph. Carefully adjust the oscillator oscillator jack. Turn test oscillator modulation
and antenna air trimmers C16 and C7 respec- switch to "Off." Retune the test oscillator (in-
tively so that each brings about maximum (peak) crease frequency) until the forward and reverse
amplitude of output as shown by the waves on waves show on the oscillograph screen. This will
the oscillograph. Shift the oscillograph "Timing" occur at a test oscillator setting of approximately
switch to "Ext." Place the frequency modulator 230 kc. Disregarding the fact that the two
sweep -range switch to "Lo" position and insert images may come together, adjust the oscillator
plug of the frequency modulator cable in test magnetite core screw (top of oscillator coil) to
oscillator jack. Turn test oscillator modulation produce maximum amplitude of images. Shift
switch to "Off." Retune the test oscillator (in- oscillograph "Timing" switch to "Int." Remove
crease frequency) until the forward and reverse the plug of the frequency modulator cable from
waves show on the oscillograph screen and be- the test oscillator. Turn test oscillator modulation
come coincident at their highest points. This switch to "On." Repeat adjustment (o), and then
will occur at a test oscillator setting of approxi- lock C16 and C7.
mately 1,680 kc. Adjust the trimmers C16 and
C7 again, setting each to the point which pro- Output Indicator Alignment
duces the best coincidence and maximum ampli- Attach the output indicator across the loudspeaker
tude of the images. voice -coil circuit. Advance the receiver volume con-
(p) Remove the plug of the frequency modulator trol to its maximum position, letting it remain in such
cable from test oscillator jack. Turn test oscil- position for all adjustments. For each adjusting opera-
lator modulation switch to "On." Set oscillograph tion, regulate the test oscillator output so that the
"Timing" switch to "Int." Tune test oscillator to signal level is as low as possible and still be observable
200 kc. (200-400-kc range). Tune receiver for at the receiver output. Use of such small signal will
maximum response to this signal at a dial read- obviate broadness of tuning which would otherwise
ing of approximately 600 kc. Third harmonic result from a.v.c. action on a stronger one.
tr
'
f T
tWAVETRAPI '
2.5MEG. 4`4,\
56,000n
I
L__C.G
-i -`-
I
I
-
I
On
-
p --ß-1C/Ón
-J10,000A
!c.Ç.G1 J-
:'
On
/EL.
CAP.
L Dz,
p e Q"
r
i Ì
1.5k r pz
O d©
_- ~©© I
16K7
1F '%
O
. OSC. ..6n
6J7 22,9OOn
TO TERM. OF C-37-,
_-. s . _
2ioni
+-- a. 000
(---- Off02,70... I
j í
ón
Oro ,é
_z,.i,
-..,
©07 ----
L 56,000n ...
r
I
I O©
O
i
I
10`°-
O 3io,000n
i I
C. G. ,-
COÑV.
6L7
e0 WO
1
7747K -260,000n.
II
MODELS
600nFOR
I
I
5Z4T
Ind I
OUTPUT
6F5 Si- C.G.
04TO,000n
23ME6.
i
°-\ 870,000 n
I
MODFLS -
2.9 ME6.
DH s&Me.
SEC
I
L--- CI
.
o
6T8 BK-190,000n
1à1
On
l 2.5MEG
-`.
I SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
i
©O
40
I I
o,.
In
r -1
l
I
_f © TERM.
i
r'
L_
L-_49n---
I I I I
1
I
2"o.DET.
I
I
I BRD. I
t
I I
1
I
4.A.V. C.
I
I
I
29I
j474,000n
-- is
On
I
i 1
I
¡
1MEG.
I
I
6546
j I Ì
I i
, .a -e
I I
{ { R 5 , , R ,
*OPEN CIRCUIT (LEAKAGE OF ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS ONLY) CIVOLUME CONTROL IN "MINIMUM" POSITION
Figure 6-Resistance Diagrain
Power supply disconnected-Radiotrons in sockets-Tuning condenser in full-mesh-
Range selector in "Standard broadcast position-Volume control maximum
Resistance Measurements
The resistance values shown between Radiotron socket Radiotrons in sockets, range selector in "Standard broad-
contacts, grid caps, resistors, and terminals to receiver cast" position, tuning condenser in full mesh, and
chassis ground or other pertinent point on figure 6, volume control set at maximum unless otherwise
permit a rapid continuity check of the circuits. The noted. In all cases of .measuring the resistance between
use of this diagram in conjunction with the Schematic points of the circuit and ground, it will be necessary to
Circuit Diagram, figure 1, and Chassis Wiring Diagram, connect the negative terminal of the resistance meter to
figure 2, will permit the location of certain troubles which
might otherwise be difficult to ascertain. Each value as chassis -ground. If the polarity of the resistance meter is
specified should hold within +20%. Variations in excess not known, it may be readily ascertained by connecting a
of this limit will usually be indicative of trouble in cir- d -c voltmeter of indicated polarity across the terminals of
cuit under test. Resistance values were measured with the the device.
241
www.americanradiohistory.com
I -F Adjustments "Short Wave" Band
(a) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator (d) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
to the grid cap of the RCA -6L7 (with grid lead to the antenna terminal "Al" through a 300-ohm
in place) through a .001-mfd. capacitor, with resistor, leaving the "Gnd." of the oscillator con-
"Gnd." to receiver chassis. Tune the test oscil- nected to the receiver chassis.
lator to 460 kc, place its modulation switch to (e) Place range selector to its "Short wave" position.
"On" and its output switch to "Hi." Set receiver dial pointer to 20,000 kc. Adjust test
(b) Adjust the two magnetite core screws of the oscillator to 20,000 kc. Set oscillator air trimmer
second i-f transformer (one on top and one on C13 to minimum capacity (plunger full out),
bottom), to produce maximum (peak) output. and antenna air trimmer C5 to maximum capa-
(c) The two first i -f transformer magnetite core city (plunger full in). Slowly push in oscillator
screws (one on top and one on bottom) should trimmer C13 until maximum (peak) output is
be adjusted -to produce maximum (peak) output. reached. Two peaks may be found. Adjust C13
It is advisable to repeat the adjustment of all i -f to the peak with minimum capacity (plunger
magnetite core screws to assure that the inter- near out) for maximum indication. Tighten
action between them has not disturbed the lock nut. Slowly pull out plunger of antenna
original adjustments. air trimmer C5 until maximum (peak) output
is reached while slightly rocking the gang tun-
R -F Adjustments
ing condenser back and forth through the signal.
Calibrate the pointer of the tuning dial by adjust- Two peaks may be found with this circuit. The
ing it to the extreme low -frequency end of dial scale peak with maximum capacity (plunger near in)
(beyond 55 on dial) with the plates of the gang tun- should be used. Tighten lock nut.
ing condenser in full mesh. Alignment must be made
in sequence of "Short wave" band, "Medium wave" "Medium Wave" Band
band, "Wave -trap", and "Standard broadcast" band. (f) Place the receiver range selector to its "Medium
o- -250 V --
20,000 K.C. á1v. OV. V.
-C14 100 V
1 V.
315 V.-A.C. 3 O'v. 2d 1
6 OV. o1V t O OS C. 210 V. 11 r
L_
'O O ^ t (-3A V. +r) O V
L-
i(215V.11 _ I'(1.25V.,1,)6000 K.C. -0.4V.:r 7V. gnu 1. F TRANS.
630tTi11 O .1150V. +1
C>' -1_11,_i `- 75V. rt70 LJ
5.0V.
C5 C.G.
64V. O CONV.
"
A.C. ANT. AIG. 6L7
RECT.
5Z4 2 ,000 K.C.
ANT.
OUTPUT 6 OO K.C. r
6F6 6!4V. ,'C7 624V.
A.C.
r- J ANT. A.C.
I
1500 K.C.
-lv,I I
2"oDET.
ßA.V.C.
L----3V.---
ANT COI L
I I
I
I (-0.2V.
I
16V)
I
I
aI4ov.l
I
I
I
(-1.35%9)
-0.4V.
6116
I 250V, Ov.
peu "re co., i.c
I
t
I
t
I (
t t
i
t BOTTOM FRONT OF CHASSIS
242
wave" position, with the receiver dial pointer set gang tuning condenser. After completing this
to 6,000 kc. Tune test oscillator to 6,000 kc. adjustment, the trimmers C16 and C7 should be
Carefully adjust the oscillator and antenna air re -adjusted as in (j) to correct for any change in
trimmers C14 and C6 respectively, so that each the oscillator high -frequency tuning which has
brings about maximum (peak) output. When been caused by the preceding adjustment.
adjusting the oscillator trimmer C14, two peaks
may be found. The one of minimum capacitance Antenna and Ground Terminals
(plunger near out) should be used. These receivers are equipped wih an antenna -
"Wave -Trap" Adjustment ground terminal board having three terminals. These
terminals are marked "A2," "Al," and "G," the latter
(g) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator being the ground terminal and should always be con-
to the antenna terminal "Al" through a 200 nected to a good external ground. The transmission
mmfd. (important) capacitor. Place the range
selector to its "Standard broadcast" position and BLACK
RED
set the receiver dial pointer to a position of no RED -BLACK
FILAMENTS
i
comes apparent on the output indicator.
RECTIFIER
FILAMENT
M-HI021-o
"Standard Broadcast" Band 5 -VOLTS
(1:) Reduce output of test oscillator to a minimum. Primary resistance-24.5 ohms total
Tune the test oscillator to 600 kc and set receiver Secondary resistance-668 ohms total
dial pointer to 600 kc. Adjust output of test Figure S-Universal Transformer
oscillator until a slight indication of output is
visible. line leads of the RCA RK -40A antenna system should
(i) Adjust the oscillator magnetite core screw (top be connected to terminals "A2" and "Al." The re-
of oscillator coil) so that maximum (peak) out- ceiver coupling units of the RCA RK -40 and the
put results. RCA Spider -Web antenna systems should be con-
(j) Set receiver dial pointer to 1,500 kc. Tune the nected to terminals "Al" and "G." Connect a single -
test oscillator to 1,500 kc. Carefully adjust the wire antenna to terminal "Al."
oscillator and antenna air trimmers C16 and C7
respectively so that each brings about maximum Phonograph Terminal Board
(peak) output. A terminal board is provided for connecting a
(k) Tune the test oscillator to 600 kc. Tune the re- phonograph into the audio amplifying circuit. Typical
ceiver to pick up this signal disregarding the dial methods of connecting a low -impedance pickup, or
reading at which it is best received. Adjust the RCA Victor Models R-93, R-93-2, and R -93-S
oscillator magnetite core screw (top of oscillator Record Players are shown on the Schematic Diagram
coil) for maximum (peak) output while rocking (figure 1).
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily 'dentified and may be purchased from authorized dealers.
STOCK
DESCRIPTION
LIST STOCK LIST
110. PRICE DESCRIPTION
N0. PRICE
RECEIVER ASSEMBLIES 12714 Capacitor-Adjustable capacitor (C5, C6,
C7, C13, C14, C16) .38
12706 Arm-Hub and arm complete for operat- 12722 Capacitor-18 Mmfd. (C15) .20
ing shutter (located on range switch 12723 Capacitor-56 Mmfd. (C9) .20
shaft) .22 12726 Capacitor-56 Mmfd. (C2) .20
12716 Board-Antenna and ground terminal 12724 Capacitor-120 Mmfd. (C18, C32) .28
board .20 12404 Capacitor-120 Mmfd. (C20, C22, C23,
12717 Board-Phonograph terminal board .22 C24) .26
5237 Bushing-Variable capacitor mounting 12725 Capacitor-150 Mmfd. (Cl) .28
bushing assembly-Package of 3 .43 12406 Capacitor-180 Mmfd. (C25) .26
12730 Cable-Shielded cable approximately 141- 12727 Capacitor-555 Mmfd. (C12) .20
in. long-volume control to phono ter- 12537 Capacitor-560 Mmfd. (C3) .20
minal board .40 12729 Capacitor -1,550 Mmfd. (C11) .26
11625 Cable-Tuning tube cable and socket corn- 12728 Capacitor-4,500 Mmfd. (C10) .36
plete (Models 8T and 8K) 1.26 4868 Capacitor-.005 Mfd. (C19, C35) .20
12511 Cap-Grid contact cap-Package of 5.. .15 4858 Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C26, C27, C31) .25
Prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
243
REPLACEMENT PARTS -Continued
STOCK LIST STOCK LIST
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
-No. PRICE No. PRICE
11315 Capacitor -.015 Mfd. (C33) .20 11195 Socket-5 -contact 5Z4 radiotron socket.. .15
12670 Capacitor -.035 Mfd. (C34) .20 11198 Socket-7 -contact 6J7, 6K7 or 6L7 radio -
4836 Capacitor -.05 Mfd. (C40) (Models 8T tron socket .15
4841
and 8K)
Capacitor -0.1 Mfd. (C29)
.30
.22
11196 Socket-8 -contact 6F5, 6F6, 6H6, radio -
tron socket .15
11414 Capacitor -0.1 Mfd. (C30) .20 11222 Socket -Dial lamp socket .18
4840 Capacitor -0.25 Mfd. (C28) .30 11381 Socket -Tuning tube socket and cover
5170 Capacitor -0.25 Mfd. (C8, C21) .25 (Models 8T and 8K) .45
11240 Capacitor -10 Mfd. (C36) 1.08 12007 Spring -Retaining spring for core Stock
5212 Capacitor -18 Mfd. (C37) 1.16 No. 12006, 12664 and 12711 Package
12708 Coil -Antenna coil and shield (L2, L3, of 10 .36
L4, L5) 2.04 12849 Spring -Tension spring for band indicator
12709 Coil -Oscillator coil and shield (L6, L7, shutter link -Package of 5 .18
L8) 2.02 12707 Switch -Range switch (Si, S2) 1.64
12701 Condenser -2 -gang variable tuning con- 12668 Tone Control -Control and operating
denser (C4, C17) 4.00 switch (R16, S3) 1.22
5119 Connector -3 -contact female connector for 12652 Transformer-First I.F. transformer com
speaker cable .25 plete (L9, L10, C20, C22) 1.60
12711 Core -Adjustable core and stud for Stock 11999 Transformer-Power transformer 105-125
No. 12709 .16 volts, 60 cycle (T1) 3.80
12006 Core -Adjustable core and stud for Stock 12132 Transformer-Power transformer 105-125
No. 12652 and 12653 .22 volts, 25 cycle (T1) 5.48
12664 Core -Adjustable core and stud for Stock 12133 Tiansformer-Power transformer 100.250
No. 12654 .22 volts, 60 cycle (T1) 6.25
12703 Dial -Station selector dial scale .80 12653 Transformer- Second I. F. transformer
12702 Drive --Vernier drive for tuning capacitor .68 complete (L11, L12, C23, C24, C25,
12712 Indicator -S t a t i o n selector indicator R8, R9) 2.06
pointer .22 12654 Trap -Wave trap complete (L1) .75
5226 Lamp -Indicator dial lamp 6.3 volt- 13144 Volume Control (R11) 1.00
Package of 5 .70
12718 Mask -Dial light diffuser complete with REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
red, orange and green colored screen .40
12738 Resistor -27,000 ohms, insulated, /4 watt 12641 Board -Reproducer terminal board .15
-Package of 5 (R10) 1.00 12640 Bracket -Output transformer mounting
11282 Resistor -56,000 ohm, carbon type 1/10 bracket .18
watt -Package of 5 (R8) 75
12012 Coil -Field coil (L15) 1.85
12286 Resistor -56,000 ohm, carbon type, I/4 11469 Coil -Neutralizing coil (L13) .20
watt -Package of 5 (R2) 1.00
12642 Cone -Reproducer cone and dust cap
11282 Resistor -56,000 ohm, carbon type, 1/10 (L14) (Models 7T and 8T) 94
watt -Package of 5 (R4) .75 12667 Cone -Reproducer cone and dust cap
11281 Resistor -100,000 ohm, carbon type, 1/10 (Models 7K and 8K) 1.00
watt -Package of 5 (R13) 5118 Connectnnector-3contact male connector for
75
11398 Resistor -220,000 ohm, carbon type, 1/10 speaker cable 25
watt-Package of 5 (R9) 75
12666 Cover -Speaker cover (Models 7K and
11453 Resistor -270,000 ohm, carbon type, 1/10 8K) .65
watt -Package of 5 (RI4) 75
9696 Reproducer Complete -(Models 7K and
11452 Resistor -470,000 ohm, carbon type, 1/10 8K) 6.90
watt -Package of 5 (R1, R15) 75 9699 Reproducer Complete -(Models 7T and
12285 Resistor-470,000 ohm, insulated, I/4 watt 8T) 6.38
-Package of 5 (R12) 1.00
11253 Transformer-Output transformer (T2).. 1.56
12013 Resistor -1 meg., carbon type, 1/10 watt 11886 Washer-Spring washer to hold field coil
-Package of 5 (R22) (Models 8T and securely-Package of 5 .20
8K) ,75 MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
11626 Resistor -2.2 meg., carbon type, 1/4 watt 11996 Bracket-Tuning tube mounting bracket
-Package of 5 (R7, R20, R21) 1.00 (Models 8T and 8K) .22
12004 Resistor -Voltage divider comprising one 12698 Crystal -Station selector crystal and escut-
216 ohm, one 27 ohm and one 22 ohm cheon . 1.02
sections (R17, R18, RI9) .45 12742 Escutcheon -Tuning tube escutcheon
12715 Resistor-Wire wound comprising one (Models 8T and 8K) .22
22,000 ohm and one 10,000 ohm 12699 Knob -Large tuning knob-Package of 5 .68
4669
sections (R3, R6)
Screw-No. 8-32 set screw for arm Stock
No. 12706-Package of 10
.86
.25
11582
12700
Knob -Tone control knob -Package of 5
Knob -Vernier tuning knob (small)
Package of 5
- .50
.58
12651 Shield -Coil shield for Stock No. 12708 .22 11347 Knob -Volume control or range switch
12710 Shield -Coil shield for Stock No. 12709 .28 knob -Package of 5 .75
12735 Shield -Dial lamp shield -Package of 5. .25 11377 Screw -Chassis mounting screw assembly
12008 Shield-I.F. transformer shield for Stock for Table Model-Package of 4 .12
No. 12652 and 12653 .28 11210 Screw -Chassis mounting screw assembly
12581 Shield -Shield top for I.F. transformer for Console Model --Package of 4.... .28
Stock No. 12653 .36 4982 Spring -Retaining spring for knob Stock
12607 Shield -Shield top for I.F. transformer No. 12699 -Package of 10 .50
Stock No. 12652 .30 11349 Spring -Retaining spring for knob Stock
12704 Shutter -Dial scale holder and shutter as No. 11347, 11582 and 12700-Pack
sembly for band indicator .88 age of 5 .25
First Edition Prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
244
RCA VICTOR MODEL 7U
Seven -Tube, Three -Band, A -C, Radio-Phonograph
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGN M ENT FREQUENCIES
"Standard broadcast" (A) 540. 1,625 kc. "Standard broadcast" (A) ...600 kc. (osc.), 1,400 kc.
(osc. and ant.)
"Medium wave" (B) 1,625- 5,700 kc. "Medium wave" (B) None required
"Short wave" (C) 5,700-18,000 kc. "Short wave" (C) 15,000 kc. (osc. and ant.)
Intermediate Frequency 460 kc.
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT (4) RCA -6F5 Audio voltage amplifier
(1) RCA-6A8 First -detector-oscillator (5) RCA -6F6 Audio power amplifier
(2) RCA-6K7 Intermediate amplifier (6) RCA-5Z4 Full -wave rectifier
(3) RCA-6H6 Second-detector-a.v.c. (7) RCA -6E5 Tuning tube
Pilot Lamps (5) Mazda No. 46, 6.3 volts, 0.25 amperes
POWER SUPPLY RATINGS
Rating A-6 105-125 volts, 60 cycles, 95 watts
Rating A-5 105-125 volts, 50 cycles, 95 watts
Rating B-2 105-125 volts, 25 cycles, 95 watts
Rating C-6 105-130/140-160/200-250 volts, 60 cycles, 95 watts
Rating C-5 105-130/140-160/200-250 volts, 50 cycles, 95 watts
POWER OUTPUT LOUDSPEAKER
Undistorted 2.0 watts Type Electrodynamic
Maximum 4.5 watts Impedance (v.c.) 2 2 ohms at 400 cycles
PHONOGRAPH
Type Manual Type of Pickup High -impedance magnetic
Turntable Speed 78 r.p.m. Pickup Impedance 1,400 ohms at 1,000 cycles
Mechanical Specifications
Height 40iß inches
Width 23 -fee- inches
Depth 143/8 inches
Weight (net) 71 pounds
Weight (shipping) 91 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 12 inches x 7 inches x 21/2 inches
Over-all Chassis Height 8 inches
Operating Controls. (1) Power switch -Tone, (2) Tuning, (3) Volume, (4) Range selector, (5) Radio -Phono-volume
Tuning Drive Ratios 10 to 1 and 50 to 1
General Features
The Model 7U combination instrument consists of and band selective indication of dial scales. The
a seven -tube radio receiver and a manually -operated tuning range is continuous through the "Standard
phonograph combined in one cabinet. The super- broadcast" band, "Medium wave" band, and the
heterodyne circuit is used with such features of de- "Short wave" band. It includes domestic broadcast,
sign as: Antenna wave-trap, aural compensated vol-
ume control, continuously variable tone control with police, aircraft, and amateur services, and also the
music -voice switch, automatic volume control, resist- important foreign short-wave broadcast bands at 49,
ance -coupled audio system, tuning tube "Magic Eye," 31, 25, 19, and 16 meters.
Circuit Arrangement
The first detector and oscillator functions are ac- transformer. This transformer consists of a single
complished in a single tube, an RCA-6A8. The input primary and three series -connected secondary wind -
of this tube is coupled to the antenna through a tuned ings to provide the three ranges of tuning. The oscil-
245
Figure 1-Schematic Circuit Diagram
RED TI
BLUE
BWE
-
BROWN
8D., 8.IA BOr 96Tn
BLACK -
AS... Mew
nYELLOW-
BROWN
666A
BROWN
EC
vELIOW
SLACK
POWER TRANSE.
OSC
TRIM.
CAP. ._
TO
tA,
L9
ul
ELLOW- SPKTi.
c
, l 'w MMr.
TERM.
SRD.
RANGE SELECTOR OSC. COIL CONNECTIONS
BOTTOM RTONT OR CNAee,
LiTII
BLACK BROWN
BROWN-
BRO
DIAL U BAND
LAMP INDICATOR LAMP
TUNING
BLAC TUscscs
246
la tor coil system is similarly wound on a single form. An RCA -6E5 cathode-ray tuning tube is used as a
A range -selector switch S3 is used for connecting means of visually indicating when the receiver is ac-
the various sections of these two coil systems into the curately tuned to the incoming signal. This tube con-
circuit to provide operation on the band desired. The sists of an amplifier section and a cathode-ray section,
coils are tuned by a variable two -section gang con- built in the same glass envelope. A component of
denser having trimming capacitors in shunt with each the signal voltage developed across resistor R7 is
section. There are additional trimming capacitors used to actuate the control grid of the amplifier
across the section of each coil used for the "Standard section.
broadcast" band. A series trimming capacitor is also The power -supply system consists of an RCA -5Z4
associated with the "Standard broadcast" oscillator rectifier tube, which is supplied from an efficiently de-
coil. signed power transformer, and which works into a
The intermediate -frequency stage is coupled to the suitable filter. The various potentials required for the
RCA -6A8 and to the RCA -6H6 by means of tuned plate, screen, control grid, and cathode circuits, are
transformers. The windings of these transformers obtained from the output of the filter. The electro-
(both primary and secondary) are resonated with ad- dynamic loudspeaker field coil is used as a filter
justable trimming capacitors to tune to 460 kc. reactor.
The modulated signal as obtained from the output The phonograph mechanism is of the manually
of the i-f system is detected by an RCA -6H6 twin - operated type, having a synchronous motor which
diode tube. Audio frequency secured by this process
C3ANT. C5 ANT.
is passed on to the a -f system for amplification and 1400 K.0 000K
final reproduction. The d -c voltage which results ///////////////.
from detection of the signal is used for automatic vol-
TUNING
ume control. This voltage which develops across re- TUBE
sistor R7 is applied as automatic control -grid bias to
OUTPUT
the first detector and i -f tubes. The second (auxili- AMP.
ary) diode of the RCA -6H6 is used to supply residual
1"TDET.
bias for the controlled tubes under conditions of !l 05C.
little or no signal. This diode, under such conditions, 1ST I.F. 1sTAUD10 4 RECT.
draws current which flows through resistors R6 and TRANS.
R7, thereby maintaining the desired operating bias on
such tubes. On application of signal energy above a 2"0.1.F.
certain level, however, the auxiliary bias -diode ceases RAN S.
6K1\` 2N' DET.
to draw current, and the a.v.c. diode takes over the a 1`.
\ {.AVc SN -667
5J CA MIO.CO,INC._I
biasing function. 1-WAVETRAP C1p-osC> C12 -ose. CB-oSC.
Manual volume control is effected by means of an 460 K.C. 1400 K.C. BOO K.C. 15,000 K.C.
acoustically tapered potentiometer connected as a vari-
able coupling element between the output of the sec- Figure 3-Radiotron, Coil, and Trimmer Locations
ond detector and the first -audio control grid. After
amplification by the RCA-6F5, the audio signal is rotates the turntable at a speed of 78 r.p.m. The
transmitted by resistance-capacitance coupling to the 10 -inch turntable will accommodate either the 10 -inch
input of the RCA-6F6 power -output stage, which, in or 12 -inch phonograph records. The pickup mech-
turn, is transformer -coupled to the dynamic loud- anism and tone arm are combined as one unit. The
speaker. instrument may be purchased with any one of five
Continuously -variable tone control is effected by ratings as specified under Electrical Specifications.
means of the combination of a capacitor C28 and It is important that a machine of any particular rat-
variable resistor R9 shunting the plate circuit of the ing be operated at the frequency and voltage for
output tube. Extreme clockwise rotation of the tone which it is rated. Attempts to operate at ratings
control disconnects the resistor R9 from the circuit other than specified for the particular instrument will
and places an additional capacitor, C33, in shunt with result in improper reproduction from the phonograph
capacitor C25, thereby reducing the low-frequency and may result in damage to both the phonograph
response of the amplifier. This point is known as the motor and radio receiver. An automatic switch is
"Speech" position and provides optimum intelligi- provided to turn "off" the phonograph motor at the
bility of speech. completion of the record.
SERVICE DATA
Alignment Procedure A standard test oscillator, such as the RCA Stock
No. 9595, will be required as a source of signal at
There are six adjustments required for the align- the specified alignment frequencies. Means for indi-
ment of the antenna, oscillator, and wave-trap tuned cation of the receiver output during alignment is also
circuits. The i -f transformer adjustments are made necessary to show when the correct point of adjust-
by four trimming capacitor screws. Improper align- ment is reached. The RCA Stock No. 4317 Neon
ment usually causes the impairment of sensitivity, se-
lectivity, and tone quality. Such conditions will Glow Indicator is designed for this purpose.
usually exist simultaneously. Attach the output indicator across the loudspeaker
247
voice coil. Advance the receiver volume control to its plates are in full mesh. Alignment (see figure 3 for
maximum position, letting it remain in such position location of trimming adjustments) of "Wave -trap,"
for all adjustments. For each adjusting operation, "Short wave" band, and "Standard broadcast" band
regulate the test -oscillator output control so that the should be made in the following order and sequence.
signal level is as low as possible and still be observable
at the receiver output. Use of such small signal will "Wave -Trap"
obviate broadness of tuning which would otherwise (a) Connect the output of the test oscillator to
result from a.v.c. action on a stronger one. the antenna terminal through a 200-mmfd.
(important) capacitor, leaving the test oscil-
I -F Adjustments lator ground connected to the receiver chassis.
(a) Connect the test oscillator to the grid cap of With the range selector in its "Standard
the RCA -6A8 through a .001 mfd. capacitor, broadcast" position, set the receiver dial to a
and connect the test oscillator ground to the position of no extraneous signals, near 600 kc
receiver chassis. Set test oscillator to 460 kc. (60 on dial). Set the test oscillator to 460
(b) Adjust the two trimming capacitors (C20 kc. Adjust the wave -trap trimming capacitor
and C21) of the second i-f transformer to Cl to a point which causes minimum am-
produce maximum (peak) output. plitude of output. An increase of the test
(c) Adjust the two trimming capacitors (C17 and
oscillator output may be necessary before the
point of minimum amplitude, obtained by ad-
C18) of the first i -f transformer, to produce
maximum (peak) output. justment of wave -trap screw, becomes appar-
ent on the output indicator.
It is advisable to repeat the adjustment of all i -f
trimming capacitors a second time to assure that the "Short Wave" Band
interaction between them has not disturbed the orig- (a) Connect the output of thé test oscillator to
inal adjustment. the antenna terminal through a 300 -ohm re-
sistor, leaving the test oscillator ground con-
R -F Adjustments nected as before.
Calibrate the tuning dial by adjusting the scale (b) Set the range selector to its "Short wave"
pointer to the extreme end calibration mark (beyond position. .Set receiver dial pointer to 15,000
55 on dial) while the two -gang tuning condenser kc (15 on dial). Adjust the test oscillator
IC31
tf27Si
00on
L
a on On
\
I tI 1 } f
22n
I- 40n 1
2.51M1[G. ¡ Ì 0^
WAVE 1
TRAP nc
I
I
Q 0n '
L_ O
R ¡ Ì
13,.
¡
`-. _J I I 1
400AFOR 60,,.TRANS
2.SMrG--., ' c.c5
I.F.AMP
Ben I 1
550aFOQ25ti .
CAP. I
36,51mn
¡ 1
5Z4
I' C31--
I
i{
1
I
TO TERM. OF I I
I 36 500A iIMARO © ©
17n/ 25:p0n
O
- I `-3500A. -0 Q
e>" 0., J
'
1ST DET. ,)'
I I -
z%:, AUDIO 100ón
© 6A8
. I I
t CO. 6F5 _
© 1
--4-- -
-
I
On J 100,000n is ----, I
3T6n
1
r --ro® r On
co
° °- n I
I I I 2Mí0.
1
I r Po
I VOLUME 1
C/ OA I I
CONTROL
O.
I
9n 1
I
1
ob I 1470,000 I
c RCA
MF6.CO ,INC
1
r - 530000n
BOTTOM FRONT OF CHASSIS i
I
¡
1 1
t
II
f
I
1
P-12862-0
f
.
1
NOTE: O VOLUME CONTROL IN MINI MUM^ POSITION. 00 OPEN CIRCUIT.
Figure 4-Resistance Diagram
Power supply disconnected-Radiotrons in sockets-Tuning condenser in full mesh
Range selector "Standard broadcast"-Radio-Phono-volume "Radio"- Radio volume control maximum
The resistance values shown between Radiotron socket cuit under test. Resistance values were measured with
contacts, grid caps, resistors, terminals, and receiver Radiotrons in sockets, tuning condenser in full mesh,
chassis ground, on figure 4, have been carefully selected and volume control set at maximum except where other -
so as to facilitate a rapid continuity check of the circuits. wise noted. In all cases of measuring the resistance
The use of this diagram in conjunction with the Schematic between points of the circuit and round, it will be neces-
Circuit Diagram, figure 1, and Chassis Wiring Diagram, sary to connect the negative tefittinaal of the resistance
figure 2, will permit the location of certain troubles which meter to chassis -ground. If the polarity of the resistance
might otherwise be difficult to ascertain. Each value as meter is not known, it may be readily ascertained by
specified should hold within ±20%. Variations in excess connecting a d-c voltmeter of indicated polarity across the
of this limit will usually be indicative of trouble in cir- terminals of the device.
248
to 15,000 kc. Adjust the oscillator trimming "Standard Broadcast" Band
capacitor C8 to the point which produces (a) Connect the output of the test oscillator to
maximum (peak) output. Two points may the antenna terminal through a 200-mmfd.
be found, each of which produces a maximum. capacitor, leaving test oscillator ground con-
The one of maximum trimmer capacitance nected as before.
(most clockwise) is correct and should be (b) Set the range selector to its "Standard broad-
used. cast" position. Set the receiver dial pointer
BLACK BUJ
RED
-BLACK
FIL AM_f1T5 0.BA
RED -BLACK
BLUE
YELLOW
BLACK
REGT.
FIL.
RED -YELLOW
YELLOW
PRIMARY BROWN
BLACK -BROWN
BLACK RED TR.
LACK -RED TR. rVARIARLE LEAD BROW.!
RED- BLACK
Çw ....o ,-.
i
C- L-RECTIFIER
FILAMENT
M-81027-0 5-VOLT24
0 0 _3V
©
AZI.
C A.C. O V.
J
1
J C20 CC. I
4
J
I
I¡
¡
/1---6-7äv.1l
j
1.2V. I
6H6 I RECT.(
o
1
0C17
`
I
- -
-
-Zov.
- ,tt,
IsT DET. $.OSC. 12 L4.n-('
P
®
(p.r A.C.
1 95V.
rr
16.3.
©Q
ee
@9ÿ
©-
6A8
O0K
wR co AUDI0
6F5_ r A.C.1
6.4V. I
1
Y/
5
3A.C.
L-
L--340 V.---
I
A.C.
L__ y ____ M/.
I
1
r © I
'_
--OV.---Y
-0.2V.-4V.
C.O. ®Q-- 245V
260v. i 1
0 V (-3V.19
1 ¡
1
6F6
L
I 260v.
I I
I
t t t v-TtBO1-o
249
MOTOR BOARD
i ,Jÿ
L3;400
PICK-UP
k
BLACK -I
t--- AUTO-STOP
SWITCH
,- PICK-UP
CABLE
SHIELD 54
EXT.
REEN
MOTOR
R27 --
60,000r.
MI O
O
SHIELD
EXT. I
1
BOTTOM VIEW
RED BROWN \ SHIELD
110VOLTS 60 CYCLES
MOTOR WIRING
RADIO - \ EXT.
PHONO -VOL. CONTROL
CONNECTIONS
325..25%
TUNING GREEN.
TUBE
SHIELD
100..50% GREEN -- --BLUE
325..25'. BLACK
'BLUE
110 VOLTS SO CYCLES
IIO VOLTS 25 CYCLES
/GREEN
COMPENSATOR
PAC K
4 RED
C40
MFD.
.01 M
C41
O.IMFD.1
RECEIVER
C39
R26 I.MFI5T- EXT.
I000.. POWER *'
CORD
R25 L 24
470..
SHIELD
EXT.
CASE ®.N.C.A Slit CO. Inc
T-70l7! 0 II u
250
1,I
,4,..,;,...,....,.0,
'ili'f.,
!-
251
disregarding the dial reading at which it is then brought to the mid position between these two
best received. extremes. Screw C should then be tightened.
(d) Adjust the low -frequency oscillator trimming The
armature position should then be central between the
capacitor, C12, simultaneously rocking the pole pieces and at right angles to them. With a little
tuning control of the receiver backward and practice, the correct adjustment of the armature will
forward through the signal, until maximum be obtained. The air gap between the pole pieces
(peak) output results from these combined and the armature should be kept free from dust, fil-
operations. Repeat adjustments in (b) to ings, and other foreign material which would obstruct
compensate for any changes caused by the the movement of the pickup armature.
adjustment of the low -frequency oscillator
coil trimming capacitor. Damping Block
The viscoloid damping block which is attached to
Phonograph Mechanism the front end of the armature shank serves as
a
The phonograph motor is of the synchronous type mechanical filter to eliminate undesirable resonances
and designed to be simple and foolproof. Under and to cause the frequency response to be uniform.
normal operating conditions, service difficulties should Should it be necessary to replace this damping block,
PICKUP_.ARM ALIGN ARMATURE the pickup mechanism should be removed from the
t
MOUNTING CENTRALLY BETWEEN tone arm as explained above. Unsolder the pickup
SCREWS POLE PIECES%
coil leads from the two lugs on the pickup terminal
board and remove the terminal board mounting
ARMATURE P screw and the terminal hoard. Then remove screw
, fa WELDED
dell W9DED D and the damping block from the pickup assem-
1,;7 bly. Make sure that the shaft of the armature
._.
which contacts the viscoloid is clean. Then insert the
0101
,..n.."`
- f --
i CENTERING
SPRING'
(SOLDER
SOLDER
Z..B
POLE PIECES
new damping block so that it occupies the same
position as that of the original block, and is in correct
DAMPING BLOCK REAR VIEW +su
vertical alignment with the armature. The hole in the
Figure 10-Details of Pickup block is somewhat smaller than the diameter of the
be negligible. Occasionally, however, certain adjust- armature in order to permit a snug fit. With the
ments may be required. These adjustments are damping block properly aligned on the armature,
illustrated and explained in figure 9. screw D with its washer should then be replaced.
Heat should be applied, to the armature (viscoloid
Magnetic Pickup side) so that the damping block will fuse at the
point of contact and become rigidly attached to the
The pickup used in the phonograph unit is of an armature. A special -tip soldering iron, constructed
improved design. The horseshoe magnet is rigidly
as shown in figure 11, will be found very useful
welded to the pole pieces and is irremovable. There in
performing this operation. The iron should be
is a centering spring attached to the armature to main-
applied only long enough to slightly melt the block,
tain proper adjustment and to provide a limiting effect causing a small bulge on both sides.
on the movement of the armature. The frequency
response is substantially uniform over a wide range.
Service operations which may be necessary on the Replacing Coil
pickup are as follows: Whenever there is defective operation due to an
open or shorted pickup coil, this coil should be re-
Centering Armature placed. Remove the pickup mechanism and terminal
Refer to figure 10 showing the pickup inner struc- hoard as described above. Remove screws A and B
ture. The armature is shown in its proper relation to and the magnet assembly. Remove the bakelite coil
the magnet pole pieces, i. e., exactly centered. When- support (with coil attached) and insert the new coil
ever this centering adjustment has been disturbed it VISCOLOID SPACER
will he necessary to remove the pickup mechanism DAMPING BLOCK CUSHIONS
from the tone arm by removing the needle holding
screw and the two mounting screws from the front,
of the tone arm, holding the pickup assembly to keep
it from dropping. Unsolder the two leads from the TIP OF SOLDERING
hugs on the terminal board at the rear of the pickup. IRON ARMATURE s sw
o ac, MFG a.
Insert a small rod or nail into the armature needle
hole and replace the needle holding screw, tightening Figure 11-Special Soldering -Iron Tip
it to hold the rod securely. If the armature clamping support assembly in its place, after which replace the
screws A and B have not been disturbed, screw C magnet assembly and center the armature as described
should be loosened which will permit the armature above, then re -assemble the remainder of the unit.
to be moved from side to side, the rod acting as a Only rosin core solder should be used for soldering
lever to perform this operation. The proper adjust- the coil leads and pickup leads to the pickup terminal
ment is obtained when the armature is moved to the board. This same type of solder should be used when
extreme position on each side (the movement being necessary for soldering the centering spring to the
limited by the armature striking the pole pieces) and armature.
252
www.americanradiohistory.com
Magnetizing, do this, it will be necessary to first remove the pickup
mechanism from the tone arm, and then remove the
Loss of magnetization will not usually occur when magnet assembly. Place the magnet assembly on the
the pickup- has received normal care because the mag-
net and pole pieces are one unit and the magnetic poles of a standard pickup magnetizer such as the
circuit remains practically closed at all times. When RCA Stock No. 9549 Pickup Magnetizer and charg-
the pickup has been mishandled, subjected to a strong ing the magnet in accordance with the instructions
a -c field, jolted, or dropped, there may be an appreci- accompanying the magnetizer. It is preferable to
able loss of magnetic strength, in which case it will check the polarity of the pickup magnet and to re -
be necessary to remagnetize the entire structure. To magnetize it so that the same polarity is maintained.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers
11350
12511
nector and grid contact cap
Cap -Grid contact cap -Package of 5 ..
Cap -Grid contact cap -Package of 5..
.90
.20
.15
11282
watt -(R4) -Package of 5
Resistor-56,000 ohms -Carbon Type
-1/10 watt-(R5) -Package of 5
- 1.00
.75
11289 Capacitor-50 Mmfd.-(C9) .26 12263 Resistor-100,000 ohms-insulated -1/4
11623
11290
Capacitor -175 Mmfd.-(C22, C26)
Capacitor -400 Mmfd. (C2, C6)
. .18
.25 11398
watt-Package of 5-(R3)
Resistor-220,000 ohms-Carbon type - 1.00
11622
11621
Capacitor-3000 Mmfd.-(C13) .... ...
Capacitor -3600 Mmfd.-(C11)
.36
.38 11453
1/10 watt-(R7) -Package of 5
Resistor -270,000 ohms -Carbon type
1/10 watt -(R12) -Package of 5 ....
- .75
11287
4868
Capacitor-4500 Mmfd.-(C14)
Capacitor-.005 Mfd.-(C29)
.30
.20 11452 Resistor -470,000 ohms -Carbon type
1/10 watt -(R13) -Package of 5 ....
- .75
11315
12670
Capacitor-.015 Mfd.-(C33)
Capacitor -.035 Mfd.-(C28)
.20
.20 11397 Resistor-560,000 ohms-Carbon type - .75
11395
4858
Capacitor -.01 Mfd.-(C24)
Capacitor-.01 Mfd.-(C25, C27) .. ..
.18
.25 12013
1/10 watt -(R2) -Package of 5
Resistor -1 megohm-Carbon type - .75
4836
11414
4841
Capacitor -.05 Mfd.-(C35)
Capacitor-0.1 Mfd.-(C15, C42) ..
Capacitor-0.1 Mfd.-(C19)
.30
.20
.22
11626
1/10 watt -(R22) -Package of 5
Resistor -2.2 megohms-Carbon type
% watt -(R6, R20, R21) -Package of
- .75
1.00
5170 Capacitor-.25 Mfd.-(C32) .25 5
11240 Capacitor-10 Mfd.-(C30) 1.08 11603 Shield -Coil shield for Stock Nos. 11617
and 11618 .26
11387 Capacitor -10 Mfd.-(C16) .86
5212 Capacitor -18 Mfd.-(C31) 1.16 12735 Shield-Dial lamp shield-Package of 5 .25
11465 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer -(C12) .48 11390 Shield-I. F. transformer shield for
Stock Nos. 11388 and 11389
.
.25
11256 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer for wave-
trap, Stock No. 11391-(C1) .48 11199 Socket-Dial lamp socket .14
11617 Coil-Antenna coil less shield-(L2, L3, 12771 Socket -Dial lamp socket -Located at
L4, L5, C3, R1) 1.68 top of dial scale .25
11618 Coil-Oscillator coil less shield -(L6, 11381 Socket -Tuning lamp socket and cover. .45
L7, L8, L9, L10, L11, C10) 2.22 11195 -5
Socket -contact 5Z4 Radiotron socket .15
12767 Condenser -2 -gang variable tuning con- 11198 Socket-7 -contact 6F5 or 6H6 Radiotron
denser-(C4, C5, C7, C8) 4.10 socket .15
4573 Connector -2 -contact female connector 11196 -8
Socket -contact 6A8, 6F6 or 6K7
for motor cable -receiver section .... .30 Radiotron socket .15
5119 Connector -3 -contact female connector 12769 Switch -Range switch -(S2, S3) 1.25
for chassis reproducer cable .. .25 12668 Tone Control and Power Switch -(R9,
6123 Connector -4 -contact male connector for S1) 1.22
cable, Stock No. 12032 .30 11391 Trap -Wave trap -(L1, Cl) 1.22
12768 Drive -Variable tuning condenser 11388 Transformer -First I. F. transformer
vernier drive 1.30 less shield -(L12, L13, C17, C18) .... 1.90
11619 Foot -Chassis mounting foot and bracket 113 89 Transformer -Second I. F. transformer
assembly-Package of 2 .65
less shield -(L14, Lis, C20, C21, C22,
12770 Holder-Dial scale holder and lamp R5, R7) 3.02
bracket assembly .55
transformer -100-
12712 Indicator-S t a t ion selector indicator 11848 Transformer -Power
pointer .Y2 125 -volts, 50-60 cycles -(T1) 4.40
4340 Lamp -Dial lamp-Package of 5 .60 11849 Transformer -Power transformer -100-
12718 Mask -Dial light diffuser complete with 125 -volts, 25-40 cycles -(T1) 5.70
red, orange and green-colored screen. .40 11850 Transformer -Power transformer -105-
11466 Resistor-Voltage divider -comprising 250 -volts, 40-60 cycles -(T1) 8.00
one 3,500 -ohm, one 13,000-ohm, one 85- 13144 Volume control-(R11) 1.00
253
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued
Stock List Stock
No. DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION List
Price No. Price
MOTOR BOARD ASSEMBLIES and laminations -105-125 volts, 25 -cycle
11751 Bushing-Motormountingbushing and
spring assembly, comprising one bush -
ing, one large washer, one cup washer,
11748
operation
Damper -Motor damper$3
assembly-com-
prising one damper, one damper plate,
OS
one spring, one small washer and two one screw, two rubber washers and one
nuts $0 25 "C" washer ,20
13065 Lever-Brake mechanism actuating lever, 11741 Motor-105-125 volts, 60 -cycle motor
fastens to pivot shaft under base .20 complete-(M1) 11.10
3261 Rest -Pickup rubber rest-Package of 5 .40 11742 Motor-105-125 volts, 50 -cycle motor
11750 Screw -No. 4-40 x 9/32, cone pointed, complete 11.10
headless set screw for lever, Stock No. 11743 Motor-105-125 volts, 25 -cycle motor
13065 -Package of 10 .22 complete 11.60
11746 Tripper -Automatic brake tripper-lo -
AUTOMATIC BRAKE AND cated cn rotor laminations .16
SWITCH ASSEMBLIES 11737 Turntable -Turntable assembly-com-
13099 Brake -Automatic brake and switch plete with rotor laminations -60-cycle
complete operation 4.80
4 90 Turntable-Turntable assembly-com-
4577 Connector -2 -contact male connector for 11738
12932
11753
brake switch power supply leads ....
Lever -Friction lever assembly complete
Plunger -Automatic brake trip plunger..
.30
.35 11739
operationrntbe4.80
plete with rotor laminations -50 -cycle
Turntable-Turntable
.18
12043 Screw-Automatic brake screw and fric- plete withTurntable
rotor laminations -25 -cycle
laminations-25-cycle
tion leather assembly operation 5.05
11756 Spring -Automatic brake trip lever
.20 4083 Washer -Leather washer -Package of 10 .20
spring-Package of 10 4084 Washer -Metal washer -Package of 10 .26
.22
11757 Spring-Automatic brake lever spring- MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
Package of 10
11755 Switch -Automatic brake switch -(S4) .20
.75
11762 ¡ Box-Used needle box .25
11996 Bracket -Tuning lamp mounting bracket
PICKUP AND ARM ASSEMBLIES and clamp .22
11731 Armature-Pickup
Armature -Pickup .64
12030 Cable -2 -conductor shielded cable, ap-
117324543
1 coil-(L23)armature prox. 18 inches long, connects phono -
.60 graph volume control to compensator
12931
11951
Damper -Pickup damper block complete
with damper plate
Pickup and arm complete
Screw-Needle holding screw -Package
10pack 12031 Cable-3-conductorinches
19
shielded cable,w ap-
long, complete with 4-s
.52
.50
10194 Ball-Steel ball bearing -Package of 20 .25 11763 Receptacle-Needle receptacle .38
11740 Base -Motor base and bearing assembly 1.45 11210 Screw-Chassis mounting screw assem-
11745 Cap -Turntable spindle cap-Package of bly-comprising one screw, one washer,
5 .30 and ohe lockwasher-Package of 4 .28
11733 Coil-Stator assembly -comprising coil 4982 Spring -Retaining spring for large knob
and laminations -105-125 volts, 60 -cycle in Stock No. 11610-Package of 10 .50
operation
11734 Coil-Stator assembly -comprising coil
and laminations -105-125 volts, 50 -cycle
operation
2.96 11349 Spring-Retaining spring for small knob
in Stock Nos. 11610, 11347 and 11582
Package of 5
- .25
3.08 11695 Volume Control -Phonograph volume
11735 Coil -Stator assembly-comprising coil control and switch -(R27, S5) 1.60
lílon. The prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
254
RCA VICTOR MODEL 7U2
Seven -Tube, Three -Band, A -C, Radio-Phonograph
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
"Standard broadcast" (A) 540- 1,625 kc "Standard broadcast" (A) ... 600 kc (osc.), 1,400 kc
(osc. and ant.)
"Medium wave" (B) 1,625- 5,700 kc "Medium wave" (B) None required
"Short wave" (C) 5,700-18,000 kc "Short wave" (C) 15,000 kc (osc. and ant.)
Intermediate Frequency 460 kc
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT (4) RCA-6F5 Audio voltage amplifier
(1) RCA-6A8 First-detector-oscillator (5) RCA -6F6 Audio power amplifier
(2) RCA-6K7 Intermediate amplifier (6) RCA -5Z4 Full -wave rectifier
(3) RCA -6H6 Second-detector-a.v.c. (7) RCA -6G5 Tuning tube
Pilot Lamps (5) Mazda No. 46, 6.3 volts, 0.25 amperes
TOTAL
POWER SUPPLY RATINGS RADIO AND
RADIO PIIONOGRAI'II
Rating A-6 105-125 volts, 60 cycles .... 95 watts 120 watts
Rating A-5 105-125 volts, 50 cycles .... 95 watts 120 watts
Rating B-2 105-125 volts, 25 cycles .... 95 watts 120 watts
Rating C-6 105-130/140-160/200-250 volts, 60 cycles .... 95 watts 120 watts
Rating C-5 105.130/140.160/200.250 volts, 50 cycles .... 95 watts 120 watts
POWER OUTPUT LOUDSPEAKER
Undistorted 2.0 watts Type Electrodynamic
Maximum 4.5 watts Impedance (v.c.) 2.2 ohms at 400 cycles
PHONOGRAPIl
Type Manual Type of Pickup High -impedance magnetic
Turntable Speed 78 r.p.m. Pickup Impedance 1,400 ohms at 1,000 cycles
Mechanical Specifications
Height 42 inches
Width 251/4 inches
Depth 151/4 inches
Weight (net) 77 pounds
Weight (shipping 113 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 12 inches x 7 inches x 21/2 inches
Over-all Chassis Height 8 inches
Operating Controls. (1) Power switch-Tone, (2) Tuning, (3) Volume, (4)Range selector, (5)Radio-Phono-volume
Tuning Drive Ratios 10 to 1 and 50 to 1
General Description
The Model 7U2 combination instrument consists of a diode-detector-automatic-volume-control stage, an
a seven -tube radio receiver and a manually -operated audio voltage -amplifier stage, an audio power -output
phonograph combined in one cabinet. The super- stage, a tuning indicator "Magic Eye" and a full -wave
heterodyne circuit is used with such features of de- rectifier. Additional information may be obtained
sign as antenna wave-trap, magnetite -core adjusted
i -f transformers, aural compensated volume control,
concerning the functions of the various circuits by
continuously variable tone control with music -voice referring to "Circuit Arrangement" in "Technical In-
switch, automatic volume control, resistance-coupled formation and Service Data" for Model 7U, noting
audio system, tuning tube "Magic Eye," and band se- that molded magnetite -core tuned i -f transformers are
lective indication of dial scales. used in Model 7U2. The tuning tube consists of an
The circuit arrangement consists of a combined RCA -6G5. The phonograph motor is of the gov-
first -detector --oscillator stage, an i -f amplifier stage, ernor induction type.
255
JY
CZCR
1-OI Ln]I- OIyy-
¢f i lÓ>Ú
ºW
Uf
Oh+Nñ
L QZ
L {{{
OOq
rjt
; A ., Om
:SUA. Qºo^
--Iv
o
dF
a .-4d e6 a á
---H
MN
,N
1111
ll l l ag
em,' ]
1111
1111
Ny
e5
iÚF
p
w
_ ...
NwL 2Opd G,
v-Ó 0 in0
QO
I
ñ
rá
y2ap¿ap
á6
QÁO
256
www.americanradiohistory.com
Pº
NMOtlB NJV18
M0113Á
J m
Em YIm
c W
m (L m
o quñ
^ 0 u-
d w ZO
a
"
i y
u- 7 1- 2
'L- I
0e6- W o
Z
:
coma
ú N .....'Z Z {
/
'' sne 3
/o
qn (07
LL^
Li___ %
g H
" I . é ¢
n
g .
í-
N]tl18
N33tl0 Iof
W
5-
1
~
Ñ e
i .
LL.
..
257
SERVICE DATA
Alignment' plained in Figures 4 and 5. Application of oil to the
felt pad which rubs against the governor disc will
The r -f and i -f adjustments on this instrument insure smooth operation.
should he performed as outlined under "Alignment" Pickup adjustments are the same as outlined for
in "Technical Information and Service Data" for Model 7U.
Model 7U, substituting the magnetite -core symbols
L15, L14, L13 and L12 for the trimming capacitor Resistance and Voltage Measurements
symbols C21, C20, C18 and C17 respectively in "I -F Voltage and resistance measurements for this re-
Adjustments." ceiver are the same as for Model 7U (Figures 4 and
7), with the following exception:
Phonograph The resistance value shown on Figure 4, between
The phonograph motor is of the governor induc- the plate and capacitor C31 terminals of the
tion type and is designed to he simple and foolproof. RCA -6A8 first -detector and oscillator, and the
Occasionally, however, certain adjustments may he RCA -6K7 i -f amplifier, should be 8.6 ohms instead
required. These adjustments are illustrated and ex- of 13 ohms.
\
C3 C5
ANT. ANT.
1400K.C. ,I5000K.C.,AN\
rev /IU//.0%//%/////J! !!////////H////HH//////.
\R
28514 \ ANT.
TUNING TUBE
OUTPUT
AMP.
COIL 14 C
1 1
ANT.
n SERVICE HINT
1ST OET.
Q.OSC.
6A8 1ST. - Hum or rumble during phono-
CI C9 F5 graph operation may be corrected
-
AUDIO
1sr.I.F. 05C. OHO.
4 RECT
by re -mounting the motor solid
to motor board using Stock No.
TRANS. \CO \ 13578 mounting parts.
L \
z(2..o.I.F. `` .
6K 7
,T"^ys l; 1 1
2Me DET.
\AMP
I F
3 &A.V.C. nto S7f-'69i.
1NC
258
RUBBER
WITH POINTER IN
EXTREME CLOCKWISE POSITION
`-j
S FELT ALL THE WAY IN, ADJUST
GOVERNOR 50 AS TO LEAVE
/Ib BETWEEN FELT & DISC,THEN OIL CORRECT POSITION
SECURE BY MEANS OF SCREW IN FOURTEENTH HOLE
CLOCKWISE FROM
IS FREE TO ROTATE
WITHOUT END PLAY
REMOVE TO
TAKE OFF GOVERNOR
OIL WICK RETAINING SCREWS KEEP FILLED WITH
LIGHT OIL TO INSURE
25 & 50 CYCLES DO NOT CHANGE
SMOOTH OPERATION
C RCA MFG CO,,NC n -81473-o THIS ADJUSTMENT
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers
.36
4340
12718
11466
Mask-Dial light diffuser complete
red, orange and green -colored screen.
Resistor -Voltage divider, comprising
with
.40
11621 Capacitor -3,600 Mmfd. (C11) .38 one 3,500 -ohm, one 13,000 -ohm, one 85-
11287 Capacitor -4,500 Mmfd. (C14) .30 ohm, one 40 -ohm and one 175 -ohm
4868 Capacitor -.005 Mfd. (C29) .20 sections (R14, R15, R16, R17, R18) .95
11315 Capacitor-0.15 Mfd. (C33) .20 11624 Resistor -22 ohms, flexible type complete
12670 Capacitor -.035 Mfd. (C28) .20 with grid contact cap (R19) .22
11620 Resistor-220 ohms, carbon type, 1/10
11395 Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C24) watt -Package of 5 (R1) .75
4858
4836
11414
Capacitor
P -.05 Mfd. (C34).30
Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C25, C27)
Capacitor-0.1 Mfd. (C15, C42)
.25
.20
8070
11400
Resistor -22,000 ohms, carbon type,
watt -Package of 5 (R4)
Resistor-27,000 ohms, carbon type, 1/4
1.00
259
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
Stock List Stock List
No. DESCRIPTION Price No. DESCRIPTION Price
11626 Resistor-2.2 megohms, carbon type, % REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
watt -Package of 5 (R6, R20) $1.00 12641 Board-Terminal board assembly $0.15
12607 Shield -First I. F. transformer shield 12640 Bracket-Output transformer mounting
top .30 bracket .18
12581 Shield -Second I. F. transformer shield 13600 Coil-Field coil (L16) 1.75
top .36 11469 Neutralizing coil (L18) .20
11603 Shield -Coil shield for Stock Nos. 11617 12667 Cone-Reproducer cone (L17) 1.00
and 11618 .26 5118 Connector -3 -contact male connector for
12735 Shield -Dial lamp shield-Package of 5 .25 reproducer
12008 Shield -I.
F. transformer shield for 5119 Connector -3 -contact female connector
.25
Stock Nos. 13106 and 13107 .28 for reproducer cable .25
11199 Socket-Dial lamp socket .14 9766 Reproducer complete 7.25
12771 Socket-Dial lamp socket, located at top 11253 Transformer -Output transformer (T2) 1.56
of dial scale .25 11886 Washer-Spring washer used to hold
11381 Socket-Tuning lamp socket and cover .45 field coil securely -Package of
-5 5 .20
.
,68
complete 2.65 12700 Knob-Small (vernier) station selector
Connector-2 -contact male connector for knob -Package of 5
4577
3994
brake switch power supply leads ....
Cover -Switch cover and screw
.30
.26
11582 Knob-Tone and power switch knob
Package of 5
- .58
.50
10174 Springs-Complete set of springs for 11763 Receptacle -Needle receptacle .38
automatic brake -Package of 2 sets .50 11210 Screw -Chassis mounting screw assem-
3322 Switch-Automatic brake switch (S4) .. .75 bly, comprising one screw, one washer,
PICKUP AND ARM ASSEMBLIES and one lockwasher-Package of 4 .28
4982 Spring -Retaining spring for large knob
11731 Armature -Pickup armature .64 in Stock No. 12699 -Package of 10 .50
11732 Coil -Pickup coil (L23) Spring-Retaining spring for small knob
4543
13579
Damper-Pickup damper block complete
with damper plate
Pickup and arm complete
.60
.10
11349
in Stock Nos. 12699, 11347 and 11582
Package of 5
- .25
7.85 11696 Turntable-Complete 2.48
11951 Screw -Needle holding screw-Package 11695 Volume control -Phonograph volume
of 10 .46 control and switch (R27, S5) 1.60
First Edition. The prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
260
www.americanradiohistory.com
RCA VICTOR MODEL 7X
Seven -Tube, Three -Band, AC -DC, Superheterodyne Receiver
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
"Standard Broadcast" (A) 530-1,780 kc. "Standard Broadcast" (A)
600 kc. (osc.), 1,500 kc. (osc., ant.)
"Medium Wave" (B) 1,780-6,300 kc. "Medium Wave" (B) 6,000 kc. (osc., ant.)
"Short Wave" (C) 6,300-22,000 kc. "Short Wave" (C) 20,000 kc. (osc., ant.)
Power Output (125 volt, A. C. line) Power Output (125 volt, D. C. line)
Undistorted 0.6 watt Undistorted 0.5 watt
Maximum 1.5 watts Maximum 1.2 watts
LOUDSPEAKER (Permanent-Magnet Dynamic) Impedance (V. C.) 2.25 ohms at 400 cycles
Mechanical Specifications
Height 201/4 inches
Width 147/e inches
Depth 93lg inches
Weight (Net) 27 pounds
Weight (Shipping) 34 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 12 inches x 21/2 inches
inches x 7
Over-all Height of Chassis 8 inches
Tuning Drive Ratios 10 to 1 and 50 to 1
Operating Controls (1) Volume, (2) Tuning, (3) Range Selector, (4) Tone-Power Switch
General Features
This receiver consists of a seven -tube chassis dial scales, dual -ratio tuning, resistance -coupled audio
mounted in a table -type cabinet. The superhetero- system, phonograph terminal board, and a permanent -
dyne type of circuit is used, with such features of
design as: automatic volume control, diode detec- magnet dynamic loudspeaker. The tuning range is
tion, magnetite core adjusted i -f transformers, and continuous through the "Standard broadcast,"
wave -trap, band-selective illumination of full vision Medium wave," and "Short wave" bands.
261
,0q000e
DIPL LAMPS
¡ ¡ 2526 25P6 6H6 667 6.17 61-7
262
Circuit Arrangement
The conventional type of superheterodyne circuit 6H6 is used to supply residual.bias to the controlled
is used. It consists of a first -detector (converter) tubes under conditions of little or no signal.
The manual volume control consists of an acous-
diode -detector
audio voltage
-
stage, separate oscillator stage, a single i -f stage, a
automatic -volume -control stage, an
-amplifier stage, a pentode power -output
tically tapered potentiometer in the audio circuit be-
tween the output of the detector diode and the input
stage, and a half -wave rectifier stage. grid of the audio voltage -amplifier tube. Phonograph
A single -wire antenna, or a doublet antenna, when terminals are inserted at this point for feeding the
connected to the proper input terminals of the re- output of an external phonograph pickup to the con-
ceiver, is coupled to control grid No. 1 of the trol grid of the audio amplifier. Resistance -ca-
RCA -6L7 through a tuned r -f transformer. This trans- pacitance coupling is used between the first -audio
former is tapped so that the range selector increases stage and the power -output stage. The power -out -
the range of tuning by decreasing the amount of in- ANT 6000KC CANT º00KC
ductance. Separate windings are employed in the 'RANT 1$00X0
28279roW
"C GEC. E000000KC
SERVICE DATA
maximum position, letting it remain in such position
Alignment Procedure for all adjustments. For each adjusting operation,
The low -frequency oscillator tracking (600 kc.), regulate the test -oscillator output control so that the
wave -trap, and i -f transformer adjustments are made signal level is as low as possible and still be observable
by means of six screws attached to molded magnetite at the receiver output. Use of such small signal will
cores. The remaining adjustments in the antenna obviate broadness of tuning which would otherwise
and oscillator circuits are made with six plunger - result from a.v.c. action on a strong signal.
type air -dielectric trimming capacitors and require
the use of an RCA Stock No. 12636 Adjusting Tool. I -F Adjustments
Before adjusting the plunger -type trimmers, they Connect the "Ant." output of the test -oscillator to
must be unlocked by loosening their hexagon lock the grid cap of the RCA -6L7 through a .001 mfd.
nuts. The lock nuts should be tightened upon com- capacitor. Connect the test oscillator "Gnd." terminal
pletion of adjustments. For location of these ad- to the ground terminal of the receiver chassis. Place
justments refer to figures 3 and 5. the receiver range selector in its "Standard broadcast"
A standard test oscillator, such as the RCA Stock (A) position and set receiver dial pointer to a posi-
No. 9595, will be required as a source of signal at
the specified alignment frequencies. Means for indi- tion of no extraneous signals near 600 kc. Ground
cation of the receiver output during alignment is also stator of local oscillator tuning condenser C23 to
necessary to show when the correct point of adjust- eliminate local oscillator signals. Adjust the test os-
ment is reached. The RCA Stock No. 4317 Neon cillator to 460 kc.
Glow Indicator is designed for this purpose. Adjust the two magnetite core screws L16 and L15
Attach the output indicator across the loudspeaker of the second i -f transformer to produce maximum
voice coil. Advance the receiver volume control to its (peak) indicated receiver output. Then adjust the
263
two magnetite core screws L14 and L13 of the first i -f ohm resistor, leaving the ground connections as be-
transformer for maximum (peak) receiver output as fore. Place the receiver range selector to its "Short
shown by the indicating device. It is advisable to re- wave" (C) position and set the dial pointer to 20,000
peat the adjustment of all i -f magnetite core screws to kc. Adjust test oscillator to 20,000 kc. Adjust the
assure that the interaction between them has not dis- oscillator trimmer C14 to produce maximum (peak)
turbed the original adjustments. Remove temporary output. Two positions of this trimmer may be found
chassis ground from oscillator stator C23. which produce maximum output. The position of
R -F Adjustments
minimum capacitance (plunger near out) should be
used. Tighten lock nut. Adjust the antenna trimmer
Calibrate the tuning dial by adjusting the scale
pointer to the extreme low -frequency end calibra- C7 to produce maximum (peak) output while slightly
tion mark (530 kc.) on "Standard broadcast" scale rocking the gang tuning condenser back and forth
while the gang tuning condenser plates are in their through the signal. Two positions may be found on
full -mesh position. Alignment should be made in this trimmer which produce maximum output. The
sequence of "Wave -trap," "Short wave," "Medium position of maximum capacitance (plunger near in)
wave," and "Standard broadcast." should be used. Tighten lock nut. Check for image
signal by changing the receiver dial setting to 19,080
Wave -Trap Adjustment kc. If the oscillator trimmer C14 has been correctly
Attach the "Ant." output of the test oscillator to adjusted, the image signal will be received at this
the receiver antenna terminal "Al" through a 200- position. No adjustments should be made while
mmfd. (important) capacitor. The ground connec- checking for the image signal.
tions remain connected together. Leave the test oscil-
lator adjusted to 460 kc. and range selector in
"Medium Wave" Band
"Standard broadcast" position as before. Then ad- Connections for test oscillator remain the same as
just the wave -trap screw L1 to the point which causes for "Short Wave" (C) Band. Adjust the test oscil-
maximum suppression (minimum indicated output) lator to 6,000 kc. Place receiver range selector to
of the 460 kc. signal. "Medium Wave" (B) position and set receiver dial
pointer to 6,000 kc. Then adjust the two trimmers
"Short Wave" Bend C16 and C8 of the oscillator and antenna coils so that
Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator to each produces maximum (peak) indicated receiver
the receiver antenna terminal "Al" through a 300 - output. Tighten trimmer lock nuts.
1
WAVE
ItL
4.22ñ TRAP r 13.1A
-T}
- 84A---- -J L IETLE
TRANSE. C.G. I... 2.SME65.-
1-.33A
OSC.
COIL -11.1Á -- I.E
J
A
---.04A 6K7
TERM. BRD
TO TERM. OF C4 ,5 200n
2200A =1 TO TERM OF CH
-480a -,.OGj\ CONV.
'GI I
MEGS.
20,000A--
4}%
- 2"''1.F.
^ 6L7 IJTRANSF.
100,000u
RECT.
A.F
25Z6 6J7 L
Resistance Measurements
The resistance values shown between Radiotron limit will usually be indicative of trouble in circuit
socket contacts, grid caps, resistors, and terminals under test. When measuring the resistance be-
to receiver chassis ground or other pertinent point
on figure 4, permit a rapid continuity check of the tween points of the circuit and ground, it will be
circuits. The use of this diagram in conjunction necessary to connect the negative terminal of the
with the Schematic Circuit Diagram, figure 1, and resistance meter to chassis -ground. If the polarity
Wiring Diagram, figure 2, will permit the location of the resistance meter is not known, it may be
of certain troubles which might otherwise be dif- readily ascertained by connecting a d-c voltmeter
ficult to ascertain. Each value as specified should of indicated polarity across the terminals of the
hold within ± 20%. Variations in excess of this device.
264
www.americanradiohistory.com
"Standard Broadcast" Band RCA-RK40 and the RCA Spider -web antenna sys-
Change test oscillator connections by substituting tems to terminals "Al" and "G." Connect a single -
200 mmfd. condenser for the 300 -ohm resistor. Ad- wire antenna to terminal "Al."
just test oscillator and set receiver dial pointer to Phonograph Terminal Board.-Typical methods of
1,500 kc. Place receiver range selector to "Standard connecting a low -impedance pickup, or the RCA
broadcast" (A) position. Victor Models R-93, R-93-2, and R -93-S Record
Then adjust the two trimmers, C17 and C9, of Players are shown on Schematic Diagram (figure 1) .
the oscillator and antenna coils so that each pro- Loudspeaker.-Centering of the loudspeaker voice
duces maximum (peak) receiver output. Shift the coil is made in the usual manner with three narrow
test oscillator frequency to 600 kc. Tune the receiver paper feelers after first removing the front paper dust
to pick up this signal near 600 kc., disregarding the cover. This may be removed by softening its cement
dial reading at which it is best received. Then ad- with a very light application of acetone, using care
just the oscillator magnetite core screw L11 simul-
taneously rocking the receiver tuning control back- Radiotron Cathode Current Readings
ward and forward through the signal until maximum
receiver output results from these combined opera- Measured with Milliammeter Connected at Tube
Socket Cathode Terminals Under Conditions
tions. The adjustments at 1,500 kc. should then be Similar to Those of Voltage Measurements
repeated to correct for any change which may have (1) RCA-6L7-Converter 7.5 ma.
been caused by the 600 kc. oscillator adjustment. (2) RCA-6J7-Osc. 3.5 ma.
Tighten lock nuts on C17 and C9. (3) RCA-6K7-I. F. Amp. 8.5 ma.
(4) RCA -6H6-2nd Det.-A.V C
(5) RCA-6J7-Audio 0.22 ma.
Miscellaneous (6) RCA -25A6 --Power 27.0 ma.
Antenna and Ground Terminals.-The ground ter- (7) RCA-25Z6-Rectifier 48.0 ma.
minal "G" shall always be connected to a good ex-
ternal ground. Connect transmission -line leads of not to allow the acetone to flow down into the air
the RCA-RK40A antenna system to terminals "A2" gap. The dust cover may be cemented back in place
and "A." Connect the receiver coupling units of the with ambroid upon completion of adjustment.
i
Elev.)
t '6:4V ,4T.I.F ...
100V.
100V. ' ..-..S C.G.ÌTwAN
TERM. BRD.
141V.-A.C.
RECT. ro rIAM. BRO.,
+- -
-
25Z6
115V.-
A.C.
111 V. -
®'
r
6L7
y_ 12.6V:A.
_r06 T:a-1G1
16v.
AJ
100V:
AZ.(25L.)
_
1111/.. (-2.6V.-)
--
I
'
H
-0.2V. (54v,) .._ -0.8V. -0.3V.
2.iv. 15. 03.
rea J OUTPUT .
25A6
-0.6V.
-2.5V.-AB
--- ,.
A.C.
2 5V.-A.C.T2.5V.
111V. I
265
REPLACEMENT PARTS
arts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers.
List Stock DESCRIPTION List
Stock DESCRIPTION No. Price
No. Price
RECEIVER ASSEMBLIES 11398 Resistor-220,000 ohms, carbon type,
1/10 watt -Package of 5 (R7) $0.75
12716 Board-Antenna and ground terminal $0.20 11453 Resistor-270,000 ohms, carbon type,
board 1/10 watt-Package of 5 (R12) .75
12717 Board -Phonograph terminal board .22
13005 Resistor-390,000 ohms, carbon type,
5237 Bushing -Tuning condenser mounting 1/10 watt -Package of 5 (R13)
bushing assembly -Package of 3 .... .43 .75
11452 Resistor-470,000 ohms, carbon type,
12511 Cap -Grid contact cap-Package of 5 .. .15
1/10 watt -Package of 5 (R1) .75
12714 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer (C7, C9, .38 11811 Resistor-680,000 ohms, carbon type, 1/4
C16, C17) watt-Package of 5 (R10) 1.00
12807 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer (C8, C14) .35
.20 4241 Resistor-1.5 meg., carbon type, % watt
13001 Capacitor-8.2 Mmfd. (C22) -Package of 5 (Rll) 1.00
13002 Capacitor -12 Mmfd. (C18) .20
.20 12651 Shield -Coil shield for Stock No. 12708 .22
12948 Capacitor -33 Mmfd. (C24) .20 12710 Shield -Coil shield for Stock No. 12709 .28
12723 Capacitor -56 Mmfd. (C3) .20 12607 Shield-lst I. F. transformer shield cap. .30
12629 Capacitor -56 Mmfd. (C26) 12008 Shield-I. F. transformer shield for
12404 Capacitor-120 Mmfd. (C25, C27, C28) . .26
Stock Nos. 12801, 12653 .28
12724 Capacitor -120 Mmfd. (C36) .28
.28 12581 Shield -2nd I. F. transformer shield cap. .36
12725 Capacitor-150 Mmfd. (C1) 12110 Shield-Top cap shield for 6J7 Radiotron .14
12406 Capacitor -180 Mmfd. (C29) .26
13003 Capacitor -180 Mmfd. (C13) .20 12704 Shutter-Dial scale holder and shutter
assembly .88
12488 Capacitor-270 Mmfd. (C19) .20
11198 Socket-7 -contact 6J7, 6K7 or 6L7
12537 Capacitor -560 Mmfd. (C11, C21) .20
Radiotron socket .15
12727 Capacitor -555 Mmfd. (C20) .20
11196 -8
Socket -contact 25A6, 25Z6, 6H6 or
12947 Capacitor-1,800 Mmfd. (C15) .40
6J7 Radiotron socket .15
5005 Capacitor -.0035 Mfd. (C37) .16
.20 3529 Socket-Dial lamp socket .32
11315 Capacitor -.015 Mfd. (C34) 12007 Spring -Retaining spring for Stock Nos.
4886 Capacitor -.05 Mfd. (C5, C6, C39) .20
12800, 12006 and 12664 -Package of 10 .36
4841 Capacitor -0.1 Mfd. (C12, C30, C35) .22
12849 Spring-Tension spring for band indi -
4858 Capacitor -.01 Mfd. (C2, C4, C31, C33, cator shutter link-Package of 5 .18
C38, C45) .25
12668 Tone control and power switch (R14, S3) 1.22
5170 Capacitor -0.25 Mfd. (C32) .25
12801 Transformer-First I. F. transformer
4840 Capacitor -0.25 Mfd. (C40) .30
complete (L13, L14, C25, C26) 1.70
5212 Capacitor -18 Mfd. (C43) 1.16
12653 Transformer-Second I. F. transformer
12998 Capacitor-Pack comprising one 24 Mfd , complete (L15, L16, C27, C28, C29,
one 16 Mfd. and on 10 Mfd. sections R6, R7) 2.06
(C41, C42, C44) 3.70
Coil-Antenna coil and shield (L2, L3,
12654 Trap -Wave trap complete (L1) .75
12708 13144 Volume control (R9) 1.00
L4, L5) 2.04
12943 Coil-Oscillator coil and shield (L6, L7, REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
L8, L9, L10, L11, L12) 2.30
Board-2 -contact reproducer terminal
12701 Condenser-2 -gang variable tuning con- 12914
board .25
denser (C1 C23) 4.00
Bracket-Output transformer mounting
11979 Connector-2 -contact male connector for 12640
bracket 18
power leads .30
Cone -Reproducer cone and dust cap
5119 Connector -3 -contact female connector 12642
(L17) 94
for speaker leads .25
5118 Connector -3 -contact male connector for
12800 Core -Adjustable core and stud for speaker leads .25
Stock No. 12709 .20
9717 Reproducer complete 16.20
12006 Core -Adjustable core and stud for Transformer -Output transformer (Ti) 1.46
Stock No. 12801 and No. 12653 .22 11828
12664 Core -Adjustable core and stud for MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
Stock No. 12654 .22
Connector-2 -contact female connector
12996 Dial -Station selector dial scale .80 11824
12702 Drive-Vernier drive for tuning con- for power cord, Stock No. 11823 .34
denser .68 11823 Cord-Power cord complete .65
Indicator -Station selector indicator 12698 Crystal-Station selector escutcheon and
12712
4340
pointer
Lamp -Dial lamp -Package of 5
.22
.60 12699
crystal
Knob -Large station selector knob
Package of 5
- 1.02
.68
12718 Mask -Dial light diffuser complete with
colored screen 12992 Knob-Small vernier station selector
12997
12999
Range switch-(S1, S2)
Reactor -Filter reactor (L18) .........
.40
2.05
1.60 12995
knob -Package of 5
Knob-Tone and power switch knob
Package of 5
- .45
.45
11955 Resistor-27 ohms, carbon type, % watt 12994 Knob-Volume control or range switch
-Package of 5 (R21) 1.00
knob -Package of 5 .45
12453 Resistor-27 ohms, insulated, /q watt-
T
11377 Screw-Chassis mounting screw assem-
Package of 5 (R20) 1.00 bly-Package of 4 .12
13004 Resistor-2,200 ohms, carbon type, I ] 12993 Screw -8-32 x 3/8 headless set screw for
watt -Package of 5 (R22) 1.00 knob, Stock Nos. 12992, 12993, 12994
11647 Resistor-5,600 ohms, carbon type, % and 12995-Package of 10 .20
watt -Package of 5 (R3) 1.00 4982 Spring -Retaining spring for knob,
11400
11282
Resistor -27,000 ohms, carbon type, %
watt-Package of 5 (R3)
Resistor-56,000 ohms, carbon type, 1/10
1.00 12679
Stock No. 12699-Package of 10 ....
Resistor -2.2 meg., insulated, % watt
Package of 5 (R5)
- .50
1.00
watt-Package of 5 (R6) .75 13000 Resistor-Ballast resistor, comprising
11281 Resistor-100,000 ohms, carbon type, one 50 -ohm and three 40 -ohm sections
1/10 watt -Package of 5 (R4) .75 (R15, R16, R17, R18) 1.40
5145 Resistor-100,000 ohms, carbon type, % 4669 Screw-8-32 set screw for Stock No.
watt-Package of 5 (R2, R19) 1.00 12704 -Package of 10 .25
First Edition. Prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
266
RCA VICTOR MODELS 8BT, 8BK, 8BT6, and 8BK6
Eight -Tube, Three -Band, Battery -Operated, Superheterodyne Receivers
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
"Standard Broadcast" (A)
"Standard Broadcast" (A) 530-1,780 kc 600 kc (osc.), 1,500 kc (osc., ant.)
"Medium Wave" (B) 1,780-6,300 kc "Medium Wave" (B). 6,000 kc (osc., ant.)
"Short Wave" (C) 6,300-22,000 kc "Short Wave" (C) 20,000 kc (osc., ant.)
Intermediate Frequency e 460 kc
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT
(1) RCA -1A6 First Detector (5) RCA -1F6 Second Detector-A.F.-A.V.C.
(2) RCA -1B4 Heterodyne Oscillator (6) RCA -30 Audio Driver
(3) RCA -1A4 First Intermediate Amplifier (7) RCA -49. Power Output
(4) RCA -1A4 Second Intermediate Amplifier (8) RCA -49. Power Output
Pilot Lamps 8BT or 8BK (1); 8BT6 or 8BK6 (2) ; 2.0 volts, .06 ampere, miniature screw base, T-31/4 clear
BATTERIES REQUIRED
8BT or 8BK "A," bne plug-in 21/2 -volt Air-cell (Eveready A-600 or equivalent), or one 2 -volt storage
battery; "B," three 45 -volt, heavy duty, plug-in type B batteries; "C," one 71/2 -volt C
battery tapped at -3 volts; and four bias cells (Stock No. 12681).
8BT6 or 8BK6 "A," one 6 -volt storage battery; "B," none required; "C," one 71/2 -volt C battery tapped
at -3 volts; and four bias cells (Stock No. 12681).
CURRENT CONSUMPTION 8BT or 8BK 8BT6 or 8BK6
"A" at 2 volts 0.58 amp. (pilot lamp off)
"A" at 2 volts . . 0.64 amp. (pilot lamp on)
"A" at 6.0 volts 1.35 amps.
"A" at 6.3 volts 1.40 amps.
"B" at 135 volts 19 ma. (Supplied from vibrator)
Fuse Rating %2 amp 3 amp.
POWER OUTPUT
Undistorted. 1.2 watts 1.0 watts
Maximum 2.2 watts 1.6 watts
Mechanical Specifications
CABINET DIMENSIONS 8BT 8BK 8BT6 8BK6
Height 221/8 inches 40 inches 221/4inches 40. inches
Width. 17 inches 251/2 inches 17 inches 251/2 inches
Depth. 9% inches 121/4 inches 101/4inches 121/4 inches
WEIGHTS
Net 28 pounds 56 pounds 38 pounds 66 pounds
Shipping. 37 pounds 71 pounds 46 pounds 80 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 14%4 inches x 8 inches x 31/4 inches
Over-all Height of Chassis 9% inches
Operating Controls (1) Volume, (2) Tuning, (3) Range Selector, (4) Tone, (5) Power Switch (located
on right side of cabinet).
Tuning Drive Ratios 10 to i and 50 to 1
General Features
These receivers employ the same type chassis. The dynamic loudspeaker. Models 8BT and 8BK obtain
table models 8BT and 8BT6 each employ an eight - their plate supply from "B" batteries and their fila-
inch, dust -proof, permanent -magnet, dynamic loud- ment supply from either a 21/2 -volt Air -cell or a 2 -
speaker while the console Models 8BK and 8BK6 each volt storage battery. Models 8BT6 and 8BK6 obtain
employ a twelve -inch, dust -proof, permanent-magnet, their plate supply from a compact, vibrator power-
267
268
www.americanradiohistory.com
269
supply unit, which, in turn, is operated from a 6 - lamp may be turned off, after the receiver is tuned
volt storage battery. One cell (2 volts) of this same in, to conserve battery current.
storage battery is used to supply filament voltage The tuning range is continuous through the
"Standard broadcast," "Medium wave," and "Short
to the Radiotrons. The vibrator is of the "plug-in" wave" bands. This extensive range includes the im-
type which permits ready removal or replacement. portant short-wave broadcast bands at 49, 31, 25', 19,
Models 8BT and 8BK have a pilot -lamp switch com- 16, and 13 meters in addition to channels assigned for
bined with the main power switch so that the pilot police, amateur, and aviation communication.
Circuit Arrangement
The signal entering the antenna circuit is coupled tubes. The arm of the volume control RS selects a
to control grid No. 1 of the RCA -1A6 through a portion of the audio voltage which is applied to the
tuned r -f transformer. This transformer is tapped to control grid of the RCA -1F6 for voltage amplifica-
provide correct inductance for the band being used, tion. The output of this stage is resistance-capacitance
and at the same time selecting the proper winding coupled to the RCA -30 driver tube. The output of
which serves as the primary and shorts out the unused the driver stage is transformer coupled to the class
coils to prevent any interaction which might other- "B" push-pull output stage using RCA -49's. The out-
wise occur. The locally generated oscillator signal is put of this push-pull stage is transformer coupled to
fed to control grid No. 2 of the RCA -1A6 through the permanent magnet dynamic loudspeaker. A ter-
capacitor C51. Separate windings are employed in tiary winding on the output transformer shunted by
the oscillator stage for each band. The unused por- C57 provides sharp cutoff of the high audio frequen-
tions of the oscillator coil are shorted out when not cies. A continuously variable high -frequency tone
in use. The output of the first -detector stage is fed control R21 in series with C29 provides manual high -
through a two -stage i -f amplifier, consisting of two frequency tone control.
RCA -1Á4's and three i -f transformers, to the diode Models 8BT6 and 8BK6 obtain their plate supply
portion of the RCA -1F6. Such an i -f amplifier ar- from a vibrator -type power unit. The vibrator to-
rangement provides excellent selectivity and gain, gether with the power transformer T3 combine the
while its design gives increased fidelity due to its flat- functions of generating alternating current and rectifi-
top characteristic. The audio frequency secured by cation. Filter chokes and capacitors are built into
the detection process develops a voltage across re- this unit to eliminate interference (noise) which
sistors R4 and R5. The voltage developed across RS would otherwise be introduced into the receiver cir-
is applied as a.v.c. bias to the first detector and i -f cuits.
SERVICE DATA
The various diagrams in this booklet contain such Caution: The four bias cells are used only for the
information as will be needed to isolate causes for purpose of supplying bias potential and should never
defective operation if such develops. The ratings of be measured with an ordinary voltmeter or other
the resistors, capacitors, coils,.etc., are indicated adja- device which draws any current. A simple check on
Lit CS C4 C!
these cells may be made by connecting a milliammeter
460 AL
WRVC MAP,
20,0001{L
ANT.
/6p0DN.0
RAI
IS000.0
RN
ANT./ in the plate circuit of either RCA -1A4 tube and
-
noting the plate current reading. Then remove the
two bias cells (3 and 4), being careful that the spring
-
SAC. RAJ.
LI4
460R.C. contact clips do not short-circuit them during removal.
Connect a 4 -volt battery between the + and 4v.
ACC. ROI.
terminals of the bias cell board, and again note the
-L10
460 R.C. plate current reading. If the first reading obtained
(with bias cells) is more than 40% from the latter
SAL 60.0 reading (with 4 -volt battery), all bias cells should
/1.12
4601CL be replaced. This 40% difference is equivalent to a
C4T-- C4/ CRC R M,6. C0,1/C.
SC.
Oe
6pN.t. SN -676 change of approximately 25% battery voltage.
270
This type of alignment is possible through use of tion is noticeable on the oscillograph screen. The
apparatus such as the RCA Stock No. 9558 Fre- figures obtained represent several waves of the
quency Modulator and the RCA Stock No. 9545 detected signal, the amplitude of which may be
Cathode -Ray Oscillograph. If this equipment is not observed as an indication of output. Cause the
available, an approximate alignment may be per- wave image formed (400 -cycle waves) to be
formed by the output -indicator method with an in- spread completely across the screen by adjusting
strument such as the RCA Stock No. 4317 Neon the "Horizontal gain" control. The image should
TO DóToa TMv-lu-n (SEE TEXT) be synchronized and made to remain motionless
CATHODE RAY by adjusting the "Sync." and "Freq." controls.
TXARECEIVER
r.
SSI6 GROUND -- OSCILLOGR A PM
(c) Adjust the two magnetite core screws L12 and
SHIELD L11 (see figures 3 and 7) of the third i -f trans-
11D-,2DY.
43- former (one on top and one on bottom) to pro-
MI
© Q duce maximum vertical deflection of the oscillo-
©0®6' graphic image. This adjustment places the trans-
VERTICAL INPUT_ v
former in exact resonance with the 460-kc signal.
(d) The sweeping operation should follow using the
frequency modulator. Shift the oscillograph
110- 120 V. "Timing" switch to "Ext." Insert plug of fre-
- ,,,, o CABLE
quency -modulator cable in test -oscillator jack.
TUT -1211-A TMV-117-C
TEST OSCILLATOR
Turn the test -oscillator modulation switch to
STAI!
FREQUENCY MODULATOR
"Off." Turn on the frequency modulator and
Figure 4-Alignment Apparatus Connections place its sweep -range switch to "Hi."
(e) Increase the frequency of the test oscillator by
Glow Indicator attached across the loudspeaker voice slowly turning its tuning control until two sep-
coil. Alignment by this method is similar to the arate, distinct, and similar waves appear on the
cathode-ray method outlined below except that the screen. If only one wave appears, increase the
receiver volume control should be at maximum, and "Freq." control on the oscillograph to obtain two
the test oscillator sweeping operations omitted. The waves. These waves will be identical in shape,
i -f adjustments should be made so that the test -oscil-
lator frequency can be shifted 2 kc above and below VIBRATOR
the 460 kc alignment frequency with little change in
output. The r -f adjustments should be peaked.
Cathode -Ray Alignment
INTERNAL CONNECTIONS
Make alignment apparatus connections shown on OF VIBRATOR
........
CABLE
screen will be of the minimum size for accurate ob- BLACK
271
totally disconnected, and appear in reversed po- (h) Shift the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
sitions. They will have a common base line, along with the .05-mfd. capacitor to the grid cap
which is discontinuous. Adjust the "Freq." and of the RCA -1A6 first detector tube. Adjust the
"Sync." controls of the oscillograph to make two magnetite core screws L24 and L23 of the
them remain motionless on the screen. Continue first i -f transformer so that they cause the for-
increasing the test oscillator frequency until ward and reverse curves to become coincident
these forward and reverse curves move together and have maximum amplitude. The composite
and overlap, with their highest points exactly co- wave obtained in this manner represents the
incident. This condition will be obtained at a resonance characteristic of the total i -f system.
test oscillator setting of approximately 575 kc. Lack of symmetry or irregularity of the resultant
(f) With the images established as in (e), re-adjust image will indicate the presence of a defect in
the two magnetite core screws on the third i -f the i -f system.
transformer so that they cause the curves on the
oscillograph screen to become exactly coincident R -F Adjustments
throughout their lengths and have maximum
amplitude. Calibrate the pointer of the tuning dial by adjust-
ing it to the extreme low -frequency end of dial scale
(g) Without altering the adjustments of the appara- (530 kc) with the plates of the gang tuning con-
tus, shift the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
along with the .05-mfd. capacitor to the grid cap denser in full mesh. Alignment must be made in the
of the RCA -1A4 first i -f tube (with grid lead sequence of "Short wave" band, "Medium wave"
in place). Adjust the two second i -f transformer band, "Wave -trap," and "Standard broadcast" band.
magnetite core screws L10 and L9 so that they
cause the forward and reverse curves to become "Short Wave" Band
coincident throughout their lengths and have (i) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
maximum amplitude. to the antenna terminal "Al" through a 300 -ohm
+ t it**t t f " ` I
-
4
150,000 #
I
_ IS9" 1S9" we. 306,000n I
r 1 942n
i
2= I.F. alF ak
:iC.G.
,
I
I i
2.5ME65
O P\
I
O 0 I
° 1
,--- -8 W I ->A
-111- ,____,.®
08 4.2 0.04"
,020; -05 --040
1 I 1
o 7pl_i Ob o I ; MEGS.
©o
,
!
0 0 0
"
J.
1
«a.4.
OUTPUT OUTPUT 03.1
I 1
O5C.
1
re1F6
DET. Aff
A..C. al C.4 224000
I I 1
49 II 30 I 144 ""1:<2.""1:<2.49
L
- moose.
1
col
JI
11.3"' I x70,000"
1 1
r1
Iii
I 1
SIRS CELLS SEE TEXT ¡
33:000A 1
1, 110
o
4-
r II 11 a C.C. .."
I
117DET.
Y
-c"BATTERY 1A6
(SEE TEXT) r SCI.
1
I JU
AFTERRCELLS ARED/ 220,000'
I
i ill I.F.
SEEDTEX T.
i
I
f45Á
lA4
-- _, CR c c L'.ì=
9
I . I
L LOIL Ìr-.
WAVE TRAP i \ 2.9 MEGS.
,jF
0 3U
F P
0 7
'---_-
¡ I
37" I *111
I---2.6MEOS.---
I I
A
CRCP. A.,I BOTTOM FRONT OF CNA5515 I
I
729MFG.17-0CRC. 5
272
www.americanradiohistory.com
resistor. Remove the plug of the frequency - "Medium Wave" Band
modulator cable from test -oscillator jack. Turn (k) Place receiver range selector to its "Medium
test -oscillator modulation switch to "On." Shift wave" position with the receiver dial pointer set
the oscillograph "Timing" switch to "Int." to 6,000 kc. Tune the test oscillator to 6,000 kc.
(j) Set receiver range selector to its "Short wave"
position and dial pointer to 20,000 kc. Adjust Radiotron Plate Current Readings
the test oscillator to 20,000 kc. Adjust oscillator Measured with Millianuneter Connected at Tube Socket
air trimmer C44 until maximum (peak) ampli- Plate Terminals under Conditions Similar to
tude of output is reached. Two peaks may be Those of Voltage Measurements
found. The peak with minimum capacity (1) RCA -1A6-1st Det. 1.2 ma.
(plunger near out) should be used. Tighten (2) RCA-1B4`Osc. . 3.8 ma.
(3) RCA -1A4-1st I.F. 0.9 ma.
lock nut. Adjust antenna air trimmer C3 until (4) RCA -1A4-2nd I.F. 0.9 ma.
maximum (peak) amplitude of output is reached (5) RCA-1F6 -2nd Det.-A.F.-A.V.C 0.25ma.
while slightly rocking the gang tuning condenser (6) RCA-30 -Driver 3.2 ma.
back and forth through the signal. Two peaks (7) RCA -49 -Output . 1.5 ma.
(8) RCA-49 -Output 1.5 ma.
may be found with this circuit. The peak with
maximum capacity (plunger near in) should be Adjust the oscillator air trimmer C46 for maxi
used. Tighten lock nut. Check the image fre- mum (peak) amplitude of output as shown by
quency by changing the receiver dial setting to the waves on the oscillograph screen. Two peaks
19,080 kc. The test oscillator signal should be may be found. The peak obtained with mini-
faintly received at this position indicating that mum capacity (plunger near out) should be used.
the adjustment of C44 has been correctly made. Tighten lock nut. Adjust antenna air trimmer
No adjustments should be made while checking C4 for maximum (peak) output. Tighten lock
for this image signal. nut.
4
-\
4 } ! 4 4
Ä
135v1 (65v.*)
(45v.*)
j.
134v.
1
(-13v.) 96v.
I
1.5v.
I
135v.
I
Ov. I
-0.2v. Ov. 1A4
°
I I
I
¡---¡©..J
1
f
r- 0v. 16v.
r
L-021
I 1
51
¡
2L.
ki
Q 7 -J r 6 ' I 4
r
P F
1
2v.1
-
If._ PR
1
OUTPUT OU 1
I
1 I
JDRIVER
I 30
` OSC.
154
4
J
J
I
, ---' T
F I
I
.
l'-1
ic4 39P I.F.
-
C.G. L -ZV:
2v-
I
O v.
I
1
AVE. 1F6
1
4".L9
O ®
®r - PRI.
RDJ.
s.\460 K.C./
® CD
2.e. I.F.
TRANSF.
DIAS CELLS
C.G.
1e.4
PRI. lA4 r-195v.--
B DJ.
(.4v.**) 134v.
(DO NOT MEASURE'\
SEE / 12. 3
TRANSF. (-4v.**) .42----1
IV. (DO NOT MEASURE) I
L-(65V.*)i
ORCAP-72916é1N[. 5EE TEXT I
ZSv.
BOTTOM FRONT OF CHASSIS. 4 t(v.
** CAUTION:- DO NOT MEASURE - SEE TEXT
273
"Wave-Trap" Adjustment Loudspeaker
(1) Connect the output of the test oscillator to the Centering of the loudspeaker voice coil is made in
antenna terminal "Al" through a 200-mmfd. the usual manner with three narrow paper feelers
(important) capacitor. Place receiver range after first removing the front paper dust cover. This
selector in "Standard broadcast" position. Set may be removed by softening its cement with a very
the receiver dial to a position of no extraneous
signals near 600 kc. Tune the test oscillator to
460 kc. Adjust the wave -trap magnetite core BLACK
screw to the point which causes minimum ampli-
BLACK
tude of output (maximum suppression of signal) VOICE
COIL
as shown by the waves on the oscillograph.
Antenna and Ground Terminals Figure 9-Battery Cable (8BT and 8BK)
(Stock No. 12938)
These receivers are equipped with an antenna -
ground terminal board having three terminals. These
terminals are marked "A2," "Al," and "G," the latter be removed. Plugs are provided on the battery cable
being the ground terminal and should always be con- (see figure 9) for plugging in the Air -cell and B bat-
nected to a good external ground. The transmission teries. The A -battery plug should be removed when
line leads of the RCA RK -40A antenna system should operating on a 2 -volt storage battery. The 71/2 -volt
be connected to terminals "A2" and "Al." The re- C battery is located on thé top -side of the chassis and
ceiver coupling units of the RCA RK -40 and the securely held in place by a metal cover (see figure 3).
RCA Spider -Web antenna systems should be con- The four bias cells are located underneath the chassis
nected to terminals "Al" and "G." Connect a single - (see figures 2 and 6).
wire antenna to terminal "Al."
Power Supply (Models 8BT6 and 8BK6)
Phonograph Attachment
The vibrator power unit supplies the necessary
A terminal board is provided for connecting a plate, grid, and cathode voltages for proper operation
phonograph into the audio amplifying circuit. Typical of these receivers. It contains a plug-in type vibrator,
methods of connecting a low -impedance pickup, or step-up transformer, and an efficient filter system.
the RCA Victor Models R-93, R-93-2, and R-93-S Rectification of the high voltage is accomplished by
Record Players are shown on the schematic diagram means of the synchronous vibrator. The complete
(figure 1). unit is acoustically shielded to prevent noise. The
274
vibrator-power -unit chassis should be insulated from (black) lead and the + 4 -volt (blue) lead supply
filament voltage to the receiver, while the + 4 -volt
the receiver chassis, when removed for service, to
avoid vibrator buzz. The vibrator unit has been care-
fully adjusted by means of special equipment to in-
(red) lead and - volt (yellow) lead supply voltage
to the vibrator power unit. The two 4 -volt leads
sure quiet operation over an extensive period of life. (blue and red) should make separate connections to
No adjustments should be attempted on a vibrator the same battery strap to avoid against vibrator buzz
suspected of being in a defective condition, but a which might otherwise result if these two leads are
renewal installed. The plug-in arrangement affords joined together or touch each other. The 71/2 -volt
easy removal or replacement. C battery is located on the top -side of the receiver
A 6 -volt storage battery supplies power for the chassis and securely held in place by a metal cover
vibrator and for the tube filaments. Four connections (see figure 3). The four bias cells are located under-
are required to the 6 -volt battery. The + 6 -volt neath the receiver chassis (see figures 2 and 6).
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers.
S TO( K LIST STOCK LIST
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
No. PRICE No. PRICE
.75
5107 Capacitor-.0025 Mfd. (C21, C27, C28) .16 5158 Resistor-220,000 ohm-carbon type-I/4
5005 Capacitor-.0035 Mfd. (C25) .16 watt-Package of 5 (R17, R19) 1.00
Capacitor-.005 Mfd. (C30) .20 11323 Resistor-270,000 ohm-carbon type-I/4
4868
4858
5196
Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C9, C10, C13, C14,
C40, C41, C55, C56)
Capacitor-.035 Mfd. (C29)
.25
.18
11452
watt-Package of 5 (R9)
Resistor-470,000 ohm-carbon type
1/10 watt-Package of 5 (R1)
- 1.00
.75
4841 Capacitor-0.1 Mfd. (C17, C57) .22 3033 -1
Resistor meg.-carbon type-I/4 watt
4840 Capacitor-0.25 Mfd. (C8, C23, C39, -Package of 5 (R2, R6) 1.00
C58) .30 12200 -1
Resistor meg.-insulated type-I/4 watt
12804 Capacitor-Pack, comprising 2 sections 8 -Package of 5 (R10) 1.00
Mfd. each (C43, C54) 1.70 11626 Resistor --2.2 meg.-carbon type-I/4 watt
12179 Coil-Choke coil (L25) .45 -Package of 5 (R3, R8) 1.00
12708 Coil-Antenna coil and shield complete 12651 Shield-Coil shield for Stock No. 12708 .22
(Li, L2, L3, L4) 2.04 12710 Shield-Coil shield for Stock No. 12943.. .28
12943 Coil-Oscillator coil and shield complete 12008 Shield-I.F. transformer shield for Stock
(L5, L6, L7, L8, L19, L20, L21) 2.30 No. 12945 and 12949 .28
12701 Condenser -2 -gang variable tuning con- 12581 Shield-I.F. transformer shield top for
Stock No. 12949 .36
denser (C7, C53) 4.00
5119 Connectol-3-contact female connector for 12607 Shield-I.F.. transformer shield top for
12805 Connector -
speaker cable
5 -contact male receptacle
located on rear of receiver chassis for
.25
4236
3682
Stock No. 12945
Shield-Front 1A4 Radiotron shield
Shield -1A4, 1B4, 1A6 or 1F6 Radiotron
.30
.22
275
REPLACEMENT PARTS Conti
STOCK LIST STOCK LIST
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
No. PRICE No. PRICE
12007 Spring -Retaining spring for core Stock 12824 Switch -Power switch (S3, 'S4) 1.00
Nos. 12800, 12006 and 12664-Pack- 12816 Transformer-Vibrator transformer (T3) 3.00
age of 10 .36 12817 Vibrator-Complete (L16) ..... 4.85
12942 Switch-Range switch (S1, S2) 1.60 4285 Washer -Fuse connector insulating washer
11219 Tone Control -(R21) . 1.00 -Package of 10 .22
12944 Transformer-Audio transformer pack
(Ti, T2) 5.20
MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
12945 Transformer-First I.F. transformer corn- 4289 Body-Fuse connector female body-
12945 Transformer -
plete (L23, L24, C11, C12)
Second I.F. transformer
complete (L9, L10, C15, C16)
1.85
1.85
12938
-Package of 10 (8BT-8BK)
Cable -Power cable (set end) approxi-
mately 60 -in. long complete with four
.35
12949 Transformer-Third I.F. transformer coin- 2 -contact male connectors and one 5-
plete (L11, L12, C18, C19, C20, R4) 2.10 contact female connector -less power
12654 Trap -Wave trap (L22) - 75 switch (8BT-8BK) 4.40
11589 Volume Control-(R5) .85 12786 Cable -Power cable (battery section) corn -
REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES plete with battery connectors and female
Console Model 8BK-8BK6 section of 4 -contact connector (8BT6-
12667 Cone-Reproducer cone and dust cap 8BK6) 2.00
(L13) 1.00 4288 Cap -Fuse connector male cap-Package
5118 Plug-3 -contact male connector for repro-
.25 12827
of 10 (8BT-8BK)
Connector -2-contact and guide pin male
.36
ducer
9713 Reproducer-Complete 14.85 connector and cover for power cable
REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES Stock No. 12938 (8BT-8BK) .30
Table Model 8BT-8BT6 12828 Connector -2-contact male connector for
12642 Cone -Reproducer cone and dust cap power cable Stock No. 12938 (8BT-
(L13) 94 8BK) .20
5118 Plug-3 -contact male connector for repro- 12788 Connector -4-volt battery connector for
ducer .25 Stock No. 12786 -Package of 2 (8BT6
9712 Reproducer -Complete 6.60 -8BK6) .20
VIBRATOR ASSEMBLIES 12790 Connector -4 -contact female connector for
8BT6-8BK6 cable Stock No. 12786 (8BT6-8BK6) .45
4289 Body-Fuse connector female body- 12791 Connector -S
-contact female connector
Package of 10 .35 and cover for power cable for Stock No.
12822 Cable -Power cable (set end) approxi- 12938 (8BT-8BK) .30
mately 63 -in. long complete with one 12787 Connector -6 -volt
battery connector for
S -contact female connector and one 4- Stock No. 12786-Package of 2 (8BT6
contact male connector-less power -8BK6) .20
switch -used in 8BT6 Model only.... 4.50 12698 Crystal -Station selector dial escutcheon
12823 Cable -Power cable (set end) approxi- and crystal 1.02
mately 44 -in. long complete with one 4286 Ferrule -Fuse connector ferrule and bush -
5 -contact female connector and one 4- ing-Package of 10 (8BT-8BK) .38
contact male connector -less power 3748 Fuse -I/2 ampere -Package of 5 (F1)
switch -used in 8BK6 Model only.... 4.00 (8BT-8BK) .40
4288 Cap -Fuse connector male cap-Package 4290 Insulator -Fuse connector body insulator
of 10 .36 -Package of 10 (8BT-8BK) .35
4937 Capacitor -.01 Mfd. (2 used in parallel) 12699 Knob-Station selector knob (large)-
.0132) .25 Package of 5 68
4836 Capacitor -.05 Mfd. (C36) 30 12700 Knob -Station selector vernier knob
4841 Capacitor-0.1 Mfd. (C35) .22 (small) -Package of 5 .58
12821 Capacitor-0.1 Mfd. (C38) .40 11347 Knob -Volume control, range switch, tone
12820 Capacitor-0.25 Mfd. (C34) .45 switch or power switch knob -Package
4840 Capacitor -0.25 Mfd. (C33) .30 of 5
11387 Capacitor-10 Mfd. (C37) .86 12939 Resistor -0.36 ohm -flexible type -Pack -
.75
12819 Coil -Vibrator choke coil and terminal
board assembly (L17) .40
age of 5 (R25) (8BT-8BK) .55
12179 Coil -Vibrator choke coil (L15) .45
11377 Screw -Chassis mounting screw assembly
12793 Connector -4
-contact male connector for for table model only -Package of 4
(8$T-8BT6) .12
power cable.., .25
12791 Connector -5
-contact female connector 11210 Screw -Chassis mountingscrew assembl
for console model only Packa g e of 4
and cover for power cable .30
4286 Ferrule -Fuse connector ferrule and bush- (8BK-8BK6) .28
ing-Package of 10 .38 Screw -Cone point set screw for connector
10907 Fuse -3
-ampere -Package of 5 (F1) .40 Stock No. 12788 -Package of 10
(8BT6-8BK6)
4290 Insulator-Fuse connector body insulator 20
-Package of 10 ,35 4284 Spring -Fuse connector spring-Package
12815 Reactor -Air core reactor (L14) .80 of 10 (8BT-8BK) .30
12818 Reactor -Iron core (L18) ,95 11349 Spring -Retaining spring for knob Stock
12825 Resistor -4 ohm -flexible type-(R13) .25 No. 11347 and 12700-Package of 5.. .25
5034 Resistor -56 ohm --carbon type-I/2 watt 4982 Spring -Retaining spring for knob Stock
-Package of 5 (R11, R12) 1.00 No. 12699-Package of 10 .50
4814 Socket -5-contact vibrator socket .15 12829 Switch -Power switch (S3) (8BT-8BK) 1.05
4284 Spring -Fuse connector spring-Package 4285 Washer -Fuse connector insulating washer
of 10 .30 -Package of 10 (8BT-8BK) .22
First Edition The prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
276
RCA VICTOR MODELS 8T2, 8T11, and 8K11
Eight -Tube, Three -Band, A -C, Superheterodyne Receivers
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
"Long Wave" (X) 155.320 kc "Long Wave" (X)
175 kc (osc.), 300 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Medium Wave" (A) 530-1,500 kc "Medium Wave" (A)
600 kc (osc.), 1,500 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Short Wave" (C) 5,400.18,000 kc "Short Wave" (C) .... 15,000 kc (osc., det., ant.)
460 kc
Intermediate Frequency
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT
(1) RCA-6K7 Radio -Frequency Amplifier (5) RCA-6F5 Audio Voltage Amplifier
(2) RCA-6A8 First Detector-Oscillator (6) RCA-6F6 Audio Power Amplifier
(3) RCA-6K7 Intermediate Amplifier (7) RCA-5Z4 Full-Wave Rectifier
(4) RCA -6H6 Second Detector-A.V.C. (8) RCA-6E5 Tuning Indicator
Pilot Lamps (3) Mazda No. 46, 6.3 volts, 0.25 ampere
POWER SUPPLY RATINGS
Rating A ... 105-125 volts, 50-60 cycles, 100 watts
Rating B 105-125 volts, 25-60 cycles, 105 watts
Rating C 100.130/140.160/195.250 volts, 40-60 cycles, 100 watts
POWER OUTPUT RATING LOUDSPEAKER
Undistorted 21/4 watts Type Electrodynamic
Maximum 5 watts Voice Coil Impedance 2.25 ohms at 400 cycles
Mechanical Specifications
CABINET DIMENSIONS Model 8T2 Model 8T11 Model 8K11
Height 213/4 inches 253/8 inches ... 393/4 inches
Width 153/4 inches 171/8 inches 26 inches
Depth 91/8 inches 91/2 inches 13 inches
WEIGHTS
Net 35 pounds.. . 47 pounds 65 pounds
Shipping 41 pounds (2) 140 pounds 130 pounds
General Features
These receivers employ the same type chassis and switch, automatic volume control, resistance coupled
have many distinctive features. Models 8T2 and audio system, phonograph terminal board, band se-
8T11 employ an 8 -inch dynamic loudspeaker and lective illumination of dial scales, and a dust-proof
Model 8K11 employs a 12 -inch dynamic loudspeaker. loudspeaker. Trimming adjustments are located at
The superheterodyne circuit is used with such accessible points. Their number is reduced to the
features of design as all -metal tubes, a radio -frequency least that is consistent with efficient operation. The
amplifier stage, "Magic Eye" tuning indicator, im- tuning dial ratio of 10 to 1 with a 50 to 1 vernier
proved antenna wave -trap, aural compensated volume permits ease of tuning, especially in the "Short wave"
control, 3 -position tone control with music -voice band.
277
z
ti ó
z .
3 ó á
a0 2C'
4. Np.°eI'.
óO
e
âa
i;g
o
q Gr
II
u Ir
o=
Va
II
Nÿ 4
u'F F
aó
usF
o
I o
-11°-=
N %
m S
3 4
N `q000 L3,11
od
\ i.
u u ÑÉ 11
ooF
112
_ N
"g
F
N
G
KN 4
{
añ a QÓ
go
b
00
278
279
Circuit Arrangement
The conventional Superheterodyne type of circuit, mum operating bias on such tubes. On application
consisting of an r -f stage, a combined first-detector- of signal energy above a certain level, however, the
oscillator stage, a single i -f stage, a diode -detector auxiliary bias -diode ceases to draw current and
-automatic -volume -control stage, an audio voltage - a.v.c diode takes over the biasing function.
the
amplifier st ige, an audio power -output stage, and a
high -voltage rectifier power -supply stage is used. Audio System
The manual volume control consists of an acous-
Tuned Circuits tically tapered potentiometer in the audio circuit
be-
The antenna coil system and the detector coil sys- tween the output of the detector diode and the input
tem each consist of two series -connected primary and grid of the audio -voltage-amplifier tube. This con-
three series -connected secondary windings to provide trol has a tone compensating filter connected to
the three ranges of tuning. The oscillator coil system so that the correct aural balance will be obtained
it
is wound on a single form. A range selector switch different volume settings. at
(S1) is used for connecting the various sections of Resistance -capacitance coupling is used between
these three coil systems into the circuit to provide the first -audio stage and the power -output stage. The
operation on the band desired. The coils are tuned output of the power amplifier is transformer -coupled
by a variable three -section gang condenser having into the dynamic loudspeaker. High -frequency tone
trimmer capacitors in shunt with each section. There control is effected by a capacitor across the plate
are additional trimmer capacitors across the section of cir-
cuit of the output tube. Speech-music control
each coil used for the "Medium wave" (A) band as is
effected by a resistor connected to the compensated
well as the "Long wave" (X) band. A series trim- volume control circuit. Control of tone is obtained
mer is also associated with the "Medium wave" (A) by means of the switch (S2).
and "Long wave" (X) band oscillator coils.
The intermediate -frequency amplifier system con- "Magic Eye"
sists of an RCA -6K7 in a transformer -coupled circuit. An RCA -6E5 cathode-ray tuning tube is used as a
This stage operates at a basic frequency of 460 kc. means of visually indicating when the receiver is
Each winding of both i -f transformers (input and accurately tuned to the incoming signal. This tube
output) is tuned by an adjustable trimmer. consists of an amplifier section and a cathode-ray sec-
tion built in the same glass envelope. Correct tuning
Detector end A.V.C. of the receiver to the incoming carrier is evidenced
The modulated signal as obtained from the output by the minimum width of the dark sector of the tun-
of the i -f stage is detected by an RCA -6H6 twin - ing tube.
diode tube (No. 1 diode). The audio frequency se-
cured by this process is transferred to the a -f system Rectifier
for amplification and final reproduction. The d -c The power required for operation of this receiver
voltage which results from detection of the signal is is supplied through transformer Ti. This trans-
used for automatic volume control. This voltage, former has an efficient electrostatic shield between its
which develops across resistor R8, is applied as auto- primary and secondary windings. This shield pre-
matic control -grid bias to the r -f, first -detector, and vents interference which is on the power -supply cir-
cuit from entering the receiver and conversely re-
i -f tubes through a suitable resistance filter circuit.
duces the tendency of the receiver to re -radiate into
The No. 2 diode of the RCA -6H6 is used to supply the power circuit. An RCA -5Z4 furnishes the d -c
residual bias for the controlled tubes under conditions voltages necessary for plate, screen, cathode, and grid
of little or no signal. This diode, under such con- potentials. The field winding of the loudspeaker is
ditions, draws current which flows through resistors used as a reactor in the filter circuit from which it
R10 and R8, thereby maintaining the desired mini-
simultaneously receives its magnetizing current.
SERVICE DATA
The various diagrams of this booklet contain such
information as will be needed to locate causes for Alignment Procedure
defective operation if such develops. Values of the
resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are indicated adjacent Precise alignment is vital to the proper functioning
to the symbols signifying these parts on the diagrams. of this receiver. There are four trimming adjust-
Identification titles, such as R30, LI, C45, etc., are ments provided in the i -f system, five in the oscillator
provided for reference between the diagrams and the coil system, three in the detector coil system, and
replacement parts list. Locating of the parts in the three in the antenna coil system. Each of these trim-
schematic circuit is facilitated by the fact that the mers has been accurately adjusted during manu-
numerical titles increase from left to right on the dia- facture and should remain properly aligned unless
gram. The coils, reactors, and transformer wind- affected by abnormal conditions of climate or have
ings are rated in terms of their d -c resistances only. been altered for service purposes. Incorrect align-
Resistance values of less than one ohm are ,generally ment is usually evidenced by loss of sensitivity, im-
proper tone quality, and poor selectivity. These in-
omitted. dications will generally be present together.
280
www.americanradiohistory.com
The correct performance of these receivers can Calibrate the dial by rotating the tuning control
only be obtained when the alignment is performed until the variable condenser plates are in their full -
with adequate and reliable test apparatus and in the mesh (maximum capacity) position and adjust the
sequence given. The manufacturer of these instru- dial pointer so that its end points to the horizontal
ments has a complete assortment of such service graduation (520 kc) at the low -frequency end of the
equipment available for sale through its dealers and "Medium wave" (A) dial scale.
distributors.
A test oscillator (signal generator) is required as a Wave -Trap Adjustment
source of the specified alignment frequencies. Visual Connect the test oscillator to the antenna and
indication of the receiver output during the adjust- ground terminals of the receiver, leaving it tuned to
ments is necessary to enable the serviceman to obtain 460 kc. Adjust the wave -trap trimmer C45 for maxi-
an accuracy of alignment which is not possible by mum suppression of the 460 kc signal. An increase
listening to the signal. The RCA Stock No. 9595 in test -oscillator output may be necessary before the
Full -Range Test Oscillator and the RCA Stock No. point of minimum output (maximum suppression of
4317 Neon Output Indicator are especially suitable signal) is obtained.
and fulfill the above requirements.
The following procedure should be adhered to in
W ANT W O6C. W 06G. TUNING W 14
adjusting the various trimmer capacitors. 150014C.,
\ 160014C.
020
600NG
Ctt`
p
INCRTO11 S 00C.
N
C.4B .6wcw rnro co,
B
28233 ` \ 1
I -F Trimmer Adjustments RUDIO OUTPUT \ \
/ RF
PMP.,
11 ww
=
Connect the output of the test oscillator between I.F. RMP.
\
the control -grid of the RCA -6A8 first -detector tube I
\
ieT I.R
and chassis -ground through a .001 mfd. capacitor. / 1 \
TRRNS.
281
www.americanradiohistory.com
"Medium Wave" Band as in (b), (c), and (d); also C20, C49 and
(e) Change the receiver range selector to its C6 should be corrected at 1,500 kc, as in (f)
"Medium wave" (A) band position and set to compensate for any changes caused by the
the receiver tuning control to a dial reading adjustment of the low -frequency oscillator coil
of 1,500 kc. Tune the test oscillator to 1,500 trimmer C22.
kc and regulate its output to produce a slight
indication on the receiver output indicating "Long Wave" Band
device. (i) Change receiver band selector to "Long
(f) Adjust the high -frequency trimmers of the wave" (X) band and set receiver tuning con-
oscillator, detector, and antenna coils, C20, trol to a dial reading of 300 kc. Tune test
C49 and C6 respectively, to the points at oscillator to 300 kc and adjust oscillator, de-
which each produces maximum indicated re- tector, and antenna trimmers C50, C48 and
ceiver output. C55, respectively, for maximum indicated re-
ceiver output.
(g) Shift the test -oscillator frequency to 600 kc
and tune the receiver to pick up this signal, (j) Set receiver to 175 kc and tune test oscillator
disregarding the dial reading at which it is to 175 kc. Adjust trimmer C51 for maximum
best received. indicated output, simultaneously rocking tun-
(h) Adjust the low -frequency trimmer C22 of the ing control of the receiver backward and
oscillator coil, simultaneously rocking the tun- forward through the signal.
ing control of the receiver backward and for- (k) The adjustment of C50, C48 and C55 should
ward through the signal, until maximum in- now be repeated at 300 ,kc as described in
dicated receiver output results from these com- (i) to compensate for any changes caused by
bined operations. The adjustment of C19, the adjustment of the low -frequency trimmer
C15 and C8 should be corrected at 15,000 kc C51.
RI, wet
r5Z4
+15T.I.E.
Cn I U.3500.41-13,00W,---TERM. BR D.
WAVE RECT. iTs%-Z-GREEN--------+-==;:r-- -2.4MEG5----
TRAP v:C.G (-------\
( 284ON60TRANS. ,-,
L15e_ e
¡
O.
r
J
r11_7nT col L
¡I
OSC.
100,000,`? ®/!JSn
i
10,v
1ST.
$OSC.
DET.
OA
L -I.F. _ I
1
12.5n1
I- Va1.F.TRANSF.
¡`ë7
1
,i
36,5Ó0d I` 276,000n.
rrT '.
11.6ni g '.; TIT., N3_,
u,
1 36,500n l
;
L---3MEGS. -- r2.5n,
-F-I--- -/
IBRD
L L5.OA- LwL_ 3500ní 12.Sn I I 0,/1.
I
'r
I )
NOTE -
POSITION FOR TK IS
REAOINO On LY. ICO
1
I
I
r
L
1
4`'.
,'. '
I
u,
SSA
1
I
MEGI
_,
C(
I'
, _ ®
,- ®
Z5D.DET.e
!
I ?2; I A.V.C.-6H6
.17A IT
r98i. i % 1éß
-32n .
--2.4ME05----.-
C40 L 2T4,000,
Ó
36,600,
©© _-i
I
(J i
ANT. 1
L3.2n,
- 85n -
-470,000A
©
O ,0 -0n--)
j
` jiT 34I
COIL I--95.2,
R.F.
©1
-1
TERM.
AUDIO
6F5
O
("T C.6.
X
2MEG5.-«
6F6OUTPUT
16460, I 6K7 BRD. GREEN
I 96n Oa i},_, VOL.
® RCA MID. CO.. INC. BOTTOM FRONT OF CHASSIS 3MEGS. CONTR. F-7:+112-0
Resistance Measurements
The resistance values shown between Radiotron ± 20%. Variations in excess of this limit will usually
socket contacts, grid caps, resistors, and terminals to be indicative of trouble in circuit under test. When
receiver chassis ground or other pertinent point on measuring the resistance between points of the circuit
figure 4, permit a rapid continuity check of the cir- and ground, it will be necessary to connect the nega -
cuits. The use of this diagram in conjunction with tive terminal of the resistance meter to chassis
the Schematic Circuit Diagram, figure 1, and Wiring ground. If the polarity of the resistance meter is
Diagram, figure 2, will permit the location of cer- not known, it may be readily ascertained by connect -
tain troubles which might otherwise be difficult to ing a d -c voltmeter of indicated polarity across the
ascertain. Each value as specified should hold within terminals of the device.
282
Phonograph Terminal Board
A terminal board is provided for connecting a
phonograph into the audio amplifying circuit
BROWN
(3)
(4)
(5)
RCA-6K7-I.F
RCA -6H6-2nd Det.-A.V.C.
RCA -6F5--Audio
-
9.0 ma.
025 ma.
(6) RCA -6F6-Power 40.0 ma.
BLACK (7) RCA-5Z4-Rect. 90.0 ma.*
(8) RCA -6E5 -Eye 3.0 ma.
TYPE L21 L20 T2PR1,725E(, (8 Cannot be measured at socket.)
76365-1 7.0 0.2 274 0.9
763653 1.8 0.1 434 0.16
RL63 4 1.9 0.1 376 0.3
Typical methods of connecting a low -impedance pick-
Figure 5-Loudspeaker Wiring up, or the RCA Victor Models R-93, R-93-2, and
Coil resistances type RL70-1, same as RL63-4 R -93-S Record Players are shown on the Schematic
Diagram (figure 1) .
t e p.r.I.F .- - - 1 621
J/jiiiC.G.
Alt
.
I
`
t1-t.2V. _t 1
--3.2v.-- ---
,
250V.-Ú
3iOV. 30pV. A.c. TRANSF. 180V.
SV. IN TERM.BRD. 180V.-
r)I
'
i
I
®e 0áe er250V.
, A.G.
I// A.C.
I T
e I EL.
...1-L-
1
RECT.
600V.
*
180V.
F
6.3V.'©9 . ' `-85V. ---
CAP.
5z4
-22V. Lr 1
A.C.
--- -
I.F.
-re
L_ ©H K.L.
6K7
.ñe
`330V. EL.
CAP. ACI
63%49- r.. C.G.
--r Y_ I
1'nDET.t.OSC.
-vv.
2"2I.F.
TRANSF.
FYI 6A8
C50 C
I- ---------
-----
I SOV.
TERM.BRD. r - -4V.-----
TRIMME DET.
- p
1
CAP. COIL r-
1.2V
'I
2.tsV
1
6.3v.
6.3v.. 1500
a
A.C.
e--/-1--:
1
K.C. {' 2
ZeeL_ _-__ 3.2V.-
ÿAI---
.4C.
+---15V.--
1_,;
®p
300
a
ANT.
COIL
R.F.
6K7
-85V.-1
1
ß8v.
I
Á C e
.0 -1.2v.-
'--.-
--
e K.C. 1 I I W
6.3V ® 1-1. I
L --r
OUTPUT 4t ¢SOVi
A.C.
'C.G--OV.-
6F6 -0.4V. 235v. /r : I 1 I
I L.-IBOv._
1
L____J #r+.'; 1
1 1 AUDIO'
6F5
1 1
1 1 1 1 I
1
283
BLUE
YELLOW
YELLOW
BROWN
SERVICE HINT
$LACK -BROWN Excessive heating of the 6E5 tube
BROWN -
may he due to high cathode current
in excess of 7 ma. The tube should
be replaced and the condition of the
5Z4 rectifier checked.
RECTIFIER FILAMENT
5 VOLTS
D. C Resistance Values
110 volts, 50-60 cycles 110 volts, 25 cycles
Primary, 5.34 ohms Primary, 7.37 ohms
Secondary, 330 ohms Secondary, 430 ohms
Figure 7-Standard Transformer
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers
C53)watt-(R12)-Package watt-(R17)-Package
11621 1 of 5 1.10
4868 Capacitor-.005 Mfd.-(C12, C33, C52, 11322 Resistor -39,000 ohms-Carbon type -1/4
.20 of 5 1.00
11451 Capacitor-.017 Mfd.-(C38) .18 11365 Resistor -82,000 ohms-Carbon type-%
11395 Capacitor-.O1 Mfd.-(C32) watt-(R14)-Package
4858
4839
Capacitor-.01 Mfd.-(C36)
Capacitor -0.1 Mfd.-(C21)
.25.18
.28 3118
of
Resistor -100.000 ohms-Carbon type-
5 1.00
4841
5170
Capacitor-0.1 Mfd.-(C31)
Capacitor-0.25 Mfd.-(C25)
.22
.25 11453
% watt-(R5)-Package
ohms-Carbon
Resistor -270,000 -
of
....
5
type
1.00
4836
11240
Capacitor-.05 Mfd.-(C30)
Capacitor -10 Mfd.-(C39)
.30
1.08 11452
1/10 watt-(R15)-Package
ohms-Carbon
Resistor -470,000 -
....
of 5
type
.75
11387
5212
Capacitor-10 Mfd.-(C2)
Capacitor -18 Mfd.-(C40)
.86
1.16 11397
1/10 watt-(R16)-Package
Resistor 560,000
1/30
ohms-Carbon
watt-(R2, R4)-Package
- of 5
type
of 5 ..
.75
.75
12061 Coil-Antenna coil-Less shield-(L2, 12013 -1 megohm-Carbon -1/10
Resistor type
L3, L4, L5, L23, C6, C55) 1.90
12062 Coil-Detector coil-Less shield-(L6,
L7, L8, L9, L15, C48, C49) 1.94 11626
watt-(R18)-Package
-2.2 megohms-Carbon
Resistor
% watt-(R9,
of
R13)-Package
R10,
5
- type
of
.75
284
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
Stock List Stock List
No.DESCRIPTION Price No. DESCRIPTION Price
11604 Shield -Oscillator coil shield $0.24 9634 Reproducer -Complete $6.40
11390 Shield -Intermediate frequency trans- 11837 Transformer -Output transformer 1.56
former shield .25 (Field and hum coils are not removable)
12735 Shield -Dial lamp shield -Package of 5 .25
12971 Shutter-Dial scale holder and shutter Speaker No. 76365-3
assembly .85
11844 Coil-Field coil 2.00
11222 Socket-Dial lamp socket .18
11842 Coil-Hum neutralizing coil
Socket-5 -contact rectifier Radiotron
30
11195
socket .15 11838 Cone -Reproducer Cone 2.00
11198 -7
Socket -contact 6K7 -6F5-or 6H6 5118 Connector -3 contact male connector for
Radiotron socket .15 reproducer .25
-8 Reproducer -Complete
11196
12966
Socket
socket
contact 6A8 or 6F6 Radiotron
Switch -Range switch -(S1)
.15
1.75
9635
11839 -
Spring Reproducer center support
clamping spring-Package of 2
6.40
.30
11392 Switch -Tone control and power switch 11843 Transformer -Output transformer 1.56
assembly -(S2, S3) 1.14
11388 Transformer -First intermediate fre- MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
quency transformer-(L16, L17, C24, 11996 Bracket -Tuning tube mounting bracket
C26) 1.90 and clamp .22
11389 Transformer -Second intermediate fre- 12666 Cover -Reproducer cover -(Model
quency transformer -(L18, L19, C27, 8K11) .65
C28, C29, R7, R8) 3.02
12698 Crystal-Station selector escutcheon and
11804 Transformer -Power transformer-105- crystal -(Model 8T2) 1.02
125 volts -25-50 cycles (T1) 6.02
13303 Crystal-Station selector escutcheon and
11805 Transformer -Power transformer-105- crystal -(Model 8T11 or 8K11)
0, 140-160,
(Ti)
195-250 volts -40-60
7.95 11276 Escutcheon -Tuning tube escutcheon
(Model 8T2)
- 1.50
40
11667 Trap -Wave trap -(L1, C45) 1.22
13144 Volume control-(R11) 1.00
13275 Escutcheon -Tuning tube escutcheon
(Model 8T11 or 8K11) .25
REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES 11347 Knob -Range switch, tone control or
Speaker No. RL63-4 or RL70-1 volume control knob -Package of 5
11232 Board-Terminal board with two lead (Model 8T2) 75
wire clips .18 11610 Knob -Station selector knob-includes
11231 Bolt -Yoke and core assembly bolt and one large and one small knob -Package
of 5 -(Model 8T2)
8060
nut
Bracket -Output transformer mounting
bracket
.16
.14
13304 Knob-Large station selector knob
Model 8T11 only -Package of 5 ....
- 1.00
.75
11257 Clamp-Cone center suspension clamp- 13395 Knob -Large station selector knob-
ing nut and screw assembly -Package Model 8K11 only-Package of 5 .... .80
of 5 .25 13305 Knob-Small (Vernier) Station selector
11254 Coil -Field coil -(L22) 2.00 knob-Mcdel 8T11 only-Package of 5 .80
Coil -Neutralizing coil (L20) ...... Knob -Small (Vernier) Station selector
11233
11235 Cone-Reproducer cone (L21)-
(Speaker No. RL63-4)-Models 8T2
- .30 13396
knob-Model 8K11 only -Package of 5 .75
11258
or 8T11
Cone-Reproducer cone (L21)- - 1.00
13306
range switch knob -Model 8T11 only
Package of 5
-
Knob -Tone control, volume control or
.80
(Speaker No. RL70-1)-Model 8K11
5119 Connector-3 -contact female connector
for reproducer cable
1.00
.25
13278
range switch knob -Model 8K11 only
Package of 5
-
Knob -Tone control, volume control or
.80
5118 Connector -3
contact male connector
11210 Screw -Chassis mounting screw as -
for reproducer
9618 Reproducer-Complete (Speaker
Z5 embly for console model only -Package
No. of 4 .28
RL63-4)-Models 8T2 or 8T11 6.40
9619 Reproducer-Complete (Speaker No. 11377 Screw-Chassis mounting screw as-
RL70-1)-Model 8K11 6.05 sembly for table model only -Package
11253 Transformer -Output transformer-(T2) 1.56 of 4 .12
Washer-Spring washer used to hold
11886
field coil securely -Package of
Speaker No. 76365-1
5 . .20
4982
in Stk. No. 11610, 13304 and 13395
Package of 10
-
Spring-Retaining spring for large knob
.50
11836 Cone -Reproducer cone
11349 Spring-Retaining spring for knob Stk.
5118 Connector -3 -contact male connector for
reproducer
1.75
.25
and small knob in Stk. No. 11610
Package of 5
-
No. 11347, 13278, 13305, 13306, 13396
.25
285
SUPPLEMENT TO
On Model 5T, two different speakers are used which are readily identi-
fied by the following numbers stamped on them: (1) RL -63C1 and (2)
72203-5. Replacement parts for No. RL -6301 are listed in the Service Data
for Model 5T while the replacement parts for No. 72203-5 are listed below:
Cn Model 8T2, four different speakers are used which are readily iden-
tified by the following numbers stamped on them: (1) RL -63-4, (2) 76365-1,
(3) 76365-3, and (4) RL -63E2. Replacement parts for Nos. RL -63-4, 76365-1,
and 76365-3 are listed in the Service Data for Model 8T2, while the replace-
ment parts for No. RL -63E2 are listed below:
On Model 8U, two different motors are used which are readily identi-
fied by the following numbers stamped on the motor nameplate: (1)
72444-1 and (2) 56992-1. No. 72444-1 is an induction motor with a gov-
ernor -type speed regulator while No. 56992-1 is a synchronous motor. Re-
placement parts for No. 72444-1 ere listed in the Service Data for Model
8U while the replacement parts for No. 56992-1 are listed below:
286
RCA VICTOR MODELS 8U and 8U2
Eight -Tube, Three -Band, A -C, Radio-Phonographs
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
"Long Wave" (X) 155-320 kc "Long Wave" (X)
175 kc (osc.), 300 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Medium Wave" (A) 530.1,500 kc "Medium Wave" (A)
600 kc (osc.), 1,500 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Short Wave" (C) 5,400-18,000 kc "Short Wave" (C) .... 15,000 kc (osc., det., ant.)
Intermediate Frequency 460 kc
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT
(1) RCA-6K7 Radio -Frequency Amplifier (5) RCA -6F5 Audio Voltage Amplifier
(2) RCA -6A8 First Detector-Oscillator (6) RCA-6F6 Audio Power Amplifier
(3) RCA -6K7 Intermediate Amplifier (7) RCA -5Z4 Full -Wave Rectifier
(4) RCA -6H6 Second Detector-A.V.C. (8) RCA -6E5 Tuning Indicator
Pilot Lamps (3) Mazda No. 46, 6.3 volts, 0.25 ampere
POWER SUPPLY RATING
Rating A 105-125 volts, 50.60 cycles, 135 watts
Rating B 105-125 volts, 25 cycles, 140 watts
Rating C 100-130/140-160/195-250 volts, 50-60 cycles, 135 watts
POWER OUTPUT RATING LOUDSPEAKER
Undistorted 21/4 watts Type Electrodynamic
Maximum 5 watts Voice Coil Impedance 2.25 ohms at 400 cycles
PHONOGRAPH
Type Manual Type of Pickup Low -impedance Magnetic
Turntable Speed (adjustable) 78 r.p.m. Pickup Impedance 81/2 ohms at 1,000 cycles
Mechanical Specifications
Height 43% inches
Width 241/4 inches
Depth 143/4 inches
Weight (net) 98 pounds
Weight (shipping) 150 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 13% inches x 73/4 inches x 21/2 inches
Over-all Chassis Height 73/4 inches
Operating Controls:
Radio (1) Volume, (2) Tuning, (3) Range Selector, (4) Power Switch-Tone
Phonograph (5) Radio-Record Transfer Switch, (6) Motor Switch
Tuning Drive Ratios 10 to 1 and 50 to 1
General Features
This Radio -Phonograph Combination consists of an band indicator dial, and a dust -proof electrodynamic
eight -tube radio receiver and a manually -operated loudspeaker. A record storage compartment is lo-
phonograph combined in one cabinet. The super-
heterodyne circuit is used with such features of de- cated in the lower front of the cabinet. Trimming
sign as improved antenna wave-trap, an r -f amplifier adjustments are located at accessible points. Their
stage, all -metal tubes, aurally -compensated volume number is reduced to the least that is consistent with
control, 3 -position tone control with music -speech efficient operation. The tuning dial ratio of 10 to 1
switch, automatic volume control, resistance -coupled with a 50 to 1 vernier permits ease of tuning, especi-
audio system, tuning tube "Magic Eye," edge -lighted ally in the "Short wave" band.
287
Circuit Arrangement
The conventional superheterodyne type of circuit, control is effected by a capacitor across the plate cir-
consisting of an r -f stage, a combined first-detector- cuit of the output tube. Speech-music control is
oscillator stage, a single i -f stage, a diode -detector effected by a resistor connected to the compensated
-automatic -volume -control stage, an audio voltage - volume control circuit. Control of tone is obtained
amplifier stage, an audio power -output stage, a high - by means of the switch (S2).
voltage rectifier power -supply stage, and a tuning in- Phonograph Circuit
dicator "Magic Eye" stage, is used.
The electrical impulses generated in the pickup L24
Tuned Circuits are boosted in the step-up transformer T3, after which
The antenna coil system and the detector coil sys- they are applied to the grid of the RCA -6F5 audio
tem each consist of two series -connected primary and amplifier stage through the compensated phonograph
three series -connected secondary windings to provide volume control R27. This phonograph volume con-
the three ranges of tuning. The oscillator coil system trol also incorporates switches for transferring from
is wound on a single form. A range selector switch radio to record reproduction. In the radio position,
(S1) is used for connecting the various sections of arm "X" of the phonograph volume control contacts
these three coil systems into the circuit to provide lug "Y" which completes the audio circuit from the
operation on the band desired. The coils are tuned radio volume control R11 to the grid of the RCA -6F5
by a variable three -section gang condenser having audio amplifier; also, switch S5 closes which com-
trimmer capacitors in shunt with each section. There pletes the cathode circuit of the RCA -6K7 i -f ampli-
are additional trimmer capacitors across the section of fier stage. In the phonograph position, switch S5
each coil used for the "Medium wave" (A) band as opens and arm "X" of the phonograph volume con-
well as the "Long wave" (X) band. A series trim- trol disconnects from lug "Y" and moves onto the
mer is also associated with the "Medium wave" (A) phonograph volume control resistance as shown by
and "Long wave" (X) band oscillator coils. figure 2.
The intermediate -frequency amplifier system con- "Magic Eye"
sists of an RCA -6K7 in a transformer -coupled circuit. An RCA -6E5 cathode-ray tuning tube is used as a
This stage operates at a basic frequency of 460 kc. means of visually indicating when the receiver is
Each winding of both i -f transformers (input and accurately tuned to the incoming signal. This tube
output) is tuned by an adjustable trimmer. consists of an amplifier section and a cathode-ray sec-
Detector and A.V.C. tion built in the same glass envelope. Correct tuning
of 'the receiver to the incoming carrier is evidenced
The modulated signal as obtained from the output by the minimum width of the dark sector of the tun-
of the i -f stage is detected by an RCA -6H6 twin - ing tube.
diode tube (No. 1 diode). The audio frequency se-
cured by this process is transferred to the a -f system Rectifier
for amplification and final reproduction. The d -c The power required for operation of this receiver
voltage which results from detection of the signal is is supplied through transformer Ti. This trans-
used for automatic volume control. This voltage, former has an efficient electrostatic shield between its
which develops across resistor R8, is applied as auto- primary and secondary windings. This shield pre-
matic control -grid bias to the r -f, first-detector, and vents interference which is on the power -supply cir-
i-f tubes through a suitable resistance filter circuit. cuit from entering the receiver and conversely re-
The No. 2 diode of the RCA -6H6 is used to supply duces the tendency of the receiver to re -radiate into
residual bias for the controlled tubes under conditions the power circuit. An RCA -5Z4 furnishes the d -c
of little or no signal. This diode, under such con- voltages necessary for plate, screen, cathode, and grid
ditions, draws current which flows through resistors potentials. The field winding of the loudspeaker is
R10 and R8, thereby maintaining the desired mini- used as a reactor in the filter circuit from which it
mum operating bias on such tubes. On application simultaneously receives its magnetizing current.
of signal energy above a certain level, however, the
auxiliary bias -diode ceases to draw current and the Phonograph Mechanism
a.v.c diode takes over the biasing function. An improved manually -operated phonograph mech-
anism is used in this model. The 12 -inch turntable
Audio System will accommodate either the 10 -inch or the 12 -inch
The manual volume control consists of an acous- phonograph records. The turntable rotates at a speed
tically tapered potentiometer in the audio circuit be- of 78 r.p.m. A speed regulator is provided for accu-
tween the output of the detector diode and the input rate adjustment of this speed. It is important that
grid of the audio -voltage -amplifier tube. This con- a machine of any particular rating be operated at
trol has a tone compensating filter connected to it the frequency and voltage for which it is rated. At-
so that the correct aural balance will be obtained at tempts to operate at ratings other than specified for
different volume settings. the particular instrument may result in damage to
Resistance -capacitance coupling is used between both the phonograph motor and the radio receiver.
the first-audio stage and the power -output stage. The An automatic switch is provided to turn "off" the
output of the power amplifier is transformer -coupled phonograph motor at the completion of record play
into the dynamic loudspeaker. High -frequency tone when the eccentric -type inside groove record is used.
288
SERVICE DATA
The various diagrams of this booklet contain such formed with equipment such as an RCA Stock No.
information as will be needed to locate causes for 9545 Cathode -Ray Oscillograph and an RCA Stock
defective operation if such develops. Values of the No. 9558 Frequency Modulator. For the output in-
resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are indicated adjacent dicator method, an instrument such as an RCA Stock
to the symbols signifying these parts on the diagrams. No. 4317 should be used. Either of the above
Identification titles, such as R30, L1, C45, etc., are methods requires a reliable test oscillator for the
provided for reference between the diagrams and the source of alignment frequencies such as the RCA
replacement parts list. Locating of the parts in the Stock No. 9595 Test Oscillator. Cathode-ray align-
ment is similar to the output indicator alignment out-
W RNT. W OSC. W OSC. TUNINC X Ri lined below, except as follows: The frequency modu-
160030. , 150030. 6003C. INDICATOR 5003C.
lator should be used to sweep the test oscillator sig-
020 C22\ C46 iwcw a
w. cgi..c
C6
28233
RU010 OUTPUT
\ 1
. n- R.F
AMP./
1
-- nal when aligning the i -f amplifier and the low -fre-
quency oscillator series trimmers. It will only be
6F5 necessary to first adjust the trimmers to peak response,
as outlined below, without the frequency modulator
RUDIO
.-9,=,
WRVETRRP
TRIMMER
4603C.
045
X OSC.
176 3C.
CSI
'X 050.
3003C.
000
/
Ìi
Ct
1
N
I
16,00030.
\
RNT.
Ca
-
\
'..C. RP-
15.00030.
CIS
LF. RMP.
6K1
' - -Y15,0003C
05C.
019
adjust the trimmers until the curves coincide through-
out their length and have maximum amplitude. The
proper place for connection of the oscillograph input
to the receiver is indicated on the Chassis Wiring
Diagram (figure 3). The high -frequency trimmers
on all three bands should be adjusted for maximum
(peak) amplitude of the images.
Figure 1-Radiofron, Coil, and Trimmer Locations I -F Trimmer Adjustments
289
www.americanradiohistory.com
W
r
a
o',,F ; g
l' tlQ
.>`oi qÑ
- ß
I
p. :'uNi
U
2-2.2 ,'ó 4
di!.
0 ID
m0
I ° ¢Ó
Wo
01xp
J y ""'""
ml I
á J
"HI a
N<
_
N0000
J úti
a72 2"1f
JR^`` :IIL7I_7,'UI
II
N
Me rog
KA <
o NO
V V'.rbU NO
Krr2_
CC'
Ñ
g;
A
±î_ ñ
CC
JO
P
.. 2
Q. 3Q2
LL
1
N 2 1--y1
JJM JdT
go-o.e__.-.,--.,-- '
No
uo2
O
Nó U000
°2
J_F Ñ
3rF
I
- ..,.,1..
;2
Ñ2 6a0
o OOIi
2.09z
ryfJ :
. o
úif
1/ I[Ì11 II
3 11
:3
f>
290
www.americanradiohistory.com
_
291
variable tuning condensers necessitate that the "Short (b) Adjust trimmer C19 on the oscillator section
wave" (C) band be aligned first. The range selector of the variable condenser to the point at
switch should, therefore, be turned to its "Short which it produces maximum indicated receiver
wave" position for the first adjustments. Leave the output. Two points may be found, each of
output indicator connected to the output system. which produces such a maximum. The one
Calibrate the dial by rotating the tuning control of maximum trimmer capacitance is correct
until the variable condenser plates are in their full - and should be used. The local (heterodyne)
mesh (maximum capacity) position and adjust the oscillator will be 460 kc below the signal fre-
dial pointer so that its end points to the horizontal quency at this adjustment point.
graduation (520 kc) at the low -frequency end of the (c) Adjust trimmer C15 of the detector section
"Medium wave" (A) dial scale.
of the variable condenser, simultaneously
Wave -Trap Adjustment rocking the receiver tuning control backward
Connect the test oscillator to the antenna and and forward through the 15,000 kc input
ground terminals of the receiver, leaving it tuned to signal, until maximum receiver output results
460 kc. Adjust the wave -trap trimmer C45 for maxi- from these combined operations.
mum suppression of the 460 kc signal. An increase (d) With the receiver tuning control set to 15,000
in test -oscillator output may be necessary before the kc adjust trimmer C8 on the antenna section
point of minimum output (maximum suppression of of the variable condenser to the point which
signal) is obtained. produces maximum (peak) indicated receiver
output.
"Short Wave" Band
(a) Adjust the test oscillator to 15,000 kc and "Medium Wave" Band
set the receiver tuning control to a dial read- (e) Change the receiver range selector to its
ing of 15,000 kc. "Medium wave" (A) band position and set
WAVE
TRAP
/ i
RECT.
5Z4( 284.0N60.,TRANS.
iTRANSF
I
,1gTI.E t
-On
TGREEN'-
L,
U -3sóó,ä
----
13000,&U'TERM.BRD.
GIO
:c-;;;r,---2.4MEG5-
: aC.G.
-y
L25.ß Ì ®O_ __J I
100,000.02'
LI
®/!jSn OA ©I© r12.Sn
OSC.
L- -- ---
V-_ 1 2N°I.ETRANSE
-- IQ
fl 7n TCOIL
11ST DET. _1-1-
846n
Ise Tt
1-77-.);--F -
+ 14r'
, lz
'
QQ
f $OSC.
.ì. 6A8 6K7
I.F. 1
1
I
1
(
\
cz
009
i9-t1276,000n.
/
l , 36.500,1 I"
C.G.
I
Z 11.6AÌ
. u;'"_",+1-,
SOa _
____ .0 3500nI
; 36,500A
12.Sn
i ---3MEGS.---II- -I--h--
I
12.5n1
IOn 1.
DOS
_
PRIMAgV OF TO
(SEESPEA1ER DRAWING
RESISTANCE)
TO TERM. OF C40
NOTE -
SAND SWITCH IN -A;
POSITION FOP. TH19
RE DING ONLY. I
DET.
COIL'
r- 92n--,
,
TERM.
I f
I
% r
ME61
J
+
1.21,--+-
,e
N 0n
..:-_..`
- NOTE - 2"°.DET.4.
85a
I
\
['EIo 40...
I
í
'- -
C40 r 98n, i, a -"V-
'I
E ',1Le
91
.,5
CHI
i 32n
Qom' A.V.C. 6H6
--2.4MEOS----
^- - On--
1
36,500n 274,000n
1
3.2n
© p ANT. I
148, ' ó0 -;, B5n -
0 %
i
0n-/ _ AUDIO
C.6. 2MEG5.:-
OUTPUT
16,68On
1
96n
6K7 Q
e C6 BRD. GREEN
0n il-, VOL.
I I I
Resistance Measurements
The resistance values shown between Radiotron ± 20%. Variations in excess of this limit will usually
socket contacts, grid caps, resistors, and terminals to be indicative of trouble in circuit under test. ' When
receiver chassis ground or other pertinent point on measuring the resistance between points of the circuit
figure 4, permit a rapid continuity check of the cir- and ground, it will be necessary to connect the nega -
cuits. The use of this diagram in conjunction with tive terminal of the resistance meter to chassis
the Schematic Circuit Diagram, figure 2, and Wiring ground. If the polarity of the resistance meter is
Diagram, figure 3, will permit the location of cer- not known, it may be readily ascertained by connect -
tain troubles which might otherwise be difficult to ing a d -c voltmeter of indicated polarity across the
ascertain. Each value as specified should hold within terminals of the device.
292
www.americanradiohistory.com
the receiver tuning control to a dial reading to compensate for any changes caused by the
of 1,500 kc. Tune the test oscillator to 1,500 adjustment of the low -frequency oscillator coil
kc and regulate its output to produce a slight trimmer C22.
indication on the receiver output indicating
device. Radiotron Cathode Current Readings
(f) Adjust the high -frequency trimmers of the Measured with Milliammeter Connected at Tube
oscillator, detector, and antenna coils, C20, Socket Cathode Terminals under Conditions
C49, and C6 respectively, to the points at Similar to Those of Voltage Measurements
which each produces maximum indicated re- (1) RCA-6K7-R-F 12.5 ma.
ceiver output. (2) RCA-6A8-Det.-Osc. 13.8 ma.
0.25 ma.
disregarding the dial reading at which it is (6) RCA-6F6-Power 40.0 ma.
(7) RCA-5Z4-Rect. 90.0 ma.*
best received. (8) RCA-6E5-Eye 3.0 ma.
(h) Adjust the low -frequency trimmer C22 of the (* Cannot be measured at socket.)
oscillator coil, simultaneously rocking the tun-
ing control of the receiver backward and for- 'Long Wave" Band
ward through the signal, until maximum in-
dicated receiver output results from these com- (i) Change receiver band selector to "Long
bined operations. The adjustment of C19, wave" (X) band and set receiver tuning con-
C15, and C8 should be corrected at 15,000 kc trol to a dial reading of 300 kc. Tune test
as in (b), (c), and (cl); also C20, C49, and oscillator to 300 kc and adjust oscillator, de-
C6 should be corrected at 1,500 kc, as in (f) tector, and antenna trimmers C50, C48, and
w.
A.G.v
a
"a i6,'©
t * t f 15T.I.F.
!
1.2V.-1 Ì
I
33OV.
I r---- 300V.A.c.
'
, eáeo
, t.250V.
TRANSE.'----180V.
TERM.BRD. % `-'
tiì;C.G.
I
---3.2V.----
180V.-«
EL.
1
1 A.0 o
L L 600V.
g©T UC.,-' CAP.
OM
Q
O 6.3V.
© J' 6K7
2"o I.F.
H.
.zs
+---1sY.--
i_#
T -1
C55
K1Cr- o
3oa ANT.
COIL
R.F.
61(7
-85V. ,
I
-28V. '
Á Cv
I P (
©o_ ,-1.2V.
-;.
#
o K.C.
r250. Qp © i
t-
i
1 1
1 I L _ ..,----OV-
6F6 -0.4v. 215v. AiC
r.
GG' I
AUDIO
L-180V.------
-- J
1
I
L- -
1
I
I
1
I
rj,
I
I
i
I I
6F5 1
293
www.americanradiohistory.com
SOLDER
-`x L-24
,PICK-UP
3n.
F ¡^
MOTOR
M -I
SHIELD
BROWN
. r MOTOR
54 BOARD
BUS 1
95 AUTOMAT
STOP SWITCH
INTERNAL CONNECTIONS OF BLUE BOTTOM VIEW
PHONOGRAPH VOLUME CONTROL VOLUME\ RED
CONTROL\
GREEN
PICK-UP
SHIELD CABLE
BLACK
TUNING
TUBE
qir GREEN
AUDIO TUBE
i
\\ A
CHASSIS
// INPUT
TRANS.
TO
SPEAKER 4.2..I
nnnn
ASE
I
294
C55, respectively, for maximum indicated re- maintain proper adjustment and to provide a limiting
ceiver output. effect on the movement of the armature. The fre-
(i) Set receiver to 175 kc and tune test oscillator quency response is substantially uniform over a wide
to 175 kc. Adjust trimmer C51 for maximum range. Service operations which may be necessary on
indicated output, simultaneously rocking tun- the pickup are as follows:
ing control of the receiver backward and
forward through the signal. Centering Armature
(k) The adjustment of C50, C48, and C55 should Refer to figure 7 showing the pickup inner struc-
now be repeated at 300 kc as described in ture. The armature is shown in its proper relation to
(i) to compensate for any changes caused by
the adjustment of the low -frequency trimmer
C51. SN-SSI
ALIGN ARMATURE
Wilt
PIECES
-RUBBER
WITH POINTER
IN EXTREME CLOCKWISE POSITIOM & FELT
ALL THE WAY IN,AOJUST
GOVERNOR SO AS To LEAVE
1/26 BETWEEN FELT & DISC. THEN OIL
SECURE BY MEANS OF SCREW CORRECT POSITION
IN FOURTH HOLE
CLOCKWISE FROM
CENTER OF ARM
REMOVE TO
TAKE OFF GOVERNOR
OIL WICK RETAINING SCREWS
.5N -58G
Figure 8-Motor Details
295
axis of the armature is at right angles to the horizontal only long enough to slightly melt the block and cause
axis of the pole pieces, and centered between them. a small bulge on both sides.
This centering operation may be facilitated by insert-
ing a small rod or nail into the armature needle hole, Replacing Coil
using it as a lever to test the angular movement of Whenever there is defective operation due to an
the armature. The limitations of the movement in open or shorted pickup coil, this coil should be re-
each direction will be caused by the armature striking placed. The method of replacement will be obvious
the pole pieces. The proper adjustment is obtained upon inspection of the pickup assembly and by study
when there is equal angular displacement of the of the cut -a -way illustrations. Make sure that the new
armature and adjustment rod or nail to each side of coil is properly centered with the hole in the support
the vertical axis of the magnet and coil assembly. The strip and glued securely in that position. It is impor-
screws A and B should then be secured, observing tant to re -adjust the armature as previously explained
care not to disturb the adjustment of the armature after re -assembly of the mechanism. Only rosin core
clamp. Then place the pickup in a vise and secure solder should be used for soldering the coil leads in
the centering spring -clamp by means of the screw C, the pickup. This same type of solder should be used
allowing the centering spring to remain in the posi- when necessary for soldering the centering spring to
tion at which the armature is exactly centered be- the armature.
tween the pole pieces. With a little practice, the
correct adjustment of the armature may be readily Magnetizing
obtained. The air gap between the pole pieces and Loss of magnetization will not usually occur when
the armature should be kept free from dust, filings, the pickup has received normal care because the mag-
and other such foreign materials which would ob- net and pole pieces are one unit and the magnetic
struct the movement of the pickup armature. circuit remains practically closed at all times. When
the pickup has been mishandled, subjected to a strong
Damping Block
a-c field, jolted, or dropped, there may be an appreci-
The viscoloid block which is attached to the back able loss of magnetic strength, in which case it will
end of the armature shank serves as a mechanical be necessary to re -magnetize the entire structure. To
filter to eliminate undesirable resonances and to cause
do this, it will be necessary to first remove the pickup
the frequency response to be uniform. Should it be
necessary to replace this damping block, it may be mechanism from the tone arm, and then remove the
done by removing screw D and the cover support magnet assembly. Place the magnet assembly on the
bracket from the mechanism and taking off the old poles of a standard pickup magnetizer such as the
viscoloid block. The surface of the armature which RCA Stock No. 9549 Pickup Magnetizer and charg-
is in contact with the viscoloid should be thoroughly ing the magnet in accordance with the instructions
accompanying the magnetizer. It is preferable to
check the polarity of the pickup magnet and to re -
VISCOLOID SPACER magnetize it so that the same polarity is maintained.
DAMPING BLOCK CUSHIONS
Loudspeaker
Centering of the loudspeaker voice coil is made in
TIP OF SOLDERING' the usual manner with three narrow paper feelers
IRON ARMATURE
®..<... after first removing the front paper dust cover. This
Figure 9-Special Soldering -Iron Tip may be removed by softening its cement with a very
light application of acetone, using care not to allow
cleaned with fine emery cloth. Then insert the new the acetone to flow down into the air gap. The dust
block so that it occupies the same position as it did cover should be cemented back in place with ambroid
originally. Make certain that the block is in correct upon completion of adjustment.
vertical alignment with the armature. The hole in the
new viscoloid block is somewhat smaller than the di- Universal Transformer
ameter of the armature in order to permit a snug fit.
With the viscoloid aligned on the armature, screw The transformer used on some models of this re-
D and the cover support bracket should then be re- ceiver is adaptable to several ranges of voltage as
placed. Heat should be applied to the armature (vis- given under Rating C of Electrical Specifications. Its
coloid side) so that the viscoloid block will fuse at schematic and wiring are shown by figure 11. Ter-
the point of contact and become rigidly attached to minals are provided at the top of the transformer case
the armature. A special -tip soldering iron constructed for changing the primary connections to suit the volt-
as shown in figure 9 will be found very useful in age being used. Note that a 110 -volt tap is brought
performing this operation. The iron should be applied out separately for supplying a phonograph motor.
296
www.americanradiohistory.com
BLACK BLUE
FIL AMER TO
BLUE
YELLOW
RECT
FIL.
YELLOW
BROWN
OREEN
BLACK-BROWN
BLACK-RED TR.
BLACK -RED TR.
RED - BLACK
rVARIABLE LEAD ROWN
RCTIFIER
FILAMENT
M-8102]-0 5 VOLTS
Pr mary resistance -10.5 ohms total
Secondary resistance-265 ohms total
Figure 10 -Loudspeaker Wiring Figure 11 -Universal Transformer
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from
authorized dealers
1.10
Capacitor-175 Mmfd.-C29) .18 1
5116 Resistor -39.000 ohms -Carbon type-x/4
Capacitor -180 Mmfd.-(C35, C47) .... .20 11322
13003 watt-(R12) -Package of 5 1.00
11290 Capacitor -400 Mmfd.-(C9, C16) .25
11365 Resistor -82,000 ohms-Carbon type-1/4
Capacitor-3,600 Mmfd.-(C10) .38
11621
4868 Capacitor -.005 Mfd.-(C12, C33, C52, .20 3118
watt-(R14) -Package of 5
Resistor -100,000 ohms-Carbon type - 1.00
11451
C53)
Capacitor -.017 Mfd.-(C38)
Capacitor-.01 Mfd.-(C32)
.18
.18 11453
% watt -(R5) -Package of 5
Resistor-270,000 ohms -Carbon type - 1.00
11395
4858 Capacitor -.01 Mfd.-(C36)
Capacitor -0.1 Mfd.-(C21)
.25
.28 11452
1/10 watt -(R15) -Package of 5 ....
Resistor-470,000 ohms-Carbon type - .75
4839
4841
11414
Capacitor-0.1 Mfd.-(C31)
Capacitor-0.1 Mfd.-(C42)
.22
.20 11397
1/10 watt -(R16) -Package of 5 ...
Resistor 560,000 ohms-Carbon type
1/10 watt-(R2, R4) -Package of 5 ..
- .75
.75
5170 Capacitor-0.25 Mfd.-(C25) .25
Resistor -1 megohm-Carbon type-1/10
4836 Capacitor-.05 Mfd.-(C30) .30 12013
11240
11387
Capacitor-10 Mfd.-(C39)
Capacitor -10 Mfd.-(C2)
1.08
.86 11626
watt -(R18) -Package of 5
Resistor-2.2 megohms-Carbon type
% watt -(R9, R10, R13) -Package of
- .75
297
www.americanradiohistory.com
Stock
No.
11198
DESCRIPTION
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued
3389
DESCRIPTION
.15 -Package of
Socket-8 contact 6A8 or 6F6 Radiotron $0.40
5
11196 3387 Screw assembly -Pickup mounting
socket .15 screw assembly -comprising one screw,
12849 Spring -Tension spring shutter -Pack- one lockwasher and one nut -Package
age of 5 .18 of 10 .50
12966 Switch -Range switch -(S1) 1.75 11549 Screw -Pickup front cover screw -Pack -
11392 Switch -Tone control and power switch
assembly-(S2, S3)
Transformer -First intermediate fre-
1.14 11547
age of 10
Screw-Pickup needle holding screw - .42
11388
11389
C26)1.9011232
quency transformer -(L16, L17, C24,
Transformer-Second intermediate fre-
quency transformer -(L18, L19, C27,
Package of 10
REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
Board-Terminal board with two lead
wire clips
.42
18
C28, C29, R7, R8) 3.02 11231 Bolt-Yoke and core assembly bolt and
11803
11805
Transformer -Power transformer-105-
125 volts-50-60 cycles -(T1)
Transformer -Power transformer -105-
4.38 8060 Bracket-Output16
nut
bracket
transformer mounting
.14
130, 140-160, 195-250 volts-40-60 11257 Clamp -Cone center suspension clamp -
cycles (T1) 7.95 ing nut and screw assembly -Package
11667 Trap -Wave trap -(L1, C45) 1.22 of 5 .. .25
13144 Volume control-(R11) 1.00 11254 Coil-Field coil-(L22) 2.00
11233 Coil -Neutralizing coil (L20) .30
MOTOR ASSEMBLIES 11258 Cone -Reproducer cone -(L21) 1.00
11703 Governor-Governor complete for phon- 5118 Connector -3 contact male connector
ograph motor -Stock No. 11701 or No. for reproducer .25
11702 3.05 5119 Connector -3 -contact female connector
11701 Motor -Phonograph turntable motor- for reproducer cable .25
110 volts -50 to 60 cycles -(M1) 21.20 9619 Reproducer -Complete 6.05
MOTOR BOARD ASSEMBLIES
11253 Transformer -Output transformer -(T2) 1.56
11886 Washer -Spring washer used to hold
4594 Box -Used needle box (cup) .30 field coil securely -Package of 5 ....
4577 Connector -2
-contact male connector for .20
motor cable .30 MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
7084 Cover -Turntable cover .40 11996 Bracket -Tuning tube mounting bracket
11704 Damper -Turntable rubber damper and and clamp .22
damper plate .24 11947 Cable-2 -conductor shielded cable, ap-
4596 Escutcheon -Speed regulator escutcheon proximately 35 inches long -connects
plate .36 volume control to input transformer ..
Screw-Motor mounting screw assembly .85
4597 11948 Cable-3 -conductor shielded volume con-
-comprising four screws, four lock- trol cable (control end) -complete with
washers, four spacers, and four nuts .22 4 -contact male connector 1.50
11696 Turntable -Complete 2.48 6123 Connector -4 -contact male connector for
11695 Volume control -Phonograph volume volume control cable
control -(R27, S5) .30
1.60 12698 Crystal -Station selector escutcheon and
ECCENTRIC AUTOMATIC BRAKE crystal 1.02
3994
SWITCH ASSEMBLIES
Cover -Eccentric automatic switch cover
11276
11347 Knob -
Escutcheon -Tuning tube escutcheon
Phonograph volume control,
radio volume control, range switch, or
.40
10174
and screw
Springs -Automatic brake springs -corn-
prising one each of four springs-
.26 tone control and power switch knob
Package of 5
- .75
11610 Knob -Station selector knob assembly,
Package of 2 sets .50 comprising one large and one small
6896 Switch -Eccentric automatic brake and knob-Package of 5
switch assembly -less switch cover 2.50 12556 Receptacle -Needle holder
1.00
3322 Switch-Eccentric automatic switch only .40
11210 Screw -Chassis mounting screw as-
-less cover -(S13)
pickupnd sembly-Package of
.75 4 .28
PICKUP AND ARM ASSEMBLIES 11349 Spring-Retaining spring for knob Stk.
No. 113 small knob in Stk. No.
11944 Arm-Pickup arm complete-less 11610 -Package of
unit 5 .25
13404 Armature-Pickup armature
6.00 4982 Spring-Retaining spring for large knob
.95 in Stk. No. 11610 -Package of 10
11548 Back -Pickup housing back .52 3391 Spring-Suspension spring and washer
.50
11946 Coil-Pickup coil-(L24) .65 assembly for mounting motor board,
3521 Cover-Pickup back cover .18 comprising 1 bolt, 1 top spring, 1 bot-
11708 Cover -Pickup front cover .15 tom spring, 2 cup washers, 1 C washer
12354 Damper -Pickup damper .16 and 1 cap nut
3516 Damper -Pickup arm damper-compris- 11949 Transformer -Phonograph input trans- .50
ing one upper and one lower damper, former pack, comprising one input
one upper bushing and one lower bear- transformer, one 1,800 Mmfd., one .01
ing .14 Mfd. and one 0.1 Mfd. capacitors and
3390 Escutcheon -Pickup arm escutcheon .46 one 1,000 -ohm, one 33,000 -ohm re -
11945 Pickup unit -Complete-(L24) 5.50 sistors (T3, C41, C43, C44, R26, R33) 7.05
The prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
298
www.americanradiohistory.com
RCA VICTOR MODEL 9K
Nine -Tube, Four -Band, A -C, Superheterodyne Receiver
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
"Long Wave" (X)
"Long Wave" (X) 150.410 kc (osc.), 350 kc
175 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Standard Broadcast" (A) 530-1,800 kc "Standard Broadcast" (A)
600 kc (osc.), 1,500 kc (osc., det., ant.)
1,800-6,400 kc
"Medium Wave" (B) "Medium Wave" (B) ... 6,000 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Short Wave" (C). 6,400-23,000 kc "Short Wave" (C) .... 20,000 kc (osc., det., ant.)
460 kc
Intermediate Frequency
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT (5) RCA-61-16 Second Detector and A.V.C.
(1) RCA-6K7 R -F Amplifier (6) RCA-6F5 Audio Voltage Amplifier
(2) RCA-6J7 Oscillator (7) RCA-6F6 Power Output
(3) RCA -6L7 First Detector (8) RCA-5Z4 Full-Wave Rectifier
(4) RCA -6K7 I -F Amplifier (9) RCA-6E5 Tuning Tube
Pilot Lamps (4) Mazda No. 46, 6.3 Jolts, 0.25 ampere
POWER SUPPLY RATINGS
Rating A 105-125 volts, 50-60 cycles, 95 watts
Rating B 105-125 volts, 25-60 cycles, 95 watts
Rating C 100-130/140-160/195-250 volts, 40-60 cycles, 95 watts
POWER OUTPUT LOUDSPEAKER
Undistorted. 2 watts Type Electrodynamic
Maximum 4.5 watts Impedance (v.c.) 2.2 ohms at 400 cycles
Mechanical Specifications
401/2 inches
Height
inches27
Width inches14
Depth
56 pounds
Weight (net)
Weight (shipping) 86 pounds
141/2 inches x 73/4 inches x 31/4 inches
Chassis Base Dimensions
9 inches
Over-all Height of Chassis Tone
Operating Controls. (1) Music-Speech-Power Switch, (2) Volume, (3) Tuning, (4) Range Selector, (5)
20 to 1 and' 100 to 1
Tuning Drive Ratios
General Description
This receiver represents the result of thorough able trimming capacitors in the antenna, detector, and
development, design, and substantial manufacture. oscillator coil circuits; tuned r -f amplifier; high -effi-
Noteworthy technical improvements have been ap- ciency first detector (converter) with separate os-
plied in achieving marked advantages of operation, cillator; magnetite core adjusted i -f transformers, low -
and efficiency of performance. frequency oscillator tracking, and wave-trap; two -
Model 9K is a nine -tube, console -type, super- point aural compensated volume control; music-speech
heterodyne receiver with a twelve -inch electro- switch; automatic volume control; phonograph ter-
dynamic loudspeaker. Design features incorporated in minal board; new selector dial; and a dust-proof elec-
this receiver include a built-in doublet antenna trodynamic loudspeaker.
coupler; improved plunger -type air -dielectric adjust- Service convenience has been a controlling factor
299
in the layout of the chassis parts and wiring. The tuning -knob arrangement permits the choice of either
assembly of these various elements is such that the a twenty -to -one or a hundred -to -one dial drive ratio.
number of conductors is minimized, with all impor-
tant connections being readily accessible. Trimming The latter permits ease of tuning, especially in the
adjustments are located at accessible points. A double "Medium wave" and "Short wave" bands.
Circuit Arrangement
The conventional type of superheterodyne circuit cast" (A) band L14, L13, and L12 are connected in
is used. It consists of an r -f amplifier stage, a first - series as the secondary circuit. The ground of the
detector (converter) stage, a separate oscillator stage, coil system is now between L15 and L14. L15 is
an i -f amplifier stage, a diode-detector-automatic- used as the primary and is resonated at the proper
volume-control stage, an audio voltage -amplifier stage, frequency by capacitors C28 and C29 which are
a power -amplifier stage, a tuning indicator "Magic in shunt with this coil. Capacitor C24 is connected
Eye," and a full -wave rectifier. to transfer energy to the primary coil L15. In the
A single -wire antenna, or a doublet antenna, when "Medium wave" (B) band, L13 and L12 are con-
connected to the proper input terminals of the re- nected in series as the secondary. The ground of
ceiver, is coupled to the control grid of the RCA -6K7 the coil system is now between L14 and L13. L14
r -f amplifier tube through the tuned r -f transformer is used as the primary and is resonated at the proper
consisting of L6, LS, L4, L3, and L2. A unique frequency by capacitor C29 which is in shunt with
method of switching is used. In the "Long wave" this coil. L15 is shorted by the range selector. Capa-
(X) band, L6 becomes the primary with L5, L4, L3, citor C24 transfers the r -f energy from the plate cir-
24092
RI
660.0001t
Gt
560
` 1u111N4 TUIE
cuit to the primary L14. In the "Short wave" (C)
band, L12 is the secondary. The ground of the coil
system is now between L13 and L12. L13 is used as
PCWER
OUTPUT the primary and is resonated to the proper frequency
by capacitor C29. In addition, L11 acts as a high -
frequency primary which resonates at about 20 me
RF..
and improves the gain at the high -frequency end of
Cat
560 MW the "Short wave" band. Coils L15 and L14 are
R5
60 0006. shorted by the range selector.
5 460
Separate windings are employed in the oscillator
26PDET t SUL stage for each position of the range selector. The
L.ISEC
20 JRa
6K7 617
inherent stability of this circuit provides minimum
460Y1 q 5S000,t frequency drift which is especially advantageous for
5R11t or. RNP 05C
25P1
300
www.americanradiohistory.com
application of signal energy above a certain level, The "Music -speech" control consists of a switch
however, the auxiliary bias -diode ceases to draw S4 which, in the "Speech" position, places an addi-
current and the a.v.c. diode takes over the biasing tional capacitor C45 in shunt with the capacitor C44
function. in one of the tone compensating filters. This reduces
the low -frequency response of the amplifier and pro-
Audio System vides maximum intelligibility of the voice frequencies.
The manual volume control consists of an acoustic- Continuously variable tone control is effected by
ally tapered potentiometer in the audio circuit be- means of capacitor C48 and variable resistor R19
tween the output of the detector -diode and the in- shunting the plate circuit of the output tube.
put grid of the RCA -6F5 audio voltage -amplifier tube.
This control has a two -point tone -compensating filter "Magic Eye"
connected to it so that the correct aural balance will An RCA -6E5 cathode-ray tuning tube is used as
be obtained at different volume settings. Phonograph a means of visually indicating when the receiver is
terminals are provided to feed the output of an ex- accurately tuned to the incoming signal. This tube
ternal phonograph pickup to the contról grid of the consists of an amplifier section and a cathode-ray
audio amplifier through this aurally compensated section built in the same glass envelope. A portion of
volume control. the signal voltage developed across resistor R12 is
The output of the voltage amplifier is resistance - used to actuate the grid of the amplifier section.
capacitance coupled to the control grid of the RCA- Maximum voltage is applied to this grid when the
6F6 power -output tube. The output of this stage is receiver is tuned to resonance with an incoming
transformer coupled to the voice coil of the electro- carrier. This condition is evidenced by the minimum
dynamic speaker. width of the dark sector on the fluorescent screen.
SERVICE DATA
The various diagrams in this booklet contain such has such test equipment available for sale through its
information as will be needed to locate causes for de- distributors and dealers.
fective operation if such develops. The values of the This receiver requires a more or less involved
various resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are indicated method of alignment. However, if the following
adjacent to the symbols signifying these parts on the directions are carefully applied in the sequence given,
diagram. Identification titles, such as Cl, L2, R1, etc., normal performance of the instrument will be ob-
are provided for reference between the illustrations tained.
and the Replacement Parts List. The coils, reactors, The plunger-type air trimming capacitors have their
and transformer windings are rated in terms of their approximate plunger settings tabulated on figure 5.
d -c resistance only. Resistance values of less than one If the plungers have been disturbed from their orig-
ohm are generally omitted. inal adjustments, they may be roughly set to the spe-
cified dimensions prior to alignment.
Alignment Procedure In performing services on the oscillator, detector,
and r -f circuits, the leads should be restored to their
There are fourteen adjustments required for the original positions, since the lead-dress is important
alignment of the oscillator, first -detector, and antenna - for proper operation and dial calibration.
tuned circuits; one adjustment for the wave -trap; and
four adjustments for the i -f system. Twelve of these Precautionary Dressing of Leads Prior to Alignment
adjustments are made with plunger-type air trimming
(Refer to Figure 3)
capacitors and require the use of an RCA Stock No. Band "X"
12636 Adjusting Tool. Each of these capacitors has 1. Keep blue lead X of S 1 to antenna coil L4-5 dressed
a lock nut for securing the plunger in place after ad- away from chassis, and from yellow lead of Si to an-
justment. The remaining seven adjustments are made tenna coil L5.6.
by means of screws attached to molded magnetite 2. Keep blue lead X of S3 to detector coil L14.15 clear
of chassis, coil shield, coil, and other leads.
cores. These cores change the inductance of the par- 3. Keep bus lead C5 to X of S1 apart from bus lead C6 to
ticular coils in which they are inserted to provide A of Si, and from chassis.
exact alignment. All of these adjustments are accu- Band "A"
rately made during manufacture and should remain 1. Keep green lead, terminal of Si to antenna coil tap L-4,
in proper alignment unless affected by abnormal con- away from chassis, coil shield, and coil.
2. Keep bus lead C6 to A of Si apart from bus lead C5 to
ditions of climate or purported alterations for servic- X of Si, and from chassis.
ing, or unless altered by other means. Loss of sensi- Band "C"
tivity, improper tone quality, and poor selectivity are Lead from C18 to oscillator coil L7 should be main-
the usual indications of improper alignment. Such tained as short and straight as possible.
conditions will usually exist simultaneously. Correct For alignment, the test-oscillator frequency should
performance of this receiver can only be obtained be quite accurate. A convenient and reliable means
when these adjustments have been made by a skilled of accurately checking the frequency of test oscil-
service engineer with the use of adequate and reliable lators, receivers, etc., is the RCA Stock No. 9572
test equipment. The manufacturer of this receiver Crystal Calibrator.
301
e
k
§4 «
ÿ5R
2
M on o
Æ
kR\
¥|
/i
o
" ere ! g
-b !!
2.2
302
'7541 iikooa
1
g, s
e
:1
s
-
_ry331f9- -
303
www.americanradiohistory.com
If the test-oscillator signal cannot be heard as the cable from the test -oscillator jack. Connect the re-
receiver (heterodyne) oscillator air -trimmer plunger ceiver chassis to a good external ground. Connect
is changed from its minimum -capacity to maximum- oscillograph "Vertical" input terminals as indicated
capacity position (receiver dial and test oscillator set on figure 3. Set oscillograph power switch to "On"
to the specified frequencies, and the correct oscillator and adjust "Intensity" and "Focus" controls to give
air -trimmer used) it may be an indication that the a clearly defined spot, or line, on the screen. Set
test -oscillator frequency is outside the range covered oscillograph "Ampl. A" switch to "On," "Vertical
by the air -trimmer. Under such conditions, when a gain" control full -clockwise, "Ampl. B" switch to
more accurate setting of the test oscillator cannot be "Timing," "Range" switch to No. 2 position, and
determined, set the oscillator air -trimmer plungers to "Timing" switch to "Int." Place the "Sync." control,
the approximate settings given on figure 5. Tune the "Freq." control, and "Horizontal gain" control to
test oscillator until the signal is heard in the speaker. about their mid -positions. For each of the following
Each of two test -oscillator settings (the fundamentals adjustments,- the test -oscillator output must be regu-
or the harmonics of which are 920 kc apart) produce lated so that the image obtained on the oscillograph
a signal. The lower -frequency test -oscillator setting screen will be of the minimum size for accurate ob-
should be used as this places the test -oscillator (sig- servation. The receiver volume-control setting is
nal) frequency 460 kc below the frequency of the optional.
receiver heterodyne oscillator.
I-F Adjustments
Holes are provided in the top of the r -f and an-
tenna coil cans on some models to enable a tuning (a) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
check with the RCA Stock No. 6679 Tuning Wand. to the grid cap of RCA -6K7 i -f tube (with grid
The hole in the top of the detector coil can has a lead in place) through a .001-mfd. capacitor,
cinch button which must be removed before insertion with "Gnd." to receiver chassis. Tune the test
of the tuning wand. When the brass end of the wand oscillator to 460 kc and place its modulation
is inserted in the coil, the inductance of the coil is switch to "On" and its output switch to "Hi."
decreased. If this results in an increase of output, the (b) Turn on the receiver and test oscillator. Increase
respective air -trimmer capacitance should be decreased the output of the test oscillator until a deflection
(plunger pulled out). If inserting the iron end of the is noticeable on the oscillograph screen. The
tuning wand causes an increase in output, resulting (SEE,TEXT)
from an increase of inductance of the coil, the re- TO DETECTOR
DETECT
TMV-IIL-
CATHODE RAY
spective air -trimmer capacitance should be increased TO RECEIVER OSCILLO GR A PH
,
CHASSIS GROUND-,
(plunger pushed in). If the range of the air trimmer
is not sufficient to give the desired results, the lead - SHIELD
dress may be changed in the particular circuit being RECEIVER
aligned so as to cause the circuit to resonate within 110-120 V. CRA6616
o9
GROUND
60-60»
the range of the trimmer. Ah increase in the capacity -
to -ground of the circuit will be required if the iron
end of the tuning wand causes an increase of signal VERTICAL INPUT- -
output when the air-trimmer plunger is full -in, while HI"
in that the indication provided is in the form of a Figure 4-Alignment Apparatus Connections
wave-image which represents the resonance character-
istics of .the circuit being tuned. This type of align- figures obtained represent several waves of the
ment is possible through use of apparatus such as the detected signal, the amplitude of which may be
RCA Stock No. 9558 Frequency Modulator and the observed as an indication of output. Cause the
RCA Stock No. 9545 Cathode -Ray Oscillograph. The wave-image formed (400 -cycle waves) to be
output -indicator method should be performed with an spread completely across the screen by adjusting
instrument such as the RCA Stock No. 4317 Neon the "Horizontal gain" control. The image should
Glow Indicator. Either of these methods require the be synchronized and made to remain motionless
use of a reliable test oscillator such as the RCA Stock by adjusting the "Sync." and "Freq." controls.
No. 9595. Both of these procedures are outlined (c) Adjust the two magnetite core screws L20 and
below. L19 (see figures 1 and 7) of the second i -f trans-
former (one on top and one on bottom) to pro-
Cathode -Ray Alignment ' duce maximum vertical deflection of the oscillo -
Make alignment apparatus connections shown on graphic image. This adjustment places the trans-
figure 4. Remove the plug of the frequency-modulator former in exact resonance with the 460-kc signal.
304
www.americanradiohistory.com
(d) The sweeping operation should follow using the jack. Turn test -oscillator modulation switch to
frequency modulator. Shift the oscillograph "On." Shift the oscillograph "Timing" switch
"Timing" switch to "Ext." Insert plug of fre- to "Int." Place receiver range selector in "Stand-
quency -modulator cable in test -oscillator jack. ard broadcast" position. Set the receiver dial to
Turn the test-oscillator modulation switch to a position of no extraneous signals near 600 kc.
"Off." Turn on the frequency modulator and Tune the test oscillator to 460 kc. Adjust the
place its sweep -range switch to "Hi." wave -trap magnetite core screw Ll to the point
(e) Increase the frequency of the test oscillator by
which causes minimum amplitude of output
(maximum suppression of signal) as shown by
slowly turning its tuning control until two sep-
arate, distinct, and similar waves appear on the X CS ANL-
350 KL.
LI
WAVE TRAP
460 K.C.
screen. If only one wave appears, increase the
"Freq." control on the oscillograph to obtain two
ly C6 ANL,
IS00K.L
05
waves. These waves will be identical in shape, If C7 RAT
(g) Without altering the adjustments of the appara- Figure 5-R -F Trimmer Locations
tus, shift the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
to the input of the i -f system, i.e., to the RCA- the waves on the oscillograph. An increase of
6L7 first -detector grid cap, through a .001-mfd. the test-oscillator output may be necessary be-
capacitor (with grid lead in place). Regulate the fore this point of minimum amplitude, obtained
test -oscillator output so that the amplitude of the by correct adjustment of wave -trap screw, be-
oscillographic image is approximately the same comes apparent on oscillograph screen.
as used for adjustment (f) above.
"Short Wave" Band
(h) The two first i -f transformer magnetite core
screws L18 and L17 (one on top and one on (b) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
bottom) should then be adjusted so that they to the antenna terminal "Al" of the receiver
cause the forward and reverse curves to become through a 300 -ohm resistor. Set the receiver
coincident throughout their lengths and have range selector to its "Short wave" position and
maximum amplitude. The composite wave ob- its dial pointer to 20,000 kc. Adjust the test os-
tained in this manner represents the resonance cillator to 20,000 kc. Adjust oscillator air -trimmer
characteristic of the total i -f system. Lack of C11 until maximum (peak) output is reached.
symmetry or irregularity of the resultant image Two peaks may be found with this circuit. The
will indicate the presence of a defect in the i -f peak with minimum capacitance (plunger near
system. out) should be used. Tighten lock nut. Adjust de-
tector air -trimmer C28 until maximum (peak)
R -F Adjustments output is reached, while slightly rocking the gang
tuning condenser back and forth through the
Make receiver dial adjustments as outlined by signal. Two peaks may be found with this cir-
"Selector dial," figure 9. Alignment must be made cuit. The peak with maximum capacitance
in sequence of "Wave -trap," "Short wave" band, (plunger near in) should be used. Tighten lock
"Medium wave" band, "Standard broadcast" band, nut. Adjust antenna air -trimmer C8 until maxi-
and "Long wave" band. mum (peak) output is reached while slightly
rocking the gang tuning condenser back and
"Wave -Trap" Adjustment forth through the signal. Two peaks may be
(a) Connect the output of the test oscillator to the found with this circuit. The peak with maximum
antenna terminal "Al" through a 200-mmfd. capacitance (plunger near in) should be used.
(important) capacitor. Remove the plug of the Tighten lock nut. Check the image frequency
frequency -modulator cable from the test -oscillator by changing the receiver dial setting to 19,080
305
kc. The image signal should be received at this in its place. Place receiver range selector to
position indicating that the adjustment of C11 "Standard broadcast" position with receiver dial
has been correctly made. No adjustments should pointer set to 600 kc. Tune the test oscillator to
be made while checking for the image signal. 600 kc. Adjust oscillator magnetite core screw
L9 (top of large oscillator coil can) for maximum
"Medium Wave" Band (peak) output as shown by the waves on the
(c) Place receiver range selector to its "Medium oscillograph screen.
wave" position with its dial pointer set to 6,000 (e) Set receiver dial pointer to 1,500 kc. Tune test
kc. Tune the test oscillator to 6,000 kc. Adjust oscillator to 1,500 kc (1,500-3,100-kc range) and
oscillator air -trimmer C12 to produce maximum increase its output to produce a registration on
(peak) output as shown by the waves on the the oscillograph screen. Carefully adjust the
oscillograph. Two peaks may be found with this oscillator, detector, and antenna air -trimmers
circuit. The peak with minimum capacitance C10, C26, and C6, respectively, to produce maxi-
(plunger near out) should be used. Tighten mum (peak) output as shown by the waves on
lock nut. Adjust the detector air -trimmer C27 the oscillograph screen. Shift the oscillograph
for maximum (peak) output while slightly rock- "Timing" switch to "Ext." Place the frequency
ing the gang tuning condenser back and forth modulator sweep -range switch to its "Lo" posi-
through the signal. Two peaks may be found tion and insert plug of the frequency -modulator
with this circuit. The peak with maximum ca- cable in test -oscillator jack. Turn test -oscillator
pacitance (plunger near in) should be used. modulation switch to "Off." Re-tune the test
Tighten lock nut. Adjust antenna air -trimmer oscillator (increase frequency) until the forward
C7 to produce maximum (peak) output. Tighten and reverse waves show on the oscillograph
lock nut. screen and become coincident at their highest
points. This will occur at a test -oscillator setting
"Standard Broadcast" Band of approximately 1,680 kc. Adjust trimmers C10,
_TDR
(d) Remove the 300-ohm resistor from between the C26, and C6 again, setting each to the point
test-oscillator "Ant." post and receiver antenna which produces the best coincidence and maxi-
terminal "Al" and insert a 200-mmfd. capacitor mum amplitude of the images.
/ 4 I
I.F. RE1421 1
---- , ,ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
2.5MEG.
1
' ? - -- 10,0 00. i50,Ó000.
_16,___I 1
C' Qm t rI.SA
Il' , - 22 A6wL I
..
O ©O 4C.4
C.G. L_
!o © a.6n `©
o -----
-- 17MEG - 4- 22000A o.0
#'
Ì I
'
osc
-.--2.5MEGr--,
-275,0000. '/ DET.
$ R.V.C.
I
L
TERM.
BRD. I""DET.
6L7-,
r-
6H6
r © © 700 000.n. ON
22000x, -y ó AC.G
+-4qL---
3MEG.
SOME MODELS. SEE
/SCHEMATIC DIRGRRM 8.60. - Y
1 N-----p-----
^---Ó470,00M_----, ----22,0000. C19
^FICA '
AUDIO
6F5 1- L-- --IO,000n----- --IIOOA
r --2ó0,000n woo.. a.9A RECT./5Z4
r----3750. (5a.50..'5Ì)
%I
- C30
-J °
L
¡'-- EL.
SI
r®
r ---I r--- CRP.
I
r- P
nN,C 4 i L 12900.
f
--23ín-I i R.E Ip 1
21.0
OUTPUT 3ó:E4. 1
SO3 -4
BOTTOM FRONT ¡ I (12inj 77f()
i i OF CHASSIS i i i
1
4 `
I 4
VOLUME CONTROL IN MINIMUM POSITION Cr -ID OPEN CIRCUIT 0 OPEN CIRCUIT(LERNRGE OF ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS ONLY) ORCA MPG.CO,INC. P-729000
306
www.americanradiohistory.com
(f) Remove the plug of the frequency-modulator screen. This will occur at a test -oscillator setting
cable from the test -oscillator jack. Turn test - of approximately 230 kc. Disregarding the fact
oscillator modulation switch to "On." Set oscil- that the two images may or may not come to-
lograph "Timing" switch to "Int." Tune test gether, adjust the oscillator magnetite core screw
oscillator to 200 kc (200-400-kc range). Tune L9 (top of large oscillator coil can) to produce
receiver for maximum response to this signal at maximum (peak) amplitude of the images. Shift
a dial reading of approximately 600 kc. The the oscillograph "Timing" switch to "Int." Re-
third harmonic of the 200-kc signal is used for move the plug of the frequency -modulator cable
this adjustment. Shift oscillograph "Timing" from the test -oscillator jack. Turn the test -
switch to "Ext." Insert the plug of the frequency- oscillator modulation switch to "On." Repeat
adjustments in (e) above to compensate for any
Radiotron Cathode Current Readings changes caused by the adjustment of L9 core,
Measured with Milliammeter Connected at Tube Socket tightening lock nuts on C10, C26, and C6, re-
Cathode Terminals under Conditions Similar to spectively, after each is adjusted.
Those of Voltage Measurements
(1) RCA-6K7-R-F . 7 5 ma. "Long Wave" Bend
(2) RCA-6J7 -Osc. 5 4 ma. (g) Shift the oscillograph "Timing" switch to "Int."
(3) RCA -6L7 -1st Det. 6 4 ma.
Remove the plug of the frequency -modulator
(4) RCA-6K7-I.F.
(5) RCA -6H6 -2nd Det.-A.V.C.
(6) RCA -6F5 -A.F.
7 5 ma.
0 3 ma.
.
UU U
¡
7' 260V.
t }
OV.
t r
192V.
t
}++ I
7
R21
LIT
10 TNISTERMINAL -3V. adv. (*) I
-16.6 V
CATHODE RAY 1"
+, I
L____J-
I I -N" -1.2V.
0
CONNECTIONSI'NO" TO 0465515 GROUND I t.E I
i
-I5V OV.
z ii L L------- Jv. J
I 1 ¡
L19 4
rÎ `"
O
I
FRI. O
1
i i
'X;"A;"B;' ANT. COI L
..x..A...B...C. 6V 5Z4
i
T
6.4k-A.C. } RE rA.C.
OUTPUT
6F6 64 L4.Ci
(_04v')
EL.
CAP
C.G.H
6K7
n
245 V. - le 316V.-A.C.-.'
/ /Fj1\ rli.. r © 65V. - 346 v.- - -
-,6.6V.- ° rsl w (-31 ,
I'© I
GI
0.1'
.
164V.-A.0I
-0.4V #'240
260 V.
V.
250K
,-16v.
1
1
4"-
1
<0»
WAVE TRAP
I
I
I
I
CRC., m.o....... I
I 1
I
+
I
1
I
t I
I
+4 w11911e
307
(h) Set receiver dial pointer to 350 kc. Tune test the signal level is as low as possible and still be ob-
oscillator to 350 kc. Adjust the oscillator, de- servable at the receiver output. Use of such small
tector, and antenna air -trimmers C16, C25, and signal will obviate broadness of tuning which would
C5 to produce maximum (peak) output as shown otherwise result from a.v.c. action on a stronger one.
by the waves on the oscillograph screen. With-
out disturbing the connections, shift the oscillo - I -F Adjustments
graph "Timing" switch to "Ext." Place the
(a) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
frequency -modulator sweep -range switch to its
to the grid cap of the RCA -6L7 first detector
"Hi" position and insert plug of frequency - tube (with grid lead in place) through a .001-
modulator cable in test -oscillator jack. Turn test - mfd. capacitor, with "Gnd." to receiver chassis.
oscillator modulation switch to "Off." Re -tune Tune the test oscillator to 460 kc. Place its
the test oscillator (decrease frequency) until the modulation switch to "On" and its output
forward and reverse waves show on the oscillo - switch to "Hi."
graph screen and become coincident at their
(b) Adjust the two magnetite core screws L20 and
BLACK L19 (see figures 1 and 7) of the second i -f trans-
RED
FILAMENTS former to produce maximum (peak) output.
RED -BLACK
BLUE '(c) Adjust the two first i -f transformer magnetite
BLACK
YELLOW
RECT.
core screws L18 and L17 to produce maximum
B -YELLOW
IL. (peak) output. It is advisable to repeat the ad-
TERM. BOARD
PRIMARY
YELLDW
BROWN
justment of all i -f magnetite core screws to assure
OREEN
BLACK-BROWN
that the interaction between them has not dis-
BLACK- RED TR.
CK-BED TR. ,,-VARIABLE LEAD BROWN
turbed the original adjustments.
RED -BLACK
a......» .
R -F Adjustments
M -B102)-0
RECTIFIER
FILAMENT Make receiver dial adjustments as outlined by
5-BaLTa
"Selector dial," figure 9. Alignment must be made
Primary resistance-13.5 ohms total in sequence of "Wave -trap," "Short wave" band,
Secondary resistance -370 ohms total
"Medium wave" band, "Standard broadcast" band,
Figure 8-Universal Transformer and "Long wave" band.
highest points. This will occur at a test -oscillator "Wave -Trap" Adjustment
setting of approximately 198 kc. This setting (a) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
places the test-oscillator frequency to 175 kc. to the antenna terminal "Al" on the receiver
The second harmonic is now used for the 350 kc through a 200-mmfd. (important) capacitor.
adjustment. Adjust air -trimmers C16, C25, and Place the receiver range selector to its "Standard
C5, again, to produce maximum amplitude of the broadcast" position and set the dial pointer
images and best coincidence throughout their to a position of no extraneous signals near 600
lengths. kc. Tune the test oscillator to 460 kc. Adjust
(i) Re-tune the receiver to approximately 175 kc so the wave-trap magnetite core screw Ll to the
that the forward and reverse waves appear on point which causes .minimum output (maximum
the oscillograph screen. Adjust the oscillator suppression of signal). An increase of the test -
magnetite core screw L10 to produce maximum oscillator output may be necessary before the
(peak) amplitude of the waves, disregarding the point of minimum output, obtained by adjust-
fact that the two images may or may not come ment of wave -trap screw, becomes apparent on
together. the output indicator.
(j) Shift the receiver dial setting to 350 kc without "Short Wave" Band
altering any other adjustments (frequency modu-
lator still in operation). Adjust air -trimmers (h) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
to the antenna terminal "Al" through a 300 -ohm
C16, C25, and C5, respectively, to produce maxi- resistor. Set the receiver range selector to its
mum amplitude and best coincidence of the
waves. These adjustments compensate for any
"Short wave" position and its dial pointer to
20,000 kc. Adjust the test oscillator to 20,000
changes caused by the adjustment of the mag- kc. Adjust oscillator air -trimmer C11 until maxi-
netite core screw L10. Tighten lock nuts on mum (peak) output is reached. Two peaks may
C16, C25, and C5, respectively, after each is be found with this circuit. The peak with mini-
adjusted. mum capacitance (plunger near out) should be
used. Tighten lock nut. Adjust detector air -
Output Indicator Alignment trimmer C28 until maximum (peak) output is
Attach the output indicator across the loudspeaker reached, while slightly rocking the gang tuning
voice -coil circuit. Advance the receiver "Volume" condenser back and forth through the signal.
control to its maximum position, letting it remain in Two peaks may be found with this circuit. The
such position for all adjustments. For each adjusting peak with maximum capacitance (plunger near
operation, regulate the test -oscillator output so that in) should be used. Tighten lock nut. Adjust
308
antenna air -trimmer C8 until maximum (peak) Adjust oscillator magnetite core screw L10 (top
output is reached, while slightly rocking the gang of small oscillator coil can) for maximum (peak)
tuning condenser back and forth through the sig- output.
nal. Two peaks may be found with this circuit. (h) Set receiver dial pointer to 350 kc. Tune test
The peak with maximum capacitance (plunger oscillator to 350 kc. Adjust the oscillator, de-
near in) should be used. Tighten lock nut. tector, and antenna air -trimmers C16, C25, and
Check the image frequency by changing the re- C5, respectively, to produce maximum (peak)
ceiver dial setting to 19,080 kc. The signal output.
should be received at this position indicating that (i) Tune test oscillator to 175 kc. Tune receiver to
the adjustment of C11 has been correctly made. pick up this signal near 175 kc, disregarding the
No adjustments should be made while checking dial reading at which it is best received. Adjust
for the image signal. oscillator magnetite core screw L10 (top of
"Medium Wave" Band small oscillator coil can) for maximum (peak)
(c) Place receiver range selector to its "Medium output while slightly rocking the gang tuning
wave" position with the receiver dial pointer set condenser back and forth through the signal.
to 6,000 kc. Tune the test oscillator to 6,000 kc. Repeat adjustments in (h) above to compensate
Adjust oscillator air -trimmer C12 to produce for any changes caused by the adjustment of the
maximum (peak) output. Two peaks may be magnetite core screw L10. Tighten lock nuts on
found with this circuit. The peak with minimum C16, C25, and C5, respectively, after each is
capacitance (plunger near out) should be used. adjusted.
Tighten lock nut. Adjust the detector air -
trimmer C27 for maximum (peak) output while Selector Dial
slightly rocking the receiver gang tuning con- Figure 9 illustrates the relation of the various parts
denser back and forth through the signal. Two of the dial mechanism when in its "Standard broad-
peaks may be found with this circuit. The peak cast" position with the range switch likewise turned
with maximum capacitance (plunger near in) to its "Standard broadcast" position. In re -assembling
should be used. Tighten lock nut. Adjust an- the dial after repairs, see that the gears are meshed
tenna air -trimmer C7 to produce maximum
(peak) output. Tighten lock nut.
ROLLER UNK
PIVOT STUD
"Standard Broadcast" Band
(d) Remove the 300 -ohm resistor from between the
test -oscillator "Ant." post and receiver antenna ROLLER
LINK
terminal "Al" and insert a 200-mmfd. capacitor
in its place. Place receiver range selector to its DIAL POINTER
"Standard broadcast" position with the receiver SHAFT
dial pointer set to 600 kc. Tune the test oscil- VERNIER DIAL
lator to 600 kc. Adjust the oscillator magnetite
core screw L9 (top of large oscillator coil can)
for maximum (peak) output.
(e) Set receiver dial pointer to 1,500 kc. Tune test
oscillator to 1,500 kc and regulate its output until RANGE
SELECTOR
a slight indication of output is visible. Carefully SHAFT
adjust the oscillator, detector, and antenna air -
trimmers C10, C26, and C6, respectively, to pro- TUNING SHAFT
the dial reading at which it is best received. Figure 9-Selector Dial Change Mechanism
Adjust oscillator magnetite core screw L9 (top
of large oscillator coil can) for maximum (peak) in accordance with the diagram, at the same time
output while slightly rocking the gang tuning noting that the range switch is in its "Standard broad-
condenser back and forth through the signal. cast" position and the lever attached to the range -
Repeat adjustments in (e) above to compensate switch shaft placed in the position shown.
for any change caused by adjustment of L9 mag- To adjust the dial mechanism, set the range switch
netite core screw, tightening lock nuts on C10, to its "Standard broadcast" position. Place a straight-
C26, and C6, respectively, after each is adjusted. edge across the center of the dial so that its edge is
even with the lower (end) marking at both the low -
"Long Wave" Band frequency and high -frequency ends of the dial. Under
(g) Place receiver range selector to its "Long wave" such conditions the straight -edge should be parallel
position, with dial pointer set to 175 kc. Tune with the top of the chassis base. If the straight -edge
the test oscillator to 175 kc and increase its out- is not parallel with the top of the chassis base, loosen
put until a slight indication of output is visible. the nut on the rear of the roller link pivot stud and
309
move the stud up or down until the link roller moves be connected to terminals "A2" and "Al." The re-
the dial to the desired position so that the end cali- ceiver coupling units of the RCA RK-40 and the
bration marks obtain the position mentioned above. RCA Spider -Web antenna systems should be con-
Tighten the nut on the roller link pivot stud. nected to terminals "Al" and "G." Connect a single -
Set the gang tuning condenser to its maximum ca- wire antenna to terminal "Al."
pacity position. Adjust the dial pointer to the low -
frequency (end) mark on "Standard broadcast" scale. Loudspeaker
This is a friction adjustment.
With the gang tuning condenser plates still in full Centering of the loudspeaker voice coil is made in
mesh, loosen the two set screws on the vernier -dial the usual manner with three narrow paper feelers
hub. Rotate the vernier dial until the "0" marking is after first removing the front paper dust cover. This
in a vertical plane above the center of the shaft.
Tighten set screws.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers.
STOCK LIST STOCK
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION LISTNo.
PRICE NO. PRICE
RECEIVER ASSEMBLIES 4841 Capacitor-0.1 Mfd. (C34, C53) .22
5170 Capacitor-0.25 Mfd. (C22, C52) .25
12806 Board-3 -contact antenna and ground ter- 4840 Capacitor-0.25 Mfd. (C42, C35) .30
minal board $0.25 5212 Capacitor-18 Mfd. (C51) 1.16
12863 Board-4 -contact and 2 -link phonograph 12467 Capacitor-30 Mfd. (C0) 1.40
terminal board .25 12923 Coil-Antenna coil andshield XABC
12929 Bracket-Mounting bracket for L.F. tone bands (L2, L3, L4, L5, L6) 1.75
control or volume control .15 12924 Coil-Detector coil and shield XABC
5237 Bushing-Variable condenser mounting bands (L11, L12, L13, L14, L15, L16) 1.90
bushing assembly-Package of 3 .43 12709 Coil-Oscillator coil a n d shield ABC
11625 Cable-Tuning lamp cable and socket 1.26 bands only (L7, L8, L9) 2.02
12511 Cap-Grid contact cap-Package of 5... .15 12881 Coil-Oscillator coil and shield X band
12884 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer (C16, C25) .40 only (L10). .80
12807 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer (C11, C27, 12859 Compensator Pack-Comprising two sec -
C28) .35 tions .015 Mfd. each, one section .1
12714 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer (C5, C6, Mfd. and two resistors 27,000 ohms
C7, C8, C10, C12, C26) .38 each (C43, C44, C45, R14, R16)
12896 Capacitor-15 Mmfd. (C29) 1.50
12722 Capacitor -18 Mmfd. (C9)
.20
.20
12922 Condenser -3-gang variable tuning con -
12895 Capacitor -56 Mmfd. (C17) denser (C4, C19, C30) 4.15
.20
12723 Capacitor -56 Mmfd. (C2, C21) .20
12664 Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stock
1
12724 Capacitor -120 Mmfd. (C20, C46) .28 No. 12654 .22
12404 Capacitor -120 Mmfd. (C32, C33, C36, 12800 Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stock
C38) .26 No. 12709 .20
12725 Capacitor-150 Mmfd. (Cl) 28 12882 Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stock
12894 Capacitor-180 Mmfd. (C15) .20 No. 12881 .20
12406 Capacitor-180 Mmfd. (C39) .26 12006 Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stock
12727 Capacitor-555 Mmfd. (C14) .20 Nos. 12652 and 12653 .22
12537 Capacitor-560 Mmfd. (C3, C24, C31) .. .20 12870 Dial-Vernier dial and disc assembly .65
12729 Capacitor -1,550 Mmfd. (C13) .26 5226 Lamp-Dial lamp -6.3 volt-Package of
12728 Capacitor-4,500 Mmfd. (C18) .36 5 . .70
4838 Capacitor-.005 Mfd. (C49) .20 12868 Link-Range switch and band indicator
4858 Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C23, C40, C47) .25 operating link, complete with set screws .45
5196 Capacitor-.035 Mfd. (C48) .18 5112 Resistor -1,000 ohm, carbon type, I/4
4836 Capacitor-.05 Mfd. (C37) .30 watt-Package of 5 (R2) 1.00
The prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
310
www.americanradiohistory.com
REPLACEMENT PARTS-Continued
STOCK LIST STOCK LIST
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
No. PRICE No. PRICE
311
www.americanradiohistory.com
RCA VICTOR MODELS 10T11 AND 10K11
Service Data for Models 10T and 10K are directly applicable to
these instruments except the Replacement Parts for Miscellaneous As-
semblies which are listed below.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
STOCK
NO. DESCRIPTION
MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
SERVICE DIVISION
RCA MANUFACTURING CO., INC.,
CAMDEN, N. J., U.S.A.
312
RCA VICTOR MODELS 9T and 9K2
Nine -Tube, Five -Band, A -C Superheterodyne Receivers
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
"Long Wave" (X) 150-410 kc "Lor;g Wave" (X)
175 kc (osc.), 350 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Standard Broadcast" (A) 530-1,800 kc "Standard Broadcast" (A)
"Medium Wave" (B) 1,800-6,400 kc 600 kc (osc.), 1,500 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Medium Wave" (B) .... 6,000 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Short Wave" (C) 6,400.23,000 kc "Short Wave" (C) 20,000 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Ultra Short Wave" (D) 23,000.60,000 kc "Ultra Short Wave" (D).. 57,000 kc (osc., det., ant.)
Intermediate Frequency 460 kc
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT (5) RCA-6H6 Second Detector and A.V.C.
(1) RCA -6K7 R -F Amplifier (6) RCA -6F5 Audio Voltage Amplifier
(2) RCA -6L7 First Detector (7) RCA -6L6 Power Output
(3) RCA -6J7 Oscillator (8) RCA-6E5 Tuning Tube
(4) RCA -6K7 I -F Amplifier (9) RCA -5Z4 Full -Wave Rectifier
'Pilot Lamps (4) Mazda No. 46, 6.3 volts, 0.25 ampere
POWER SUPPLY RATINGS
Rating A 105-125 volts, 50-60 cycles, 120 watts
Rating B 105.125 volts, 25.60 cycles, 120 watts
Rating C 100-130/140-160/195-250 volts, 40-60 cycles, 120 watts
POWER OUTPUT LOUDSPEAKER
Undistorted 5 watts Type Electrodynamic
Maximum 9 watts Impedance (V.C) 2.2 ohms at 400 cycles
Mechanical Specifications
CABINET DIMENSIONS MODEL 9T MODEL 9K2
Height 22 ?/ginches 41 inches
Width 171/2 inches 27%8 inches
Depth 12 5/18 inches 14% inches
WEIGHTS
Net 44 pounds pounds 86
Shipping 53 pounds pounds 129
Chassis Base Dimensions 15 inches x 9% inches x 3 inches
Over-all Height of Chassis 9% inches
Operating Controls. (1) Music-Speech-Power Switch, (2) Volume, (3) Tuning, (4) Range Selector, (5) Tone
Tuning Drive Ratios 20 to 1 and 100 to 1
General Description
These receivers represent the result of thorough electrodynamic loudspeaker, and incorporates the
development, design, and substantial manufacture. newly developed "Magic Voice." Design features
Noteworthy technical improvements have been ap- incorporated in these receivers include built-in doublet
plied in achieving marked advantages of operation, antenna coupler; "Magic Brain"; improved plunger-
and efficiency of performance. type air -dielectric adjustable trimming capacitors in
Model 9T is a nine -tube, table -type, "Magic Brain" the antenna, detector, and oscillator coil circuits;
superheterodyne receiver with an eight -inch electro- tuned r -f amplifier; high -efficiency first detector (con-
dynamic loudspeaker. Model 9K2 employs an identical verter) with separate oscillator; beam -type power
radio chassis, is of the console -type, has a twelve-inch amplifier; magnetite core adjusted i -f transformers,
313
low -frequency oscillator tracking, and wave -trap; two- number of conductors is minimized, with all import-
point aural compensated volume control; music -speech ant connections being readily accessible. Trimming
switch; automatic volume control; phonograph ter- adjustments are located at accessible points. A double
minal board; new selector dial; and a dust -proof elec- tuning -knob arrangement permits the choice of either
trodynamic loudspeaker. a twenty-to -one or a hundred -to -one .dial drive ratio.
Service convenience has been a controlling factor The latter permits ease of tuning, especially in the
in the layout of the chassis parts and wiring. The "Medium wave", "Short wave", and "Ultra short
assembly of these various elements is such that the wave" bands.
314
www.americanradiohistory.com
high -frequency reception. The locally generated sig- terminals are provided to feed the output of an ex-
nal is capacitance coupled to control grid No. 2 of ternal phonograph pickup to the control grid of the
the RCA -6L7 first detector. audio amplifier through this aurally compensated
The output of the "Magic Brain" is fed to the i -f volume control.
amplifier through the plug-in cable. This cable also The output of the voltage amplifier is resistance -
supplies all power required by the "Magic Brain" capacitance coupled to the control grid of the RCA -
unit. 6L6 power output tube. The output of this stage is
transformer coupled to the voice coil of the electro-
-F Amplifier dynamic speaker.
The intermediate -frequency amplifier consists of The "Music -speech" control consists of a switch
an RCA -6K7 in a transformer -coupled circuit. The S5 which, in the "Speech" position, places an addi-
windings of these transformers are resonated with tional capacitor C57 in shunt with the capacitor C56
fixed capacitors, and are adjusted by molded mag- in one of the tone compensating filters. This reduces
netite cores (both primary and secondary) to tune to the low -frequency response of the amplifier and pro-
460 kc. vides maximum intelligibility of the voice frequencies.
Continuously variable tone control is effected by
Detector and A.V.C. means of capacitor C62 and variable resistor R27
The modulated signal as obtained from the output shunting the plate circuit of the output tube.
of the i -f stage is detected by an RCA-6H6 twin -
diode tube. The audio frequency secured by this "Magic Eye"
process is transferred to the a -f system for amplifica- An RCA-6E5 cathode-ray tuning tube is used as
tion and final reproduction. The d -c voltage which a means of visually indicating when the receiver is
results from detection of the signal is used for auto- accurately tuned to the incoming signal. This tube
matic volume control. This voltage, which develops consists of an amplifier section and a cathode-ray
across resistors R12 and R13, is applied as automatic section built in the same glass envelope. A portion of
control-grid bias to the first -detector and i -f tubes. the signal voltage developed across resistor R13 is
The second (auxiliary) diode of the RCA -6H6 is used to actuate the grid of the amplifier section.
used to supply residual bias to the controlled tubes Maximum voltage is applied to this grid when the
under conditions of little or no signal. This diode, receiver is tuned to resonance with an incoming
under such conditions, draws current which flows carrier. This condition is evidenced by the minimum
through resistors R11, R12, and R13, thereby main- width of the dark sector on the fluorescent screen.
taining the desired operating bias on such tubes. On "Magic Voice" (Model 9K2)
application of signal energy above a certain level, Model 9K2 is designed with a cabinet incorporat-
however, the auxiliary bias -diode ceases to draw ing the "Magic Voice." This is accomplished by hav-
current and the a.v.c. diode takes over the biasing ing the rear of the speaker compartment completely
function. enclosed by a tight -fitting back.
Audio System Five metal open-end pipes of equal diameter but
The manual volume control consists of an acoustic- of three different lengths are inserted in holes in the
ally tapered potentiometer in the audio circuit be- cabinet base and extend upward in the speaker com-
tween the output of the detector -diode and the in- partment. The effect is to cause the lower -frequency
put grid of the RCA -6F5 audio voltage -amplifier tube. waves, reaching the front of the cabinet through the
This control has a two -point tone -compensating filter pipes, to arrive approximately in -phase giving ex-
connected to it so that the correct aural balance will tended low-frequency response without boominess, or
be obtained at different volume settings. Phonograph cabinet resonance.
SERVICE DATA
The various diagrams in this booklet contain such adjustments are made with plunger -type air trimming
information as will be needed to locate causes for de- capacitors and require the use of an RCA Stock No.
fective operation if such develops. The values of the 12636 Adjusting Tool. Each of these capacitors has
various resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are indicated a lock nut for securing the plunger in place after ad-
adjacent to the symbols signifying these parts on the justment. The remaining seven adjustments are made
diagram. Identification titles, such as Cl, L2, Rl, etc., by means of screws attached to molded magnetite
are provided for reference between the illustrations cores. These cores change the inductance of the par-
and the Replacement Parts List. The coils, reactors, ticular coils in which they are inserted to provide
and transformer windings are rated in terms of their exact alignment. All of these adjustments are accu-
d -c resistance only. Resistance values of less than one rately made during manufacture and should remain
ohm are generally omitted. in proper alignment unless affected by abnormal con-
ditions of climate or purported alterations for servic-
Alignment Procedure ing, or unless altered by other means. Loss of sensi-
There are seventeen adjustments required for the tivity, improper tone quality, and poor selectivity are
alignment of the oscillator, first -detector, and antenna - the usual indications of improper alignment. Such
tuned circuits; one adjustment for the wave -trap; and conditions will usually exist simultaneously. Correct
four adjustments for the i -f system. Fifteen of these performance of this receiver can only be obtained
315
www.americanradiohistory.com
ÿ/
|
/
}
C?
-,
¡ u.-
/sei
°; f)
7 «Ñ
f
a;
x
3 16
2
NMOÖY -M7YlY
IC
N31L9
MYW333r
aoLra3a_
"v t
Z<
317
z
YrÉ
Ê um i
f I-
o ñZ3%
ur,r 3
---HDVl9-_ .
iQ
A"
UN 1
Z
NM0a9 OC _ T_ J
I
YJV19
N33119
M0113 NM0119-
318
www.americanradiohistory.com
when these adjustments have been made by a skilled Holes are provided in the top of the r -f and an-
service engineer with the use of adequate and reliable tenna coil cans on some models to enable a tuning
test equipment. The manufacturer of this receiver check with the. RCA Stock No. 6679 Tuning Wand.
has such test equipment available for sale through its The hole in the top of the detector coil can has a
distributors and dealers. cinch button which must be removed before insertion
The extensive frequency range of these receivers of the tuning wand. When the brass end of the wand
necessitates a more or less involved method of align- is inserted in the coil, the inductance of the coil is
ment. However, it the following directions are care- decreased. If this results in an increase of output, the
fully applied in the sequence given, normal perform- respective air -trimmer capacitance should be decreased
ance of the instruments will be obtained. (plunger pulled out). If inserting the iron end of the
The plunger -type air trimming capacitors have their tuning wand causes an increase in output, resulting
approximate plunger settings tabulated on figure 6. from an increase of inductance of the coil, the re-
If the plungers have been disturbed from their orig- spective air -trimmer capacitance should be increased
inal adjustments, they may be roughly set to the spe- (plunger pushed in). If the range of the air trimmer
is not sufficient to give the desired results, the lead -
cified dimensions prior to alignment.
dress may be changed in the particular circuit being
In performing services on the "Magic Brain", the aligned, so as to cause the circuit to resonate within
leads should be restored to their original positions, the range of the trimmer. An increase in the capacity -
since the lead -dress is important for proper operation to-ground of the circùit will be required if the iron
and dial calibration. end of the tuning wand causes an increase of signal
output when the air -trimmer plunger is full -in, while
Precautionary Dressing of Leads for "Magic Brain" a decrease in the capacity -to -ground will be required
Alignment if the brass end of the tuning wand causes an increase
(Refer to Figure 4) in signal output when the air -trimmer plunger is
Bend "X" full -out.
1. Keep blue lead A of Si to antenna coil L4.5 dressed Two methods of alignment are applicable-one re-
away from chassis, and from yellow lead X of Si to quires use of the cathode-ray oscillograph, and the
antenna coil L5.6. other requires a voltmeter or glow -type indicator.
2. Bus lead from C-10 to Si should be as short as The cathode-ray alignment method is advantageous
possible.
3. Keep blue lead A of S2 to detector coil L18.19 clear in that the indication provided is in the form of a
of chassis, coil shield, coil, and other leads. wave -image which represents the resonance character-
4 Keep spaghetti lead C6 to X of Si apart from spaghetti istics of the circuit being tuned. This type of align-
lead C5 to A of Si, and from chassis. ment is possible through use of apparatus such as the
Bend "A" RCA Stock No. 9558 Frequency Modulator and the
1. Keep green lead terminal S 1 to antenna coil tap L4 RCA Stock No. 9545 Cathode -Ray Oscillograph. The
away from chassis, coil shield, and coil. output-indicator method should be performed with an
2. Keep spaghetti lead C5 to A of Si apart from spaghetti instrument such as the RCA Stock No. 4317 Neon
lead C6 to X of Si and from chassis.
Glow Indicator. Both of these procedures are out-
Band "C" lined below.
Lead from C19 to oscillator coil L7 should be main-
tained as short and straight as possible. Cathode -Ray Alignment
For alignment, the test -oscillator frequency should Make alignment apparatus connections shown on
be quite accurate. A convenient and reliable means figure S. Remove the plug of the frequency -modulator
of accurately checking the frequency of test oscil- cable from the test -oscillator jack. Connect the re-
lators, receivers, etc., is the RCA Stock No. 9572 ceiver chassis to a good external ground. Connect
Crystal Calibrator. oscillograph "Vertical" input terminals as indicated
If the test -oscillator signal cannot be heard as the on figure 3. Set oscillograph power switch to "On"
receiver (heterodyne) oscillator air-trimmer plunger and adjust "Intensity" and "Focus" controls to give
is changed from its minimum -capacity to maximum - a clearly defined spot, or line, on the screen. Set
capacity position (receiver dial and test oscillator set oscillograph "Ampl. A" switch to "On," "Vertical
to the specified frequencies, and the correct oscillator gain" control full -clockwise, "Ampl. B" switch to
air -trimmer used) it may be an indication that the "Timing," "Range" switch to No. 2 position, and
test -oscillator frequency is outside the range covered "Timing" switch to "Int." Place the "Sync." control,
by the air -trimmer. Under such conditions, when a "Freq." control, and "Horizontal gain" control to
more accurate setting of the test oscillator cannot be about their mid -positions. For each of the following
determined, set the oscillator air -trimmer plungers to adjustments, the test -oscillator output must be regu-
the approximate settings given on figure 6. Tune the lated so that the image obtained on the oscillograph
test oscillator until the signal is heard in the speaker. screen will be of the minimum size for accurate ob-
Each of two test-oscillator settings (the fundamentals servation. The receiver volume -control setting is
or the harmonics of which are 920 kc apart) produce, optional.
a signal. The lower -frequency test -oscillator setting
should be used as this places the test -oscillator (sig- I -FAdjustments
nal) frequency 460 kc below the frequency of the (a) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
receiver heterodyne oscillator. to the grid cap of RCA -6K7 i -f tube (with grid
319
www.americanradiohistory.com
through a .001-mfd. capacitor,
lead in place) overlap, with their highest points exactly coin-
with "Gnd." to receiver chassis. Tune the test cident. This condition will be obtained at a test -
oscillator to 460 kc and place its modulation oscillator setting of approximately 575 kc.
switch to "On" and its output switch to "Hi." (f) With the images established as in (e), re -adjust
(b) Turn on the receiver and test oscillator. Increase the two magnetite core screws L27 and L26 on
the output of the test oscillator until a deflection the second i -f transformer so that they cause the
is noticeable on the oscillograph screen. The curves on the oscillograph screen to become
exactly coincident throughout their lengths and
(SEEATEXT)
TO DETECTOR--... TMV-1&E- E have maximum amplitude.
OUTPUT
TO RECEIVER _.z.
CATHODE RAY
OSCILLO GR A PH (g) Without altering the adjustments of the appara-
CHASSIS GROUND---, tus, shift the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
157.DET.OR
I;T.I.F to the input of the i -f system, i.e., to the RCA -
SHIELD
6L7 first -detector grid cap, through a .001-mfd.
t10 -120V.
RECEIVER
CHASSIS
capacitor (with grid lead in place). Regulate the
50-60- GROUND
test-oscillator output so that the amplitude of the
0 oscillographic image is approximately the same
0 0o
VERTICAL INPUT l° 6 6
Hi
as used for adjustment (f) above.
(h) The two first i -f transformer magnetite core
screws L25 and L24 (one on top and one on
EXT. SYNC
ORCA MFG. CO, INC (SEE TEXT bottom) should then be adjusted so that they
cause the forward and reverse curves to become
coincident throughout their lengths and have
110-120 V. maximum amplitude. The composite wave ob-
50-60 tained in this manner represents the resonance
CABLE characteristic of the total i -f system. Lack of
TMV-128-A TMV-97-C symmetry or irregularity of the resultant image
FREQUENCY MODULATOR TEST OSCILLATOR
SH413 will indicate the presence of a defect in the i -f
system.
Figure 5-Alignment Apparatus Connections
R -F Adjustments
figures obtained represent several waves of the
detected signal, the amplitude of which may be Make receiver dial adjustments as outlined by
observed as, an indication of output. Cause the "Selector dial," figure 11. Alignment must be made
wave -image formed (400 -cycle waves) to be in sequence of "Wave -trap," "Ultra short wave"
spread completely across the screen by adjusting band, "Short wave" band, "Medium wave" band,
the "Horizontal gain" control. The image should "Standard broadcast" band, and "Long wave" band.
be synchronized and made to remain motionless "Wave-Trap" Adjustment
by adjusting the "Sync." and "Freq." controls.
(c) Adjust the two magnetite core screws L27 and (a) Connect the output of the test oscillator to the
L26 (see figures 1 and 8) of the second i -f trans-
antenna terminal "Al" through a 200-mmfd.
former (one on top and one on bottom) to pro- (important) capacitor. Remove the plug of the
duce maximum vertical deflection of the oscillo- frequency-modulator cable from the test -oscillator
graphic image. This adjustment places the trans- jack. Turn test-oscillator modulation switch to
former in exact resonance with the 460-kc signal. "On." Shift the oscillograph "Timing" switch
to "Int." Place receiver range selector in "Stand-
(d) The sweeping operation should follow using the ard broadcast" position. Set the receiver dial to
frequency modulator. Shift the oscillograph a position of no extraneous signals near 600 kc.
"Timing" switch to "Ext." Insert plug of fre- Tune the test oscillator to 460 kc. Adjust the
quency -modulator cable in test -oscillator jack. wave -trap magnetite core screw to the point
Turn the test -oscillator modulation switch to which causes minimum amplitude of output
"Off." Turn on the frequency modulator and (maximum suppression of signal) as shown by
place its sweep -range switch to "Hi." the waves on the oscillograph. An increase of
(e) Increase the frequency of the test oscillator by the test -oscillator output may be necessary be-
slowly turning its tuning control until two sep- fore this point of minimum amplitude, obtained
arate, distinct, and similar waves appear on the by correct adjustment of wave -trap screw, be-
screen. If only one wave appears, increase the comes apparent on oscillograph screen.
"Freq." control on the oscillograph to obtain two
waves. These waves will be identical in shape, "Ultra Short Wave" Band
totally disconnected, and appear in reversed po- (b) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
sitions. They will have a common base line, to the antenna terminal "Al" of the receiver
which is discontinuous. Adjust the "Freq." and through a 300 -ohm resistor. Set the receiver
"Sync." controls of the oscillograph to make range selector to its "Ultra short wave" position
them remain motionless on the screen. Continue and its dial pointer to 57,000 kc. Adjust the test
increasing the test -oscillator frequency until these oscillator to 19,000 kc. The third harmonic of
forward and reverse curves move together and 19,000 kc is used for this adjustment. If the indi -
320
cation on the oscillograph screen is not sufficient ceiver dial pointer to 28,500 kc. To decrease in-
for the following adjustments at 57,000 kc, the ductance, move the grounded ends (straps) of
vertical -input terminals of the cathode-ray oscillo - L11 and L12 (see figure 4) nearer chassis. Do
graph may be connected thus: "Hi" to the plate not allow straps to touch chassis except where
contact of the RCA -6L6 power -output tube connected. To increase inductance, move the
socket with the "0" terminal to chassis -ground. straps farther away from chassis. Adjust posi-
The receiver should be turned off while making tion of straps till maximum (peak) output results.
this connection since the plate potential is im- The alignment of the detector tuned circuit
pressed across the oscillograph input and a severe should next be checked at 28,500 kc without
shock will result if contact is made between these
two points. If this connection is made, advance WAVE TKM
480,K.C.
8
20,000K.50ET C.
C360ET.
out) should be used. This places the receiver C 20,000 K.C. I
ET. COIL 6000K.C.
C.
raC.. 1%Ia
La
which produce maximum output. The peak with
maximum capacitance (plunger near in) should
be used. Tighten lock nut. Check the image fre- Figure 6-"Magic Brain" Trimmer Locations
quency by changing the receiver dial setting to
56,080 kc. If the image signal is received at this changing either the receiver or test oscillator ad-
position, the adjustment of the oscillator air - justments. An increase of output when the brass
trimmer C23 has been correctly made. No ad- end of a tuning wand is brought near L22 indi-
justments should be made while checking for the cates that L22 is too high in inductance, while
image signal. an increase when the iron end is brought near
(c) Re -tune receiver for maximum response to 57,000 the coil indicates that the inductance is too low.
kc (not image response) without disturbing test - The inductance of L22 may be varied by chang-
oscillator adjustments. Change test oscillator to ing the spacing between the grounded end
6,800-14,000 kc range. Tune test oscillator (strap) of L22 and the strap connected from C41
until signal is heard in speaker (should occur at to contact on S2 (figure 4). An increase of spac-
approximately 14,250 kc, fourth harmonic of ing will increase the inductance, while a decrease
test oscillator used). Two test -oscillator settings of spacing will decrease the inductance. Adjust
(230 kc apart) will produce a signal at this point. the spading until maximum (peak) output results.
The lower frequency test -oscillator setting should Replace "Magic Brain" bottom cover and repeat
be used, as this places the test oscillator har- adjustments in (b) prior to those of "Short
monic 460 kc below the frequency of the re- wave" band.
ceiver heterodyne oscillator. Tune receiver for
maximum response at a dial setting of approxi- "Short Wave" Band
mately 28,500 kc (image should tune in at a dial (d) Set the receiver range selector to its "Short
setting approximately 27,580 kc) without alter- wave" position and its dial pointer to 20,000 kc.
ing test- oscillator adjustment. Test- oscillator Adjust the test oscillator to 20,000 kc. If the
second harmonic of 14,250 kc is used for the vertical input cathode - ray connections were
following check. Check calibration of receiver changed for adjustment (b) above, they should
dial. A receiver -dial reading of less than 28,500 be restored to their original position as shown
kc indicates that the inductance of the oscillator on figure 3. Adjust oscillator air -trimmer C13
secondary coil L11 is too low and should be in, until maximum (peak) output is reached. Two
creased. If the receiver dial reading is greater peaks may be found with this circuit. The peak
than 28,500 kc, the inductance of L11 is too high with minimum capacitance (plunger near out)
and should be' decreased. If it is necessary to should be used. Tighten lock nut. Adjust de-
change the inductance of L11, first remove bot- tector air -trimmer C35 until maximum (peak)
tom cover of "Magic Brain" and then set re- output is reached, while slightly rocking the gang
321
www.americanradiohistory.com
tuning condenser back and forth through the through the signal. Two peaks may be found
signal. Two peaks may be found with this cir- with this circuit. The peak with maximum ca-
cuit. The peak with maximum capacitance pacitance (plunger near in) should be used.
(plunger near in) should be used. Tighten lock Tighten lock nut. Adjust antenna air -trimmer
nut. Adjust antenna air -trimmer C3 until maxi- C4 to produce maximum (peak) output. Tighten
mum (peak) output is reached while slightly lock nut.
rocking the gang tuning condenser back and
forth through the signal. Two peaks may be "Standard Broadcast" Band
found with this circuit. The peak with maximum (f) Remove the 300-ohm resistor from between the
capacity (plunger near in) should be used. test-oscillator "Ant." post and receiver antenna
Tighten lock nut. Check the image frequency terminal "A 1" and insert a 200-mmfd. capacitor
by changing the receiver dial setting to 19,080 in its place. Place receiver range selector to
kc. The image signal should be received at this "Standard broadcast" position with receiver dial
position indicating that the adjustment of C13 pointer set to 600 kc. Tune the test oscillator to
has been correctly made. No adjustments should 600 kc. Adjust oscillator magnetite core screw
be made while checking for the image signal. L9 (top of large oscillator coil can) for maximum
(peak) output as shown by the waves on the
"Medium Wave" Band oscillograph screen.
(e) Place receiver range selector to its "Medium (g) Set receiver dial pointer to 1,500 kc. Tune test
wave" position with its dial pointer set to 6,000 oscillator to 1,500 kc (1,500-3,100-kc range) and
kc. Tune the test oscillator to 6,000 kc. Adjust increase its output to produce a registration on
oscillator air -trimmer C14 to produce maximum the oscillograph screen. Carefully adjust the
(peak) output as shown by the waves on the oscillator, detector, and antenna air-trimmers
oscillograph. Two peaks may be found with this C16, C37 and C5, respectively, to produce maxi-
circuit. The peak with minimum capacitance mum (peak) output as shown by the waves on
(plunger near out) should be used. Tighten the oscillograph screen. Shift the oscillograph
lock nut. Adjust the detector air -trimmer C36 "Timing" switch to "Ext." Place the frequency
for maximum (peak) output while slightly rock- modulator sweep -range switch to its "Lo" posi-
ing the gang tuning condenser back and forth tion and insert plug of the frequency -modulator
Oln
r
7 6 '
i 6K
_- I.F.
,
;
280000nY
2.5EG.
M
+
2«o. DET
' S)
8/A.V.C.
C.
6H6
all.
1
}
I
L.
t
1.7MEG. `
1
u r-TERM.
BRD.
C.G. ®OH
I---- Q J CE L___ -J EL. EL.
{
/
5n
* CAP.
I
CAP. CAP
2.SME6.} 6,000n¡ TO TERM. OF C67
-- C67 C66 C65
`I -
--1
- 820..--__1.- --
284
/
26,f00/ f,;. C. G.
I
`16,300n
J
c -1.54
, ---56,0004------------
-_____-r f
---- _--__---__-.
©e
82ß00n * OSC.
6J7 ih ----
1\ALJI
----------I ----
SOCKETr ©©0 j
5G,0Ó04
C27 Z.
-On--,
--8.5n - 1091
`QpZI®c
TL
r - 8.54-- --
270,0001
I
A. G.G.I 6L7
® ; FS ;; C41
BSA----
/ I-
71F,,000n ON SOMEMODELS
(01
IS
1f/
3MEG!
(SEE SCHEMATE DIAGRAM)
R.F.
`3MEG .-
I
-'" 190nFOR 6Q .TRANS
On
I
Te
®
4-
-L
25ÇÁ
SO
-" CG
t
I
I
I
I
O RECT
5Z4
1g90ß4
260nFOR 25roTRANS
l
1704-- 1
3MEG. I WAVE TRAP I I
OUTPUT
I I
6L6 1
®^cA moo. co,lr+e. t 1 BOTTOM FRONT OF CHASSIS + P-Txasa-o
1
+
I
;
r 1
322
www.americanradiohistory.com
cable in test -oscillator jack. Turn test-oscillator L9 (top of large oscillator coil can) to produce
modulation switch to "Off." Re-tune the test maximum (peak) amplitude of the images. Shift
oscillator (increase frequency) until the forward the oscillograph "Timing" switch to "Int." Re-
and reverse waves show on the oscillograph move the plug of the frequency -modulator cable
screen and become coincident at their highest from the test -oscillator jack. Turn the test -
points. This will occur at a test-oscillator setting oscillator modulation switch to "On." Repeat
of approximately 1,680 kc. Adjust trimmers C16, adjustments in (g) above to compensate for any
C37, and C5 again, setting each to the point Radiotron Cathode Current Readings
which produces the best coincidence and maxi- Measured with Milliammeter Connected at Tube Socket
mum amplitude of the images. Cathode Terminal under Conditions Similar to
(h) Remove the plug of the frequency-modulator Those of Voltage Measurements
cable from the test -oscillator jack. Turn test - (1) RCA-6K7-R-F 8 0 ma.
(2) RCA -6L7 -1st Det. 4 4 ma.
oscillator modulation switch to "On." Set oscil- (3) RCA -6J7 -Osc. 6 7 ma.
.
0 3 ma.
-
(7) RCA -6L6 -Power 63 ma.
a dial reading of approximately 600 kc. The (8) RCA -6E5 -Eye 3 0 ma.
third harmonic of the 200-kc signal is used for (9) RCA-5Z4-Rect. 110 ma. * .
--
U CATHODE RAY ``(("NI"TO THIS TERMINAL
II
OV. 26ev1 « I
CONNECTIONS)l"O" TO CHASSIS oAOUNO.r.r
-3v
I
f03V.) -3v.
i }-1 V
1
A.C.
C.G. ;(- I
W
.ee _T _J
!
'
L26
460 K.C.
A0.11
1
¡
L I,;t,0 e
rj
A.C.
--t Jt,A.V.C.
¡
"'DET.
CAP. L---(-O.t6V.
-0.3v.
)------------
--3V.-,
IF.
L__6. V.__j 6K7
A.C.
220 V. 6H6
- 270V. ----------- -------
L24 1T.t.F. , 1260V. ,_:..J C.G. (-)
TRANS.666V
-
-
ADJ.
460 K.0 L--
OSC.
a ß e 6.4v.-=---Ov.-
A.C. o}c.
TO
1
--.
I
a
-ti
D T " CGCj
©O
--Oe1V) --1 SOCKET --Q9 ®c '";`
r- -266 V.
6A,ß' COIL
I
d_ -1
1
- 1_6.4V.J '" I
ALC.__- (-4)
p
1 1
AUDIOl -2 V.
A.CI
j 'klt_-I LI DET
®
I
I
I
S.OV.
A.C. r © _-2.°21:-
320 V._
A.C.
6.4V_
l RF
--'
`O
I I
j
- OUTPUTr A.C. I
6K77 -I i r 3ÁCV
sº
6L6 VCCJ'T-41
® ®T i FT--r ©© 1p?'
C.G.
92V.Ì i
L J RECT.
r Jt617v.1
'
xO
,' ' C,
_=`q
1 i I 348V. SZ4
.
WAVE TRAP
OV I
I i H
II 1I
16.4 V.-A.C7I oay.I I I
I I I I I I I 1
323
www.americanradiohistory.com
ceiver range selector to its "Long wave" position. Tune the test oscillator to 460 kc. Place its
Set the receiver dial pointer to 175 kc. Tune the modulation switch to "On" and its output
test oscillator to 175 kc and increase its output switch to "Hi."
until a deflection is noticeable on the oscillograph (b) Adjust the two magnetite core screws of the
screen. Adjust oscillator magnetite core screw second i -f transformer. (one on top and one on
L10 (located on top of small oscillator coil can) bottom) to produce maximum (peak) output.
so that maximum (peak) amplitude of output is (c) The two first i -f transformer magnetite core
shown on the oscillograph screen. screws (one on top and one on bottom) should
(j) Set receiver dial pointer to 350 kc. Tune test be adjusted to produce maximum (peak) output.
oscillator to 350 kc. Adjust the oscillator, de- It is advisable to repeat the adjustment of all i -f
tector, and antenna air -trimmers C18, C38, and magnetite core screws to assure that the inter-
C6 to produce maximum (peak) output as shown action between them has not disturbed the orig-
by the waves on the oscilbgraph" screen. With- inal adjustments.
out disturbing the connections, shift the oscillo -
graph "Timing" switch to "Ext." Place the R -F Adjustments
frequency -modulator sweep -range switch to its Make receiver dial adjustments as outlined by
"Hi" position and insert plug of frequency - "Selector dial," figure 11. Alignment must be made
modulator cable in test-oscillator jack. Turn test - in sequence of "Wave -trap," "Ultra short wave"
oscillator modulation switch to "Off." Re-tune band, "Short wave" band, "Medium wave" band,
the test oscillator (decrease frequency) until the "Standard broadcast" band, and "Long wave" band.
forward and reverse waves show on the oscillo -
graph screen and become coincident at their "Wave -Trap" Adjustment
highest points. This will occur at a test -oscillator
setting of approximately 198 kc. This setting (a) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
places the test -oscillator frequency to 175 kc. to the antenna terminal "Al" on the receiver
The second harmonic is now used for the 350 kc through a 200-mmfd. (important) capacitor.
adjustment. Adjust air -trimmers C18, C38, and Place the range selector to its "Standard broad-
C6, again, to produce maximum amplitude of the cast" position and set the receiver dial pointer
images and best coincidence throughout their to a position of no extraneous signals near 600
lengths. kc. Tune the test oscillator to 460 kc. Adjust
(k) Re -tune the receiver to approximately 175 kc so the wave -trap magnetite core screw to the point
that the forward and reverse waves appear on which causes minimum output (maximum sup-
the oscillograph screen. Adjust the oscillator pression of signal). An increase of the test -
magnetite core screw L10 to produce maximum oscillator output may be necessary before the
(peak) amplitude of the waves, disregarding the point of minimum output, obtained by adjust-
fact that the two images may or may not come ment of wave -trap screw, becomes apparent on
together. the output indicator.
(I) Shift the receiver dial setting to 350 kc without "Ultra Short Wave" Band
altering any other adjustments (frequency modu- (b) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
lator still in operation). Adjust air -trimmers to the antenna terminal "Al" through a 300 -ohm
C18, C38, and C6, respectively, to produce maxi- resistor. Set receiver range selector to its "Ultra
mum amplitude and best coincidence of the
waves. These adjustments compensate for any
short wave" position and its dial pointer to
changes caused by the adjustment of the mag- 57,000 kc. Adjust the test oscillator to 19,000
kc. The third harmonic of 19,000 kc is used for
netite core screw L10. Tighten lock nuts on this adjustment. Adjust the oscillator air -trimmer
C18, C38, and C6, respectively, after each is
C23 for maximum (peak) output. Two posi-
adjusted.
tions for maximum output may be found. The
Output Indicator Alignment position of minimum capacitance (plunger near
out) should be used. This places the receiver
Attach the output indicator across the loudspeaker heterodyne oscillator 460 kc higher in frequency
voice -coil circuit. Advance the receiver "Volume" than the incoming signal. Tighten lock nut.
control to its maximum position, letting it remain in Adjust the detector air -trimmer C39 while
such position for all adjustments. For each adjusting slightly rocking the gang tuning condenser back
operation, regulate the test-oscillator output so that and forth through the signal for maximum
the signal level is as low as possible and still be ob- (peak) output. Two peaks may be found on
servable at the receiver output. Use of such small this trimmer. The peak of maximum capacitance
signal will obviate broadness of tuning which would (plunger near in) should be used. Tighten lock
otherwise result from a.v.c. action on a stronger one. nut. Adjust the antenna air -trimmer C10 for
maximum (peak) output while slightly rocking
I -F Adjustments the gang tuning condenser back and forth
(a) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator through the signal. Two peaks may be found on
to the grid cap of the RCA -6L7 first detector this trimmer which produce maximum output.
tube (with grid lead in place) through a .001- The peak with maximum capacitance (plunger
mfd. capacitor, with "Gnd." to receiver chassis. near in) should be used. Tighten lock nut.
324
Check the image frequency by changing the re- changing the spacing between the grounded end
ceiver dial setting to 56,080 kc. If the image strap of L22 and the strap connected from C41
signal is received at this position, the adjustment to contact on S2. An increase of spacing will
of the oscillator air -trimmer C23 has been cor- increase the inductance, while a decrease of spac-
rectly made. No adjustments should be made ing will decrease the inductance. Adjust the
while checking for the image signal. spacing until maximum (peak) output results.
(c) Re-tune receiver for maximum response to Replace "Magic Brain" bottom cover and repeat
57,000 kc (not image response) without dis- adjustments in (b) prior to those of "Short
turbing test -oscillator adjustments. Change test wave" band.
oscillator to 6,800-14,000-kc range. Tune test "Short Wave" Band
oscillator until signal is heard in speaker (should (d) Set the receiver range selector to its "Short
occur at approximately 14,250 kc, fourth har- wave" position and its dial pointer to 20,000 kc.
BLACK BLUE Adjust the test oscillator to 20,000 kc. Adjust
RED
FILAMENTS oscillator air -trimmer C13 until maximum (peak)
RED -BLACK
BLUE output is reached. Two peaks may be found
BLACK 0
YELLOW
with this circuit. The peak with minimum ca-
b REGT.
FIL. pacitance (plunger near out) should be used.
TERM. BOARD
RED -YELLOW
PRIMARY
YELLOW
BROWN
Tighten lock nut. Adjust detector air -trimmer
OREEN C35 until maximum (peak) output is reached,
BLACK -RED TR.
BLACK-BROWN
while slightly rocking the gang tuning condenser
BLACK- RED TR.
RED -BLACK
y -VARIABLE LEAD BROWN
back and forth through the signal. Two peaks
may be found with this circuit. The peak with
D.aMne ,INC.
RECTIFIER
maximum capacitance (plunger near in) should
M-81027-0 )
FILAMENT
5-VOLTS be used. Tighten lock nut. Adjust antenna air -
Primary resit ince-10.1 ohms total trimmer C3 until maximum (peak) output is
Secondary resistance -220 ohms total reached, while slightly rocking the gang tuning
Figure 9-Universal Transformer condenser back and forth through the signal.
Two peaks may be found with this circuit. The
monic of test oscillator used). Two test -oscillator peak with maximum capacity (plunger near in)
settings (230 kc apart) will produce a signal at should be used. Tighten lock nut. Check the
this point. The lower frequency test-oscillator image frequency by changing the receiver dial
setting should be used, as this places the test setting to 19,080 kc. The signal should be re-
oscillator harmonic 460 kc below the frequency ceived at this position indicating that the adjust-
of the receiver heterodyne oscillator. Tune re- ment of C13 has been correctly made. No ad-
ceiver for maximum response at a dial setting of justments should be made while checking for the
approximately 28,500 kc (image should tune in image signal.
at a dial setting of approximately 27,580 kc) "Medium Wave" Band
without altering test -oscillator adjustment. Test - (e) Place receiver range selector to its "Medium
oscillator second harmonic of 14,250 kc is used wave" position with the receiver dial pointer set
for the following check. Check calibration of to 6,000 kc. Tune the test oscillator to 6,000 kc.
receiver dial. A receiver -dial reading of less than Adjust oscillator air -trimmer C14 to produce
28,500 kc indicates that the inductance of the maximum (peak) output. Two peaks may be
oscillator secondary coil L11 is too low and found with this circuit. The peak with minimum
should be increased. If the receiver -dial reading capacitance (plunger near out) should be used.
is greater than 28,500 kc, the inductance of L11 Tighten lock nut. Adjust the detector air -
is too high and should be decreased. If it is trimmer C36 for maximum (peak) output while
necessary to change the inductance of 1,11, first slightly rocking the receiver gang tuning con-
remove bottom cover of "Magic Brain" and then denser back and forth through the signal. Two
set receiver dial pointer to 28,500 kc. To de- peaks may be found with this circuit. The peak
crease inductance, move the grounded ends with maximum capacitance (plunger near in)
(straps) of Lll and L12 (see figure 4) nearer should be used. Tighten lock nut. Adjust an-
chassis. Do not allow straps to touch chassis ex- tenna air -trimmer C4 to produce maximum
cept where connected. To increase inductance, (peak) output. Tighten lock nut.
move the straps farther away from chassis. Ad-
just position of straps till maximum (peak) out- "Standard Broadcast" Band
put results. The alignment of the detector-tuned (f) Remove the 300-ohm resistor from between the
circuit should next be checked at 28,500 kc with- test-oscillator "Ant." post and receiver antenna
out changing either the receiver or test oscillator terminal "Al" and insert a 200-mmfd. capacitor
adjustments. An increase of output when the in its place. Place receiver range selector to its
brass end of a tuning wand is brought near L22 "Standard broadcast" position with the receiver
indicates that L22 is too high in inductance, dial pointer set to 600 kc. Tune the test oscil-
while an increase when the iron end is brought lator to 600 kc. Adjust the oscillator magnetite
near the coil indicates that the inductance is too core screw L9 (top of large oscillator coil can)
low. The inductance of L22 may be varied by for maximum (peak) output.
325
www.americanradiohistory.com
(g) Set receiver dial pointer to 1,500 kc. Tune test with a very slight application of acetone using
oscillator to 1,500 kc and regulate its output until care
not to allow the acetone to flow down into the
a slight indication of output is visible. Carefully air
gap. The dust cover may be cemented back in place
adjust the oscillator, detector, and antenna air - with ambroid upon completion of adjustment.
trimmers C16, C37, and C5, respectively, to pro-
duce maximum (peak) output. Phonograph Terminal Board
(h) Tune test oscillator to 600 kc. Tune the receiver A terminal board is provided for connecting a
to pick up this signal near 600 kc, disregarding phonograph into the audio amplifying circuit. Typical
the dial reading at which it is best received. methods of connecting a low -impedance pickup, or
Adjust oscillator magnetite core screw L9 (top the RCA Victor Models R-93, R-93-2, and R -93-S
of large oscillator coil can) for maximum (peak) Record Players are shown on the Schematic Diagram
output while slightly rocking the gang tuning (figure 2).
condenser back and forth through the signal.
Repeat adjustments in (g) above to compensate
for any change caused by adjustment of L9 mag- Selector Dial
Figure 11 illustrates the relation of the various parts
-netite core screw, tightening lock nuts on C16,
of the dial mechanism when in its "Standard broad-
C37, and C5, respectively, after each is adjusted.
cast" position with the range switch likewise turned
"Long Wave" Band to its "Standard broadcast" position. In re -assembling
(i) Place receiver range selector to its "Long wave" the dial after repairs, see that the gears are meshed
position, with dial pointer set to 175 kc. Tune
the test oscillator to 175 kc and increase its out- ROLLER LINK
PIVOT STUD
put until a slight indication of output is visible.
Adjust oscillator magnetite core screw L10 (top
of small oscillator coil can) for maximum (peak) ROUER
UNK
output.
(J) Set receiver dial pointer to 350 kc. Tune test DIAL POINTER
oscillator to 350 kc. Adjust the oscillator, de- SHAFT
tector, and antenna air -trimmers C18, C38, and
C6, respectively, to produce maximum (peak) VERNIER DIAL
tely
:
output.
(k) Tune test oscillator to 175 kc. Tune receiver to
`IIII e,
pick up this signal near 175 kc, disregarding the
dial reading at which it is best received. Adjust RANGE
oscillator magnetite core screw L10 (top of SELECTOR
326
in a vertical plane above the center of the shaft. being the ground terminal and should always be con-
Tighten set screws. nected to a good external ground. The transmission -
line leads of the RCA RK -40A antenna system should
be connected to terminals "A2" and "Al." The re-
Antenna and Ground Terminals ceiver coupling units of the RCA RK-40 and the
These receivers are equipped with an antenna - RCA Spider -Web antenna systems should be con-
ground terminal board having three terminals. These nected to terminals "Al" and "G." Connect a single -
terminals are marked "A2," "Al," and "G," the latter wire antenna to terminal "Al."
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers.
STCiCF LIST STOCK LIST
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
No. PRICE No. Pius
RECEIVER ASSEMBLIES 11172 Resistor -470,000 ohms-carbon type -
12863 Board -4 -contact and 2 -link phonograph
terminal board $0.25
11452
1/4 watt (R23) -Package of 5
Resistor -470,000 ohms-carbon type
1/10 watt (R25) -Package of 5
- 1.00
.75
4427 Bracket -Mounting bracket for H.F. tone 12013 -1
Resistor Megohm-carbon type-1/10
control, L.F. tone control or volume watt (R28) -Package of 5 .75
control .18 11626 Resistor -2.2 Megohm-carbon type-1/4
12867 Cable -Tuning lamp cable and socket 1.70 watt (R11) -Package of 5 1.00
12511 Cap -Grid contact cap-Package of 5... .15 12874 Resistor-3.3 Megohm-carbon type-1/4
12859 Capacitor Pack-Comprising two sections watt (R14, R15) -Package of 5 1.00
.015 Mfd., one section .1 Mfd., and 4669 Screw-No. 8.32.5/32 set screw for link
two resistors 27,000 ohms each (C55, Stock No. 12868 -Package of 10 .25
C56, C57, R21, R22) 1.50 3903 Screw-No. 8.32.3/16 headless cup point
12873 Capacitor Pack-Comprising one 3 Mfd. set screw for Stock No. 12870 -Pack -
and one 20 Mfd. section used in 25 age of 20 .36
cycle Model only (C61, C69) 1.20 12869 Shaft-Range switch and band indicator
12724 Capacitor-120 Mmfd. (C59) .. .28 operating shaft and hub assembly.... .25
12404 Capacitor-120 Mmfd. (C45, C46, C49, 12008 Shield-I.F. transformer shield for Stock
C50) .26 No. 12652, 12653 .28
12406 Capacitor-180 Mmfd. (C52) .26 12607 Shield-I.F. transformer shield for Stock
4624 Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C51) .54 No. 12652 .30
4858 Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C60) .25 12581 Shield-I.F. transformer shield top for
4937 Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C63) .25 Stock No. 12653 .36
4836 Capacitor-.05 Mfd. (C53) .30 13095 Socket -Dial lamp socket .25
4886 Capacitor -.05 Mfd. (C62) .20 11222 Socket -Dial lamp socket .18
4841 Capacitor -.1 Mfd. (C54) .22 11381 Socket -Tuning lamp socket and cover.. .45
11414 Capacitor -.1 Mfd. (C47) .20 11195 Socket-5 -contact 5Z4 radiotron socket.. .15
4840 Capacitor-.25 Mfd. (C58) .30 11198 Socket-7 -contact 6H6, 6K7, 6L6 or 6F5
5170 Capacitor-.25 Mfd. (C48, C68) .25 radiotron sockets .15
12741 Capacitor -.5 Mfd. (C64) .34 11196 Socket-8 -contact socket for R.F. unit
5212 Capacitor-18 Mfd. (C67) 1.16 power cable plug .15
12872 Capacitor-20 Mfd. (C61) .90 12007 Spring -Retaining spring for Stock No.
12467 Capacitor-30 Mfd. (C65, C66) 1.40 12006 .36
5119 Connector -3 -contact female connector for 12860 Tone Control-Low frequency tone con -
trol and power switch (S4, S5) 1.50
speaker leads .25
12006 Core -Adjustable core and stud for Stock 12862 Tone Control -High frequency tone con -
No. 12652 and 12653 .22 trol (R27) I.00
12870 Dial -Vernier dial and disc assembly.... .65 12652 Transformer-First I.F. transformer corn -
12866 Foot -Chassis mounting bracket and foot plete (L24, L25, C45, C46) 1.60
assembly -Package of 2 .75 12856 Transformer-Power transformer 105.125
5226 Lamp -Dial lamp -6.3 volt -Package of volt, 50.60 cycle (T1) 5.35
5 ., .70 12857 Transformer-Power transformer 105.125
12868 Link -Range switch and band indicator volt, 25 cycle (Ti) 7.10
operating link complete with set screw .45 12858 Transformer-Power transformer 100-250
12871 Reactor-Filter reactor (L31) 1.50 volt, 40.60 cycle (T1) 8.75
12865 Resistor -Voltage divider resistor-Com- 12653 Transformer- Second I.F. transformer
prising one section 250 ohm, one sec- complete (L26, L27, C49, C50, C52,
tion 17 ohm and one section 11 ohm R12, R13) 2.06
(R17, R18, R26) .45 12861 Volume Control-(R20) 1.00
12876 Resistor-10,000 ohms -wire wound, 10 MAGIC BRAIN
watt (R10) .55
12864 Resistor-17,000 ohms -wire wound UNIT ASSEMBLIES
(R19) .70 12806 Board -3 -contact antenna and ground ter -
11282 Resistor -56,000 ohms -carbon type- minal board .25
1/10 watt (R12) -Package of 5 .75 5237 Bushing -Variable condenser mounting
12875 Resistor-56,000 ohms -carbon type -1 bushing assembly-Package of 3 .43
watt (R16) -Package of 5 1.10 12886 Cable-Shielded power cable approx. 4 -in.
11398 Resistor-220,000 ohms-carbon type- long complete with 8 -contact male plug 1.50
1/10 watt (R13) -Package of 5 .75 12511 Cap -Grid contact cap-Package of 5... .15
11453 Resistor-270,000 ohms -carbon type- 12714 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer capacitor
1/10 watt (R24) -Package of 5 .75 (C3, C4, C5, C6, C14, C16) .38
327
www.americanradiohistory.com
STOCK
DESCRIPTION
REPLACEMENT PARTS
LIST STOCK
-
No. DESCRIPTION LIST
PRICE No. PRICE
12807 Capacitor -Adjustable trimmer capacitor 10941 -1/8 -in. dia. steel ball for plane -
Ball
(C13, C35, C36, C37) .35 tary drive bearing -Package of 20....
12884 Capacitor -Adjustable trimmer capacitor .25
12904 Bushing --Plate and bushing assembly for
(C10, C18, C23, C38, C39) .40 planetary drive mounting
12896 Capacitor-I5 Mmfd. (C34) .20 12905 Coupling-Flexible coupling and shaft as -
.20
12722 Capacitor -18 Mmfd. (C15) .20 sembly complete
12891 Capacitor -36 Mmfd. (C40) .20 12909 Dial -Band indicating dial and cam as -
.50
1629 Capacitor-56 Mmfd. (C24) .20 sembly
12895 Capacitor -56 Mmfd. (C17) .20 12899 Drive -Variable tuning condenser drive
1.05
12723 Capacitor -56 Mmfd. (C2, C44) .20 complete including mounting bracket,
13307 Capacitor -62 Mmfd. (C11) .20 drive, dial scale, and. indicator less ver -
12724 Capacitor -120 Mmfd. (C25, C28, C29) .28 nier dial Stock No. 12870 and link
12725 Capacitor -150 Mmfd. (C1) .28 Stock No. 12868.
12894 Capacitor -180 Mmfd. (C22) .20 12906 Gear -Anti -lash drive gear complete
4.40
12727 Capacitor -555 Mmfd. (C21) .20 12910 Gear -Sector gear and link assembly for
.75
12537 Capacitor -560 Mmfd. (C7, C26, C33,
C42) band selector .20
12898 Capacitor -1,500 Mmfd. (C12)
.20
.20
12908 Indicator -S
t a t ion selector indicator
12729 Capacitor-1,550 Mmfd. (C20) pointer .20
12728 Capacitor -4,500 Mmfd. (C19)
.26 8051 Link -Link and roller assembly complete
.36 with spring
12897 Capacitor -4,700 Mmfd. (C431 .40 12911 Screen -Dial lamp screen and light
.30
4858 Capacitor -.01 Mfd. (C8, C30, C31, C32) .25
12879 Coil-Antenna coil and shield XABC
diffuser .20
4669 Screw -Set screw for flexible coupling or
bands (L2, L3, L4, L5, L6) 1.90 gear Stock No. 12905 and 12906-
12888 Coil -Antenna coil "D" band L13 , L14) .60
12880 Coil -Detector coil and shield ( Package of 10 .25
XABC 12901 Shaft -Direct drive shaft and pinion gear
bands (L15, L16, L17, L18, L19, L20) 2.05
12709 Coil -Oscillator coil and shield ABC for planetary drive .75
bands (L7, L8, L9)
12900 Shaft -Vernier drive shaft for planetary
2.02 drive
12881 Coil-Oscillator coil and shield X band .25
only (L10)
12903 Spring -Tension spring for planetary
.80 drive bearing -Package of 10
12890 Coil -Oscillator coil "D" band (L11, L12, .20
I.23) 12907 Spring -Tension spring for gear Stock
.70 No. 12906-Package of 10 .20
12889 Coil-R.F. coil "D" band (L21, L22) .65 Spring -Tension spring for link Stock
12877 Condenser -3 -gang variable tuning con-
8052
No. 8051 -Package of 5 .32
denser (C9, C27, C41)
12887
12664
Connector -8 -contact male connector and
cover for power cable Stock No. 12886
Core -Adjustable core and stud for Stock
5.10
.40
12914 Board
board
-
REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
3 -contact reproducer terminal
.25
No. 12654 12640 Bracket-Output transformer mounting
.22 bracket and clamp assembly
12800 Core -Adjustable core and stud for Stock .18
No. 12709 12912 Coil -Field coil (L30) 1.70
.20 12642 Cone-Reproducer cone and dust cap
12882 Core -Adjustable core and stud for Stock
No. 1.2881 (L28) (Model 9T) .94
.20 12667 Cone -Reproducer cone and dust cap
11324 Resistor-560 ohms -carbon type -1/4
watt (R2) -Package of 5 (L28) (Model 9K2) 1.00
5112 Resistor-1,000 ohms -carbon type -1/4
1.00 5118 Plug -3
-contact male reproducer plug .25
9714 Reproducer Complete -(Model 9T)
11298 Resistor -5,600 ohms
watt (R6).
-
watt (R3) -Package of 5
carbon type - 1
1.00
.22
9716
12913
11886
Reproducer Complete -(Model 9K2)
Transformer -Output transformer (T2)
Washer -Spring washer to hold field coil
6.85
7.80
1.45
3998 Resistor-15,000 ohms -carbon type -1/4
watt (R5) -Package of 5 securely -Package of 5 .20
11282 Resistor -56,000 ohms -carbon type
1/10 watt (R4, R9) -Package of 5
- 1.00
.75
119.96
MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
Bracket-Tuning lamp mounting bracket
and clam P
8064 Resistor-82,000 ohms ---carbon t e-1 22
watt (R8) -Package of 5 yP /2 12915 Crcryal-Station selector escutcheon and
11397 Resistor -560,000 ohms -carbon type- 1.00 rtal 1.30
1/10 watt (R1, R7) -Package of 5 12742.. Escuttccheon-Tuning lamp escutcheon .22
.75 12699 Knob-Large station selector knob -Pack-
12651 Shield -Coil shield for Stock Nos. 12879,
12880 age of 5 .68
12710 Shield -Coil shield for Stock No. 12709
.22 11347 Knob-Low frequency tone control and
12883 Shield -Coil shield for Stock No. 12881 .28 power switch volume control range
.20
11198 Socket-7 -contact 6K7 radiotron socket .15
switch or high frequency tone control
11279 Socket-7 -contact 6L7 radiotron socket .20
knob -Package of 5 .75
12885 Socket-8 -contact 6J7 radiotron socket .20
12700 Knob -Small (vernier) station selectos
knob -Package of 5 .58
12007 Spring -Retaining spring for core Stock
Nos. 12664, 12800, 12882-Package 11377 Screw -Chassis mounting screw assembly
of 10 for table model only-Package of 4 .12
.36 11210 Screw-Chassis mounting' screw assembly
12878 Switch-Range switch and mounting nut
(S1, S2, S3) for console model only-Package of 4 .28
3.60 12916 Shield -Complete R.F. unit shield .90
12654 Trap -Wave trap complete (L1) .75 11349 Spring -Retaining spring for knob Stock
DRIVE ASSEMBLIES No. 11347 and 12700 --Package of 5
10705 Ball -5/32 -in. dia. steel ball for plane- 4982 Spring -Retaining spring for knob Stock
.25
tary drive --Package of 20 .25 No. 12699--Package of 10' .50
e prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
328
RCA VICTOR MODELS 9U and 9U2
Nine -Tube, Five -Band, A -C Radio -Phonographs
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
150-410 kc
"Long Wave" (X).
"Long Wave" (X) 175 kc (osc.), 350 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Standard Broadcast" (A) 530.1,800 kc "Standard Broadcast" (A)
"Medium Wave" (B). 1,800.6,400 kc 600 kc (osc.), 1,500 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Medium Wave" (B) .... 6,000 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Short Wave" (C) 6,400-23,000 kc "Short Wave" (C). 20,000 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Ultra Short Wave" (D) 23,000.60,000 kc "Ultra Short Wave" (D) . 57,000 kc (osc., det., ant.)
Intermediate Frequency 460 kc
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT (5) RCA -6H6 Second Detector and A.V.C.
(1) RCA -6K7 R -F Amplifier (6) RCA -6F5 Audio Voltage Amplifier
(2) RCA -6L7 First Detector (7) RCA -6L6 Power Output
(3) RCA -6J7 Oscillator (8) RCA-6E5 Tuning Tube
(4) RCA -6K7 I -F Amplifier (9) RCA -5Z4. Full -Wave Rectifier
PILOT LAMPS
Phono compartment Mazda No. 40, 6.3 volts, 0.15 ampere
Model 9U (4) Receiver. Mazda No. 46, 6.3 volts, 0.25 ampere
(3) Phono compartment, indicator, lower right-hand front of tuning dial,
Model 9U 2 Mazda No. 40, 6.3 volts, 0.15 ampere
(3) Upper left-, lower left-, upper right-hand front of tuning dial,
Mazda No. 46, 6.3 volts, 0.25 ampere
POWER SUPPLY RATINGS
Rating A-6 (Model 9U only) 105.125 volts, 60 cycles, 150 watts
Rating A-5 (Model 9U only) 105-125 volts, 50 cycles, 155 watts
Rating B-2. 105-125 volts, 25 cycles, 150 watts
Rating C-6. 105.130/140.160/200.250 volts, 60 cycles, 150 watts
Rating C-5. 105.130/140.160/200.250 volts, 50 cycles, 155 watts
PHONOGRAPH POWER OUTPUT RATINGS
Type Automatic Record Ejector Undistorted 4 5 watts
Record Capacity Seven 10 -inch or Six 12 -inch Maximum 9 watts
Turntable Speed 78 R.P.M. LOUDSPEAKER
Type of Pickup Low-Impedance Magnetic Type. 12 -inch Electrodynamic
Pickup Impedance 8.5 ohms at 1,000 cycles Impedance (V.C) 2.2 ohms at 400 cycles
Mechanical Specifications
CABINET DIMENSIONS MODEL 9U MODEL .9U2
Height 43 inches 34 inches
Width 30%a inches 463/4 inches
Depth. 18%g inches 1854 inches
WEIGHTS
Net. . 162 pounds 205 pounds
Shipping 222 pounds 287 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 15 inches x 93/4 inches x 3 inches
. 91/4 inches
Over-all Height of Chassis
OPERATING CONTROLS
Radio (1) Music-Speech-Power Switch, (2) Volume, (3) Tuning, (4) Range Selector, (5) Tone
Phonograph (1) Turntable Switch, (2) Radio -Phono Transfer Switch-Volume, (3) Index
Tuning Drive Ratios 20 to 1 and 100 to 1
329
www.americanradiohistory.com
v;cG
r% I W 000a~cNi
1
g°+d
4
ÿi
1
Ì
I
I I
i
1
'
a
Ñ ' r'I ,f nl
'J
u
vi
Z,
QI
f
,gII
' 1 1
ó
II Ì g g" .nq<
2L-- r.
aD
LL
I WO
il gg a;
9, `.
Qu
e u O
4
$ .Jr o` Ióó
iú¿
6 .iá
faGGY
W
Z'
I
F. i0 Y)LI
EZ
e3
qw,_-A-__J
=olo
h?Q
u4 ¢
tu $ólr,
.92
d
O Z
<
""FI fPy
6ó¢C W
a..
II
{O I .. G [f a .. x
+
330
--,,..- ee
M011Ú- e
331
www.americanradiohistory.com
General Description
The RCA Victor Models 9U and 9U2 combina- high -efficiency first detector (converter) with separate
tion instruments each consist of a nine -tube, five - oscillator; beam -type power amplifier; magnetite core
band, "Magic Brain" superheterodyne receiver in adjusted i -f transformers, low -frequency oscillator
combination with an automatically -operated phono- tracking, and wave -trap; two -point aural compensated
graph, providing excellent entertainment from either radio and phonograph volume controls; music -speech
radio reception or record reproduction. These instru- switch; automatic volume control; continuously -
ments are electrically identical but differ in mechan- variable high -frequency tone control; improved se-
ical construction and cabinet design. Model 9U has lector dial; dust -proof electrodynamic loudspeaker;
the radio chassis mounted directly below the phono- and an automatic record player employing a syn-
graph motor board with its controls operated from chronous motor.
the front of the cabinet. Model 9U2 has its radio
chassis mounted vertically to the right of the phono- Service convenience has been a controlling factor
graph motor board. The respective controls in the in the layout of the chassis parts and wiring. The
phonograph and the radio compartments are made assembly of these various elements is such that the
accessible by means of separate hinged covers at the number of conductors is minimized, with all important
top of the cabinet. Both instruments employ a connections being readily accessible. Trimming ad-
twelve -inch electrodynamic loudspeaker and incor- justments are located at accessible points. A double
porate the newly -developed "Magic Voice." Design tuning -knob arrangement permits the choice of either
features include a built-in doublet antenna coupler; a twenty -to -one or a hundred -to -one dial drive ratio.
"Magic Brain"; improved plunger -type air -dielectric The latter permits ease of tuning, especially in the
adjustable trimming capacitors in the antenna, de- "Medium wave," "Short wave," and "Ultra short
tector, and oscillator coil circuits; tuned r -f amplifier; wave" bands.
Circuit Arrangement
The conventional type of superheterodyne circuit and leads, and results in having a low-loss primary
is used. It consists of an r -f amplifier stage, first - and secondary winding for each band with high
detector (converter) stage, separate oscillator stage, efficiency of operation.
an i -f amplifier stage, a diode-detector-automatic- The band switching of the detector circuits is
volume-control stage, an audio voltage -amplifier stage, similar to that of the antenna circuits. Coils L15,
a beam -type power -amplifier stage, a tuning indicator L21, and L20 are always connected in series with the
"Magic Eye," and a full -wave rectifier. plate circuit of the RCA -6K7 r -f amplifier tube. In
"Magic Brain" the "Long wave" (X) band, L19, L18, L17, and L16
The new "Magic Brain" is constructed as a sepa- are connected in series as the secondary circuit. The
rate, self-contained, completely shielded, five -band, ground of the coil system is at the low end of L19.
oscillator- detector- antenna-tuning unit which plugs L20 acts as the primary which transfers energy to the
into the main chassis. secondary L19. Capacitor C33 resonates primary L20
A single -wire antenna, or a doublet antenna, when at the proper frequency. In the "Standard broadcast"
connected to the proper input terminals of the re- (A) band, L18, L17, and L16 are connected in series
ceiver, is coupled to the control grid of the RCA -6K7 as the secondary circuit. The ground of the coil
r -f amplifier tube through the tuned r -f transformer system is now between L18 and L19. L19 is used as
consisting of L6, L5, L4, L3, and L2 (except when the primary and is resonated at the proper frequency
range selector is in "Ultra short wave" position). by capacitors C34 and C35 which are in shunt with
The primary coil L13 of the "Ultra short wave" (D) this coil. Capacitor C33 is connected to transfer
band tuned r -f transformer remains in the antenna energy to the primary coil L19. In the "Medium
circuit at all times. A unique method of switching wave" (B) band, L17 and L16 are connected in series
is used. In the "Long wave" (X) band, L6 becomes as the secondary. The ground of the coil system is
the primary with L5, L4, L3, and L2 as secondary. now between L17 and L18. L18 is used as the
In the "Standard broadcast" (A) band, L5 becomes primary and is resonated at the proper frequency by
the primary with L4, L3, and L2 as secondary (L6 capacitor C34 which is in shunt with this coil. L19
shorted out). In the "Medium wave" (B) band, L4 is shorted by the range selector. Capacitor C33 trans-
becomes the primary with L3 and L2 as secondary fers the r -f energy from the plate circuit to the pri-
(L6 and L5 shorted out). In the "Short wave" (C) mary L18. In the "Short wave" (C) band, L16 is
band, L3 becomes the primary with L2 as secondary the secondary. The ground of the coil system is
(L6, L5, L4, and tap on L4 shorted out). The tap on now between L16 and L17. L17 is used as the pri-
L4 is provided to prevent interaction with L3 and mary and is resonated to the proper frequency by
L2 when operating receiver in "Short wave" band. capacitor C34. In addition, L15 acts as a high -
In the "Ultra short wave" (D) band, L6, L5, L4, frequency primary which resonates above 20 me and
and L3 are shorted out and grounded, and secondary improves the gain at the high -frequency end of the
L14 is placed in shunt with L2. The latter connection "Short wave" band. Coils L19 and L18 are shorted
prevents undesirable interaction of L2 with L14. This by the range selector. L21 is effectively r -f bypassed
method of switching reduces the total number of coils in this position by capacitor C32. In the "Ultra short
332
www.americanradiohistory.com
312
ce
0
óMo,,,,-
pp8
`nwrv.- OC
333
wave" (D) band, L22 is the secondary, or grid coil, automatic control -grid bias to the r -f, first -detector,
and consists of approximately a single turn of silver and i -f tubes. The No. 1 diode of the RCA -6H6 is
plated strap around a Vs -inch coil form. The primary used to supply residual bias to the controlled tubes
coils, L21 and L15 are in series on this band, with under conditions of little or no signal. This diode,
L21 acting as a low -frequency primary and L15 as a under such conditions, draws current which flows
high -frequency primary. L16 is shunted by L22 in- through resistors R11, R12, and R13, thereby main-
stead of being shorted directly by the range selector. taining the desired operating bias on such tubes. On
Any inductive effect of L16 is thus eliminated. L19, application of signal energy above a certain level,
POWER
R -I
TUNING TUBE
however, the No. 1 diode ceases to draw current and
só0,000
OUTPUT 8 the a.v.c. diode takes over the biasing function.
24093
q R.
AMPL
F.
7 Audio System
6K1
The manual radio volume control consists of an
RECT. acoustically tapered potentiometer in the audio circuit
6F5
C42
.5651.1M6 between the output of the detector -diode and the in-
AUDIO R7 put grid of the RCA -6F5 audio voltage -amplifier tube.
5,500a
0 0 O y This control has a two -point tone -compensating filter
Ist.I.F.
TRANS
DET.
61.1 -MME
Cis
irO
09_Q0
,ÓooO,
oo0`,
0o ;
connected to it so that the correct aural balance will
be obtained at different volume settings.
cs 2 56,00 o!
I.E. / osc. q ö ò,o The output of the voltage amplifier is resistance -
RL
HANS.
611 3 ;4ó0 capacitance coupled to the control grid of the RCA -
SEC. 6L6 power output tube. The output of this stage is
L
4 6K7
transformer coupled to the voice coil of the electro-
4611R C.
(ID dynamic speaker.
I.F AMPL. 2^.DET.&A.V.C. ®Ru MFG. CO. INC. sN370
The "Music -speech" control consists of a switch
Figure 4-Radiotron and I -F Trimmer Locations S5 which, in the "Speech" position, places an addi-
tional capacitor C57 in shunt with the capacitor C56
L18, and L17 are shorted directly by the range selector. in one of the tone-compensating filters. This reduces
Separate windings, with the exception of L23, are the low -frequency response of the amplifier and pro-
employed in the oscillator stage for each position of vides maximum intelligibility of the voice frequencies.
the range selector. L23 (inductively coupled to L11 The high -frequency tone control consists essentially
and L12) is placed in the oscillator plate circuit to of the combinations of capacitor C62 and variable
provide additional feed-back when operating receiver resistor R27, capacitor C79 and switch S6 shunting
on the "Ultra short wave" (D) band. This coil is the plate circuit of the output tube. When the tone
effectively r -f bypassed by capacitor C12, when range control is in its extreme counter -clockwise position the
selector is in the "Short wave" (C) position, to pre- resistance of R27 is a minimum, making capacitor C62
vent undesirable reactions. Its effect on the remaining most effective, and switch S6 remains closed, con-
bands is negligible. The inherent stability of the oscil- necting capacitor C79 across the plate circuit, pro-
lator circuit provides minimum frequency drift which viding maximum attenuation of the higher audio fre-
is especially advantageous for high -frequency recep- quencies. As the control is turned clockwise, placing
tion. The locally generated signal is capacitance more resistance in series with capacitor C62, this
coupled to grid No. 3 of the RCA -6L7 first detector. capacitor becomes less and less effective and the
The output of the "Magic Brain" is fed to the i -f upper frequency range of the audio amplifier is ex-
amplifier through a plug-in cable. This cable also tended. When the tone control nears its extreme
supplies all power required by the "Magic Brain" clockwise position, resistor R27 and switch S6 open,
unit. removing capacitors C62 and C79 respectively from
I -F Amplifier the audio circuit, thereby increasing the higher audio
The intermediate-frequency amplifier consists of frequency range of the system.
an RCA -6K7 in a transformer -coupled circuit. The Phonograph
windings of these transformers are resonated with
fixed capacitors, and are adjusted by molded mag- The electrical impulses generated in the pickup coil
netite cores (both primary and secondary) to tune L42 are boosted in the input transformer T3 before
to 460 kc. they are fed to the input grid of the RCA -6F5 audio
voltage -amplifier tube through the acoustically tapered
Detector and A.V. C. phonograph volume control R39. The phonograph
The modulated signal as obtained from the output volume control also functions as a radio -phono trans-
of the i -f stage is detected by an RCA -6H6 twin - fer switch (see Schematic Diagram, figure 1). In the
diode tube (No. 2 diode). The audio frequency se- extreme counter -clockwise (radio) position, switch
cured by this process is transferred to the a -f system S8 is closed, completing the cathode circuit of the
for amplification and final reproduction. The d -c volt- RCA -6K7 i -f amplifier tube, and the movable arm
age which results from detection of the signal is used "X" (which is connected to the input grid of the
for automatic volume control. This voltage, which RCA -6F5 through coupling capacitor C84) contacts
develops across resistors R12 and R13, is applied as lug "Y" (which is connected to the movable arm of
334
www.americanradiohistory.com
the radio volume control R20), permitting normal obtained by having a trip mechanism which is act-
radio reception. As the phonograph control is ro- uated by the rate of needle acceleration toward the
tated clockwise, switch S8 is immediately opened center of the record.
(opening the i -f cathode circuit and making the i -f
amplifier inoperative), and the movable arm "X" "Magic Eye"
slides over the tapped resistance strip, thereby func- An RCA -6E5 cathode-ray tuning tube is used as
tioning as a phonograph volume control. A compen- a means of visually indicating when the receiver is
sation filter is placed in shunt with the output of accurately tuned to the incoming signal. This tube
transformer T3 to correct the frequency response of consists of an amplifier section and a cathode-ray
the reproducing system so as to compensate for the section built in the same glass envelope. A portion of
recording characteristic. the signal voltage developed across resistor R13 is
used to actuate the grid of the amplifier section.
Automatic Record Changer Maximum voltage is applied to this grid when the
An improved automatic mechanism, employing a receiver is tuned to resonance with an incóming
synchronous motor, is used in these models. It is carrier. This condition is evidenced by the minimum
of the record ejector type, having a record capacity width of the dark sector on the fluorescent screen.
of seven for the ten -inch type, and a capacity of six
for the twelve-inch type. The turntable speed is fixed "Magic Voice"
at 78 r.p.m. by the design of the drive motor and the These instruments are designed with cabinets in-
intermediate gear mechanism. This speed is invariable corporating the "Magic Voice." This is accomplished
and does not vary as long as the supply line fre- by having the rear of the speaker compartment com-
quency remains constant. The instrument may be pletely enclosed by a tight -fitting back.
purchased with any one of several ratings as specified Five metal open-end pipes of equal diameter but
under Electrical Specifications. It is very important of three different lengths are inserted in holes in the
that a machine of any particular rating be operated cabinet base and extend upward in the speaker com-
at the voltage and frequency for which it is designed partment. The effect is to cause the lower -frequency
and rated. Attempts to operate on other voltages or waves, reaching the front of the cabinet through the
frequencies will result in improper reproduction from pipes, to arrive approximately in -phase with the sound
the phonograph system and possible damage to the waves emitted from the front of the speaker, giving
equipment. The ejecting mechanism is arranged so extended low -frequency response without boominess,
that it will trip on various types of records. This is or cabinet resonance.
SERVICE DATA
The various diagrams in this booklet contain such tivity, improper tone quality, and poor selectivity are
information as will be needed to locate causes for de- the usual indications of improper alignment. Such
fective operation if such develops. The values of the conditions will usually exist simultaneously. Correct
various resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are indicated performance of this receiver can only be obtained
adjacent to the symbols signifying these parts on the when these adjustments have been made by a skilled
diagram. Identification titles, such as Cl, L2, Rl, etc., service engineer with the use of adequate and reliable
are provided for reference between the illustrations test equipment. The manufacturer of this receiver
and the Replacement Parts List. The coils, reactors, has such test equipment available for sale through its
and transformer windings are rated in terms of their distributors and dealers.
d -c resistance only. Resistance values of less than one The extensive frequency range of this receiver
ohm are generally omitted. necessitates a more or less involved method of align-
ment. However, if the following directions are care-
Alignment Procedure fully applied in the sequence given, normal perform-
There are seventeen adjustments required for the ance of the instrument will be obtained.
alignment of the oscillator, first -detector, and antenna - The plunger -type air trimming capacitors have their
tuned circuits; one adjustment for the wave -trap; and approximate plunger settings tabulated on figure 7.
four adjustments for the i -f system. Fifteen of these If the plungers have been disturbed from their orig-
adjustments are made with plunger -type air trimming inal adjustments, they may be roughly set to the spe-
capacitors and require the use of an RCA Stock No. cified dimensions prior to alignment.
12636 Adjusting Tool. Each of these capacitors has For alignment, the test -oscillator frequency should
a lock nut for securing the plunger in place after ad- be quite accurate. A convenient and reliable means
justment. The remaining seven adjustments are made of accurately checking the frequency of test oscil-
by means of screws attached to molded magnetite lators, receivers, etc., is the RCA Stock No. 9572
cores. These cores change the inductance of the par- Crystal Calibrator.
ticular coils in which they are inserted to provide If the test -oscillator signal cannot be heard as the
exact alignment. All of these adjustments are accu- receiver (heterodyne) oscillator air -trimmer plunger
rately made during manufacture and should remain is changed from its minimum -capacity to maximum -
in proper alignment unless affected by abnormal con- capacity position (receiver dial and test oscillator set
ditions of climate or purported alterations for servic- to the specified frequencies, and the correct oscillator
ing, or unless altered by other means. Loss of sensi- air -trimmer used) it may be an indication that the
335
www.americanradiohistory.com
test -oscillator frequency is outside the range covered other requires a voltmeter or glow -type indicator.
by the air -trimmer. Under such conditions, when a The cathode-ray alignment method is advantageous
more accurate setting of the test oscillator cannot be in that the indication provided is in the form of a
determined, set the oscillator air -trimmer plungers to wave -image which represents the resonance character-
the approximate settings given on figure 7. Tune the istics of the circuit beirig tuned. This method is pre-
test oscillator until the signal is heard in the speaker. ferred because of the i -f characteristics of these re-
Each of two test-oscillator settings (the fundamentals ceivers. This type of alignment is possible through
or the harmonics of which are 920 kc apart) produce use of apparatus such as the RCA Stock No. 9558
a signal. The low -frequency test-oscillator setting Frequency Modulator and the RCA Stock No. 9545
should be used as this places the test -oscillator (sig- Cathode -Ray Oscillograph. If this equipment is not
nal) frequency 460 kc below the frequency of the available, an approximate alignment may be per-
receiver heterodyne oscillator. formed by the output -indicator method with an in-
Holes are provided in the top of the r -f and an- strument such as the RCA Stock No. 4317 Neon
tenna coil cans on some models to enable a tuning Glow Indicator attached across the loudspeaker voice
check with the RCA Stock No. 6679 Tuning Wand. coil. Alignment by this method is similar to the
The hole in the top of the detector coil can has a cathode-ray method outlined below except that the
cinch button which must be removed before insertion receiver volume control should be at maximum, the
of the tuning wand. When the brass end of the wand trimmers adjusted to peak response (with the excep-
is inserted in the coil, the inductance of the coil is tion of the wave -trap) and the test -oscillator sweep-
decreased. If this results in an increase of output, the ing operations omitted. Either of these methods re-
respective air -trimmer capacitance should be decreased quire the use of a reliable test oscillator such as the
(plunger pulled out). If inserting the iron end of the RCA Stock No. 9595.
tuning wand causes an increase in output, resulting
from an increase of inductance of the coil, the re- Cathode -Ray Alignment
spective air -trimmer capacitance should be increased
(plunger pushed in). If the range of the air trimmer Make alignment apparatus connections shown on
is not sufficient to give the desired results, the lead - figure 6. Remove the plug of the frequency-modulator
dress may be changed in the particular circuit being cable from the test -oscillator jack. Connect the re-
aligned, so as to cause the circuit to resonate within ceiver chassis to a good external ground. Connect
the range of the trimmer. An increase in the capacity - oscillograph "Vertical" input terminals as indicated
to -ground of the circuit will be required if the iron on figure 11. Set oscillograph power switch to "On"
end of the tuning wand causes an increase of signal and adjust "Intensity" and "Focus" controls to give
output when the air -trimmer plunger is full -in, while a clearly defined spot, or line, on the screen. Set
a decrease in the capacity -to -ground will be required oscillograph "Ampi. A" switch to "On," "Vertical
if the brass end of the tuning wand causes an increase gain" control full -clockwise, "Ampl. B" switch to
in signal output when the air -trimmer plunger is "Timing," "Range" switch to No. 2 position, and
full -out. "Timing" switch to "Int." Place the "Sync." control,
In performing services on the "Magic Brain", the "Freq." control, and "Horizontal gain" control to
leads should be restored to their original positions, about their mid -positions. For each of the following
since the lead-dress is important for proper operation adjustments, the test -oscillator output must be regu-
and dial calibration. lated so that the image obtained on the oscillograph
screen will be of the minimum size for accurate ob-
Precautionary Dressing of Leads for "Magic Brain" servation. The receiver volume -control setting is
Alignment optional.
(Refer to Figure 5) I -F Adjustments
Band "X"
1. Keep blue lead A of S1 to antenna coil L4.5 dressed
(a) Turn range selector to its "Standard broadcast"
away from chassis, and from yellow lead X of Si to (A) position and tune receiver to a position of
antenna coil L5.6. no extraneous signals near 600 kc. Connect the
2. Bus lead from C-10 to Si should be as short as "Ant." output of the test oscillator to the grid
possible.
3. Keep blue lead A of S2 to detector coil L18.19 clear cap of RCA -6K7 i -f tube (with grid lead in
of chassis, coil shield, coil, and other leads. place) through a .001-mfd. capacitor, with
4. Keep spaghetti lead C6 to X of Si apart from spaghetti "Gnd." to receiver chassis. Tune the test oscil-
lead C5 to A of Si, and from chassis. lator to 460 kc and place its modulation switch to
Band "A" "On" and its output switch to "Hi."
1. Keep green lead terminal Si to antenna coil tap L4 (b) Turn on the receiver and test oscillator. Increase
away from chassis, coil shield, and coil. the output of the test oscillator until a deflection
2. Keep spaghetti lead C5 to A of Si apart from spaghetti
lead C6 to X of Si and from chassis.
is noticeable on the oscillograph screen. The
figures obtained represent several waves of the
Band "C"
detected signal, the amplitude of which may be
Lead from C19 to oscillator coil L7 should be main-
tained as short and straight as possible. observed as an indication of output. Cause the
wave -image formed (400-cycle waves) to be
Two methods of alignment are applicable-one re- spread completely across the screen by adjusting
quires use of the cathode-ray oscillograph, and the the "Horizontal gain" control. The image should
336
www.americanradiohistory.com
zF2
0,1
o
W
a z SW
dill_ áçz
r-
rrW
Ó
º ca
c O
c.t
F
óf F W
Q iA
$ oQ
rm
óW
..,F-
J P
3
v m
n3 ÿQ
uaD OS î '
i I
N uw
F
Z f
I
.9j .PiA
L.
N
`NM0ä9 __ _ T
N33ä`J
M0113A NMOtlB .7
030-,
337
www.americanradiohistory.com
be synchronized and made to remain motionless capacitor (with grid lead in place). Regulate the
by adjusting the "Sync." and "Freq." controls. test -oscillator output so that the amplitude of the
(c) Adjust the two magnetite core screws L27 and oscillographic image is approximately the same
L26 (see figures 4 and 11) of the second i -f trans- as used for adjustment (f) above.
former (one on top and one on bottom) to pro- (h) The two first i -f transformer magnetite core
duce maximum vertical deflection of the oscillo - screws L25 and L24 (one on top and one on
graphic image. This adjustment places the trans- bottom) should then be adjusted so that they
former in exact resonance with the 460-kc signal. cause the forward and reverse curves to become
(d) The sweeping operation should follow using the coincident throughout their lengths and have
frequency modulator. Shift the oscillograph maximum amplitude. The composite wave ob-
"Timing" switch to "Ext." Insert plug of fre- tained in this manner represents the resonance
quency-modulator cable in test-oscillator jack. characteristic of the total i -f system. Lack of
symmetry or irregularity of the resultant image
TO DETECTOR, T MV- I&L- E will indicate the presence of a defect in the i -f
OUTPUT CATHODE RAY
TO RECEIVER OSCIL LO GR A PH system.
CHASSIS GROUND-_
338
www.americanradiohistory.com
tion. Adjust oscillator air -trimmer C23 for maxi- setting approximately 27,580 kc) without alter-
mum (peak) output. Two positions, each pro- ing test - oscillator adjustment. Test - oscillator
ducing maximum output, may be found. The po- second harmonic of 14,250 kc is used for the
sition of minimum capacitance (plunger near following check. Check calibration of receiver
out) should be used. This places the receiver dial. A receiver -dial reading of less than 28,500
heterodyne oscillator 460 kc higher in frequency kc indicates that the inductance of the oscillator
than the incoming signal. Tighten lock nut. Ad- secondary coil L11 is too low and should be in-
just the detector air -trimmer C39, while slightly creased. If the receiver dial reading is greater
rocking the gang tuning condenser back and than 28,500 kc, the inductance of L11 is too high
forth through the signal, for maximum (peak) and should be decreased. If it is necessary to
output. Two peaks may be found on this trim- change the inductance of L11, first remove bot-
mer. The peak of maximum capacitance (plunger tom cover of "Magic Brain" and then set re-
near in) should be used. Tighten lock nut. Ad- ceiver dial pointer to 28,500 kc. To decrease in-
just the antenna air -trimmer C10 for maximum ductance, move the grounded ends (straps) of
(peak) output while slightly rocking the gang L11 and L12 (see figure 5) nearer chassis. Do
tuning condenser back and forth through the not allow straps to touch chassis except where
signal. Two peaks may be found on this trimmer connected. To increase inductance, move the
which produce maximum output. The peak with straps farther away from chassis. Adjust posi-
maximum capacitance (plunger near in) should tion of straps till maximum (peak) output results.
be used. Tighten lock nut. Check the image fre- The alignment of the detector tuned circuit
quency by changing the receiver dial setting to should next be checked at 28,500 kc without
56,080 kc. If the image signal is received at this changing either the receiver or test oscillator ad-
position, the adjustment of the oscillator air - justments. An increase of output when the brass
trimmer C23 has been correctly made. No ad- end of a tuning wand is brought near L22 indi-
justments should be made while checking for the cates that L22 is too high in inductance, while
image signal. an increase when the iron end is brought near
(c) Re -tune receiver for maximum response to 57,000 the coil indicates that the inductance is too low.
kc (not image response) without disturbing test- The inductance of L22 may be varied by chang-
oscillator adjustments. Change test oscillator to ing the spacing between the grounded end
6,800-14,000 kc range. Tune test oscillator (strap) of L22 and the strap connected from C41
until signal is heard in speaker (should occur at to contact on S2 (figure 5). An increase of spac-
approximately 14,250 kc, fourth harmonic of ing will increase the inductance, while a decrease
of spacing will decrease the inductance. Adjust
WAVE TRAP
460.K4
the spacing until maximum (peak) output results.
Replace "Magic Brain" bottom cover and repeat
C6 ANT.
350 K.C. adjustments in (b) prior to those of "Short
CS ANT.
1500 K.C: C39BET- wave" band.
- "" 37,000 K.L.
. C4 ANT.L. _ C" CJ50KDE7. "Short Wave" Band
K. 20,00.C.
C3 ANT. -' :1E-A-14-
BET. COIL
C36DET. (d) Set the receiver range selector to its "Short
2ßO00 N.C. 6000 K.C.
wave" position and its dial pointer to 20,000 kc.
'p'5;00
GI0
K.0ORNT.
`-0 C370(.CET.
1500 .
Adjust the test oscillator to 20,000 kc. If the
X C36DET.
350 KC. vertical input cathode-ray connections were
054 COIL
LS
changed for adjustment (b) above, they should
600 K.C.
be restored to their original position as shown
_-L10 on figure 11. Adjust oscillator air -trimmer C13
A OSC.
175 K.C. until maximum (peak) output is reached. Two
MCA OF CNASSlS C2305G. \ C13 OSC. CIq 05C CIS 05C. CIS 05C.
peaks may be found with this circuit. The peak
57,000 E.G
D'
20,000
.C. K.C. 6000 K.C. 1500 K. C.
.p..
3503.KC. with minimum capacitance (plunger near out)
G "i-iséi8 ¡F. should be used. Tighten lock nut. Adjust de-
APPRO. DISTANCE W INCRES-CIMSSIS tector air -trimmer C35 until maximum (peak)
MEE TO T0P 0f TRIMMER PLONGEA
vln output is reached, while slightly rocking the gang
Ia E tuning condenser back and forth through the
signal. Two peaks may be found with this cir-
Figure 7-"Magic Brain" Trimmer Locations cuit. The peak with maximum capacitance
(plunger near in) should be used. Tighten lock
test oscillator used). Two test -oscillator settings nut. Adjust antenna air -trimmer C3 until maxi-
(230 kc apart) will produce a signal at this point. mum (peak) output is reached while slightly
The lower frequency test -oscillator setting should rocking the gang tuning condenser back and
be used, as this places the test oscillator har- forth through the signal. Two peaks may be
monic 460 kc below the frequency of the re- found with this circuit. The peak with maximum
ceiver heterodyne oscillator. Tune receiver for capacity (plunger near in) should be used.
maximum response at a dial setting of approxi- Tighten lock nut. Check the image frequency
mately 28,500 kc (image should tune in at a dial by changing the receiver dial setting to 19,080
339
MOTOR BOARD
YELLOW
GREEN
REO
-
SHIELD EAT
GREEN
I-RED
I-BLRCK
PICK-UP ED
CABLE GREEN
BLACK
YELLOW TOGGLE
SWITCH
C OMP'T
LAMP BLACK
57
BOTTOM VIEW
BROWN
C84 TUNING
.O5MFD.
TUBE
SHIELD EXT.
I YELLOW
GREEN
BLRCK
BROWN
L44 L43
2 200.4 soon 50044
SPEAKER
CABLE 500.11. 0.I5
12000.4.
CBf
.025MF
l R40
10.000.4
Ceo
.05MFD.
B750n GREEN
YELLOW BLUE
INPUT TRANSFORMER
PACK CONNECTIONS
SPERKER
GREEN
//WHITE
///BLUE
a
\
\\ C11CN
Mf4. CO.,INC
TnwNo
340
www.americanradiohistory.com
§
K§
ÿó
§-
k\
%%
ae
ª o
\
D
\
q ÿ
14
$
}(
bk
(©>
kó52
(
ôa2
! §§§
341
kc. The image signal should be received at this in its place. Place receiver range selector to
position indicating that the adjustment of C13 "Standard broadcast" position with receiver dial
has been correctly made. No adjustments should pointer set to 600 kc. Tune the test oscillator to
be made while checking for the image signal. 600 kc. Adjust oscillator magnetite core screw
"Medium Wave" Band L9 (top of large oscillator coil can) for maximum
(peak) output as shown by the waves on the
(e) Place receiver range selector to its "Medium oscillograph screen.
wave" position with its dial pointer set to 6,000 (g) Set receiver dial pointer to 1,500 kc. Tune test
kc. Tune the test oscillator to 6,000 kc. Adjust oscillator to 1,500 kc (1,500-3,100-kc range) and
oscillator air -trimmer C14 to produce maximum increase its output to produce a registration on
(peak) output as shown by the waves on the the oscillograph screen. Carefully adjust the
oscillograph. Two peaks may be found with this oscillator, detector, and antenna air -trimmers
circuit. The peak with minimum capacitance C16, C37 and C5, respectively, to produce maxi-
(plunger near out) should be used. Tighten mum (peak) output as shown by the waves on
lock nut. Adjust the detector air -trimmer C36 the oscillograph screen. Shift the oscillograph
for maximum (peak) output while slightly rock- "Timing" switch to "Ext." Place the frequency
ing the gang tuning condenser back and forth modulator sweep -range switch to its "Lo" posi-
through the signal. Two peaks may be found tion and insert plug of the frequency -modulator
with this circuit. The peak with maximum ca- cable in test-oscillator jack. Turn test -oscillator
pacitance (plunger near in) should be used. modulation switch to "Off." Re -tune the test
Tighten lock nut. Adjust antenna air -trimmer oscillator (increase frequency) until the forward
C4 to produce maximum (peak) output. Tighten and reverse waves show on the oscillograph
lock nut. screen and become coincident at their highest
"Standard Broadcast" Band points. This will occur at a test -oscillator setting
of approximately 1,680 kc. Adjust trimmers C16,
(f) Remove the 300 -ohm resistor from between the C37, and C5 again, setting each to the point
test-oscillator "Ant." post and receiver antenna which produces the best coincidence and maxi-
terminal "Al" and insert a 200-mmfd. capacitor mum amplitude of the images.
I 4 4
t
}A }
.6U 4.A.V.C.
C671N THIS PU°: ON
C.G.
ti
I ,g,l,
®© 2O
L___
OOOn 6H6
_-_
MODEL VU ONLY
EL.
CAP.
C67
L---_J
I
CAP.
BRD.
EL.
GAP.
4.- C66 C65
»2.SM[Gf 5á000n¡
TO TERM. OF C67 ---TOOn-
--- `-- - 6[OA----f
.-_-__ _17.000A
u+mtNls POSITION
ON MODEL SUE ONLY
`_2
1
Ì
I
I
j
1
I
I2[,900
1
'
I
M6,9OOÀ
__
s
,-.IAA.------
&
ú __-5ß000A___---_
C.6.
-__-_
`---tan
---- 1
-------------
I
I I
B2AOOn 0'0
6J7
1 SOCKET ©
*-6.Sn--
®
©
i
I I
- _
---- 56,000n.----
fi t, gi
-----8.6n---- ---
----
---- ----
.
On
p -I I AUDIO C.G.
n
PT +
1
;CG.
C41
6F5
r
1
(A1' 1
¡E
is
WES. -8.6n ----------
3M[C. R. F.
4 OOOn
-___-___-
O500Á00 61<7
I
I
e®ID '
r---- --470,000a 1 i n l - 56,000a
I
I C9 '
i1IDOA 1 r14a--. V ---n
® -'#
I
I
-
eIg
Oa-
170A-
®
OUTPUT
*
1
26Ón1
I
I
1
i
I
I
I
I
-O®';I ;
3MEG.
t C.G.
I
I
O¡
WAVE TRAP
SZ4T I
I
11lDOA
I 190nfOR 60 -,TRANS
260nFOR26tiTRAN9
Ì
6L6 ,i ,
I 1
Oren Mrs. co, INe. I
I
i BOTTOM FRONT OF CHASSIS + r-7 SEE -I I I
I
O VOLUME CONTROL AT "MINIMUM POSITION 0'O OPEN CIRCUIT
Figure 10-Resistance Diagram
Power supply disconnected-Radiotrons in sockets-Tuning condenser in full-mesh-Range selector in
"Standard broadcast" position-Radio volume control clockwise-Phono volume control extreme
counter-clockwise-Other controls optional
Resistance Measurements
The resistance values shown between Radiotron socket excess of this limit will usually be indicative of trouble in
contacts, grid caps, resistors, and terminals to receiver circuit under test. When measuring the resistance between
chassis ground or other pertinent points on figure 10,
points of the circuit and ground, it will be necessary to
permit a rapid continuity check of the circuits. The
use of this diagram in conjunction with the Schematic connect the negative terminal of the resistance meter to
Circuit Diagram, figure 1, and Wiring Diagrams, figures chassis -ground. If the polarity of the resistance meter is
2, 3 and 5, will permit the location of certain troubles not known, it may be readily ascertained by connecting a
which might otherwise be difficult to ascertain. Each value d -c voltmeter of indicated polarity across the terminals of
as specified should hold within ± 20%. Variations in the device.
342
www.americanradiohistory.com
(h) Remove the plug of the frequency - modulator changes caused by the adjustment of L9 core,
cable from the test oscillator jack. Turn test - tightening lock nuts on C16, C37, and C5, re-
oscillator modulation switch to "On." Set oscil spectively, after each is adjusted.
lograph "Timing" switch to "Int." Tune test "Long Wave" Bend
oscillator to 200 kc (200-400 kc range). Tune (i) Shift the oscillograph "Timing" switch to "Int."
receiver for maximum response to this signal at Remove the plug of the frequency -modulator
a dial reading of approximately 600 kc. The cable from the test -oscillator jack. Turn the test-
third harmonic of the 200-kc signal is used for
this adjustment. Shift oscillograph "Timing"
switch to "Ext." Insert the plug of the frequency - Rediotron Cathode Current Readings
modulator cable in test -oscillator jack. Turn test - Measured with Milliammeter Connected at Tube Socket
Cathode Terminal under Conditions Similar to
oscillator modulation switch to "Off." Re-tune the Those of Voltage Measurements
test oscillator (increase frequency) until the for- (1) RCA-6K7-R-F 8.0 ma.
ward and reverse waves show on the oscillograph (2) RCA -6L7 -1st Det. 4.4 ma.
screen. This will occur at a test -oscillator setting (3) RCA-6J7-Osc. 6.7 ma.
of approximately 230 kc. Disregarding the fact
that the two images may or may not come to-
(4)
(5)
(6)
RCA-6K7-I.F.
RCA -6H6 -2nd Det.A.V.C.
RCA-6F5-A.F.
-
8.0 ma.
0.3 ma.
gether, adjust the oscillator magnetite core screw (7) RCA-6L6-Power 63 ma.
L9 (top of large oscillator coil can) to produce (8) RCA-6E5-Eye 3.0 ma.
maximum (peak) amplitude of the images. Shift (9) RCA-5Z4-Rect. 110 ma.*
the oscillograph "Timing" switch to "Int." Re- (*Cannot be measured at socket)
move the plug of the frequency -modulator cable
from the test -oscillator jack. Turn the test- oscillator modulation switch to "On." Place re-
oscillator modulation switch to "On." Repeat ceiver range selector to its "Long wave" position.
adjustments in (g) above to compensate for any Set the receiver dial pointer to 175 kc. Tune the
ti
268,
t `CONNECTIONS) l'O' TO CHASSIS GROUND.
OV. 2Ne. I.F. + I
1
1
TERM.
¡
94v.
TRANS. -o¡4V.
-6Áv. i
26ev. 1 X6.4
A.C. BRD.
L_
¡-%C, U L26 O A.C.
-t J yA.V.C.
EL.
-.
1
C.G. 1...
If2l
i I
eeK.C. eR,
RI.
L o ®,, CET. CAP. L-_ _ í-0.15V.«)-
T _J 2
-11J 460 -D.3V.
5
lr
;
W -, IN .THIS POSITION
---J
I
1:
--se«. 05 C. A.C.
i
s
©O-3v ---__J
.
6J7 L
--- ,
COIL
-27"- o O
O
i i 1' DÉT. --1
G.G.
D
r ©O TJ L7 ®c
-o.2V., --,_ SOCKET
- L6.4..J - -266,. - OO
-
'1, C0I L_
14
3V. !gc.G. A.C. r I 64. 1
- :, ,
1.5 V.
i
a
-- AUD101
6F5 286,.
¡ Ì I >I 6c DET 1
iv AN
f-__
.
®0 Ì ILj I I COIL
'D-
IL
r e13 e), GSV. (-3V. C)
A.0.I
®
m(-1.9vw) (16 c..
-OA,.I
S 0.2V L J I I 126v.
I
I
L-
I
-
I 5.j v.
SA.c
A.C. r- --A.C.-__
ti. SAV_
i '-1¡ r ® _320,4 __ß
i
I
R.
OUTPUTr -A ,c7
u®w/I -1
1
I
6L6 c T, I
rT--- 1
92v.I I
L---- RECT.
_ Q ííí,,...._J
I
1
I f,1c.G. I Ì I
I¡'-
34BV. 574
15.7 V. T.- C I
WAVE TRAP
I I
Le.4 V.-A.CJ
º,
1
oV i
I
V.1..-1
I
III
1266, 258V.
i 1 i
I I
i i i
I elec. few* co,,Ne.
1
I I
i
1
t t
I
I
BOTTOM FRONT OF CHASSIS I
343
test oscillator to 175 kc and increase its output is not parallel with the top ofthe chassis base, loosen
until a deflection is noticeable on the oscillograph the nut on the rear of the roller link pivot stud and
screen. Adjust oscillator magnetite core screw move the stud up or down until the link roller moves
L10 (located on top of small oscillator coil can) the dial to the desired position so that the end cali-
so that maximum (peak) amplitude of output is bration marks obtain the position mentioned above.
shown on the oscillograph screen. Tighten the nut on the roller link pivot stud.
(j) Set receiver dial pointer to 350 kc. Tune test
oscillator to 350 kc. Adjust the oscillator, de-
tector, and antenna air -trimmers C18, C38, and ROLLER LINK
t
PIVOT STUD
C6 to produce maximum (peak) output as shown
by the waves on the oscillograph screen. With-
ROLLER
out disturbing the connections, shift the oscillo - LINK
graph "Timing" switch to "Ext." Place the
frequency -modulator sweep -range switch to its DIAL POINTER
"Hi" position and insert plug of frequency - SHAFT
lengths.
(k) Re -tune the receiver to approximately 175 kc so Figure 12-Selector Dial Change Mechanism
that the forward and reverse waves appear on
the oscillograph screen. Adjust the oscillator Set the gang tuning condenser to its maximum ca-
magnetite core screw L10 to produce maximum pacity position. Adjust the dial pointer to the low -
(peak) amplitude of the waves, disregarding the frequency (end) mark on "Standard broadcast" scale.
fact that the two images may or may not come This is a friction adjustment.
together. With the gang tuning condenser plates still in full
(1) Shift the receiver dial setting to 350 kc without mesh, loosen the two set screws on the vernier -dial
altering any other adjustments (frequency modu- hub. Rotate the vernier dial until the "0" marking is
lator still in operation). Adjust air -trimmers in a vertical plane above the center of the shaft.
C18, C38, and C6, respectively, to produce maxi- Tighten set screws.
mum amplitude and best coincidence of the
waves. These adjustments compensate for any Antenna and Ground Terminals
changes caused by the adjustment of the mag- These receivers are equipped with an antenna -
netite core screw L10. Tighten lock nuts on ground terminal board having three terminals. These
C18, C38, and C6, respectively, after each is terminals are marked "A2," "Al," and "G," the latter
adjusted. being the ground terminal and should always be con-
nected to a good external ground. The transmission -
Selector Dial line leads of the RCA RK -40A antenna system should
Figure 12 illustrates the relation of the various parts be connected to terminals "A2" and "Al." The re-
of the dial mechanism when in its "Standard broad- ceiver coupling units of the RCA RK -40 and the
cast" position with the range switch likewise turned RCA Spider -Web antenna systems should be con-
to its "Standard broadcast" position. In re -assembling nected to terminals "Al" and "G." Connect a single -
the dial after repairs, see that the gears are meshed wire antenna to terminal "Al."
in accordance with the diagram, at the same time
noting that the range switch in in its "Standard broad- Magnetic Pickup
cast" position and the lever attached to the range - The pickup used in the phonograph unit is of an
switch shaft placed in the position shown. improved design. The horseshoe magnet is rigidly
To adjust the dial mechanism, set the range switch welded to the pole pieces and is irremovable. There
to its "Standard broadcast" position. Place a straight- is a centering spring attached to the armature to
edge across the center of the dial so that its edge is maintain proper adjustment and to provide a limiting
even with the lower (end) marking at both the low - effect on the movement of the armature. The fre-
frequency and high -frequency ends of the dial. Under quency response is substantially uniform over a wide
such conditions the straight -edge should be parallel range. Service operations which may be necessary on
with the top of the chassis base. If the straight -edge the pickup are as follows:
344
www.americanradiohistory.com
Centering Armature coloid side) so that the viscoloid block will fuse at
Refer to figure 13 showing the pickup inner struc- the point of contact and become rigidly attached to
ture. The armature is shown in its proper relation to the armature. A special -tip soldering iron constructed
the magnet pole pieces, i.e., exactly centered. When- as shown in figure 14 will be found very useful in
ever this centering adjustment has been disturbed, the performing this operation. The iron should be applied
screws A, B, and C should be loosened and the arm- only long enough to slightly melt the block and cause
ature clamp adjusted to the point where the vertical a small bulge on both sides.
axis of the armature is at right angles to the horizontal Replacing Coil
axis of the pole pieces, and centered between them. Whenever there is defective operation due to an
This centering operation may be facilitated by insert- open or shorted pickup coil, this coil should be re-
ing a small rod or nail into the armature needle hole, placed. The method of replacement will be obvious
using it as a lever to test the angular movement of upon inspection of the pickup assembly and by study
the armature. The limitations of the movement in of the cut -a -way illustrations. Make sure that the new
each direction will be caused by the armature striking coil is properly centered with the hole in the support
the pole pieces. The proper adjustment is obtained strip and glued securely in that position. It is impor-
when there is equal angular displacement of the tant to re-adjust the armature as previously explained
armature and adjustment rod or nail to each side of after re-assembly of the mechanism. Only rosin core
the vertical axis of the magnet and coil assembly. The VISCOLOID SPACER
screws A and B should then be secured, observing DAMPING BLOCK\ CUSHIONS
care not to disturb the adjustment of the armature
clamp. Then place the pickup in a vise and secure
the centering spring -clamp by means of the screw C,
allowing the centering spring to remain in the posi- TIP OF SOLDERING/
tion at which the armature is exactly centered be- IRON ARMATURE UP-ru
© ac. MFG C, I.,
tween the pole pieces. With a little practice, the
correct adjustment of the armature may be readily Figure 14-Special Soldering -Iron Tip
obtained. The air gap between the pole pieces and solder should be used for soldering the coil leads in
the armature should be kept free from dust, filings, the pickup. This same type of solder should be used
and other such foreign materials which would ob- when necessary for soldering the centering spring to
struct the movement of the pickup armature. the armature.
Damping Block Magnetizing
Loss of magnetization will not usually occur when
The viscoloid block which is attached to the back the pickup has received normal care because the mag-
end of the armature shank serves as a mechanical net and pole pieces are one unit and the magnetic
filter to eliminate undesirable resonances and to cause circuit remains practically closed at all times. When
the frequency response to be uniform. Should it be the pickup has been mishandled, subjected to a strong
necessary to replace this damping block, it may be a-c field, jolted, or dropped, there may be an appreci-
done by removing screw D and the cover support able loss of magnetic strength, in which case it will
bracket from the mechanism and taking off the old be necessary to re -magnetize the entire structure. To
viscoloid block. The surface of the armature which
is in contact with the viscoloid should be thoroughly
do this, it will be necessary to first remove the pickup
mechanism from the tone arm, and then remove the
cleaned with fine emery cloth. Then insert the new magnet assembly. Place the magnet assembly on the
block so that it occupies the same position at it did
poles of a standard pickup magnetizer such as the
originally. Make certain that the block is in correct
RCA Stock No. 9549 Pickup Magnetizer and charg-
ing the magnet in accordance with the instructions
ALIGN ARMATURE
CENTRALLY
accompanying the magnetizer. It is preferable to
BETWEEN POLE
PIECES
check the polarity of the pickup magnet and to re-
magnetize it so that the same polarity is maintained.
WELQED CENTERING
Automatic Record Ejector
POLE
SPRING
CLAMP MOUNTING
The record changing mechanism is designed to
PIECES
SOLDAR
SCREWS
be simple and fool - proof. Under normal operating
III.;IVIBCOLDID conditions, service difficulties should be negligible.
ARMATURE
)
ARMATURE CLAMP DAMPING BLOCK Occasionally, however, certain adjustments may be
DOWER"' 'CENTERING SPRING--' NEEDLE SCREW required. These adjustments are illustrated and ex-
Figure 13-Details of Pickup plained in figure 9.
It is important when servicing the automatic mech-
vertical alignment with the armature. The hole in the anism, to have it placed on a level support. It is also
new viscoloid block is somewhat smaller than the di- important to refrain from forcing the mechanism if
ameter of the armature in order to permit a snug fit. there is a tendency to bind or jam, since bent levers
With the viscoloid aligned on the armature, screw and possibly broken parts may result.
D and the cover support bracket should then be re- The tip of the record ejector is adjustable in re-
placed. Heat should be applied to the armature (vis- lation to the turntable spindle, the two being exactly
345
coaxial when properly adjusted. To align the tip, re-
move the rubber silencer of the ejector assembly, Loudspeaker
loosen ejector tip retaining nut and slide the tip Centering of the loudspeaker voice coil is made in
BLACK BLUE
RED
the usual manner with three narrow paper feelers
FILAMENTS
RED -BLACK
after first removing the front paper dust cover. This
YELLOW
BLUE
may be removed by softening its cement with a very
BLACK
RECT. light application of acetone using care not to allow
FIL.
-YELLOW
YELLOW
BROWN
REEEN
BLACK -BROWN
BLACK RED TR.
LACK -RED TR. rYARIABLE LEAD
ED - BUCK
BROWN
ITO ^
ii OUTPUT
TRAN5F.
TE
RECTIFIER
M-91021-0 FILAMENT
S-voLTa
Primar,- resisti nee -10 ohms total FIELDLBO
700^
Secondar resistance -200 ohms total
Figure 15-Universal Transformer
BROWN BLAZE
assembly to the position where it is in true -line with BROWN
the axis of the turntable spindle. This adjustment may
be simplified by placing several records on the turn- KACK
mA,'" mrM4
table, depressing the spindle through the top record
hole and lining up the ejector tip in the spindle hole Figure 16 -Loudspeaker Wiring
of -the record.
To insure that the ejector tip rotates freely, apply the acetone to flow down into the air gap. The dust
a slight amount of oil to the shank of the tip at the cover may be cemented back in place with ambroid
point where it is in contact with the ball bearing. upon completion of adjustment.
.75
4858 Capacitor -.01 Mfd. (C60) .25 12875 Resistor-56,000 ohms-carbon type -1
4836 Capacitor -.05 Mfd. (C53) .30 watt (R16) -Package of 5 1.10
4886 Capacitor -.05 Mfd. (C62) .20 12264 Resistor-220,000 ohms -insulated -1/4
4841
11414
Capacitor -0.1 Mfd. (C54)
Capacitor -0.1 Mfd. (C47)
.22
.20 11398
watt (R44) -Package of 5
Resistor-220,000 ohms -carbon type - 1.00
4840
5170
12741
Capacitor -.25 Mfd. (C58)
Capacitor -.25 Mfd. (C48, C68)
Capacitor -0.5 Mfd. (C64)
.30
.25
.30
11453
1/10 watt (R13) -Package of 5
Resistor-270,000 ohms -carbon type
1/10 watt (R24) -Package of 5
- .75
.75
5212 Capacitor-18 Mfd. (C67) 1.16 11172 Resistor-470,000 ohms-carbon type -1/4
12872 Capacitor-20 Mfd. (C61) .90 watt (R23) -Package of 5 1.00
Prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
346
www.americanradiohistory.com
REPLACEMENT PARTS-Continued
STOCK LIST STOCK LIST
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION PRICE
No. PRICE No.
11452 Resistor-470,000 ohms-carbon type- 12724 Capacitor-120 Mmfd. (C25, C28, C29) . .28
1/10 watt (R25)-Package of 5 .75 12725 Capacitor-150 Mmfd. (Cl) .28
12013 -1
Resistor Megohm-carbon type -1/10 12894 Capacitor-180 Mmfd. (C22)
Capacitor-555 Mmfd. (C21)
.20
.20
watt (R28)-Package of 5 .75 12727
11626 Resistor-2.2 Megohm-carbon type-I/4 12537 Capacitor-560 Mmfd. (C7, C26, C33,
watt (R11)-Package of 5 1.00 C42) .20
12874 Resistor-3.3 Megohm-carbon type-I/4 12898 Capacitor -1,500 Mmfd. (C12) .20
watt (R14, R15)-Package of 5 1.00 12729 Capacitor-1,550 Mmfd. (C20) .26
4669 Screw-No. 8.32.5/32 set screw for link 12728 Capacitor-4,500 Mmfd. (C19) .36
Stock No. 12868-Package of 10 .25 12897 Capacitor-4,700 Mmfd. (C43) .40
3903 Screw-No. 8.32.3/16 headless cup point 4858 Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C8, C30, C31, C32) .25
set screw for Stock No. 12870-Pack- 12879 Coil-Antenna coil and shield, XABC
age of 20 . 36 bands (L2, L3, L4, L5, L6) 1.90
12869 Shaft-Range switch and band indicator 12888 Coil-Antenna coil, "D" band (L13, L14) .60
operating shaft and hub-assembly.... .25 12880 Coil-Detector coil and shield, XABC
12008 Shield-I.F. transformer shield for Stock bands (L15, L16, L17, L18, L19, L20). 2.05
No. 12652, 12653 .28 12709 Coil-Oscillator coil and shield, ABC
12607 Shield-I.F. transformer shield top for bands (L7, L8, L9) 2.02
Stock No. 12652 .30 12881 Coil-Oscillator coil and shield, X band
12581 Shield-I.F. transformer shield top for only (L10) .80
Stock No. 12653 .36 12890 Coil-Oscillator coil, "D" band (L II,
12110 Shield-Shield cap for 6F5 Radiotron .14 L12, L23). .70
13095 Socket-Dial lamp socket, upper left or 12889 Coil-R.F. coil, "D" band (L21, L22)... .65
lower right hand .25 12877 Condenser -3 -gang variable tuning con-
11222 Socket-Dial lamp socket, upper right or denser (C9, C27, C41) 5.10
lower left hand .18 12887 Connector -8 -contact male connector and
11381 Socket-Tuning lamp socket and cover .45 cover for power cable, Stock No. 12886 .40
11195 Socket-S-contact 5Z4 Radiotron socket .15 12664 Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stock
11198 Socket-7 -contact 6H6, 6K7, 6L6, or 6F5
.15 12800
No. 12654
Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stock
.22
Radiotron socket
11196 Socket-8 -contact socket for R.F. Unit
12882
No. 12709
Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stock
.20
power cable plug .15
12007
12860
Spring-Retaining spring for Stock No.
12006
Tone Control-Low frequency tone con-
.36 11324
No. 12881
Resistor-560 ohms -
watt (R2)-Package of 5
carbon type -1/4
.20
1.00
trol and power switch (S4, S5) 1.50 5112 Resistor-1,000 ohms-carbon type-I/4
Tone Control-High frequency tone con- watt (R3)-Package of 5 1.00
13468
trol (R27, S6) 1.50 11298 Resistor-5,600 ohms -carbon type
watt (R6).
-1 .22
12652 Transformer-First I.F. transformer corn-
plete (L24, L25, C45, C46) 1.60 3998 Resistor-15,000 ohms-carbon type, I/4
12653 Transformer-Second I. F. transformer
complete (L26, L27, C49, C50, C52,
R12, R13) 2.06
11282
watt (R5)-Package of 5
Resistor -56,000 ohms- carbon type
1/10 watt (R4, R9)-Package of 5...
- 1.00
.75
12856 Transformer-Power transformer; 105-125 8064 Resistor -82,000 ohms-carbon type, I/2
volt, 50-60 cycle (T1) 5.35 watt (R8)-Package of 5 1.00
12857 Transformer-Power transformer, 105-125 11397 Resistor-560,000 ohms-carbon type-
volt, 25 cycle (T1) 7.10 1/10 watt (R1, R7)-Package of 5... .75
12858 Transformer-Power transformer, 100-250 12651 Shield-Coil shield for Stock Nos. 12879
volt, 50-60 cycle (Ti) . 8.75 and 12880. .22
12861 Volume Control-(R20) 1.00 12710 Shield-Coil shield for Stock No. 12709. .28
12883 Shield-Coil shield for stock No. 12881. .20
11198 Socket-7 -contact 6K7 Radiotron socket. .15
MAGIC BRAIN UNIT ASSEMBLIES 11279 Socket-7 -contact 6L7 Radiotron socket. .20
-3 -contact antenna and ground
12885 Socket-8 -contact 6J7 Radiotron socket. .20
12806 Board 12007 Spring-Retaining spring for core, Stock
terminal board .25 Nos. 12664, 12800, 12882-Package
5237 Bushing-Variable condenser mounting of 10 .36
bushing assembly-Package of 3 .43 12878 Switch-Range switch and mounting nut
12886 Cable-Shielded power cable approx. 4 -in. (Si, S2, S3) 3.60
long complete with 8 -contact male plug 1.50 12654 Trap-Wave-trap, complete (LI) .75
12511 Cap-Grid contact cap-Package of 5... .15
12714 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer capacitor
(C3, C4, C5, C6, C14, C16) .38 DRIVE ASSEMBLIES
12807 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer capacitor
(C13, C35, C36, C37) .35 10705 Ball -5/32 -inch diameter steel ball for
12884 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer capacitor planetary drive-Package of 20 .25
(C10, C18, C23, C38, C39) . .40 10941 Ball -1/8 -inch diameter s t e e ball for
1
347
www.americanradiohistory.com
REPLACEMENT PARTS -Continued
STOCK
DESCRIPTION
LIST STOCK
DESCRIPTION
LIST
No. PRICE No. PRICE
12899 Drive -Variable tuning condenser drive, 3737 Damper -Pickup damper -Package of 5. .65
complete, including mounting bracket, 3516 Damper -Damper assembly for pickup
drive, dial scale and indicator, less ver arm base -Comprising one upper and
nier dial, Stock No. 12870, and link, one lower damper, one upper bushing
Stock No. 12868 4.40 and one lower bearing .14
12906 Gear-Antilash drive gear, complete.... .75 11723 Escutcheon -Pickup arm escutcheon .62
12910 Gear -Sector gear and link assembly for 11721 Pickup-Pickup unit, complete 5.50
band selector. .20 11549 Screw -Pickup front cover screw-Pack,
12908 Indicator-Station s e l e c t o r indicator age of 10 .42
pointer . .20 3387 Screw -Nut and washer for mounting
8051 Link -Link and roller assembly, complete pickup to arm -Package of 10 .50
with spring .30 11547 Screw -Pickup needle screw -Package of
12911 Screen-Dial lamp and light diffuser .20 10 .42
4669 Screw -Set screw for flexible coupling or
gear, Stock Nos. 12905 and 12906- OPERATING MECHANISM
Package of 10 .25 6502 Cam -Cam and gear assembly 1.18
12901 Shaft-Direct drive shaft and pinion gear 6808 Clutch-Trip lever friction clutch .30
for planetary drive .75 11558 Cover-Metal cover for trip lever and
12900 Shaft-Vernier drive shaft for planetary friction finger assembly .36
drive .25 6809 Finger -Manual index lever finger as,
12903 Spring -Tension s p r i n g for planetary sembly .25
drive bearing -Package of 10 .20 3670 Finger -Friction finger assembly .32
12907 Spring -Tension spring for gear, Stock 11554 Lever -Manual index lever-less pin .62
No. 12906 -Package of 10 .20 11556 Lever -Main lever and link assembly.... 2.10
8052 Spring -Tension spring for link, Stock
No. 8051 -Package of 5
EJECT ARM ASSEMBLIES
.32
11557
3677
Lever -Main spring lever
Lever -Pickup arm cable lever assembly
Comprising lever with cable screw,
- .42
.30 11559
lever and link assembly bushing-Pack,
ace, of 10
arm mounting sgecof.
Spacer-PickupSpring-Actuating
.30
.28
3729 Roller-Eject arm counter balance roller 4127
1
.25
Package of 10 .30 MOTOR ASSEMBLIES
11531 Spring -Ejector tip spring -Package of 10 .42 9735 Motor-105.125 volts -25 cycles (M1)..
11530 Tip -Ejector tip with tip center, adjusting 49.50
screw and cap
9651 Motor-105.125 volts -50 cycles (M1).. 35.35
11539 Yoke -Eject arm yoke assembly
PICKUP AND ARM ASSEMBLIES
.32
.94
9650
12050 Suspension Spring -
Motor -105-125 volts-60 cycles (M1)..
Motor mounting
spring, washer, and stud assembly -
35.35
13469 Arm -Pickup arm, complete less pickup Comprising six springs, six cup washers,
unit . 6.00 three spring washers and three studs.. .60
11724 Armature-Pickup armature. .38 AUTOMATIC SWITCH
11548
4064
Back -Pickup back
Cable-Pickup arm operating cable - .52
ASSEMBLIES
11722
13470
Package of 5
Coil-Pickup coil (L24)
Connector-Shielded pickup cable and
1.00
.52
3994
10184
Cover-Motor switch cover
Plate -Automatic brake latch plate
Package of 5
- .26
.40
connector assembly -approximately 59 10174 Springs-Automatic brake springs-Pack,
inches long .90 age of 2 sets .50
11545 Cover-Pickup front cover .22 6805 Switch Assembly -A
u t o m a tic switch,
11546 Cover-Pickup báck cover with mounting complete 1.90
screws .14 3322 Switch-Motor switch (S6). .75
-.65
3654 Roller -Pickup arm cable guide roller- 4836 Capacitor -.05 Mfd. (for phonograph
Comprising bracket, roller and guide volume control) (C84) .30
pin .34
Crystal -Station selector escutcheon and
.
Suspension spring,
washer and bolt assembly for motor
.16
11580 Cover
only
-
crystal
Pilot lamp cover -
Model 9U2
1.30
.12
board -Comprising one bolt, two cup 12742 Escutcheon -Tuning lamp escutcheon .22
washers, two springs, two "C" washers 4340 Lamp-Pilot lamp -6.3 volts-Package of
5 -Model 9U2 only .60
4671 Switch -
and one cap nut
Operating switch -
toggle type
.42
.72
12699 Knob -Large station selector knob -Pack
age of 5
Knob -Low frequency tone control and
.68
Turntable -Complete 2.90 11347
11599 .
power switch phonograph or radio
13226 Cable
MISCELLANEOUS CABLE
-3
ASSEMBLIES
-conductor shielded compensator
frequency tone control knob
age of 5
-
volume control, range switch, or high
Pack,
.75
cable (volume control end), approxi 12700 Knob -Small (vernier) station selector
mately 18 inches long, complete with knob -Package of 5 .58
one 4 -contact female connector, Stock 11607 Receptacle -Needle card holder .38
No. 12494 2.20 11210 Screw -Chassis mounting screw assembly
13227 Cable-3 -conductor shielded compensator for Model 9U only-Package of 4.... .28
cable (transformer end), approximately 4560 Screw-Chassis mounting screw assembly
8 inches long, complete with one 4 (front) -Comprising one screw, one
contact male connector, Stock No. washer and one lockwasher-Package
12565 and three pin type terminals- of 10 -Model 9U2 only .30
for Model 9U2 only 1.45 13102 Screw -Chassis mounting screw assembly
13232 Cable-3 -conductor shielded compensator (bottom) -Comprising one screw, two
cable (transformer end), approximately
27 inches long, complete with one 4
contact male connector, Stock No.
one lockwasher
Model 9U2 only
-
cushions, one spacer, one washer and
Package of 2 -
for
.30
12565 and three pin type terminals- 12916 Shield -Complete R.F. unit shield .90
for Model 9U only 2.00 11573 Socket-Pilot lamp socket -Model 9U2
13225 Cable -3 -conductor shielded volume con,
11349
only .
Spring -Retaining spring for knob, Stock
.28
trol cable (chassis end), approximately
13 inches long, complete with one 4 Nos. 11347 and 12700-Package of 5. .25
contact female connector, Stock No. 4982 Spring -Retaining spring for knob, Stock
12494 -for Model 9U2 only 1.75 No. 12699-Package of 10 .50
Cable -3 -conductor shielded volume con- 13415 Tube-Magic voice tube -7
inches long. .35
13228
trol cable (control end), approximately 13416 Tube -Magic voice tube -8
inches long. .35
-9
--
91/2 inches long, complete with one 13417 Tube -Magic voice tube inches long. .35
4 -contact male connector, Stock No. 13127 Transformer Phonograph input trans,
12565 1.55 former Comprising one transformer,
13231 Cable-3conductor shielded volume con- three choke coils, three capacitors and
trol cable (chassis end), approximately four resistors (T3, L43, L44, L45, C80,
24 inches long, complete with one 4-
contact female connector, Stock No.
12494 -for Model 9U only 2.00
13126 Volume Control -
C81, C82, R40, R41, R42, R43)
Phonograph volume
control and switch (R39, S8)
6.40
1.50
349
M2CROPPONICS IN MAGIC BRAIN RECEIVERS
(1) Install a Stock No. 14617 RCA Flexible Socket Adaptor for the RCA -
6J7 oscillator tube. This adaptor is readily attached by simply
removing the tube, plugging the new unit into the 6J7 socket, and
inserting the tube into the adaptor.
(3) Remove chassis from cabinet and loosen Magic Brain under -shield to
gain access to the Oscillator Coil ("A, B, C" --see 9T and 10T
Service Notes, Figure 4). Using a small brush, apply Household
Cement, Ambroid, or similar adhesive to the enameled leads on the
inside of the oscillator coil form, so as to make them mechanically
stable. The leads referred to connect to the terminal lugs. Al-
low about six hours for cement to dry before operating the receiver.
350
www.americanradiohistory.com
RCA VICTOR MODELS 10T and 10K
Ten -Tube, Five -Band, A -C, Superheterodyne Receivers
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
"Long Wave" (X) 150-410 kc "Long Wave" (X)
175 kc (osc.), 350 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Standard Broadcast" (A). 530.1,800 kc "Standard Broadcast" (A).
"Medium Wave" (B) 1,800-6,400 kc 600 kc (osc.), 1,500 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Medium Wave" (B) ... 6,000 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Short Wave" (C) 6,400.23,000 kc "Short Wave" (C) .... 20,000 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Ultra Short Wave" (D) 23,000.60,000 kc "Ultra Short Wave" (D). 57,000 kc (osc., det., ant.)
Intermediate Frequency 460 kc
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT
(1) RCA -6K7 R -F Amplifier (6) RCA-6H6 Second Detector and A.V.C.
(2) RCA -6L7 First Detector (7) RCA-6F5 Audio Voltage Amplifier
(3) RCA -6J7 Oscillator (8) RCA -6L6 Power Output
(4) RCA -6K7 First I -F Amplifier (9) RCA -5Z4 Full -Wave Rectifier
(5) RCA -6K7 Second I -F Amplifier (10) RCA -6E5 Tuning Tube
Pilot Lamps (4) Mazda No. 46, 6 3 volts, 0.25 ampere
POWER SUPPLY RATINGS
Rating A 105-125 volts, 50-60 cycles, 120 watts
Rating B. 105-125 volts, 25-60 cycles, 120 watts
Rating C 100-130/140-160/195-250 volts, 40-60 cycles, 120 watts
POWER OUTPUT LOUDSPEAKER
Undistorted. 5 watts Type. Electrodynamic
Maximum 9 watts Impedance (v.c.) 3.4 ohms at 400 cycles
Mechanical Specifications
CABINET DIMENSIONS MODEL 10T MODEL 10K
Height. 23%6 inches 41 inches
Width. 18%6 inches 27 inches
Depth 12%6 inches 143/4 inches
WEIGHTS
Net 48 pounds 86 pounds
Shipping 57 pounds 132 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 15 inches x inches
93/4 inches x 3
Over-all Height of Chassis inches . 91/4
Operating Controls. (1) Music-Speech-Power Switch, (2) Volume, (3) Tuning, (4) Range Selector, (5) Fidelity
Tuning Drive Ratios 20 to 1 and 100 to 1
General Description
These receivers represent the result of thorough dynamic loudspeaker. Model 10K employs an iden-
development, design, and substantial manufacture. tical radio chassis, is of the console -type, has a twelve -
Noteworthy technical improvements have been ap- inch electrodynamic loudspeaker, and incorporates
plied in achieving marked advantages of operation, the newly developed "Magic Voice." Design features
and efficiency of performance. incorporated in these receivers include built-in doublet
Model 10T is a ten-tube, table -type, "Magic Brain" antenna coupler; "Magic Brain"; improved plunger-
superheterodyne receiver with an eight -inch electro- type air-dielectric adjustable trimming capacitors in
351
the antenna, detector, and oscillator coil circuits; Service convenience has been a controlling factor
tuned r -f amplifier; high -efficiency first detector (con- in the layout of the chassis parts and wiring. The
verter) with separate oscillator; two -stage i -f ampli- assembly of these various elements is such that the
fier; beam -type power amplifier; magnetite core ad- number of conductors is minimized, with all impor-
justed i -f transformers, low -frequency oscillator track- tant connections being readily accessible. Trimming
ing, and wave -trap; range -selector sensitivity control; adjustments are located at accessible points. A double
tuning -knob arrangement permits the choice of either
fidelity control; two -point aural compensated volume a twenty -to -one or a hundred -to -one dial drive ratio.
control; music -speech switch; automatic volume con- The latter permits ease of tuning, especially in the
trol; phonograph terminal board; new selector dial; "Medium wave", "Short wave", and "Ultra short
and a dust -proof electrodynamic loudspeaker. wave" bands.
Circuit Arrangement
The conventional type of superheterodyne circuit (L6 and LS shorted out). In the "Short wave" (C)
is used. It consists of an r -f amplifier stage, first - band, L3 becomes the primary with L2 as secondary
detector (converter) stage, separate oscillator stage, (L6, L5, L4, and tap on 4,41 shorted out). The tap on
two i -f amplifier stages, a diode-detector-automatic- L4 is provided to prevent interaction with L3 and
volume-control stage,, an audio voltage -amplifier stage, L2 when operating receiver in "Short wave" band.
a beam -type power -amplifier stage, a tuning indicator In the "Ultra short wave" (D) band, L6, L5, L4,
"Magic Eye", and a full -wave rectifier. and L3 are shorted out and grounded, and secondary
L14 is placed in shunt with L2. The latter connection
"Magic Brain" prevents undesirable interaction of L2 with L14. This
The new "Magic Brain" is constructed as a sepa- method of switching reduces the total number of coils
rate, self-contained, completely shielded, five -band, and leads, and results in having a low -loss primary
oscillator- detector- antenna -tuning unit which plugs and secondary winding for each band with high
into the main chassis. efficiency of operation.
A single -wire antenna, or a doublet antenna, when
connected to the proper input terminals of the re- The band switching of the detector circuits is
ceiver, is coupled to the control grid of the RCA -6K7 similar to that of the antenna circuits. Coils L15,
L21, and L20 are always connected in series with the
RI plate circuit of the RCA -6K7 r -f amplifier tube. In
-
560,000,
24094 the "Long wave" (X) band, L19, L18, L17, and L16
POWER
0 R.EAMP.
Q___3 560
1 -
UNIN3 TUBE
are connected in series as the secondary circuit. The
OUTPUT
/JO ground of the coil system is at the low end of L19.
6K1 L20 acts as the primary which transfers energy to the
6F5 C92 -
secondary L19. Capacitor C33 resonates primary L20
560 MME.
at the proper frequency. In the "Standard broadcast"
AUDIO 7 R7
60000.. = C25
120
MME.
(A) band, L18, L17, and L16 are connected in series
as the secondary circuit. The ground of the coil
system is now between L18 and L19. L19 is used as
6600.
the primary and is resonated at the proper frequency
by capacitors C34 and C35 which are in shunt with
this coil. Capacitor C33 is connected to transfer
5
energy to the primary coil L19. In the "Medium
_,
3rd
wave" (B) band, L17 and L16 are connected in series
2,4 2- 2n4
II:MANSE `, IfAMPL. I.E. TRANSE , 0E7.643/.0 eftcA M76.C.IMG. 66-677 as the secondary. The ground of the coil system is
SEC. AU. SF0.ADJ. SEC. Ali now between L17 and L18. L18 is used as the
126 1.28 130
460 AL. 460 K.C. 460 K.C. primary and is resonated at the proper frequency by
capacitor C34 which is in shunt with this coil. L19
Figure 1-Radiotron and I -F Trimmer Locations is shorted by the range selector. Capacitor C33 trans-
fers the r -f energy from the plate circuit to the pri-
r -f amplifier tube through the tuned r -f transformer mary L18. In the "Short wave" (C) band, L16 is
consisting of L6, LS, L4, L3, and L2 (except when the secondary. The ground of the coil system is
range selector is in "Ultra short wave" position). now between L16 and L17. L17 is used as the primary
The primary coil L13 of the "Ultra short wave" (D) and is resonated to the proper frequency by capa-
band tuned r -f transformer remains in the antenna citor C34. In addition, L15 acts as a high -frequency
circuit at all times. A unique method of switching primary which resonates above 20 me and improves
is used. In the "Long wave" (X) band, L6 becomes the gain at the high -frequency end of the "Short
the primary with'L5, L4, L3, and L2 as secondary. wave" band. Coils L19 and L18 are shorted by the
In the "Standard broadcast" (A) band, L5 becomes range selector. L21 is effectively r -f bypassed in this
the primary with L4, L3, and L2 as secondary (L6 position by capacitor C32. In the "Ultra short wave"
shorted out). In the "Medium wave" (B) band, L4 (D) band, L22 is the secondary, or grid coil, and
becomes the primary with L3 and L2 as secondary consists of approximately a single turn of silver plated
352
strap around a 7/8 -inch coil form. The primary coils, function. The sensitivity of the receiver is increased
L21 and L15 are in series on this band, with L21 in the "Ultra short wave" (D), "Short wave" (C),
acting as a low -frequency primary and L15 as a high - and "Medium wave" (B) bands by reducing the
frequency primary. L16 is shunted by L22 instead of residual bias on the above mentioned controlled tubes
being shorted directly by the range selector. Any with switch S7 which is operated by the range se-
inductive effect of L16 is thus eliminated. L19, L18, lector control.
and L17 are shorted directly by the range selector.
Separate windings, with the exception of L23, are Audio System
employed in the oscillator stage for each position of The manual volume control consists of an acoustic-
the range selector. L23 (inductively coupled to L11 ally tapered potentiometer in the audio circuit be-
and L12) is placed in the oscillator plate circuit to tween the output of the detector -diode and the in-
provide additional feed-back when operating receiver put grid of the RCA -6F5 audio voltage -amplifier tube.
on the "Ultra short wave" (D) band. This coil is This control has a two -point tone -compensating filter
effectively r -f bypassed by capacitor C12, when range connected to it so that the correct aural balance will
selector is in the "Short wave" (C) position, to pre- be obtained at different volume settings. Phonograph
vent undesirable reactions. Its effect on the remaining terminals are provided to feed the output of an ex-
bands is negligible. The inherent stability of the os- ternal phonograph pickup to the control grid of the
cillator circuit provides minimum frequency drift audio amplifier through this aurally compensated
which is especially advantageous for high -frequency volume control.
reception. The locally generated signal is capacitance The output of the voltage amplifier is resistance -
coupled to grid No. 3 of the RCA -6L7 first detector. capacitance coupled to the control grid of the RCA -
The output of the "Magic Brain" is fed to the i -f 6L6 power -output tube. The output of this stage is
amplifier through the plug-in cable. This cable also transformer coupled to the voice coil of the electro-
supplies all power required by the "Magic Brain" dynamic speaker.
unit. The "Music -speech" control consists of a switch
S6 which, in the "Speech" position, places an addi-
I -F Amplifier tional capacitor C66 and resistor R26 in shunt with
The intermediate -frequency amplifier consists of the capacitor C65 in one of the tone compensating
two RCA -6K7 tubes in a two -stage, transformer- filters. This reduces the low -frequency response of
coupled circuit. The windings of all three i -f trans- the amplifier and provides maximum intelligibility of
formers are resonated by fixed capacitors, and are the voice frequencies.
adjusted by molded magnetite cores (both primary
and secondary) to tune to 460 kc. A third winding Fidelity Control
L26, in the first i -f transformer, is placed in series The fidelity control consists essentially of the com-
with the main secondary L25 when the fidelity control bination of a conventional high audio -frequency tone
switch S5 ig thrown to "broad" position (see figure control, including capacitor C70 and variable resistor
2), thereby increasing the coupling between the R29 in shunt with the plate circuit of the output
primary and secondary circuits with consequent tube, and means for changing the band width of the
broadening of the band width of the i -f amplifier i -f amplifier. It performs in the following manner:
The increased band width of the i -f amplifier there- When the fidelity control is in its extreme counter-
fore causes less attenuation of the higher audio modu- clockwise position, the resistance of R29 is a mini-
lation side -hand frequencies, permitting higher fidelity mum, and winding L26 is disconnected from the i -f
reception. circuit (SS in sharp position, see figure 2). Capacitor
C70 is most effective at this point causing maximum
Detector and A.V.C. attenuation of the higher audio frequencies. As the
control is turned clockwise, placing more resistance in
The modulated signal, as obtained from the output series with capacitor C70, the capacitor becomes less
of the last i -f stage, is detected by an RCA -6H6 twin -
and less effective, and the upper frequency range of
diode tube (No. 2 diode). The audio frequency the audio amplifier is extended. When the fidelity
secured by this process is transferred to the a -f system control nears its extreme clockwise position, resistor
for amplification and final reproduction. The d -c volt- R29 is disconnected and switch S5, operated by
age which results from detection of the signal is used fidelity control shaft, places winding L26 (first i -f
for automatic volume control. This voltage, which transformer) in series with L25 (SS in broad posi-
develops across resistors R17 and R19, is applied as tion).
automatic control -grid bias to the r -f, first -detector,
and i -f tubes. The No. 1 diode of the RCA -6H6 is "Magic Eye"
used to supply residual bias to the controlled tubes An RCA -6E5 cathode-ray tuning tube is used as
under conditions of little or no signal. This diode, a means of visually indicating when the receiver is
under such conditions, draws current which flows accurately tuned to the incoming signal. This tube
through resistors R18, R17, and R19, thereby main- consists of an amplifier section and a cathode-ray
taining the desired operating bias on such tubes. On section built in the same glass envelope. A portion of
application of signal energy above a certain level, the signal voltage developed across resistor R19 is
however, the auxiliary bias diode ceases to draw used to actuate the grid of the amplifier section.
current and the a.v.c. diode takes over the biasing Maximum voltage is applied to this grid when the
353
ce3
, s
ti
p
aY
MAW
' S
IV
M
M
R,.
- `Luº II,1--t- \ rlld)
uxzY---- --h ,mggá
<
m$
liw
Ilne.
I
ón l'.
IIx=
U fi
1"-,H
il
w",,n
ÒLIE;
{ Ñ
yH -L
- á
-14V51-
\04
V -E
d ` x V¢E 02y
a
1
ó1
_
-{I V m x xg mW / iM
-.0
354
www.americanradiohistory.com
355
receiver is tuned to resonance with an incoming Five metal open-end pipes of equal diameter but
carrier. This condition is evidenced by the minimum of three different lengths are inserted in holes in the
width of the dark sector on the fluorescent screen. cabinet base and extend upward in the speaker com-
"Magic Voice" (Model 10K) partment. The effect is to cause the lower -frequency
Model 10K is designed with a cabinet incorporat- waves, reaching the front of the cabinet through the
ing the "Magic Voice." This is accomplished by hav- pipes, to arrive approximately in -phase giving ex-
ing the rear of the speaker compartment completely tended low -frequency response without boominess, or
enclosed by a tight -fitting back. cabinet resonance.
SERVICE DATA
The various diagrams in this booklet contain such leads should be restored to their original positions,
information as will be needed to locate causes for de- since the lead -dress is important for proper operation
fective operation if such develops. The values of the and dial calibration.
various resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are indicated
adjacent to the symbols signifying these parts on the Precautionary Dressing of Leads for "Magic Brain"
diagram. Identification titles, such as Cl, L2, R1, etc., Alignment
(Refer to Figure 4)
are provided for reference between the illustrations Band "X"
and the Replacement Parts List. The coils, reactors, 1. Keep blue lead A of Si to antenna coil L4-5 dressed
and transformer windings are rated in terms of their away from chassis, and from yellow lead X of Si to
d -c resistance only. Resistance values of less than one antenna coil L5-6.
ohm are generally omitted. 2. Bus lead from C10 to Si should be as short as
possible.
3. Keep blue lead A of S2 to detector coil L18-19 clear
of chassis, coil shield, coil, and other leads.
Alignment Procedure 4. Keep spaghetti lead C6 to X of S1 apart from spaghetti
lead C5 to A of Si, and from chassis.
There are seventeen adjustments required for the Band "A"
alignment of the oscillator, first -detector, and antenna - 1. Keep green lead terminal Si to antenna coil tap L4
tuned circuits; one adjustment for the wave -trap; and away from chassis, coil shield, and coil.
six adjustments for the i -f system. Fifteen of these 2. Keep spaghetti lead C5 to A of Si apart from spaghetti
lead C6 to X of S1 and from chassis.
adjustments are made with plunger -type air trimming
capacitors and require the use of an RCA Stock No. Band "C"
Lead from C19 to oscillator coil L7 should be main-
12636 Adjusting Tool. Each of these capacitors has tained as short and straight as possible.
a lock nut for securing the plunger in place after ad- For alignment, the test-oscillator frequency should
justment. The remaining nine adjustments are made be quite accurate. A convenient and reliable means
by means of screws attached to molded magnetite of accurately checking the frequency of test oscil-
cores. These cores change the inductance of the par- lators, receivers, etc., is the RCA Stock No. 9572
ticular coils in which they are inserted to provide Crystal Calibrator.
exact alignment. All of these adjustments are accu- If the test -oscillator signal cannot be heard as the
rately made during manufacture and should remain receiver (heterodyne) oscillator air -trimmer plunger
in proper alignment unless affected by abnormal con- is changed from its minimum -capacity to maximum -
ditions of climate or purported alterations for servic- capacity position (receiver dial and test oscillator set
ing, or unless altered by other means. Loss of sensi- to the specified frequencies, and the correct oscillator
tivity, improper tone quality, and poor selectivity are air -trimmer used) it may be an indication that the
the usual indications of improper alignment. Such test -oscillator frequency is outside the range covered
conditions will usually exist simultaneously. Correct by the air -trimmer. Under such conditions, when a
performance of this receiver can only be obtained more accurate setting of the test oscillator cannot be
when these adjustments have been made by a skilled determined, set the oscillator air -trimmer plungers to
service engineer with the use of adequate and reliable the approximate settings given on figure 6. Tune the
test equipment. The manufacturer of this receiver test oscillator until the signal is heard in the speaker.
has such test equipment available for sale through its Each of two test -oscillator settings (the fundamentals
distributors arid dealers. or the harmonics of which are 920 kc apart) produce
The extensive frequency range of these receivers a signal. The lower -frequency test -oscillator setting
necessitates a more or less involved method of align- should be used as this places the test -oscillator (sig-
ment. However, if the following directions are care- nal) frequency 460 kc below the frequency of the
fully applied in the sequence given, normal perform- receiver heterodyne oscillator.
ance of the instruments will be obtained. Holes are provided in the top of the r -f and an-
The plunger -type air trimming capacitors have their tenna coil cans on some models to enable a tuning
approximate plunger settings tabulated on figure 6. check with the RCA Stock No. 6679 Tuning Wand.
If the plungers have been disturbed from their orig- The hole in the top of the detector coil can has a
inal adjustments, they may be roughly set to the spe- cinch button which must be removed before insertion
cified dimensions prior to alignment. of the tuning wand. When the brass end of the wand
In performing services on the "Magic Brain", the is inserted in the coil, the inductance of the coil is
356
www.americanradiohistory.com
£
£ Nb
u
s m O
VN 23 Ñ2.2 r
CO 2
î e.> OD
1:
R
z-34,z-34,ri,?,
- --HDH19-- ---`Tc--
ff
3i
ub
M
NMOM9
eç
N p£
`n
NMOif9
N33M9
03a J
4:1
357
www.americanradiohistory.com
decreased. If this results in an increase of output, the I -F Adjustments
respective air -trimmer capacitance should be decreased
(plunger pulled out). If inserting the iron end of the (a) Set fidelity control to counter -clockwise position.
tuning wand causes an increase in output, resulting Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
from an increase of inductance of the coil, the re- to the grid cap of RCA -6K7 second i-f tube
spective air -trimmer capacitance should be increased (with grid lead in place) through a .001-mfd.
(plunger pushed in). If the range of the air trimmer capacitor, with "Gnd." to receiver chassis. Tune
is not sufficient to give the desired results, the lead - the test oscillator to 460 kc and place its modula-
dress may be changed in the particular circuit being tion switch to "On" and its output switch to
aligned, so as to cause the circuit to resonate within "Hi." Turn range selector to "A" band.
the range of the trimmer. An increase in the capacity - (b) Turn oh the receiver and test oscillator. Increase
to -ground of the circuit will be required if the iron the output of the test oscillator until a deflection
end of the tuning wand causes an increase of signal is noticeable on the oscillograph screen. The
Iá
output when the air -trimmer plunger is full -in, while figures obtained represent several waves of the
a decrease in the capacity -to -ground will be required detected signal, the amplitude of which may be
if the brass end of the tuning wand causes an increase
(SEE TEXT
in signal output when the air -trimmer plunger is TO DETECTOR-.
OUTPUT
T MV- Itt- D A
CATHODE RAY
full -out. OSCILLOGR A PH
Two methods of alignment are applicable-one re-
quires use of the cathode-ray oscillograph, and the
other requires a voltmeter or glow -type indicator.
The cathode-ray alignment method is advantageous
in that the indication provided is in the form of a
wave -image which represents the resonance character-
istics of the circuit being tuned. This method is pre-
ferred because of the i -f characteristics of these re- VERTICAL INPUT
ceivers. This type of alignment is possible 'through "EXT. see
use of apparatus such as the RCA Stock No. 9558
Frequency Modulator and the RCA Stock No. 9545 O RCA MFG. COPS INC.
358
which is discontinuous. Adjust the "Freq." and band, "Short wave" band, "Medium wave" band,
"Sync." controls of the oscillograph to make "Standard broadcast" band, and "Long wave" band.
them remain motionless on the screen. Continue "Wave -Trap" Adjustment
increasing the test -oscillator frequency until these (a) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
forward and reverse curves move together and to the antenna terminal "Al" through a 200-
overlap, with their highest points exactly coin- mmfd. (important) capacitor. Remove the plug
cident. This condition will be obtained at a test - of the frequency -modulator cable from the test -
oscillator setting of approximately 575 kc. oscillator jack. Turn test -oscillator modulation
(f) With the images established as in (e), re-adjust switch to "On." Shift the oscillograph "Timing"
the two magnetite core screws L30 and L29 on switch to "Int." Place receiver range selector in
the third i -f transformer so that they cause the "Standard broadcast" position. Set the receiver
curves on the oscillograph screen to become dial to a position of no extraneous signals near
exactly coincident throughout their lengths and 600 kc. Tune the, test oscillator to 460 kc. Adjust
have maximum amplitude. the wave -trap magnetite core screw Ll to the
(g) Without altering the adjustments of the appara- point which causes minimum amplitude of out-
tus, shift the "Ant." output of the test oscillator put (maximum suppression of signal) as shown
to the grid cap of the RCA -6K7 first i -f tube by the waves on the oscillograph. An increase of
(with grid lead in place), through a .001-mfd. the test -oscillator output may be necessary be-
capacitor. Regulate the test -oscillator output so fore this point of minimum amplitude, obtained
that the amplitude of the oscillographic image is by correct adjustment of wave -trap screw, be-
approximately the same as used for adjustment comes apparent on oscillograph screen.
(f) above.
(h) The two second i -f transformer magnetite core "Ultra Short Wave" Band
screws L28 and L27 (one on top and one on (b) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
bottom) should then be adjusted so that they to the antenna terminal "Al" of the receiver
cause the forward and reverse curves to become through a 300 -ohm resistor. Set the receiver
coincident throughout their lengths and have range selector to its "Ultra short wave" position
maximum amplitude. and its dial pointer to 57,000 kc. Adjust the test
(i) Without altering the adjustments of the appara- oscillator to 19,000 kc. The third harmonic of
tus, shift the "Ant." output of the test oscillator 19,000 kc is used for this adjustment. If the indi-
to the input of the i -f system, i.e., to the grid cation on the oscillograph screen is not sufficient
cap of the RCA-6L7 first -detector, (with grid
lead in place) through a .001-mfd. capacitor.
Regulate the test -oscillator output so the ampli- C6 ANT.
tude of the oscillographic image is approximately 350 K.C.
cause the forward and reverse waves to become 'p" CIOANT. ,\«.4/1
W
C37DET.
1600 K.C.
359
shock will result if contact is made between these position, the adjustment of the oscillator air -
two points. If this connection is made, advance trimmer C23 has been correctly made. No ad-
the receiver volume control to its maximum posi- justments should be made while checking for the
tion. image signal.
Adjust oscillator air -trimmer C23 for maxi- (c) Re -tune receiver for maximum response to 57,000
mum (peak) output. Two positions, each pro- kc (not image response) without disturbing test -
ducing maximum output, may be found. The po- oscillator adjustments. Change test oscillator to
sition of minimum capacitance (plunger near 6,800-14,000 kc range. Tune test oscillator
out) should be used. This places the receiver until signal is heard in speaker (should occur at
heterodyne oscillator 460 kc higher in frequency approximately 14,250 kc, fourth harmonic of
than the incoming signal. Tighten lock nut. Ad- test oscillator used). Two test -oscillator settings
just the detector air -trimmer C39, while slightly (230 kc apart) will produce a signal at this point.
rocking the gang tuning condenser back and The lower frequency test -oscillator setting should
forth through the signal, for maximum (peak) be used, as this places the test oscillator har-
output. Two peaks may be found on this trim- monic 460 kc below the frequency of the re-
mer. The peak of maximum capacitance (plunger ceiver heterodyne oscillator. Tune receiver for
near in) should be used. Tighten lock nut. Ad- maximum response at a dial setting of approxi-
just the antenna air-trimmer C10 for maximum mately 28,500 kc (image should tune in at a dial
(peak) output while slightly rocking the gang setting approximately 27,580 kc) without alter-
tuning condenser back and forth through the ing test - oscillator adjustment. Test - oscillator
signal. Two peaks may be found on this trimmer second harmonic of 14,250 kc is used for the
which produce maximum output. The peak with following check. Check calibration of receiver
maximum capacitance (plunger near in) should dial. A receiver -dial reading of less than 28,500
be used. Tighten lock nut. Check the image fre- kc indicates that the inductance of the oscillator
quency by changing the receiver dial setting to secondary coil L11 is too low and should be in-
56,080 kc. If the image signal is received at this creased. If the receiver dial reading is greater
R1!
T 1
t6100RESISTOR F
SOME MODELS
*-
' I
\ I
I
r
(SEE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM)
} 1.'667LE ,..4,,4.../27,17- F.
'
x____1.7MEO:--'
j'''
TERM.
BRO.
,}
ASSEMBLY
2.SME6S.1
i
-
EL.CAP.
__
EL.CAP.
,
2.6
I
ME66.¢
2.6ME 5.
.^, 27S,000. 66n^
I
-
1
t- =>700A
0041.
LC.6..,
-"'
1
06.ioOA
10
/
00,,
i
L C.G.
L5,700Á
fi
LOA
1o,700Á
ai 1
TO TERM. OF C78
Ze.DET.
6H6
-
1
615s
--6.07,,
H
I
r ._
1
LE
1^T. I 1 rW' f 1I C.G. ,
:
L10 OSC. COI L
.
oe
o .o TRANS. 16,300n 3 00 I X
CSC. iL_
-f------
L
0.174' 6J7
1.64 -56400,,-
r
L--
13,100s EL. CAP.
:Ili ®m O®
¡
Ile
y.1BISn
1
r66Á00,,1 OS COIL
4\ RECEPTACLE o y A;'B;'C'
AUDIOvtbnc0
C2T .Ó7n
I -62,000,, ® Z ;'.ECG.
I
ú`aun,®®!i
}
`-icGt col
dÚc
i
`i OUTPUT
6L6 I
:36,1000n.-
I
69n
(.56.5nIN7O
t4n
RECT
5Z4
1 I
L50.
r ---I
1
--1100,,-
ÇJt9
otl 1{
ti C9 `WAVE
TRAP
244.0N 60.TRANS.
512.0¡25.TMNs.
,I
RESISTOR
ASSEMBLY
'16M-¡
14T0,000n
I3MEG OOn
S.
RE
3MÉ65.
á0a
(103.1N'X513_') ,: 4Tg0
VOLUME '
tt
,
I
(59.3.IN'x) F CONTROL
IKANI..m,I.ct , 6K7 t
I 1
I i
I
Resistance Measurements
The resistance values shown between Radiotron socket of this limit will usually be indicative of trouble in cir-
contacts, grid caps, resistors, and terminals to receiver cuit under test. When measuring the resistance between
chassis ground or other pertinent point on figure 7, points of the circuit and ground, it will be necessary to
permit a rapid continuity check of the circuits. The
use of this diagram in conjunction with the Schematic connect the negative terminal of the resistance meter to
Circuit Diagram, figure 2, and Wiring Diagrams, figures chassis -ground. If the polarity of the resistance meter is
3 and 4, will permit the location of certain troubles which not known, it may be readily ascertained by connecting a
might otherwise be difficult to ascertain. Each value as d -c voltmeter of indicated polarity across the terminals of
specified should hold within ± 20%. Variations in excess the device.
360
www.americanradiohistory.com
than 28,500 kc, the inductance of L11 is too high of spacing will decrease the inductance. Adjust
and should be decreased. If it is necessary to the spacing until maximum (peak) output results.
change the inductance of L11, first remove bot- Replace "Magic Brain" bottom cover and repeat
tom cover of "Magic Brain" and then set re- adjustments in (b) prior to those of "Short
ceiver dial pointer to 28,500 kc. To decrease in- wave" band.
ductance, move the grounded ends (straps) of
L11 and L12 (see figure 4) nearer chassis. Do
not allow straps to touch chassis except where Radiotron Cathode Current Readings
Measured with Millianuneter Connected at Tube Socket
connected. To increase inductance, move the Cathode Terminals under Conditions Similar to
straps farther away from chassis. Adjust posi- Those of Voltage Measurements
tion of straps until maximum (peak) output (1) RCA -6K7 -F 4.6 ma. -R
results. The alignment of the detector tuned cir- (2) RCA-6L7 -1st Det. 3.0 ma.
cuit should next be checked at 28,500 kc without (3) RCA -6J7 -Osc. 6.0 ma.
(4) RCA -6K7 -1st I.F. 5.0 ma.
changing either the receiver or test oscillator ad-
justments. An increase of output when the brass
end of a tuning wand is brought near L22 indi-
(5) RCA -6K7 -2nd I.F.
(6) RCA-6H6 --2nd Det.-A.V.C
(7) RCA -6F5 -A.F.
7.0 ma.
0.3 ma.
-
cates that L22 is too high in inductance, while (8) RCA -6L6 -Power 65 ma. .
-
ing will increase the inductance, while a decrease wave" position and its dial pointer to 20,000 kc.
R34 } }
¡ } 1 i
+ !MODE FM' Well' TO THIS TERM. 1
LSO V. n }
545V,
LONNECTION51l'0- TO CHASSIS GM) : 1 I
0v I
-A6v.
6.3V. r L___1 -0.4v**_. TERM. wi
--,
3
1
i
v.
rA.
iii, ri
1
1 I
--- -__
-gggg 1
- L F.
1YT" 6J7 V.J
.c.
-isv. __ _
TRANS. _0V. _ __Y
,h (-6.Z v'q
yÿß
"BRAIN"
®D
a
p r
.,B,p}
'41, -
RECEPTACLE L _
1 r., C.G.
' L -95V.- m
I -246V. " (-9V.+7
á3. -7 I'T.DET __
l _r
03V1 Ç ,(165V.*)i
AL®
i
116V.1
clºV
I
y`l.-g V.
C.
6L7 ,6.3v. _1
A.C. 1
2sOV.
AUDIO 0 RECT. -1 I
6F5 1
5Z4
A RESISTOR r- _= 1 (-t6Y.+Ì
Y63V.
r -í00v-1
r---7
340V. 1
3IWV.
' ASSEMBLY B.3v.
I I 1
245V. TFI
I
©3
I
A.C.
6v. A.C. I ; C.G.
OUTPUT I
I
1
6L6 Q I 16V.Ì
I
¡
00 AC ¡ p
0V. 540v. I L
R.F.
-- (-9v.*)
-oaV.
26PV' I
¡
6K7
T-T04.S-0
I
361
Adjust the test oscillator to 20,000 kc. If the "Standard Broadcast" Band
vertical input cathode-ray connections were (f) Remove the 300-ohm resistor from between the
changed for adjustment (b) above, they should test -oscillator "Ant." post and receiver antenna
be restored to their original position as shown terminal "Al" and insert a 200-mmfd. capacitor
on figure 3. Adjust oscillator air -trimmer C13 in its place. Place receiver range selector to
until maximum (peak) output is reached. Two "Standard broadcast" position with receiver dial
peaks may be found with this circuit. The peak pointer set to 600 kc. Tune the test oscillator to
with minimum capacitance (plunger near out) 6.00 kc. Adjust oscillator magnetite core screw
should be used. Tighten lock nut. Adjust de- L9 (top of large oscillator coil can) for maximum
tector air -trimmer C35 until maximum (peak) (peak) output as shown by the waves on the
output is reached, while slightly rocking the gang oscillograph screen.
tuning condenser back and forth through the (g) Set receiver dial pointer to 1,500 kc. Tune- test
BLACK
oscillator to 1,500 kc (1,500-3,100-kc range) and
RED increase its output to produce a registration on
FILAMENTA
RED -BLACK the oscillograph screen. Carefully adjust the
BLUE
YELLOW oscillator, detector, and antenna air -trimmers
BLACK
RECT.
E L.
C16, C37, and C5, respectively, to produce maxi-
TERM. BOARD
RED -YELLOW
YELLOW
mum (peak) output as shown by the waves on
PRIMARY BROWN
the oscillograph screen. Shift the oscillograph
BLACK RED TR.
BUCK-BROWN "Timing" switch to "Ext." Place the frequency
CE -RED TR. e-VARIABLE LEAD ROWN modulator sweep -range switch to its "Lo" posi-
RED -BLACK
tion and insert plug of the frequency -modulator
RECTIFIER
cable in test-oscillator jack. Turn test -oscillator
M-810[1-0 r FILAMENT
5-VOLTD modulation switch to "Off." Re -tune the test
oscillator (increase frequency) until the forward
Primary resistance -10.1 ohms total
Secondary resistance -266 ohms total and reverse waves show on the oscillograph
screen and become coincident at their highest
Figure 9-Universal Transformer points. This will occur at a test -oscillator setting
of approximately 1,680 kc. Adjust trimmers C16,
signal. Two peaks may be found with this cir- C37, and C5 again, setting each to the point
cuit. The peak with maximum capacitance which produces the best coincidence and maxi-
(plunger near in) should be used. Tighten lock mum amplitude of the images.
nut. Adjust antenna air -trimmer C3 until maxi- (h) Remove the plug of the frequency - modulator
mum (peak) output is reached while slightly cable from the test - oscillator jack. Turn test -
rocking the gang tuning condenser back and oscillator modulation switch to "On." Set oscil-
forth through the signal. Two peaks may be lograph "Timing" switch to "Int." Tune test
round with this circuit. The peak with maximum oscillator to 200 kc (200-400-kc range). Tune
capacitance (plunger near in) should be used. receiver for maximum response to this signal at
Tighten lock nut. Check the image frequency a dial reading of approximately 600 kc. The
by changing the receiver dial setting to 19,080 third harmonic of the 200-kc signal is used for
kc. The image signal should be received at this this adjustment. Shift oscillograph "Timing"
position indicating that the adjustment of C13 switch to "Ext." Insert the plug of the frequency
has been correctly made. No adjustments should modulator cable in test -oscillator jack. Turn test -
be made while checking for the image signal. oscillator modulation switch to "Off." Re -tune
the test oscillator (increased frequency) until the
"Medium Wave" Band forward and reverse waves show on the oscillo -
(e) Place receiver range selector to its "Medium graph screen. This will occur at a test -oscillator
wave" position with its dial pointer set to 6,000 setting of approximately 230 kc. Disregarding the
kc. Tune the test oscillator to 6,000 kc. Adjust fact that the two images may or may not come
oscillator air -trimmer C14 to produce maximum together, adjust the oscillator magnetite core
(peak) output as shown by the waves on the screw L9 (top of large oscillator coil can) to pro-
oscillograph. Two peaks may be found with this duce maximum (peak) amplitude of the images.
circuit. The peak with minimum capacitance Shift the oscillograph "Timing" switch to "Int."
(plunger near out) should be used. Tighten Remove the plug of the frequency -modulator
lock nut. Adjust the detector air -trimmer C36 cable from the test -oscillator jack. Turn the test -
for maximum (peak) output while slightly rock- oscillator modulation switch to "On." Repeat
ing the gang tuning condenser back and forth adjustments in (g) above to compensate for any
through the signal. Two peaks may be found changes caused by the adjustment of L9 core,
with this circuit. The peak with maximum ca- tightening lock nuts on C16, C37, and C5, re-
pacitance (plunger near in) should be used. spectively, after each is adjusted.
Tighten lock nut. Adjust antenna air-trimmer "Long Wave" Band
C4 to produce maximum (peak) output. Tighten (i) Shift the oscillograph "Timing" switch to "Int."
lock nut. Remove the plug of the frequency -modulator
362
www.americanradiohistory.com
cable from the test-oscillator jack. Turn the test- C18, C38, and C6, respectively, after each is
oscillator modulation switch to "On." Place re- adjusted.
ceiver range selector to its "Long wave" position.
Set the receiver dial pointer to 175 kc. Tune the Loudspeaker
test oscillator to 175 kc and increase its output
until a deflection is noticeable on the oscillograph Centering of the loudspeaker voice coil is made in
the usual manner with three narrow paper feelers
after first removing the front paper dust cover. This
may be removed by softening its cement with a very
light application of acetone using care not to allow
158 the acetone to flow down into the air gap. The dust
OUTPUT TRRNOE
T2 cover may be cemented back in place with ambroid
upon completion of adjustment.
363
with the top of the chassis base. If the straight -edge
is not parallel with the top of the chassis base, loosen Antenna and Ground Terminals
the nut on the rear of the roller link pivot stud and
move the stud up or down until the link roller moves These receivers are equipped with an antenna -
the dial to the desired position so that the end cali- ground terminal board having three terminals. These
bration marks obtain the position mentioned above. terminals are marked "A2," "Al," and "G," the latter
Tighten the nut on the roller link pivot stud. being the ground terminal and should always be con-
Set the gang tuning condenser to its maximum ca-
pacity position. Adjust the dial pointer to the low - nected to a good external ground. The transmission -
frequency (end) mark on "Standard broadcast" scale. line leads of the RCA RK -40A antenna system should
This is a friction adjustment. be connected to terminals "A2" and "Al." The re-
With the gang tuning condenser plates still in full ceiver coupling units of the RCA RK -40 and the
mesh, loosen the two set screws on the vernier-dial
hub. Rotate the vernier dial until the "0" marking is RCA Spider -Web antenna systems should be con-
in a vertical plane above the center of the shaft. nected to terminals "Al" and "G." Connect a single
Tighten set screws. wire antenna to terminal "A 1."
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers.
.55
12404 Capacitor-120 Mmfd. (C56, C57) .26 12864 Resistor-17,000 ohms -wire wound re -
12724 Capacitor-120 Mmfd. (C67) .28 sistor (R34) .70
13022 Capacitor-390 Mmfd. (C45, C47, C51, 11282 Resistor-56,000 ohms -carbon type, 1/10
C53) .25 watt (R17) -Package of 5 .75
5148 Capacitor -.007 Mfd. (C69) .20 12875 Resistor -56,000 ohms -carbon type, 1
4858 Capacitor -.01 Mfd. (C46, C48, C50, C54, watt (R13) -Package of 5 1.10
C55, C58, C68). .25 11365 Resistor-82,000 ohms-carbon type, 1/4
4624 Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C59) .54 watt (R15) -Package of 5 1.00
11315 Capacitor -.015 Mfd. (C71) .20 8064 Resistor-82,000 ohms-carbon type, 1/2
4886 Capacitor -.05 Mfd. (C70) .20 watt (R37) -Package of 5 1.00
4836 Capacitor-.05 Mfd. (C61) .30 11281 Resistor-100,000 ohms -carbon type,
4841 Capacitor-0.1 Mfd. (C52) .22 1/10 watt (R12) -Package of 5 .75
5170 Capacitor-0.25 Mfd. (C49) 25 11398 Resistor -220,000 ohms -c
a r b o n type,
4840 Capacitor-0.25 Mfd. (C63) 30 1/10 watt (R19) -Package of 5 .75
12741 Capacitor-0.5 Mfd. (C74) 30 11323 Resistor-270,000 ohms -carbon type, 1/4
5212 Capacitor-18 Mfd. (C78) watt (R27) -Packageh 5 1.00
1.16 11172 Resistor-470,000 00 ohms-carbono type, 1/4
12872 Capacitor-20 Mfd.-U s e d in 60 -cycle y watt (R25, R28) -Package of 5
model only (C76) 1.00
12467 Capacitor-30 Mfd. (C73, C75)
.90 12013 Resistor-1.0 megohm-carbon type, 1/10
1.40 watt -Located in tuning tube socket
12873 Capacitor Pack -Comprising one 20-Mfd. (R11) -Package of 5 .75
and one 3-Mfd. capacitor, 25 -cycle 11626 Resistor -2.2 megohm-carbon type, 1/4
model only (C76, C77) 1.20 watt (R18) -Package of 5 1.00
12978 Compensator Pack -Comprising one .015- 12874 Resistor -3.3 megohm-carbon type, 1/4
Mfd., one .035-Mfd., and one 0.1-Mfd. watt (R20, R21) -Package of 5 1.00
capacitor and one 3,900 -ohm, one 8,200- 12870 Scale -Vernier dial scale .65
ohm and one 27,000 -ohm resistor (C64, 12008 Shield -Intermediate frequency trans -
C65, C66, R23, R24, R26) 1.35 former shield .28
12006 Core -Core and stud assembly for inter- 12607 Shield -1st or 2nd I.F. transformer shield
mediate frequency transformer .22 top . .30
12866 Foot-Chassis foot assembly-Package of 12581 Shield -3rd I.F. transformer shield top... .36
2 .75 11195 Socket-5 -contact 5Z4 Radiotron socket. .15
5226
12868
Lamp -Pilot lamp-Package of 5
Link-Link mechanism on band indicator
.70 11198 Socket-7 -contact 6K7, 6L6 or 6H6 Radio -
tron socket .15
operating arm .45 13095 Socket -Upper left or lower right hand
12871 Reactor -Filter reactor (L32) 1.50 dial lamp socket .25
364
www.americanradiohistory.com
REPLACEMENT PARTS- Continued
STOCK LIST STOCK LIST
DESCRIPTION PRICE No. PRICE
No.
11222 Socket-Upper right or lower left hand 12709 Coil-Oscillator coil and shield, ABC
dial lamp socket .18 bands (L7, L8, L9) 2.02
11381 Socket --Tuning tube socket and cover... .45 12881 Coil-Oscillator coil and shield, X band
11196 Socket-Voltage supply or 6F5 Radiotron only (L10). .80
socket . .15 12890 Coil-Oscillator coil, "D" band (L11,
12007 Spring-Retaining spring for core in I.F. L12, L23). .70
transformer-Package of 10. .36 12889 Coil-R.F. coil, "D" band (L21, L22) ... .65
12986 Stud --Band indicator operating arm stud 12877 Condenser -3
-gang variable tuning con-
-Package of 5 .65 denser (C9, C27, C41) 5.10
12860 Switch-Low frequency tone and power 12887 Connector -8
-contact male connector and
switch (S4, S6) 1.50 cover for power cable, Stock No. 12886 .40
12988 Switch-Bias switch (S7). .65 12664 Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stock
No. 12654. .22
12979 Tone Control-High frequency tone and 12800 Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stock
fidelity control (R29, SS) 1.60 No. 12709. .20
12981 Transformer-First intermediate frequency 12882 Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stock
transformer (L24, L25, L26, C45, C4'7) 2.15 No. 12881. .20
12990 Transformer-S e c o n d intermediate fre- 11324 Resistor-560 ohms-c a r b o n type, 1/4
.22
12856 Transformer-Power transformer, 105-125 3998 Resistor -15,000 ohms-carbon type, I/4
volts, 50/60 cycles (T1) 5.35 watt (R5)-Package of 5 1.00
12857 Transformer-Power transformer, 105.125 11282 Resistor-56,000 ohms-carbon type, 1/10
volts, 25/60 cycles 7.10 watt (R4, R9)-Package of 5 .75
Transformer-Power transformer, 110.125- 8064 Resistor -82,000 ohms-carbon type, IA
-
12858
150.210.240 volts, 40/60 cycles 8.75 watt (R8)-Package of 5 1.00
12861 Volume Control (R22) 1.00 11397 Resistor -560,000 ohms carbon type,
1/10 watt (R1, R7)-Package of 5... .75
MAGIC BRAIN UNIT ASSEMBLIES 12651 Shield-Coil shield for Stock Nos. 12879,
12880 .22
Board -3 -contact antenna and ground 12710 Shield-Coil shield for Stock No. 12709-. .28
12806 Shield-Coil shield for Stock No. 12881. .20
5237 Bushing -
terminal board
Variable condenser mounting
bushing assembly-Package of 3
.25
.43
12883
11198
11279
12885
Socket
Socket
Socket
-7 -contact
-7-contact
-8 -contract
6K7 Radiotron socket.
6L7 Radiotron socket..
6J7 Radiotron socket..
.15
.20
.20
12886 Cable-Shielded pow e r cable, approxi-
mately 4 inches long, complete with 8-
contact male plug 1.50
12007 Spring-Retaining spring for core, Stock
Nos.
of 10.
12664, 12800, 12882 - Package
.36
12511 Cap-Grid contact cap-Package of 5 .15
12878 Switch-Range switch and mounting nut
12714 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer capacitor (S1, S2, S3) 3.60
'(C3, C4, C5, C6, C14, C16) .38
12654 Trap-Wave-trap, complete (L1) .75
12884 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer capacitor
(C10, C18, C23, C38, C39) .40
12807 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer capacitor DRIVE ASSEMBLIES
(C13, C35, C36, C37) .35
12896 Capacitor -15 Mmfd. (C34) .20 10705 Ball-5/32 -inch diameter steel ball for
12722 Capacitor -18 Mmfd. (C15) .20 planetary drive-Package of 20 .25
12891 Capacitor -36 Mmfd. (C40) .20 10941 Ball -1/8 -inch diameter s t e e I ball for
12629 Capacitor -56 Mmfd. (C24) .20 planetary drive bearing-Package of 20 .25
12895 Capacitor -56 Mmfd. (C17) .20 12904 Bushing-Plate and bushing assembly for
12723 Capacitor-56 Mmfd. (C2, C44) .20 planetary drive mounting .20
13307 Capacitor -62 Mmfd. (C11) .20 12905 Coupling-Flexible coupling and shaft as -
12724 Capacitor-120 Mmfd. (C25, C28, C29)., .28 sembly, complete .50
12725 Capacitor-150 Mmfd. (CI) .28 12909 Dial-Band indicating dial and cam as -
12894 Capacitor-180 Mmfd. (C22) .20 sembly 1.05
12727 Capacitor-555 Mmfd. (C21) .20 12899 Drive-Variable tuning condenser drive,
12537 Capacitor-560 Mmfd. (C7, C26, C33, complete, including mounting bracket
C42) .20 drive, dial scale and indicator, less ver -
12898 Capacitor-1,500 Mmfd. (C12) .20 nier dial, Stock No. 12870 and link,
12729 Capacitor-1,550 Mmfd. (C20) .26 Stock No. 12868 4.40
12728 Capacitor-4,500 Mmfd. (C19) . .36 12906 Gear-Anti-lash drive gear, complete.... .75
12897 Capacitor-4,700 Mmfd. (C43) .40 12910 Gear-Sector gear and link assembly for
4858 Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C8, C30, C31, C32) .25 band selector. .20
12879 Coil-Antenna coil and shield, XABC 12908 Indicator-Station selector indicator pointer .20
bands (L2, L3, L4, L5, L6) 1.90 8051 Link-Link and roller assembly, complete
12888 Coil-Antenna coil, "D" band (L13, L14) .60 with spring. .30
12880 Coil-Detector coil and shield, XABC 12911 Screen-Dial lamp screen and light dif-
bands (L15, L16, L17, L18, L19, L20) 2.05 fuser . .20
365
www.americanradiohistory.com
REPLACEMENT PARTS-Continued
STOCK LIST STOCK
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION LIST
No. PRICE No. PRICE
4669 Screw-Set screw for flexible coupling or 9758 Reproducer, complete (Model 10K) 9.40
gear, Stock Nos. 12905 and 12906- 13289 Transformer-Output transformer (T2). 2.90
Package of 10 .25 11886 Washer-Spring washer to hold field coil
12901 Shaft-Direct drive shaft and pinion gear securely-Package of 5 .20
for planetary drive . .75
12900 Shaft-Vernier drive shaft for planetary MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
drive .25 11996 Bracket-Tuning lamp bracket and clamp .22
12903 Spring-Tension spring for planetary 12915 Escutcheon-Station selector escutcheon
drive bearing-Package of 10 .20 and crystal 1.30
12907
8052
Spring-Tension spring for gear, Stock
No. 12906-Package of 10
Spring-Tension spring for link, Stock
.20
12742
12699
Escutcheon-Tuning lamp escutcheon
Knob-L a r
Package of
ge
5
station selector knob - '2
.68
No. 8051-Package of 5 .32 12700 Knob-Small (vernier) station selector
12914
REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
Board-Reproducer terminal board .25
11347
knob-Package of 5
Knob-Music-speech and power switch
volume control-range selector or fidelity
- .58
366
www.americanradiohistory.com
RCA VICTOR MODEL 13K
Thirteen -Tube, Five -Band, A -C, Superheterodyne Receiver
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
"Long Wave" (X) 150-410 kc "Long Wave" (X)
"Standard Broadcast" (A) 175 kc (osc.), 350 kc (osc., det., ant.)
530-1,800 kc
"Standard Broadcast" (A)
"Medium Wave" (B) 1,800-6,400 kc 600 kc (osc.), 1,500 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Short Wave" (C) 6,400-23,000 kc "Medium Wave" (B) ... 6,000 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Short Wave" (C) .... 20,000 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Ultra Short Wave" (D) 23,000-60,000 kc "Ultra Short Wave" (D) 57,000 kc (osc., det., ant.)
Intermediate Frequency 460 kc
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT
(1) RCA-6K7 R -F Amplifier (8) RCA -6C5 Audio Driver Amplifier
(2) RCA-6L7 First Detector (9) RCA -6L6
(3) RCA -6J7 Power Output
Oscillator
(4) RCA-6K7 First I -F Amplifier
(10) RCA-6L6 Power Output
(5) RCA-6K7 Second I -F Amplifier (11) RCA-5Z4 Rectifier
(6) RCA-6H6 Second Detector and A.V.C. (12) RCA-5Z4 Rectifier
(7) RCA-6C5 Audio Voltage Amplifier (13) RCA-6E5 Tuning Tube
Pilot Lamps (4) Mazda No. 46, 6.3 volts, 0.25 ampere
POWER SUPPLY RATINGS
Rating A 105-125 volts, 50-60 cycles, 165 watts
Rating B 105-125 volts, 25-60 cycles, 165 watts
Rating C 100-130/140-160/195-250 volts, 40-60 cycles, 165 watts
POWER OUTPUT LOUDSPEAKER
Undistorted 20 watts Type Electrodynamic
Maximum 30 watts Impedance (v.c.) 11/ ohms at 400 cycles
Mechanical Specifications
CABINET DIMENSIONS
Height
Width 341/8inches
Depth 487/8inches
18}* inches
WEIGHTS
Net (average)
120 pounds
Shipping (average)
165 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 203/4 inches x 101/z inches x 3 inches
Over-all Height of Chassis
Operating Controls: (1) Music-speech-Power Switch, (2) Volume, (3) Tuning, (4) 91/4 inches
Tuning Drive Ratios Range Selector, (5) Fidelity
20 to 1 and 100 to 1
General Description
Th is receiver represents the result of thorough de- electro -dynamic loudspeaker, and the newly de-
velopment, design, and substantial manufacture. veloped "Magic Voice." Design features incorporated
Noteworthy technical improvements have been ap- in this receiver include built-in doublet antenna
plied in achieving marked advantages of operation, coupler; "Magic Brain"; improved plunger -type air -
and efficiency of performance. dielectric adjustable trimming capacitors in the an-
Model 13K is a thirteen tube, console -type, "Magic tenna, detector, and oscillator coil circuits; tuned r -f
Brain" superheterodyne receiver with a twelve -inch amplifier; high -efficiency first detector (converter)
367
with separate oscillator; two -stage i -f amplifier; in the layout of the chassis parts and wiring. The
"Magic Eye", push-pull beam -type power ampli- assembly of these various elements is such that the
fier; magnetite core adjusted i -f transformers, low - number of conductors is minimized, with all impor-
frequency oscillator tracking, and wave -trap; range - tant connections being readily accessible. Trimming
selector sensitivity control; fidelity control; "Magic
Voice"; three-point aural compensated volume con- adjustments are located at accessible points. A double
trol; music -speech switch; automatic volume control; tuning -knob arrangement permits the choice of
phonograph terminal board; new selector dial; and a either a twenty -to -one or a hundred -to -one dial drive
dust-proof aluminum voice -coil, electrodynamic loud- ratio. The latter permits ease of tuning, especially
speaker. in the "Medium wave", "Short wave", and "Ultra
Service convenience has been a controlling factor short wave" bands.
Circuit Arrangement
The conventional type of superheterodyne circuit L4 is provided to prevent interaction with L3 and
is used. It consists of an r -f amplifier stage, first - L2 when operating receiver in "Short wave" band.
detector (converter) stage, separate oscillator stage, In the "Ultra short wave" (D) band, L6, L5, L4,
two i -f amplifier stages, a diode-detector-automatic- and L3 are shorted out and grounded, and secondary
volume-control stage, an audio voltage -amplifier stage, L14 is placed in shunt with L2. The latter con-
an audio driver -amplifier stage, a push-pull beam - nection prevents undesirable interaction of L2 with
type power -amplifier stage, a tuning indicator "Magic L14. This method of switching reduces the total
Eye", and a full -wave rectifier. number of coils and leads, and results in having a
low -loss primary and secondary winding for each
"Magic Brain" band with high efficiency of operation.
The new "Magic Brain" is constructed as a sepa- The band switching of the detector circuits is
rate, self-contained, completely shielded, five -band, similar to that of the antenna circuits. Coils L15,
oscillator- detector- antenna -tuning unit which plugs L21, and L20 are always connected in series with the
into the main chassis. plate circuit of the RCA -6K7 r -f amplifier tube. In
A single -wire antenna, or a doublet antenna, when the "Long wave" (X) band, L19, L18, L17, and L16
connected to the proper input terminals of the re- are connected in series as the secondary circuit. The
ceiver, is coupled to the control grid of the RCA -6K7
ground of the coil system is at the low end of L19.
L20 acts as the primary which transfers energy to the
RI
.150.000n,
secondary L19. Capacitor C33 resonates primary L20
6E5
at the proper frequency. In the "Standard broad-
M.cT
4
27457
'Cww. OUTPUT cast" (A) band, L18, L17, and L16 are connected
RCCT in series as the secondary circuit. The ground of
1"- Le TRANS
the coil system is now between L18 and L19. L19
is used as the primary and is resonated at the proper
frequency by capacitors C34 and C35 which are in
shunt with this coil. Capacitor C33 is connected to
.AUDIO
rOAVER transfer energy to the primary coil L19. In the
"Medium wave" (B) band, L17 and L16 are con-
Pt-
DET.
Aywc.
0000 nected in series as the secondary. The ground of
the coil system is now between L17 and L18. L18 is
used as the primary and is resonated at the proper
SEC. ADJ.
.Dó.`c.c.
'SEE.ADJ.
áóá.c.
SFc.gDJ.
ïó r..c.
frequency by capacitor C34 which is in shunt with
this coil. L19 is shorted by the range selector. Ca-
Figure 1-Radiotron and I -F Trimmer Locations pacitor C33 transfers the r -f energy from the plate
circuit to the primary L18. In the "Short wave"
(C) band, L16 is the secondary. The ground of the
r -f amplifier tube through the tuned r -f transformer coil system is now between L16 and L17. L17 is
consisting of L6, L5, L4, L3, and L2 (except when used as the primary and is resonated to the proper
range selector is in "Ultra short wave" position). frequency by capacitor C34. In addition, L15 acts
The primary coil L13 of the "Ultra short wave" (D) as a high -frequency primary which resonates above
band tuned r -f transformer remains in the antenna 20 me and improves the gain at the high -frequency
circuit at all times. A unique method of switching end of the "Short wave" band. Coils L19 and L18
is used. In the "Long wave" (X) band, L6 becomes are shorted by the range selector. L21 is effectively
the primary with L5, L4, L3, and L2 as secondary. r -f bypassed in this position by capacitor C32. In
In the "Standard broadcast" (A) band, L5 becomes the "Ultra short wave" (D) band, L22 is the sec-
the primary with L4, L3, and L2 as secondary (L6 ondary, or grid coil, and consists of approximately
shorted out). In the "Medium wave" (B) band, L4 a single turn of silver plated strap around a 7/8 -inch
becomes the primary with L3 and L2 as secondary coil form. The primary coils, L21 and L15 are in
(L6 and L5 shorted out). In the "Short wave" (C) series on this band, with L21 acting as a low -fre-
band, L3 becomes the primary with L2 as secondary quency primary and L15 as a high -frequency primary.
(L6, L5, L4', and tap on L4 shorted out). The tap on L16 is shunted by L22 instead of being shorted di -
368
www.americanradiohistory.com
rectly by the range selector. Any inductive effect of ducing the residual bias on the above mentioned con-
L16 is thus eliminated. L19, L18, and L17 are trolled tubes with switch S7 which is operated by the
shorted directly by the range selector. range selector control.
Separate windings, with the exception of L23, are
employed in the oscillator stage for each position of Audio System
the range selector. L23 (inductively coupled to L11 The manual volume control consists of an acoustic-
and L12) is placed in the oscillator plate circuit to ally tapered potentiometer in the audio circuit be-
provide additional feed-back when operating receiver tween the output of the detector -diode and the in-
on the "Ultra short wave" (D) band. This coil is put grid of the RCA -6C5 audio voltage -amplifier
effectively r -f bypassed by capacitor C12, when tube. This control has a three-point tone -compensat-
range selector is in the "Short wave" (C) position, ing filter connected to it so that the correct aural
to prevent undesirable reactions. Its effect orr the balance will be obtained at different volume settings.
remaining bands is negligible. The inherent stability Phonograph terminals are provided to feed the out-
of the oscillator circuit provides minimum frequency put of an external phonograph pickup to the control
drift which is especially advantageous for high - grid of the audio amplifier through this aurally com-
frequency reception. The locally generated signal is pensated volume control.
capacitance coupled to grid No. 3 of the RCA -6L7
first detector. The output of the voltage amplifier is resistance -
capacitance coupled to the control grid of the RCA -
The output of the "Magic Brain" is fed to the i -f 6C5 driver tube. The output of this stage is trans-
amplifier through a plug-in cable. This cable also former coupled to the control grids of the RCA -6L6
supplies all power required by the "Magic Brain" push-pull power output tubes. The output of this
unit. stage is transformer coupled to the voice coil of the
electrodynamic speaker.
I -FAmplifier
The "Music -speech" control consists of a switch
The intermediate -frequency amplifier consists of S5 which is connected to two of the tone com-
two RCA -6K7 tubes in a two -stage, transformer - pensating filters. When this control is turned to its
coupled circuit. The windings of all three i -f trans- No. 1 (Music) position, maximum low audio-fre-
formers are resonated by fixed capacitors, and are quency response is obtained. When the control is
adjusted by molded magnetite cores (both primary turned to its No. 2 position, resistor R20 is placed
and secondary) to tune to 460 kc. A third winding in shunt with capacitor C63, giving greater attenua-
L26, in the first i -f transformer, is placed in series tion of the lower frequencies. This position is a
with the main secondary L25 when the fidelity con- compromise between the "Music" and the "Speech"
trol switch S4 is thrown to "broad" position (see positions. In the No. 3 (Speech) position, operation
figure 2), thereby increasing the coupling between is the same as No. 2 position except that capacitor
the primary and secondary circuits with consequent C61 is shorted, giving additional low -frequency at-
broadening of the band width of the i -f amplifier. tenuation (minimum lows).
The increased band width of the i -f amplifier there-
fore causes less attenuation of the higher audio modu-
lation side -band frequencies, permitting higher Fidelity Control
fidelity reception. The fidelity control consists essentially of the com-
bination of a conventional high audio -frequency tone
Detector and A.V.C. control, including the combinations of capacitor C77
The modulated signal, as obtained from the output and a variable resistor R34, capacitor C78 and switch
of the last i -f stage, is detected by an RCA -6H6 twin - S6 in shunt with the secondary winding of trans-
diode tube (No. 2 diode) . The audio frequency former T2, and means for changing the band width
secured by this process is transferred to the a -f sys- of the i -f amplifier. It performs in the following
tem for amplification and final reproduction. The manner:
d -c voltage which results from detection of the signal When the fidelity control is in its extreme counter-
is used for automatic volume control. This voltage, clockwise (sharp) position, the resistance of R34 is
which develops across resistors R21 and R23, is ap- minimum, capacitor C78 shunts the secondary of T2,
plied, as automatic control -grid bias to the r -f, first - and winding L26 is disconnected from the i -f circuit
detector, and i -f tubes. The No. 1 diode of the (S6 and S4 in sharp position, see figure 2). Ca-
RCA -6H6 is used to supply residual bias to the con- pacitor C77 is most effective at this point causing
trolled tubes under conditions of little or no signal. maximum attenuation of the higher audio fre-
This diode, under such conditions, draws current quencies. As this control is turned clockwise, plac-
ing more resistance in series with capacitor C77, the
which flows through resistors R22, R21, and R23, capacitor becomes less and less effective, and the
thereby maintaining the desired operating bias on upper frequency range of the audio amplifier is ex-
such tubes. On application of signal energy above tended. When the fidelity control nears its extreme
a certain level, however, the No. 1 diode ceases clockwise position, resistor R34 is disconnected and
to draw current and the a.v.c. diode takes over switches S6 and S4 (operated by fidelity control
the biasing function. The sensitivity of the receiver shaft) respectively disconnect capacitor C78 from the
is increased in the "Ultra short wave" (D), "Short audio circuit and place winding L26 (first i -f trans-
wave" (C), and "Medium wave" (B) bands by re- former) in series with L25 (S6 and S4 in broad posi -
369
xs è
41
is 1
s LL
3
.., s
:sg o1
XI\ '
I_ÚO
P\_____..1Sáòoebe
(
o,
of
of
eW og
w
``I
ih'Ìe
º_
GyGy
YOE
I x"
gÿ
a
'yáÑIó!
¡Ç
g i
9
Lg.
Jlk, .ftAAAßAA.
F'-7
1" - --
T
a
:$
Y;;4o06s7ÒooÓ360-8
I
°: 2
L
3 4j!i
--= - ñ
ñ
R sF á
f 08
Y IIr Y
o ié
¡IOáF i i
/ ---t7
-"-fr gri -IN
. $
s3
v$
e ;h
Ì
°°-.gY _
_
z#= o"$ 4
ó` 3
m
<
R4 ` ri 1e
010, QOQ 0 0 7 000 r-}
e °-IF- %
zi$t 4Y
L 4 1146 üi
sI_.
I J
370
371
www.americanradiohistory.com
tion) thereby increasing the higher audio -frequency "Magic Voice"
range of the audio amplifier and broadening the i -f
amplifier simultaneously. This receiver is designed with a cabinet incorporat-
ing the "Magic Voice." This is accomplished by hav-
ing the rear of the speaker compartment completely
"Magic Eye"
enclosed by a tight -fitting back.
An RCA-6E5 cathode-ray tuning tube is used as
a means of visually indicating when the receiver is Five metal open-end pipes of equal diameter but
accurately tuned to the incoming signal. This tube of three different lengths are inserted in holes in the
consists of an amplifier section and a cathode-ray sec- cabinet base and extend upward in the speaker com-
tion built in the same glass envelope. A portion of partment. The effect is to cause the lower -frequency
the signal voltage developed across resistors R21 and waves, reaching the front of the cabinet through the
R23 is used to actuate the grid of the amplifier sec- pipes, to arrive approximately in -phase with the
tion. Maximum voltage is applied to this grid when sound waves emitted from the front of the speaker
the receiver is tuned to resonance with an incoming giving extended low -frequency response without
carrier. This condition is evidenced by minimum boominess, or cabinet resonance. For location of
width of the dark sector on the fluorescent screen. pipes see Schematic Circuit Diagram figure 2.
SERVICE DATA
The various diagrams in this booklet contain such The extensive frequency range of this receiver
information as will be needed to locate causes for de- necessitates a more or less involved method of align-
fective operation if such develops. The values of the ment. However, if the following directions are care-
various resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are indicated fully applied in the sequence given, normal perform-
adjacent to the symbols signifying these parts on the ance of the instrument will be obtained.
diagram. Identification titles, such as Cl, L2, R1, The plunger -type air trimming capacitors have
etc., are provided for reference between the illustra- their approximate plunger settings tabulated on figure
tions and the Replacement Parts List. The coils, 7. If the plungers have been disturbed from their
reactors, and transformer windings are rated in terms original adjustments, they may be roughly set to the
of their d -c resistance only. Resistance values of less specified dimensions prior to alignment.
than one ohm are generally omitted. In performing services on the "Magic Brain", the
leads should be restored to their original positions,
since the lead -dress is important for proper operation
Alignment Procedure and dial calibration.
There are seventeen adjustments required for the
alignment of the oscillator, first -detector, and an- Precautionary Dressing of Leads for "Magic Brain"
tenna -tuned circuits; one adjustment for the wave - Alignment
trap; and six adjustments for the i -f system. Fifteen (Refer to Figure 4)
of these adjustments are made with plunger -type air Band "X"
trimming capacitors and require the use of an RCA
Stock No. 12636 Adjusting Tool. Each of these 1. Keep blue lead A of S1 to antenna coil L4-5 dressed
away from chassis, and from yellow lead X of Si
capacitors has a lock nut for securing the plunger to antenna coil L5-6.
in place after adjustment. The remaining nine ad- 2. Bus lead from C10 to SI should be as short
as
justments are made by means of screws attached to possible.
3. Keep blue lead A of S2 to detector coil L18-19
molded magnetite cores. These cores change the in- of chassis, coil shield, coil, and other leads.
clear
ductance of the particular coils in which they are in- 4. Keep spaghetti lead C6 to X of SI
apart from
serted to provide exact alignment. All of these ad- spaghetti lead of C5 to A of S1, and from chassis.
justments are accurately made during manufacture
and should remain in proper alignment unless affected Band "A"
by abnormal conditions of climate or purported altera- 1. Keep green lead terminal Si to antenna coil tap L4
tions for servicing, or unless altered by other means. away from chassis, coil shield, and coil.
2. Keep spaghetti lead C5 to A of S1 apart from
Loss of sensitivity, improper tone quality, and spaghetti lead C6 to X of S1 and front chassis.
poor selectivity are the usual indications of improper
alignment. Such conditions will usually exist simul- Band "C"
taneously. Correct performance of this receiver can Lead from C19 to oscillator coil L7 should be main-
only be obtained when these adjustments have been tained as short and straight as possible.
made by a skilled service engineer with the use of For alignment, the test -oscillator frequency should
adequate and reliable test equipment. The manu- be quite accurate. A convenient and reliable means
facturer of this receiver has such test equipment of accurately checking the frequency of test oscil-
available for sale through its distributors and dealers. lators, receivers, etc., is the RCA Stock No.
9572
Crystal Calibrator.
372
www.americanradiohistory.com
a
a 0
0 r
373
If the test-oscillator signal cannot be heard as the to -ground will be required if the brass end of the
receiver (heterodyne) oscillator air -trimmer plunger tuning wand causes an increase in signal output when
is changed from its minimum -capacity to maximum - the air -trimmer plunger is full -out.
capacity position (receiver dial and test oscillator set Two methods of alignment are applicable-one
to the specified frequencies, and the correct oscillator requires use of the cathode-ray oscillograph, and
air -trimmer used) it may be an indication that the the other requires a voltmeter or glow -type indi-
test -oscillator frequency is outside the range covered cator. The cathode-ray alignment method is ad-
by the air -trimmer. Under such conditions, when a vantageous in that the indication provided is in the
more accurate setting of the test oscillator cannot be form of a wave -image which represents the reso-
nance characteristics of the circuit being tuned. This
TO DETECTOR-.,, TMV-ILL-13
(SEErtTExT) method is preferred because of the i -f characteristics
OUTPUT CATHODE RAY 44>"- of this receiver. This type of alignment is possible
TO RECEIVER
CHASSIS GROUND -.-
OSCILLOGR A PH
through use of apparatus such as the RCA Stock
No. 9558 Frequency Modulator and the RCA Stock
¡SHIELD No. 9545 Cathode-Ray Oscillograph. If this equip-
RECEIIVER ment is not available, an approximate alignment
CHASSIS
110-120
50-80,v
V.
GROUND
¡1
1\ may be performed by the output -indicator method
with an instrument such as the RCA Stock No.
4317 Neon Glow Indicator attached across the loud-
VERTICAL INPUT
speaker voice coil. Alignment by this method is
similar to the cathode-ray method outlined below
except that the receiver volume control should be at
maximum, the trimmers adjusted to peak response
(with the exception of the wave -trap) and the test -
oscillator sweeping operations omitted. Either of
110-120V.
these methods require the use of a reliable test os-
cillator such as the RCA Stock No. 9595.
TMV-128-A TMV- 97-C
FREQUENCY MODULATOR 511413 TEST OSCILLATOR Cathode -Ray Alignment
Figure 5-Alignment Apparatus Connections Make alignment apparatus connections shown on
figure 5. Remove the plug of the frequency -modu-
determined, set the oscillator air -trimmer plungers to lator cable from the test -oscillator jack. Connect
the approximate settings given on figure 7. Tune the the receiver chassis to a good external ground.
test oscillator until the signal is heard in the speaker. Connect oscillograph "Vertical" input terminals as
Each of two test -oscillator settings (the fundamentals indicated on figure 3. Set oscillograph power
or the harmonics of which are 920 kc apart) produce switch to "On" and adjust "Intensity" and "Focus"
a signal. The lower -frequency test -oscillator setting controls to give a clearly defined spot, or line, on
should be used as this places the test-oscillator (sig- the screen. Set oscillograph "Ampl. A" switch to
nal) frequency 460 kc below the frequency of the "On," "Vertical gain" control full -clockwise,
receiver heterodyne oscillator. "Ampl. B" switch to "Timing," "Range" switch to
Holes are provided in the top of the r -f and an- No. 2 position, and "Timing" switch to "Int."
tenna coil cans on some models to enable a tuning Place the "Sync." control, "Freq." control, and
check with the RCA Stock No. 6679 Tuning Wand. "Horizontal gain" control to about their mid -posi-
The hole in the top of the detector coil can has a tions. For each of the following adjustments, the
cinch button which must be removed before insertion test-oscillator output must be regulated so that the
of the tuning wand. When the brass end of the image obtained on the oscillograph screen will be of
wand is inserted in the coil, the inductance of the coil the minimum size for accurate observation. The
is decreased. If this results in an increase of output, receiver volume -control setting is optional.
the respective air -trimmer capacitance should be de-
creased (plunger pulled out) . If inserting the iron I -F Adjustments
end of the tuning wand causes an increase in output, (a) Turn range selector to its "Standard broadcast"
resulting from an increase of inductance of the coil, (A) position and tune receiver to a position
the respective air -trimmer capacitance should be in- of no extraneous signals near 600 kc. Set
creased (plunger pushed in). If the range of the air fidelity control to counter -clockwise position.
trimmer is not sufficient to give the desired results, Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
the lead -dress may be changed in the particular cir- to the grid cap of RCA -6K7 second i -f tube
cuit being aligned, so as to cause the circuit to reso- (with . grid lead in place) through a .001-mfd.
capacitor, with "Gnd." to receiver chassis.
nate within the range of the trimmer. An increase
Tune the test oscillator to 460 kc and place its
in the capacity -to -ground of the circuit will be re-
modulation switch to "On" and its output
quired if the iron end of the tuning wand causes an switch to "Hi."
increase of signal output when the air -trimmer (b) Turn on the receiver and test oscillator. In-
plunger is full -in, while a decrease in the capacity - crease the output of the test oscillator until a
374
www.americanradiohistory.com
deflection is noticeable on the oscillograph (e) Increase the frequency of the test oscillator by
screen. The figures obtained represent several slowly turning its tuning control until two sep-
waves of the detected signal, the amplitude of arate, distinct, and similar waves appear on the
which may be observed as an indication of screen. If only one wave appears, increase the
output. Cause the wave -image formed (400 - "Freq." control on the oscillograph to obtain
cycle waves) to be spread completely across the two waves. These waves will be identical in
screen by adjusting the "Horizontal gain" con- shape, totally disconnected, and appear in re-
trol. The image should be synchronized and versed positions. They will have a common
made to remain motionless by adjusting the base line which is discontinuous. Adjust the
"Sync." and "Freq." controls. "Freq." and "Sync." controls of the oscillograph
to make them remain motionless on the screen.
(c) Adjust the two magnetite core screws L30 and Continue increasing the test-oscillator frequency
L29 (see figures 1 and 10) of the third i -f trans- until these forward and reverse curves move to-
former (one on top and one on bottom) to gether and overlap, with their highest points ex-
produce maximum vertical deflection of the actly coincident. This condition will be obtained
oscillographic image. This adjustment places at a test -oscillator setting of approximately
the transformer in exact resonance with the 575 kc.
460 kc signal.
(f) With the images established as in (e), re -adjust
i
..._
í
.í. the two magnetite core screws L30 and L29 on
r
the third i -f transformer so that they cause the
a\ iiiìì..
mn1i
11
MIMI
uvi1
inK.1
Ir
/t.
í1/\1díPAb.
1I
.i-_.
AUiv\
11
V&I,
íU71
Wr
i..1
I,
er
curves on the oscillograph screen to become
exactly coincident throughout their lengths and
have maximum amplitude.
.
(g) Without altering the adjustments of the appara-
-1111n»P
'IV
.ì::ì!- tus, shift the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
to the grid cap of the RCA -6K7 first i -f tube
.t,1
(with grid lead in place), through a .001-mfd.
r
that the amplitude of the oscillographic image is
..iG..
----
9\ oaui ..íiiGì..
r
J approximately the same as used for adjustment
it
ÍI/Ít
IAU\,
11
iA\,
unAt
MI
'r Ir
uWib.1A\I
tI
niiiiiiii'
W_, _ä.
// h\\
//'I\\1
1iiiiii:'
(f) above.
(h) The two second i -f transformer magnetite core
screws L28 and L27 (one on top and one on
bottom) should then be adjusted so that they
cause the forward and reverse curves to become
oM........
-..._ coincident throughout their lengths and have
B D maximum amplitude.
Figure 6-I -F Alignment Oscillograph Curves (i) Without altering the adjustments of the appara-
tus, shift the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
A-Correct curve showing proper i -f alignment to the input of the i -f system, i.e., to the grid
as obtained with fidelity control counter -clock- cap of the RCA -6L7 first -detector, (with grid
wise. lead in place) through a .001-mfd. capacitor.
B-Incorrect curve similar to A showing im- Regulate the test -oscillator output so the ampli-
proper alignment of i -f system caused by one tude of the oscillographic image is approximately
or more circuits being slightly detuned.
the same as used for adjustment (h) above.
C-Correct showing broadening of curve A
obtained when fidelity control is rotated fully (j) The two first i -f transformer magnetite core
clockwise. screws L25 and L24 (one on top and one on
D-Incorrect curve showing broadening of curve bottom) should then be adjusted so that they
B obtained when fidelity control is rotated cause the forward and reverse waves to coincide
fully clockwise. throughout their lengths and have maximum
amplitude.
(d) The sweeping operation should follow using the (k) Note width of oscillographic image at a point
frequency modulator. Shift the oscillograph which is 50% of maximum amplitude. Turn re-
"Timing" switch to "Ext." Insert plug of fre- ceiver fidelity control to extreme clockwise posi-
quency -modulator cable in test -oscillator jack. tion. Note width of oscillographic image at a
Turn the test -oscillator modulation switch to point which is 50% of maximum amplitude.
"Off." Turn on the frequency modulator and Under normal conditions the latter measurement
place its sweep -range switch to "Hi." should be approximately 60% greater in width
375
than the former measurement. The image should "Ultra Short Wave" Band
also appear slightly double humped. These con-
(b) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
ditions indicate proper broadening of the band
to the antenna terminal "Al" of the receiver
width of the i -f amplifier. Turn range selector to through a 300 -ohm resistor. Set the receiver
"Medium wave" (B) band and note increase of range selector to its "Ultra short wave" position
amplitude. The amplitude should increase sev- and its dial pointer to 57,000 kc. Adjust the test
eral times. It may be necessary to decrease out- oscillator to 19,000 kc. The third harmonic of
put of test oscillator to keep image on screen. 19,000 kc is used for this adjustment.
Turn receiver fidelity control to extreme counter- Adjust oscillator air -trimmer C23 for maxi-
clockwise position and proceed to "R -F Adjust- mum (peak) output. Two positions, each pro-
ments." ducing maximum output, may be found. The
position of minimum capacitance (plunger near
R-F Adjustments out) should be used. This places the receiver
Make receiver dial adjustments as outlined by heterodyne oscillator 460 kc higher in frequency
"Selector dial," figure 12. Alignment must be made than the incoming signal. Tighten lock nut. Ad-
in sequence of "Wave -trap," "Ultra short wave" just the detector air -trimmer C39, while slightly
band, "Short wave" band, "Medium wave" band, rocking the gang tuning condenser back and
"Standard broadcast" band, and "Long wave" band. forth through the signal, for maximum (peak)
output. Two peaks may be found on this trim-
"Wave -Trap" Adjustment mer. The peak of maximum capacitance (plun-
(a) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator ger near in) should be used. Tighten lock nut.
to the antenna terminal "Al" through a 200- Adjust the antenna air -trimmer C10 for maxi-
mmfd. (important) capacitor. Remove the plug mum (peak) output while slightly rocking the
of the frequency -modulator cable from the test - gang tuning condenser back and forth through
oscillator jack. Turn test -oscillator modulation the signal. Two peaks may be found on this
switch to "On." Shift the oscillograph "Timing" trimmer which produce maximum output. The
switch to "Int." Place receiver range selector in peak with maximum capacitance (plunger near
"Standard broadcast" position. Set the receiver in) should be used. Tighten lock nut. Check
dial to a position of no extraneous signals near the image frequency by changing the receiver
600 kc. Tune the test oscillator to 460 kc. Ad- dial setting to 56,080 kc. If the image signal is
just the wave -trap magnetite core screw Ll to received at this position, the adjustment of the
oscillator air -trimmer C23 has been correctly
LI
made. No adjustments should be made while
WAVE TMAP
460.K.C. checking for the image signal.
X
C6 ANT.
350 N.C.
(c) Re -tune receiver for maximum response to the
A C5 ANT. / x 57,000 kc input signal (not image response)
1500 K.C.
without disturbing test -oscillator adjustments.
;/
C4 ANT.
6000 K.C.
20.000 K.L.
Change test oscillator to 6,800-14,000 kc range.
C- C3 ANT. -' BET. COIL ; 6 6000
C360ET. Tune test oscillator until signal is heard in
20,000 K.C.
.- G
./1 /1
K.C.
CIOA0K.NTC. rA C370ET. speaker (should occur at approximately 14,250
IS00 N.0
C38 BET.
kc, fourth harmonic of test oscillator used). Two
OSC. COIL
350 K.0 test -oscillator settings (230 kc apart) will pro-
L.9
duce a signal at this point. The lower frequency
60 OSC.
600 N.C.
test -oscillator setting should be used as this
"- LI O places the test -oscillator harmonic 460 kc below
-x' OSC.
ITS KC. the frequency of the receiver heterodyne oscil-
MC/I OF GIMPS
(/op new)
C23 05C.
57.000 K.0
C13 05C.
2Q000 KC.
CN OSC C16'01C. CIA 05C. lator. Tune receiver for maximum response at
6000 K.0 1500 K.C. 350K.C.
a dial setting of approximately 28,500 kc (image
C
should tune in at a dial setting approximately
APPROX. DISTANCE IN MOW -CHASSIS
BAM TO MP OF TRIMMER MINCER 27,580 kc) without altering test -oscillator adjust-
D 4z
fg.
IHs I n ment. Test oscillator second harmonic of 14,-
I
IA
iVO
1,"1.
250 kc is used for the following check. Check
calibration of receiver dial. A receiver -dial read-
Figure 7-"Magic Brain" Trimmer Locations ing of less than 28,500 kc indicates that the in-
ductance of the oscillator secondary coil L11 is
the point which causes minimum amplitude of too low and should be increased. If the receiver
output (maximum suppression of signal) as dial reading is greater than 28,500 kc, the in-
shown by the waves on the oscillograph. An in- ductance of L11 is too high and should be de-
crease of the test-oscillator output may be neces- creased. If it is necessary to change the in-
sary before this point of minimum amplitude, ductance of L11, first remove bottom cover of
obtained by correct adjustment of wave -trap "Magic Brain" and then set receiver dial pointer
screw, becomes apparent on oscillograph screen. to 28,500 kc. To decrease inductance, move the
376
www.americanradiohistory.com
grounded ends (straps) of L11 and L12 (see through the signal. Two peaks may be found
figure 4) nearer chassis. Do not allow straps with this circuit. The peak with maximum
to touch chassis except where connected. To capacitance (plunger near in) should be used:
increase inductance, move the straps farther Tighten lock nut. Adjust antenna air -trimmer
away from chassis. Adjust position of straps C4 to produce maximum (peak) output. Tighten
until maximum (peak) output results. The lock nut.
alignment of the detector tuned circuit should "Standard Broadcast" Band
next be checked at 28,500 kc without changing (f) Remove the 300 -ohm resistor from between the
either the receiver or test -oscillator adjustments. test -oscillator "Ant." post and receiver antenna
An increase of output when the brass end of a
tuning wand is brought near L22 indicates that terminal "Al" and insert a 200-mmfd. capacitor
in its place. Place receiver range selector to
L22 is too high in inductance, while an increase
when the iron end is brought near the coil in- "Standard broadcast" position with receiver dial
dicates that the inductance is too low. The in- BLACK
ductance of L22 may be varied by changing the RED
FILAMENTS
spacing between the grounded end (strap) of RED -BLACK
BLUE
L22 and the strap connected from C41 to con- BLACK
YELLOW
just the spacing until maximum (peak) output BLACK RED TR.
BLACK-BRowN
377
modulator cable in test -oscillator jack. Turn test - test oscillator to 175 kc and increase its output
oscillator modulation switch to "Off." Re -tune until a deflection is noticeable on the oscillograph
the test oscillator (increase frequency) until the screen. Adjust oscillator magnetite core screw
forward and reverse waves show on the oscillo - L10 (located on top of small oscillator coil can)
graph screen. This will occur at a test -oscillator so that maximum (peak) amplitude of output is
setting of approximately 230 kc. Disregarding shown on the oscillograph screen.
the fact that the two images may or may not (j) Set receiver dial pointer to 350 kc. Tune test
come together, adjust the oscillator magnetite oscillator to 350 kc. Adjust the oscillator, de-
core screw L9 (top of large oscillator coil can) to tector, and antenna air -trimmers C18, C38, and
produce maximum (peak) amplitude of the im- C6 to produce maximum (peak) output as shown
ages. Shift the oscillograph "Timing" switch to by the waves on the oscillograph screen. With-
"Int." Remove the plug of the frequency -modu- out disturbing the connections, shift the oscillo -
lator cable from the test -oscillator jack. Turn graph "Timing" switch to "Ext." Place the
the test -oscillator modulation switch to "On." frequency -modulator sweep -range switch to its
Repeat adjustments in (g) above to compensate "Hi" position and insert plug of frequency-
for any changes caused by the adjustment of L9 modulator cable in test -oscillator jack. Turn test-
core, tightening lock nuts on C16, C37, and C5, oscillator modulation switch to "Off." Re -tune
respectively, after each is adjusted. the test oscillator (decrease frequency) until the
forward and reverse waves show on the oscillo -
"Long Wave" Band graph screen and become coincident at their
(i) Shift the oscillograph "Timing" switch to "Int." highest points. This will occur at a test -oscillator
Remove the plug of the frequency -modulator setting of approximately 198 kc. This setting
cable from the test -oscillator jack. Turn the test - places the test-oscillator frequency to 175 kc.
oscillator modulation' switch to "On." Place re- The second harmonic is now used for the 350 kc
ceiver range selector to its "Long wave" position. adjustment. Adjust air -trimmers C18, C38, and
Set the receiver dial pointer to 175 kc. Tune the C6, again, to produce maximum amplitude of the
i f
MUSC-SPEOCH
CONTROL
.
3M00. ; M0n
r í90n;}
POWER
OUTPUT
6L6
f0.].
/f -)1,
1
I-e60,000nJ
123 1N -5 VOLUME
CONTROL G
]tDw $f,
POWER I
OUTPUT I1eT0. On
R.F. AMP 6L6 I
I
- 1v
TERM. OF COT
1sr.DET.
dooA
7,óoC
' 1
6
fT.®B2,Óo0A i I
05C. COIL CB
9.
I
r-059.IN'x) I
AMP
e5. E1 Lx,000A+T- 6K7 RES.
,
3ME0.
rT6B.6.IN
------ C27 --
r0v.S600n-)I0
I I i
I
AUDIO DRIVER
6C5
séoOA
ASSEA7.-\.iI
240n
45. A7 I C6í,-v CL
t
_-
05C. / OA
I
(§)
çC.0011 i
:m;,d
iMA x' 10o,.
'Pe' -----------
I I I ,
I
I
¡ 6N6 1rtfe1
Y I
B],OOOAT G
---to00w-
iI
fol
TERM. 500,óoo., ñn,oÓo -º of
BRD. LIM. I
ILSMEO. I
2w.I.P. i _ I
x.
I
II II
AMP. 33121),..
O.0 .0001 o
UD OPEN CIRCUIT
f 111 1 i) BOTTOM BACA OF CNA5515 6K7 i t i i . iifr
Figure 9-Resistance Diagram
Power supply disconnected-Radiotrons in sockets-Tuning condenser in full-mesh-Range selector in
"Standard broadcast" position-Volume control maximum-Fidelity control optional-
Music-speech Control Clockwise
Resistance Measurements
The resistance values shown between Radiotron should hold within ± 20%. Variations in excess of
socket contacts, grid caps, resistors, and terminals this limit will usually be indicative of trouble in cir-
to receiver chassis ground or other pertinent point cuit under test. When measuring the resistance be-
on figure 9, permit a rapid continuity check of the tween points of the circuit and ground, it will be
circuits. The use of this diagram in conjunction necessary to connect the negative terminal of the
with the Schematic Circuit Diagram, figure 2, and resistance meter to chassis -ground. If the polarity
Wiring Diagrams, figures 3 and 4, will permit the of the resistance meter is not known, it may be
location of certain troubles which might otherwise readily ascertained by connecting a d -c voltmeter of
be difficult to ascertain. Each value as specified indicated polarity across the terminals of the device.
378
www.americanradiohistory.com
images where they best coincide throughout their
lengths. Radiotron Cathode Current Readings
(k) Re -tune the receiver to approximately 175 kc so Measured with Milliammeter Connected at Tube
that the forward and reverse waves appear on Socket Cathode Terminals under Conditions
the oscillograph screen. Adjust the oscillator Similar to Those of Voltage Measurements
magnetite core screw L10 to produce maximum
(peak) amplitude of the waves, disregarding the (1) RCA-6K7-R-F Amp. 6.2 ma.
fact that the two images may or may not come (2) RCA -6L7 -1st Det. 4.0 ma.
-
(3) RCA-6J7-Osc. 6.6 ma.
together. (4) RCA -6K7 -1st I -F Amp. 6.2 ma.
(I) Shift the receiver dial setting to 350 kc without (5) RCA -6K7 -2nd I -F Amp- 7.5 ma.
altering any other adjustments (frequency modu- (6) RCA -6H6 -2nd Det.-A.V.C.
lator still in operation). Adjust air -trimmers (7) RCA-6C5-Audio Voltage Amp. 1.25 ma.
C18, C38, and C6, respectively, to produce maxi- (8) RCA-6C5-Audio Driver Amp. 6.4 ma.
mum amplitude and best coincidence of the (9) RCA -6L6--Power Output 43 ma.
(10) RCA-6L6-Power Output 43 ma.
waves. These adjustments compensate for any (11) RCA-5Z4-Rectifier 80 ma.*
changes caused by the adjustment of the mag- (12) RCA-5Z4-Rectifier 80 ma.*
netite core screw L10. Tighten lock nuts on (13) RCA-6E5-Tuning Tube 3.0 ma.
C18, C38, and C6, respectively, after each is (*Cannot be measured at socket)
adjusted.
t
1SSv.
6.]V.
260v.
f-A.C.- fR]
- Av__ l
.C. POWER
WAVE ifi., OUTPUT
TRAP i (-6.6V.1 6.]v.
I -0.1V. 3$
268
' C
Itóv) I
L-
POWER
`OUTPUT
660V. 6L6
R.F AMP
/
L--- 110V.- 6K7 64V.
A1C -BRAIN' 1.24
ANT. COIL
[ÓI
OET.
COIL DE T. RECEPTACLE ey-r Pw.
AOJ.
A;A; B;-C- 460NGJ
COIL
KKK,"D. r,A;$L
11LV.
I" I.F. TRANS.
LL._. 26 --é (-6.7Ve i°-___ E6.6v)
I
L. nays -J
C .
V.
L r^_DET.
6L7f(e r1-1.2V.
6DV.
OSC. COIL
L_.
Ov
260x-1 itou.
V.
L
27
-----11]V.
AUDIO DRIVER
6C5
_ -t20v- - - --
ces u6
REO LL L OSC. COIL
IC0
0
-76u.13
OSC.
6J7 2 I.F. TRANS.
6.4V._ «
6.]v
rrc E [av TRANS rA.C. 67V. 1 AUDIO AMP
) _Z A.O. \ e0129ac1
` IAADJ. C.G.;. )0' © 6C5
Vie 2DET. EMiI.
jeAVC. < ,Lr..©
266v 63iaC. (-[6V.1 .p1aEIE
L.
0.]v.
(Niger` VKivÑ 110SV.)
11Sv
TERM BRD I v.)
-.766N6
I
¡ i 3,17v ÌÓv
(09V.) (-6.Y.)1CATNDOEMYIIffN1OTN15TERMINAL AMP
0.15V. '0,]V. 6X57
, BOTTOM BACA 0F CHASSIS +CONNECTU7NSIl0l001A5515WIOUND
et E ..AAee
379
to its "Standard broadcast" position. In re -assembling
Phonograph Terminal Board the dial after repairs, see that the gears are meshed
A terminal board is provided for connecting a in accordance with the diagram, at the same time
phonograph into the audio amplifying circuit. Typical noting that the range switch is in its "Standard broad-
methods of connecting a low -impedance pickup, or cast" position and the lever attached to the range -
the RCA Victor Models R-93, R-93-2, and R -93-S switch shaft placed in the position shown.
Record Players are shown on the Schematic Diagram To adjust the dial mechanism, set the range switch
(figure 2). to its "Standard broadcast" position. Place a straight-
edge across the center of the dial so that its edge is
Loudspeaker even with the lower (end) marking at both the low -
frequency and high -frequency ends of the dial.
Centering of the loudspeaker voice coil is made in Under such conditions the straight -edge should be
the usual manner with three narrow paper feelers parallel with the top of the chassis base. If the
after first removing the front paper dust cover. This straight -edge is not parallel with the top of the chassis
base, loosen the nut on the rear of the roller link pivot
stud and move the stud up or down until the link
23 roller moves the dial to the desired position so that
OUTPUT
the end calibration marks obtain the position men-
TRANSF.
13 e
tioned above. Tighten the nut on the roller link
BROWN
pivot stud.
Set the gang tuning condenser to its maximum ca-
pacity position. Adjust the dial pointer to the low -
AWE frequency (end) mark on "Standard broadcast" scale.
BLACK This is a friction adjustment.
BROWN &BLACK
BROWN
r+a Mx-. `' BLACK
VERNIER DIAL
oIift1/NG
- y
mission -line leads of the RCA RK-40A antenna sys- TUNING SHAFT
tem should be connected to terminals "A2" and
"Al." The receiver coupling units of the RCA RANGE SELECTOR
SWITCH SHAFT
RK -40 and the RCA Spider -Web antenna systems
should be connected to terminals "Al" and "G." CAER l̺óÓ IBC.
Connect a single -wire antenna to terminal "Al." Figure 12-Selector Dial Change Mechanism
Selector Dial With the gang tuning condenser plates still in full
mesh, loosen the two set screws on the vernier -dial
Figure 12 illustrates the relation of the various parts hub. Rotate the vernier dial until the "0" marking is
of the dial mechanism when in its "Standard broad- in a vertical plane above the center of the shaft.
cast" position with the range switch likewise turned Tighten set screws.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers
380
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
Stock List Stock List
No. DESCRIPTION Price No. DESCRIPTION Price
12629 Capacitor -56 Mmfd. (C59) $0.20 12013 Resistor -1 meg-Carbon type -1/10
12404 Capacitor -120 Mmfd. (C56, C58) .26 watt-Package of 5 (R43) $0.75
13034 Capacitor -390 Mmfd. (C73) .25 12679 Resistor -2.2 meg-Insulated-% watt
13301 Capacitor -390 Mmfd. (C46, C47, C51,, -Package of 5 (R22) 1.00
C52) .25 12874 Resistor -3.3 meg-Carbon type-1/4
12898 Capacitor -1,500 Mmfd. (C78) .20 watt-Package of 5 (R45) 1.00
13580 Capacitor-1,800 Mmfd. (C89) .25 13167 Resistor -3.9 meg-Carbon type -1/4
13033 Capacitor-.007 Mfd. (C82, C83) .20 watt-Package of 5 (R46) 1.00
4870 Capacitor-.025 Mfd. (C71) ,20 13017 Resistor-Voltage divider comprisiug
4858 Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C45, C48, C49, C50, one 7,000 -ohm and one 6,000 -ohm sec -
054, C55, C57, C60, C74) .25 tions (R41, R42) 90
4937 Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C81) .25 13018 Resistor-Voltage divider comprising
4836 Capacitor-.05 Mfd. (C64, C77) .30 one 240 -ohm, one 20 -ohm and one 25-
4841 Capacitor -0.1 Mfd. (C65) .22
ohm sections (R35, R38, R39) 55
11203 Capacitor -10 Mfd. (C85, C86) 1.18 4669 Screw-No. 8-32 x 5/32 set screw for link
5212 Capacitor -18 Mfd. (C87, C88) 1.16
assembly-Stock No. 12868-Package
of 10 .25
12470 Capacitor -20 Mfd. (C79) 1.10 12008 Shield-I. F. transformer shield for
13011 Capacitor-Compensating pack compris- Stock Nos. 12981, 12990, 12982 .28
ing two .015 Mfd., one .007 Mfd. capac- 12607 Shield-Transformer shield top for
itors and two 27,000 -ohm, one 33,000- first or second I. F. transformer .30
ohm, and one 68,000 -ohm resistors 12581 Shield-Transformer shield top for third
(C61, C62, C63, R17, R18, R19, R20) . 2.00 I. F. transformer .36
13025 Capacitor-Pack comprising two 10 Mfd. 11195 -5
Socket -contact 5Z4 Radiotron socket .15
5040
sections (C72, C75)
-4
Connector -contact female connector
1.00 11198 -7
Socket -contact 6K7 or 6L6 Radiotron
socket .15
for speaker cable .25 11196 Socket-8 -contact 6C5 or 6H6 Radiotron
12006 Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stk. and Magic Brain power supply socket .15
Nos. 12981, 12990, 12982 .22 11381 Socket-Tuning lamp socket and cover. .45
5240 Cover-Fuse mounting cover .24 13095 Socket-Upper left or lower right hand
12870 Dial-Vernier dial scale .65 dial lamp socket .25
10907 Fuse-3 Amp.-Package of 5-(F1) .40 11222 Socket-Upper right or lower left hand
5226 Lamp-Dial lamp -6.3 volts-Package of dial lamp socket .18
5 .70 12007 Spring-Retaining spring for core, Stock
12868 Link-Range switch and band indicator No. 12006-Package of 10 .36
operating link complete with set screws .45 12986 Stud-Stud, nut and washer for connect -
13012 Mounting-Fuse mounting, 100-120 -volt ing link assembly, Stock No. 12868, to
models only .35 sector gear and link, Stock No. 12910
13026 Mounting-Fuse mounting, 220 -volt -Package of 5 .65
models only ,S5 12988 Switch-Bias switch (S7) .65
13027 Resistor -110 ohms, wire wound-used in 13015 Tone control-Fidelity control (R34, S4,
110 -volt models only (R37) .50 S6) 1.00
13029 Resistor -140 ohms, wire wound-used in 13013 Tone control-Music-speech and power
220 -volt models only (R37) ,75 switch (S5, S8) 1.15
13030 Resistor -1,000 ohms-Carbon type- 12981 Transformer-First I. F. transformer
1/10 watt-Package of 5 (R12) 75 complete (L24, L25, L26, C46, C47).. 2.15
5112 Resistor -1,000 ohms-Carbon t ype- 12990 Transformer-Second I. F. transformer
watt-Package of 5 (R10, R15) 1.00 complete (L27, L28, C51, C52) 1.85
13031 Resistor -3,300 ohms-Carbon type- 12982 Transformer-Third I. F. transformer
1/10 watt-Package of 5 (R29) .75
complete (L29, L30, C56, C58, C59,
13032 Resistor -3,900 ohms-Carbon type -1 R21, R23) 2.25
watt-Package of 5 (R40) 1.10
13023 Transformer-Driver transformer (T2) 2.25
5114 Resistor -15,000 ohms-Carbon type -1
13008 Transformer-Power transformer, 100-
120 volts, 50-60 cycles (T1) 7.55
watt (R36) .22 13009 Transformer-Power transformer,
11282 Resistor -56,000 ohms-Carbon type- 100-
120 volts, 25-50 cycles (T1) 11.20
1/10 watt-Package of 5 (R21) .75 13010 Transformer-Power transformer,
11365 Resistor -82,000 ohms-Carbon type -1/4 100-
250 volts, 50-60 cycles (T1) 12.65
watt-Package of 5 (R14)
11281 Resistor -100,000 ohms-Carbon type - 1.00 13014 Volume control-(R16) 1.00
1.00
MAGIC BRAIN
UNIT ASSEMBLIES
3058 Resistor -100,000 ohms-Carbon type -1 12806 Board-3 -contact antenna and ground
watt-Package of 5 (R44) 1.10 terminal board .25
12478 Resistor -150,000 ohms-Carbon type- 5237 Bushing-Variable condenser mounting
1/10 watt-Package of 5 (R31) .75 bushing assembly-Package of 3 ....
12264 Resistor -220,000 ohms-Insulated
watt-Package of 5 (R28)
-% 12886 Cable-Shielded power cable, approx.
.43
1.00 4 inches long, complete with 8 -contact
11398 Resistor-220,000 ohms-Carbon type- male plug 1.50
1/10 watt-Package of 5 (R23) .75 12511 Cap-Grid contact cap-Package of 5 .. .15
The prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
381
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
Stock List Stock DESCRIPTION List
No.
DESCRIPTION price No. price
12714 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer capacitor DRIVE ASSEMBLIES
(C3, C4, C5, C6, C14, C16) $0.38 10705 Ball-5/32 in. diameter steel ball for
12807 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer capacitor planetary drive-Package of 20 $0.25
(C13, C35, C36, C37) .35 10941 Ball -1 '8 in. diameter steel ball for
12884 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer capacitor planetary drive bearing-Package of 20 .25
(C10, C18, C23, C38, C39) .40 12904 Bushing-Plate and bushing assembly
12896 Capacitor -15 Mmfd. (C34) .20 for planetary drive mounting .20
12722 Capacitor -18 Mmfd. (C15) .20 12905 Coupling-Flexible coupling and shaft as
12891 Capacitor -36 Mmfd. (C40) .20 sembly complete .50
12629 Capacitor -56 Mmfd. (C24) .20 12909 Dial-Band indicating dial and cam as -
12895 Capacitor -56 Mmfd. (C17) .20 sembly 1.05
12723 Capacitor -56 Mmfd. (C2, C44) .20 12899 Drive-Variable tuning condenser drive
13307 Capacitor -62 Mmfd. (C11) .20 complete including mounting bracket,
12724 Capacitor -120 Mmfd. (C25, C28, C29) .28 drive, dial scale, and indicator less
12725 Capacitor -150 Mmfd. (C1) .28 vernier dial Stk. No. 12870 and link Stk.
12894 Capacitor -180 Mmfd. (C22) .20 No. 12868 4.40
12727 Capacitor -555 Mmfd. (C21) .20 12906 Gear-Anti-lash drive gear complete .. .75
12537 Capacitor -560 Mmfd. (Cl, C26, C33, 12910 Gear-Sector gear and link assembly for
C42) .20 band selector .20
12898 Capacitor-1500 Mmfd. (C12) .20 12908 Indicator-Station selector indicator
12729 Capacitor-1550 Mmfd. (C20) .26 pointer .20
12728 Capacitor -4500 Mmfd. (C19) .36 8051 Link-Link and roller assembly complete
12897 Capacitor -4700 Mmfd. (C43) .40 with springs .30
4858 Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C8, C30, C31, C32) .25 12911 Screen-Dial lamp screen and light
12879 Coil-Antenna coil and shield XABC diffuser .20
bands (L2, L3, L4, L5, L6) 1.90 4669 Screw-Set screw for flexible coupling or
12888 Coil-Antenna coil "D" band (L13, L14 .60 gear stock Nos. 12905 and 12906-Pack-
12880 Coil-Detector coil and shield XABC age of 10 .25
bands (L15, L16, L17, L18, L19, L20) 2.05 12901 Shaft-Direct drive shaft and pinion gear
12709 Coil-Oscillator coil and shield ABC for planetary drive .75
bands (L7, L8, L9) 2.02 12900 Shaft-Vernier drive shaft for planetary
12881 Coil-Oscillator coil and shield X band drive .25
only (L10) .80 12903 Spring-Tension spring for planetary
12890 Coil-Oscillator coil "D" band (L11, L12, drive bearing-Package of 10 .20
L23) .70 12907 Spring-Tension spring for gear stock
12889 Coil-R. F. Coil "D" band (L21, L22) .65 No. 12906-Package of 10 .20
12877 Condenser -3 gang variable tuning con- 8052 Spring-Tension spring for link stock
denser (C9, C27, C41) 5.10 No. 8051-Package of 5 .32
12887 Connector -8 contact male connector and
cover for power cable Stk. No. 12886 .40 REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
12664 Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stk. 8059 Board-Reproducer terminal board .14
No. 12654 .22 12640 Bracket-Output transformer mounting
12800 Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stk. bracket .18
12709 .20 12474 Cone-Reproducer cone and dust cap
12882 Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stk. (L34) 6.80
No. 12881 .20 11577 Coil-Field coil, magnet and cone sup -
11324 Resistor -560 ohms-Carbon type-1/4 port (L36) 12.00
watt (R2)-Package of 5 1.00 5039 Connector-4 contact male connector for
5112 Resistor -1,000 ohms-Carbon type-1/4 reproducer leads .25
watt (R3)-Package of 5 1.00 9719 Reproducer Complete 20.40
11298 Resistor-5,600 ohms-Carbon type-1 13007 Transformer-Output transformer (T3,
watt (R6) .22 C84) 3.80
39g8 Resistor -15,000 ohms-Carbon type-1/4
watt (R5)-Package of 5 1.00 MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
11282 Resistor-56,000 ohms-Carbon type- 11996 Bracket-Tuning tube mounting bracket
1/10 watt (R4, R9)-Package of 5 .75 and clamp .22
8064 Resistor -82,000 ohms-Carbon type-1/2 12915 Crystal-Station selector escutcheon and
watt (R8)-Package of 5 1.00 crystal 1.30
Resistor-560,000 ohms-Carbon type-
11397
12651
1/10 watt (R1, R7)-Package of 5
Shield-Coil shield for Stk. Nos. 12879
.75
12742
12699
Escutcheon-Tuning tube escutcheon
Knob-Large station selector knob
Package of 5
- .22
.68
and 12880 .22 12700 Knob-Small (vernier) station selector
12710 Shield-Coil shield for Stk. No. 12709 .28 knob-Package of 5 .58
12883 Shield-Coil shield fo' Stk. No. 12881 .. .20 11347 Knob-Volume control, Fidelity con -
11198 Socket-7 contact 6K7 Radiotron socket .15 trol, music -speech and power switch.
11279 Socket-7 contact 6L7 Radiotron socket .20 and range selector knob-Package of 5 .75
12885 Socket -8 contact 6J7 Radiotron socket.. .20 11210 Screw-Chassis mounting screw and
12007 Spring-Retaining spring for core Stk. washer assembly-Package of 4 .28
Nos. 12664, 12800 and 12882-Package 12916 Shield-Magic brain shield .90
of 10 .36 4982 Spring-Retaining spring for knob stock
12878 Switch-Range switch and mounting nut No. 12699-Package of 10 .50
(SI, S2, S3) 3.60 11349 Spring-Retaining spring for knob stock
12654 Trap-Wave trap complete (LI) .75 Nos. 11347, 12700-Package of 5 .25
382
www.americanradiohistory.com
RCA VICTOR MODEL 15K
Fifteen -Tube, Five -Band, A -C, Superheterodyne Receiver
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
"Long Wave" (X) 150-410 kc "Long Wave" (X)
"Standard Broadcast" (A) 175 kc (osc.), 350 kc (osc., det., ant.)
530-1,800 kc
"Standard Broadcast" (A)
"Medium Wave" (B) 1,800-6,400 kc 600 kc (osc.), 1,500 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Short Wave" (C) 6,400-23,000 kc "Medium Wave" (B) ... 6,000 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Short Wave" (C) .... 20,000 kc (osc., det., ant.)
"Ultra Short Wave" (D) 23,000-60,000 kc "Ultra Short Wave" (D) 57,000 kc (osc., det., ant.)
Intermediate Frequency 460 kc
RADIOTRON COMPLEMENT
(1) RCA-6K7 R -F Amplifier (9) RCA -6C5 Audio Voltage Amplifier
(2) RCA -6L7 First Detector (10) RCA-6C5 Audio Driver Amplifier
(3) RCA -6J7 Oscillator
(4) RCA-6K7 First I -F Amplifier (11) RCA -6L6 Power Output
(5) RCA -6K7 Second I -F Amplifier (12) RCA-6L6 Power Output
(6) RCA -6H6 Second Detector and A.V.C. (13) RCA -5Z4 Rectifier
(7) RCA -6K7 Tuning Tube I -F Amplifier (14) RCA -5Z4 Rectifier
(8) RCA-6H6 Tuning Tube Rectifier (15) RCA -6E5 Tuning Tube
Pilot Lamps (4) Mazda No. 46, 6.3 volts, 0.25 ampere
POWER SUPPLY RATINGS
Rating A 105-125 volts, 50-60 cycles, 165 watts
Rating B 105.125 volts, 25-60 cycles, 165 watts
Rating C 100-130/140-160/195-250 volts, 40-60 cycles, 165 watts
POWER OUTPUT LOUDSPEAKER
Undistorted 20 watts Type Electrodynamic
Maximum 30 watts Impedance (v.c.) 111A ohms at 400 cycles
Mechanical Specifications
CABINET DIMENSIONS
Height
411/2 inches
Width
281/8 inches
Depth
16% inches
WEIGHTS
Net
115 pounds
Shipping
161 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 203/4 inches x 101/2 inches x 3 inches
Over-all Height of Chassis
91/4 inches
Operating Controls: (1) Music-speech-Power Switch, (2) Volume, (3) Tuning, (4) Range
Tuning Drive Ratios Selector, (5) Fidelity
20 to 1 and 100 to 1
General Description
This receiver represents the result of thorough de- electro -dynamic loudspeaker, and the newly de-
velopment, design, and substantial manufacture. veloped "Magic Voice." Design features incorporated
Noteworthy technical improvements have been ap- in this receiver include built-in doublet antenna
plied in achieving marked advantages of operation, coupler; "Magic Brain"; improved plunger-type air -
and efficiency of performance. dielectric adjustable trimming capacitors in the an-
Model 15K is a fifteen -tube, console -type, "Magic tenna, detector, and oscillator coil circuits; tuned r -f
Brain" superheterodyne receiver with a twelve -inch amplifier; high -efficiency first detector (converter)
383
with separate oscillator; two -stage i -f amplifier; selec- in the layout of the chassis parts and wiring. The
tive "Magic Eye"; push-pull beam -type power am- assembly of these various elements is such that the
plifier; magnetite core adjusted i -f transformers, low - number of conductors is minimized, with all impor-
frequency oscillator tracking, and wave -trap; range - tant connections being readily accessible. Trimming
selector sensitivity control; fidelity control; "Magic
Voice"; three-point aural compensated volume con- adjustments are located at accessible points. A double
trol; music -speech switch; automatic volume control; tuning -knob arrangement permits the choice of
phonograph terminal board; new selector dial; and a either a twenty -to -one or a hundred -to -one dial drive
dust-proof aluminum voice -coil, electrodynamic loud- ratio. The latter permits ease of tuning, especially
speaker. in the "Medium wave", "Short wave", and "Ultra
Service convenience has been a controlling factor short wave" bands.
Circuit Arrangement
The conventional type of superheterodyne circuit L4 is provided to prevent interaction with L3 and
is used. It consists of an r -f amplifier stage, first - L2 when operating receiver in "Short wave" band.
detector (converter) stage, separate oscillator stage, In the "Ultra short wave" (D) band, L6, L5, L4,
two signal i -f amplifier stages, tuning tube i -f ampli- and L3 are shorted out and grounded, and secondary
fier and rectifier stages, a diode-detector-automatic- L14 is placed in shunt with L2. The latter con-
volume-control stage, an audio voltage -amplifier stage, nection prevents undesirable interaction of L2 with
an audio driver -amplifier stage, a push-pull beam - L14. This method of switching reduces the total
type power -amplifier stage, a tuning indicator "Magic number of coils and leads, and results in having a
Eye", and a full -wave rectifier. low -loss primary and secondary winding for each
band with high efficiency of operation.
"Magic Brain" The band switching of the detector circuits is
The new "Magic Brain" is constructed as a sepa- similar to that of the antenna circuits. Coils L15,
rate, self-contained, completely shielded, five -band, L21, and L20 are always connected in series with the
oscillator- detector- antenna -tuning unit which plugs plate circuit of the RCA-6K7 r -f amplifier tube. In
into the main chassis. the "Long wave" (X) band, L19, L18, L17, and L16
A single -wire antenna, or a doublet antenna, when are connected in series as the secondary circuit. The
connected to the proper input terminals of the re- ground of the coil system is at the low end of L19.
ceiver, is coupled to the control grid of the RCA -6K7 L20 acts as the primary which transfers energy to the
secondary L19. Capacitor C33 resonates primary L20
at the proper frequency. In the "Standard broad-
cast" (A) band, L18, L17, and L16 are connected
in series as the secondary circuit. The ground of
the coil system is now between L18 and L19. L19
is used as the primary and is resonated at the proper
frequency by capacitors C34 and C35 which are in
shunt with this coil. Capacitor C33 is connected to
transfer energy to the primary coil L19. In the
"Medium wave" (B) band, L17 and L16 are con-
nected in series as the secondary. The ground of
the coil system is now between L17 and L18. L18 is
used as the primary and is resonated at the proper
3C4 AM
E25
SEC.
UR
A111. fECMl
l70
SEL.
L33
MI 1MO6 TtlH
LE itNlSt
frequency by capacitor C34 which is in shunt with
410 MC. 460 Kt NOML N0M.4 this coil. L19 is shorted by the range selector. Ca-
pacitor C33 transfers the r -f energy from the plate
Figure 1-Radiotron and I -F Trimmer Locations circuit to the primary L18. In the "Short wave"
(C) band, L16 is the secondary. The ground of the
r -f amplifier tube through the tuned r -f transformer coil system is now between L16 and L17. L17 is
consisting of L6, L5, L4, L3, and L2 (except when used as the primary and is resonated to the proper
range selector is in "Ultra short wave" position). frequency by capacitor C34. In addition, L15 acts
The primary coil L13 of the "Ultra short wave" (D) as a high -frequency primary which resonates above
band tuned r -f transformer remains in the antenna 20 me and improves the gain at the high -frequency
circuit at all times. A unique method of switching end of the "Short wave" band. Coils L19 and L18
is used. In the "Long wave" (X) band, L6 becomes are shorted by the range selector. L21 is effectively
the primary with L5, L4, L3, and L2 as secondary. r -f bypassed in this position by capacitor C32. In
In the "Standard broadcast" (A) band, L5 becomes the "Ultra short wave" (D) band, L22 is the sec-
the primary with L4, L3, and L2 as secondary (L6 ondary, or grid coil, and consists of approximately
shorted out). In the "Medium wave" (B) band, L4 a single turn of silver plated strap around a %-inch
becomes the primary with L3 and L2 as secondary coil form. The primary coils, L21 and L15 are in
(L6 and L5 shorted out). In the "Short wave" (C) series on this band, with L21 acting as a low -fre-
band, L3 becomes the primary with L2 as secondary quency primary and L15 as a high -frequency primary.
(L6, L5, L4, and tap on L4 shorted out) The tap on . L16 is shunted by L22 instead of being shorted di -
384
rectly by the range selector. Any inductive effect of tem for amplification and final reproduction. The
L16 is thus eliminated. L19, L18, and L17 are d -c voltage which results from detection of the signal
shorted directly by the range selector. is used for automatic volume control. This voltage,
Separate windings, with the exception of L23, are which develops across resistors R21 and R23, is ap-
employed in the oscillator stage for each position of plied, as automatic control -grid bias to the r -f, first -
the range selector. L23 (inductively coupled to L11 detector, and i -f tubes. The No. 1 diode of the
and L12) is placed in the oscillator plate circuit to RCA -6H6 is used to supply residual bias to the con-
provide additional feed-back when operating receiver trolled tubes under conditions of little or no signal.
on the "Ultra short wave" (D) band. This coil is This diode, under such conditions, draws current
effectively r -f bypassed by capacitor C12, when which flows through resistors R22, R21, and R23,
range selector is in the "Short wave" (C) position, thereby maintaining the desired operating bias on
to prevent undesirable reactions. Its effect on the such tubes. On application of signal energy above
remaining bands is negligible. The inherent stability a certain level, however, the auxiliary bias diode
of the oscillator circuit provides minimum frequency ceases to draw current and the a.v.c. diode takes over
drift which is especially advantageous for high - the biasing function. The sensitivity of the receiver
frequency reception. The locally generated signal is is increased in the "Ultra short wave" (D), `Short
capacitance coupled to grid No. 3 of the RCA -6L7 wave" (C), and "Medium wave" (B) bands by re-
first detector. ducing the residual bias on the above mentioned con-
The output of the "Magic Brain" is fed to the i -f trolled tubes with switch S7 which is operated by the
amplifier through a plug-in cable. This cable also range selector control.
supplies all power required by the "Magic Brain"
unit. Audio System
The manual volume control consists of an. acoustic-
l -F Amplifier (Signal) ally tapered potentiometer in the audio circuit be-
The intermediate -frequency amplifier consists of tween the output of the detector-diode and the in-
two RCA-6K7 tubes in a two -stage, transformer - put grid of the RCA -6C5 audio voltage -amplifier
coupled circuit. The windings of all three i -f trans- tube. This control has a three-point tone -compensat-
formers are resonated by fixed capacitors, and are ing filter connected to it so that the correct aural
adjusted by molded magnetite cores (both primary balance will be obtained at different volume settings.
and secondary) to tune to 460 kc. A third winding Phonograph terminals are provided to feed the out-
L26, in the first i -f transformer, is placed in series put of an external phonograph pickup to the control
with the main secondary L25 when the fidelity con- grid of the audio amplifier through this aurally com-
trol switch S4 is thrown to "broad" position (see pensated volume control.
figure 2), thereby increasing the coupling between The output of the voltage amplifier is resistance -
the primary and secondary circuits with consequent capacitance coupled to the control grid of the RCA -
broadening of the band width of the i -f amplifier. 6C5 driver tube. The output of this stage is trans-
The increased band width of the i -f amplifier there- former coupled to the control grids of the RCA-6L6
fore causes less attenuation of the higher audio modu- push-pull power output tubes. The output of this
lation side -band frequencies, permitting higher stage is transformer coupled to the voice coil of the
fidelity reception. A third winding L31 in the third electro -dynamic speaker.
i -f transformer supplies signal input to the tuning The "Music -speech" control consists of a switch
tube i -f amplifier. S5 which is connected to two of the tone com-
pensating filters. When this control is turned to its
Tuning Tube l -F Amplifier No. 1 (Music) position, maximum low audio -fre-
The i-f signal voltage developed in L31 (third i -f quency response is obtained. When the control is
transformer) is applied to the control grid of the turned to its No. 2 position, resistor R20 is placed
RCA -6K7 tuning tube i -f amplifier. The output of in shunt with capacitor C63, giving greater attenua-
this tube is coupled through a sharply tuned trans- tion of the lower frequencies. This position is a
former to the RCA -6H6 tuning tube rectifier. All compromise between the "Music" and the "Speech"
or a portion of the voltage which develops across positions. In the No. 3 (Speech) position, operation
resistor R27 (adjustable from back of chassis, see is the same as No. 2 position except that capacitor
figure 1) is transferred from the movable arm to the C61 is shorted, giving additional low -frequency at-
grid of the RCA-6E5 cathode-ray tuning tube tenuation (minimum lows).
through a suitable resistance -capacitance filter. The
sharpness of this amplifier permits the receiver to Fidelity Control
be accurately tuned to the incoming carrier with the The fidelity control consists essentially of the com-
tuning tube "Magic Eye" while operating receiver bination of a conventional high audio -frequency tone
with the fidelity control in extreme clockwise (broad) control, including the combinations of capacitor C77
position. and a variable resistor R34, capacitor C78 and switch
S6 in shunt with the secondary winding of trans-
Detector and A.V.C. former T2, and means for changing the band width
The modulated signal, as obtained from the output of the i -f amplifier. It performs in the following
of the last i -f stage, is detected by an RCA -6H6 twin - manner:
diode tube (No. 2 diode). The audio frequency When the fidelity control is in its extreme counter-
secured by this process is transferred to the a-f sys- clockwise (sharp) position, the resistance of R34 is
385
j§!
. (
+
/ 2 -- __°:
,000001.1500.1 0000
2
,
44 -11
!!
\ca«.e-41 i i_/%_..._. -- _ --
4.4
:4f
\/ < ,e
t
Le X '19:3
;.
k§ G
.
© Ba 7
_. SJ
'r//
2'714\goi.,Apt ;4
4\e ª1 "
386
www.americanradiohistory.com
387
minimum, capacitor C78 shunts the secondary of T2, consists of an amplifier section and a cathode-ray sec-
and winding L26 is disconnected from the i -f circuit tion built in the same glass envelope. The adjustable
(S6 and S4 in sharp position, see figure 2). Ca- arm of R27 selects the voltage used to actuate the
pacitor C77 is most effective at this point causing grid of the amplifier section. Maximum voltage is
maximum attenuation of the higher audio fre- applied to this grid when the receiver is tuned to
quencies. As this control is turned clockwise, plac- resonance with an incoming carrier. This condition
ing more resistance in series with capacitor C77, the is evidenced by minimum width of the dark sector
capacitor becomes less and less effective, and the on the fluorescent screen.
upper frequency range of the audio amplifier is ex-
tended. When the fidelity control nears its extreme "Magic Voice"
clockwise position, resistor R34 is disconnected and This receiver is designed with a cabinet incorporat-
switches S6 and S4 (operated by fidelity control ing the "Magic Voice." This is accomplished by hav-
shaft) respectively disconnect capacitor C78 from the ing the rear of the speaker compartment completely
audio circuit and place winding L26 (first i -f trans- enclosed by a tight -fitting back.
former) in series with L25 (S6 and S4 in broad posi- Five metal open-end pipes of equal diameter but
tion) thereby increasing the higher audio -frequency of three different lengths are inserted in holes in the
range of the audio amplifier and broadening the i-f cabinet base and extend upward in the speaker com-
amplifier simultaneously. partment. The effect is to cause the lower -frequency
waves, reaching the front of the cabinet through the
Selective "Magic Eye" pipes, to arrive approximately in -phase with the
An RCA-6E5 cathode-ray tuning tube is used as sound waves emitted from the front of the speaker
a means of visually indicating when the receiver is giving extended low -frequency response without
accurately tuned to the incoming signal. This tube boominess, or cabinet resonance.
SERVICE DATA
The various diagrams in this booklet contain such adequate and reliable test equipment. The manu-
information as will be needed to locate causes for de- facturer of this receiver has such test equipment
fective operation if such develops. The values of the available for sale through its distributors and dealers.
various resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are indicated The extensive frequency range of this receiver
adjacent to the symbols signifying these parts on the necessitates a more or less involved method of align-
diagram. Identification titles, such as Cl, L2, R1, ment. However, if the following directions are care-
etc., are provided for reference between the illustra- fully applied in the sequence given, normal perform-
tions and the Replacement Parts List. The coils, ance of the instrument will be obtained.
reactors, and transformer windings are rated in terms The plunger -type air trimming capacitors have
of their d -c resistance only. Resistance values of less their approximate plunger settings tabulated on figure
7. If the plungers have been disturbed from their
than one ohm are generally omitted.
original adjustments, they may be roughly set to the
specified dimensions prior to alignment.
Alignment Procedure In performing services on the "Magic Brain", the
leads should be restored to their original positions,
There are seventeen adjustments required for the
since the lead-dress is important for proper operation
alignment of the oscillator, first -detector, and an- and dial calibration.
tenna -tuned circuits; one adjustment for the wave -
trap; and eight adjustments for the i -f system. Fifteen Precautionary Dressing of Leads for "Magic Brain"
of these adjustments are made with plunger -type air Alignment
trimming capacitors and require the use of an RCA
(Refer to Figure 4)
Stock No. 12636 Adjusting Tool. Each of these
capacitors has a lock nut for securing the plunger Band "X"
in place after adjustment. The remaining eleven ad- 1. Keep blue lead A of Si to antenna coil L4-5 dressed
away from chassis, and from yellow lead X of Si
justments are made by means of screws attached to to antenna coil L5-6.
molded magnetite cores. These cores change the in- 2. Bus lead from C10 to Si should be as short as
ductance of the particular coils in which they are in- possible.
3. Keep blue lead A of S2 to detector coil L18-19 clear
serted to provide exact alignment. All of these ad- of chassis, coil shield, coil, and other leads.
justments are accurately made during manufacture 4. Keep spaghetti lead C6 to X of SI apart from
and should remain in proper alignment unless affected spaghetti lead of C5 to A of Si, and from chassis.
by abnormal conditions of climate or purported altera-
tions for servicing, or unless altered by other means. Band "A"
I. Keep green lead terminal S1 to antenna coil tap L4
Loss of sensitivity, improper tone quality, and away from chassis, coil shield, and coil.
poor selectivity are the usual indications of improper 2. Keep spaghetti lead C5 to A of Si apart from
alignment. Such conditions will usually exist simul- spaghetti lead C6 to X of Si and from chassis.
taneously. Correct performance of this receiver can
only be obtained when these adjustments have been
Band "C"
Lead from C19 to oscillator coil L7 should be main-
made by a skilled service engineer with the use of tained as short and straight as possible.
388
4Z
2 OK
ófZO
F _ -__ N
z 1- N
O O
£
Zr
(~j
Zó
ó._.1
W
r
Z
á
Óá
kw
0
I- II
U
W
A
I0 r °F °míW-
r
P
o
r
r
N'noa9
N33aD
389
For alignment, the test -oscillator frequency should increase of signal output when the air -trimmer
be quite accurate. A convenient and reliable means plunger is full -in, while a decrease in the capacity -
of accurately checking the frequency of test oscil- to -ground will be required if the brass end of the
lators, receivers, etc., is the RCA Stock No. 9572 tuning wand causes an increase in signal output when
Crystal Calibrator. the air -trimmer plunger is full -out.
If the test -oscillator signal cannot be heard as the Two methods of alignment are applicable-one
receiver (heterodyne) oscillator air -trimmer plunger requires use of the cathode-ray oscillograph, and
is changed from its minimum -capacity to maximum - the other requires a voltmeter or glow -type indi-
capacity position (receiver dial and test oscillator set cator. The cathode-ray alignment method is ad-
vantageous in that the indication provided is in the
TMV-I$&-3 .. (SEEATEXT) form of a wave -image which represents the reso-
CATHODE RAY
TO RECEIVER OSCILLOGR A PH
nance characteristics of the circuit being tuned. This
CHASSIS GROUND---,, method is preferred because of the i -f characteristics
-
of this receiver. This type of alignment is possible
1.A." -SHIELD
through use of apparatus such as the RCA Stock
110-120 V.
No. 9558 Frequency Modulator and the RCA Stock
SO-6o^ No. 9545 Cathode -Ray Oscillograph. If this equip-
ment is not available, an approximate alignment
may be performed by the output -indicator method
VERTICAL INPUT
0
with an instrument such as the RCA Stock No.
EXT. SYNC. 4317 Neon Glow Indicator attached across the loud-
speaker voice coil. Alignment by this method is
OMA MPS.CO, INC
similar to the cathode-ray method outlined below
except that the receiver volume control should be at
110 -120 maximum, the trimmers adjusted to peak response
b0-60. (with the exception of the wave -trap) and the test -
CABLE oscillator sweeping operations omitted. Either of
TMV-ISS-A TMV- 97-C these methods require the use of a reliable test os-
TEST OSCILLATOR
FREQUENCY MODULATOR 311413
cillator such as the RCA Stock No. 9595.
Figure 5-Alignment Apparatus Connections
Cathode -Ray Alignment
to the specified frequencies, and the correct oscillator Make alignment apparatus connections shown on
air -trimmer used) it may be an indication that the figure 5. Remove the plug of the frequency -modu-
test-oscillator frequency is outside the range covered lator cable from the test-oscillator jack. Connect
by the air -trimmer. Under such conditions, when a the receiver chassis to -a good external ground.
more accurate setting of the test oscillator cannot be Connect oscillograph "Vertical" input terminals as
determined, set the oscillator air -trimmer plungers to indicated on figure 3. Set oscillograph power
the approximate settings given on figure 7. Tune the switch to "On" and adjust "Intensity" and "Focus"
test oscillator until the signal is heard in the speaker. controls to give a clearly defined spot, or line, on
Each of two test -oscillator settings (the fundamentals the screen. Set oscillograph "Ampl. A" switch to
or the harmonics of which are 920 kc apart) produce "On," "Vertical gain" control full -clockwise,
a signal. The lower -frequency test-oscillator setting "Ampl. B" switch to "Timing," "Range" switch to
should be used as this places the test -oscillator (sig- No. 2 position, and "Timing" switch to "Int."
nal) frequency 460 kc below the frequency of the Place the "Sync." control, "Freq." control, and
receiver heterodyne oscillator. "Horizontal gain" control to about their mid -posi-
Holes are provided in the top of the r -f and an- tions. For each of the following adjustments, the
tenna coil cans on some models to enable a tuning test -oscillator output must be regulated so that the
check with the RCA Stock No. 6679 Tuning Wand. image obtained on the oscillograph screen will be of
The hole in the top of the detector coil can has a the minimum size for accurate observation. The
cinch button which must be removed before insertion receiver volume-control setting is optional.
of the tuning wand. When the brass end of the
wand is inserted in the coil, the inductance of the coil I -F Adjustments
is decreased. If this results in an increase of output, (a) Turn range selector to its "Standard broadcast"
the respective air -trimmer capacitance should be de- (A) position and tune receiver to a position
creased (plunger pulled out). If inserting the iron of no extraneous signals near 600 kc. Set
end of the tuning wand causes an increase in output, fidelity control to counter -clockwise position.
resulting from an increase of inductance of the coil, Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
the respective air -trimmer capacitance should be in- to the grid cap of RCA -6K7 second i -f tube
creased (plunger pushed in). If the range of the air (with grid lead in place) through a .001-mfd.
trimmer is not sufficient to give the desired results, capacitor, with "Gnd." to receiver chassis.
the lead -dress may be changed in the particular cir- Tune the test oscillator to 460 kc and place its
cuit being aligned, so as to cause the circuit to reso- modulation switch to "On" and its output
nate within the range of the trimmer. An increase switch to "Hi."
in the capacity-to -ground of the circuit will be re- (b) Turn on the receiver and test oscillator. In-
quired if the iron end of the tuning wand causes an crease the output of the test oscillator until a
390
deflection is noticeable on the oscillograph width of the dark sector on the fluorescent screen
screen. The figures obtained represent several is observed. A decrease of the test -oscillator
waves of the detected signal, the amplitude of output may be necessary before the point of
which may be observed as an indication of minimum width of the dark sector becomes
output. Cause the wave -image formed (400 - apparent.
cycle waves) to be spread completely across the (e) The sweeping operation should follow using the
screen by adjusting the "Horizontal gain" con- frequency modulator. Shift the oscillograph
trol. The image should be synchronized and "Timing" switch to "Ext." Insert plug of fre-
made to remain motionless by adjusting the quency -modulator cable in test -oscillator jack.
"Sync." and "Freq." controls. Turn the test -oscillator modulation switch to
(c) Adjust the two magnetite core screws L30 and "Off." Turn on the frequency modulator and
L29 (see figures 1 and 10) of the third i-f trans- place its sweep -range switch to "Hi."
'
former (one on top and one on bottom) to (f) Increase the frequency of the test oscillator by
produce maximum vertical deflection of the slowly turning its tuning control until two sep-
oscillographic image. This adjustment places arate, distinct, and similar waves appear on the
''`.
the transformer in exact resonance with the screen. If only one wave appears, increase the
460 kc signal. "Freq." control on the oscillograph to obtain
(d) Turn tuning tube adjustment screw R27 (see two waves. These waves will be identical in
figure 1) to extreme clockwise position. Adjust shape, totally disconnected, and appear in re-
. ,
output of test oscillator until the width of the versed positions. They will have a common
1 1
dark sector on the fluorescent screen in the base line which is discontinuous. Adjust the
.íi.
"Freq." and "Sync." controls of the oscillograph
Ir 11r
to make them remain motionless on the screen.
viiv
IM,
aa. ..--
.íI-_.
11
Continue increasing the test -oscillator frequency
1/\1
nr,
..'r..1
A11\
uu`1
11
aWMIK
1
until these forward and reverse curves move to-
gether and overlap, with their highest points ex-
7I',...
'\ ''
-.r
actly coincident. This condition will be obtained
at a test -oscillator setting of approximately
575 kc.
(g) With the images established as in (f), re -adjust
the two magnetite core screws L30 and L29 on
.
the third i -f transformer so that they cause the
curves on the oscillograph screen to become
A\. í
r er
exactly coincident throughout their lengths and
..ii..
u1
11 I^
81
,,,,.
----
11
have maximum amplitude.
I/A\\.
nav
7'
,v,V . ..
/I/I\'1\\ aNi\\'\
(h) Without altering the adjustments of the appara-
ial:`1
â.
/1/711
'r
'' w\M1
`I-
-..
'9:iiiiii:r
tus, shift the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
to the grid cap of the RCA -6K7 first i -f tube
(with grid lead in place), through a .001-mfd.
capacitor. Regulate the test -oscillator output so
that the amplitude of the oscillographic image is
approximately the same as used for adjustment
Bo...... LF111.373
D
(i)
(g) above.
The two second i-f transformer magnetite core
Figure 6-I-F Alignment screws L28 and L27 (one on top and one on
Oscillograph Curves bottom) should then be adjusted so that they
A-Correct curve showing proper i -f alignment
cause the forward and reverse curves to become
as obtained with fidelity control counter-clock- coincident throughout their lengths and have
wise. maximum amplitude.
B --Incorrectcurve similar to A showing im- (j) Without altering the adjustments of the appara-
proper alignment of i -f system caused by one tus, shift the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
or more circuits being slightly detuned. to the input of the i -f system, i.e., to the grid
C-Correct showing broadening of curve A cap of the RCA -6L7 first -detector, (with grid
obtained when fidelity control is rotated fully lead in place) through a .001-mfd. capacitor.
clockwise. Regulate the test -oscillator output so the ampli-
D-Incorrect curve showing broadening of curve tude of the oscillographic image is approximately
B obtained when fidelity control is rotated the same as used for adjustment (i) above.
fully clockwise. (k) The two first i -f transformer magnetite core
screws L25 and L24 (one on top and one on
bottom) should then be adjusted so that they
RCA -6E5 tuning tube is very narrow ("Magic cause the forward and reverse waves to become
Eye" almost closed). Adjust the two mag- coincident throughout their lengths and have
netite core screws L33 and L32 (one on top maximum amplitude.
and one on bottom, see figures 1 and 10) of (I) Note width of oscillographic image at a point
the tuning tube i -f transformer until minimum which is 50% of maximum amplitude. Turn re -
391
ceiver fidelity control to extreme clockwise posi- obtained by correct adjustment of wave -trap
tion. Note width of oscillographic image at a screw, becomes apparent on oscillograph screen.
point which is 50% of maximum amplitude.
Under normal conditions the latter measurement "Ultra Short Wave" Band
should be approximately 60% greater in width (b) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
than the former measurement. The image should to the antenna terminal "Al" of the receiver
also appear slightly double humped. These con- through a 300 -ohm resistor. Set the receiver
ditions indicate proper broadening of the band range selector to its "Ultra short wave" position
width of the i -f amplifier. Turn range selector to and its dial pointer to 57,000 kc. Adjust the test
"Medium wave" (B) band and note increase of oscillator to 19,000 kc. The third harmonic of
amplitude. The amplitude should increase sev- 19,000 kc is used for this adjustment.
eral times. It may be necessary to decrease out- Adjust oscillator air -trimmer C23 for maxi-
put of test oscillator to keep image on screen. mum (peak) output. Two positions, each pro-
Turn receiver fidelity control to extreme counter- ducing maximum output, may be found. The
clockwise position and proceed to "R -F Adjust-
position of minimum capacitance (plunger near
ments." out) should be used. This places the receiver
R -F Adjustments heterodyne oscillator 460 kc higher in frequency
than the incoming signal. Tighten lock nut. Ad-
Make receiver dial adjustments as outlined by just the detector air -trimmer C39, while slightly
"Selector dial," figure 12. Alignment must be made rocking the gang tuning condenser back and
in sequence of "Wave -trap," "Ultra short wave" forth through the signal, for maximum (peak)
band, "Short wave" band, "Medium wave" band, output. Two peaks may be found on this trim-
"Standard broadcast" band, and "Long wave" band. mer. The peak of maximum capacitance (plun-
"Wave -Trap" Adjustment ger near in) should be used. Tighten lock nut.
Adjust the antenna air -trimmer C10 for maxi-
(a) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator mum (peak) output while slightly rocking the
to the antenna terminal "Al" through a 200- gang tuning condenser back and forth through
mmfd. (important) capacitor. Remove the plug the signal. Two peaks may be found on this
of the frequency -modulator cable from the test - trimmer which produce maximum output. The
oscillator jack. Turn test-oscillator modulation peak with maximum capacitance (plunger near
switch to "On." Shift the oscillograph "Timing" in) should be used. Tighten lock nut. Check
switch to "Int." Place receiver range selector in the image frequency by changing the receiver
"Standard broadcast" position. Set the receiver dial setting to 56,080 kc. If the image signal is
dial to a position of no extraneous signals near received at this position, the adjustment of the
600 kc. Tune the test oscillator to 460 kc. Ad- oscillator air -trimmer C23 has been correctly
just the wave-trap magnetite core screw L1 to made. No adjustments should be made while
%-
CS ANT.
/" ..
LI
---
WAVE TRW
460 K.C.
checking for the image signal.
(c) Re -tune receiver for maximum response to the
57,000 kc input signal (not image response)
350 N.C.
If without disturbing test -oscillator adjustments.
CS ANT.,:
C4 ANT.
K.C:
"
_ C"
C33OET
57.0000.0.
C550ET
Change test oscillator to 6,800-14,000 kc range.
Tune test oscillator until signal is heard in
r C3 AMT..'
20,000 K.C.
% A
DOT. COIL
-
6
20,000 K.C.
C360CT.
6000 K.C.
speaker (should occur at approximately 14,250
kc, fourth harmonic of test oscillator used). Two
'O" C10ANT. -A. C370ET.
57,000 N.0 --- 1500 K.0 test -oscillator settings (230 kc apart) will pro-
Äi6"r
'rX C380ET.
350 N.L. duce a signal at this point. The lower frequency
Wert
05C. COIL
test -oscillator setting should be used as this
-_ LS
places the test -oscillator harmonic 460 kc below
600 K.C.
1.10
the frequency of the receiver heterodyne oscil-
"X' OSC. lator. Tune receiver for maximum response at
3 ITS K.C.
a dial setting of approximately 28,500 kc (image
MCM Of CRASSIS C2303C. 05C. CN OSC.
(rap "iave) 57,000 Kt
C13
20000 KC.
"C'
6000 K.C.
'6`
C16'03C.
1500 K.C.
A"
C1805C.
350NC.
%..
should tune in at a dial setting approximately
® 27,580 kc) without altering test -oscillator adjust-
APPROX. DISTANCE IN /NOIES-CNASSIS
ment. Test oscillator second harmonic of 14,-
Me TO TOP OF TRIMMER P1ON6ER
250 kc is used for the following check. Check
"
1%s
IA%
I/6-
calibration of receiver dial. A receiver -dial read-
ing of less than 28,500 kc indicates that the in-
ductance of the oscillator secondary coil L11 is
Figure 7-"Magic Brain" Trimmer Locations too low and should be increased. If the receiver
dial reading is greater than 28,500 kc, the in-
the point which causes minimum amplitude of ductance of Li1 is too high and should be de-
output (maximum suppression of signal) as creased. If it is necessary to change the in-
shown by the waves on the oscillograph. An in- ductance of L11, first remove bottom cover of
crease of the test -oscillator output may be neces- "Magic Brain" and then set receiver dial pointer
sary before this point of minimum amplitude, to 28,500 kc. To decrease inductance, move the
392
www.americanradiohistory.com
grounded ends (straps) of L11 and L12 (see through the signal. Two peaks may be found
figure 4) nearer chassis. Do not allow straps with this circuit. The peak with maximum
to touch chassis except where connected. To capacitance (plunger near in) should be used.
increase inductance, move the straps farther Tighten lock nut. Adjust antenna air -trimmer
away from chassis. Adjust position of straps C4 to produce makimum (peak) output. Tighten
until maximum (peak) output results. The lock nut.
alignment of the detector tuned circuit should "Standard Broadcast" Band
next be checked at 28,500 kc without changing (f) Remove the 300 -ohm resistor from between the
either the receiver or test -oscillator adjustments. test-oscillator "Ant." post and receiver antenna
An increase of output when the brass end of a terminal "Al" and insert a 200-mmfd. capacitor
tuning wand is brought near L22 indicates that in its place. Place receiver range selector to
L22 is too high in inductance, while an increase "Standard broadcast" position with receiver dial
when the iron end is brought near the coil in-
dicates that the inductance is too low. The in- BLACK
RED
ductance of L22 may be varied by changing the FILAMENTS
RED -BLACK
spacing between the grounded end (strap) of DUX
393
modulator cable in test-oscillator jack. Turn test - Set the receiver dial pointer to 175 kc. Tune the
oscillator modulation switch to "Off." Re -tune test oscillator to 175 kc and increase its output
the test oscillator (increase frequency) until the until a deflection is noticeable on the oscillograph
forward and reverse waves show on the oscillo - screen. Adjust oscillator magnetite core screw
L10 (located on top of small oscillator coil can)
graph screen. This will occur at a test -oscillator so that maximum (peak) amplitude of output is
setting of approximately 230 kc. Disregarding shown on the oscillograph screen.
the fact that the two images may or may not
(j) Set receiver dial pointer to 350 kc. Tune test
come together, adjust the oscillator magnetite oscillator to 350 kc. Adjust the oscillator, de-
core screw L9 (top of large oscillator coil can) to tector, and antenna air -trimmers C18, C38, and
produce maximum (peak) amplitude of the im- C6 to produce maximum (peak) output as shown
ages. Shift the oscillograph "Timing" switch to by the waves on the oscillograph screen. With-
"Int." Remove the plug of the frequency -modu- out disturbing the connections, shift the oscillo -
lator cable from the test-oscillator jack. Turn graph "Timing" switch to "Ext." Place the
the test -oscillator modulation switch to "On." frequency -modulator sweep -range switch to its
Repeat adjustments in (g) above to compensate "Hi" position and insert plug of frequency -
for any changes caused by the adjustment of L9 modulator cable in test-oscillator jack. Turn test-
core, tightening lock nuts on C16, C37, and C5, oscillator modulation switch to "Off." Re -tune
respectively, after each is adjusted. the test oscillator (decrease frequency) until the
forward and reverse waves show on the oscillo -
"Long Wave" Band graph screen and become coincident at their
(i) Shift the oscillograph "Timing" switch to "Int." highest points. This will occur at a test -oscillator
Remove the plug of the frequency -modulator setting of approximately 198 kc. This setting
cable from the test-oscillator jack. Turn the test - places the test -oscillator frequency to 175 kc.
oscillator modulation switch to "On." Place re- The second harmonic is now used for the 350 kc
ceiver range selector to its "Long wave" position. adjustment. Adjust air -trimmers C18, C38, and
RES.- ,
ASSEM 86ßÓ00e¡
6000.E E.SMES.
11,000,.-
_J MEG.
ff
L
li.Sn
1p.1N'A" VOLUME
CO
CONTROL
RECT. 11670.
OUTPUT Op
5Z4
0 © 17Ó0,.
WAVE TRAP
R.FAMP
657
1,00.
'BRAIN'
RECEPTACLE
U o ALB
L In.OET. } -T
I
6Li -®O I1p00. I
i
05C. COIL
6.
N.IN71- /' [9 I
i( ® i
-'
I I
I I
i '®O I
iq00
I
i
AUDIO DRIVER
6C5
INA».
ASSENiN
640.
-
ois 7600n--'
____-
I i
I I
II C6:2, uID ' 2
A7.
1 1
I I COIL:
I
, I OSC. d. I
i14,. 7t" 1.6. 6J7
rrrfEO: Fit '
I I I i -
¡ I
AMRI
i
iBU010
r-1.6ME6.-
-3, -oro -o; zaoET ' ' ,pT 8C5)
II II
l \1/^0(!fy\q '6I , ( 1
'
.!A.VC. i 1 BHB
11
¡I
EL. CAP
I
I Ì
.4L000I
- --1000.-
CB. rT
-p1--
/'F-
1-
1
YY
TUNING TUBE
11
ill. l i l.6AR0. -}/ i 1,
Nets. I I
I: TUNING TUBE
18g0myASMEÓ
OÌ
i !40,
SECT. EBMEG I I r ! ¡
I.F. i I
f yM
I
71 40.
1 t/
i l Ii
11 1
I LFAMP.
657
I
i 1 t t
I
1
E.,MBA.
1 i flif
Resistance Measurements
The resistance values shown between Radiotron should hold within ± 20%. Variations in excess of
socket contacts, grid caps, resistors, and terminals this limit will usually be indicative of trouble in cir-
to receiver chassis ground or other pertinent point cuit under test. When measuring the resistance be-
on figure 9, permit a rapid continuity check of the tween points of the circuit and ground, it will be
circuits. The use of this diagram in conjunction necessary to connect the negative terminal of the
with the Schematic Circuit Diagram, figure 2, and resistance meter to chassis -ground. If the polarity
Wiring Diagrams, figures 3 and 4, will permit the of the resistance meter is not known, it may be
location of certain troubles which might otherwise readily ascertained by connecting a d -c voltmeter of
be difficult to ascertain. Each value as specified indicated polarity across the terminals of .the device.
394
C6, again, to produce maximum amplitude of the be performed by first tuning in the strongest local
images where they best coincide throughout their station and then turning adjusting screw until the
lengths. width of the dark sector on the fluorescent screen in
(k) Re -tune the receiver to approximately 175 kc so
that the forward and reverse waves appear on Radiotron Cathode Current Readings
the oscillograph screen. Adjust the oscillator Measured with Milliammeter Connected at Tube
magnetite core screw L10 to produce maximum Socket Cathode Terminals under Conditions
(peak) amplitude of the waves, disregarding the Similar to Those of Voltage Measurements
fact that the two images may or may not come (1) RCA -6K7 -F Amp. 6.2 ma. -R
(2) RCA -6L7 -1st Det. 4.0 ma.
--
together. (3) RCA-6J7-Osc. 6.6 ma.
(1) Shift the receiver dial setting to 350 kc without (4) RCA -6K7 -1st I -F Amp. 6.2 ma.
altering any other adjustments (frequency modu- (5) RCA -6K7 -2nd I -F Amp. 7.5 ma.
lator still in operation). Adjust air -trimmers (6) RCA -6H6 -2nd Det.-A.V.C.
C18, C38, and C6, respectively, to produce maxi- (7) RCA -6K7-Tuning Tube I -F Amp 7.5 ma.
(8) RCA -6H6 -Tuning Tube Rect.
mum amplitude and best coincidence of the (9) RCA -6C5-Audio Voltage Amp. 1.25 ma.
waves. These adjustments compensate for any (10) RCA -6C5-Audio Driver Amp. 6.4 ma.
changes caused by the adjustment of the mag- (11) RCA -6L6 -Power Output 43.0 ma.
netite core screw L10. Tighten lock nuts on (12) RCA -6L6 -Power Output 43.0 ma.
C18, C38, and C6, respectively, after each is (13) RCA -5Z4 -Rectifier 80 ma.*
(14) RCA -5Z4 -Rectifier 80 ma.*
adjusted. (15) RCA -6E5 -Tuning Tube 3.0 ma.
(*Cannot be measured at socket)
Tuning Tube Adjustment
An adjustment, R27, is provided on the rear apron the RCA -6E5 tuning tube is very narrow ("Magic
of chassis (see figure 1) for regulating the sensitivity Eye" almost closed). No other adjustment is neces-
of the tuning tube ("Magic Eye"). Adjustment may sary.
rr'i i;
' 1 I I Ì ' I e.ay. I
Ir""5.3 .
--1 POWER
-v.1.3.2'.--1
2ó0v i
i'
¡
WAVE OUTPUT
1i
(-6.61/.) e.]v. I
Nev ¡ r;ae6v1 6L6
TRAP 11
J
.-rf
I
rA.C.-
1 1
-O 1V. I
L_.
36 iv.
'
I 1
345V.
1
6v.
I
ev
rVl iV ® -eV TYesV.----
l{JJ
KAI,
C.6. POWER
----
I
rA.c. r?.ti.-1 I
r-; ® BAI1V.)
L_- cm- __J
,
®,
I
\
F.F. AMP.
O
I
5Z4 o i
5Z4 T
I
L--- 11ov---' 6K7 SAY.' 1
U 0 'BRAIN" ( 1 ua
Co ¡ I
\Y'
I--
11 'D" COIL L 17 U MOILC.
.. A.0
J I I I
aV.
L_ -
I
Seim R90Y7 ;71;$L I^ I.F. TRANS.
-
j
i, l
Ii" -- -
I
A.C.
--
1 1 1 1
L L--Y6av-J
I - -26
_15X,
=` 1 --, C. G. ß...'"..--
©
-0.2V.
,IliII Bav
I I
1 DET -1,2V.
I 6L7 I A. c.
64- TUNING
III
j-0.6
-0.ay.
-+ S
]. I' 4.
TUBE
O 607 -____2sOv
L____ -11]V. -__----_____r.
LL_-_-__
j
CABLE I1 L A'1
üOV., =Iev.
oV.-_ AUDIO DRIVER -020V.- +
r,,G, 3v : a66v. 6C5
DSC. COIL I
p ®
A.C. ' PRI. r- -OV.-
--- _+.
;A¡"8'"C'I
O}
1
/
au. 6.3V.
---
OV.
C6`.,c,;
©® 450 N.0
rAi
RED LOW
I
L
ow. OIL COIL
16V.
(-0SV.-.i
LZ___J
, OSC.
6J7- --j 1
C.I.F. TRANS.
A,C.
A.O. ¡
jJß[65 T
r 6.av
OBOES
¡(¡3y( DRUM TUNING TUBE r{' Tat% 3..1.E TRANS. aim -4-1 AUDIO AMP.
=// r
iß.4 A
-
é
mj p` a o
E6 W.
"e ©I:©, 6.4v
A.C.
La
Kc.
PRL
ADJ.
607
I Q
C.6. (
li),ZDET
61461 C.
1 a ADJ. ry
(iféV'!(L
¿ I L.r .W
0.0VI
I
L^,I (66V 0 I
Ei.3V.
O.ay. 1
I (.7 K)
115v
2..1,E
i
a v
(10Svry
e0v
RECT. We.) (time LE TRANS. 106v. L .41 -0.3V. h2v -0.2v 260V..
_Oaf )
34v
A.C.I(-t.6V Óv
I
i I
6116 I ReOV. ¡
1
6R7
1
1
I
1 1 1 1 1 r !
395
to its "Standard broadcast" position. In re -assembling
Phonograph Terminal Board the dial after repairs, see that the gears are meshed
A terminal board is provided for connecting a in accordance with the diagram, at the same time
phonograph into the audio amplifying circuit. Typical noting that the range switch is in its "Standard broad-
methods of connecting a low -impedance pickup, or cast" position and the lever attached to the range-
the RCA Victor Models R-93, R-93-2, and R -93-S switch shaft placed in the position shown.
Record Players are shown on the Schematic Diagram To adjust the dial mechanism, set the range switch
(figure 2). to its "Standard broadcast" position. Place a straight-
edge across the center of the dial so that its edge is
Loudspeaker even with the lower (end) marking at both the low -
frequency and high -frequency ends of the dial.
Centering of the loudspeaker voice coil is made in Under such conditions the straight -edge should be
the usual manner with three narrow paper feelers parallel with the top of the chassis base. If the
after first removing the front paper dust cover. This straight -edge is not parallel with the top of the chassis
base, loosen the nut on the rear of the roller link pivot
csal
071'4E11 stud and move the stud up or down until the link
VOICE COIL roller moves the dial to the desired position so that
25,.
OUTPUT
L39
the end calibration marks obtain the position men-
TRANS F. tioned above. Tighten the nut on the roller link
T3
pivot stud.
ROWN
FIELD COIL Set the gang tuning condenser to its maximum ca-
1.36
nova pacity position. Adjust the dial pointer to the low -
BWE frequency (end) mark on "Standard broadcast" scale.
40.
BLACK This is a friction adjustment.
C51 BROWN &BLACK
Q2 jD BROWN
BLACK
UNK
Figure 11-Loudspeaker Wiring ROLLER
PIVOT STUD
the acetone to flow down into the air gap. The dust
cover may be cemented back in place with ambroid DIAL POINTER
upon completion of adjustment. SHAFT
VERNIER DIAL
Selector Dial With the gang tuning condenser plates still in full
mesh, loosen the two set screws on the vernier -dial
Figure 12 illustrates the relation of the various parts hub. Rotate the vernier dial until the "0" marking is
of the dial mechanism when in its `Standard broad- in a vertical plane above the center of the shaft.
cast" position with the range switch likewise turned Tighten set screws.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers
396
www.americanradiohistory.com
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
Stock DESCRIPTION List Stock DESCRIPTION
List
No. price No. price
12629 Capacitor -56 Mmfd. (C59) $0.20 5131 Resistor-2.2 Meg Carbon type 1/10 watt
12404
13021
13022
Capacitor -120 Mmfd. (C56, C58)
Capacitor-150 Mmfd. (C68, C69)
Capacitor-390 Mmfd. (C70)
.26
.20
.25
12679
-Package of 5 (R26)
Resistor -2.2 Meg Insulated % watt
Package of 5 (R22)
- $0.75
1.00
13034 Capacitor-390 Mmfd. (C73) .25 13017 Resistor-Voltage divider comprising one
13301 Capacitor-390 Mmfd. (C46, C47, C51, 7000 ohm and one 6000 ohm sections
C52) .25 (R41, R42) .90
12898 Capacitor-1500 Mmfd. (C78) .20 13018 Resistor-Voltage divider comprising one
13580 Capacitor -1800 Mmfd. (C89) .25 240 ohm, one 20 ohm and one 25 ohm
13033 Capacitor-.007 Mfd. (C82, C83) .20 sections (R35, R38, R39) .55
4870 Capacitor-.025 Mfd. (C71) .20 4669 Screw-No. 8-32-x5/32 set screw for link
4858 Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C53, C45, C48, C49, assembly Stk. No. 12868-Package of
C50, C54, C55, C57, C60, C66, C67, C74) .25 10 .25
4937 Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C81) .25 12008 Shield-I. F. transformer shield for Stk.
4836 Capacitor-.05 Mfd. (C64, C77) .30 No. 12981, 12990, 13019 and 13020 .. .28
4841 Capacitor-0.1 Mfd. (C65) .22 12581 Shield-Transformer shield top for
11203 Capacitor-10 Mfd. (C85, C86) 1.18 Magic Eye I. F. transformer .36
5212 Capacitor-18 Mfd. (C87, C88) 1.16 12607 Shield-Transformer shield top for
12470 Capacitor-20 Mfd. (C79) 1.10 first or second I. F. transformer .30
13011 Capacitor-Compensating pack compris- 13028 Shield-Transformer shield top for third
ing two .015 Mfd., one .007 Mfd. capaci- I. F. transformer .20
tors and two 27,000 ohm, one 33,000 11195 Socket-5 contact 5Z4 Radiotron socket .15
ohm, and one 68,000 ohm resistors (C61, 11198 Socket-7 contact 6K7 or 6L6 Radiotron
C62, C63, R17, R18, R19, R20) 2.00 socket .15
13025 Capacitor-Pack comprising two 10 Mfd. 11196 Socket-8 contact 6C5 or 6H6 Radiotron
sections (C72, C75) 1.00 and Magic Brain power supply socket .15
5040 Connector-4 contact female connector 11381 Socket-Tuning lamp socket and cover .45
for speaker cable .25 13095 Socket-Upper left or lower right hand
13016 Control-Magic Eye control (R27) .85 dial lamp socket .25
12006 Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stk. 11222 Socket-Upper right or lower left hand
Nos. 12981, 12990, 13019 and 13020 .. .22 dial lamp socket .18
5240 Cover-Fuse mounting cover .24 12007 Spring-Retaining spring for core Stk.
12870 Dial-Vernier dial scale .65 No. 12006-Package of 10 .36
10907 Fuse -3 Amp.-Package of 5-(F1) .40 12986 Stud-Stud, nut and washer for connect -
5226 Lamp-Dial lamp -6.3 volts-Package of ing link assembly Stk. No. 12868 to
5 .70 sector gear and link Stk. No. 12910-
12868 Link-Range switch and band indicator Package of 5 .65
operating link complete with set screws .45 12988 Switch-Bias switch (S7) .65
13012 Mounting-Fuse mounting 100-120 volt 13015 Tone Control-Fidelity control (R34, S4,
models only .35 S6) 1.00
13026 Mounting-Fuse mounting 220 volt 13013 Tone Control-Music-speech and power
models only .35 switch (S5, S8) 1.15
13027 Resistor-110 ohm wire wound-used in 12981 Transformer-First I. F. transformer
110 volt models only (R37) .50 complete (L24, L25, L26, C46, C47) 2.15
13029 Resistor-140 ohm wire wound-used in 12990 Transformer-Second I. F. transformer
220 volt models only (R37) .75 complete (L27. L28. C51, C52) 1.85
13030 Resistor -1,000 ohm Carbon type 1/10 13019 Transformer-Third I. F. transformer
watt-Package of 5 (R12, R25, R33) . .75 complete (L29, L30, L31, C56, C58,
5112 Resistor-1000 ohm Carbon type % watt C59, R21, R23) 2.00
-Package of 5 (R10, R15) 1.00 13023 Transformer-Driver transformer (T2) 2.25
13031 Resistor-3300 ohm Carbon type 1/10 13020 Transformer-Magic Eye I. F. trans-
watt-Package of 5 (R29) .75 former complete (L32, L33, C68, C69,
13032 Resistor-3900 ohm Carbon type 1 watt C70) 2.00
-Package of 5 (R40) 1.10 13008 Transformer-Power transformer 100-120
5114 Resistor-15,000 ohm Carbon type 1 watt volts 50-60 cycles (T1) 7.55
-(R36) .22 13009 Transformer-Power transformer 100-120
11282 Resistor -56.000 ohms Carbon type 1/10 volts 25-50 cycles (T1) 11.20
watt-Package of 5 (R21) .75 13010 Transformer-Power transformer 100-
11365 Resistor-82,000 ohm Carbon type 1/4 250 volts 50-60 cycles (T1) 12.65
watt-Package of 5 (R14, R24) 1.00 13014 Volume Control-(R16) 1.00
11281 Resistor-100,000 ohm Carbon type 1/10
watt-Package of 5 (R11. R13. R32) .75 MAGIC BRAIN
12263 Resistor-100,000 ohm Insulated % watt UNIT ASSEMBLIES
-Package of 5 (R30) 1.00
12478 Resistor-150,000 ohm Carbon type 1/10 12806 Board -3 contact antenna and ground
watt-Package of 5 (R31) .75 terminal board .25
12264 Resistor-220,000 ohm Insulated % watt 5237 Bushing-Variable condenser mounting
-Package of 5 (R28) 1.00 bushing assembly-Package of 3 .... .43
11398 Resistor--220,000 ohm Carbon type 1/10 12886 Cable-Shielded power cable approx.
watt-Package of 5 (R23) .75 4 in. long complete with 8 contact male
12013 Resistor-1 Meg Carbon type 1/10 watt plug 1.50
-Package of 5 (R43) .75 12511 Cap-Grid contact cap-Package of 5 .. .15
397
www.americanradiohistory.com
REPLACEMENT PARTS (Continued)
Stock DESCRIPTION List Stock Price
No. Price No. DESCRIPTION List
12714 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer capacitor DRIVE ASSEMBLIES
(C3, C4, C5, C6, C14, C16) $0.38 10705 Ball-5/32 in. diameter steel ball for
12807 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer capacitor planetary drive-Package of 20 $0.25
(C13, C35, C36, C37) .35 10941 Ball -1/8 in. diameter steel ball for
12884 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer capacitor planetary drive bearing-Package of 20 .25
(C10, C18, C23, C38, C39) .40 12904 Bushing-Plate and bushing assembly
12896 Capacitor -15 Mmfd. (C34) .20 for planetary drive mounting .20
12722 Capacitor -18 Mmfd. (C15) .20 12905 Coupling-Flexible coupling and shaft as -
12891 Capacitor -36 Mmfd. (C40) .20 sembly complete .50
12629 Capacitor -56 Mmfd. (C24) .20 12909 Dial-Band indicating dial and cam as -
12895 Capacitor -56 Mmfd. (C17) .20 sembly 1.05
12723 Capacitor-56 Mmfd. (C2, C44) .20 12899 Drive-Variable tuning condenser drive
13307 Capacitor -62 Mmfd. (C11) .20 complete including mounting bracket,
12724 Capacitor -120 Mmfd. (C25, C28, C29) .28 drive, dial scale, and indicator less
12725 Capacitor -150 Mmfd. (C1) .28 vernier dial Stk. No. 12870 and link Stk.
12894 Capacitor -180 Mmfd. (C22) .20 No. 12868 4.40
12727 Capacitor -555 Mmfd. (C21) .20 12906 Gear-Anti-lash drive gear complete .75
12537 Capacitor -560 Mmfd. (C7, C26, C33, 12910 Gear-Sector gear and link assembly for
C42) .20 band selector .20
12898 Capacitor -1500 Mmfd. (C12) .20 12908 Indicator-Station selector indicator
12729 Capacitor -1550 Mmfd. (C20) .26 pointer .20
12728 Capacitor -4500 Mmfd. (C19) .36 8051 Link-Link and roller assembly complete
12897 Capacitor -4700 Mmfd. (C43) .40 with springs .30
4858 Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C8, C30, C31, C32) .25 12911 Screen-Dial lamp screen and light
12879 Coil-Antenna coil and shield XABC diffuser .20
bands (L2, L3, L4, L5, L6) 1.90 4669 Screw-Set screw for flexible coupling or
12888 Coil-Antenna coil "D" band (L13, L14 .60 gear stock Nos. 12905 and 12906-Pack-
12880 Coil-Detector coil and shield XABC age of 10 .25
bands (L15, L16, L17, L18, L19, L20) 2.05 12901 Shaft-Direct drive shaft and pinion gear
12709 Coil-Oscillator coil and shield ABC for planetary drive .75
bands (L7, L8, L9) 2.02 12900 Shaft-Vernier drive shaft for planetary
12881 Coil-Oscillator coil and shield X band drive .25
only (L10) .80 12903 Spring-Tension spring for planetary
12890 Coil-Oscillator coil "D" band (L11, L12, drive bearing-Package of 10 .20
12889 Coil-R. F. Coil "D" band (L21, L22)
.70) 12907 Spring-Tension spring for gear stock
.65 No. 12906-Package of 10 .20
Condenser-3 gang variable tuning con-
.
12877
denser (C9, C27, C41)
8052 Spring-Tension spring for link stock
5.10 No. 8051-Package of 5
12887 Connector-8 contact male connector and .32
cover for power cable Stk. No. 12886 .40 REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
12664 Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stk. 8059 Board-Reproducer terminal board .14
No. 12654 .22 12640 Bracket-Output transformer mounting
12800 Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stk. bracket .18
12709 .20 12474 Cone-Reproducer cone and dust cap
12882 Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stk. (L34) 6.80
No. 12881 .20 11577 Coil-Field coil, magnet and cone sup -
11324 Resistor -560 ohms-Carbon type -1/4 port (L36) 12.00
watt (R2)-Package of 5 1.00 5039 Connector -4 contact male connector for
5112 Resistor -1,000 ohms-Carbon type -1/4 reproducer leads .25
watt (R3)-Package of 5 1.00 9719 Reproducer Complete 20.40
11298 Resistor -5,600 ohms-Carbon type -1 13007 Transformer-Output transformer (T3,
watt (R6) .22 C84) 3.80
3998 Resistor -15,000 ohms-Carbon type -1/4
watt (R5)-Package of 5 1.00 MISCELLANEOUS ASSEMBLIES
11282 Resistor -56,000 ohms-Carbon type- 11996 Bracket-Tuning tube mounting bracket
1/10 watt (R4, R9)-Package of 5 .75 and clamp .22
8064 Resistor -82,000 ohms-Carbon type-1/2 12915 Crystal-Station selector escutcheon and
watt (R8)-Package of 5 1.00 crystal 1.30
11397 Resistor -560,000 ohms-Carbon type- Escutcheon-Tuning tube escutcheon
12651
1/10 watt (R1, R7)-Package of 5
Shield-Coil shield for Stk. Nos. 12879
.75
12742
12699 Knob-Large station selector knob
Package of 5
- .22
.68
and 12880 .22 12700 Knob-Small (vernier) station selector
12710 Shield-Coil shield for Stk. No. 12709 .28 knob-Package of 5 .58
12883 Shield-Coil shield for Stk. No. 12881 .20 11347 Knob-Volume control, Fidelity con -
11198 Socket-7 contact 6K7 Radiotron socket .15 trol, music -speech and power switch,
11279 Socket-7 contact 6L7 Radiotron socket .20 and range selector knob-Package of 5 .75
12885 Socket -8 contact 6J7 Radiotron socket .20 11210 Screw-Chassis mounting screw and
12007 Spring-Retaining spring for core Stk. washer assembly-Package of 4 .28
Nos. 12664, 12800 and 12882-Package 12916 Shield-Magic brain shield .90
of 10 .36 4982 Spring-Retaining spring for knob stock
12878 Switch-Range switch and mounting nut No. 12699-Package of 10 .50
(S1, S2, S3) 3.60 11349 Spring-Retaining spring for knob stock
12654 Trap-Wave trap complete (L1) .75 Nos. 11347, 12700-Package of 5 .25
398
www.americanradiohistory.com
RCA VICTOR MODEL 15U
Fifteen -Tube, Five -Band, A -C Phonograph -Radio
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Electrical Specifications
FREQUENCY RANGES ALIGNMENT FREQUENCIES
Mechanical Specifications
CABINET DIMENSIONS
Height 34 inches
Width 48% inches
Depth 1811/16 inches
WEIGHTS
Net 222 pounds
Shipping 311 pounds
Chassis Base Dimensions 15 9/ inches x inches
inches x 3
Over-all Height of Chassis 9/ inches
Amplifier Base Dimensions 16/ inches x 7/ inches x 2/ inches
Over-all Height of Amplifier 7g inches
OPERATING CONTROLS
Radio (1) Music-Speech-Power Switch, (2) Volume, (3) Tuning, (4) Range Selector
(5) Fidelity
Phonograph. (1) Turntable Switch, (2) Radio -Phono Transfer Switch, (3) Index, (4) Dynamic
Amplifier, (5) Phonograph Volume
Tuning Drive Ratios 20 to 1 and 100 to 1
399
-7
IOi
\I
ppNp
_Amu, ÚO
éF
.eoaen etX
s $e s2
^ u o a: W r
' I I
} l ß°°HI''
i
xÉ
400
www.americanradiohistory.com
f
y
C
hl
tD
O
/
voilC V6i! Y
v009
t I
1 4 Z
038
~Mb'
` _3
zw
03a
m M0113A
ö Ê
l
á
.11 cd
CC
; o .7
I=
T .em
LLt`
@Y
LL-.
M0113
MOW-.
NAlOttg-'
W113A
ZY I
2 I es
I
a;
uhm
I
I
, I
_I
w3I
4m
1
\e [ 1
.70'yt Y
u
lY I
11
lu¢
L__J 11
IIi
111 JYU
A 2=
-3811
d
m2
Do
C¡¡ YS
-N33Y0
to ZZ
iZ
r iA
-.-M°ll3A
401
www.americanradiohistory.com
General Description
The Model 15U Phonograph -Radio Combination changer; selector dial; "Magic Voice"; magnetite -core
employs all of the latest developments in the art of i -ftransformers, wave -trap, and low-frequency oscil-
record and radio reproduction. A few of the design lator tracking adjustments; new plunger -type air trim-
features include higher -fidelity reproduction from mers; and a super 12 -inch electrodynamic loudspeaker
both records and radio; the revolutionary dynamic ex- with aluminum voice coil and high -frequency tone
pander; "Magic Brain"; improved automatic record diffuser.
Circuit Arrangement
Phonograph The antenna couples to the RCA -6K7 r -f amplifier
The voltage generated in the pickup L41 is applied through a tuned antenna transformer. In the "Long
across the phonograph volume control R36 through wave" band, L6 acts as the primary while L5, L4, L3,
the pickup transformer T2 and the compensation pack. and L2 act as the secondary. As bands are changed
The arm of the volume control selects the amount of the sections of the coil are changed; the unused por-
audio voltage applied to the control grid of the audio tions which resonate in the particular band in use are
expander, RCA -6L7.
In order that full volume range reproduction may
be realized from disc recordings, it is necessary that
the gain of the audio expander be varied in direct
proportion to the intensity of the recorded sound. To
accomplish this, the expander control R32 is placed
in shunt with the volume control, and the arm of the
expander control connected to the control grid of the
RCA -6C5 expander amplifier. The audio voltage ap-
plied to this tube is amplified and applied to diode
plate No. P2 of the RCA -6H6 expander rectifier
through capacitor C79. The rectified current develops
a voltage across resistors R44 and R43. The voltage
developed across R44 is applied to the No. 3 grid of
the RCA -6L7 audio expander and varies the amplifica-
tion of this tube so that the gain will be increased
for loud passages and decreased for soft passages. The
expander bias control R46 is used to adjust the resi- SEC ADJ.
L2S
SEC. ADJ.
L27
SE C.
Li9
AW.
dual bias on No. 3 grid of the audio expander. 460KC 460K.C. 460 K.C.
402
www.americanradiohistory.com
2
ill
,ó ó
r- J
á
c~1 W£ìzv
£
rc
S F
FFo az
W
o " £
Ó
U
Kie
.
r
a
o
a
f
~
Q F
gi
4
R
rf
ó
mr
W
b.
Á
J_y
Ov
VO
x 0
j'
J
d
z
Q
`- O
V
ee.
W á.
`NMOL9
J
,
N33MD
M0113A.."- NMOtl812
403
The output of the first detector is fed through the ing is indicated by the minimum width of the dark
i -f amplifier consisting of two RCA-6K7 Radiotrons sector on the fluorescent screen.
and three magnetite core i -f transformers. The first
i -f transformer has a third (tertiary) winding L40 Automatic Record Changer
which, when placed in series with the secondary L25 An improved automatic mechanism, employing a
by the fidelity switch S4, broadens the i -f amplifier synchronous motor, is used in these models. It is
characteristic curve for higher -fidelity reception. The of the record ejector type, having a record capacity
output of the i -f amplifier is detected by the No. 2 of seven for the ten -inch type, and a capacity of six
diode of the RCA -6H6 twin -diode tube. The audio for the twelve -inch type. The turntable speed is fixed
frequency secured by this process develops a voltage at 78 r.p.m. by the design of the drive motor and the
across resistor R20 which is applied across the radio intermediate gear mechanism. This speed is invariable
volume control R18 through capacitor C63. The volt- and does not vary as long as the supply line fre-
age which develops across resistors R19 and R20 is quenry remains constant. It is very important that
applied as automatic control grid bias to the r -f, first a machine of any particular rating be operated at
detector, and i -f tubes. The No. 1 diode of the RCA - the voltage and frequency for which it is designed
6H6 is used to supply residual bias to the controlled and rated. Attempts to operate on other voltages or
tubes under conditions of little or no signal. This frequencies will result in improper reproduction from
diode under such conditions draws current which the phonograph system and possible damage to the
flows through resistors R21, R19, and R20, thereby equipment. The ejecting mechanism is arranged so
maintaining the desired operating bias. The sensitivity that it will trip on various types of records. This is
of the receiver is increased on the three high -fre- obtained by having a trip mechanism which is act-
quency bands by reducing the residual bias on the uated by the rate of needle acceleration toward the
above mentioned controlled tubes by switch S10 center of the record.
which is actuated by the range -selector control. The
arm of the volume control R18 supplies audio signal
voltage to the RCA -6C5 first -audio stage. The out- "Magic Voice"
put of this stage is applied to the RCA -6C5 audio This instrument is designed with a cabinet in-
driver through a specially designed compensation filter corporating the "Magic Voice." This is accomplished
network. The functions from this point on are the by having the rear of the speaker compartment com-
same as previously mentioned under "Phonograph" pletely enclosed by a tight -fitting back.
description. Five metal open-end pipes of equal diameter but
The RCA -6E5 cathode-ray tuning tube provides a of three different lengths are inserted in holes in the
means of visually indicating when the receiver is cabinet base and extend upward in the speaker com-
accurately tuned to the incoming carrier. A portion partment. The effect is to cause the lower -frequency
of the signal voltage developed across resistors R19 waves, reaching the front of the cabinet through the
and R20 is used to actuate the grid of the amplifier pipes, to arrive approximately in -phase with the sound
section of this tube. As the grid voltage increases waves emitted from the front of the speaker, giving
negatively, the plate current is reduced and the indi- extended low -frequency response without boominess,
cating shadow becomes less. The correct point of tun- or cabinet resonance.
SERVICE DATA
The various diagrams in this booklet contain such a lock nut for securing the plunger in place after ad-
information as will be needed to locate causes for de- justment. The remaining nine adjustments are made
fective operation if such develops. The values of the by means of screws attached to molded magnetite
various resistors, capacitors, coils, etc., are indicated cores. These cores change the inductance of the par-
adjacent to the symbols signifying these parts on the ticular coils in which they are inserted to provide
diagram. Identification titles, such as Cl, L2, R1, etc., exact alignment. All of these adjustments are accu-
are provided for reference between the illustrations rately made during manufacture and should remain
and the Replacement Parts List. The coils, reactors, in proper alignment unless affected by abnormal con-
and transformer windings are rated in terms of their ditions of climate or purported alterations for servic-
d -c resistance only. Resistance values of less than one ing, or unless altered by other means. Loss of sensi-
ohm are generally omitted. tivity, improper tone quality, and poor selectivity are
the usual indications of improper alignment. Such
conditions will usually exist simultaneously. Correct
Alignment Procedure performance of this receiver can only be obtained
There are seventeen adjustments required for the when these adjustments have been made by a skilled
alignment of the oscillator, first -detector, and antenna - service engineer with the use of adequate and reliable
tuned circuits; one adjustment for the wave -trap; and test equipment. The manufacturer of this receiver
six adjustments for the i -f system. Fifteen of these has such test equipment available for sale through its
adjustments are made with plunger -type air trimming distributors and dealers.
capacitors and require the use of an RCA Stock No. The extensive frequency range of these receivers
12636 Adjusting Tool. Each of these capacitors has necessitates a more or less involved method of align -
404
www.americanradiohistory.com
8
trio
7my mp
JI -ame-{Ng2i!
QQ [IL IL
2 2
ú
,r2
ç
I I
405
www.americanradiohistory.com
ment. However, if the following directions are care- from an increase of inductance of the coil, the re-
fully applied in the sequence given, normal perform- spective air -trimmer capacitance should be increased
ance of the instruments will be obtained. (plunger pushed in). If the range of the air trimmer
The plunger -type air trimming capacitors have their is not sufficient to give the desired results, the lead -
approximate plunger settings tabulated on figure 8. dress may be changed in the particular circuit being
If the plungers have been disturbed from their orig- aligned, so as to cause the circuit to resonate within
inal adjustments, they may be roughly set to the spe- the range of the trimmer. An increase in the capacity -
cified dimensions prior to alignment. to -ground of the circuit will be required if the iron
In performing services on the "Magic Brain", the end of the tuning wand causes an ,increase of signal
leads should be restored to their original positions, output when the air -trimmer plunger is full -in, while
since the lead -dress is important for proper operation a decrease in the capacity -to -ground will be required
and dial calibration. if the brass end of the tuning wand causes an increase
in signal output when the air -trimmer plunger is
Precautionary Dressing of Leads for "Magic Brain" full -out.
Alignment Two methods of alignment are applicable-one re-
(Refer to Figure 4)
Band "X" quires use of the cathode-ray oscillograph, and the
1. Keep blue lead A of Si to antenna coil L4-5 dressed other requires a voltmeter or glow -type indicator.
away from chassis, and from yellow lead X of SI to The cathode-ray alignment method is advantageous
antenna coil L5-6.
2. Bus lead from C10 to Si should be as short as
possible.
TO DETECTOR
OUTPUT
- TAW -MI-
CATHODE RAY
a
(SEE TEXT)
A
406
www.americanradiohistory.com
cable from the test -oscillator jack. Connect the re- them remain motionless on the screen. Continue
ceiver chassis to a good external ground. Connect increasing the test -oscillator frequency until these
oscillograph "Vertical" input terminals as indicated forward and reverse curves move together and
on figure 2. Set oscillograph power switch to "On" overlap, with their highest points exactly coin-
and adjust "Intensity" and "Focus" controls to give cident. This condition will be obtained at a test -
a clearly defined spot, or line, on the screen. Set oscillator setting of approximately 575 kc.
oscillograph "Ampl. A" switch to "On," "Vertical (f) With the images established as in (e), re-adjust
gain" control full -clockwise, "Ampi. B" switch to the two magnetite core screws L29 and L28 on
"Timing," "Range" switch to No. 2 position, and the third i -f transformer so that they cause the
"Timing" switch to "Int." Place the "Sync." control, curves on the oscillograph screen to become
"Freq." control, and "Horizontal gain" control to exactly coincident throughout their lengths and
about their mid -positions. For each of the following have maximum amplitude.
adjustments, the test -oscillator output must be regu-
lated so that the image obtained on the oscillograph
screen will be of the minimum size for accurate ob-
servation. The receiver volume -control setting is
optional.
-F Adjustments
(a) Set "Fidelity" control to counter -clockwise posi-
tion, "Radio -Phono" switch to "Radio," and
"Range Selector" to "Standard Broadcast" band.
Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
to the grid cap of RCA -6K7 second i-f tube
(with grid lead in place) through a .001-mfd.
capacitor, with "Gnd." to receiver chassis. Tune
the test oscillator to 460 kc and place its modula-
tion switch to "On" and its output switch to
"Hi."
(h) Turn on the receiver and test oscillator. Increase
the output of the test oscillator until a deflection
is noticeable on the oscillograph screen. The M-1,373
figures obtained represent several waves of the B
e...-...c..o.
D
detected signal, the amplitude of which may be
observed as an indication of output. Cause the Figure 7-I -F Alignment Oscillograph Curves
wave -image formed (400 -cycle waves) to be
spread completely across the screen by adjusting A-Correct curve showing proper i -f alignment
the "Horizontal gain" control. The image should as obtained with fidelity control counter -clock-
wise.
be synchronized and made to remain motionless
by adjusting the "Sync." and "Freq." controls. B-Incorrect curve similar to A showing im-
(c) Adjust the two magnetite core screws L29 and proper alignment of i -f system caused by one
or more circuits being slightly detuned.
L28 (see figures 3 and 11) of the third i -f trans-
former (one on top and one on bottom) to pro- C-Correct showing broadening of curve A ob-
duce maximum vertical deflection of the oscillo- tained when fidelity control is rotated fully
clockwise.
graphic image. This adjustment places the trans-
former in exact resonance with the 460-kc signal. D-Incorrect curve showing broadening of curve
(d) The sweeping operation should follow using the B obtained when fidelity control is rotated
fully clockwise.
frequency modulator. Shift the oscillograph
"Timing" switch to "Ext." Insert plug of fre-
quency -modulator cable in test -oscillator jack. (g) Without altering the adjustments of the appara-
Turn the test -oscillator modulation switch to tus, shift the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
"Off." Turn on the frequency modulator and to the grid cap of the RCA -6K7 first i -f tube
place its sweep -range switch to "Hi." (with grid lead in place), through a .001-mfd.
(e) Increase the frequency of the test oscillator by capacitor. Regulate the test -oscillator output so
slowly turning its tuning control until two sep- that the amplitude of the oscillographic image is
arate, distinct, and similar waves appear on the approximately the same as used for adjustment
screen. If only one wave appears, increase the (f) above.
"Freq." control on the oscillograph to obtain two (h) The two second i -f transformer magnetite core
waves. These waves will be identical in shape, screws L27 and L26 (one on top and one on
totally disconnected, and appear in reversed po- bottom) should then be adjusted so that they
sitions. They will have a common base line, cause the forward and reverse curves to become
which is discontinuous. Adjust the "Freq " and coincident throughout their lengths and have
"Sync." controls of the oscillograph to make maximum amplitude.
407
(i) Without altering the adjustments of the appara- to the antenna terminal "Al" through a 200-
tus, shift the "Ant." output of the test oscillator mmfd. (important) capacitor. Remove the plug
to the input of the i -f system, i.e., to the grid of the frequency -modulator cable from the test -
cap of the RCA -6L7 first -detector, (with grid oscillator jack. Turn test-oscillator modulation
lead in place) through a .001-mfd. capacitor. switch to "On." Shift the oscillograph "Timing"
Regulate the test -oscillator output so the ampli- switch to "Int." Place receiver range selector in
tude of the oscillographic image is approximately "Standard broadcast" position. Set the receiver
the same as used for adjustment (h) above. dial to a position of no extraneous signals near
(j) The two first i -f transformer magnetite core 600 kc. Tune the test oscillator to 460 kc. Adjust
screws L25 and L24 (one on top and one on the wave -trap magnetite core screw LI to the
bottom) should then be adjusted so that they point which causes minimum amplitude of out-
cause the forward and reverse waves to become put (maximum suppression of signal) as shown
coincident throughout their lengths and have by the waves on the oscillograph. An increase of
maximum amplitude. the test -oscillator output may be necessary be-
(k) Note width of oscillographic image at a point fore this point of minimum amplitude, obtained
which is 50% of maximum amplitude. Turn re- by correct adjustment of wave -trap screw, be-
ceiver fidelity control to extreme clockwise posi- comes apparent on oscillograph screen.
tion. Note width of oscillographic image at a
point which is 50% of maximum amplitude. "Ultra Short Wave" Band
Under normal conditions the latter measurement (b) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator
should be approximately 60% greater in width to the antenna terminal "A1" of the receiver
than the former measurement. The image should through a 300 -ohm resistor. Set the receiver
also appear slightly double humped. These condi- range selector to its "Ultra short wave" position
tions indicate proper broadening of the band and its dial pointer to 57,000 kc. Adjust the test
width of the i -f amplifier. Turn range selector to oscillator to 19,000 kc. The third harmonic of
"Medium wave" (B) band and note increase of 19,000 kc is used for this adjustment.
amplitude. The amplitude should increase several Adjust oscillator air -trimmer C23 for maxi-
times. It may be necessary to decrease output of mum (peak) output. Two positions, each pro-
test oscillator to keep image or screen. Turn re- ducing maximum output, may be found. The po-
ceiver fidelity control to extreme counter -clock- sition of minimum capacitance (plunger near
wise position and proceed to "R -F Adjustments." out) should be used. This places the receiver
heterodyne oscillator 460 kc higher in frequency
R -F Adjustments than the incoming signal. Tighten lock nut. Ad-
Make receiver dial adjustments as outlined by just the detector air -trimmer C39, while slightly
"Selector dial," figure 14. Alignment must he made rocking the gang tuning condenser back and
in sequence of "Wave -trap," "Ultra short wave" forth through the signal, for maximum (peak)
band, "Short wave" band, "Medium wave" band, output. Two peaks may be found on this trim-
"Standard broadcast" band, and "Long wave" band. mer. The peak of maximum capacitance (plunger
"Wave -Trap" Adjustment near in) should be used. Tighten lock nut. Ad-
just the antenna air -trimmer C10 for maximum
(a) Connect the "Ant." output of the test oscillator (peak) output while slightly rocking the gang
tuning condenser back and forth through the
LI WAVE TRAP
480 KC
signal. Two peaks may be found on this trimmer
C6 ANT.
which produce maximum output. The peak with
X 350 N.C. maximum capacitance (plunger near in) should
CS ANT.
AIs00 N.c: C390ET.
he used. Tighten lock nut. Check the image fre-
C4 ANT.
57,000 K. C.
quency by changing the receiver dial setting to
8 6000 K.G.
-' C350ET
2000 K.C. 56,080 kc. If the image signal is received at this
C- C3 ANT. - __`` _g C,360051.
20,000 K.C. 6000K.C. position, the adjustment of the oscillator air -
'D CIOANT.
nano K .0 -
/1 -:A C37DET.
trimmer C23 has been correctly made. No ad-
rX C38DET.
350 K.C.
justments should be made while checking for the
image signal.
L9 (c) Re -tune receiver for maximum response to 57,000
600 N.C. kc (not image response) without disturbing test -
A osc.
115K.C.
oscillator adjustments. Change test oscillator to
6,800-14,000 kc range. Tune test oscillator
C2303C.
57.000 K.C.
`,
`
C13 05C.
20,000 K.C.
C14
6000
05C.
K.C.
CI6 OSC.
1500 K.C.
C180SC.
350 KZ.
until signal is heard in speaker (should occur at
approximately 14,250 kc, fourth harmonic of
c "`;,_7114.-;,"' test oscillator used). Two test -oscillator settings
A/9R0.f. INSTANCE IH NM
-CHASSIS
MU' TO TOP OF PRIMMER PIONCER
MT. ANT
(230 kc apart) will produce a signal at this point.
VA
{
ILA
The lower frequency test -oscillator setting should
ÌMa
be used, as this places the test oscillator har-
monic 460 kc below the frequency of the re-
Figure 8-"Magic Brain" Trimmer Locations ceiver heterodyne oscillator. Tune receiver for
408
www.americanradiohistory.com
maximum response at a dial setting of approxi- position indicating that the adjustment of C13
mately 28,500 kc (image should tune in at a dial has been correctly made. No adjustments should
setting approximately 27,580 kc) without alter- be made while checking for the image signal.
ing test - oscillator adjustment. Test - oscillator "Medium Wave" Band
second harmonic of 14,250 kc is used for the
(e) Place receiver range selector to its "Medium
following check. Check calibration of receiver
wave" position with its dial pointer set to 6,000
dial. A receiver -dial reading of less than 28,500
kc. Tune the test oscillator to 6,000 kc. Adjust
kc indicates that the inductance of the oscillator
oscillator air -trimmer C14 to produce maximum
secondary coil L11 is too low and should be in-
(peak) output as shown by the waves on the
creased. If the receiver dial reading is greater
oscillograph. Two peaks may be found with this
than 28,500 kc, the inductance of L11 is too high circuit. The peak with minimum capacitance
and should be decreased. If it is necessary to (plunger near out) should be used. Tighten
change the inductance of L11, first remove bot- lock nut. Adjust the detector air -trimmer C36
tom cover of "Magic Brain" and then set re- for maximum (peak) output while slightly rock-
ceiver dial pointer to 28,500 kc. To decrease in- ing the gang tuning condenser back and forth
ductance, move the grounded ends (straps) of through the signal. Two peaks may be found
L11 and L12 (see figure 4) nearer chassis. Do with this circuit. The peak with maximum ca-
not allow straps to touch chassis except where pacitance (plunger near in) should be used.
connected. To increase inductance, move the Tighten lock nut. Adjust antenna air -trimmer
straps farther away from chassis. Adjust posi- C4 to produce maximum (peak) output. Tighten
tion of straps until maximum (peak) output lock nut.
results. The alignment of the detector tuned cir-
"Standard Broadcast" Band
cuit should next he checked at 28,500 kc without
changing either the receiver or test oscillator ad- (f) Remove the 300-ohm resistor from between the
justments. An increase of output when the brass test -oscillator "Ant." post and receiver antenna
end of a tuning wand is brought near L22 indi- terminal "Al" and insert a 200-mmfd. capacitor
cates that L22 is too high in inductance, while in its place. Place receiver range selector to
an increase when the iron end is brought near "Standard broadcast" position with receiver dial
the coil indicates that the inductance is too low. pointer set to 600 kc. Tune the test oscillator to
The inductance of L22 may be varied by chang- 600 kc. Adjust oscillator magnetite core screw
ing the spacing between the grounded end L9 (top of large oscillator coil can) for maximum
(strap) of L22 and the strap connected from C41 (peak) output as shown by the waves on the
to contact on S2 (figure 4). An increase of spac- oscillograph screen.
ing will increase the inductance, while a decrease (g) Set receiver dial pointer to 1,500 kc. Tune test
of spacing will decrease the inductance. Adjust oscillator to 1,500 kc (1,500-3,100-kc range) and
the spacing until maximum (peak) output results. increase its output to produce a registration on
Replace "Magic Brain" bottom cover and repeat the oscillograph screen. Carefully adjust the
adjustments in (b) prior to those of "Short oscillator, detector, and antenna air-trimmers
wave" band. C16, C37, and C5, respectively, to produce maxi-
mum (peak) output as shown by the waves on
"Short Wave" Band the oscillograph screen. Shift the oscillograph
(d) Set the receiver range selector to its "Short "Timing" switch to "Ext." Place the frequency
wave" position and its dial pointer to 20,000 kc. modulator sweep -range switch to its "Lo" posi-
Adjust the test oscillator to 20,000 kc. Adjust tion and insert plug of the frequency -modulator
oscillator air - trimmer C13 until maximum cable in test -oscillator jack. Turn test -oscillator
(peak) output is reached. Two peaks may modulation switch to "Off." Re -tune the test
be found with this circuit. The peak with oscillator (increase frequency) until the forward
minimum capacitance (plunger near out) should and. reverse waves show on the oscillograph
he used. Tighten lock nut. Adjust detector screen and become coincident at their highest
air -trimmer C35 until maximum (peak) out- points. This will occur at a test -oscillator setting
put is reached, while slightly rocking the gang of approximately 1,680 kc. Adjust trimmers C16,
tuning condenser back and forth through the C37, and C5 again, setting each to the point
signal. Two peaks may be found with this cir- which produces the best coincidence and maxi-
cuit. The peak with maximum capacitance mum amplitude of the images.
(plunger near in) should be used. Tighten lock (h) Remove the plug of the frequency - modulator
nut. Adjust antenna air -trimmer C3 until maxi- cable from the test - oscillator jack. Turn test -
mum (peak) output is reached while slightly oscillator modulation switch to "On." Set oscil-
rocking the gang tuning condenser back and lograph "Timing" switch to "Int." Tune test
forth through the signal. Two peaks may be oscillator to 200 kc (200-400-kc range). Tune
found with this circuit. The peak with maximum receiver for maximum response to this signal at
capacitance (plunger near in) should be used. a dial reading of approximately 600 kc. The
Tighten lock nut. Check the image frequency third harmonic of the 200-kc signal is used for
by changing the receiver dial setting to 19,080 this adjustment Shift oscillograph "Timing"
kc. The image signal should be received at this switch to "Ext." Insert the plug of the frequency
409
modulator cable in test -oscillator jack. Turn test - mum amplitude and best coincidence of the
oscillator modulation switch to "Off." Re -tune waves. These adjustments compensate for any
the test oscillator (increased frequency) until the changes caused by the adjustment of the mag-
forward and reverse waves show on the oscillo - netite core screw L10. Tighten lock nuts on
graph screen. This will occur at a test -oscillator C18, C38, and C6, respectively, after each is
setting of approximately 230 kc. Disregarding the adjusted.
fact that the two images may or may not come
together, adjust the oscillator magnetite core
screw L9 (top of large oscillator coil can) to pro- Radiotron Cathode Current Readings
duce maximum (peak) amplitude of the images. Measured with Milliammeter Connected at Tube Socket
Shift the oscillograph "Timing" switch to "Int." Cathode Terminal under Conditions Similar to
Remove the plug of the frequency -modulator Those of Voltage Measurements
cable from the test-oscillator jack. Turn the test - ( 1) RCA-6K7-R-F Amp. 5.0 ma.
oscillator modulation switch to "On." Repeat ( 2) RCA-6L7 -1st Det. 3.7 ma.
adjustments in (g) above to compensate for any ( 3) RCA-6J7-Osc. 7.0 ma.
changes caused by the adjustment of L9 core, ( 4) RCA -6K7 -1st I -F Amp. 5.0 ma.
tightening lock nuts on C16, C37, and C5, re-
spectively, after each is adjusted.
( 5) RCA -6K7 -2nd I -F Amp.
( 6) RCA -6H6 -2nd Det.-A.V.C
( 7) RCA-6C5-Audio Voltage Amp
-
7.5 ma.
2.5 ma.
"Long Wave" Band ( 8) RCA-6E5-Tuning Tube 1.2 ma.
( 9) RCA-6L7-Audio Volume Exp 7.5 ma.
(i) Shift the oscillograph "Timing" switch to "Int."
(10) RCA-6C5-Audio Driver 4.0 ma.
Remove the plug of the frequercy-modulator
cable from the test -oscillator jack. Turn the test-
osciIlator modulation switch to "On." Place re-
(11) RCA-6C5-Expander Amplifier
(12) RCA-6H6-Expander Rectifier
(13) RCA-2A3-Power Output
-
1.9 ma.
41.8 ma.
ceiver range selector to its "Long wave" position. (14) RCA-2A3-Power Output 41.8 ma.
Set the receiver dial pointer to 175 kc. Tune the
(15) RCA-5Z3-Rectifier ... 165 ma.*
test oscillator to 175 kc and increase its output (*Cannot be measured at socket)
until a deflection is noticeable on the oscillograph
screen. Adjust oscillator magnetite core screw Dynamic Amplifier Adjustments
L10 (located on top of small oscillator coil can)
so that maximum (peak) amplitude of output is
It is essential that correct voltages and currents
shown on the oscillograph screen. exist at the RCA -6L7 audio expander stage in order
that the expanding function may take place in the
(j) Set receiver dial pointer to 350 kc. Tune test proper manner. A screw-driver adjustment is accord-
oscillator to 350 kc. Adjust the oscillator, de-
tector, and antenna air -trimmers C18, C38, and ingly provided to regulate the RCA -6L7 control grid
C6 to produce maximum (peak) output as shown No. 3 bias to the correct operating value. Two
by the waves on the oscillograph screen. With- methods of adjustment are applicable. Either method
out disturbing the connections, shift the oscillo - requires a normal voltage of 300 volts across the filter
graph "Timing" switch to "Ext." Place the output. The one to be preferred (a) requires the use
frequency -modulator sweep -range switch to its of an RCA Stock No. 9633 Beat -Frequency Oscillator
"Hi" position and insert plug of frequency - or the equivalent, a 100 -ohm resistor, a 200 -ohm re-
modulator cable in test -oscillator jack. Turn test - sistor, and a 1,000 -ohm -per -volt a -c voltmeter (recti-
oscillator modulation switch to "Off." Re -tune fier -type) having a "low" range of 1.0 volt and a
the test oscillator (decrease frequency) until the "high" range of 250 volts or greater. The less accurate
forward and reverse waves show on the oscillo - method (b) requires the use of an RCA Stock No.
graph screen and become coincident at their 12353 Split -Plate Adapter, and a suitable d -c milliam-
highest points. This will occur at a test -oscillator meter. Both of these procedures are outlined below.
setting of approximately 198 kc. This setting CAUTION: Before using either method, be sure that
places the test -oscillator frequency to 175 kc. power -supply fuse is in proper position for the line
The second harmonic is now used for the 350 kc voltage.
adjustment. Adjust air -trimmers C18, C38, and (a) Preferred Method
C6, again, to produce maximum amplitude of the Turn power switch off. Connect the 200 -ohm
images and best coincident throughout their and the 100 -ohm resistors in series between
lengths. the beat-frequency oscillator terminals (upper
(k) Re -tune the receiver to approximately 175 kc so "250" and "CT") with the 100 -ohm resistor
that the forward and reverse waves appear on connected to "CT." Calibrate the beat -fre-
the oscillograph screen. Adjust the oscillator quency oscillator, adjust it to 1,000 cycles, and
magnetite core screw L10 to produce maximum reduce its output. Connect the 1,000-ohm -per -
(peak) amplitude of the waves, disregarding the volt a -c voltmeter (1 -volt range) to the beat-
fact that the two images may or may not come frequency oscillator terminals (upper "250"
together. and "CT") Remove the male plug from the
.
(I) Shift the receiver dial setting to 350 kc without receptacle on the shielded cable running be-
altering any other adjustments (frequency modu- tween the input transformer T2 and the com-
lator still in operation). Adjust air -trimmers pensator pack (see figure 12). Connect beat -fre-
C18, C38, and C6, respectively, to produce maxi - quency oscillator terminal "CT" to the large
410
www.americanradiohistory.com
pin on the male plug. Connect the junction BLACK
mately /
prongs may be made by stripping approxi-
inch of insulation from the ends of
two short leads of rubber-covered wire, wrap- RCA MFß.C.O.,IND.
BROWN
BR WN
BLACK
BLACK BROW N m-ens11-i
411
www.americanradiohistory.com
t 'L--soo 250.000
1
-13n
I 9A 3MEGS.
VOLUME 50.3A r ¡ (593nIN"X')
11 me CONTROL (MA IN "X"
L-25ME Ì9550A
J ..; --n00aT--- I i
C.G.
AVE TRAP C9) - 5560A----- 89150
B.9,
(58.5A IN "X) 3950A
t5ME6S. L_
i 3MEGS. BRAIN"
25,
_IRfCEVTACLE
CAI
"Dp`-1000A--- T -- I 1000,___
0.36AJ
-.07A J C27
. ;-rt- © LZ- 82,000A
-
1'1 DET.
-
9-- ra4,
unman
TFRAI.IBRD
6L7
--56,000n -- Oñ900,L-
T+c; EAU 56,000A
! EL.CAP.
3900A
0-9500A-- r4.6A i
I
1 AUDIO .6i 2 DET.
1000A 657F
\.4.--% TRANS. :c.G.
I
r
A .V. C. 1000A1
6C5 l
8.6,
I
G57
276,081
I I
AF rIWB,
J
TRANS.
3.300s(o 2.5IME6S.
-
C.G.
I
dA) I
VOLUME
EXPANDER
6L7
t
I
I
tDRIVER
I 6C5
4
° ó- /
I
-2270n. H
560,0Ro ©
I
1 O I® 13 O
(3re
»1.1MEG:
4T '1 L_ 000
©
L L_
i
127,600A
i i
7600A
I
33,09,0 I
I
I
6 C5 I
TEAM. OF C97
i
TO 98
/ TERM. BRD.
4.
_C
---3000A
"DYNRMIC"
EXPANDER
CONTROL
1
MIN. On
CENTEGI O.5 MEG.
MAX. 6400n.
C98
1 C 95
C97 C96
Power Amplifier
Resistance Measurements
The resistance values shown between Radiotron socket of this limit will usually be indicative of trouble in cir-
contacts, grid caps, resistors, and terminals to chassis cuit under test. When measuring the resistance between
ground or other pertinent point on figure 10, permit points of the circuit and ground, it will be necessary to
a rapid continuity check of the circuits. The use of this connect the negative terminal of the resistance meter to
diagram in conjunction with the Schematic Circuit chassis ground. If the polarity of the resistance meter is
Diagram, figure 1, and Wiring Diagrams, figures 2, 4,
and 5, will permit the location of certain troubles which not known, it may be readily ascertained by connecting a
might otherwise be difficult to ascertain. Each value as d -c voltmeter of indicated polarity across the terminals of
specified should hold within ± 20%. Variations in excess the device.
412
www.americanradiohistory.com
(-6,7v.) R.F. r-20.1
-0.t V. 6HT/ !
jl
WAVE TRAP
C.G.:.
oANTA: CO;'ICL
'0;' B. "
NIL COIL
OELCOIL
r ----
L60V.
270V.-
)
1 O
OSC. COI L L_ (-45V.) 6.3V.f-
pT-
BRAIN"
RECEPTACLE
©'7 -1100.
2615V.
LTOV.
EL CAP. f6-17
- - 065V. -J
OSC. CO L
OSCCOIL
-18V.`i
I`I
A.C.
p
2T0V.
240V.----7-
Q e-t-215V.----
05C.
6J7
1
1T I.F.
TRANS
460 R. C.
1.2.4 , p
J
TUNING OBE
TUBE YELLOW
CABLE. TERM. %6.7V.6)
6.3V. -0.20.
6.3V. 6.3V.
I¡ BRO.
C.G.
p ,
2Y0. DET.
1°' AUDIO r A.C.IFR, r A.C.
4A.VC.
6C5 I.F.
6H6 (-0 L26
L28
!----
r- rtivQo pRl.
r r- 6R7
T
PRI.
rT® p ó r+ -re
rf n ®T -0 15) ADJ.
Ci 26R7F
460 N.C.
ADJ
i (-.7V.6) 440 R.c 2ioV.¡ i.3v.
(135V./
(232V.6)
215V.
1 (-vv.) TRA N5. 115V.
! C.G. (-6.7V.9
2NO I.F. TRANS. j
110V.
¡
L
,1f A.C.
-0.2V.
OV. ¡ (43e) ¡
257V. i I
°'=1.76.311.'" f I I
( f
Receiver
/l VOLUME EXPANDER
6L7
DRIVER
6C5
EXPANDER RECT.
6H6
f
1.25v.
1
1.25V.
r(0
17V. 4.2V. A.C. AIC.2.5v.
6.4v. 6.4V. 2.5V. 5.1V.
11
6.4V. 6.4V._1
11 r A.C. r A.C. l r A.G.
'
1'
\
I !
J
il I I
_I1
1
L _F
I
c L 2A31
4
RECT.
-- -\\0` w®fiI -1 O,
-
I
(7.3V.*) 2A3
O. 6C5 0.35V. (-611v..) F61v
i
.) 370V. I
G.CAFl,_, 85V.
Ó
1
260v. :
1
I
A.C.
9Iv295v.
I
I
I
A.C.
0.5v 215V.
t I
1 i i t i jI t t i 1 +
L
I '
L__ ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITORS
300 V. 325 V.
Power Amplifier
Figure 11-Radiotron Socket Voltag es, Coil, and I-F Trimmer Locations
Measured at 115 volts, 60 -cycle supply -Tuned to approximately 1,000 kc-No signal being received
Both volume controls minimum -Radio -Phono switch either position
-
Radiotron Socket Voltages
Note: Two voltage values are shown for some read- ground on figure 11 will assist in locating cause for
ings. The value shown in parenthesis with asterisk (') faulty operation. Each value as specified should hold with-
indicates operating conditions without voltmeter loading. in ± 20% when the receiver is normally operative at its
The other value (generally lower) is the actual measured rated line voltage. Variations in excess of this limit will
voltage and differs from the value shown in parenthesis usually be indicative of trouble in the basic circuits. To
because of the additional loading of the voltmeter duplicate the conditions under which the voltages were
through the high series circuit resistance. measured requires a 1,000 -ohm -per -volt d -c meter, having
ranges of 10, 50, 250, 500, and 1,000 volts. Use the
The voltage values indicated from the Radiotron socket nearest range above the specified measured voltage. A -c
contacts, grid caps, resistors, and terminals to chassis voltages were measured with a corresponding a -c meter.
413
www.americanradiohistory.com
MOTOR BOARD
wHITE
TUNING
TUBE [/`!'ÿ
SHIELD
EXT.
___1
CKr.W
q4Bl
Y
f TE
Sm LDS\`
Rio
25,00
RED I1
EXPANDER
BLOCH CONTROL
PHONOG. 512965
VOLUME
CONTROL
5.13644
TOGGLE
SWITCH
BOTTOM VIEW
J
BOTTOM VIEW
FIDEL-.CONTROL
SWITCH SHIELD
EXT. BLOCK
PILOT
R52
'MEG. LAMP 54577
5.4674 INPUT TRANS. PACK BLACK ...BLACK
UE CONNECTIONS
HITE
GREEN ED RED JIUE
RC YE/LO
513041
513621
RECEVIEW)NER SP4674
(TOP
BLUE
S II4BB
SPEAKER
513623
5e2567
J12493
IE -D BUE OWN
BLOC
BRONN-BLRI
II 54074
SHE D Ow
lUE
*LC/
5h1483 5K4ET4
NSRTOR
PACK
SPERr.E %
CRBLF
AMPLIFIER
T2 li
INPUT TRANS. PACK
-
32502. ` 32502.
CONNECT GREEN
LEADS TOGETHER
' TS .e7Y R CRw w>4 e
BLUE
THE NUMBER ADJACENT CABLES AND PLUGS INDICATES STOCK
ALL CABLES COMPLETE WITH PLUGS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ADJACENTNUMBER
.5 NUMBER
414
OFWieFO J
< z Z W1 SI. uw
Z
Z<Z*SW
W~~ 0Y n z
H J 1 re J
VI F Z O
Z Z Z W yj
0.....*.
gr
IWÿO.-.W
Ñ
O
O
ó H< W Yg rc W< 3 W
U
á H
h- W(/1 V H
%
N Z Z
W
O =<fUUwK
OmOKOZÑ
O Z , p W
W s.,
W O e- W
-
< < CC Ai W
< Vi W,F Z rj 1..- W Z
o<F NFZKWNC
ó
W Z
é
W W
ge
LU
CC
H fÑ =
Lal uiLLJ I. (.
d z30f
G W
z¢
Vw ti
=z
C Z- m N F.
a ;uU
w
O
C.
N m J
W N H O < W <
--I Cl- yU
`ti ó 3< i=Y
Z
c ti
z¢¢
W
w
00
ZJf
U F -U=
Ó ¢ Ó 3WW
f
6 m
oÑ
S2
=
J
0
O
C4 x § ZUU
Z
_ w
w C H
W
UC
ac
4.1 x _ U<_
<
W
W
W + yN
Xÿ uW0
i./.
Z Z m
ó 2 t
C K ÇZ
C
O 3 ó IW- ó
scn<¢
i-,
= jW
d0
.- aF-
3 Za
OD (gO3
zC0 Or
,=.0,_ ó J< W
pn W
¢ S W = pZ¡O
wag
OJJ y WL.W
ZO >
U OZF-
ó w ÑW C WZ
CD 6 Z <>>
0ng ÿU3
Ñ ¢ J:g m c,
cc
W d
o J J O
e 0 Fn
_Ñ
'32
_¢H
C
ÓFWO
O
3Z c -e
Le
W
W O]
O < C
415
frequency (end) mark on "Standard broadcast" scale. allowing the centering spring to remain in the posi-
This is a friction adjustment. tion at which the armature is exactly centered be-
With the gang tuning condenser plates still in full tween the pole pieces. With a little practice, the
mesh, loosen the two set screws on the vernier -dial correct adjustment of the armature may be readily
hub. Rotate the vernier dial until the "0" marking is obtained. The air gap between the pole pieces and
in a vertical plane above the center of the shaft. the armature should be kept free from dust, filings,
Tighten set screws. and other such foreign materials which would ob-
struct the movement of the pickup armature.
ROLLER LINK Damping Block
PIVOT STUD
The viscoloid block which is attached to the back
end of the armature shank serves as a mechanical
ROLLER_
LINK
filter to eliminate undesirable resonances and to cause
the frequency response to be uniform. Should it be
necessary to replace this damping block, it may be
DIAL POINTER
SHAFT done by removing screw D and the cover support
bracket from the mechanism and taking off the old
VERNIER DIAL
viscoloid block. The surface of the armature which
is in contact with the viscoloid should be thoroughly
cleaned with fine emery cloth. Then insert the new
block so that it occupies the same position at it did
RANGE
originally. Make certain that the block is in correct
SELECTOR
SHAFT
vertical alignment with the armature. The hole in the
new viscoloid block is somewhat smaller than the di-
TUNING SHAFT ameter of the armature in order to permit a snug fit.
With the viscoloid aligned on the armature, screw
RANGE SELECTOR
SWITCH SHAFT \J D and the cover support bracket should then be re-
OILER MPG
P-TEp90-O
co, INC.
placed. Heat should be applied to the armature (vis-
coloid side) so that the viscoloid block will fuse at
Figure 14-Selector Dial Change Mechanism the point of contact and become rigidly attached to
the armature. A 'special -tip soldering iron constructed
Magnetic Pickup as shown in figure 16 will be found very useful in
The pickup used in the phonograph unit is of an performing this operation. The iron should be applied
improved design. The horseshoe magnet is rigidly only long enough to slightly, melt the block and cause
a small bulge on both sides.
welded to the pole pieces and is irremovable. There N eNreo
COVER
is a centering spring attached to the armature to
maintain proper adjustment and to provide a limiting ALIGN ARMATURE
CENTRALLY DETWEEN
,. POLE PIECES
effect on the movement of the armature. The fre-
POLE PIECES
quency response is substantially uniform over a wide CENTERING
-D
the magnet pole pieces, i.e., exactly centered. When- Figure 15-Details of Pickup
ever this centering adjustment has been disturbed, the
screws A, B, and C should be loosened and the arm- Replacing Coil
ature clamp adjusted to the point where the vertical Whenever there is defective operation due to an
axis of the armature is at right angles to the horizontal open or shorted pickup coil, this coil should be re-
axis of the pole pieces, and centered between them. placed. The method of replacement will be obvious
This centering operation may be facilitated by insert- upon inspection of the pickup assembly and by study
ing a small rod or nail into the armature needle hole, of the cut -a -way illustrations. Make sure that the new
using it as a lever to test the angular movement of coil is properly centered with the hole in the support
the armature. The limitations of the movement in strip and glued securely in that position. It is impor-
each direction will be caused by the armature striking tant to re -adjust the armature as previously explained
the pole pieces. The proper adjustment is obtained after re -assembly of the mechanism. Only rosin core
when there is equal angular displacement of the solder should be used for soldering the coil leads in
armature and adjustment rod or nail to each side of the pickup. This same type of -solder should be used
the vertical axis of the magnet and coil assembly. The when necessary for soldering the centering spring to
screws A and B should then be secured, observing the armature.
care not to disturb the adjustment of the armature Magnetizing
clamp. Then place the pickup in a vise and secure Loss of magnetization will not usually occur when
the centering spring -clamp by means of the screw C, the pickup has received normal care because the mag -
416
www.americanradiohistory.com
net and pole pieces are one unit and the magnetic
circuit remains practically closed at all times. 'When Automatic Record Ejector
the pickup has been mishandled, subjected to a strong The record changing mechanism is designed to
a -c field, jolted, or dropped, there may be an appreci- be simple and fool - proof. Under normal operating
able loss of magnetic strength, in which case it will conditions, service difficulties should be negligible.
be necessary to re -magnetize the entire structure. To Occasionally, however, certain adjustments may be
do this, it will be necessary to first remove the pickup required. These adjustments are illustrated and ex-
plained in figure 13.
SPACER
It is important when servicing the automatic mech-
VISCOLOID
DAMPING BLOCK\ CUSHIONS anism, to have it placed on a level support. It is also
important to refrain from forcing the mechanism if
there is a tendency to bind or jam, since bent levers
and possibly broken parts may result.
The tip of the record ejector is adjustable in re-
TIP OF SOLDERING/
lation to the turntable spindle, the two being exactly
IRON ARMATURE
C) ,.. M« Co. ., coaxial when properly adjusted. To align the tip, re-
move the rubber silencer of the ejector assembly,
Figure 16-Special Soldering -Iron Tip loosen ejector tip retaining nut and slide the tip
assembly to the position where it is in true -line with
mechanism from the tone arm, and then remove the the axis of the turntable spindle. This adjustment may
magnet assembly. Place the magnet assembly on the be simplified by placing several records on the turn-
poles of a standard pickup magnetizer such as the table, depressing the spindle through the top record
RCA Stock No. 9549 Pickup Magnetizer and charg- hole and lining up the ejector tip in the spindle hole
ing the magnet in accordance with the instructions of the record.
accompanying the magnetizer. It is preferable to To insure that the ejector tip rotates freely, apply
check the polarity of the pickup magnet and to re - a slight amount of oil to the shank of the tip at the
magnetize it so that the same polarity is maintained. point where it is in contact with the ball bearing.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers.
STOCK DESCRIPTION LIST STOCK LIST
DESCRIPTION
No. PRICE No. PRICE
RECEIVER ASSEMBLIES 5147 Resistor -3,300 ohms-carbon type, 1 watt
4427 Bracket -Volume control mounting bracket $0.18 (R55) .22
12987 Bracket -Band changeover switch bracket. .15 12312 Resistor-3,300 ohms -insulated, I/4 watt
12511 Cap -Grid contact cap -Package of 5.... .15 (R25) -Package of 5
Resistor -15,000 ohms-carbon type, 1
1.00
12948 Capacitor-33 Mmfd. (C57) .20 5114
12629 Capacitor-56 Mmfd. (C62) .20 watt (R26) .22
12404 Capacitor-120 Mmfd. (C60, C61) .26 11282 Resistor-56,000 ohms -carbon type, 1/10
13022 Capacitor -390 Mmfd. (C46, C47, C50, watt (R19) -Package of 5 .75
C51) .25 11365 Resistor-82,000 ohms -carbon type. I/4
12898 Capacitor-1500 Mmfd. C66) .20 watt (R13) -Package of 5 1.00
13608 Capacitor -.0025 Mfd. (C63) .30 11281 Resistor- 100,000 ohms -carbon type,
4868 Capacitor -.005 Mfd. (C71) .20 1/10 watt (R11) -Package of 5 .75
13138 Capacitor -.01 Mfd. (C45, C49, C59, 5158 Resistor -220,000 ohms-carbon type, I/4
4836
4841
C102)
Capacitor-.05 Mfd. (C64)
Capacitor -0.1 Mfd. (C52, C99)
.25
.30
.22
11398 Resistor-
watt (R54) -Package of 5
220,000 ohms -carbon type,
1/10 watt (R20) -Package of 5
1.00
.'15
4840 Capacitor -0.25 Mfd. (C53) .30 12013 Resistor -1.0 megohm-carbon type, 1/10
13610 -8
Capacitor Mfd. (C72) 1.00 watt -located in tuning tube socket
5212 Capacitor-18 Mfd. (C54, C73) 1.16 (R24) -Package of 5 .75
13611 Capacitor -20 Mfd. (C65) .85 12679 Resistor -2.2 megohm-insulated, I/4 watt
13613 Compensator Pack-Comprising two .015 (R21) -Package of 5 1.00
Mfd., one .05 Mfd. capacitors and one 12874 Resistor -3.3 megohm-carbon type, 1/4
27,000 ohms, one 22,000 ohms, one watt (R22, R23)-Package of 5 1.00
12,000 ohms resistors (C55, C56, C58, 12870 Scale-Vernier dial scale .65
R15, R16, R17) 1.20 12008 Shield -Intermediate frequency transformer
12006 Core-Core and stud assembly for inter- shield .28
mediate frequency transformers .22 12607 Shield-lst or 2nd I.F. transformer shield
13612 Filter Pack -Comprising two .453 Henry top .30
Chokes, two 560 Mmfd., one 1,000 12581 Shield-3rd I.F. transformer shield top .36
Mmfd. and one 2,200 Mmfd. capacitors 11197 Socket -6 -contact 6C5 Radiotron socket .14
(L30, L31, C67, C68, C69, C70) 2.95 11198 Socket -7 -contact 6K7 or 6H6 Radiotron
12866 Foot -Chassis foot assembly-Package of 2 .75 socket .15
4340 Lamp -Pilot lamp -Package of 5 .60 13095 Socket-Upper left or lower right-hand dial
12868 Link -Link mechanism on band indicator lamp socket .25
operating arm .45 11222 Socket-Upper right or lower left-hand dial
13609 Resistor -Voltage divider-Comprising one lamp socket .18
600 ohms, one 5,000 ohms, one 3,950 11381 Socket -Tuning tube socket and cover .45
ohms, one 25 ohms and one 19 ohms 11196 Socket -8 -contact R.F. unit voltage supply
sections (R27, R28, R29, R30, R31).. .95 socket .15
12311 Resistor-1,000 ohms -insulated, I/4 watt 12007 Spring -Retaining spring for core in I.F.
5112 -
(R12) -Package of 5
Resistor 1,000 ohms -carbon type, I/4
watt (R10, R14) -Package of 5
1.00
1.00
12986
transformer-Package of 10
Stud -Band indicator operating arm stud
Package of 5
- .36
.65
417
www.americanradiohistory.com
REPLACEMENT PARTS-Continued
STOCK LIST STOCK
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION LIST
PRICE
12860 Switch - Low frequency tone and power
switch (S5, S7) 1.50
12883
11198
Shield-Coil shield for Stock No. 12881.
Socket -7 -contact 6K7 Radiotron socket..
PRICE
.20
12988
13616 Tone control -
Switch-Bias switch (S10)
High frequency tone and
.65 11279
12885
Socket -7 -contact 6L7 Radiotron socket..
Socket -8 -contact 6J7 Radiotron socket...
.15
.20
.20
12981
fidelity control (R52, S4)
Transformer-First intermediate frequency
-
1.40 12007
Nos. 12664, 12800, 12882 -
Spring-Retaining spring for core, Stock
Package
12990
transformer (L24, L25, L40, C46, C47).
Transformer Second intermediate
quency transformer (L26, L27, C50,
C51)
re-
2.15
12878
of 10
Switch - Range switch and mounting nut
(Si. S2, S3)
.36
3.60
1.85 12654 Trap-Wave-trap, complete (Li) .75
12982 Transformer-Third intermediate frequency DRIVE ASSEMBLIES
transformer (L28, L29, C60, C61, C62, 10705 Ball -5/32 -inch diameter steel ball for
R19, R20) 2.25 planetary drive-Package of 20 .25
12861 Volume Control (R18) 1.00 10941 Ball -1/8 -inch diameter steel ball for plane-
tary drive bearing-Package of 20 .25
12806 Board- 3 -contact antenna and ground
12904 Bushing-Plate and bushing assembly for
planetary drive mounting .20
5237 -
terminal board
Bushing Variable condenser mounting
.25 12905 Coupling-Flexible coupling and shaft as -
sembly, complete .50
12886 Cable -
bushing assembly-Package of 3
Shielded power cable, approxi-
mately 4 inches long, complete with 8-
.43 12909
12899
Dial-Band indicating dial and cam as -
sembly
Drive-Variable tuning condenser drive,
1.05
contact male plug 1.50 complete, including
mounting bracket
12511 Cap-Grid contact cap-Package of 5 .15 drive, dial scale and indicator, less ver-
12714 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer capacitor nier dial, Stock No. 12870 and link,
(C3, C4, C5, C6, C14, C16) .38 Stock No. 12868 4.40
12884 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer capacitor 12906 Gear-Anti-lash drive gear, complete .75
(C10, C18, C23, C38, C39) .40 12910 Gear-Sector gear and link assembly for
12807 Capacitor-Adjustable trimmer capacitor band selector .20
(C13, C35, C36, C37) .35 12908 Indicator-Station selector indicator pointer .20
12896 Capacitor-15 Mmfd. (C34) .20 8051 Link-Link and roller assembly, complete
12722 Capacitor-18 Mmfd. (C15) .20 with spring .30
12891 Capacitor-36 Mmfd. (C40) .20 12911 Screen-Dial lamp screen and light dif.
12629 Capacitor-56 Mmfd. (C24) .20 fuser .20
12895 Capacitor-56 Mmfd. (C17) .20 4669 Screw-Set screw for flexible coupling or
12723 Capacitor-56 Mmfd. (C2, C44) .20 gear, Stock Nos. 12905 and 12906-
13307 Capacitor-62 Mmfd. (C11) .20 Package of 10 .25
12724 Capacitor-120 Mmfd. (C25, C28, C29). .28 12901 Shaft-Direct drive shaft and pinion gear
12725 Capacitor-150 Mmfd. (C1) .28 for planetary drive .75
12894 Capacitor-180 Mmfd. (C22) .20 12900 Shaft-Vernier drive shaft for planetary
12727
12537
Capacitor-555 Mmfd. (C21)
Capacitor-560 Mmfd. (C7, C26, C33,
C42)
.20
.20
12903
drive
Spring - Tension spring for planetary
drive bearing-Package of 10
.25
.20
12898 Capacitor-1,500 Mmfd. (C12) .20 12907 Spring-Tension spring for gear, Stock
12729 Capacitor-1,550 Mmfd. (C20) .26 No. 12906-Package of 10 .20
12728 Capacitor-4,500 Mmfd. (C19) .36 8052 Spring-Tension spring for link, Stock No.
12897 Capacitor-4,700 Mmfd. (C43) .40 8051-Package of 5 .32
4858 Capacitor-.01 Mfd. (C8, C30, C31, C32) .25 AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLIES
12879 Coil-Antenna coil and shield, XABC 12511 Cap-Grid contact cap-Package of 5 .15
bands (L2, L3, L4, L5, L6) 1.90 12110 Cap-Top shield cap for 6L7 Radiotron..
12888 Coil-Antenna coil, "D" band (L13, L14) .14
.60 12488 Capacitor-270 Mmfd. (C90, C91) .14
12880 Coil-Detector coil and shield, XABC 5107 Capacitor-.0025 Mfd. (C88) .16
bands (L15, L16, L17, L18. L19, L20) 2.05 4838 Capacitor-.005 Mfd. (C93, C94) .20
12709 Coil-Oscillator coil and shield, ABC 4868 Capacitor-.005 Mfd. (C92) .20
bands (L7, L8, L9) 2.02 5196 Capacitor-.035 Mfd. (C79) .18
12881 Coil-Oscillator coil and shield, X band 4886 Capacitor-.05 Mfd. (C85) .20
only (L10) .80 4518 Capacitor-.05 Mfd. (C81)
12890 Coil-Oscillator coil, "D" band (L11, .52
4839 Capacitor -0.1 Mfd. (C89, C100) .52
L12. L23) .70 5170 Capacitor-.25 Mfd. (C87) .25
12889 Coil-R.F. coil, "D" band (L21, L22)... .65 4840 Capacitor-.25 Mfd. (C101)
12877 Condenser -3 -gang variable tuning con- 11240 Capacitor-10 Mfd. (C97)
.30
1.08
denser (C9, C27, C41) 5.10 12472 Capacitor -10 Mfd. (C86)
12887 Connector -8 -contact male connector and 5212 Capacitor -18 Mfd. (C84, C95)
1.00
1.16
cover for power cable, Stock No. 12886 .40 11496 Capacitor -18 Mfd. (C98)
12664 Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stock 1.15
12470 Capacitor -20 Mfd. (C83) 1.10
No. 12654 .22 12467 Capacitor-30 Mfd. (C96)
12800 Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stock 1.40
No. 12709
12465 Capacitor-Capacitor pack, comprising 3
.20 sections, each 0.5 Mfd. (C78, C80, C82) 1.50
12882 Core-Adjustable core and stud for Stock 11272 Clamp-Volume control or speaker cable
No. 12881 .20 clamp
11324 Resistor -560 ohms-carbon type, 1/4 watt .10
(R2)-Package 5240 Cover-Fuse cover .24
of 5 1.00 12468 Expander-Control (R46) 1.00
5112 Resistor -1,000 ohms-carbon type, I/4 10907 Fuse -3 -ampere fuse (F1)-Package of 5.
watt (R3)-Package of 5 .40
1.00 5239 Mounting-Fuse mounting .36
11298 Resistor-5,600 ohms-carbon type, 1 watt 12471 Plate-6L7 socket mounting plate assembly,
.22) less socket .15
3998 Resistor -15,000 ohms-carbon type, 1/4 12466 Reactor-Filter reactor (L37)
watt (R5)-Package of 5 2.35
1.00 13454 Resistor -270 ohms-insulated, I/4 watt
11282 Resistor -56,000 ohms-carbon type, 1/10 (R39)-Package of 5
watt (R4, R9)-Package of 5 1.00
.75 12195 Resistor-2,200 ohms-insulated, 1/4 watt
8064 Resistor-82,000 ohms-carbon type, 1/2 (R41, R50)-Package of .5
11397 Resistor -
watt (R8)-Package of 5
560.000 ohms -
carbon type,
1/10 watt (R1, R7)-Package of 5...
1.00
.75
11298
11332
Resistor -5,600 ohms-carbon type, 1 watt
(R47)
Resistor -22,000 ohms-carbon type,
1.00
.22
12651 Shield-Coil shield for Stock Nos. 12879, watt (R48)-Package of 5
1
12880 1.10
.22 12487 Resistor-33,000 ohms-carbon type, 2
12710 Shield-Coil shield for Stock No. 12709. .28 watt (R40) .29
e prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
418
www.americanradiohistory.com
REPLACEMENT PARTS -Continued
STOCK LIST STOCK LIST
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
No. PRICE No. PRICE
12286 Resistor-56,000 ohms -insulated, I/4 watt 12539 Screw -Pickup needle screw -Package of
12263
(R53) -Package of 5
Resistor-100,000 ohms -insulated, I/4 watt
(R42, R43, R45, R51) -Package of 5..
1.00
1.00
12544
10
Spring -
Pickup arm adjusting spring
Package of 10
- .20
.25
12452 Resistor-330,000 ohms -insulated, I/4 watt OPERATING MECHANISM
(R37) -Package of 5 1.00
13632 Cam -Cam and gear assembly 2.60
-11554
12285 Resistor-470,000 ohms -insulated, /4 watt
(R44) -Package of 5 1.00 6808 Clutch -Trip lever friction clutch .30
12486 Resistor -560,000 ohms-insulated,I/4 watt 11558 Cover -Metal cover for triplever and fric
(R38, R49) -Package of 5 1.00 tion finger assembly .36
4794 Socket-4 -contact 5Z3 or 2A3 Radiotron 6809
3670
Finger -Manual index lever finger assembly
Finger -Friction finger assembly
.25
.32
11197
11198
socket
Socket
Socket-7
socket
contact 6C5 Radiotron socket
-contact 6H6 or 6L7 Radiotron
.15
.14
.15
13633
11557
Lever-Main andassembly
Lever-Main spring lever
link1.75
Lever -Manual index lever-less pin .62lever
.42
12464 Transformer -Interstage transformer (T3, 11555 Leser Trip lever and friction clutch as,
L35) 5 95 y .94
12463 Transformer-Power transformer, 105.125 6503 Pawl -Trip pawl assembly .40
volt. 50-60 cycle (Ti) 8.58 3672 Pin-Manual index lever pin .42
13635 Plate-Eject arm actuating plate assembly. .75
EJECT ARM ASSEMBLIES 4564 Screw -Manual index lever finger set screw
11541 Arm -Eject arm, complete 8.15
Package of 10 .20
11533 Ball -1/16 -inch diameter steel ball -Pack-
4059 Screw-Trip lever clutch tension adjust -
age of 10
ment screw-Package of 10 .22
20
10129 Ball-3/16inch diameter steel ball -Pack-
4566 Screw-Special screw used to fasten main
age of 20 25 lever and link assembly bushing -Pack -
age of 10 .30
11529 Bearing -Ejector tip bearing and nut .32 13637 Spacer-Pickup arm mounting spacer .60
1538 Bracket -Eject arm bracket 1.72 13638 Spring-Actuating spring -Package of 10. .40
11 537 Collar-Eject arm shaft collar and set 4565 Spring -Manual index lever finger tension
4055ring-Trip -
screw 24
11540 Cover -Eject arm cover spring -Package of 10 .30
Sptension-
1.52 4061 Spring -Main spring lever tension spring
11536 Cushion -Counter balance roller cushion
- located inside of eject arm
Post-Vertical adjustment post
on eject arm bracket
located
.14
.30
2893
13634
Package of 10
pring-Trip lever latch plate
Package of 10
Spring -Pickup arm cable tension spring-
.38
.30
3729 Roller -Eject arm counter balance roller Package of 10 .35
-located inside of eject arm .45
Spring-Cam and gear pawl tension spring
4580
set screw for eject arm collar
age of 10
-
Screw-No. 6 -32 -3/16 -inch square head
Pack.
25
3676
13639
-Package of 10
Spring-Cam and gear arm tension spring
-Package of 10
.52
.40
11534 Screw -No. 8 -36.7/32 -inch special screw 4125 Spring -Eject arm horizontal action tension
for eject arm tip center adjustment- spring -Package of 10
Package of 10 .42
.14 13636 Stud -Pickup arm lift cable stud and nut-
11535 Shaft and Collar -Eject arm vertical ac- Package 10 .40
tion shaft and collar assembly .15
ing washer -"U" type -Pack -
'Washer -Spring
11528
4067 Spring-
Silencer -Ejector tip silencer
Ejector arm bracket spring
Package of 10
- .14
.30
2917
agee off 10
MOTOR ASSEMBLIES
.25
11531 Spring-Ejector tip spring -Package of 10 .42 9735 Motor-105-125 volts -25 cycles (MI).. 49.50
11530 Tip -Ejector tip with tip center, adjusting 9651 Motor -105.125 volts-50 cycles (M1).. 35.35
screw and cap .32 9650 Motor-105.125 volts-60 cycles (M1).. 35.35
11539 Yoke -Eject arm yoke assembly
PICKUP AND ARM ASSEMBLIES
.94 12050 Suspension Spring -Motor mounting
spring, washer, and stud assembly
Comprising six springs, six cup washers,
-
13627 Arm -Pickup arm, complete less pickup three spring washers and three studs... .60
unit 8.45 AUTOMATIC SWITCH
11548 Back -Pickup back .52" ASSEMBLIES
10941 Ball-Pickup arm pivot shaft ball bearing-
12543
Package of 20
Bracket -Pickup arm spring, adjusting
bracket and screw
.25
.12
3994
10184 Plate -
Cover-Motor switch cover
Automatic brake latch plate
Package of 5
- .26
.40
13629 Cable -Pickup arm operating cable -Pack- 10174 Springs-Automatic brake springs -Pack-
age 5 1.20 age of 2 sets .50
12541 Coil-Pickup coil (L41) .64 6805 Switch Assembly-Automatic switch, corn
13630 Connector-Shielded pickup cable and con- plete 1.903322
3387
of 10
Screw -Nut and washer for mounting pick,
up to arm-Package of 10
.42
.50
4340
"Manual -12-10"
Lamp -Phonograph compartment lamp
6.3 volts-Package of 5
- .44
.60
The prices quoted above are subject to change without notice.
419
REPLACEMENT PARTS Continued
STOCK LIST STOCK LIST
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
N0. PRICE No. PRICE
3764 Nut -Cap nut for motor board suspension
assembly -Package of 4 .40
12491 Cable -2
-conductor shielded volume con -
trol cable, approximately 71/2" long, corn -
11551 Rest -Pickup rest .14 plete with 2 female connectors-connects
3654 Roller -Pickup arm cable guide roller- amplifier to phonograph volume control
Comprising bracket, roller and guide pin .34 and expander control .68
11711 Shade -Phonograph compartment lamp
shade .16
13643 Cable -2
-conductor shielded volume con -
trol cable, approximately 371/2" long,
3763 Suspension Spring-Suspension spring,
-
washer and bolt assembly for motor
board Comprising one bolt, two cup
nectors -
complete with two 2 -contact male con -
connects phonograph volume
control and expander control to ampli -
washers, two springs, two "C" washers fier 2.00
4671 Switch
(S8)
-
and one cap nut
Operating switch -
toggle type
.42
.72
4674 Connector -2
-contact male connector for
cable stock Nos. 13619, 13641, 13643,
pilot lamp socket leads, compensator pack
11599 Turntable-Complete 2.90 or input transformer cables .25
-2
13614 Coil -
REPRODUCER ASSEMBLIES
(L38)
Field coil and magnet assembly
13.20
11488 Connector -contact female connector for
cable stock Nos. 12491, 13621, 13623,
13626 or input transformer cable .14
12474 Cone -Reproducer cone (L36) 1.35
4577 Connector- 2 -contact male connector for
Plug -5
-contact male reproducer plug .22 12565
cable stock No. 13642
Connector -4
-contact male connector for
.3012567
13103
Bracket -Tuning lamp mounting bracket
and clamp
Cap -Pilot lamp cap and bull's -eye-Pack -
.25
420
IB-23339-3
(Supplement to IB-23339)
The following sheets contain revised servicing No. 1, 10-35; No. 2, 20-65; No. 3, 55-180;
information for the Cathode Ray Oscillograph, No. 4, 130-450; No. 5, 300-1050; No. 6, 900-
Type TMV-122-C. These sheets are to be used with 3500; No. 7, 2000-7500, and No. 8, 5500-
Instruction Book IB-23339, replacing part of the 18,000 cycles.
servicing information included in that book. Also under "6. Ampl. 'B' Gain Control (horizon-
The theory of operation, installation and opera- tal)" note the following:
tion are thoroughly covered in the instruction Due to the capacity load on this input poten-
book. However, due to a slight circuit change, the tiometer, when operating on "Timing" at the
operation of the "Range" switch is better described higher audio frequencies, linear sweep will
as follows (page 15) :
not be obtained at all settings of this control.
For best results, the control should be set for
7. "Range" switch, S4, selects one of eight tim- maximum linearity, which will occur at
ing capacitor values. It thus changes the about 2/3 full screen deflection.
timing axis oscillator frequency in steps Under "Replacement Parts," note the addition
giving 8 ranges approximately as follows: or changes in the items shown on page 5.
670vf.To 880v.
+70vTo-10olt
+v7tiOOv.
OY.
2.5v.
970v. Tb II50v.
990K To 1080v.
421
,OEE Ob,
m`
,oaVait
ea
000.00C
ei
,000 000
ata
.000 00r z
ta
3
e
IIi
:4
.OA. ,Qº. :.9.takavl
Ve
422
www.americanradiohistory.com
1
2
5
--------
i
,r
a°``
g
---
-,QQQ01
+ m
;_ Y
rrj09Efi"Me
&
pob000ifDó3Doo4ùúimòooóùùóDao
't
ßSS
ºÑ
*
e
I
i
LJ
1
423
www.americanradiohistory.com
w "e
cd
V! O VI Vf y y
:a
x N tri N N N N
w Ó'
P , 0+
A I I
mo +g
I I I
.5. A O
ár Á OÓ I I
I I I
Á + I
N
z o I I I I I
áá
B©A
s
.-+
a es.
I I
I I I I I
1 }U § 8
ÿ
U U X
a I N I N N
$*aO
.,
2
y w G X O
N
U Ñ o +
a>tA :+
M + +
o
o
« ba
N
ji
0F
°A I I I + + I
i«p ~ ó
Ó 1 Á á .or I I
d o
Ú>G9 I I
+ + +
Id m m
{0 L
« Yd
{0
g<Lly 5 ß.
> óp
$Q
V
c`9Y ô
ó D go v
Le.;
Ñ Ú ÑÚ Ñ P.
U
Ú
0 ND vs
C'+
eF á aoo oQ ui
F
Á
ax
d.0ti
,w
A
w)z
.r N e N ,O
424
List Stock DESCRIPTION List
Stock DESCRIPTION Price No. Price
No.
4244 Cap -Contact cap-Package of 5 $0.20 4687 Resistor-1000 ohms -Carbon type -
5198 Capacitor -33 mmfd. (C31).
5197 Capacitor-460 mmfd. (C23)
.16
.18 5199 Resistor-4700 ohms -Carbon type -
1/2 watt (R8, R32) -Package of 10.
2.00
-
.
5115 Capacitor -1350 mmfd. (C24) .25 14 watt (R26) -Package of 5 1.00
4439 Capacitor-3400 mmfd. (C3, C6) .... .35 5205 Resistor -8200 ohms -Carbon type
1 watt (R33, R38) .22
5005 Capacitor-3500 mmfd. (C25). .16
3381 Resistor -10,000 ohms -Carbon type
11315 Capacitor -.015 mfd. (C43) .20
.18 1/4 watt (R27) -Package of 5 1.00
5196 Capacitor -0.035 mfd. (C27) 5206 Resistor -36,000 ohms -wire wound
4841 Capacitor -0.1 mfd. (C28) 22
(R34) .35
4840 Capacitor -0.25 mfd. (C11, C12, C29, 3252 Resistor-100,000 ohms -Carbon type
C30) .30 -1/2 watt (R39) -Package of 5.... 1.00
5170 Capacitor-0.25 mfd. (Cl, C4, C22, 12529 Resistor-270,000 ohms -Carbon type
C32) .25 -1 watt (R18) -Package of 6 1.10
4844 Capacitor Pack -Two sections of 0.2 5200 Resistor -330,000 ohms -Carbon type
mfd. each (C33, C34) 7.25 -1/2 watt (R29) -Package of 5.... 1.00
7960 Knob-Range or Ext. Sync. switch 12530 Resistor -390,000 ohms -Carbon type
-1
knob
5207 Potentiometer - Frequency control
potentiometer (R31)
.20
1.35
5202
watt (R20, R21) -Package of 5. 1.10
Resistor-470,000 ohms-Carbon type
-1/2 watt (R30) -Package of 5.... 1.00
5201 Resistor-220 ohms -Carbon type- 5203 Resistor -820,000 ohms -Carbon type
1/2 watt (R28) -Package of 5 1.00 -1/2 watt (R37) -Package of 5.... 1.00
11932 Resistor-330 ohms -Carbon type- 5204 Resistor-1.5 megohm-Carbon type
12531
1/10 watt (R40) -Package of 5
Resistor-910 ohms -Carbon type-
1/2 watt (R2, R6) -Package of 5
.75
1.00
11896 Transformer-Power transformer
105.125 volts -25-60 cycles
-
-1/2 watt (R35, R36) -Package of 5 1.00
12.55
425
www.americanradiohistory.com
IB-23339- 4
(Supplement to IB-23339)
The following sheets contain revised servicing book. However, due to a slight circuit change, the
information for the Cathode Ray Oscillograph, operation of the "Range" switch is better described
Type TMY-122-D. These sheets are to be used with as follows (page 15) :
Instruction Book IB-23339, replacing part of the 7. "Range" switch, S4, selects one of eight tim-
servicing information included in that book. ing capacitor values. It thus changes the
The timing axis oscillator range extends down timing axis oscillator frequency in steps
to approximately four cycles per second and the giving 8 ranges approximately as follows:
low -frequency response of the horizontal and ver- No. 1, 4-14; No. 2, 1246; No. 3, 40-160; No.
tical amplifiers is better than that of the TMV- 4, 130-450; No. 5, 300-1050; No. 6, 900-
122-B. Two dual tip jacks are provided to allow
3500; No. 7, 2000-7500; No. 8, 5500-18,000
the use of d.c. deflecting voltages when desired. cycles.
The dual jack on the right (S8) is used for hori-
zontal deflection, the one on the left (S9) for Also under "6. Ampl. 'B' Gain Control (horizon-
vertical. In both cases the lower jack is connected tal)" note the following:
to the ungrounded deflecting plate of the RCA -906 Due to the capacity load on this input poten-
tube. The beam shift controls are still operative tiometer, when operating on "Timing" at the
for shifting the spot position. Care should be taken higher audio frequencies, linear sweep will
if any connection is made to the oscillograph not be obtained at all settings of this control.
chassis, as a d.c. voltage may exist between the pin For best results, the control should be set for
jacks and chassis, depending upon the settings of maximum linearity, which will occur at
the beam shift controls. about 2/3 full screen deflection.
The theory of operation, installation and opera- Under "Replacement Parts," note the addition
tion are thoroughly covered in the instruction or changes in the items shown on page 5.
4 2.5v
3.4v. 'soy fi
120V.
426
www.americanradiohistory.com
q wGJ
0 0ee,p
431
x
F ,
a+
0
N
N
o
N
N
N
Nul
N N
N
Ñ
fi, 0 >
á.
O wU
cá
+g
I I I I I
«
*de
Á
0A
g
«.
+I
I I I I I
ßb d o I I I I I
>ó0 z
«`á ó
Z
«.
II
I I I I I
A
rto
e
V
óO\ a
ä Q
N
ce
N
I I
o8
ÚÚ ,.°°.
2' .
d
O ^0 X . o
oin o +
a .leA
g I
o°U
N
> ' M + + + o
AÉ° q
I 1 1 + + I
ob «c
«d
I.
Ú> GA
q V a
°o`
I
I I
e
+
e
+ +
P,
or
e
°ú
re
ó
CD
ó $
.0_U
d
>
P óó O
äo e p N
.. U
p 73 U
f U
4. g o NÚ
z 2
OC
L ó $ "; 11?
C F Ú Ú Ú Ú Ú Ú
0.i Pi Fi 0.i PC
Á 0.'i
C
OG
ú
N N M e N e
ri2z
427
www.americanradiohistory.com
l
ooO ooi
ct ö
000 000wi
131111
xg
=1F
qa
428
www.americanradiohistory.com
r
L______j
iV1rNZ1ä0M
(o) NSIN
f oa000000'6060oao
Cr
y V N
K C
- I --- --- I ----J
429
www.americanradiohistory.com
Stock
Na DESCRIPTION List
Price No.DESCRIPTION
Stock List
4244 Cap -Contact cap -Package of 5 $0.20 4687 Resistor -1000 ohms -Carbon type - Pelee
5198
5197
Capacitor -33 mmfd. (C31)
Capacitor -460 mmfd. (C23)
.16
.18 5199 Resistor-4700 ohms-Carbon type -
1/2 watt (R8, R32) -Package of 10. 2.00
5115
4439
5005
Capacitor -1350 mmfd. (C24)
Capacitor-3400 mmfd. (C3, C6) ...
Capacitor -3500 mmfd. (C25)
.25
.35
.16
1/4 watt (R26) -Package of 5
5205 Resistor-8200 ohms -Carbon type
1 watt (R33, R38)
- 1.00
.22
11315 Capacitor -.015 mfd. (C43) .20 3381 Resistor-10,000 ohms -Carbon type
5196 Capacitor -0.035 mfd. (C27) .18 1/4 watt (R27) -Package of 5 1.00
4841 Capacitor -0.1 mfd. (C28) .22 5206 Resistor-36,000 ohms -wire wound
4840 Capacitor-0.25 mfd. (C11, C12, (R34) .35
C30)
5170 Capacitor -0.25 mfd. (C1, C4)
.30
.25
3252 Resistor-100,000 ohms -C a rb on
type -1/2 watt (R39) -Package of
11897 Capacitor-1.0 mfd. (C44, C45, C46) . 3.70 5 1.00
4844 Capacitor Pack-Two sections of 0.2 12529 Resistor-270,000 ohms -C ar bo n
mfd. each (C33, C34)
11898 Jack-Dual tip pin jack
7.25 type -1watt (R18) -Package of 5. 1.10
7960 Knob -Range or Ext. Sync. switch
.22
5200 Resistor-330,000 ohms -C arb o n
type-1/2 watt (R29) -Package of 5. 1.00
knob
11899 Plug -Pin tip plug for jack, Stock
.20
12530 Resistor-390,000 ohms -C arbo n
No. 11898 -Package of 4 .46 type -1watt (R20, R21) -Package
5207 Potentiometer -Frequency control
potentiometer (R31)
5201 Resistor-220 ohms -Carbon type-
1.35
of 5
5202 Resistor-470,000 ohms - Carbo n
type-1/2 watt (R30) -Package of 5.
1.10
1.00
1/2 watt (R28) -Package of 5 1.00 5203 Resistor-820,000 ohms -C a rb on
11932 Resistor-330 ohms -Carbon type- type-1/2 watt (R37) -Package of 5. 1.00
1/10 watt (R40) -Package of 5 .75 5204 Resistor-1.5 megohm-Carbon type
12531 Resistor -910 ohms -Carbon type- -1/2 watt (R35, R36) -Package of
1/2 watt (R2, R6) -Package of 5 1.00 5 . 1.00
430
www.americanradiohistory.com
BEAT FREQUENCY OSCILLATOR
TYPE TMV-134-A
INTRODUCTION
These instructions cover description, operation, dred. This neon lamp acts as a pilot lamp when not
maintenance, and servicing of the Type TMV-134-A used for calibrating purposes, indicating whether or
Beat Frequency Oscillator; a portable, self-contained not power is being applied to the instrument.
instrument for generating audio frequencies from 30
to 15,000 cycles. In general, this instrument may be
used wherever it is desired to obtain audio frequencies
between the ranges given above and is applicable for
measuring the fidelity of radio receivers, the fre-
quency response of audio amplifiers, transformer char-
acteristics, filter characteristics, the frequency charac-
teristics of amateur transmitters, frequency measure-
ments, speed measurements, hearing tests, etc. It op-
erates entirely from an a -c source of 110-120 volts,
50-60 cycles. The Radiotrons used, and the type cir-
cuits in which each is employed are thoroughly de-
scribed in the section entitled "Circuit description."
Another important feature is the output trans-
former which provides for perfect load matching be-
tween the oscillator output and the most frequently
encountered impedances; namely, 5,000 ohms, 500
ohms, and 250 ohms. This transformer is also center -
tapped for proper operation on balanced-to -ground
lines. The output signal is continuously controllable.
A very accurate means of checking the oscillator
frequency against the power-supply frequency, for Figure 1-Beat Frequency Oscillator
calibration purposes, is provided by means of a neon
lamp. At multiple or sub -multiple frequencies of the A number of applications and methods of use of
power-supply frequency, it is possible to check the this Beat Frequency Oscillator are outlined under the
oscillator frequency to better than one part in a hun- section entitled "Applications."
OPERA TION
Insert the power cord into a convenient power - plates flashing on and off together. This setting
supply outlet of 110-120 volts, 50-60 cycles. Turn the should be made so as to obtain the longest time be-
110 -volt a -c switch "On" and turn the indicator tween flashes, thus indicating zero beat and proper
switch "On." The neon lamp should glow, indicating calibration. The movement of the "Cal. Adj." knob
that power is applied to the instrument. After ap- (at the outer rim) to obtain this condition will be ap-
proximately one minute, the tubes will be heated and proximately 1/16 -inch clockwise from the reference
the oscillator will be in operating condition. For best position.
stability, as with any equipment of this nature, it is To check this calibration, advance the main control
advisable to allow the component parts of the unit to to a frequency setting twice that of the power-supply
reach a steady operating temperature. The time will frequency. The neon lamp will glow steadily and by
vary with the ambient temperature of the room and moving the main frequency control slightly above or
may require from one -quarter to one-half hour. Turn slightly below this setting, the plates of the neon
the indicator switch to "Cal." and advance the out- lamp will flash alternately one plate and then the
put control to its maximum clockwise position. Set other plate. These flashes will not be as bright as for
the main frequency control to the frequency of the the calibration position. The output control should
power supply (60 cycles for 60 -cycle supply or 50 be reduced for this check.
cycles for 50 -cycle supply). Rotate the "Cal. Adj." When using the TMV-122-B Cathode -Ray Oscillo -
knob back and forth and stop at the point where the graph, connect the 5,000 -ohm terminals of the TMV-
neon lamp goes out entirely. This setting is used as 134-A to the vertical input terminals on the oscillo -
a reference position only. Now, slowly move the graph and set the oscillograph synchronizing switch
"Cal. Adj." knob in a clockwise direction from this to its 60 -cycle (center) position. Set the main fre-
reference position. The neon lamp will flicker slowly quency control of the TMV-134-A to the frequency
at first, then speed up, and then slow down to a very of the power supply and rotate the "Cal. Adj." knob
few brilliant flashes per second with both neon lamp back and forth and stop at the point where the oscillo -
431
graph image appears as a straight horizontal line. When connecting the output terminals to the de-
This is the reference position only. Now, advance vice being tested, connect the 250-, 500-, or 5,000 -
the "Cal. Adj." knob clockwise until a single sine ohm terminals to a load which has an impedance com-
wave appears on the oscillograph screen. To check, parable to 250, 500, or .5,000 ohms respectively. It is
advance the main frequency control to a setting of preferable to have the load impedance equal to that
twice the power -supply frequency. At this setting, of the terminals to which it is connected; however, if
two sine waves should appear on the screen. an exact match cannot be obtained, select the ter-
CAUTION. It is possible to obtain an indication minals which have the next lower impedance than
of correct calibration when the "Cal. Adj." knob is that of the load.
turned in a counter -clock wise direction from the ref- The output transformer has a center -tap for feed-
erence point. This will be detected in a check at ing lines or circuits which are balanced to ground.
twice the power-supply frequency as the neon lamp This center -tap is not grounded to the case (chassis)
will go out entirely, or, if the cathode-ray oscillograph of the TMV-134-A. If hum is encountered, it is ad-
is used, the image will appear as a horizontal line. visable to try various grounding combinations from
A pair of headphones connected across the 5,000 - the TMV-134-A case, or center -tap, or both, to the
ohm terminals may be used to listen to the signal ground of the instrument under test. If one side of
when becoming familiar with calibration. When cor- the input of the equipment being tested is grounded,
rectly calibrated, the frequency should increase when do not ground the center -tap of the output trans-
the main frequency control is turned clockwise from former unless it is used as the terminal to the
its 30 -cycle mark. When incorrectly calibrated, the grounded side. For balanced input lines where the
frequency will decrease when this control is rotated center -tap of the equipment under test is grounded,
from its 30-cycle mark to a dial reading of twice the best results will normally be obtained by connecting
frequency of the power supply, then increases beyond the center -tap of the output transformer to the same
that point. The latter is to be avoided. With a little point of ground as the center-tap of the instrument
practice the correct calibration point will be readily under test. Shielded and twisted leads will normally
distinguished. After calibration, the indicator switch be advantageous when protection against hum pickup
should be turned to its "On" position. The instru- is necessary, or, when running the leads a consider-
ment is then ready for operation. able distance from the TMV-134-A.
APPLICAI IONS
Several general applications to which this Beat 250 -ohm terminals of the TMV-134-A and, another
Frequency Oscillator can be applied are outlined similar meter across the loudspeaker voice coil. The
below. Figures 2 to 6 show methods of connection arrangement is shown by figure 2. Set the test oscil-
and means of measurement for these applications. lator to 1,000 kc and adjust its output to deliver ap-
The two meters used for audio -frequency measure- proximately 2 millivolts into the receiver antenna
.
ments may be vacuum -tube voltmeters or rectifier a -c stage. This output will be obtained from the TMV-
meters capable of measuring high audio frequencies. 97-C test oscillator with its Hi -Lo switch set to "Lo"
The same type meters should be used in each posi- and its output control set to maximum. Adjust the
tion for greatest accuracy. frequency of the TMV-134-A to a frequency between
3,500 and 5,000 cycles to give best indication on the
Fidelity Characteristics of Radio Receivers
meter as explained below, and adjust its output to 5.4
An over-all electrical fidelity characteristic of a volts. Tune the radio receiver to the 1,000-kc signal
radio receiver consists of applying a modulated r -f and advance its volume control until the meter across
signal into the antenna stage and measuring the audio the voice coil shows an observable indication. Tune
output voltage (at various modulating frequencies) the receiver back and forth through the signal, noting
across the loudspeaker voice coil. that two peaks will be observed on the meter. These
Connect the 230 -ohm output terminals of the peaks indicate the side -band response. The receiver
o
h
;o o
OO
RECEIVER
UNDER
EST
TIN-134R
TMV-117C
432
www.americanradiohistory.com
impedance, the voltage required across the voice coil R2 to the total resistance R1 +
R2 will determine
to obtain this power may be calculated by use of the the voltage E2 which is applied to the amplifier when
formula: the output voltage E1 of the TMV-134-A is known.
E (volts) = VW x Zvc R2 should always be less than one -twentieth of the
input impedance of the amplifier. Example: Assume
Where W is the desired output in watts and Zvc the input voltage E2 to an audio amplifier for rated
is the impedance of the voice coil in ohms.
output is 0.1 volt. Using the 5,000 -ohm terminals of
Example: The desired output is 0.1 watt and the the TMV-134-A, R1 + R2, should be 5,000 ohms.
voice coil impedance is 3 ohms, the voltage is
A convenient value to adjust the TMV-134-A output
E = x/0.1 x 3 = V0.3 = 0.55 for these terminals is 10 volts. The voltage ratio be-
By rearranging this formula, the power in watts de- tween the output of the TMV-134-A and the input
livered to the voice coil -may be calculated by
W (watts) =
(E)2 then be i
of the amplifier will then be 100 to 1. R2 should
of R1 + R2 or 50 ohms. R1 should
be 5,000 - 50 or 4,950 ohms. This example is given
as a guide for calculating the values of resistance
Zvc
using the same values as above needed. Any combination of resistance values may
be worked out to give the required input voltage.
(0.55)2 0.3 The voltage gain of an amplifier is the ratio of the
W = _ = 0.1 output voltage to the input voltage. Using the attenu-
3 3 ator and reading the two meters in the circuits of
After setting the volume control to obtain the figure 3, knowing the values of R1 and R2, the
specified output at 400 cycles, vary the frequency of E3 (R1 + R2) This formule
the TMV-134-A through the desired audio range, Gain = with R. or R,
omitted.
keeping its output at 5.4 volts (this gives approxi- R2 X E1
p ®
SOLOW
TMV-134q
433
www.americanradiohistory.com
nected to the speaker voice coil or an equivalent load be a vacuum -tube voltmeter. For lower impedance
resistor R7. The decrease in the output load imped- values, M-2 + R9 in parallel must be equal to the
ance caused by the meter should be taken into con- output impedance of the filter.
sideration for best accuracy. For transformers having push-pull primaries, R8
Audio Transformers and Filter Characteristics should be equal to the sum of the plate resistances of
the tubes from which the transformer works and the
The above arrangement for audio amplifiers will total primary connected to the circuit. When the
apply to input transformers. The value of RQ should transformer has a push-pull secondary, the voltmeter
be equal to the input impedance of the transformer, and load should be connected across the total winding.
and the load on the secondary should be equal to the For output transformers (not push-pull) R9 should
load into which it works. Where it connects directly be equal to the voice coil impedance of the speaker
to a tube, a vacuum -tube voltmeter will approximate for which' it was designed.
the tube load and will be the only loading required.
Re Amateur Transmitter Over-all Frequency Characteristics
INTERSTROE
OR
When taking over-all frequency characteristics of
II1j1
OUTPUT 'TRANS
an amateur transmitter, some type of modulation indi-
SATT.
cator is necessary. The most convenient device for this
TMv-13411 use is a Cathode -Ray Oscillograph such as the Type
Figure 4-Audio Transformer Characteristics TMV-122-B. Connect the TMV-134-A to the trans-
mitter microphone transformer (one 5,000 -ohm ter-
Normally, the step-up ratio is high and an attenuator minal to high side, and center -tap to transmitter
should be used. Calculations for gain will be the ground) as in-licated in figure 5; also, connect the
same as for amplifiers. TMV-134-A to the "Ext. Sync." terminals of the
For audio interstage and output transformers (ex- Cathode -Ray Oscillograph. Place a pickup coil near
cept push-pull) it may be necessary to pass current the output of the power amplifier stage of the trans-
through the primary winding. The battery voltage mitter and connect it to the vertical input of the
should be such that the current is equivalent to the Cathode -Ray Oscillograph.
normal current under operating conditions. Figure 4 The audio voltage from the TMV-134-A should
shows the arrangement. This current is measured by then be held constant to give the desired percentage
a d -c milliammeter M-3 inserted in series with the modulation at a given audio frequency, normally
primary. Resistor R8 should be equal to the plate 1,000 cycles. The sweep -frequency oscillator in the
impedance of the tube from which the transformer oscillograph should be adjusted to give approximately
works, and R9 should be equivalent to the secondary three patterns on the screen. Data is then taken for
loading-normally the capacity between tube elements variation in percentage modulation with variation in
-and a vacuum -tube voltmeter will approximate this audio frequency. Measuring the percentage modula-
load. Likewise, if R9 is high, a vacuum -tube volt- tion is fully covered in the instructions on the TMV-
meter should be used. Any special loading on either 122-B Oscillograph.
434
www.americanradiohistory.com
the rotating member. The number of sections varies until the segments appear motionless and of the same
inversely with the speed. width as the original size of the segments.
The number of black spaces can be readily chosen In some cases, more than 45 volts may be used
by trial in the formula This can best be determined by turning the TMV-
134-A output control to its minimum position and
60 X f
RPM =
N Ili
SETE
I
D
B=1 Nf NECMINE
SERVICE DATA
Electrical Specifications
Power -Supply Rating:
Voltage. 110-120 A.C.
Frequency. 50-60 Cycles
Power Consumption. 15 Watts
Fuse Protection Vz Ampere
Mechanical Specifications
Over-all Dimensions:
Height. 61/2 inches
Width. 93/4 inches
Depth 41/2 inches
Weights:
Net 103/4 pounds
Shipping. 13 pounds
Circuit Description
The RCA TMV-134-A Beat Frequency Oscillator is amplifiedand fed to the output transformer. Refer-
consists of two radio-frequency oscillators whose out- ring to the schematic circuit diagram (figure 7) the
puts are combined in a detector to produce the de- following action takes place.
sired audio beat-note or difference frequency which A fixed r -f oscillator stage, consisting of a self-
435
www.americanradiohistory.com
= o
<Ñ
...
O.
Ci Ó
/
.
K
reF
III1111
m O m m
to
N pl
O X"X7i1 rv33aD
V V V ,
W
00I1
>- II
in
Ñ
o-
U
000'00S -92I
II
Ñp.WW£E-513
ó 4 I I
ml,,WWSL-410
N
J YI
9WWçIlII
LI D
00089
u-,
Cr
U
cc
II
4
4
NÓ mÓ nr
Q
je-'1"Q
4
y -Oo II
Ñ
3019 U
O
00
yl
UO
f
3T Ó
Ñ m II
K ._ J F
O
I U
one C
o
o
L
- o
r
I m
o
o-O
a.0
cip
co
ce
00,.
o
f o
o
T
J f 4 NV
Q
LvL'I Q I I I
.,,ST
,r000'001
La
436
www.americanradiohistory.com
W m S' lzce
< r
4
m m 'a
T
m
a
m
W
ú
a
m
Y
J
m
WN
í~.11L
m0
gt
1- Z
Z
(oóÒóöb06ö80-)
3 m MO)!
M0113A-3f119
NM0219-N7V18
M0113A - 03a
03a N]V19
0 L,
t
3 F
M0113Á-3019 4
J
= 3
^ z MIMI
Y
a
3 W
m ¢ M0113A 11OV18-
c ..
mY c ,ZeetMEdS
--L
> ¡° Z03a --nl I
Y i
1B__. '03a !
.:0
\ J
1
/
H 1
NMOYi
M0113A
rm^',,,:
437
www.americanradiohistory.com
biased RCA -95'4 acorn -type pentode Radiotron and denser C-6 is connected in parallel with the main fre-
its associated capacity and inductance, oscillates at a quency control to change the frequency of the vari-
frequency of 350 kc; the second grid of this tube able oscillator for setting the calibration point.
operates as the oscillator plate. The plate (termed
"work plate") is electron coupled to the oscillation- Maintenance
generating portion of the tube and feeds into the
primary of the i -f transformer. The secondary of this The various diagrams given in this booklet contain
i -f transformer is connected in series with the cathode
such information as will be needed to locate causes
of the self -biased RCA -955 acorn -type detector tube for defective operation if such develops. The values
which provides detector -cathode modulation at the of the various resistors, capacitors, and inductances
frequency of the fixed oscillator. are indicated adjacent to the symbols signifying these
parts on the diagrams. Identification titles, such as
The variable r -f oscillator stage consists of a similar R-3, L-2, and C-1, etc., are provided for reference
circuit to that of the fixed oscillator except that the between the illustrations and the Replacement Parts
main frequency control C-22 is connected across L-4
List. These identifications are in a sequence which
and provides the required variable capacity to change begins at the left of the diagram and increases nu-
the frequency from 30 to 15,000 cycles below that of
merically from left to right, thus facilitating the loca-
the fixed oscillator. The electron -coupled work plate tion of such parts on the schematic diagram.
is resistance -capacitance coupled to the grid of the
RCA -955 detector tube. This provides detector -grid The coils, reactors, and transformer windings are
modulation at the frequency of the variable oscillator.
rated in terms of their d -c resistance. This method of
rating provides ready means for checking continuity
The method of electron coupling of each oscillator of circuits. Suspected faulty circuits or parts may be
circuit provides good stability and effectually prevents checked and their resistances compared with the value
external circuit effects reflecting to the oscillator cir- given on the schematic diagram.
cuits, which would otherwise have a tendency to Failure of operation may result from:
cause frequency drift, instability, and non -uniform (1) Power supply being "off."
output. (2) Open fuse within the instrument.
The two r -f oscillator signals, one entering the (3) Defective tubes.
cathode circuit and one entering the grid circuit, are (4) Defects within the instrument itself.
detected by the RCA -95S Radiotron. The output of Low output or improper calibration may result from:
this stage is fed to the control grid of the RCA -95S (1) Improper alignment of the various circuits.
fixed -bias amplifier through a two -stage r -f filter. This (2) Oscillator coil shields loose or removed.
filter allows only the detected audio voltage to be ap- (3) Defective tubes.
plied to the amplifier grid. The output control R-6 (4) Improper setting of control knobs on shafts.
is connected in the grid circuit of the amplifier stage (S) Defects within the instrument itself.
and allows continuous control of the output voltage. CAUTION.-Disconnect power supply before re-
The output of the amplifier stage is then fed into a moving case.
statically shielded output transformer. This trans- Care in removing the case will prevent damage to
former is designed to work into loads of 250, 500, or the internal parts, especially the acorn -type Radio-
5,000 ohms. A center -tap is provided so that lines or trons. After the four screws around the front panel
circuits of these impedances may be balanced to are removed, the panel should be tilted forward and
ground. the case carefully slipped off. DO NOT PLACE
The power supply consists of an RCA -84 full -wave THE INSTRUMENT IN SUCH A POSITION AS
rectifier working into a condenser input -filter circuit. TO REST ON OR DAMAGE THE ACORN
The output of the filter circuit supplies the d -c volt- TUBE TOP (PLATE) CONTACTS.
ages required for the various circuits of the apparatus.
A neon lamp is used either as a pilot lamp or as a Alignment Procedure
calibration indicator depending on the position of the Correct alignment of both oscillator circuits is
indicator switch. In the "calibration" position a por- necessary for proper frequency calibration, and cor-
tion of the a -c voltage from the high -voltage winding rect adjustment of the i -f transformer primary trim-
of the power transformer is impressed on one plate of mer is essential for proper output. All of these cir-
the neon lamp from the junction of resistors R-8 and cuits should be properly adjusted every six months
R-9 through a 100,000 -ohm resistor R-7. The other or immediately after any repairs or replacements have
plate of the neon lamp is connected through C-21 to been made which affect the oscillator circuits. If
the output of the RCA -955 amplifier. Proper calibra- either or both of the RCA -954 oscillator tubes have
tion is indicated when the two frequencies applied to been interchanged or replaced, these circuits should
the neon lamp are the same. The lamp will then stay also be aligned, since correct alignment depends on
lit continuously or stay out continuously depending the tube characteristics. Adherence to these points
on the phase relation of the applied voltages. When will assure continued accuracy of calibration and out-
the frequencies are nearly the same, both plates of put. Proceed as follows:
the lamp will flash together at the difference fre- Remove the instrument from its case and place it
quency. In the "on" position, the neon lamp is con- on one side so that all trimmer adjustments are acces-
nected from the junction of resistors R-9 and R-10 sible. Make sure that the two oscillator shields are
to ground and acts as a pilot lamp. A small air con- securely screwed in place and that all tubes are in
438
www.americanradiohistory.com
secure contact with their socket terminals. Make sure Resetting Controls
that both oscillator plate leads are making good con- The main frequency control pointer should coin-
tact with the top connections on these tubes. Reset cide exactly with the 15,000-cycle mark when the
the control knobs, as explained in section below, if variable condenser is set to its position for maximum
necessary. capacity. If, for any reason, this pointer does not
stop at this position, remove the bakelite knob by
Fixed Oscillator Alignment loosening its set screw and loosen the two set screws
Place the instrument in operation with both the in the collar to which the main pointer is attached.
power and indicator switches to their "On" positions, Turn the condenser shaft clockwise until the con-
the output control to its maximum (clockwise) posi- denser plates are in their full -mesh (maximum -
tion, and the main control to its 15,000 -cycle position. capacity) position. Set the pointer of the main fre-
Tune in a radio receiver accurately to 700 kc-either quency control exactly on the 15,000-cycle mark and
to a broadcast station or to an RCA TMV-133-A tighten the set screws, making sure that neither the
Crystal Calibrator. The crystal calibrator should be condenser shaft nor the pointer shifts as these screws
connected for d -c plate operation, using 22V2 volts or are tightened; then replace the bakelite tuning knob.
more with its output switch to its "Lo" position. This This setting must be exact for accurate frequency
gives the seventh harmonic for the 700-kc signal. calibration.
Connect a lead from any one of the output terminals The pointers on both the calibration -adjustment
of the Beat Frequency Oscillator to the antenna ter- (Cal. Adj.) knob and the output knob should be in
minal on the receiver, leaving the receiver antenna a vertical position when the controls are set midway
connected. These operations will feed two signals between their stops. These knobs may be reset by
into the receiver: (1) The broadcast station carrier loosening their set screws and resetting the knobs to
or the Crystal Calibrator frequency, and (2) the fixed their correct positions.
oscillator frequency from the Beat Frequency Oscil-
lator. The second harmonic of the fixed oscillator will 1,.
439
To fulfill the conditions under which these voltages nite means of tracing tube trouble. After replacing
were measured requires a 1,000 -ohm -per -volt a -c/d -c either of the oscillator tubes, the circuits should be
voltmeter having ranges of 10, 50, and 250 volts. re -aligned as explained under "Alignment procedure."
Use the nearest range above the voltage to be meas-
ured. The two oscillator shield cans must be un- Fuse Replacement
screwed and removed to measure the voltages of the A small %2 -ampere cartridge fuse provides protec-
oscillator tubes. tion of the power system. The fuse block is mounted
beside the RCA -84 rectifier tube socket on the top
Radiotrons side of the chassis. This fuse is intended to protect
the entire power system of this instrument and, there-
Under ordinary usage, within the ratings specified fore, should not be replaced with one having a higher
for voltage supply, tube life should be consistent with rating nor be shorted out. A fuse failure should be
that obtained in other applications. Low output, in- carefully investigated before making a replacement
ability to calibrate, or total failure of operation may since fuses of good quality fail only under conditions
be indicative of tube trouble. Caution should be of overload. The cause may originate from a surge
taken to make sure that all tubes are in proper con- in the power -supply line, but more likely the reason
tact with their socket terminals. may be found in the apparatus protected, such as
If tube trouble is suspected, the tubes should be shorted rectifier elements, etc. Poor contact of the
removed from their sockets and tested in a reliable fuse clips may result in an open fuse due to the heat
tube -testing device. Replacing a questionable tube developed. These contacts should, therefore, be kept
with one known to be good is another sure and defi- clean and in secure contact with the fuse.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased
from any authorized dealers.
STOCK LIST STOCK
DESCRIPTION LIST
N0. PRICE No. DESCRIPTION
PRICE
4146 Block-Fuse block .35 5030 Resistor-470 ohms -Carbon type -1/4
12334 Cap -Grid contact cap -Package of 5 .60 watt (R15) -Package of 5
12338 Capacitor-Adjustable capacitor as in oscil- 1.00
5199 Resistor -4700 ohms -Carbon type -1/4
lator coil assembly (C5, C7) .46 watt (R13) -Package of 5
12345 Capacitor pack -Comprising two 5 mfd., 1.00
11987 Resistor -4700 ohms -Carbon type -1/2
one 10 mfd., one 20 mfd., and one 12 watt (R11) -Package of 5
mfd., sections (C17, C18, C19, C20, 1.00
C23)
5114 Resistor-15,000 ohms-Carbon type -1
12332 Capacitor -33 mmfd. (C15)
11180 Capacitor-75 mmfd. (C14)
8076 Capacitor-115 mmfd. (C13)
3.84
.28
.16
.20
12070
watt (R12)
Resistor-18,000 ohms -Carbon type
1/10 watt (R1, R2) -Package of 5...
- .22
.75
11400 Resistor -27,000 ohms -Carbon type -1/4
12340 Capacitor-450 mmfd. (C4) .34 watt (R3) -Package of 5
12339 Capacitor-470 mmfd. (C3) 1.00
.34 11322 Resistor-39,000 ohms -Carbon type -1/4
12341 Capacitor-770 mmfd. (Cl, C2) .30 watt (R16, R17) -Package of 5
11812 Capacitor -2,000 mmfd. (C10) 1.00
.32 11646 Resistor-47,000 ohms -Carbon type-1/4
4836 Capacitor -.05 mfd. (C8, C9) .30 watt (R14) -Package of 5
4841 Capacitor -0.1 mfd. (C21) .22 12333 Resistor-68,000 ohms -Carbon type -1/4
1.00
4840 Capacitor-.25 mfd. C16)
12346 Clip -Neon lamp clip, terminal, washer
and rivets
.30 watt (R5, R8) -Package of 5
3118 Resistor-100,000 ohms -Carbon type - 1.00
.75
.98 4119 Screw -Set screw for indicator Stock No
12344 Condenser-Variable condenser (C22) 2.48 12479 -Package of 20
12348 Condenser -Variable condenser for cali- .38
12342 Shield -Oscillator coil shield .30
bration adjustment (C6) .84 12336 Socket-954 or 955 Radiotron socket
12351 Escutcheon -Name plate escutcheon for .52
4814 Socket- 5 - contact rectifier Radiotron
front panel 2.58 socket
12350 Foot-Rubber foot-Package of 4 .15
.22 4750 Switch -Double pole double throw toggle
3748 Fuse -1/2 ampere fuse (S4) -Package of 5 .40 switch (S2)
3982 Handle -Carrying handle .94
12479 Indicator-Frequency indicator pointer
12349 Knob -Main frequency adjusting knob-
Package of 5
.60
.48 12335 Transformer -
7900 Switch -"ON-OFF" switch (SI)
Intermediate frequency
transformer, complete with shield (L5,
.75
www.americanradiohistory.com
Electronic Sweep Oscillator
Stock No. 150 and 150A
IB-43357
Part i
OPERATING INSTRUCTION S
WARNING - WHEN POWERON, IS
DISCONNECT POWER CORD
THERE IS A HIGH POTENTIAL WHICH
BEFORE WITHDRAWING CHASSIS.
MAY CAUSE
SEVERE SHOCK.
Introduction
The Stock No. 150 Test Oscillator is a compact, Another method used for taking selectivity data
self-contained, a -c operated, portable instrument of was to hold the r -f input constant and take output
high accuracy and stability designed especially for readings (of various frequencies covering the band
servicing and test purposes. The instrument sup- width of the circuit) by means of a tube voltmeter.
plies an r -f signal of approximately 0.25 volts over These readings when plotted versus frequency on
a frequency range of 90 to 32,000 kc in six (6) each side of resonance, gave the selectivity curve
ranges. This r -f signal may be amplitude modu- of the circuit.
lated approximately 30% at 400 cycles for align- Various other methods have been developed in
ment by meter or oscillograph or frequency the laboratories to supplant these manual .opera-
modulated +20 kc maximum at any frequency in tions. These have taken the form of curve drawing
the above range for use with the Cathode -Ray equipments, in which the response of the circuit
Oscillograph in visual alignment of i -f and r -f cir- is traced on curve paper. This paper is moved in
cuits. The sweep width of the frequency modula- synchronism with the r -f frequency change and the
tion is adjustable for any value between ±20 kc variations in output tube voltmeter are followed
at maximum and ±0.5 kc at minimum. The Double with a pointer suitably connected with the pen
Image Frequency Modulation is accomplished elec- tracing the curve.
tronically (no moving parts) and is entirely free Another method is the string galvanometer oscil-
from amplitude modulation and requires no ex- lograph commonly known as the visual. In this
ternal parts, other than the Cathode -Ray Oscillo - method the resonance trace is actually viewed on
graph, for visual work. A synchronizing voltage for a screen.
locking the timing axis oscillator of the Cathode - A still later development is the Cathode -Ray
Ray Oscillograph is supplied by the instrument. method of viewing the resonance curves. This
Each coil system (fixed and variable oscillator) is method, as does the oscillograph or visual method,
enclosed in individual compartments thus shield- requires an r -f oscillator whose frequency is varied
ing them separately from the remainder of the by a rotating sweep condenser in shunt. with the
oscillator tuning capacitor. A commercial example
oscillatory circuits and the output system. of this type of equipment is the Test Oscillator,
From the earliest days of receiver measure- TMV-97-C and Frequency Modulator TMV-128 in
ments, the characteristics of selectivity and sensi- conjunction with TMV-122 Cathode-Ray Oscillo -
tivity were criterions by which receiver perform- graph.
ance was judged. The outgrowth of these developments and various
One of the first methods of taking selectivity methods is the Frequency Modulated Oscillator
curves was to measure the input to the receiver Stock No. 150 in which all of the drawbacks asso-
necessary to give normal output at frequency inter- ciated with the mechanically operated systems have
vals of 2 kc steps on each side of resonance up to been overcome.
frequencies where the required input was 10,000 Figure 1 shows the general appearance of the
times that required to give normal output at reso- instrument. The front panel carries the following
nance. The curve was then plotted with carrier controls:
frequencies taken as the abscissa and the ordinate 1. Power switch.
as a ratio of the required r -f input voltages at the 2. Semi -full vision illuminated dial calibrated
respective measurement frequencies to the sensi- directly in kilocycles with high and low speed
tivity limit of the receiver. concentric knobs for tuning.
441
www.americanradiohistory.com
3. Three -position modulation control switch: 5. Sweep width control with approximate cali-
1. No modulation (CW). bration from 1 to 40 kc.
2. Amplitude modulation (400 cycles). 6. Output attenuator:
3. Frequency modulation. (a) Stepped coarse control (3 positions).
4. Six -position range switch with following (b) Continuous fine control.
ranges: 7. Output binding posts "High" and "Low."
Position Range KC 8. Synchronizing bind posts "High" and "Low."
1 90-325 9. External modulation jack.
2 325-1,000 The test oscillator is shipped complete with
3 1,000-2,500 Radiotrons. Figures 8 and 9 show the schematic
4 2,500-7,000 and wiring diagrams respectively. A detailed de-
5 7,000-14,500 scription of the circuit and Radiotrons is given
6 14,500-32,000 under Service Data.
Installation
After unpacking the instrument remove the firmly in place; also check grid leads to see that
seven (7) screws holding the front panel to the all four are on the radiotron grid caps. Replace
case and withdraw chassis and front panel feeding
power cord through hole in back of case. Check the case and securing screws and instrument is
radiotrons, pilot light and fuse to see if all are ready for operation.
Connections
R -F and I -F Test ceiver Service Data will usually disclose the proper
Connect the output from the Test Oscillator to point of connection. The Oscillator, Receiver and
the Receiver under test. Connect the "High" ter- Cathode -Ray are connected (preferably with low
minal to Receiver antenna terminal for r-f align- capacity shielded cable) as shown by Figure 3. If
ment through a proper dummy antenna or resistor shielded cable is not available, standard flexible
as advised in the Receiver Service Data (200-ohm wire may be used if the various sets of leads are
resistor will usually give correct alignment) or to well separated from each other.
proper i -f grid for i -f alignment. The "0" terminal Overall Response
of oscillator is connected to the receiver ground
(chassis) in either case. Reference to the receiver Connect output from Oscillator to r-f input of
Instruction Book will disclose the proper points receiver as in r -f connections above. Place the
for making the input connections for either tests. modulation switch on "c-w" position. Plug in a
Connect the receiver to an output indicating meter Beat Frequency Oscillator such as TMV-134-A or
or to a Cathode -Ray Oscillograph for visual align- other external modulating source into the external
ment. The output indicating device may be a modulation jack. The Beat Frequency Oscillator
second detector plate current meter, a voltmeter output should be delivered through a low resist-
on output plates, or a voltmeter or indicating de- ance output transformer, both leads of which must
vice across the cone coil. be isolated from ground and instrument case. The
Beat Frequency Oscillator should be capable of de-
livering 11 volts rms when connected to a 5,000-
I-Fand R -F Test Using Cathode -Ray Oscillograph ohm load for 30% modulation. An output meter
The visual method of both i -f and r -f alignment having a flat frequency characteristic up to the
is preferable. For this method the Cathode -Ray highest audio frequency to be employed may
Oscillograph is preferably connected across the be connected across the speaker cone coil; how-
output of the second detector. Reference to Re- ever, the Cathode -Ray Oscillograph is preferable.
Operation
General (2) Adjust the three-point modulation switch
for the type modulation desired.*
With proper connections established between (3) If frequency modulation is to be employed,
units for test being made, turn test oscillator power adjust the sweep control for the desired sweep
switch to "on" position and proceed to adjust as width.
follows: (4) Adjust the output of the test oscillator to
(1) Adjust the six -point range switch and tun- the particular test requirements. This consists of
ing dial for desired r -f frequency. The tuning dial setting the stepped coarse control and continuous
is calibrated directly in kilocycles with six scales, fine control to give desired output. Both controls
If, due to suh-normal OF7 characteristics, 400 -cycle modu-
one corresponding to each position of range switch. lation of the output is not present, when the instrument la
operating with "Modulation" switch set on "Amp" position,
The concentric tuning knobs give a coarse and fine the "Modulation" switch should be momentarily rotated to
the "Frey" position, and hack to "Amp." This procedure will
control for tuning. start the audio oscillator unless the circuit is actually defective.
www.americanradiohistory.com
: s:?>í,:.
k .
'
ï:.'iegA «54`\
jo
443
at maximum gives approximately 0.25 volts. Lower
signal output values should be obtained by reduc-
ing the stepped control to the approximate value
desired and then making final adjustment with the
fine control rather than trying to cover the entire
reduction by use of the fine control.
Figure 4-b
I -F and R-F Alignment with Indicating Meter
With modulation switch set for amplitude modu-
lation, adjust the attenuator controls to give the
desired reading on the indicating meter on the
output of the receiver. The receiver i -f or r -f trim-
mers should then be adjusted in accordance with
the instructions in the Service Notes for the par-
ticular receiver. To avoid a -v -c action in receiver
on r -f alignment, it is advisable to use the mini-
mum signal from the test oscillator at which align-
ment can be affected. The Service Data for the Figure 4-c
receiver generally suggests a method for eliminat-
ing a-v -c action during alignment. If this sugges-
tion is followed, the input will not be critical but
must always be kept below the overload point for
the receiver.
Figure 4-a
Figure 4-f
444
www.americanradiohistory.com
lead normally on the grid, the low side of the test the first detector and r-f trimmers for symmetry
oscillator output returning to chassis ground. If and maximum height of the two curves. If the first
the grid is not at zero d -c potential with respect to detector and r -f trimmers shift the frequency (shift
ground, connect the high side of the test oscillator the resonance curves apart) the oscillator trimmer
to the grid (disconnecting the lead on the grid) should be readjusted to bring the receiver back to
and the other side to the "-C" lead for this grid. proper frequency.
The "Vertical" binding posts of the oscillograph The receiver should then be tuned to the low
should be connected to the audio output of the frequency end of the band, the test oscillator
second detector. For a diode detector this connec- changed to the low frequency aligning point and
tion may be across the volume control alone or the receiver low frequency oscillator trimmer ad-
across both the volume control and automatic justed for symmetry and maximum height of
volume control resistor, if this connection is con- curves.
venient. When the second detector is a triode, Refer to detailed circuit description under Service
tetrode or pentode, resistance -coupled to the first Data and note that, due to the beat frequency prin-
audio stage, the connection to the "High" binding ciple on which this instrument operates, there will
post may be to the plate of the tube. The "0" post be present in the output, frequencies correspond-
being connected to ground. In the case of a triode, ing to the sum of the two oscillators, the difference
tetrode or pentode, transformer or impedance - and the fundamental of the variable oscillator, the
coupled to the first audio stage, connect a resistor harmonics of the fixed oscillator being effectively
of approximately 20,000 ohms in series with the suppressed. On the higher frequencies the sum and
plate of the tube and by-pass the inductance in the difference frequencies will be present 1,600 kc
plate circuit by a 1.0 mfd. or larger capacitor. This apart with the variable oscillator half -way between.
changes the impedance of the plate circuit to resist- The dial scale is calibrated in terms of the sum
ance rather than inductive reactance; the "High" frequency on the last two bands. In order to de-
binding post should be connected to the plate of termine if the receiver is tuned to frequency indi-
the tube and the "0" post to ground in order to cated by the dial scale, where there may be some
take the audio voltage off this resistor. doubt on the higher frequencies, it is advisable to
With above connections and adjustments prop- turn modulation switch to frequency modulation
erly made, two superimposed resonance traces and tune the receiver to these two points. The
should appear on the Cathode-Ray Oscillograph variable oscillator will appear with no modulation
screen. The i -f trimmers are then adjusted for half -way between these two, i. e.:
complete symmetry and maximum amplitude of Oscillator set at 20 megacycles.
the two traces. When this occurs the stage is sym- 3 signals present.
metrically aligned with respect to the i -f frequency 1 at 20,000 kc frequency.
(see Figures 4a, 4b, 4c and 4d). 1 at 19,200 kc unmodulated.
In cases where complete symmetry of curves can- 1 at 18,400 kc frequency modulated.
not be obtained the amplitude increases rapidly When using amplitude modulation, the 400 -cycle
when alignment frequency is approached, trouble audio modulation will appear superimposed on
is apt to be regeneration in the i -f stages. This the oscillographic image between approximately
may be coupling in the common power supply due 799 and 801 kc. When using frequency modula-
to an open by-pass capacitor, capacity coupling be- tion, extraneous traces may appear on the oscillo -
tween stages, absence of proper tube shields, etc. graph screen if the test oscillator tuning is within
In any event it is indicative of trouble which, when the Sweep K.C. setting of the fixed oscillator.
corrected, will allow transformer to be aligned Example: Sweep K.C. control set at 20, extraneous
symmetrically. traces may then appear when the test oscillator
The i -f stages should be aligned in reverse order and receiver are tuned to a frequency between 780
starting at last stage and working forward toward and 820 kc. In the majority of cases, the selectivity
the first detector. During i -f alignment, the re- of the i -f system of the receiver will govern the fre-
ceiver tuning dial should be set at some point quency limits at which these waves will appear and
where a variation in its position has no effect on it will be possible to obtain an image on the oscillo -
the i -f curves. graph screen free from extraneous waves up to ±10
kc or less from 800 kc. These extraneous traces will
appear, one on each side of the desired double-
R -F Alignment with Cathode -Ray Oscillograph image trace as the best oscillator tuning approaches
800 kc, at which point the extraneous and desired
R -F alignment is effected in a similar manner traces coincide and give an audio beat -note pattern.
and after the i -f alignment is completed, except When aligning, the extraneous traces should be dis-
that the test oscillator output is connected to re- regarded and the main center traces used. Align-
ceiver antenna and ground and the r -f frequency ment may be affected, in the majority of cases,
selected to suit the aligning points. The receiver within 5 kc of the 800 kc fixed oscillator signal
alignment points will be specified in the Service even though audio modulation pattern may be
Data for the set. The receiver oscillator trimmer noticeable on the lower portion of the desired
should be adjusted first for correct frequency, then curves.
445
If receiver dial scale calibration is out so that peaked, using an output meter across speaker voice
these readings do not check, tune receiver to the coil, with 400 cycles amplitude modulated signal
highest of the three. The receiver will then be cor-
rectly tuned to the frequency indicated by test from the test oscillator.
oscillator dial. On the four lower bands the 1,600
kc difference is far enough apart so as to not be
confusing but it should be borne in mind that the Overall Response Tests
dial scale is calibrated in terms of the difference With proper connections established between
frequency and the lowest of the three signals
should be used if doubt exists. units, tune receiver to 1,000 kc. Adjust test oscil-
If a frequency of exactly 800 kc is desired, the lator controls for r-f frequency and output as re-
range selector should be placed to the highest fre- quired. Readings of receiver output may then be
quency position (14,500-32,000 kc) and the test taken on the output meter or observed on a
oscillator connected as previously outlined for the Cathode -Ray Oscillograph. The beat frequency
particular application. The output signal will then oscillator output may be set at a value to give the
be from the fixed oscillator only. All controls func-
tion normally except the tuning control, which will desired percentage modulation. (A voltage of 11
have no effect at 800 kc when range selector is volts rms will modulate the Stock No. 150 approxi-
placed in position stated. mately 30 per cent.) Since the modulation charac-
teristic of the oscillator is linear, any other per-
R -FAlignment with Output Meter centage may be computed on the basis of 11 volts
The alignment procedure outlined above should rms equals thirty per cent.
be followed except that the r-f trimmers should be EXAMPLE: 60% - 22 volts rms, etc.
Calibration
The instrument operates on the beat frequency tolerance giving a dial scale accuracy of better
principle but the dial scale is calibrated directly than ±1% between the frequencies of 1,000 kc and
in kilocycles in terms of the mixed output. The 32,000 kc. Below 1,000 kc this accuracy may be
variable oscillator frequency is held to a very close slightly less.
446
www.americanradiohistory.com
Part II
SERVICE DATA
Electrical Specifications
Physical Specifications
Height. 91 inches
Width 131 inches
Mechanical Specifications
Depth 71- inches
*All foregoing instructions are based on the To operate the No. 150 on 50 -cycle supply, a
operation of an instrument rated at 60 -cycles 0.1 mfd. capacitor should be added in parallel with
power supply. On instruments of frequency rat- the existing sweep voltage capacitor, C-1.
ings other than 60 -cycles the instructions should CAUTION: The Model No. 150 should not be
be interpreted in terms of the actual operating fre- operated on power supply frequency of less than
quencies; i. e., on 25 -cycle equipment the cathode- 50 -cycles.
ray oscillograph timing axis oscillator would be To operate the No. 150-A on 40 -cycle supply,
locked at 50-cycles. The instrument is supplied in remove the jumper between the terminals of ca-
two models: pacitor C-43, located at rear of chassis (top side).
Stock No. 150 -Rated for 50 -60 -cycle opera- This reduces the value of the sweep voltage ca-
tion, connected at the factory pacity from 2.0 mfd. to 1.5 mfd. and corrects the
for 60 -cycle operation. dial scale calibration for 40 -cycle operation.
Stock No. 150-A-Rated for 25 -40 -cycle opera-
tion, connected at the factory To operate the No. 150-A on 60 -cycle power
for 25 -cycle operation. supply, remove the jumper between sweep voltage
To operate the No. 150 on 50 -cycle power supply capacitor C-1 and C-43. This reduces the sweep
or the 150-A on 40 -cycle supply, a slight change in voltage capacity from 2 to 1 mfd. identical to that
connections is necessary in. order for the sweep of the 60 -cycle model.
voltage dial scale calibration to be correct for these To operate the No. 150-A on 50 -cycles, it follows
odd frequencies. These changes are as follows: that C-1 should be 1.1 mfds.
447
www.americanradiohistory.com
Circuit Description
The Stock No. 150 Test Oscillator consists of two able capacitor, C-7. Due to coupling in the elec-
radio frequency oscillators (one fixed and one tron stream there will appear in the output plate
variable) whose output are combined in a mixer circuit of this RCA -6A7 frequencies corresponding
tube to provide the desired radio frequency out- to the sum and difference of frequencies of the
put. Either amplitude modulation (400 cycles) or two oscillators. The tuning dial is calibrated di-
frequency modulation (of ±20 kc maximum) of rectly in kilocycles corresponding to the difference
the output frequency may be obtained, depending of the two oscillator frequencies up to 7 mega-
on which type of modulation is employed on the cycles. Above 7 megacycles the sum frequency is
fixed oscillator. Referring to the schematic (Figure used. The foregoing description applies for the
8) the following action takes place: condition of no modulation on fixed oscillator.
A fixed r-f oscillator, consisting of the pentode When amplitude modulation is employed the same
section of an RCA -6F7 Radiotron and its associated action holds true except that the triode section of
inductance and capacity oscillates at a frequency the fixed oscillator tube oscillates at 400 cycles and
of 800 kc. A pickup coil coupled to this tank cir- is coupled externally to the r-f oscillator section so
cuit feeds energy from this oscillator into the No. as to impress audio voltage in series with the plate
4 grid of the RCA -6A7 combination oscillator mixer supply of the oscillator section. The resultant out-
tube. The triode section of this tube, together with put voltage from the RCA -6A7 tube is amplitude
its associated inductances and capacities make up modulated an amount equivalent to the modula-
the variable oscillator which is tuned by the vari- tion impressed on the fixed oscillator.
FORWARD REVERSE
TRACE TRACE
480
470 470 60ti
460 PYRAMID
SWEEP VOLTAGE
4 0 470
TEST OSCILLATOR)
440
45 SECOND
120 ti
TIMING AXIS OSCILLATOR
(CATHODE RAY)
TIME
i
450 4so
470 470
460
448
www.americanradiohistory.com
When frequency modulation is employed the width (440-480) as this is the maximum sweep. If,
above action of the variable oscillator and mixer when viewing a transformer, this sweep is too great
tubes still holds true but the signal from the fixed (transformer response is narrow), the sweep can be
oscillator delivered to the No. 4 mixer grid is being narrowed to any amount desired by setting sweep
varied at a low frequency rate (frequency modula- control to desired value spreading the transformer
tion), consequently the output frequency from the response on the Cathode -Ray Oscillograph screen.
mixer tube will vary in a like manner. Frequency This change in sweep is effected by changing the
modulation of the fixed oscillator is brought about amplitude of the pyramid voltage applied to the
in the following manner: grid of the frequency control tube by means of the
sweep voltage control R-1 which is calibrated in
The work plate of the RCA -6F7, electron coupled kc sweep. This change in the amount of bias swing
to the fixed oscillator, builds up an out -of -phase r -f changes the gain of this tube, thus controlling the
voltage across capacitor C-22, which is coupled to amount of sweep. The variation in nominal fre-
the grid of the RCA -6C6, called the frequency con- quency setting due to a reduction in sweep from
trol tube. The plate of this tube is connected di- 40 to 5 kc is very small. This is a constant amount
rectly across the grid tank circuit of the fixed oscil- and at the higher frequencies represents a negli-
lator. With voltage of proper phase angle on the gible percentage. At 400 kc this amounts to ap-
grid of the RCA -6C6 (corrected by network C-21, proximately Ì of 1%. If alignment frequency is
R-18) the output of this tube appears to the oscil- desired closer than these tolerances- it is advisable
lating tank circuit as a shunt inductance. This in- to calibrate the instrument at the alignment fre-
ductance and hence the oscillator frequency may quency with the sweep adjusted to the desired
be varied up or down within limits by raising or amount. The amount of sweep for any setting of
lowering the bias on the frequency control tube the sweep control remains constant for all r-f
and so varying its gain. This is accomplished by frequencies.
varying the bias on this tube around a fixed point
with a linear 60 -cycle pyramid wave form gener- Another feature of the instrument is the absence
ated by the second RCA -6C6 tube. The pyramid of amplitude modulation when frequency modula-
wave form is employed to obtain double image tion is employed.
response or the folding back of the forward and
reverse resonance traces of a circuit. A brief ex- Amplitude modulation takes place, to some ex-
planation of double image response follows: tent, in ,test oscillators using rotating condenser,
Refer to Figure 5 and assume that the oscillo - etc., as means of frequency modulation. This am-
graph timing axis oscillator is locked at 120 cycles, plitude modulation cannot be checked by simply
exactly twice the frequency of the pyramid sweep rotating condenser by hand and measuring output
voltage, and that the horizontal deflection pro- voltage aè it occurs due to the rate of change of
gresses from left to right on "screen of the cathode frequency (dynamic characteristic of circuit). It
ray. In 1/120-second the r -f oscillator frequency can only be found by comparing the visual picture
progresses from 440 to 480 kc, tracing the response with the alignment curve taken with laboratory
curve on the screen from left to right, controlled curve drawing equipment. This amplitude modu-
horizontally by the timing axis oscillator. At the lation (output less at one end of sweep band than
end of 1/120-second, the oscillator frequency starts other) causes a properly aligned circuit to appear
decreasing and during the next 1/120 -second somewhat misaligned when viewed on the oscillo -
changes from 480 to 440 kc. At the reversal point graph. When frequency modulation is accom-
(peak of the pyramid voltage) the saw -tooth oscil- plished electronically it is possible to overcome
lator has caused the horizontal deflection to reach this defect by proper compensating networks so
its maximum on tube screen, drops to zero and re- that resonance curve as viewed on the oscillograph
turns the beam to the left side of the screen. It screen is an exact duplicate of one drawn by point
then builds up again, tracing the reverse resonance to point test methods or one drawn by laboratory
curve (480-440) of the second half of the sweep curve drawing equipment. Misalignment due to
cycle, thus giving the two superimposed curves, amplitude modulation as it occurs in the older
i.e., being the reverse of each other with respect systems of frequency modulation is quite notice-
to frequency except at the point corresponding to able in the older type of radio receivers using
the alignment frequency. It will be noted that in peaked i -f transformers and is extremely so in the
the above figure the transformer is purposely shown newer flat topped i -f transformers. This misalign-
misaligned so that both traces will be fully visible. ment may cause serious receiver interference from
adjacent channel transmitters.
A feature of the instrument which should be ex-
plained' at this point is the variable band sweep. For a more detailed explanation of double image
In the explanation and figures of double image re- response and its advantages refer to Cathode -Ray
sponse the sweep was referred to as being 40 kc in Oscillograph Instruction Books, TMV-122-A.
449
www.americanradiohistory.com
=4 -1-
--fi--r-r-r-FT------
v +y ---- i
T
-)
I
R-10
\, R-3
r.
Me - II 11
C7
TOP VIEW
450
www.americanradiohistory.com
On all other bands the fundamentals of the 150
are used together with the proper harmonic of the
calibrator set on low or high output as required.
Care must be exercised at the higher frequencies
to tune the receiver to the proper harmonic of the
crystal calibrator since the image from the 1,000-
kc step above the point desired is very close, in
some instances, to the step desired, i. e., in a re-
ceiver using 460-kc i -f transformers, fundamentals
from the calibrator will be present at 23,000, 24,000,
25,000, etc. Images will be present at 23,080,
24,080, 25,080, etc., and in sets with low r-f selec- Figure 7-Tube Voltage Diagram
tivity these images may appear as strong as the
true signals. Another point to watch is the two
responses from the test oscillator which are 1,600
kc apart. The last two bands are calibrated in with this circuit. Any mis-adjustment of this cir-
terms of the sum frequency so the highest response cuit will be evident only on over -coupled circuits
should be used on these two bands. (double peaked i -f transformers, see Figure 4e)
When tubes other than RCA-6A7's or RCA -80's and causes one trace to be slightly inside the other,
have been replaced, the following adjustment depending on the amount of mis -adjustment.
should first be made and then the calibration To adjust R-3 proceed as follows: Align an over -
checks made as previously outlined. coupled transformer so that the peaks coincide
(see Figure 4e), then adjust R-3 until the sides of
(1) Frequency Control Bias Adjustment, R-10 two traces coincide (see Figure 4a).
This following adjustment must be made in the
event of tube replacement:
(3) Adjustment of Phase Angle Compensation and R -F
Place Oscillator in operation on frequency modu-
Feedback Voltage, Capacitors C-21 and C-22, re-
lation with Sweep Width Control at maximum.
Make connections between the Oscillator, Receiver spectively. (Located at Right Rear Top of Chassis.)
and Cathode -Ray Oscillograph as for r -f align- These two adjustments are not affected by tube
ment. Set oscillator frequency at some point at replacements. They are accurately adjusted at the
which receiver dial scale has 5 kc graduation in factory and under no condition (except failure of
frequency. Example: 200 kc on "X" band of most C-21, C-22 or R-18) should their adjustment be
all wave receivers. disturbed. If, due to failure, either of these three
Tune receiver to resonance with oscillator, that parts require replacement, the following procedure
is, until the two traces coincide at their peak. The is given for the proper alignment of this network:
oscillator frequency may be shifted slightly to (A) Adjust fixed oscillator on frequency modu-
make the traces coincide at some exact frequency, lation for correct band -width and frequency
200 kc for example. Now tune the receiver to the and compensate for pure frequency modu-
extremes of the r -f sweep. This may be 190 kc on lation. (Two trimmer adjustments.)
the low frequency side and 230 kc on the high fre- The following equipment will be required:
quency side. The bias resistor, R-10, is now ad- (a) A double peaked i -f transformer at
justed so that the extremes of the sweep are sym- some convenient frequency, 460 kc
metrical above and below the nominal frequency. for example, working out of a mixer
The receiver dial scale is generally accurate enough tube and into a diode.
for this work; however, if increased accuracy is
desired, an external oscillator should be used to (b) A variable r -f signal source such as
beat the frequency extremes. The frequency ex- a RCA TMV-97-C Test Oscillator
tremes referred to above are represented on the capable of being operated 460 kc
cathode-ray screen when the receiver is tuned so above and below the 800 kc fixed
that one-half of the resonance trace of the receiver oscillator to produce the i -f signal.
appears at each end of the line of horizontal Compensation for pure frequency
deflection. modulation is brought about as fol-
lows: With the i -f transformer prop-
(2) Adjustment of DC on Sweep Voltage Generator, erly tuned, adjust compensation trim-
R-3. Screwdriver Adjustment on Top of Chassis.
mer so that response of the trans-
former is identical when the 460 kc
(Located Near Variable Oscillator Shield Can signal is produced in the mixer tube
Assembly.) by a 340 kc signal or a 1,260 kc sig-
This adjustment should be checked immediately nal from the signal source beating
after replacement of a tube or any part associated with the 800 kc fixed oscillator.
451
www.americanradiohistory.com
(4) Adjustment of Sweep Width Control, R-1. (Lo- counter -clockwise until a resistance reading of 120
cated at Top Left Side of Front Panel. ohms is obtained. Leave knob set at this position,
remove ohmmeter, loosen locking nut on back side
If this unit is to be replaced, proceed as follows: of panel and rotate potentiometer, being careful
Remove old control and assemble new control in not to disturb setting of knob, until knob pointer
place, making sure that knob is assembled with set coincides with the 40 kc mark on the dial scale.
screw on flat of shaft, but do not wire. Turn knob Tighten locking nut with knob pointer in this po-
to maximum clockwise position. Connect an ohm- sition. The control is then correctly calibrated.
meter or resistance bridge between the rotor ter- replace wires on control and it is then ready for
minal and the high end of the control. The resist- operation. If a control becomes loosened on front
ance reading should be zero. Now rotate knob panel, the calibration is corrected as outlined above.
Radiotrons
Under ordinary usage, within the ratings speci-
Radiotron Socket Voltages.
fied for voltage supply, tube life should be con-
sistent with that obtained in other applications. Operating conditions of the basic circuits of this
Low output, inability to obtain modulation, or instrument may be determined by measuring the
total failure of operation may be indicative of voltages applied to the tube elements. These values
are shown by Figure 7. The values shown should
tube trouble. hold within ±20% when the instrument is nor-
If tube trouble is suspected, the tubes should be mally operative with all tubes intact and rated volt-
removed from their sockets and tested in a reliable age applied. Variations in excess of this limit will
tube -testing device. Each tube should be replaced usually be indicative of trouble. To fulfill the con-
ditions under which these voltages were measured
in the socket from which it was removed. Replac- required a 1,000-ohm/volt AC/DC meter having
ing a questionable tube, with one known to be in ranges of 3, 30 and 300 volts, using the nearest
good condition, is another sure and definite means range above the voltage to be measured.
of tracing trouble. When replacements of the tubes
are made, the adjustments of controls should be
performed as outlined previously.
Maintenance
The various diagrams given in this booklet con- (4) Defects within the instrument itself.
tain such information as will be needed to locate Low output or improper calibration may result
causes for defective operation if such develops. from:
The values of the various resistors, capacitors, and (1) Improper alignment of the various circuits.
inductances are indicated adjacent to the symbols
signifying these parts on the diagrams. Identifica- (2)Oscillator coil shields loose or removed.
tion titles, such as R-3, L-2, and C-1, etc., are pro- (3)Defective tubes.
vided for reference between the illustrations and (4)Improper setting of control knobs on
the Replacement Parts List. These identifications shafts.
are in a sequence which begins at the left of the (5) Defects within the instrument itself.
diagram and increases numerically from left to
right, thus facilitating the location of such parts CAUTION.-Disconnect power supply before re-
on the schematic diagram. moving case.
The coils, reactors, and transformer windings are
rated in terms of their d -c resistance. This method
of rating provides ready means for checking con- Fuse Replacement
tinuity of circuits. Suspected faulty circuits or
parts may be checked and their resistances com- A small i-ampere cartridge fuse provides protec-
pared with the value given on the schematic tion of the power-supply system, and should not be
diagram. replaced with one of higher rating, nor be shorted
Failure of operation may result from: out. A fuse failure should be carefully investigated
(1) Power supply being "off."
before replacement since a fuse of good quality fails
only under conditions of overload. The fuse clips
(2) Open fuse within the instrument. should be kept clean and in secure contact with
(3) Defective tubes. the fuse at all times.
452
www.americanradiohistory.com
I-
I O-----
I
L-
Ó o, h
gÁg
1
ZU
SYo
ÑZ^NióJ
N
m
ST$
EJSm J Tz
N
r- -
E
E 2
Ñ V
J
DdW LOU
r
11-4
3 W I.J o f ,
Sb -2
jWWSb-f I
g
044.1e S2-7
º2-7 L--
4141405-e
*00-3
91.1l1d10) 31v1d Olä9 4W14o[z 11.w001 r--
1Ì, II' f- E-1 f-1
000000 (000001_ 00000 C2-3 94.3
00-3 I
414W 062-6
-.00119.
I -a
v0005í5
61'd óOOd9S
á L-
-M"
-¢a
v000bLb
vwv
a
_J
I
v000"001 ^
L-D 4140406-4
íy-a- s
000'00I IZ-0 03Wloc
lb
rmnNVlti
91-a vOLz
'4WW51 reIF- ú
Sí-ä ---Ih-ü' 1-2 IX
'OM 00
UAW 01
911-D
I
--
.041450' ss1-0
51174. vOOtib vooB'9 voZl
21-a II -d 01-d vObb G -a
'0414 S v000Li
MAL.NN.
*PI -7
>
414V-JOQQdl
>_ I-
D
09 äOd'0dW SZ'
-04 20d 041.4S
'0414 S
.01-D
9-a
V 7
hWF
a ..çZ 210d'0d14 S- 1_2111.4 l'
v93W I
V 03141
~S-ö a3W S2' 3I-0
-ç L
00000000
9_
00 -~,
03W01
M
II
-woodsy 2 t II -7
N z -a óF
e W $
1
'ad' 0 voÉ0'áS
5Q
092d03'0314 I
a
---' n3W0JL__
r'-- II I
OdW0E0' O3W CO <
Eb-7 it,-ID 04-7
t.-___ JL__JI
1
'03 W S'O II 0:
Wd 2 II
j.
W
LL
N
3 r
2.I U/ a
H Ñ q`0á
-it W
> ç
N
h Ñ
453
www.americanradiohistory.com
454
www.americanradiohistory.com
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased From authorized dealers.
455
Electronic "Sweep Oscillator
ci)
456
www.americanradiohistory.com
Cathode -Ray Oscillograph
Stock No. 151 and 151A
IB-23357
Part III
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
WARNING - WHEN POWER IS A POTENTIAL OF 400 VOLTS FROM THE AMPLI-
ON, THERE IS
FIER TUBE GRIDS TO GROUND. DISCONNECT POWER CORD BEFORE WITHDRAWING CHASSIS.
Introduction
These instructions cover the installation, opera- 110 volts, an integral power unit supplying all
tion, maintenance and servicing of the No. 151 operating voltages required for operation of the
Cathode -Ray Oscillograph, designed especially for equipment.
high -quality servicing of radio receiving sets and
other communication devices. This Oscillograph The purpose of these instructions is to give the
provides a reliable instrument for the study of fundamentals of operation. As the use of cathode-
wave shapes, measurement of modulation, adjust- ray apparatus becomes more widespread many new
ment of radio receivers and transmitters, deter- applications will be found for this equipment so
mination of peak voltages, and other similar appli- that a thorough understanding of these funda-
cations. Its chief (although not the only) advan- mentals will enable the operator to readily adapt
tage over older types of measuring instruments is the equipment to his particular use. Since the
its freedom from inertia, allowing the observation equipment is built around the cathode-ray tube, a
of very rapid changes of current or voltage with- discussion of cathode-ray tubes and images ob-
out appreciable distortion. The unit is entirely tained follows, which serves to explain the opera-
portable, the dimensions are approximately 91 tion of the equipment and aids in analyzing figures
inches high by 13t inches wide by 74 inches deep, which appear on the screen. The operator is urged
and the weight is approximately 15 pounds. The to read this section thoroughly so that the nu-
illustration on the opposite page shows the general merous applications of the equipment may be
appearance of the instrument and the operating readily understood and also that optimum per-
controls. It operates entirely from an a -c source of formance may be obtained at all times.
457
www.americanradiohistory.com
At
L 5 L, Lt
y
ál
Ir I
A, 113
- .-.
34 st
A Figure 4-Deflection in One Direction
A=
s, tween "D, and D.," the electron stream will be de-
flected toward the plate which is more positive
("D," in the figure). (A positive charge attracts
electrons, which are negative, while a negative
B charge repels. Both plates therefore bend the elec-
"A"-Optical Analogy tron beam up as shown.) A similar pair of plates
"B"-Three Element Cathode Rays at right angles to the first pair would effect a de-
flection at right angles to the first deflection. By
Figure 3-Focusing Cathode Rays applying voltages of the proper value and polarity
to each pair of plates the spot may be moved to
The "Electron Gun" in the cathode-ray tube may any point on the screen. If an alternating voltage
be compared to a simple optical system as shown is applied to one pair of plates the spot will move
in Figure 3-A. In this diagram the light emitted in response thereto, the location of the spot at any
"L "L"S
from the lamp, "L," is focused on the screen, instant of time resulting from the value of the
by means of a double lens system, and voltage at that instant. If the voltage alternates
the amount of light is controlled by the shutter, more rapidly than about ten cycles per second, the
"S," which, when closed, shuts off the light com- retentivity of the screen and the observer's eye
pletely. The brilliancy of the image on the screen cause the spot to blend into a continuous line.
depends on the size of opening in the shutter, "S,"
and the candle power or wattage of the lamp, "L." In the No. 151 Oscillograph there are controls
If the candle power of the lamp is fixed (that is if (centering-V and H) for effecting permanent dis-
we select a lamp of a given wattage) then the bril- placement of the spot by applying a direct voltage
liancy is solely controlled by the shutter, "S." The to the deflecting plates. They are intended to cor-
size or definition of the image on the screen, "St" rect any accidental eccentricity of the cathode-ray
is controlled by adjusting the position of the lenses, spot itself, or as a means for centering those pat-
"L," and "L to the correct distance, which is terns (such as that obtained in I.F. amplifier align-
called focusing. If the position of the lens, "L
is fixed, then the focus will depend solely on the
ment) having a greater deflection in one direction
than in the other. These controls move the axis,
adjustment of the position of lens, "L2." Further- or zero point about which the alternating voltage
more, with both lenses, "L, and L2," adjusted cor- deflects the spot. Moving these controls simply
rectly, it would be possible to change the focus by transfers the whole pattern's physical position rela-
actually substituting for the lens, "L2," various tive to the dimensions of the screen, and introduces
lenses until the one having the correct index of no distortion, change in sensitivity, or other harm-
refraction is obtained. This is essentially the ful effect.
method of controlling the focus in the cathode-ray In order to study the wave shape of any voltage
tube. causing a vertical deflection, it is necessary to move
Figure 3-B shows the elements constituting the the spot horizontally too, so that the pattern may
"electron gun" previously mentioned. "C" is the be spread out. Since a curve of voltage vs. time is
cathode which radiates electrons when warmed by usually desired, a circuit is incorporated giving a
the heater, "H." The bias voltage of the grid "G" voltage having the unusual characteristic of a con-
controls the number of electrons allowed to pass stant, steady rise to a maximum value and then a
through it. The distance from the "gun" at which sudden drop to its starting value (a "saw tooth"
the electrons converge to a point, or "focus," is shape). Under influence of this voltage the spot
determined by the ratio of the voltages on the two moves horizontally from one side of the tube to
anodes, "A, and A2." Obviously, then, there is a the other at a constant speed and then snaps back
particular ratio of these two voltages which will suddenly to its starting position. By this means
cause the beam to focus at the screen distance. the pattern on the end of the tube is made exactly
the same as a curve of the unknown voltage vs.
Figure 4 shows the addition of one pair of de- time, and the oscillograph operating in this man-
flecting plates, "D, and D.,," to the previous figure. ner may be considered an automatic plotting ma-
If these two plates are at the same potential, that chine wherein the scales may be changed by merely
is if no voltage difference exists between them, the setting the control knob. Examples of such curves
electron stream is unaffected by their presence. are shown in Figure 5-11, wherein the unknown
However, if a difference of potential does exist be - voltage (vertical) is a sine wave..'fhe ratios shown
458
www.americanradiohistory.com
are the ratio of unknown voltage frequency to "saw
tooth" oscillator frequency.
When sinusoidal alternating voltages are applied
to both deflection axes, the resultant patterns are
closed continuous lines known as Lissajous Figures.
If the two frequencies are equal the pattern will
I:I be as shown in Figure 12 A -E depending of course
upon the phase. If the two frequencies are very
slightly different, the phase angle is continually
changing and the pattern changes with it, passing
through the whole series of shapes shown. Figure
12 F-J shows the patterns obtained when the hori-
G
zontal frequency is twice the vertical frequency.
Figures 13, 14, and 15 show the patterns obtained
with the marked frequency ratios, the vertical fre-
quency being the higher in each case. Whenever
such a figure stands still, the two frequencies are
in an exact ratio, any slight variation from such
ratio being indicated by motion of the pattern.
In thinking of any of these patterns it must be
remembered that the electrons strike only one
point at a time, the apparent line being caused
entirely by the retentivity or "holding over" of the
screen and the human eye.
4:3 l :I
3:2 2 :I
/KA\
160
135*
OR
225*
90'
OR
270*
45*
OR
315*
O- PHASE
RELATIONS
10
Figure 12
459
www.americanradiohistory.com
output on the other axis. If there is 0 or 180 -
Fig. degree phase displacement in the unit, a sloping
straight-line image will appear. Refer to Figure
12 (A to E). If the above electrical device hap-
13 pened to be a frequency doubler, Figures 12F to
12J would apply.
The vertical set of deflecting plates can be used
6:1 as a peak voltmeter. The impedance can be made
very high, and the input capacitance very low, so
that the voltmeter will show no discrimination be-
tween d-c and reasonably high radio frequencies.
1.1 Transients can be observed almost as effectively
with a sine -wave timing axis supply as with a linear
one, as in this case the supply functions purely as
a "spreader."
9:2 42:I
In order to illustrate the flexibility of such ap-
paratus, a desired measurement will be assumed
and several methods of obtaining the unknown
15 quantity outlined. An r-f oscillator is being modu-
lated an unknown amount with a 1,000 -cycle tone,
and it is desired to determine the percentage modu-
lation. One method is to observe the modulated
16:3 5i:I r -f envelope by impressing either a sine -wave or
linear supply on the horizontal axis and impressing
the modulated r -f signal on the vertical axis. Fig-
ure 16 shows this method graphically. Incidentally,
if a linear timing axis is used, as shown, the true
General Applications wave -shape of the envelope will appear, and an
appreciable lack of symmetry or other irregulari-
The most universal method of employing a ties will be immediately apparent, indicating dis-
cathode-ray tube is to impress the voltage to be tortion. If no timing axis voltage is used, the per-
observed on the vertical deflecting plates and to centage can be determined as shown at Figure 17.
impress a voltage varying linearly with time on the This obviously necessitates removal of modulation.
horizontal axis. The later voltage is usually ob- A third method is shown at Figure 18. The 1,000 -
tained from an oscillator having a "saw-tooth" cycle audio voltage which is modulating the r -f sig-
characteristic. The true wave form of the signal on nal is impressed on the horizontal axis (modulated
the vertical axis can then be observed without dis- r -f remains on vertical). A trapezoid results which
t?rtion, since none is introduced by the horizontal allows ready measurement of the peak deflections.
signal source. The conventional procedure when Symmetry of modulation can be checked with
observing recurrent phenomena is to operate the methods of Figures 16 or 18 by removing modula-
timing axis supply at a sub -multiple of the ob- tion from the r -f oscillator and noting whether the
served frequency, so that several complete cycles
will appear on the screen. Since the image will
drift across the creen unless the ratio of the two
frequencies remains constant and of a certain
value, it is usually desirable to synchronize the
timing axis oscillator. For the observation of tran-
sient phenomena the timing axis supply frequency
is, of course, not critical and synchronizing is often
useless. In some cases, however, it is desirable to
synchronize the start of the phenomenon with a
timing axis impulse.
Although use of a linear timing axis is fairly gen-
eral, there are quite a few applications of the tube
which do not employ one. From the information
on Lissajous Figures it can be seen that if a sine -
wave source of known frequency is impressed on
one axis, a variable -frequency source can be im- R. F. Modulated at 1,000 Cycles
pressed on the other axis and calibrated at a num-
ber of points other than the known frequency. Percent Modulation -=
EMax. -
Timing Axis Supply: 500-Cycle Saw -Tooth
EMin.
X 100
The phase shift in an electrical device can be ob- EMax.--EMin.
served by impressing the input on one axis and the Figure 16
460
www.americanradiohistory.com
carrier height is mid -way between the positive and verse direction. In other words, two curves (except
negative modulated heights. in one case to be described later), appear on the
Another application of the cathode-ray tube is as screen, and the side of the screen which represents
a "visual" or curve -tracing device. This consists of high frequency on one curve represents low fre-
an r -f oscillator being varied at an audio rate be- quency on the other. If on the first, third, fifth,
tween two extremes of frequency, a means of dis- "saw -tooth" pulses the left side of the
placing the indicating device horizontally in syn- screen represents low frequency, then on the
chronism with the change of radio frequency, and second, fourth, sixth pulses the left side
a means of obtaining vertical deflection of the indi- represents high frequency. There is only one point
cating device proportional to the output of the on the screen which represents the same frequency
unit whose performance is to be observed. Usually, on every "saw-tooth" pulse. This point is the cali-
a condenser is arranged so that it "sweeps" the fre- bration point. All other points on the screen rep-
quency of the r -f (test) oscillator continually, and resent two frequencies, one above and one below
at the same time an impulse generator, driven in the calibrating frequency.
synchronism with the "sweep" condenser varies an When a circuit is incorrectly aligned it is not
oscillator providing horizontal displacement of the symmetrical about the calibrating frequency; that
indicating device in synchronism with the "sweep" is, its response at 1 KC. above the calibrating fre-
condenser. (The No. 150 Oscillator performs all quency is not the same as the response at 1 KC.
these functions simultaneously.) Perhaps the below. Since any point on the cathode-ray screen
greatest use of such a device is for the alignment (except the calibrating point) represents two fre-
of the intermediate frequency stages of superhet- quencies equally spaced above and below the cali -
Percent Modulation =
EMax. -
Timing Axis Supply-The Modulating Signal
EMin.
X 100
Percent Modulation =
EMax. -
Timing Axis Supply-None
ECar.
X 100
EMax.+EMin.
Figure 18
ECar.
Figure 17 brating frequency, there must appear two curves,
one representing the circuit's response to high fre-
erodyne receivers. A frequency -response curve of quencies and the other the response to low fre-
the circuit under test is continually before the quencies. The gain characteristic of such a circuit
aligner, which allows rapid and very accurate ad- and the resultant cathode-ray trace are shown in
justment of the stage in question. The greatest Figure 19A and B.
advantage from such a system is realized when the If the circuit be properly aligned, its response
circuit to be aligned has sufficiently greater than curve will be symmetrical about the calibrating
critical coupling to give a flat-topped or double - frequency; that is, its response at a number of
peaked response. The same result can eventually kilocycles above the calibrating frequency is the
be obtained by manually plotting a curve each same as its response at the same number of kilo-
time an adjustment on the unknown is made. cycles below. Since the responses are equal the
However, this latter method is very laborious and heights of the two curves will be equal, the curves
requires considerable time. will be superimposed and appear as one. The cir-
A rather new development in such "visual" cuit of Figure 19, after being properly aligned,
equipment has been made. The system dispenses gives the response curve and cathode-ray trace
with the conventional electrical or mechanical shown in Figure 20A and B.
shutter and instead of employing one series of The chief advantages of the "double-image"
curves corresponding to a sweep through the r -f over the conventional method are:
range in one direction, it employs two series of 1. The superposition or "folding back" of the
curves, one corresponding to an r -f sweep in one high- and low -frequency sides makes sym-
direction, and the other to an r-f sweep in the re- metrical adjustments easy and very accurate.
461
DOUBLE - IMAGE
2. The probability of frequency error in align- 5. The necessity of marking a vertical reference
ing is reduced to less than half. For a given line on the screen for use in frequency cali-
frequency error the separation between the bration and alignment is avoided.
two curves of the "double -image" method is 6. The advantage (4) above further allows fre-
twice the displacement of the one curve of quency calibration of the variable frequency
the conventional method. Also any small oscillator by zero-beating with a standard -
error is much more obvious with two images frequency oscillator, without regard to dis-
on the screen. placement of the curve by any audio dis-
3. The necessity of employing an electrical or tortion.
mechanical shutter is eliminated. Alignment of the radio frequency stages of re-
4. Distortion in the detector or audio amplifier ceivers can be made using the same method dis-
does not cause error in aligning. If appreci- cussed above for i -f alignment. The single -
able audio distortion is present, the images frequency source and output meter method may
on the screen will not be true response curves be used, if desired, but from the standpoint of
of the tuned circuit. Nevertheless, the actual demonstrating the performance of the r -f stages
response is still truly symmetrical when the or explaining their operation, the oscillographic
two curves are made to completely coincide. method is preferable.
Installation
Unpack the instrument from the shipping con- Next replace the chassis in the case and replace the
tainer and remove the screws securing the front securing screws. With "Intensity" control in ex-
panel to the case. Withdraw the chassis from the treme counter -clockwise position ("Off"), plug the
case, supporting the panel at the bottom, and feed- power supply cable into an electrical outlet sup-
ing the power cable through the hole in the back. plying 110-120 volt, AC supply. The instrument is
Make certain that all tubes are firmly in their then ready for operation.
sockets and all grid cap connections are in place.
Should the deflecting plates in the cathode-ray NOTE: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO OPERATE
tube not be in the proper plane it will be necessary T H E EQUIPMENT WHEN WITHDRAWN
to twist the tube to its proper position. However, FROM THE CASE AS THE HIGH POTENTIALS
do not correct its position with the set in operation. USED ARE DANGEROUS.
462
www.americanradiohistory.com
CONVENTIONAL
OR
DOUBLE IMAGE
Operation
input potentiometer, when operating on "Timing" at the
Controls higher audio frequencies, linear sweep will not be obtained
at all settings of this control.
(Refer to the Schematic and Wiring Diagrams, Figures 21 7. "Range" switch, S3, selects one of six timing capacitor
and 22, for location of circuit units designated by symbols.) values. It thus changes the timing axis oscillator frequency
1. "Intensity" control, R-23, is a potentiometer in the high in steps giving six ranges approximately as follows: No. 1,
side of the bleeder. Its position controls the bias on the 20.130; No. 2, 50.300; No. 3, 100.900; No. 4, 350-3,000; No. 5,
grid of the cathode-ray tube, which in turn determines the 1,100.10,000, and No. 6, 3,000-12,000 cycles.
quantity of electrons emanating from the "gun," thus con- 8. "Freq." control, R13, is a rheostat in series with the
trolling spot size. The power switch S4 is located on this timing condenser. It changes the timing axis oscillator fre-
potentiometer. Initial clockwise rotation of this control quency gradually as it is rotated, and in conjunction with
turns on the power; additional rotation increases the spot "Range" switch above gives continuous range between the
intensity. extremes of frequency.
2. "Focus" control, R-21, is a potentiometer in the bleeder. 9. "Sync." control, R11, is a potentiometer controlling the
Its position controls the anode No. 1 voltage, which (with amount of synchronizing voltage fed to the grid of the
constant A2 voltage) determines the distance at which the RCA -885 tube. In general it should be set as far counter-
electron beam focuses. In general, for a given "Intensity" clockwise as is consistent with a locked image, as over -
setting, the "Focus" control should be set for maximum dis- synchronization causes poor wave -form from the timing axis
tinctness of spot or image. oscillator.
3. "Amp). V" switch, St, connects the "Vertical" binding
10. "Centering V and H" are potentiometers to control the
posts either straight through to the vertical deflecting plates
on the cathode-ray tube or through an amplifier to these de- amount of d-c potential between the two deflecting plates -of
flecting plates. In either case there is a condenser in the each pair, and thereby allow adjustment of the position of
input circuit. the spot or image.
4. `Amp). H" switch, So, has two positions: "Timing" 11. There are two pairs of binding posts labeled "Vert.
and "On." On "Timing" the "saw -tooth" or timing axis oscil- High," "Gnd. 0," "Horiz. High," and "Sync. High." As indi-
lator feeds through an amplifier to the horizontal deflecting cated by the word "High" on the posts, the Vert., Horiz.,
plates on the cathoderay tube and the "Horizontal" binding and Sync. posts all connect to internal circuits, the only
post is the synchronizing input terminal. When "On" the ground posts being marked "Gnd. 0." To connect to the
"Horizontal-' binding post is connected through an amplifier vertical amplifier, connect to Vert. and Gnd. To connect to
to these deflecting plates. the horizontal amplifier, connect to Horiz. and Gnd. To
5. "Amp). V Gain" control, Rt, is a potentiometer on the connect to the synchronizing circuit, connect to Horiz. and
input circuit of the vertical amplifier. With "Amplifier V" Gnd. The Horiz. binding post is controlled by the "Amp. -
switch "On," this potentiometer controls the vertical de- H" switch so that when the switch is "On" the post con-
flection. nects to the amplifier input and when the switch is on "Tim-
6. "Amp). H Gain" control, R7, is a potentiometer on the ing" the post connects to the synchronizing circuit. The
input circuit of the horizontal amplifier. With "Amplifier Sync. post carries a fraction of the amplified vertical voltage
H" switch on "Timing" or "On" this potentiometer controls and is to be connected to the "Horiz." post whenever it is
the horizontal deflection. Due to the capacity load on this desired to synchronize on the signal being examined.
463
www.americanradiohistory.com
85 r -m -s volts (higher with external attenuator);
Applications calibration-approximately 250 peak -to -peak volts
GENERAL. The following procedures are included per inch or 85 r -m -s volts per inch. Insulated for
in order to familiarize the operator with the opera- 200 volts d.c.
tions and connections involved in the particular
applications. All applications of the equipment are
-
Procedure Make connections to the Oscillo -
graph and turn controls to the positions specified
not described, but analysis of the particular prob- in Application No. 6 on the enclosed operating
lem involved will show wherein it is similar to or chart. Measure or estimate the length of line ap-
differs from those given, enabling the operator to pearing on the screen in inches (depending on
work out his own sequence of operation. accuracy desired) and multiply by 250. This'gives
As has been previously pointed out, most appli- the approximate peak -to -peak value of the un-
cations of this instrument are carried out with the known voltage. For approximate effective value,
output of the unit under test connected to the ver- if voltage being measured is sinusoidal, divide peak
tical plates of the cathode-ray tube, and the wave - value by 2.8.
shape studied by application of known constants AC VOLTMETER WITH AMPLIFIER-For this appli-
on the horizontal plates of the tube. Before any cation, the characteristics of the unit are as fol-
measurements are attempted, the operator is urged lows: Input resistance-1 megohm; input capacity
to go through the following procedure in order to -approximately 30 mmf.; frequency range -20-
familiarize himself with the controls and their loca- 10,000 cycles; maximum voltage -500 volts (higher
tion and to get the "feel" of their operation: with external attenuator); calibration- (roughly)
1. Connect the power plug to an a -c source of 5 peak -to -peak volts per inch, or 2 r -m -s volts per
110 volts. Turn "Intensity" control clockwise, caus- inch. Insulated for 100 volts d.c.
ing a spot to appear on the screen, increasing in
size as the "Intensity" control is advanced further -
Procedure Make connections and adjust con-
trols according to Application No. 7 on the chart.
clockwise. The "Focus" control should then be With "Ampl. V Gain" control in the extreme clock-
adjusted until maximum distinctness of spot or wise position a line one inch long is obtained on
image occurs. the screen for about 2 volts r-m -s input. Inter-
CAUTION. DO NOT ALLOW A SMALL mediate positions of the gain control give different
SPOT OF HIGH BRILLIANCY TO REMAIN calibrations, of course, and if considerable use is
STATIONARY ON THE SCREEN FOR ANY made of this feature it may be advisable to plot a
LENGTH OF TIME, AS DISCOLORATION OR curve of the inputs required to give a one -inch de-
BURNING OF THE SCREEN WILL RESULT. flection at various intermediate positions of the
With the spot on the screen and with the "In- gain control.
tensity" control retarded so that the spot is not A particular application of operation as an a -c
too brilliant, adjust the position of the spot to the voltmeter is in making hum measurements in a
center of the screen by rotation of the two center- power supply unit. In this case the "0" binding
ing controls. post ("Vertical") is connected to the common lead
To turn the equipment off, turn "Intensity" con- of the filter circuit of the unit under test and a clip
trol to its extreme counter-clockwise position, until lead, connected to the "High" binding post, is used
a distinct "snap" is heard. to check the a -c ripple present at the various cir-
2. Apply a source of 60 -cycle current to the cuit component terminals. When the direct poten-
"Vertical" binding posts. To adjust the length of tial exceeds 100 volts it will be necessary to add a
the resultant line appearing on the screen turn capacitor of .1 to .5 mfd. in series, and a 1 megohm
"Ampl. V" switch "On" and adjust "Ampi. V leak across the input terminals, to prevent damage
Gain" control until the length is as desired. Appli- due to high direct potentials on the input con-
cation of the same 60 -cycle source to the "Hori- denser.
zontal" binding posts with "Ampi. H" switch "On"
will similarly show a horizontal line on the screen,
the length of which may be varied by manipula-
AUDIO QUALITY MEASUREMENTS - Use of the
"saw-tooth oscillator" feature of the Oscillograph
provides a check which cannot be made with an
tion of "Ampl. H Gain" control. ordinary voltmeter. This is extremely helpful in
3. To expand (2) further, have 60 cycles avail- discovering the audio quality of a receiver or simi-
able at both "Horizontal" and "Vertical" terminals. lar instrument and also in locating causes of audio
Apply the horizontal 60 -cycle supply on the distortion.
screen through "Ampi. H" and its gain control,
then apply the 60 -cycle vertical supply through -
Procedure Apply the output from a constant
frequency record or audio oscillator to the "Ver-
"Ampi. V" and its gain control. The result will be tical" binding posts, with controls set as in Appli-
a straight line. (See Figure 12.)
cation No. 8. Turn "Range" switch to that tap giv-
AC VOLTMETER WITHOUT AMPLIFIER-For this ing a range including the frequency of the input
application, the characteristics of the unit are as signal and adjust "Freq." control until the saw -
-2
follows: Input resistance
pacity-approximately 40 mmf.; voltage range -
megohms; input ca- tooth oscillator frequency is near that of the input
signal. If the two frequencies are identical, one
464
www.americanradiohistory.com
cycle of the input signal will be observed on the ALIGNMENT OF INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY STAGES
screen; if the saw -tooth oscillator frequency is one- -For alignment of the intermediate frequency
half that of the input signal, two cycles of the stages of a receiver it is essential that an auxiliary
latter will appear; if one-third, three cycles; etc. apparatus be available to sweep the intermediate
Next, connect this constant frequency record or frequency for which the receiver is designed. The
audio oscillator output to the audio input of the Type TMV-128-A Frequency Modulator is designed
unit under test and connect the output of the unit for this use. It consists of sweep condenser and a
under test to the "Vertical" binding posts of the synchronizing generator rotated in synchronism by
Oscillograph, all adjustments of which are as pre- a driving motor. The condenser is arranged to
viously set. If the resultant wave does not corre- "sweep" the frequency of the r -f input to the re-
spond to that obtained when the input was direct ceiver (or i -f stages) and the synchronizing gen-
to the Oscillograph, audio distortion is present. erator connects to the "Horiz." binding post of the
If it is desired to measure the overall audio Oscillograph so as to synchronize the saw -tooth
fidelity of a receiver, for instance, the procedure is oscillator with the frequency variation of the test
similar to that above except that the voltage modu- oscillator (such as the TMV-97-C) input to the re-
lating an r-f oscillator is fed into the Oscillograph, ceiver. A switch on the panel of the Modulator
adjusted as above. Then the modulated oscillator provides two ranges of capacity for "sweeping" the
is connected to the r -f input terminals of the re- test oscillator output frequency; on "Hi" the range
ceiver and the loudspeaker voice coil connected to is 20-65 mmf., and on "Lo" the range is 15-35 mmf.
the Oscillograph. Comparison of the two resultant The No. 150 Oscillator takes the place of both
waves will indicate how much distortion occurs in of these units, performing all the necessary func-
the receiver under test. Observing the quality of tions without moving parts.
the input to the receiver from the test oscillator The test oscillator output should be coupled to
will also show how much distortion is being fed the grid of the tube preceding the i -f stage under
into the receiver from the test oscillator. This is alignment. It is essential that this connection be
desirable, since it may show that all the distortion made without altering any of the operating charac-
present in the receiver output may not be due to teristics of this stage. If the grid of the tube to
the receiver characteristics, but to those of the test which connection is to be made is at zero d-c po-
oscillator.
MODULATION INDICATOR - (1) One method of
measuring the modulation of a transmitter is to
tential with respect to ground, connect the oscil-
lator to the grid of the tube and disconnect the
lead normally on the grid, the low side of the test
place the modulated r -f output of the transmitter oscillator output returning to chassis ground. If
into the vertical plates of the cathode-ray tube ànd the grid is not at zero d -c potential with respect to
the audio input signal to the transmitter on the ground, connect the high side of the oscillator to
horizontal plates of the tube through the synchron- the grid (disconnecting the lead on the grid) and
the other side to the "-C" lead for this grid.
izing circuit.
-
Procedure Connect a constant frequency in-
put to the transmitter and connect a small pickup
The "Vertical" binding posts of the Oscillograph
should be connected to the audio output of the
coil, located near the transmitter tank coil, to the second detector. For a diode detector this connec-
"Vertical" binding posts. The pickup on this coil tion may be across the volume control alone or
should be from 50-75 volts. Connect the "Horiz." across both the volume control and automatic
binding post of the Oscillograph to transmitter volume control resistor, if this connection is con-
audio amplifier at a point providing a 2 -4 -volt venient. When the second detector is a triode,
signal at low impedance. Turn controls to posi- tetrode or pentode, resistance -coupled to the first
tions given in Application No. 9 on the chart. audio stage, the connection to the "High" binding
Turn "Range" switch to tap including the fre- post may be to the plate of the tube, the "O" post
quency of the input signal and adjust "Freq." con- being connected to ground. In the case of a triode,
trol until the saw -tooth oscillator interlocks with tetrode or pentode, transformer or impedance -
the signal on the vertical plates. Adjustment of coupled to the first audio stage, connect a resistor
the "Sync." control provides control of the voltage of approximately 20,000 ohms in series with the
to the grid of the RCA -885 tube. Adjustment of plate of the tube and by-pass the inductance in the
"Ampi. H Gain" control varies the horizontal plate circuit by a 1.0 mfd. or larger capacitor.
deflection. This changes the impedance of the plate circuit to
(2) Another, somewhat similar, method of mod- resistance rather than inductive reactance; the
ulation measurement is to connect the pickup coil "High" binding post should be connected to the
to the "Vertical" binding posts as before, and con- plate of the tube and the "O" post to ground in
nect the audio signal (from the transmitter audio order to take the audio voltage off this resistor.
amplifier) to the "Horizontal" binding posts. Turn Procedure -Connect the test oscillator output
controls to positions given in the chart for Appli- to the grid of the tube preceding the i -f trans-
cation No. 10. Adjust "Ampi. H Gain" control former being aligned, and connect the "Vertical"
until desired horizontal deflection is obtained. The binding posts in the second detector as previously
percentage modulation can then be readily deter- explained. The test oscillator should be set at the
mined. (See Figure 18.) i -f alignment frequency with modulation "On."
465
www.americanradiohistory.com
Turn Intensity -control "On," adjust "Focus" prop- jou figures (sine waves on both axes) may be used,
erly, turn "Ampi. V" switch "On" and adjust the or the linear timing axis may be employed on the
gain control. Turn "Ampi. H" switch on "Timing." horizontal axis. The frequency stability of the
Adjust the i -f transformer trimmers for maximum saw -tooth oscillator running free is not good
output; i. e., peak them as much as possible. Re- enough to depend on for accurate measurements,
move the modulation on the test oscillator, connect but when this oscillator is synchronized with a
the sweep condenser to the r -f oscillator and con- standard -frequency voltage its frequency stability
nect the synchronizing generator to the "Horiz." is the same as that of the standard, and it can be
binding post. Turn motor "On" and readjust the synchronized at any sub -multiple of the standard
frequency of the test oscillator until the forward frequency down to about one tenth. This allows
and reverse waves show on the screen of the tube. convenient calibration of a device at many points
Raise the frequency of the test oscillator until the between one -hundredth of-and ten times a single
highest points of the two waves coincide. (This standard -frequency source, and every point is as
readjustment is necessary to compensate for the accurate as the standard. If a 1,000 -cycle standard
added capacity of the cable and one-half of the source is used, calibration points between 10 and
sweep condenser capacity when the TMV-97C Test 10,000 cycles are easily obtained. Using Lissajou
Oscillator, TMV-128 Frequency Modulator are used. figures, calibration points between 100 and 10,000
This whole preliminary adjustment is unnecessary cycles can be obtained. A frequency standard
with the No. 150 Frequency Modulated Oscillator.) which is almost universally available is the 60 -cycle
Record the dial setting of the oscillator for future a -c supply. Since the advent and rapid spread of
reference. Adjust the trimmer condensers of the electric clocks the frequency of nearly all commer-
primary and secondary of the i -f transformer cial power is held to a very close tolerance. When
until the two curves coincide throughout their synchronizing on 60 cycles, the saw -tooth oscillator
entire length. When this occurs, the stage is can be locked at 30 or 60 cycles, as desired.
symmetrical with respect to the i -f frequency. This allows accurate calibration at frequencies up
During i -f alignment, the receiver tuning dial to about 600 cycles. Refer to Application No. 13
should be set at a point where variation of its on the chart.
position has no effect on the resultant curve. If
this point cannot be found, short-circuit the grid CHECKING PHASE SHIFT-To check phase shift of
or plate coil of the receiver r -f oscillator. The i -f a device with the Oscillograph, set controls as
stages should be aligned in order, starting at the shown on Application No. 12 on enclosed chart,
last stage and working toward the first detector. observing the screen pattern with input to device
on "Horizontal" binding posts and output from
FREQUENCY MEASUREMENTS-In using the Oscil- device on "Vertical." If no phase shift exists, a
lograph for frequency measurement, either Lissa- sloping straight-line image will appear.
466
www.americanradiohistory.com
IV Part
SERVICE DATA
Electrical Specifications
Voltage. 110-120 Volts AC
Frequency (Stock No. 151) 50-60 Cycles
Power Supply Rating (Stock No. 151A) 25-60 Cycles
Wattage Consumption. 35 Watts
Fuse Protection 1 Amp.
/Deflection sensitivity at amplifier inputs. 5 peak -to -peak volts per inch
(max. "gain.") or 1.75 volts (RMS)
Deflection sensitivity at cathode-ray tube
inputs 250 peak-to -peak -volts per inch
Input Characteristics:
(1) With amplifier 1 megohm, approximately 30 mmfd.
Operating Limits. (2) Without amplifier ' 2 megohms, approximately 40 mmfd.
Frequency response range of amplifiers 20-15,000 Cycles
Maximum signal input (with amplifier) 500 Volts (RMS)
Frequency range of timing axis 30-10,000 Cycles
Maximum d -c voltage across input binding posts.100 Volts with amplifiers
200 Volts direct
1 RCA -6C6 Signal amplifier for vertical deflection
1 RCA -6C6 Signal amplifier for horizontal deflection
Radiotrons Used and Functions. 1 RCA -885 "Saw-tooth" oscillator
1 RCA -913 Cathode-ray tube (1 -inch)
1 RCA -80 Full -wave rectifier
Physical Specifications
Height (including carrying -handle) 9¡ inches
Overall Dimensions. Width. .. 13¡ inches
Depth.... 7l inches
Weight: 60 cycle 144 pounds
25 cycle 16 pounds
Circuit Description
The schematic arrangement of the entire circuit reached when the equipment is in the case, and
is shown in Figure 21. the resistance of the circuit is sufficiently high to
There is one usual feature to this circuit that limit the current to safe values at all but very low
causes surprising voltage distributions but doesn't settings of the gain control.
affect the operating theory. Since the shell of the While the voltage. distribution, as shown in Fig-
cathode-ray tube is connected to the second anode, ure 24 is quite unusual, the method of operating
which must be at a positive potential from the the amplifier tubes has not been affected. The
cathode, and since the shell must be grounded for grids are maintained about two volts negative from
safety, the positive side of the power supply has the cathode, the suppressor is connected to the
been connected to ground. This is common prac- cathode, the screen grid is about 35 volts positive
tice in Cathode -Ray Oscillographs, but in this case from the cathode and the plate still more positive.
the power supply is common to the oscillograph An amplifier consisting of a single RCA -6C6 con-
and amplifier tubes, so the cathode, grid, sup- stitutes the means of obtaining "gain" for the sig-
pressor and screen grids of the amplifiers are all nal applied to the vertical deflecting system. The
at a high potential to ground and the plate is input to this stage is a high -resistance potenti-
nearly at ground. It may be argued that no im- ometer connected to provide "gain" control. An
provement has been made since the grid clips are isolation capacitor is made a part of the input cir-
at high voltage, but the grid clips cannot be cuit to exclude any d -c which may be associated
467
www.americanradiohistory.com
U
_ 1
VINLB
6/'7 i
og
1 91`
9/-7
ösMo/
s/,7 +
35944)/7077 33-/M1/707J
zr000'0/ vOOO'0/ vOOO'O/ v00dLb vOOOa/ v 0oZ8
ËZ -J2ti el o2W z /-ö O/ -i/
3S/MN7077
.93.1,//
v000kf v009.9
¡ 7,;-
Nf
i N
9V (Xi
,.000'w,
o
h W b-2,/
o
a k
a
k m
ò 2 2124i
m N 6-ö
M00S Q ÿ Q
3ryWOQSB
2 3S/MN7077
o-M I.
OO
V/ 2-7 91.J
Y73P.,/ 'O O
3S/ML?07J
.-1W 2 r
--j7
CI:
e
/O 4 O
po
N 22.W /Y7
,~N- 93W/ v000 osa
^4-'
o ' ,T `
2
M0773iC 83/77®
2
v086
W
W
N.OIOOLIIA.ú
a4, g h
000W0000 W
0 0 -o o- !l3W1/OlSN8[L
ON/Z/NOvOr6 S
N m
2 h N
2
468
www.americanradiohistory.com
H
m N3T329
L03Wb
brC
"_SP.
o
>i V-03
3019
rtidwoi
LtÿWb I-]aN3389-I-
Y I
Y
OJN l'O
4.-O
r ~L__-J
6-2 F 1
I1Wo05'E
1
1120 ]
MO113
3E0.0
-7
93W O
LI -7
MO1131.-3l110
IV33?19
v 0L2
01-9
M 119A
O113Á
01132
3n19
rr
A0113.
N7V19
220 113 9341 2'2
N3329--
2201132
M0113,
3019
922089-N7019- 93399
>42V 19
)I)91940M021
N3329
NANO 92
v OOL2 NM089
b2-2
s-9
21 038 N)V19
a===1:1 --
N]V19 39r13
tlWVI
0002 ä 32209 r
2C>
469
www.americanradiohistory.com
with the circuit being observed. The plate, or out- this oscillator has a "saw -tooth" wave -shape, ob-
put circuit of the RCA-6C6 is a resistor whose tained as follows: A d -c potential is applied across
value is so designed as to effect a broad and uni- a capacitor and resistor in series in the plate cir-
form frequency response in the amplifier stage. cuit of the RCA -885 tube. This voltage charges
Coupling from the amplifier plate to the cathode- the capacitor until the ionization potential (plate
ray tube is made through a capacitor. voltage at which the gas in the RCA -885 ionizes)
is reached. When the RCA -885 ionizes the capaci-
The amplifier for the signal applied to the hori- tor is short-circuited and the voltage across it drops
zontal deflecting plates is identical to that de- nearly to zero. The RCA -885 immediately de -
scribed above. A switch is provided to disconnect ionizes and allows the capacitor to start charging
the vertical amplifier, thereby applying the voltage again. In this manner, the voltage across the ca-
to be studied directly to the deflecting plates. pacitor has a "saw -tooth" characteristic. The capa-
There is an input switch to the horizontal amplifier citor referred to above is selected by the position
for feeding in the timing or "saw -tooth" oscillator of the "Range" switch as described in "Operation."
signal. With "Ampi. H" switch on "Timing," the voltage
A synchronization system is included, as shown across this capacitor passes through the horizontal
in the input circuit of the RCA-885. This is the amplifier to the plates of the RCA -913.
"Synchronizing" circuit described under "Opera- Power required for operation of the instrument
tion." The timing axis oscillator stage, using the is obtained through the power unit from a 110-120-
RCA -885, is designed to have a frequency range of volt, AC supply. Voltage rectification is accom-
30-10,000 cycles, controlled through the "Range" plished by an RCA-80 connected in the secondary
switch and "Frequency" control. The signal from windings of the power transformer.
Maintenance
470
www.americanradiohistory.com
YU
C
y I
,N,
v: o
M
`o
V7
N
es r. `o
0
i:.l o>
V,
C
G
b^0 FN
.o
M tl, I
1
I
W
CL
C
^,
á
+ I
C í.
Ci
C..0
cM *ó I I
1
r
O
+I
m,
een
7 o O I
I I
I
"eá z
>C.
17a
el
.. s a
C LIJ C> I I
C 0 I
I
eq
z Ì I
ci
^é C C7 E
C cl cl
Z ó
*el
7en
N.
L,7 z...)
ç 0 ótn ein 0
m
CO
.,
p^;A
m 22" C
I
o.
I I I
«m bC
C 0 q
o
I
> M
to;A
6i
Cl) 'Y
a0. V M
I
I
VF0
0 0
1 `+c
17
oaf '
y
+
c0°°
0 0 0
v'
M
mOYA
I
I I
U C: >
To a
i
O. co V
Q Y Ó C E
.« ÿti Q C
..y
O
d
GÌ ^0 o r--1
C.
á
o d I I 1 a.
P: Ú M U
s9'9w
CJ
U
O V U co
x d á
a.
G F
Ca
á g a
e
x
Y
M y
.4 Ltl
67
N Il M N
Gr)z
471
www.americanradiohistory.com
(4) Voltage Measurements the Radiotron Socket Voltage Table. In general,
the values shown are measured from the socket
One means of learning the condition of opera- contacts to ground; however, the heater or fila-
tion and tracing the circuit faults of the Oscillo - ment voltages are a -c and appear between the F-F
graph is by checking the correctness of the voltages or H -H clips. All readings given are actual operat-
and currents at the Radiotron sockets. The normal ing values, and do not allow for any errors likely
values, which can be expected to be found when to be caused by current drain of the measuring in-
the instrument is working properly under the spe- strument. Some of the voltages are not measurable
cified power ratings, are indicated adjacent to the with ordinary test equipment; these have been
socket positions in Figure 24, and also given by asterisked (*) in the table.
I
+1 + +
r
z M
I
O OMÓ;
+ N 1.: 7
eM
`
,
+ +~
1Q O 1
óM
M
lC
®
MO 6-5VA.C. M
MM3 Vl z_ ó(MCM
b o L©0)O0 Ll M MQ
O
M
L700V-0 © l I
R. Al S.
RCA 80 4
M RCA 885 2 3 RCA 606
i
RCA 6C6 +
5
FRONT VIEW OF
RCA 9/3 SOCKET
TOP VIEW
Figure 24-Radiotron Socket Voltage Diagram (Stock No. 151 and 151A)
472
www.americanradiohistory.com
ÿ 'úCJ w+
I4i m
t°
S eil
:t
DO
°.7
0
..
s
ÿ â
gg
= º é 1. g..
u^
xe ó` º ó é
aá ä-'
ppd
il 9 ªmÿ
á
=pé}
ÿ
á O°m =^ y ° ap ú
,eeo ,óa1 O O e r,d e
.q
A E9, °?i
EE.. ú? 'é
á
E
ó e °
° e 8, :4 .91
9
a. ó ó a;
a a `
E
eq gá C
pp
o°,
°°°b e .3 d
O 1 0Ç d 4
e
« '7 S. B
'.'ei>
É O o á vi 7
;Bú
ó'
°aó 8
z
8
z z
8
z
8
z
8 8
z
8 1
3-6 m z
8
z
8
z
8 ó
z i
z
a
= e á
aa'
$:,
°e
^1n°>
C
$e3
8
o
z
8
e
-e
llIfli-.1
3ó;Wgoci
g°i
oQ ê9eCa
ÑeE
w
o
7
iii!
ti0.
>;'y
cS
8
z z
8 134
$= B
z°
é
CS
8
á 5
>2
r
98
>2
ó
>
0k,=4á
c
>g
ó>g
óy
é] VII
E.-6.
é e
o,á
., 8. 9
m -2 3 -5,
O
á. . .
°-g°
2ei
2e
2-g
gs-
e.
/°
tis
1
Óyy
"-.i
°
w
ñ
á
; Ig
. xá Ó'
g
Ó ú
O`
°q
C to
e
le
4.
°w
el. -
e
1
q e .d 1 B^o /3S
e!
á2 0 e* e 5 5 . .
Al.,°.e
.80 Eä eeg> e ^ ó .h
8
gä
.h é ?
EN
9-i
.h
E
n
O
a
ge
z > g
11
O
Z
l&1 13111
1
s1 1 ä$1éti >
Xg33E=1
y°
6úó `1
-g.°
.
W
L.. L..: N
m
. . . °Cº -Le
gSé ÿ$ó
9 á
. 98E
C a5 úú
8ú
É O 9
F C1
m ,.
. °
. = .9 °
oe pp
a 8 8 El O e
Ñ F F F F°
<
B >
a ó ó ó ó 6. ó ó ó ó g ó ó ó
y,
F V W O Ó o >3
cw!
Ç e
Z
w
y7
e
.El
p
[
.7
j
i,
,
p.
y
e
Cw! WU'
e
.., 4,
p
zyF
OO E. C
w
p
W
V á x1
aV
tC ,
dr e co
>
(a.
ÓF $ V L F( B F w aG yUy
w
FF
aC
V
co
É°
yá
Ñ
óá
{
W
W
B
M BJ p
P, C
v
A. 11
a< G a va Z.
v
Ee+
V U.' v z>
O
Ó z> z> ex, ä0 Ñ7 ÿ7 541
E.
.z..
W
v
p7
'le
e.<
~
te
.>7C9
d~
aó
.>.7
<
vá
e e
m<
o .ë
wk
x
^
i ed
v
al
4.
.. ., ., . e .- , a . .. ..
473
www.americanradiohistory.com
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers.
474
www.americanradiohistory.com
Instructions 23343
For
Piezo-Electric Calibrator
Type TMV-133A Stock No. 9572
INTRODUCTION
The Type TMV-133A calibrator is a small fundamental, ±0.05 per cent. The method of
self-contained testing unit its overall dimen- test is extraordinarily quick, easy and simple
as explained later.
sions being only 51/2 x 27/8 x 2% inches. It The output from the calibrator is in har-
is applicable for making the following fre-
quency calibrations: monic steps from 100 k.c. to 20,000 k.c. in
100 k.c. steps, and from 1,000 k.c. to 50,000
1. Dial Scale readings of Receivers and simi- k.c. in 1,000 k.c. steps, the former with the
lar instruments. lever of the operating toggle switch turned to
2. Test Oscillators. "Lo" and the latter with it turned to "Hi."
3. Other R -F Oscillators. The instrument operates on 110-120 Volt,
4. Signal Generators. A -C, 50-60 cycle current, which is used for
5. Any apparatus generating at specific fre- both heater and plate supply in complete A -C
quencies between 100 and 50,000 kilocycles. operation, but for heater only in D -C operation.
The test values for any particular calibra- In the former case the plate of the radiotron
tions are indicated on the dial scale of the in the crystal oscillator is supplied with raw
instrument being tested or are of known fre- A -C potential which gives a 60 cycle modu-
quencies. The exact frequency is checked by lated RF output signal for receiver dial
listening to the note from the calibrator, and calibration work. In the latter case an un -
the accuracy for all frequencies capable of modulated signal results from the D -C voltage
being tested is that of the plezo electric crystal applied to the plate.
DESCR IPTION
The calibrator consists of a Piezo-Electric ways be connected by a link for A -C opera-
tion. For D -C operation this link must be re-
Crystal accurately ground for two modes of moved. A double -pole double -throw toggle
oscillation (100 k.c. and 1,000 k.c. test steps), switch, located on the front of the case, selects
and a transformer through which A-C power is either of the two output frequency steps. The
supplied for energizing the heater element of an necessary coils, resistors and capacitors for com-
RCA 955 acorn type triode and supplying plate pleting the circuit are as shown in the accom-
voltage in the case of A -C operation. There panying illustrations.
are three binding -posts on the front of the Important-Always remove link between
case, one marked "-", one marked "+", and center and "+" binding -posts before connect-
one unmarked. These are used only for D -C ing for D -C operation. Be careful to prevent
operation. The A-C power cord with plug is electrical contact between binding -posts and
attached inside the case to the central un- ground, as any one binding-post may be 110
marked and negative (-) terminals. The cen- Volts above ground according to the way the
tral and positive (-I-) binding -posts must al- power cord plug is inserted in outlet.
OPER ATION
Before making tests examine the unit by 100 k.c. steps or "Hi" for 1,000 k.c. steps ac-
removing the back cover and seeing that the cording to the requirements of the test.
Acorn Tube is properly inserted in its socket. 4. Tune the instrument being tested and
Replace back cover and proceed in the follow- notes will be heard at frequencies which are
ing manner: multiples of the fundamental being used. If
an audible note is not produced by direct radi-
A.C. Operation ation, it may be necessary to provide sufficient
1.Unwrap Power Cord and insert plug into coupling by connecting a wire to the terminal
110-120 Volt, 50-60 cycle, A -C outlet. marked "ant" of the instrument being tested,
2. Place instrument in convenient location winding a few turns and laying the coil so
on flat surface, with back cover down, in close formed lengthwise on top of the calibrator.
proximity to the instrument to be ca:.ibrated Too much coupling is apt to cause confusion
(within two or three feet). in distinguishing the correct calibration point.
3. Set lever of toggle switch to "Lo" for 5. In testing a series of values such as the
475
www.americanradiohistory.com
C-3 -1-
20MMF
R-1 L-1
1 MEG.
L-2
T-1 150.n.
JW
}
476
www.americanradiohistory.com
markings on the dial scale of an "All -Wave" a. Connect calibrator for either A -C or D -C
receiver, the operating switch is placed on "Lo" operation and couple to receiver to give out-
for the lower frequencies, and the tuning knob put at required frequency.
of the receiver turned. At each 100 k.c. value b. Couple Test Oscillator or Signal Generator
the calibrator note is heard, and the receiver to receiver and adjust frequency to give zero
may be adjusted accordingly. When the note beat with calibrator.
becomes weak, perhaps as the 10,000 k.c. range c. Take reading on Test Oscillator or Signal
is approached, depending on receiver sensitivity Generator Scale and record any error on
and noise level, attach a few feet of wire to calibration chart.
the antenna stud of the receiver and wind a d. Proceed to make tests in a similar manner
coil in the free end for coupling, as explained for all points desired to be checked.
in the foregoing paragraph. To check an in- 2. Calibration of Test Oscillator Alone.
dependent value, such as that of 15,250 k.c. a. Set Test Oscillator for heterodyne detection.
(FYA, Paris, France), turn the Switch to "Hi" b. Locate calibrator using coupling if necessary,
for 1,000 k.c. steps and locate the 15 m.c. point. and listen with headphones for beat note as
Now, switch to "Lo" and count forward to the frequency is slowly varied. With Calibrator
15.2 and 15.3 m.c. points. The 15,250 k.c. point on "Lo", zero beat should occur at each
will be midway between. 100 k.c. mark.
c. Record errors as required.
D -C Operation Note: It will be found better to make the
above tests with calibrator connected for D -C
1. Remove link between center unmarked
binding-post and the one on the left marked operation.
"+", and attach the leads from the D -C source In calibrating an oscillator such as the
to the two outside posts marked "+" and "-". TMV 97-C, with receiver, harmonics of the
lower oscillator frequencies should be used to
2. Insert -plug on power cord in A -C,
beat against harmonics of the calibrator. For
110-120 Volt, 50-60 cycle outlet. On grounded example, the tenth harmonic of 360 k.c. on
systems where D -C line voltage is used for oscillator being tested, will give a beat with
plate potential the grounded side of the two the 3600 k.c. signal from the calibrator. Also
systems must be connected common. the tenth harmonic of 370 k.c. will give a beat
3. Locate calibrator and proceed as for A -C with the 3700 k.c. crystal calibration signal. In-
operation using coupling coil where necessary. terpolation between the 360 and ,j70 k.c. point
The note will be a hiss with the unmodulated will give a 365 k.c. point on oscillator when
D -C excitation. calibrating closer than 10 k.c. The following
table will serve as a guide in such calibration
Additional Tests work. Obviously there are several combina-
tions which may be used. In general it is best
1. Calibration of Test Oscillator or Signal to select the lowest oscillator harmonic which
Generator connected to Receiver: will beat with a harmonic from the calibrator.
MAINTENANCE
It may be necessary occasionally to replace relation to each other. After long continued
the radiotron RCA 955, but other troubles usage if output becomes weak or unit becomes
should not occur. The crystal is a single unit inoperative make a careful check for circuit
with two modes of oscillation and so long as troubles. Then, finally, if necessary, remove
the 1000 k.c. adjusting capacitor is not moved, and clean the crystal. This is done by remov-
the two frequencies will maintain their proper ing the three nuts from the studs holding the
477
crystal top plate, lifting off the top plate, taking gives an audio beat with the station. For
out crystal and cleaning crystal and top and 0.05 per cent accuracy the audio note will vary
bottom plates with pure alcohol. To reassem- with the station used. Using 700 k.c., crystal
ble, tighten nuts evenly till top plate just would be adjusted for an audio note of 350
touches crystal when there will be no "shake"
and crystal will not oscillate. Now back off cycles. Adjusting to a lower audio frequency
approximately one turn on each nut until crys- gives a higher accuracy on crystal. If adjust-
tal oscillates normally. Check by means of a ment of the 1000 k.c. trimmer has not been
broadcast station such as WLW- 700 k.c., or changed the 1000 k.c. steps (switch on "Hi")
other even 100, with a receiver and with cali- will automatically be correct. A fibre or Bake-
brator switch on "Lo". Readjust crystal by lite wrench should be used for making final
turning nuts on top plate till the 700 k.c. point adjustments.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Insist on genuine factory tested parts, which are readily identified and may be purchased from authorized dealers.
Stock
DESCRIPTION LittNo.
Price
Caution-Before operating with D -C plate potential, remove link between center and positive (- binding posts on irons
of case.
Any binding post may be 110 volts above ground. Avoid possibilities of electrical contact from any one to ground.
478
www.americanradiohistory.com
25054
Beat Oscillator
Stock No. 9606
INSTRUCTIONS
DESCRIPTION
The Beat Frequency Oscillator is an impor- leads and connectors, all assembled complete
tant auxiliary to short wave receiving sets and on a metal base ready for attachment in the
serves the purpose of enabling the listener to receiver cabinet or other desired location. Its
obtain code messages and other continuous overall dimensions are 7 inches wide, 234
wave broadcasts. It may also be used in locat- inches deep and 7 inches high.
ing regular broadcast or other modulated forms The oscillator tube is not supplied and the
of transmission by the "birdie" method and its type selected will be in accordance with heater
value in this field will be most evident in or filament voltage as follows:
cases where the signal strength is very low or
For 2.5 volts use RCA-58 tube.
For 6.3 volts use RCA -6D6 tube.
the carrier is not modulated continuously.
The coil assembly includes the coil and two
This Beat Oscillator is of the electron - variable capacitors as well as other capacitors
coupled type known to afford excellent fre- and resistors.
quency stability and the complete unit as shown The Beat Oscillator may be used with any
in Figure 1 consists of the coil assembly, tube type of receiver in conformance with the open-
socket, switch, control rod and terminal boards, ing paragraphs under Installation, either AC
with the necessary tube, coil and other shields, or DC and of any line voltage or frequency.
INSTALLATION
Before commencing installation check tlie tally or vertically, inside or outside the cabi-
receiver characteristics net as for example:-
for compliance with (a) Inside the cab-
the following require- inet at the top right
ments :- CONTROL
t
LEVE ì
ROD OR i1'!' hand side, looking in
1. Short-wave super- the back of the cab-
heterodyne type. inet, with the lever
2. Intermediate fre- projecting near the
quency between 415 ASSEMBLY & SHIELD-,
COIL TUBE SHIELD speaker and the switch
and 700 k.c. accessible at the back.
3. Extra power avail- (b) Attached to the
able for the additional chassis in position
heater filament of the MOUNTING
HOLES
SWIT:H shown in Figure 1
Beat Oscillator tube with the unit project-
without overloading ing out at the back of
transformer, rectifier (RED) the cabinet.
or vibrator or affect- TO
SCREEN (c) On the outside
GRID
ing plate or bias vol- COUPLING
of one side of the
tages of any tubes. HEATER LEADS
LEAD(BLUE)
TO GROUND
cabinet.
4. Correct heater (BROWN á BLACK
TWISTED PAIR) (YELLOW) 2. Hold the unit in
voltage (2.5 or 6.3) the selected location
for oscillator tube. and mark the position
Mounting of the mounting holes. There are two sets of
The Beat Frequency Oscillator may be holes in the base, one set for attaching at right
mounted in any position and is easy to install angles to and the other parallel to the mounting
by following these instructions. surface. Check to make sure that the oscillator
1. Decide on location for mounting. The is free from obstructions, with clearance for at
unit may be attached in any position, horizon- least a half circle movement of the control rod,
479
www.americanradiohistory.com
COUPLING
LEAD BLUE ' C -I
115
MMFD.
IIC-4 -3
OS C.
300
MMFD.
47,Ó 0A
RCA 6D6 C8 40-180
OR 4- II MMFD.
RCA 58 MMFD.
T6
GROUND C-3
YELLOW R-2 3000
10,000 A MMFD.
_J
C-2
0.05
MFD. R-1
BROWN -BLACK.--1 47.000 A
TWISTED PAIR RED
o
S-1
HEATER
VOLTAGE
SCREEN
A8 VOLTAGE
Figure 2-Schematic Diagram
OPERA TION
Turn oscillator switch of} and carefully
1. audio -frequency beat note when the receiver
tune the receiver to an unmodulated or weakly is tuned to resonance with any carrier. The
modulated carrier at any frequency. gang capacitor in the receiver should be ad-
2. Turn oscillator switch on and move the justed to the center of the carrier by listening
control rod into line with the screws holding to the "swish" or "key clicks" before turning
the shield. (The oscillator switch controls on the Beat Oscillator switch. Adjust the pitch
the plate and screen grid supply voltages to with the control rod-never by means of the
the oscillator but the filament remains con- receiver tuning control knob.
stantly heated thus rendering the tube ready The pitch may be varied at will either to
for instantaneous operation.) satisfy personal preference or to eliminate in-
3. Adjust the main tuning capacitor of the terfering signals. Best intelligibility and
Beat Oscillator with screwdriver, through hole greater apparent volume due to the inherent
in bottom of Beat Oscillator chassis, to closely sensitivity characteristic of the human ear will
approximate zero beat. This capacitor and the result using a moderately low pitch or beat
one operated by the control rod are both vari- frequency in the order of 500 to 1000 cycles,
able air -dielectric capacitors and are effectively but audio -image interference will decrease with
connected in parallel. ascending pitch.
4. Adjust the auxiliary tuning capacitor by Audio -image interference is an effect entirely
means of the control rod to produce a suitable distinct from that commonly referred to in
note. This capacitor is actually a vernier con- superheterodynes by the term image frequency
trol which permits adjustment of the Beat Oscil- response. By the latter is meant interference
lator output frequency over a very limited set up by an incoming carrier on the same
range on either side of the signal intermediate side of the desired carrier as the radio-
frequency (zero -beat position). frequency oscillator signal but removed from
Note-With the main tuning capacitor the desired carrier by exactly twice the re-
set at 460 k.c. and the control rod at the ceiver intermediate frequency.
center of rotation, the range of the auxiliary Audio-image interference is created when
capacitor will be approximately 3500 cycles an interfering signal of a frequency close to
on each side of zero beat. that of the desired signal, passes through the
5. For c -w (code) reception adjust the Beat receiver and is converted to an intermediate
Oscillator frequency to a value one or two frequency which is located on the same side
kilocycles above or below the intermediate of the I-F frequency, formed by the desired
frequency of the receiver so as to provide an signal, as the Beat Oscillator frequency. If this
481
www.americanradiohistory.com
undesired I -F frequency is separated by exactly As an example to illustrate the latter alter-
twice the separation of the Beat Oscillator fre- natives, suppose that with the receiver tuned
quency from the desired I -F frequency a true to a station the Beat Oscillator is adjusted to
audio -image interference will result. If one one kilocycle above the intermediate frequency
merely visualizes the sharp selectivity curve of and that an interfering signal is present at
the superheterodyne, he will observe at once 1900 cycles above I -F resonance (100 cycles be-
that the attenuation offered by the tuned cir- low the audio -image frequency). Thus, the
cuits of the receiver to such image responses desired signal will produce a one kilocycle
will increase very rapidly as the Beat Oscillator note and the interfering signal a note of 900
separation is widened. cycles, these tones being sufficiently close that
Beat notes produced by other signals than the former probably would not be readily
that causing a true audio image ordinarily will discernible. By increasing the oscillator fre-
be distinguishable from the desired signal be- quency 900 cycles, however, the desired signal
cause of the dissimilarity of pitch. In cases would be heard as a 1900 cycle note and the
where both sound almost alike, confusion be- undesired signal heterodyned to zero frequency.
tween the desired and undesired signals can On the other hand, the oscillator frequency
practically always be eliminated by shifting the could he changed to a point on the opposite
setting of the Beat Oscillator to the opposite side of I -F resonance so that the desired signal
side of the I -F frequency. would again be heard as a one kilocycle note.
If a beat note of approximately the same The interfering signal then would produce a
pitch as the desired signal is heard, the inter- note of 2900 cycles and so should cause no
fering signal must be either near the frequency confusion.
of resonance or near the audio -image frequency. 6. In locating weak, modulated signals the
For the first condition, best discrimination will Beat Oscillator is tuned exactly to the inter-
be obtained by using a fairly low pitch fre- mediate frequency of the receiver so that an
quency on the opposite side of zero beat from audio -frequency note of ascending pitch is ob-
the interfering frequency. Use of a relatively tained on each side of every incoming carrier.
low pitch is recommended since for a given To adjust the Beat Oscillator in this manner,
small frequency separation, say 100 cycles, two tune the receiver accurately to any carrier of
notes will be much more discernible in the suitable strength, turn the Beat Oscillator on
region of 500 cycles than at 1500 cycles. When and swing the control rod in either direction
the interfering signal is at or near the audio - until "zero beat" is obtained. Any other car-
image frequency, however, two alternatives are rier will be tuned to exact resonance when
possible. The oscillator frequency can be the gang or tuning capacitor of the receiver is
either adjusted to zero beat with the frequency adjusted for "zero beat" and weak signals will
of interference or swung through zero beat be heard almost as well as those of greater
with the desired signal to some value on the strength because of the heterodyne "whistle"
opposite side of I -F resonance. produced while passing through resonance.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
Stock Price Stock
No. DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION Price
List No. List
4244 Cap --Grid contact cap-Package of 5 $0.20 8077 Handle-Beat Oscillator Adjustment Handle-
Complete with knob
8076 Capacitor -115 Mmfd.-(C1) .20 3078 -
Resistor 10,000 Ohms
Watt-Package of
-Carbon Type
5-(R2)
- y
$0.50
1.00
4886 Capacitor-0.05 Mfd.-(C2) .20
6955 Shield-Radiotron shield and shield cap .25
5209 Coil-Beat Frequency Oscillator Coil Assem- 1786 Socket -6 -contact
bly-Complete with shield and control han- Radiotron socket .15
dle (Ll, C4, C5, C6, R4) 7.28 7900 Switch-Control switch-toggle type (S1) .75
482
www.americanradiohistory.com
CHART OF FREQUENCY OR IMPEDANCE
VS.
'
occurs at the horizontal line representing 1 mfd. The other oblique line
at this intersection represents the impedance at this frequency. This is
''l.e . .I
approximately 3000 ohms.
, ,iI''
\ a(' vi6: //
:
a,." "
i
, i ' Ì...
..
, ,
Ìil,ii
\ .r,,,ara
:o..
I
a ,- ,si."
-val..
,. ,.,- a
.u
/..
!>Iv+ip
/.
.{ ... '
IIiiti
. -.u iirn.I
...uu
/
A. 7f.
r'1
.,,. rR.A.x.x
au
s,
r
' bl.«.
:i.n o. 3_
ii:i?1y
. r
V
, .A'I ,,
..i I,1
4 ll!w . iqd.,0,1410Laweephstä11í_1i.'1.
y,,`-::>:;,:. !/ \!ì /pry- 1 . !/. I
!_¡ 9'1!j
: .0 i-'
/
/11rd lirllr $
l.!úl.L` '9u- ' y>';,!1,i. t1'S'r
ÌI'Y VI {i
,Í!'1/, ßí1i.:dIh..rlk.1.y:a 01. .,'á.C!. 114
Ìi'
1.:.c.ia.i.-..,f
\ d,ïï 44
\a17lP
r1`
l'1
nc . ./ylll:.1 l..,
.-..1{i I
/..Qi_1I1.
1
..1a.'
'
`/
1.tl
o.o.,
.j¡I1 1 \r 3'
'1/i11"
.¡I' u{b,.
'/Ì1 , ,. ,
r +'1I"i
V ` 1
/1' 1' leepgrindriatiAnntilil. /.1..I,
' I' Qi,1t I/ jí7íJ'
/.
`vDr
1o íI+°i
MI V'àÌ.i °i°O^''
U { '
1Í%'''
V7
/1 p 7S Qi 1
/1 yy ,/
1
ly% .:..c.+
, i.\ t. ! !.!'
,1,1 1
'';%ÿ>:
'Ì \ {ri . \v
1
.
.i t ii ü '
:
,u _ , I.
i11,d;i'Ví::1!il.1r/la;+:
, I
/\::@í211»1 1.i1;i!//:114.Ii1...1a1:Í,
'i
7
i ¡' 1 !
1',I'31'`li/6'Z1!! 1Ii,1Diiiii
/
r r
/
1 a v i .
; r11r
> 1 -
,tli. lL .
.lli'ilnl¡`
. . a _ ,! _
f.!. .
!:
:
'r/
:= ..:6_.:i,ai'''.;:::,...= I:Ìi/ ..:º._I:-..a:i:::.%.:.::.: .::::..:-.'w'..,...s
;. ,
:.::.ia.Ps:::, E!
':II'..r.."r.....r'I.WI:.A.aAL:..J.'..r.M_I..\L"I...'.......i.1_I...I....::._a..r....
1: :
,.f a1 9 l'/ !
1¡I
,.I,u. iy+ .,. 1 Pi1i,i
I .... i ,. i F'
6 / Ill ./ .
rl..` /' . il .,
-ÓiitG
f
, .. ...ii.i%w.iú..:AlI...h/11..Ì:un
`!= 1
1
:5!itÍri .
0!ti
1 ./1 { /
i 1 p 1/ V
Ii i .I,I' I ` '/
1
yZl! 1 11/1 1
I I
al.l.:.
,a e1 .
1 1 . 1 1,{..11
C
1Ésil
;
. ... a1 \Z5,b,40,1._>_.1'i/ ' c
f ., h t'°^" '
.
:
1'
r
1
1
'1 . ,, -6,
íl Ìy /, '
, 1
ssi 1 1 4
/1 , 1 l1 I+D¡¡i e1 I ..0.1 11l l
1 ;;,,tt .
1
1
{
r1
1 ,
!'
1 '1
\7 / ' p . y. , ' - i'l!'
1
./ /j ¡"'j ,,
1
ij,r,
!'I,'
:, wi "v°j'
.ln_1i./
'
'13,..C.: f 1
.
.i..-..ü.,l.:..1/:eu
I '' i̡ ._hu..i.:.iet: i'
r 4' e::
\...,
r .;.,. /' ... R\ .
.: ,,
¡1'll / i
'1' /.. '/
.. `^`
"1/ i / /..i/ . p'1
u
.., i,..iQii'
P . 1'
i /
til
, I i.1.{i.i,
'1IIr.f ,R_
(,,, !Ig°, i'iv 1
, .
{
' .,.. 1 r
fl /.i1+
Y
'1'r /
/' Ìi ! l./
1/ 1 1/g/11/
1 /.v :v. ai
.,1, I,II
Ì t i iiÌ !
1,, ..,.!R/1+ , l'i1ti {1
1 1 I ,.. I ..,` +! s!'
`
I,..-:..uat,:m' .. IS,.i 1:1 l.yl. Pe- t
'a.R.o..a\1:.Il:r7.c.ñ7.alr!o..FiL
:
i .`,aa..
t.:,!/01 .a.Iá'11,.r. S
1 ,ISIÌ.
. ! t.M l.!1._a,
' :walc.ua..ç:r_:acuu-..nicar;;:..
n.,nuv
IarR.'I`I.!! /..u.b
.7....a..Uvo..W. .r,t, ai..n/n
. cos..aciiic,::ca.o..v...aç.ic..
. ..1! ...>s.......,
uCw.Bci..U.
1
:.c.r,,,
!1._f.ìil'i`i, <
, r
a
1,
! /" Fy 11 ! ,
'Y ,11/
j¡l,j';:,1. ,i!i.ii!'í.,i%°''1 iiISÌ¡IIiÌias;
1 1
- -
>
!yA .oOrM1 >'.I,A XlOA
iNOUCT.dNCC
483
www.americanradiohistory.com
ó
q2, D D dd
6x OD D
..`ddD
tO
DO N .7[jO[n1ULnVNNN
OpOrIOO.iOOCOdViU]]dd.W7'i.i-/rlG7-i-1 M M M
NNNO+
.7.ti. DMMMMNNN U
dD HD
02 020261
R) u) ZZ z z o.O.OVO
z 2 zZz z sM z2z d1 w d z z
iO tO
,-Izz zZz7. Zr'LxZzr-1rl-I2z Z.i.-1.l.i
Z
KRH
W
N M M
Ó M MM C7 MM C7 M [7 C7 C7 N M de MM C7 C7 C7 C7 M C7 tO ce
Ñ
Z E
Z pDOOODODOOOOpOOOpODr1r1,`2OO,'POPb.-I.-Ii7r11n
M M N
.
p.7O.-IOInO.-Ir1.-4r1Oor100)
Z z Z z Z z Z Z z 22 z z z Z Z z z Z
Ln
Z Z H 2 2 Z 2 2
In In M In M 1n M M In MIn rl
LL) LC)
Y Z .i z z2 H
o
4
.
r!H rs
L.
rlrl ri 02
.-. r1MN
....-. C7rirHH r)C7r117d'
Pt
OO
CJ
1 Y
iY
CO
i
N
pclpxZ
Co7
O
H
rn
Cs
C`
C` Tw
t0Int0OCD0LCD-1
cr. DO tD
W
N CO U) LL7MMCs Cs
NC0000010ttOt0 [r) C) VD
e) c-
CO t0
D C`
Dr)tOMr)
C-N Ott O -
D
H LL1
t7ri
OOu7O OtMC7C`C7O COMOM
C7atN U) N LL)Dln
Y` 1[) de detOCs LL) Cs LL')ri CO 010)(r) (OMNCO de d' r- de C` cr. tOCDCnLL] Ot CO In 1nO N NNOOCO dl
CO CO [VON
t0 t0 d' cf e
Cf)
C. a> t0 UD t0 t0 tO t0 t0 N r) C` tO t0 de de t0 t0 tO t0 C7 M tO N M d' CA dl Cn In ri r1 r1 r1 ei ri .i Nr1
O F. CO .-/ ri ri ri H ei ri ri ri
.-1
H ri -1 ri ri r1 ei
ó
HO
Y H
Z0C]
7..x
N O V
ODOOODOOCsN W OOOOOOOOODOODODOOOcicnO
. .
C7
z z z z z z z z-'lHzzzzzzzi:zzzzf:zzzzzzzzzrNiz
e
t0
C DOv)Dv)v)OCMv(MV O
z z z ti z
de C
. .
() CO a1
zH-1rHiz.irHirH'1r.lrirHi
DNM
N
sf'
CnC7C7
C7tDC7C7
N d' N N
-i 2
o C-
M
OD OrnCOCn
D C`C,ntO
OC71n0 Mat W
Cn r ci,
OInCnOMlnlnlnwN
se de tO sM ce IZsMrLL)Inln
Nde ß'.DDO)OON
CA ei ri H
t-1
MMtODriCCpprlCsNH N
d'CnCnCnl7d't7DC-ceMdeln
d'd'Dr1c In
pCOs}
n
DdllnC- N
ri OOsrc'DaO tO
N0 00riOtON
cf UD CO
O
UD ri 0)sMO)d'
Cs
Cs sM se CD
MCsM(nr)1nCs 1H C7Natd'
-i OV
Ot Ot Cs Cn N r)
aZ"QaaaaHzzaaaaaaaaáaaaazaaHzHHz
N M Ch (n a)
HHHz riHHH ri ri N N H
HH a) Cn 0) at NV)
Cn Cn Cn Q) Cn Cn Cn Cn Cn C7 Cn
i
G. O D
c
z D CO U) CI) CnCn ci) co
e) el,
pDppDDOCCnv)ppDODDOODDDDODCv)cnviDCnCnOppODDbppDDpD D P
N no tn z z z ti z z z z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z z z z z z z z z Z z z z z z z z z z z Z 2 z z z z z z 2 z z z z z Z z
ce
W
o
C`deCOCs CsCsCsCs DOD C7riNN NCnN CO CC DDDCD
CO CO CO DCnceO C`a1OtO)Cn(nDD CD DN
DCnCnDDCnCnCnO)d'rlC-sr DD
NN CO CO
NN N
NDri
ND Cs ri D deN a1MC7t7 MDInInMt0CpD17
CrN N r- CJ C7C7MM N)CnMMMMMMMM C) M
ND LL)
e
LL7
N OH DC` C` D D t70)CnCnCn CnCnO)0)CnCnCnat Cn CnCnO)N 47 47 CnN C7 atCnCnCnriHriri rl rie-lei rl
l
cr. cr. cr. es!
q.i r1 X ri el ri ri ri ri ri ri el ri ri ri H ri ri ri H ri
Y
W O 0 0
O P U Cl //
(DI) 1T ++T
1 yy
a (D
c dru)0000
z
o
d
G.AC,
C. O tieC7 InCnD00
CD
Cn
MM GLriririMHMM CO >M g4 ri
sM
ND Ñ Ñ DO C7N
cn CD
rirlriririririH
CD
-J
1 CO
H q u) O 0 00 00 0 In r-1 O O O O O O O0 O O O O O O O O O O N N O N N O O O O O O N N N CO rir-1 N N N N
u U
ID
d O
F
.Ot0 CM O d' d' er d' d'
tO
e W M C: O
tO
ce ce e d' sf e sed' d' cf d' d' dl d' d' se [7 C7 C7 d' C7 M d' N N N N N N N N C` N N N N N N
CC í7 C.14 se' P N
0
O m
zbO
O cy
ser-c dNlnririHriHrl
I 1 I I I 1 I 1 1 1 I I l 1 Lti)
Csr1tD
(i 1nnnn nnn de C`
D
r
Mxz
CD CO
o
. Ç ó w w tD w Ct
c0 w w ín
se
In
co se
ó d'
se
d' w
CO
D C.
ce co co m I 1n °i °i t0 tn VD tO IOn 1Mn tNo íM0 tMO tMn tO t0
W a)rnrn(n0)CnrnO)rnrnmo)C`rnCnmCnatCnrnCnrnCnrnatOt0lCnDCna)(natatOtP(nOtCnmCnCnCnCnmrnCnat CD Oh
CO
Y
* ** * * * *
NNNNNNNNNM
O\\\\\\\\\\\D\\ D\\\\\\\\\\ \\\\\
W ClllC!) d1d' deded'deded'd'dedld'd'siece cede
+-1
A
g
-.
N tn O
y
.d C7
\U3
\\\\\\\\
D MM M
M
N M M M r) M M M
H
tO tO tO
ri ri
up«)
H tO t0 VD tO t0
ri ri ri ri ri ri
4.0 tO
ri ri \V7 r)
tO t0 t0 tO tO t0 tO tD t0 ail tD t0 up
M M
H r) M 17 C7 C7 CO C7 M C7 r) C7
tO tO
Y 7 C7 q 1-1H
In
H ri el ri H H H
In 10
ri a) rn a) o) a) Cn a) rn rn 01 1n de ce In ri H ri r1 ri H r1
ri ri ri ri ri ri r1
K 0 0 .-1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
DDD DD DD DD DDD DD
1
N O in -- U7 D 10 D M0 LL) M D0 In D tO t0 t0 t0 t0 tO
1 1
t0 t0
1 1 1
t0 tO t0 tO t0 tO t0
1
t0 tO t0 tO VD UD tO C- CO
484
www.americanradiohistory.com
a Z
qq
<C
C)
CO
.3
[
ti
U
D
a1
I
4.
0)
O
-
.
Ne
.14Hr4
pp
Z
4.
7
E,Tcgp
ä.h>Fá:a.e
{.¡ MMNNNd'NNMMM
r-1r1.Mdd1M
t0t00'OO.00.O.totON
d1
NCNNNN)NNNNrl
c0C-c0c0ONOOOODCO
rilnririri0riririrlri
rit0ririri0r-lrlririr-1
O N
ri N
M 100 M
,-I
O'
d'
ri ri r1 ri ri ri re ri ri z z
DrtiCD'ODDDDDDDD
IO iá)
r1
LL)
r-1
d'd'ririN
O.C-O>rNO.hO.O.C-0.0'Cs
d'riririt0rirtd'd'M) 0]r1O1ridrld'-tri¿¿'rirldririC
.Nd'd'd'LC)d'd'd' d'eNd'd1d'
U) ri ri r1
LL)
v
LL)
ri
M
eN
.r'drrzrZ2Zz2x2ZZ
MIOMMdMMMMMMMCO
eMd'e^IOd'Md'4'Md'd`'JM
D
Z
d'
N
riDDpNONO
Z
N00t00. 00'O.tOOCnCP
MriLOriN)riN)rlM
DOr-iOrlO-1O
01 M In in I!) I[) LO 10 I()
NO'NO'C70'O.rld1 d10.d1dtriO.d'
LO1nMOM1nOsMrirluDrirld'{nriri
0zzrri0.-10.`-INCOrel-lrelirN-1OrNirN-irC-)iOrelirC--II
IO
O.00>O
MN
-I
rr101pririr)Oriririlnrlri
MNMNNMNNNNNMNNN
Orff.O.c0O'C-nO c0OO.COOfOC-c0O
torlrriMriririt0r-1r1
ui IL) M IO ION M IC)
IL1
MriMriMriMriMNririrlMriririNrlr-1
..
;&>>>f l`.1:xim3>>f..,Á:d>:c
d'MdMd'Md'Md'MMMMdMM)MInMM
...
r1i
C-
ICJ
cr.
Ú MMMMM
q ó
MMMM
íN-1
CV
M00.0'riMMIO
riNNCOtoInINnN
Ñ r1 M CO.N-Irl
C-
t0
Cn
IO+
d'
Otá)O'O
C Int0C
tOte0tO0í0
UP 02 C-
OC
Od'
-Mear)
dld'
t0
CV
co
OL nee pOp)
M)
¿OInInln
ri OOrI
In.71nt0In
riCOÑr)i
ri ri
ri8riCOtNnt0
MO
e')Ñ
rlt0
Cr.
M
ri ri ri ri ri ri ri ri
ri ÑNM)
ciD
ri ri r-1
U E CO Hei ri ri rl ri ri rl ri ri
7.,iispa7
zOÚV)
zo O. O'
áá DDDCNOád'cMvá D
H.-HizrHirHirHizz zZzzzzzzzzzr
eO O.O.MO.
áDDpDDDDP? D DD Dzrizrizzrizzzzz`Fz
]DDDDtDD
zF..í-47
M O. O' 0' b t00 re
Ñ
M
Ñ Óul
NCNNQd'OO
zzz
e zp
Nd'
Ot0
.-1C-
N
r-1 0. N M
Otnr101nO'OC
d'NOOd'C`
DO.DNO'tOtONO Dd'.`D-COd' d'd'O d' d'Md'1n
0.0.0.0.
N toM Orid'O'OhNO'tON
O. C-
N
t0 N M t0 Cs O t0 M d' M ". O. O. In 0 C D. HOC
LO ri t0 O In 1n lnNrid'InCO r1
O.O 'O'.-iririrlr-ir-1
ri
up ri
e2
O ri C ri ri v ri t0 t0
01
In0'
D O'In 0C1.0tO t0tOt0 1á) OO
1n0
O aE?0?6
HyOU
0.200
ei ei Z,r1 zrirlrMiriririzOzO.O.O.O'O.0.
ri Zririrlrir eOirlriri
OYi .14
O O O
.mi
WUO) d 444444Q4444 <1 4444 <1 44 4 4
D bp
y
M
q00)
z0
ÿ to t0
MM
00000000 O p p p O D D D D D D O D
t0 t0 t0 t0 t0 t0
riririririr-lrir-IrlriZzzZZzZZZZZzzzZ
0 to tD 'D
CD CD PZZZZZZZZZZHHHHHHHHHHH .8MM
Z
DD D
t0
CD CD OD
t0
ID Op CO
C- t0 t0 t0
taO0Dp
M
C` t0 t0 t0 C` t0 t0
t0 t0 t0 t0 t0 tO0 t0 up
el elCO í0O
CO
MM M
A.--
4.000
D 000
O 000
z O 000
drirlri
NNNNCNONNNInNriN0C1.0c0O.O'OtopMO' Q 00.InO.Ot0c0t0c0t0d'C.C-C-d'C.rIC-d'PC-
0. tO C
4y Ó d1 d' d d' d' O' d' d' M M O M tO t0 M tO tO tO M 8 M t0 8 t0 tO M tO ln In ln 10 In up tO VD tO
.pmem tp0. 1[1
CQ
O
0 iO'OimO0OD000ODP O P 0ODO0D00000 OOri riN.N-1.-Niri.-INrNi.-/. O W
t{p1 02 cn el
O. R.
rirNiNOVD
nP7 CCVs
cu Cd}' cu
d.l.1
tg
O O 0
.)d reli rirNirl ri
O 000O
Ul>OCn
i'
mmmmmmmmmm mmOmmmmmmmm Ó I 1
a
Ahr.vN M
óU
Eu Q e4 ri ri pt O. -1 CV .-i p, M ai t0 el .-i p. ri ri
O
Ñ g
1
z,
O
b
Ó @a
O
k
r1 M
rt H NI
M el
1 1
r-1 . Ns ri I t0 ri N
s t0 r1
1 el rell r ssd'
M V' co
M
1 I N
.-1
ssLA1
tO ri
I 1
N
w
1 r1 r1 N
Q I
N
1 1n
d'
sI M
ri
U
I ri
ri
ao
I d'
d'
aaaio
1
C) N M
1
¢o
1
re
1
to
1
qqm,¡p,ai
UU 1 1
Ca
1
CaáaWLCO> W
1
Cs
I
t
In 1 1 1 1 1 1
op
1
CD
I I
tO0 7íOa0aatO0
I
to
I
r.aaa
I
í00C í0a0ñ C-
tMaOtaÓdaa'd71 íaaOtOOlntaa0baln7lantOaaOtOaOtNaaO aOtaO
tO co t00í0aa0t07
a.]tMaaO .jtÓ7tMaaOtMOto
tOaa0
{{11
?4 m?C
0101 PGaiáCáY1tDaiPG0.'.a:ia+0.aiPGfiOiCriP4C>» áC Ar: iaiiN-. W.CGC50:'aiaCMf0eäa
d't0Mt00'tOc0tOC-O$
1.1 cr.riel d'C- O
O.rirlr -I r1 N IC) CO
CO
C - CO
M tárl
C` U-
Mt04DOO.d'
N ri el MlnriLONMd'C-í0
yl tD me e. C` C- N M ÿ MNO.N0.0NO.O'N
ri
d' c0 OO.rlN NN MIOO.O.rirl.-1M In t0t0 P
t0 tO tO b tO 0 UD tO C- C- h h C. Cr C, C, p
CO
tO C- C. C. C- P C- co d' se co sp P O
1n .M se d' d' d' d' 1n 1n 1nIn 1n ln 112
.
z C- C-
O. o. O. 0. 0. O. O' 0. Cr. O. Cr. Cr. C- O. O. O. 01 O. O. O. 0. O. O. O' O' O. C. O. O. O. O. O. CT O. O' O. O. O' O. O.
ei
O ?A
MM yh F
Cñ CYL)
* yO.
*
t0 t0 t0 um t0 t0 t0 t0 t0 t0 t0 to t0 t0 t0 t0 t0
.Oi q Ó bstspOOOOc000Coc0c00000 O OOOOriririrririririririrr.rir,ririri
i ¿ qO.qi j ÌÌ Ì
r41 H11111111111111
O Ó O O O O O O O O O ri ri
CO CO CO O O O O OCc N VII CcV N C 1 CN1 NCCt Ñ 1N CN ÑÑ N 0.
W U W- CO CO CO 0 CO CO C á c0 c0 I ri ri ri ri ri ri ri ri ri ri ri ri el ri ri ri r-1 ri
ri ri ri ri r1 ri ri rl ri ri ri ri ri ri rl ri ri ri
485
www.americanradiohistory.com
RADIO DEFINITIONS*
"A" Power Supply. A power supply device providing heating current for Converter (generally, in superheterodyne receivers). A converter is a vacuum -
the cathode of a vacuum tube. tube which performs simultaneously the functions of oscillation and
Alternating Current. A current, the direction of which reverses at regularly mixing (first detection) In a radio receiver.
recurring intervals, the algebraic average value being zero. Coupling. The association of two circuits in such a way that energy may
Amplification Factor. A measure of the effectiveness of the grid voltage be transferred from one to the other.
relative to that of the plate voltage in affecting the plate current. Cross Modulation. A type of intermodulatfon due to modulation of the
Amplifier. A device for increasing the amplitude of electric current, voltage carrier of the desired signal in a radio apparatus by an undesired signal.
or power, through the control by the input power of a larger amount Current Amplification. The ratio of the alternating current produced In the
of power supplied by a local source to the output circuit. output circuit of an amplifier to the alternating current supplied to the
Anode. An electrode to which an electron stream flows. input circuit for specific circuit' conditions.
Antenna. A conductor or a system of conductors for radiating or receiving Cycle. One complete set of the recurrent values of periodic phenomenon.
radio waves. Damped Waves, Waves of which the amplitude of successive cycles, -at the
Atmospherics. Strays produced by atmospheric conditions. source, progressively diminishes.
Attenuation. The reduction in power of a wave or a current with increasing Decibel. The common transmission unit of the decimal system, equal to
distance from the source of transmission. 1/10 bel.
Audio Frequency. A frequency corresponding to a normally audible sound
wave. The upper limit ordinarily lieu between 10,030 and 20,000 cycles.
Audio -Frequency Transformer. A transformer for use with audio -frequency
1 bel = 2
Et
log,q
-=
It
2 logtu -
(See Transmission Unit.)
currents. Detection is any process of operation on a modulated signal wave to obtain
Autodyne Reception. A system of heterodyne reception through the use of the signal imparted to it in the modulation process.
a device which 1s both an oscillator and a detector.
Detector. A detector is a device which is used for operation on a signal
Automatic Volume Control. A self-acting device which maintains the output wave to obtain the signal imparted to it in the modulation process.
constant within relatively narrow limits while the input voltage varies Diaphragm. A diaphragm is a vibrating surface which produces sound
over a wide range.
"B" Power Supply. A power supply device connected in the plate circuit of vibrations.
a vacuum tube. Diode. A type of thermlonic tube containing two electrodes which passes
Baffle. A partition which may be used with au acoustic radiator to Impede current wholly or predominantly in one direction.
circulation between front and back. Direct Capacitance (C) between two conductors-The ratio of the charge
Band -Pass Filter. A filter designed to pass currents of frequencies within
produced on one conductor by the voltage between It and the other con-
a continuous band limited by an upper and a lower critical or cut-off
ductor divided by this voltage, all other conductors In the neighborhood
being at the potential of the Hest conductor.
frequency and substantially reduce the amplitude of currents of all fre-
quencies outside of that band. Direct Coupling. The association of two circuits by having an inductor, a
Beat. A complete eyrie of pulsations in the phenomenon of beating. condenser, or a resistor common to both circuits.
Direct Current, An unidirectional current. As ordinarily used, the term
Best Frequency. The number of beats per second. This frequency is equal designates a practically non -pulsating current.
to the difference between the frequencies of the combining waves. Distortion. A change in wave form occurring in a transducer or transmis-
Beating. A phenomenon in which two or more periodic quantities of dif- sion medium when the output wave form le not a faithful reproduction
ferent frequencies react to produce a resultant having pulsations of of the input wave form.
amplitude. Double Modulation. The process of modulation in which s carrier wave of
Broadcasting. Radio transmission intended for general reception. one fregtteucy is first modulated by the signal wave and is then made
By -Pass Condenser. A condenser used to provide an alternating -current path to modulate n second carrier wave of another frequency.
of comparatively low impedance around some circuit element.
"C" Power Supply. A power supply device connected in the circuit between Dynamic Amplifier. The RCA Dynamic Amplifier Is a variable gain audio
the cathode and grid of a vacuum tube so us to apply a grid bias. amplifier, the gain of which is proportional to the average intensity of
Capacitive Coupling. 'l'he association of one circuit with another by means the audio signal. Such an amplifier compensates for the contraction of
of capacity common or mutual to both.
volume range required because of recording or transmIesfon line
limitations.
Carbon Microphone. A microphone which depends for its operation upon Dynamic Sensitivity of a Phototube. The alternating -current response of a
the variation in resistance of carbon contacts. phototube to a pulsating light flux at specified values of menu light
Carrier. A term broadly used to designate carrier wave, carrier current, or flux, frequency of pulsation, degree of pulsation, and steady tube voltage.
carrier voltage. Electro -Acoustic Transducer. A transducer which 1s actuated by poser front
Carrier Frequency. The frequency of a carrier wave. on electrical system and supplies pow -er to an acoustic system or vice
Carrier Suppression. That method of operation in which the carrier wave is versa.
not transmitted.
Carrier Wave. A wave which is modulated by a signal and which enables Electron Emission. The liberation of electrons from an electrode into the
the signal to be transmitted through a specific physical system. surrounding apace. Inn vacuum tube it is the rate at which the elec-
Cathode. The electrode from which the electron stream flows. (See Filament.) trons are emitted from a cathode. This Is ordinarily measured ets the
current carried by the electrons under the influence of a voltage suffi-
Choke Coll. An inductor Inserted in a circuit to offer relatively large Im- cient to draw- as-ay all the electrons.
pedance to alternating current. Electron Tube. A vacuum tube evacuated to such a degree that its electrical
Class A Amplifier is an tunplifier in which the bias and exciting grid volt- characteristics lire due essentially to electron emission.
ages are such that the plate current through the tube flows at all times.
The ideal Class A Amplifier is one in which the alternating component Emission Characteristic. A- graph plotted between a factor controlling the
of the plate current is an exact reproduction of the form of the input emission (such as the temperature, voltage, or current of the cathode)
signal, and the plate current flows during the 360 electrical degrees of as abscissas, and the emission from the cathode as ordinates.
the cycle. The characteristics of a Class A Agoptiler are low efficiency Facsimile Transmission. The electrical transmission of a copy or reproduc-
aud output. tion of a picture, drawing or document. (This is also called picture
Class B Amplifier is an amplifier in which the grid bias Is approximately transmission.)
equal to that required to cut off the plate current to approximately zero Fading. The variation of the signed Intensity received at a given location
when no exciting grid voltage is applied, so that the plate current in a from n radio transmitting station as a result of changes occurring in
tube flows during approximately one-half of each cycle when an exciting the transmission path. (See Distortion.)
grid voltage is applied. The ideal Class B Amplifier is one in which the Fidelity. The degree to which n system, or a portion of a system. accurately
alternating component of plate current is an exact replica of the input reproduces at its output the signal which ie impressed upon it.
signal for the half -cycle when the grid is positive with respect to the
bias voltage, and the plate current flows 180 electrical degrees. The Filament. A cathode in which the heat le supplied by current passing
characteristics of a Class B Amplifier are medium efficiency and output. through the cathode.
Class C Amplifier Is an amplifier in which the grid bias is appreciably more Filter. A selective circuit network, designed to pass currents within a con-
than necessary to cut off the plate current to zero when no exciting grid tinuous band or bands of frequencies or direct current, and substan-
voltage is present, so that the plate current flows in the tube for appre- tially reduce the amplitude of currents of undesired frequencies.
citbly lesa than one -ball of each cycle when nn exciting grid voltage is Frequency. The number of cycles per second.
present. At the present time (lass C Amplifier application is confined Full -Wave Rectifier, A double element rectifier arranged so that current is
to radio transmission where high plate -circuit efficiency is a paramount allnn-ed to pass in the same direction to the load circuit during each
requirement and where departures from linearity between input and out- half cycle of the alternating -current supply, one element functioning
put are permissible. The characteristics of n Class C Amplifier are high - during one-half cycle and the other during the
plate -circuit efficiency and high power output. no on.
next half cycle, and
(1) A Class AB Amplifier is one in which the bias and exciting grid
voltages are such that the plate current flows during appreciably more Fundamental Frequency. The lowest component frequency of a periodic
than 180 electrical degrees yet less thon 360 electrical degrees of the ware or quantity.
cycle. This has elan been called (lass "A prime." The characteristics Fundamental or Natural Frequency (of on antenna). The lon-eat resonant
of n Class AB Amplifier are efficiency and output Intermediate between frequency of an antenna. without added inductance or capacity.
n Class A and a Class B Amplifier. The idle plate current and attendant
dissipation may be made substantially less than is possible with Class A Gas Phototube. A type of phototube in which a quantity of gas has been
Amplifiers. introduced, usually for the purpose of increasing Its sensitivity.
(2) A Class BC Amplifier Is an amplifier in which the bias and ex- Grid. An electrode having openings through which electrons or tons may
citing grid voltages are such that the plate current flows during lees pass.
than 180 electrical degrees and yet for a considerable part of the cycle. Grid Bias. The direct component of the grid voltage.
The characteristics of a Class BC Amplifier are efficiency and output Grid Condenser. A series condenser in the grid or control circuit of a
intermediate between a Class B and a Class C Amplifier. Class BC vacuum tube.
Amplifiers are not in general use.
(3) To denote that grid current does not flow during any part of Grid Leak. A resistor in a grid circuit, through which the grid current
the input cycle. add the suffix 1 to the letter or letters of the class flows, to affect or determine a grid bias.
identification. The suffix 2 is used to denote that grid current flows Grid -Plate Transeonductance, The name for the plate current to grid volt-
during some part of the cycle. age transconductance. (This has also been called mutual conductance.)
Condenser Loud Speaker. A loud speaker in which the mechanical forces Ground System (of an antenna). That portion of the antenna system below
result from electrostatic reactions. the antenna loading devices or generating apparatus most closely asso-
Condenser Microphone. A microphone which depends for its operation upon ciated with the ground and including the ground itself.
variations In capacitance. Ground Wire. A conductive connection to the earth.
Continuous Waves. Continuous waves are waves in which successive cycles Half -Wave Rectifier. A rectifier which changes alternating current into pul-
are identical under steady state conditions. sating current. utilizing only one-half of each cycle.
Conversion Transeonductance is the ratio of the magnitude of a single beat - Harmonic. A component of a periodic quantity having n frequency which to
frequency component (ft + f,) or (fl - f,) of the output current to the an Integral multiple of the fundamental frequency. For example, a com-
magnitude of the input voltage of frequency f1 under the conditions that ponent the frequency of which is twice the fundamental frequency is
all direct voltages and the magnitude of the second Input alternating called the second harmonic.
voltage f, must remain constant. As most precisely used, 1t refers to au Heater. An electrical heating element for supplying heat to an indirectly
infinitesimal magnitude of the voltage of frequency f1. heated cathode.
Most of these definitions are based on I.R.E. Standards.
486
www.americanradiohistory.com
Radio Transmission. The transmissionin ofa signals by means of radiated
Heterodyne Reception. The process of receiving radio waves by combining electromagnetic waves originating constructed circuit.
in a detector a received voltage with a locally generated alternating for producing radio -frequency power, with
voltage. The frequency of the locally generated voltage isreception commonly Radio Transmitter. A device
different from that of the received voltage. (Heterodyne is means for producing a signal.
Rectifier. A device having an asymmetrical conduction characteristic which
sometimes called beat reception.) of ener- is used for the conversion of au alternating current Into a pulsating
of aid a
Ho
ate 1 nvollttaage of carrrier (IIomodynee reception his a sometimes
frequencyCeption
stem current. Such devices include vacuum -tube rectifiers, gas rectifiers, oxide
called zero -beat reception.) rectifiers, electrolytic rectifiers, etc.
indi - A in ich the signal
Hot An dependentmmeter for
cationiresoi ace change Inn dime ions of n a ement which is heatedts
ssion ae.
by the
Reflex
at. ,
amplified, both beforehand fter detectionuit in the sameent amplifier or
current to be measured. tubes. power an
tube. In which heat Regeneration. The process by which a part of the output of
Indirectly Heated Cathode. A cathode ofhea thermionic cathode itself. amplifying device reacts upon the input circuitthe in such a manner as to
is supplied from it source other than reinforce the initial power, thereby increasing amplification. (Some-
Induction Loud Speaker is n moving field oil loud speakerin Inthewhich the current
is induced moving member. times called "feedback" or "reaction.")
which reacts with the polarizing by means Resistance Coupling. The association of one circuit with another by means
Inductive Coupling. The association of both. one circuit with another
of resistance common to both.
of inductance common or mutual to Resonance Frequency (of a reactive circuit)-The frequency at which the
capacitance between two electrodes.
Interelectrode Capacitance. The direct supply current and supply voltage of the circuit are in phase.
Interferene. Disturbance ofwhich reception due to strays, undesired signals, or Rheostat. A resistor which is provided with means for readily adjusting
other causes; also, that produces the disturbance. its resistance.
Intermediate Frequency, In Superheterodyne Reception. A frequency be- Screen Grid. A screen grid is a grid placed between a control grid and an
tween that of the carrier and the signal, which results from the com- anode. and maintained at a fixed positive potential, for the purpose of
bination of the carrier frequency and the locally generated frequency. reducing the electrostatic influence of the anode in the space between
in a non-linear circuit
Intermodulation. The production, sums and differences of the fundamentals element, of fre- the screen grid and the cathode. or
quencies corresponding to the Secondary Emission. Electron emission under the influence of electron
and harmonics of two or more frequencies which are transmitted to that on bombardment. is capable of differentiating
element. Selectivity. The degree to which a radio receiver
Interrupted waves between signals of different carrier frequencies.
óobtained frequency tin otous
nt audiorrupted
interruptionves.
byntinuous
manner of otherwise continuous waves.
rsubstantially periodic Sensitivity. The degree to which a radio receiver responds to signals
the frequency to which it is tuned.
of
a phototube,
Kilocycle. When used as a unit of frequency, is n thousand cycles per response
Sensitivity of a Phototube. Theexternal electrical current of
second. with no impedance in Its circuit, to a specified amountforanda
ortion of an a which kind of light. It is usually expressed in terms of the current
lietween the elevated toutdoormportion and ptheeinstruments or given radiant flux, or for a given luminous flux. In general the nsi-
easeldis-
disconnecting switches inside the building. tivity depends upon the tube voltage, flux intensity,
In which the audio output voltage
Linear Detection. That form of detectionproportional tribution of the flux. radio
under consideration is substantially the detectingto device. the modulation en- Service Band. A band of frequencies allocated to a given clase of
velope throughout the useful range of communication service. on either side of the carrier
Loading ('nil. An indu,Tor inserted in a circuit to increase its inductance Side Bands. The bands of frequencies, ofonemodulation.
but not to provide coupling with any other circuit. frequency. produced by the process
Signal. The intelligence, message That or effect conveyed in communication.
Loud Speaker. A telephone receiver designed to radiate acoustic power into method of operation in which one
a room or open air. Single -Side -Band Transmission. band is suppressed. The
Magnetic Loud Speaker. One in which the mechanical forces result from side band is transmitted, and the other orsidesuppressed.
carrier wave may be either transmitted
magnetic reactions. Static. Strays produced by atmospheric conditions.
Magnetic Microphone. A microphone inwhose electrical output results from The direct current response of a photo -
the motion of a coil or conductor a magnetic field. Static Sensitivity of a Phototube.
Master Oscillator. An oscillator of comparatively low power so arranged as tube to a light flux of specified value. Introduce n comparatively high
Stopping Condenser. A condenser used to
to establish the carrier frequency of the output of an amplifier. second. impedance in some branch of a circuit for the purpose of limiting the
Megacycle. When used as a unit of frequency, is a million cycles per
flow of low -frequency alternating current or direct current without
Mercury -Vapor Rectifier. A mercury-vapor rectifier to a two electrode, materially affecting the flow of high frequency alternating current.
vacnnul-tube rectifier which contains a small amount of mercury. During in radio reception other than those
characteristic of mercury-vapor Strays. Electromagnetic disturbancessystems.
operation, the unerenry le vaporized. A tube. produced by radio transmitting re-
rectifiers is the low -voltage drop ht the Superheterodyne Reception. Superheterodyne reception 1s a method offrom
Microphone. A microphone is an electro -acoustic transducer actuated by ception in which the received voltage is combined with the voltage
power in an acoustic system and delivering power totoantheelectric system, a local oscillator and converted into voltage of an intermediate frequency
the wave form in the electric system corresponding wave form in to reproduce the original
which 1s usually amplified and then detected
the acoustic system. This is also called a telephone transmitter. signal wave. (This is sometimes called double detection or supersonic
Mixer Tube (generally. in superheterodyne receivers). A mixer tube Is one reception.)
in which a locally generated frequency isfrequency. combined with the carrier - Swinging. The momentary variation in frequency actuated of a received wave.
signal frequency to obtain a desired bent Telephone Receiver. An electro -acoustic transducer by power from
Modulated Wave. A modulated wave is ina accordance wave of which either the ampli- an electrical system and supplying power to an acoustic system, the
tude, frequency, or phase is varied with a signal.
phase wave form in the acoustic system corresponding to the wave form in
Modulationav is in frequency. the electrical system.
or the esult of th t process.
inoaccordance lwithha signal, nde, Television. The electrical transmission of a succession of images and their
reception in such a way as to give a substantially continuous repro-
Modulator. A device which performs the process of modulation.
Monochromatic Sensitivity. The response of a phototube to light of a given duction of the object or scene before the eye of a distant observer. '
487
www.americanradiohistory.com
Receiver Circuit Analysis
All receivers are built around the vacuum tube used the cathode, or to a point in the circuit whose potential
as amplifier, detector, rectifier or oscillator. Whenever is more negative than the cathode. Since the suppressor
an open or short occurs in the filament, plate, grid or grid serves the same purpose (i. e., to practically elimi-
screen -grid circuit of a vacuum tube, it will have a defi- nate the effects of secondary emission) whether the
nite effect upon the voltage and current readings obtained tube be a radio -frequency pentode, such as the 57, or
at these different tube elements with an analyzer. whether it be a power -output pentode, such as the 47,
The analyzer is designed to indicate the variations diagrams No. 3 and No. 4 apply equally as well to both
caused by such opens or shorts, and thus enables the types of tubes. The effects upon normal voltage readings
service man to determine in which tube circuit the when this circuit opens are listed under circuit No. 14 on
abnormal condition exists. Having done this the analyzer the following chart. In certain tube types, such as the 47,
has done all that it is possible for an instrument to do. circuit No. 14 is made within the tube, as indicated by
It now remains for the service man to decide (by analytic the dotted lines in Fig. 3. An open in this internal con-
reasoning based on previous experience and thought on nection will cause the same analyzer readings as those
trouble shooting problems) in which portion of that par- noted under circuit No. 14 in the accompanying chart.
ticular tube's circuits the trouble is. Diagram No. 4 applies to triple -grid amplifiers, such
On the following pages will be found 4 fundamental, as the 89, when used as a pentode power amplifier. When
schematic diagrams of the complete filament, grid and this tube is used as a class A or B amplifier, it would
screen -grid circuits for: then be classified as a triode, and in this case diagram
No. 2 would apply. For information on the operation and
1. Filament type triodes and screen -grid tubes.
connections of the grids of a triple -grid amplifier when
2. Heater -cathode type triodes and screen -grid tubes. used in class A or B amplifier circuits, refer to the set
3. Filament type pentodes (voltage or power ampli- manufacturer's service notes.
fiers). Example:
4. Heater -cathode type pentodes (voltage or power If it is found that the readings at one tube socket
amplifiers). show Eel = above normal, Ib = o, Eb = o, Ekr = above
normal; referring to the chart we see that when this con-
The various circuits are numbered as:
dition exists it indicates a short in No. 6-(the plate by-
Example: pass condenser)-when its return is connected to positive
1 = grid return from grid of tubes to negative C in grid side of grid -bias resistor No. 4, or it indicates an open in
circuit. the cathode circuit through conductor No. 3 or grid -bias
resistor No. 4.
2 = plate circuit from positive B on voltage divider to
plate of tube. The meaning of the symbols used in the reference chart
are as follows:-
On a following page will be found a chart listing the
effects noted (as compared to the normal readings) when Ea =Grid voltage or control S=Shorted.
the various circuits or parts are open or shorted. By the grid on S. G. tubes. L=Leaking.
use of this chart, knowing what normal conditions are, Ekf = Cathode voltage on cat h- Op =Open.
and how the abnormal conditions compare with them, ode heater tube. O = Zero voltage or current.
Eb = Plate voltage. Lo = Below normal.
it is possible for a service man to narrow his tracing of
the suspected tube circuit, down to the testing of one Ece=Screen grid voltage. Hi=Above normal.
or two of the parts of that circuit. Ec =Suppressor grid voltage. Nor = Normal.
Ib = Plate current. F = Fluctuating.
Diagrams No. 1 and No. 2 apply equally as well to
Note: In servicing modern receivers it is extremely de-
triodes of the filament and cathode -heater types by
sirable that the service man use the set manufacturer's
omitting circuit No. 13 and condenser No. 7 which
service notes. These will be found to be of great as-
apply to screen -grid types only.
sistance in locating troubles and applying the correct
It will be noted that circuit No. 14 in diagrams remedy. Most radio set manufacturers will gladly furnish
No. and No. 4 applies only to a pentode. It represents
3 responsible service men with service notes on any model
the connection between the suppressor grid (located of their receivers upon a written request to the manufac-
between the space charge or screen -grid and plate) and turer's service department.
488
www.americanradiohistory.com
14
TO RECTIFIER
Fig. 1
Cir- Con -
cuit di- Eci Ec2 ICI Ib Eb Ekf Eos
No. tion
1 Op 0 Lo Hi Hi Lo Hi
* 2 Op 0 Nor Hi 0 0 0
t 3 Op Hi 0 0 0 0 Hi
4 Op Hi 0 0 0 O Hi
5 S 0 Lo Hi Hi Lo O
5 L F or Lo Nor Nor F or Hi F or Lo F or Lo
$ 6 S Hi O O 0 0 Hi
6 L ForHiForLoForLoForLoForLoForHi
6 Op Nor Nor Nor Nor Nor Nor
TO RECTIFIER. $ 7 S Hi 0 0 0 Lo Hi
Fig. 2
7 L ForHiForLoForLoForLoForLoForHi
7 Op Nor Nor Nor Nor Nor Nor
8 Op Hi Hi Hi Hi Hii Hi
9 Op 0 0 0 O 0 0
10 S O 0 0 O O 0
11 Op Nor Nor Nor Nor Nor Nor Hum
14
12 Op Nor Nor Nor Nor Nor 0 Hum
13 Op 0 0 0 0 Hi 0
14 On Nor Nor Hi Lo Nor Nor Hi
Exceptions:
'Eci = O when Individual Bias Resistor.
Eci = Lo when Common Bias Resistor, or S. G. Tube.
tEc1 & Ekf = Hi when Individual Bias Resistor.
Eci & Er1 = Lo when Common Bias Resistor.
$Ec1 & Eti = O when condenser return is to neg. end
Fig. 3 No. 4 or Neg. Rectifier.
489
www.americanradiohistory.com
o w 1 2 3 4 3 8 7 8 9 10
Eoal 2 4 e 8 10 12 14 18
100 18 20
I I t 1 i ,t
9.5 DECIBELS GAIN. 95
9
.9
45 .5
8 1 .8
7.5
75
7
ECIBEL CHART
e .6
55
SS
4
5 _
Y -
.6
/
4
113
ii"i cc
V)
V)
.3
2
.2
I.S
.15
DIfNL
DECIBELS LOSS iuwijnii
111111
Eon 1
1 1 1 1 1
120 18 16 14 12 10 8 4 2 0.1.
10 W 9 8 7 5 4
6 3 2 1 0
The Decibel
The decibel (db) 1/10 of the "bel" is a logarithmic unit which may be properly used to express power ratios
and power levels only. It is the exact equivalent of the term "Transmission Unit" (TU) which is now obsolete,
and is most useful for expressing the relation of the power output to the power input of devices in a communication
system, since the overall power gain of the system may be readily obtained by adding algebraically the db gain
490
www.americanradiohistory.com
of the individual devices comprising the entire network or system. When the power output is greater than the
power input, the device acts as a repeater or amplifier and there results a transmission gain. When the power
output is less than the power input, the device acts as an attenuator and there results a transmission loss.
The number of decibels (N db) by which two amounts of power differ may be expressed as follows:
Ndb=lOLogio -
Po
Pi
where Po=power output and Pi=power input. If voltage instead of power is used, then
Zi e
Eo
Ndb = 20 Logo -- + 10 Logo
Ei
-+
Zo
10 Loge
Coso
Cosi O
Where Cosoe=°the output, current, voltage, impedance and power factor respectively and li, Ei,
lo, Eo, Lo,
Zi, Cosi O -=the input current, voltage, impedance, and power factor respectively.
In order to save considerable time in solving the equations the chart shown herewith has been prepared.
input, the quantity 2 is located on the left of the chart, on the "Gain Ratio" Scale. Where the horizontal 2 line
joins the diagonal line, the gain in dbs is located at the top of the chart opposite the column marked "W." In
this example the gain is found to be 3 db. If the ratio were 20 instead of 2, then 10 db would be added, making
a total of 13 db. If the power output were less than the input, the ratio would be found on the scale marked
"Loss Ratio" and the number of dbs (negative) would be located at the bottom of the chart as indicated on the
"DECIBELS LOSS" scale opposite the column marked "W." For example, a loss ratio of 0.50 corresponds to
a loss of 3 dbs. A loss ratio of .050 would correspond to a loss of 13 dbs.
When voltage or current is used instead of power, the chart is used in a similar manner with the exception
that the scales marked "E or I" are used instead of the scale "W." In this case, when the gain or loss ratio is
outside 'the range of the chart, it is necessary to add 20 db for each power of 10 for power gains, and add minus
20 db for each negative power of 10 for power loss. In using the Final complete formula, the number of decibels
should first be determined for the voltage or current ratio, then the correction for the impedance mismatch
determined from the chart by assuming the impedance ratio to be a power ratio. If a correction is still required for
power factor, this can also be obtained from the chart by assuming the power factor ratio to be a power ratio.
NOTE: As the ear is a non-linear device the minimum change in intensity perceptible by the average human ear is not a constant,
three (3) db as is generally stated, but varies from one-half (.50) db to eight (8) db depending on the intensity, the frequency and
the waveform of the sound. (the sound is very loud, eighty (80) db above threshold, then the ear is approximately uniformly sensitive
I
to a change in intensity as small as one-half (.50) db over the entire frequency range of 30 cycles to 10,000 cycles. However, if
the sound is of very low intensity, five (5) db above threshold, then the ear is only sensitive to a minimum change of eight (8) db at
low frequencies, three (3) db at medium frequencies and eight (8) db at high frequencies.
491
www.americanradiohistory.com
iepv1
RCA RADIO TUBE CHART
011101510116
M PAW
SOC. MUM IüE pollo
lem UNU nlo NNe. AMR Lea «RO
MAU C13600t
....`e. BF OO Ml pollo
:;z
NMI 81fí 92111128 251f. NPM N0 OTM cAllz
Trpo. EDIT mod TRE
reas 91.9
341113
BT
Io lees
suto /MN 78T
030 0.06
140.47011
"°'f...µ" ,H'
o.l sH'
,H' ]H'
43.13.1114 3.0 0.a
t=]rw' 1.3 ml
01.6 103014101 40111
444443 1.111. 3.0 0.13 33 .33 4.141.111/331 .11
11100
aw
lu .H' o 1h' 4143.114 10 110
U.1.1 NJ
423.
Iu
Ilt 6H' , fi' 1.4443111
2.0 47.3 133
1.10
{-3..61 3.3
3.4
11º1100
310010
a..e.am t.36:
... 0.118m.a.r
1 .. .+..
IM
MALL NM .H'1?.' 3.0 E.« 47.3 CIA. 411111.01311
W iii 6.7
8.4
1.1 1100000
3
.00 330
IM
I11/8a ^¡¿AS
10 00
eeuu.6ee .4. ].0 0.«
l3 d M,
133 O.130 /1411.1111133 133 3.3 33010 i5 185/252
IN ,H' ,*. 2.0 «.3
...soO1N (e»
01.30.40.33 IN
41.4.11 i.i 4...m r..m.( I/.wmaa
010441.370
{rÌ i:i
IN lace». NCI ,H' i 1H' ntWn 2.0 0.11 133 133 CIAO A 444111.11.111
133 2.8 R3 3.34
M
133 300001 110. 004
130 117.3 0.4 1.8
IN 1.404.113-010114
0H' 0¡e 3.0 4.04 47.3
11(
B.aYM,1O. teyewe.Mg.rees.
1030080 11311
Iq
--_i30 Vtlm
12S I3
-
4.4111
11611.61.6 li
0M 0wora 1330310 .111 II' 0h' 9..891 2.3 1.,
030
w 116 Y300 ;6r.
49.1.1 0.
v]o 11 1
3804 W
256 MO. NIN .H' IH' 1.113 1.3 1.73 4.104.1111311 ref W...wa...l.r4r.r.mT]..1.
3000 Ìf:0]
213
MILL NM ,., I» w a...n.r r..r T]w
BM
OAT U11413. 74411
off' +A'
1H' i I* 3.1
1.8
6.8
230
111 608 OCT CNN fj 11' 111.11113134 3.8 1.3 3..Y... V..= -1w v04
111Misr
m BIN
sn .33 i' a tie nueurr 3.0
üCO3.t
11.9.. O.Cvolo..
ter
ry..
wOY.w.Ra]º
BBS
504 88.8 ec.r i1A f' {i' 3.8 1.4 -
«6
.H'IH.
6251
616
MN« ArInJOU
11.114033
.441114403
MM. N1N
H'3H'
0.3
4.3
0.3
0.8
ISO
103
41331 A 3143.01311
1»Ia;él 1:I 1::1f;t1
p. u.er...00.MM. rd. to Type 6001.
1[ 1100
u03 I'ºI :ä u4u
'..i .,
43113.0101 3114141113
808
uT 313313.7.18 0H' Vo' TUN w 0.1.31131
1.41 w 6100011 404 O.J1.poOM(I11p.m. 1137
1 340000 ó..w...O.1.1.ae,im 44.304.
6º8 433313111113 001031.
0.13. CNN 1111.44311 0.3 330 104 018431311732 {-.]Y.11 IM 1:1 fWlo.l eM l
687 MAU 14113 33.331 4.3 730
.2111J030 UNIT 1.1
9.3s..;
tl 1.1 S.ó
.
BM
...rW:fiÇu.p'TCo
8.3 230 MONO 1 1
.1141.11111
w - - 0.... NON vtlb-1.6
sr 4.0.141.1113003 MALI
34' i 1h' 33.31111 11.3 0.3 1,0
-le M
I00Ì 1319
o-i
on .01.1. ',6,,,,...,... OerAraA * )l' I* eR6ra 1.3 0.] -ut
sss ....TAW..
u+.:m10°`vuoe.w
a.Mu1'tinfi
TM.
113
]
aeler
-
:IN
- -ii
áú
fA .
43
n.1
31
ñw
3w
Y4A.R.4v
áw
»00ss..s
iw0 iú1
0.a]
at,
a
1`3
330 - fihV+iinü
330
330 Y]1uÓ
- . - i3.0 - - OOaO IB .
.
04..T.1.83-`I.m-.alnTnee.n..mxe._0ÿ T..e..Mwn-f1r.
lfie pw. 0...11 elf .. e..;.º¡
116 31.4.11.0.41
TVat WALL NIN
04' 6., 0., 0%t INDICATOR
nn0
fw. .s.
403 -
;
who T.NSW.R..e.-Ioo,.eTu..e.n.3-..ra
.3p.,
0rp ..i -21 vol. bat iapr. r. M. 0 M: lope, 90. pm] O..e. 0.3 e.
n e.3 0 Or.
w
TM ON« 21/1301.
BM feit A 14' 3 s*' 001.41. 6.3 0.3
.rnnú
V7 or i 1* Male 1.3 0., 330 lá ¢]¢.«
3-21
304.
I3
- 3.0
m
3
e.3 ].0 locum
1.1..
liai un
av.r3Ae...b..ev.'.'._i.3.a0mmw3.113401011.1:8,4
1
- . ... _
1«
-
M.6 .
0.3 es
.;
1330
.6 110 MO 4.33
-;Y1.R.m,HAI
01.7
.....1 «] .0 tf 34' Ifi' RA,« 6, 03
«11'
I» 100 a3...3rA w
w":0 - 3° .]]]w
:0:,'Aa
2.4
-did4,.13
33 .. ,...
]
1137
ea
492
www.americanradiohistory.com
1113 Inn W1
MID
6016
Ñ Min rlllt 1..w
UM
.0 rlel.
1lt PIASE
1m ttlm
lwMl
MR
1/n
r
IUTE
10q
mug A1an
CAM
MIN
101
^
POUR
sr' net
nr1 ....k...1
re N. an ........ a.n
n
po
- -4i
ww`G.
II
r
"'Mar"
Iwp11
MI6r
.I4aw
rum «rue
o
es
or
]fa'
it,5' Ar...
a ter Mvt f.
a.. .0
I1.
tY
W
-
Y.s
ae+Dnu
12
r-
=i.i
13.a1
"I -
i1.3
IÌ Ì
ii
!Yr sl.s
W
11w
m
Ibf
aWa
dl+e.!w
ii
Im
. 4.414«.40r
iW
- 1.111 SW
a ---3
IM N a
+a+1
. -M la Y. f. me IA U
:
61..11.... 1H' na IM tY to 63 sun ma
IH'
31 POPP 024..12123
a.W w r
a
itH' .aaor I..
3.0 0.33
.NW
.
Y.f f G
W (-34/1 N:; i I M W r
11
p mimes 42.22 .
11.3'
a H Ifi' mum .a .A an w
arattgi se
iii. S.
N
I.f ' ]N1.1 Mw fN- _ Y
--
36 ...4.17.-4. .1111H.1
N
N f,l I
U A I. .Y a
37 2.,°70= 11s.. N ff I%' maw m
'
.4aY3. se
m0.2p.ia!iM
-me 64b us
r
-- --
Is.
tl W. W e Ifa. L..3 W W1N 4 =aAW3AN._M m
.á
3H
4o
.8343
N!r'I : i i.i
33/24
N
11 ma.
ÿo.H'
.1.. H
3861...
sr
33 41
aH'
a
tfi'
1fi'
mum
mow
ner
6.3
1.a
I3
0.3
.a
a..
W
W
W
-
W
M
a.aaua1 iV - ii
aeWuw 1m -..
W m
--ti1=fC
27 g7ip
iN1
Y
,10
Im
M
,w i:Ñ
33/41
M
11
al3-i3 m.} fi
a .Q,.n1 IW.N. . .H' a IH man .a .f
31'
11
M
W
- ÿIW
313
- 0La4.
aa..
aa1WO0L14a4na
aAa:.w,irml
ImI
111-
iff
11Y
a.0
WY.. W
-w.a..
-a ..
fY
Ir
S.
f1.3
N.l urAl.
3.3
N.ar
W
I
mm
WM
1wM
..ü.f
ii:1
IN
i:1
1
r
AI
aY w.700. .mll..e. a .H a Ijj' Nm.. N.. ..3 W W la -1Y'.Ó IiI3 i:i N.1 «on 3 W w moo
- iá '
1N-r
13.914421..o 2 .a33 .n I.a.r-3. m s
H
--31- - _11:I
AI ,.os 0.01i...w. IH' resumer 3.s 1.3 273
- a.e1..u.uW
44 a
mr
f I3 a I.
µ mm SA
w 113
.r a sr a mum 34
Im 21.611.3012121.611.30121121313
AI
tl
AI 66.1°
M"n
mw
.66r6
1e..alwe
883.844 Am
.
a
11'
a1
" 3{1'
a 3,2.
mums
...T....
2.9
N.0
1.a
...
W
1.
W
w
sus 3»rum
C.
6A8
nr6003
W
36
-10.1
_m
-w.
W
IN
N-
tii
6.0 31. s111 NO
- in
._f
no.
600
4.
1.7
.3
3.3
T
47
. .Nr3.0..YW-.swum: 0
raa.1
-
1123
aIH' - aon tl 14173
1
"....004-0,,,"....004-0,,,Z6,... .H
p o y aµ' 41.4.3121 1. - 1a .N
tLauülllal
Cl. Aa1m 4.r. :Z.: _
aarrbsa...mi.... Tyn.a
3,31 3 4604 I:/
tl p
p
n w .H' a 1884 NUM 34 l.. Orr
aila4 -
013631431.231.
11.lrM3an
p a 1.0
n1111.4160
orrussa muss. H. r .H'aIfi' .Na 3.5 1. 163333a..0arw1.....r133.137. 57
-
-n.. 24.4 iW we mN 2. as
r
.
W a.1
.s11..1In3. aa..}.. a sf ' a 3{. MO» 3.1 1.1 -m.1 W 1.0
m.
1 eelM 3w.
.A
!
--.m4naW. -- --
NAI
714
.1.w.
.=.1o 4{1 IH' .nun
.a 3.0 ..a ,M ru N:3 Ifm
-- IW
6.p41atl
.
7
1 áé I
-
0 714
M_.f - -
76 .141..a a 1H' a Ifi' .ala 6.3 6.3 W -1.tl M 76
-.1
76
a.161... e .1 a.fi mum 4.3 0.3 - aeN.n.a 17
w
w
1
i:iMM
I
swat16444
1W
i
.'Q : 3fi
.H' IA.' I
6.3 0.4 3m
p
I
70
-I-
44404
p/6Y ^i..a. awn w N' 3 lfi mum 1.3 0.3 C.wa.___._241L" G.1par
3
0/ata
. fH. W-.Ae.4M:o I +s. 211 112 :; 12 w
Iñ
- - -.-
W lN44
- 1wv -a..a--
1M - i:Nmi
i .i ;g,...2.. .> ..
la ,_ _ Ilbl
^
VAa
41.r0,a.
Y..1.u1 ..w <o
3.3 0.463 w sun M p 33 133»
a
-..uvW
I114
na
67a
a;n ä
e¡»».,......-»,,aA
01m,w
o
.
-a.
.H'
s 1'
i aH'.Kr
3
µ'
3{.
-
man
5.0
- - - - Va.
O.a
-- -- - - uca.. --
W
.-.um
w'``1bv.rNava
Vi.
rrsr.r(6.a3-...
0,.13
as
a.m.On Rae
N
ay-__..._.__.___wv.b
,
f.a
nen..a4c..a.___
n
saaWa
wS
1
_..amaaa
3tl a...am Naa - . 3ñ' 11.414432 -Winn aras_. Na oy.,.yCm.a1_ f.03Amae. 308
"MY
Y4avl.Vp
l.y .vla.bap 10303em.aoa4S9M1.3.as. 10000 ohm.
.1 ta mAPp.O
10e411ómr.... G
Oa mal 31 moald opero.
arl ,4
MAP. 11a 336-+31. salad I);
tb.mb 30000348.134 *or.
mtalv4 3l bla -3 (
.0116
pa Voy; Ts..
eard 14 are en. Grid
a.V.1.e A
L..br.p ar.sMa..nó(A.).mr..s.m pt c...mt ms m10er marin[ wry Nt ó
mwuedmpy vole, a Vo. Tu.p41
or 1
m
t T.G.tb.d. comm.
03 webs
Mere
.r.q
aspat
1
IV NE GTN11n VOLTAI[
--
INDEX Of T17E3 AND 111'
_
rue. el AA Moral muutructran a...hewn la 1,41. 10.
3.14.33rw."1a1a.a
-K _ 11016444114 4.11M
eau 1/0.483 gunman 14,1444414114
.watlNa.o 11113411.14144
Da ..a
- -
111
-_
___
van
- It It 1.1
_ -
1.1 1.3
L
IA
aM.1A61M.ap/If..6K1s,XJ1,N
N
10..MI1.X. L1.,p aKap/a41KXa
aa
.M3b.N
-YA
-313.Ip.N#Y.N.
YA
33 »36,37.33.R MM
1.1.1.16333. 46
m
m
y3 a)
_-
261.14. 311
36Y.l
-- - --
1a# 3A
1#,K113# .#,11f# 004.314..M
-
W 3w4Stl,6XXKm+ Y. MAW.
Op.p41r.a.Ol,3K1l.tlt..n. ALW.3KN3. N7.W .1366.T4 O43m. N.3134 133 3aX MS 33
u 3.........3".U.3p.Na.XY.NI1.a.Ma1.Mü M7.X...4m.w 33.11,11.33
1011.14.11. X1U.»/w,a
43
It 33
:A
12.6.a
3S
rA
aa.0
- o
- IL
pA
SO
493
www.americanradiohistory.com
C
s u,
7AC
6X4 -G
6Y3-G
8Á8-G
6C5 -G
8F5 -G
6F6 -G
6H6 -G
6K8 --GG
6L-G
6N7-G
6117-G
6X5 -G
25A6-G
25Z6-G
--%n
CI
indiiccaidentified
aretypes
as those for the
G -Series
1EGlass
Type
1J --GG
66
5V4 -G
2
ri'
cc
...
70
OE.0a
S
a
83-v
533
..
H
GS
80
...
...
41'
...
.
...
...
.
25Z6
11;
OM
©O
5
7C
eO,
0O
...
6A8
616
6C5
6F6
6J7
61.7
6N7
6117
6X5
25A6
K7
7R'
'Nun
Except that Pin No. 1 is oonneeted to ghfeld between diode units. i! Ettcept
r
xType
19t
7D
.-,
TA
v
CI
7SÑ
7ÁO
7T
8B
7V
75*
78
bq
5T
1....
v v
TT/
5
7E
4 4' x 1#4
"
99
ìt
tt Except that filament current is 0.24 ampere.
et
n
I
494
www.americanradiohistory.com
Oti
414
7Q
3 atr-C=
OC
Numerical subscripts are used (I) in multi-grid types to indicate relative position
of grids to cathode or filament, and (2) in multi-unit types to differentiate be-
tween two identical electrodes ohieh mould oe hem -o have the same designed ion.
4
4%'
'
4s./
4I4'
4}}'
5" x 2+
414'
4
lees"
yg.e
414' x
414' x 1;y
4á
'
'
a ltyr .
x
x 2
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
1
1}
1
1
1
1
lilt
aar
OE
0Op
www.americanradiohistory.com
.
www.americanradiohistory.com